O.        ,u_ 
^         ^  — 

%HA« 


<$UIBRARY0/<          4\\!-UN!VER% 

•^      ^«       j    **^^     •£-  Os  ^M^M.    J* 


8    * 

%«3AII 


r  •     '   I 


THE 


PRINTERS'  PRICE    LIST 


A    MA 


FOR     THE 


USE     OF     CLERKS     AND     BOOK-KEEPERS 
IN     JOB     PRINTING     OFFICES 


THEO.    L.    DE   VINNE. 


NEW-YORK: 

FRANCIS    HART    AND    COMPANY,     63    CORTLANDT    ST. 

1871. 


Entered  according  to  act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1870,  by  THEODORE  L.  DE  VINNE, 
in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

ACCOUNT-BOOK  HEADINGS 371 

BALL  TICKETS 275 

BANK  NOTICES 197 

BONDS  AND  COUPONS 209 

BOOKS., 351 

BOOK  COMPOSITION 48 

BILLHEADS 81 

BILLS  OF  LADING 93 

BILLS  OF  FARE 263 

BLANK  BOOKS 375 

BUSINESS  CARDS 141 

CERTIFICATES  OF  DEPOSIT 187 

CERTIFICATES  OF  STOCK 189 

CHECKS 163 

COMMUTATION  TICKETS 297 

COPPERPLATE  VISIT.  CARDS  . . .  277 

DEPOSIT  TICKETS 193 

DRAFTS  AND  NOTES 175 

ENVELOPES 109 

ELECTION  TICKETS 279 

EXTRA-THICK  TICKETS 293 

FESTIVAL  TICKETS 2(i7 

FREIGHT  BILLHEADS 281 

FREIGHT  OR  FARE  TARIFFS  .  .295 

HANDBILLS 215 

HINTS  ON  TAKING  ORDERS  . .  .402 

HOTEL  REGISTERS 267 

INDEX 454 

INLAND  BILLS  OF  LADING 283 

INM  KANCE  NOTICES 199 

JOB  COMPOSITION 57 

LABELS 247 

LAW  BLANKS 301 

LAW  CASES 301 

LEAFLETS 305 

LETTER  CIRCULARS 

LETTER  HEADINGS 1 

LITHOGRAPHERS'  PRICES 127 


Page 
MANIFESTS  OR  WAY  BILLS  . . .  285 

MEMORANDUM  BILLHEADS 97 

MONEY  KECEIPTS  IN  BOOKS..  181 

MONTHLY  STATEMENTS 89 

NEWSPAPER  COMPOSITION  ....  47 

NEWSPAPERS 309 

NOTE  CIRCULARS 121 

NOTE  HEADINGS 101 

ORDER  BOOKS 137 

ORDERS  OF  DANCING 269 

PAMPHLETS 313 

PAMPHLET  COVERS 333 

PAPER 17 

PASSAGE  TICKETS  ON  CARDS.  .289 
PASSAGE  TICKETS  ON  PAPER.  .291 

PRICES  FOR  LABOR 419 

PRICES  OF  MATERIALS 429 

PROGRAMMES 271 

PRINTING  INKS 393 

PRICES  CURRENT  CIRCULARS.  133 
POLICIES.  FIRE  AND  LIFE  JNS.203 

POSTERS 225 

PREFACE 5 

PRESSWORK 69 

QUALITIES  OF  PAPER 401 

RAILROAD  BLANKS 295 

RESTAURANT  TICKETS 265 

RULING 391 

SHIPPING  CARDS 157 

SHIPPING  RECEIPTS 115 

SHOW  CARDS 235 

STEEL-PLATE  ENGRAV.  PRiCES.428 

STAMPING  OR  EMBOSSING 275 

TIME  TABLES 287 

TRANSFERS  OF  STOCK 211 

3SHING  LISTS 267 
DOING  CARDS 277 
APPERS  ..  . .  .261 


2072312 


PREFACE. 


PRINTING  has  been  the  theme  of  many  books.  A  recent  catalogue 
contains  the  titles  of  more  than  eight  hundred  works,  embracing  appar- 
ently every  branch  of  Typography.  The  history,  the  bibliography,  the 
miscellany,  the  biography,  and  the  theory  and  practice  of  Printing,  have 
been  fully,  if  not  exhaustively  treated.  At  first  sight,  it  would  seem  quite 
unnecessary  to  add  to  the  number.  But  there  is  one  noticeable  omission. 

The  subject  of  Prices  has  hitherto  received  no  proper  attention.  In 
earlier  days,  it  was  the  avowed  purpose  of  the  trade  to  keep  prices  secret. 
In  our  own  day,  this  is  the  general  practice.  There  are  more  than  six 
thousand  printing  offices  in  the  United  States  ;  there  are  at  least  twice 
that  number  of  boys  now  learning  the  trade,  and  a  still  larger  number 
who  are  practising  the  trade  as  journeymen.  Probably  not  one-tenth  of 
these  workmen  have  even  superficial  information  concerning  the  com- 
monest current  prices  of  the  trade.  It  is  a  subject  that  is  rarely  taught. 
The  boy  or  man  who  sets  type  or  works  press  does  not  keep  the  books  or 
take  in  orders,  and  has  no  opportunity  to  learn  prices,  even  in  an  indirect 
way.  His  chance  of  learning  them  in  the  largest  establishment  is  really 
less  than  m  the  smallest  office.  He  may  be  taught  everything  connected 
with  the  practice  of  Printing,  but,  as  the  trade  is  now  organized,  he  will 
seldom  be  taught  the  market  value  of  his  own  work. 

Unlike  other  trades,  in  Printing  the  cost  of  labor  is  but  a  fraction  of  the 
cost  of  the  work.  The  rapid  and  unavoidable  depreciation  in  the  value 
of  the  type,  the  expense  of  fragile  or  of  partially-employed  machinery  and 
material,  the  wages  of  non-producers  like  foremen  and  readers,  and  other 
contingencies,  are  as  truly  a  part  of  the  total  cost  as  that  of  labor.  But 
they  are  seldom  adequately  considered  by  young  employers,  who  assess  a 
profit  on  labor  only. 

To  this  indefinite  knowledge  concerning  the  actual  cost  of  work  is  often 
added  a  greater  ignorance  concerning  the  value  of  the  material  upon  which 
Printing  is  done.  Paper  is  made  in  infinite  variety  of  qualities,  and  is  now 
sold  at  all  prices  from  12  to  75  cents  per  pound.  But  the  sizes  of  paper 
are  arbitrary,  the  descriptive  names  are  sometimes  misleading,  and  the 
computation  of  its  value  for  irregular  numbers  is  troublesome,  and  liable 
to  lead  to  error.  Nor  does  the  difficulty  of  making  prices  stop  here. 

To  make  comprehensive  prices  for  Printing,  one  must  know  something 
about  kindred  trades.  Job  Printing  is  intimately  connected  with  Paper 
Ruling,  Book  Binding,  Lithography,  Electrotyping,  Engraving  on  Wood 
and  Copper-plate,  and  other  branches  of  the  graphic  arts.  It  is  of  great 
importance  that  an  employer  should  know  the  ruling  prices  and  the 


6  1- UK  FACE. 

common  methods  of  doing  these  kinds  of  work.  He  cannot  make  esti- 
mates for  work  with  safety,  without  such  knowledge.  But  it  usually 
takes  many  years  jo  acquire  even  a  partial  and  rudimentary  information 
concerning  these  prices.  This  ignorance  of  the  true  cost  of  work,  or  of  the 
value  of  paper,  and  of  the  work  of  other  trades,  is  a  general  misfortune  to 
all  persons  connected  with  the  business.  Among  workmen,  it  produces 
exaggerated  ideas  of  the  profits  of  Printing;  among  novices  in  business,  it 
causes  inadequate  views  as  to  the  prices  of  work ;  among  older  printers, 
erroneous  notions  concerning  the  prices  of  others.  Strikes,  trade  jealousies, 
and  suicidal  competition,  are  too  often  the  natural  result. 

A  Text-book  on  the  Prices  of  Printing  is  needed  quite  as  much  as  a 
Printers'  Grammar  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  art.  If  it  is  desirable 
to  have  a  book  for  one  branch,  it  must  be  for  the  other.  It  must  be  as 
important  to  know  how  to  estimate  the  value  of  work,  as  it  is  to  know  how 
to  do  the  work  properly.  Theoretical  instruction  is  certainly  of  more  prac- 
tical service  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter  case. 

There  are  printers,  however,  who  affect  to  look  upon  all  price  lists  with 
distrust.  Their  objections  are  as  great  against  a  manuscript  office  list,  as 
against  a  printed  scale.  They  claim  that  every  job  in  some  respect  differs 
from  another,  and  that  the  only  correct  method  of  making  prices  is  to  make 
a  special  estimate  and  appraisal  for  each  item  of  cost  separately.  If  the 
making  of  prices  were  purely  a  question  of  abstract  justice,  in  which  it  wa> 
necessary  only  to  fix  a  fair  profit  upon  an  ascertained  cost,  this  would  be 
a  rational,  if  not  the  best  method.  But  it  is  not  a  simple  matter  to  ascer- 
tain the  actual  cost.  Nor  is  it  practicable  for  any  printer  to  make  prices 
based  exclusively  on  cost ;  for  the  cost  of  work  will  vary  with  the  perform- 
ance of  different  workmen,  and  customers  rightfully  exact  uniformity  in 
the  charges  for  work,  regardless  of  its  cost. 

Prices  are  made  as  much  by  usage  as  by  cost.  No  printer  can  make 
prices  to  suit  himself,  in  complete  disregard  of  those  of  his  competitors. 
"Whoever  makes  charges  for  ordinary  work  in  ignorance  of  current  prices, 
must  make  many  mistakes,  quite  as  much  to  his  own  injury  as  to  that  of 
his  competitors.  His  prices  may  be  needlessly  lower,  or  they  may  be  so 
high  as  to  appear  extortionate.  I  have  known  a  young  printer  to  spend  a 
whole  day  in  making-ready  a  form  of  wood  cuts,  upon  an  order  for  one 
thousand  copies,  for  which  he  charged  but  $6.00,  when  the  actual  cost  of 
the  work,  that  had  been  done  intelligently  and  economically,  was  not  less 
than  $10.00.  His  explanation,  when  pressed  for  a  reason,  was,  that  he 
thought  $1.50  per  token  was  the  ruling  price,  and  that  his  pressman  was 
inexpert  at  this  work,  and  took  too  much  time.  These  assumptions  were 
entirely  incorrect.  Few  printers  could  have  done  the  work  in  less  time, 
and  those  who  could  have  done  so  would  have  charged  $12.00  or  $15.00 
for  the  work.  I  have  known  a  novice  in  business  take  in  one  thousand 
double  medium  posters  for  $16.00,  as  he  believed  at  a  fair  price,  and  after- 
wards discover  that  the  paper  had  cost  $10.00,  and  the  red  ink  $11.00, 
leaving  him  85.00  poorer  by  the  sale  of  the  material,  with  the  added  loss 


!•  K  E  I-1  A  ( '  I ) .  , 

of  all  the  labor.  I  have  known  a  young  printer  to  charge  $12.00  for  print- 
ing three  thousand  very  small  and  simple  labels  in  gold  bronze,  a  charge 
which  he  tried  to  defend  by  showing  that  it  took  him  and  a  helper  and  a 
press  an  entire  day  to  do  this  work.  His  chagrin  was  great  on  learning 
that  other  printers  would  have  set  four  labels  instead  of  one,  as  he  had 
done,  and  would  furnish  the  same  amount  of  work  at  less  than  half  his 
cost,  and  at  but  little  more  than  half  his  price.  Mistake?53c-e  *h's  :uv 
unavoidable  by  any  one  who  is  ignorant  of  prevailing  pricJFand  usages. 

A  price  list  is  needed  not  only  to  define  usage,  but  to  insure  consistency 
in  charges.  When  estimates  are  made  by  different  persons  connected  with 
the  same  office,  on  the  basis  of  presumed  cost,  there  will  be  serious  differ- 
ences. One  will  rate  a  piece  of  composition  at  ten,  and  another  at  fifteen 
hours'  work.  One  will  rate  a  form  of  presswork  at  $3.00  and  another  at 
$4.00  per  thousand  impressions.  The  more  complex  the  order,  the  more 
liable  it  is  to  these  discrepancies.  If,  in  addition  to  paper,  composition, 
and  presswork,  estimates  must  also  be  made  for  ruling,  binding,  electro- 
typing,  and  other  items,  the  discrepancy  between  the  two  estimates  is  often 
very  great.  Whoever  attempts  to  make  up  an  estimate  for  such  work 
entirely  from  his  notions  of  cost,  or  from  a  vague  notion  of  prevailing 
prices,  no  matter  how  able  he  may  be  at  the  work,  will  make  prices  quite 
different  from  those  of  another  expert.  The  positive  figures  of  a  price 
list  are  needed  by  both  persons  to  steady  their  unintentional  deviations. 

Such  a  price  list  is  needed  quite  as  much  to  make  or  keep  uniform  the 
prices  of  even  one  person.  It  is  quite  possible  for  the  most  methodical  and 
exact  of  printers  to  estimate  a  piece  of  work  higher  at  one  time  than  he 
would  at  another.  The  details  connected  with  Job  work  are  a  severe  tax 
on  the  memory.  Few  printers  would  undertake,  on  a  complex  order  of 
many  items,  to  repeat  to-day  with  nice  precision,  the  estimates  they  gave  a 
week  ago.  Few  printers  are  so  thoroughly  versed  in  every  detail  of  work, 
and  so  expert  in  calculation,  that  they  can  maintain  a  logical  consistency 
in  their  prices,  under  the  rapid  cross-questioning  of  a  customer.  After 
giving  an  estimate  for  a  job,  one  is  often  met  with  a  request  for  a  new 
estimate  on  cheaper  paper,  in  finer  type,  on  smaller  page,  in  different  ink, 
in  other  style  of  binding,  for  a  larger  or  a  smaller  number,  etc.  Each 
request  calls  for  an  entirely  new  calculation,  and  each  item  should  have 
thoughtful  examination.  When  such  prices  are  made  in  haste,  there  will 
probably  be  errors,  and  errors  that  are  bewildering  to  the  customer. 

Estimates  cannot  be  made  in  a  hurry  with  safety.  The  question,  What 
will  it  cost  ?  is  put  to  a  printer  almost  every  hour.  He  is  required  to  give 
a  ready  and  positive  answer  ;  to  give  it  when  he  may  be  engaged  on  other 
work,  when  the  answer  demands  elaborate  and  patient  calculation.  It  is 
not  possible  for  every  printer,  no  matter  how  great  may  be  his  experience, 
to  give  an  immediate  answer.  If  he  gives  it  off-hand,  by  some  quick 
mental  process,  in  which  he  similates  the  work  offered  to  some  other  work, 
he  is  sure  to  regret  it.  It  is  too  high  or  too  low.  He  charges  too  much 
or  too  little.  He  repels  the  customer,  or  he  cheats  himself.  If  he  sits  down 


J'  K  E  F  A  C  E  . 

to  work  out  the  calculation,  he  may  make  a  great  mistake.  While  he  is 
making  figures,  the  customer  is  asking  questions  about  prices,  numbers, 
types,  papers,  presses,  inks,  etc.  It  is  difficult  to  make  replies  and  esti- 
mates under  such  a  continued  interruption.  A  subsequent  revision  of  the 
price  may  show  that  an  important  item  has  been  omitted,  or  that  a  mistake 
has  been  made  in  calculation.  It  is  too  late.  The  price  has  been  made. 
Whether  accepted  or  rejected,  it  is  unalterable.  A  slight  error  in  compu- 
tation, a  momentary  forgetfulness  or  inadvertence,  may  be  the  cause  of 
serious  loss,  or  of  a  repelling  price  to  the  questioner.  A  printed  price  list 
would  furnish  the  materials  for  both  a  quick  and  a  correct  answer.  It 
would  abridge  the  time  of  special  calculation,  and  would  prevent  errors. 
Its  prices  would  be  more  just.  Prices  that  have  been  made  at  leisure, 
after  a  fair  consideration  of  probable  exceptions,  and  after  their  com- 
parison with  specimens  of  printed  work,  with  the  actual  cost  of  work,  and 
with  the  prevailing  rates,  should  be  more  exact  than  prices  that  are  made 
on  the  instant  and  without  reflection. 

The  changed  and  changing  condition  of  our  business  is  another  reason 
for  a  new  printed  price  list.  Twenty-five  years  ago  there  was  not  a  Job 
office  in  New  York  in  which  the  material  was  worth  more  than  .*io,ooo. 
Few  were  of  greater  value  than  $5,000.  The  proprietor  often  worked  at 
case,  read  proof,  kept  the  books,  saw  personally  all  customers,  took  in  all 
orders  and  made  all  prices.  But  there  are  now  Book  and  Job  offices  that 
have  cost  more  than  $100,000,  and  that  employ  workmen  by  hundreds.  It  is 
no  longer  possible  for  the  proprietor  of  any  large  office  to  attend  personally 
to  all  the  details  of  his  business.  If  ever  so  active  and  efficient,  he  must, 
many  times  during  the  day,  consent  that  his  clerks  shall  take  in  orders,  fix 
the  prices,  and  make  binding  estimates.  This  duty  is  usually  assigned  to 
young  men,  who  have  but  limited  experience  in  making  prices,  and  less 
knowledge  of  the  actual  expense  of  doing  work.  For  their  guidance  they 
have  the  special  manuscript  price  list  of  the  office,  and  their  own  individual 
experience.  Under  these  conditions,  it  cannot  be  expected  that  the  prices 
they  may  make  will  always  be  satisfactory  either  to  the  customer  or  profit- 
able to  the  office.  Neither  the  manuscript  list,  nor  verbal  instruction  from 
the  proprietor,  can  give  all  the  information  that  is  wanted.  A  printed 
manual  of  prices,  fuller  and  more  comprehensive  than  is  possible  in  any 
private  list — one  that  should  be  the  embodiment  of  the  experience  of  the 
trade — is  needed  by  these  clerks,  as  well  as  by  all  younger  employers,  to 
give  them  proper  notions  concerning  current  prices  and  prevailing  usages. 

The  need  of  such  a  trade  price  list  was  never  more  keenly  felt  than  it 
was  eight  years  ago.  The  leading  printers  of  New  York  city  then -under- 
took the  work  with  an  excellent  method.  At  a  general  meeting  of  the 
trade,  the  subject  of  Prices  was  referred  to  ten  separate  committees,  each 
committee  representing  a  special  branch  of  the  trade  of  which  it  had  supe- 
rior knowledge.  The  prices  they  adopted  were  published  in  1863,  which 
publication  was  the  basis  of  similar  price  lists  in  other  cities,  all  of  which, 
it  is  admitted,  have  been  of  great  service  to  the  trade. 


PREFACE. 

But  these  price  lists  were  made  only  for  experts,  and  were  not  intended 
for  general  circulation.  They  were  really  but  the  skeletons  of  a  price  list. 
Prices  were  made  only  for  the  most  important  branches  of  the  business, 
and  only  by  a  very  broad  and  general  method.  There  was  no  graduation 
of  prices  for  short  or  irregular  numbers,  and  no  proper  discrimination  for 
presswork  on  different  sizes  or  qualities  of  paper.  There  was  not  sufficient 
information  concerning  the  value  and  price  of  presswork  in  colored  inks. 
There  were  no  prices  whatever  for  Ruling,  Binding,  Lithography,  or  the 
work  of  all  kindred  trades.  Within  the  limited  compass  that  had  been 
assigned,  such  information  was  impossible.  To  a  young  employer  it  was 
consequently  of  very  limited  value  in  making  estimates. 

Those  who  think  it  possible  that  a  useful  price  list  could  be  contracted  in, 
a  few  pages,  may  here  learn  that  this  plan  has  been  tried,  and  has  been 
found  unsatisfactory,  and  chiefly  so  because  the  prices  were  too  general. 

None  of  these  price  lists  are  now  in  use.  The  present  inapplicability 
of  the  prices  may  be  assigned  as  one  reason,  but  their  indefiniteness  and 
incompleteness  as  price  lists  is  the  .truer  reason.  They  were  used  long 
enough  to  demonstrate  both  their  value  and  their  imperfections.  The  pro- 
priety, as  well  as  the  difficulty,  of  getting  up  a  new  and  more  complete  list 
has  been  frequently  discussed.  The  faults  of  earlier  attempts  have  been 
acknowledged,  but  many  of  the  improvements  that  have  been  suggested  are 
entirely  impracticable.  Some  of  them  deserve  more  than  passing  notice. 

The  first  notion  of  a  novice  who  is  dissatisfied  with  the  meagre  informa- 
tion of  other  manuscript  or  printed  lists  is,  that  a  Price  List  should  be  a 
book  of  figures  like  a  series  of  interest  tables,  in  which  one  may  find  an 
exact  price  for  every  kind,  quality  and  quantity  of  work — a  book  in  which 
all  conclusions  have  been  settled,  and  which  obviates  all  necessity  for  cal- 
culation. Tables  of  this  description  are  not  novelties.  In  1808,  Slower 
published  an  exhaustive  series  of  measurements  of  book  pages.  In  1835, 
Dickinson  published  232  pnges  of  tables  for  the  ready  computation  of  all 
quantities  of  paper.  Both  sets  of  tables  are  of  great  prolixity;  but  full  as 
they  are  they  do  not  meet  every  requisition.  In  the  regular  course  of  busi- 
ness, it  will  be  necessary  to  use  pages  that  are  longer  or  shorter,  or  quan- 
tities of  paper  that  are  larger  or  smaller  than  those  specified  in  the  tables. 

If  it  is  not  practicable  to  use,  unthinkingly,  simple  tables  of  measure- 
ments or  plain  computations  of  paper,  it  is  clearly  impossible  to  use  tables 
of  prices  in  which  the  three  items  of  Paper,  Composition  and  Presswork 
are  combined.  It  is  well  that  prices  should  be  definite,  but  they  may  be 
too  much  so.  In  a  trade  so  full  of  exceptions  and  irregularities,  something 
must  be  left  to  private  judgment.  Prices  that  are  inflexible,  and  unac- 
companied by  explanatory  limitations,  are  as  repelling  as  they  are  useless. 

Whoever  opens  this  book  with  the  expectation  of  finding  a  specific  price 
for  every  thing,  should  close  it  at  once,  for  such  prices  are  not  here.  Such 
a  reader  has  mistaken  the  scope  of  the  work.  For  its  object  is  not  to  make 
prices  and  rules  for  an  unthinking  reader  ;  only  to  aid  him  in  making  them 
for  himself  and  in  a  svstematic  manner. 


10  I'ltKKACK. 

Another  method  has  been  suggested :  To  specif}-  the  time  that  should 
be  consumed  by  workmen  or  machines  on  every  kind  of  work;  with  these 
estimates  of  time  to  compute  its  cost;  with  these  conclusions  concerning 
cost,  to  construct  a  system  of  general  prices.  Theoretically,  this  process  is 
logical  and  accurate;  practically,  it  is  the  most  deceptive  of  all  methods. 
It  is  too  elaborate  and  circuitous  for  general  use,  and  in  the  hands  of  an 
inexpert  is  sure  to  produce  erroneous  results. 

Although  the  method  of  making-up  prices  upon  the  apparent  cost  may 
seem  the  only  proper  method,  it  is  of  all  methods  the  most  injudicious. 
The  cost  of  work  is  variable.  There  are  fast  and  slow  workmen  and  ma- 
chines; there  are  offices  replete  with  labor-saving  material  and  machinery, 
and  offices  that  are  poor  in  both,  and  poorer  still  in  thrift  and  enterprise ; 
there  are  foremen  and  readers  that  will  order  no  work  to  press  until  it  is 
beyond  criticism,  and  others  that  will  pass  any  work  that  is  barely  decent. 
In  one  office,  the  cost  of  work  may  be  one-half  more  than  it  is  in  the  other. 
For  special  work,  that  has  been  executed  with  reasonable  intelligence  and 
economy,  the  printer  may  rightfully  make  charges  based  upon  the  cost ; 
but  for  general  work,  which  is  so  common  as  to  have  a  settled  value,  this 
method  is  perfectly  impracticable.  To  the  ordinary  customer,  it  is  of  little 
consequence  what  the  work  may  have  cost ;  he  is  not  satisfied  if  he  has  to 
pay  any  more  than  the  market  price.  If  the  printer,  by  reason  of  ineffi- 
cient workmen,  or  slow  machines,  or  bad  management,  or  misfortune,  does 
his  work  at  a  cost  greater  than  this  market  price,  it  is  his  own  and  not  the 
customer's  loss.  But  if,  by  superiority  in  machinery  or  management,  he 
can  produce  work  at  less  than  average  cost,  he  is  still  entitled  to  ask  for 
that  work  the  market  price.  The  accruing  profit  is  his  own,  and  not  the 
customer's.  The  method  of  determining  price  through  the  cost  has  but  a 
limited  application. 

There  is  a  more  serious  objection  to  the  method.  It  is  exceedingly  diffi- 
cult for  the  novice  in  making  prices  to  ascertain  what  is  the  actual  cost  of 
doing  work.  The  apparent  cost  is  readily  seen,  and  is  too  often  accepted 
as  the  true  cost.  A  customer  may  observe  that  an  ordinary  compositor 
will  set  about  850  ems  per  hour.  On  being  informed  that  he  is  paid  50 
cents  per  icoo,  he  will  infer  by  calculation  that  the  compositor  is  earning 
more  than  $25  per  week.  This  improper  inference  is  made  in  ignorance  of 
the  fact  that  composition  is  but  part  of  the  work  for  which  this  price  is. 
paid ;  that  distribution  and  corrections  are  included,  which  will  occupy  at 
least  one-fourth  of  the  time ;  and  that  the  compositor's  wages,  at  this  rate, 
will  not  exceed  $18  per  week.  In  like  manner,  a  young  employer  will  form 
incorrect  conclusions  concerning  the  cost  of  composition.  He  bases  the 
cost  of  the  work  upon  the  compositor's  charge  of  50  cents  per  loco  ems, 
overlooking  the  fact  that  proof-reading  and  superintendence  will  advance 
the  nominal  cost  to  62  or  66  cents.  Nor  is  this  the  full  cost.  Some  allow- 
ance must  be  made  for  use  and  wear  of  type,  and  for  other  contingent 
expenses.  Upon  loco  ems,  or  even  upon  a  day's  work,  it  is  not  feasible  to 
make  a  just  allowance  for  these  contingent  expenses,  which,  though  formid- 


PREFACE.  II 

able  enough  in  the  aggregate  of  a  year's  work,  cannot  be  assessed  and 
allotted  with  precision  upon  such  small  fractions.  A  reasonable  allowance 
for  these  unavoidable  additions  will  show  that  the  apparent  cost  of  50  cents 
must  be  advanced  one-half:  the  average  cost  is  not  less  than  75  cents. 

If  the  clerk  or  young  employer  is  liable  to  be  deceived  in  computing  the 
true  cost  of  book  work,  which  is  paid  for  by  the  piece,  he  is  liable  to  graver 
errors  when  he  undertakes  to  compute  the  cost  of  job  work  that  is  done  on 
time  only.  He  will  err  in  the  estimate  of  performance  as  much  as  in  the 
estimate  of  cost.  Untrained  in  habits  of  nice  calculation,  lie  will  probably 
allow  but  ten  hours  for  work  that  will  require  twelve  hours  or  more,  and 
will  rate  the  cost  of  this  day's  work  at  the  workman's  charge,  without 
allowance  for  any  other  expense.  He  will  err  quite  as  much  in  accepting 
the  prevalent  notion  that  his  expenses  in  a  small  office  are  less  in  propor- 
tion than  those  of  a  large  establishment,  and  that  proof-reading  and  super- 
intendence cost  nothing  when  done  by  himself.  Upon  this  fictitious  basis 
of  cost,  he  will  make  an  advance  of  50  or  60  per  cent,  under  the  impression 
that  it  will  yield  a  liberal  profit,  when  it  does  not  exceed,  and  sometimes 
does  not  equal  the  expenditure.  An  accurate  knowledge  of  the  cost  of 
work  is  seldom  quickly  learned.  One  has  to  be  in  business  many  years,  in 
personal  management  both  of  the  work  and  of  the  finances  of  the  office, 
before  he  can  rightly  estimate  the  wear  and  waste  of  type  and  machinery, 
and  the  varied  expenses  of  Printing.  The  method  of  computing  the  cost 
of  the  work  upon  one  order,  or  upon  a  day's  or  even  a  month's  business,  is 
too  deceptive  to  be  trusted.  The' basis  is  too  narrow. 

These  objections  are  made  against  the  customary  methods  only  of  ascer- 
taining cost.  When  the  inquiry  is  conducted  with  a  proper  method,  the 
conclusions  reached  will  be  of  great  value,  even  when  they  cannot  be  used, 
as  must  often  be  the  case,  for  making  prices.  It  is  often  necessary  to  make 
such  an  inquiry  for  the  purpose  of  testing  the  justice  of  current  prices. 
Under  the  headings  of  Composition  and  Presswork  will  be  found  some 
calculations  on  the  probable  actual  cost  of  work,  made,  as  I  conceive  they 
should  be,  upon  the  basis  of  a  year's  business.  It  is  not  expected  that 
these  calculations  will  meet  with  universal  approval.  Printers  who  are  in 
the  habit  of  finishing  every  piece  of  work  with  the  neatness  of  a  type- 
founder's specimen  will  find  them  too  low  ;  those  who  hurry  through  their 
work  with  little  regard  to  its  appearance  will  find  them  too  high.  Others, 
again,  may  maintain  that  even  on  good  ordinary  work,  the  performance  of 
a  man  and  a  machine  will  be  greater  or  less.  This,  however,  is  not  so 
much  a  matter  for  controversy  as  for  experiment.  Methods  of  doing  work 
are  different ;  the  experience  of  some  printers  may  be  different  from  mine ; 
but  I  consider  that  these  estimates  of  cost  and  of  performance  are  as  trust- 
worthy as  any  general  statements  can  be. 

The  study  of  cost  is  useful,  but  it  is  not  always  necessary  to  compute 
cost  to  determine  price.  Printing  is  not  a  new  industry,  in  which  it  is  in- 
cumbent upon  the  young  employer  to  study  causes  and  prove  conclusions. 
The  art  has  been  practiced  long  enough,  and  by  men  of  sufficient  ability, 


1-J  PREFACE. 

for  the  settlement  of  all  ordinary  questions.  It  is  the  usage  of  the  trade, 
and  not  the  practice  of  any  single  member  of  it,  that  determines  general 
prices.  If  prices  are  made  too  high,  competition  will  bring  them  down  to 
a  proper  basis  ;  if  they  are  made  too  low,  losses  and  failures  will  compel 
them  to  be  advanced.  As  a  rule,  one  has  but  to  ascertain  the  established 
price  of  any  kind  of  work  to  know  its  proper  value. 

If  this  view  of  the  question  be  correct,  the  first  step  toward  the  making  of 
a  general  price  list  is  the  ascertainment  of  these  established  prices.  "VYith 
this  purpose  I  have  had  under  examination,  so  far  as  they  could  be  verified, 
the  prices  of  all  the  large  cities.  After  much  deliberation,  I  have  decided 
to  adopt  as  a  standard  the  rates  that  have  been  established  by  the  printers 
of  the  City  of  New  York.  These  are  the  reasons  for  this  selection.  There 
,is  no  city  on  the  continent  where  more  printing  is  done,  where  competition 
is  greater,  where  workmanship  and  prices  are  more  irregular  than  they  are 
in  New  York.  In  no  other  city,  nor  between  the  prices  of  any  other  two 
cities  could  there  be  greater  irregularities  to  be  reconciled.  In  some  offices 
of  New  York,  composition  is  solicited  at  60  cents;  in  others,  it  is  refused  at 
90  cents  per  loco  ems.  The  charges  for  common  orders  of  Book  presswork 
will  vary  from  35  cents  to  60  cents  per  token  of  250  impressions.  The  prices 
of  job  work  are  even  more  capricious  To  a  casual  observer  these  confessed 
discrepancies  may  not  appear  to  warrant  the  publishing  of  any  price  as 
established.  Closer  examination  into  all  the  facts  connected  with  these 
irregularities  will  show  that  these  variations  from  average  rates  are  not  so 
extensive  as  is  commonly  supposed.  As  'a  rule,  it  will  be  found  that  those 
printers  whose  prices  are  lowest  are  those  who  do  the  least  amount  of  work. 
Prices  are  lower,  in  most  of  these  cases,  because  the  workmanship  is  inferior, 
and  can  be  sold  only  at  the  reduced  rate.  There  is  another  and  a  smaller 
class  of  printers  whose  prices  are  much  higher,  but  their  workmanship  is 
so  decidedly  superior  that  it  readily  commands  the  advanced  price.  An- 
other inequality  is  found  in  the  special  contracts  for  the  work  of  govern- 
ment, of  publishers  or  of  corporate  companies ;  but  all  these  contracts  are 
made  under  peculiar  circumstances,  and  cannot  properly  be  considered  as 
having  any  bearing  on  established  prices.  In  the  same  classification  may 
be  put  specially  high  rates  that  have  been  conceded  as  a  personal  favor,  or 
specially  low  rates,  that  have  been  made  through  personal  animosity  in  an 
active  competition.  These  exceptions  made,  it  will  be  found  that  the  largest 
amount  of  printing  done  in  this  city  is  done  at  prices  midway  between  the 
two  extremes.  It  is  this  middle  price,  adopted  by  printers  and  accepted  by 
customers  who  have  the  most  work,  that  may  rightfully  be  considered  as 
the  established  price. 

The  prices  of  this  book  are  the  established  rates  for  Printing  as  I  have 
learned  them.  Of  their  applicability  to  the  trade  of  other  cities,  the  reader 
must  judge  and  act  for  himself.  In  such  a  matter  I  can  neither  instruct 
nor  advise.  I  have  foreseen  that  there  are  places  in  which  the  prices  will  be 
too  high,  and  places  where  they  will  be  too  low.  For  these  irregularities 
ample  provision  has  been  made.  Opposite  every  important  table  of  printed 


PREFACE.  13 

prices  will  be  found  a  blank  table.  In  the  blank  columns  of  these  tables, 
every  owner  of  the  book  can,  with  pen  or  pencil,  make  new  prices  at  higher 
or  lower  rates  as  he  may  see  fit.  If  he  chooses  to  vary  them  in  any  way,  he 
has  a  standard  for  departure,  and  can  make  his  variations  in  an  exact  and 
methodical  manner.  Provision  has  also  been  made  for  special  prices.  On 
the  blank  lines  there  is  ample  room  for  the  insertion  of  irregular  prices  for 
particular  cases. 

The  objection  sometimes  made  against  printed  price  lists,  that  they  have 
been  made  for  a  special  purpose,  cannot  apply  to  this  book.  Its  object  is 
neither  to  make  prices  high  nor  low.  It  purposes  only  to  give  current  rates, 
with  such  explanations  as  may  be  necessary  to  show  the  proper  relations 
between  cost  and  charges ;  but  even  in  this  matter,  it  is  not  expected  that 
these  current  rates  will  be  adopted,  unless  they  shall  appear  to  be  consistent 
and  practicable.  Its  best  use  will  be  found,  not  so  much  as  a  final  author- 
ity on  prices,  as  a  guide  to  the  making  of  prices  in  a  systematic  manner. 

For  this  reason,  I  have  refraimjckfrom  making  complete  prices.  The 
Estimates  in  Detail  are  inserted  only  as  illustrations  of  the  method  of 
making  prices.  To  some  printers,  this  Price  List  might  be  more  satisfac- 
tory, could  they  find  herein  exact  prices  for  all  kinds  of  jobs,  in  all  possible 
quantities,  on  every  weight  and  quality  of  paper,  in  every  color  of  ink,  with 
every  variety  of  ruling  and  composition,  and  with  full  provision  for  every 
irregularity  that  might  be  made  by  lithography,  electrotyping,  binding,  etc. 
Tables  like  these  are  impracticable.  The  permutations  required,  would  be 
endless — not  to  be  compassed  in  many  volumes  of  this  size.  Nor  would 
they  be  of  any  real  benefit.  They  would  not  abridge  the  labor  of  making 
estimates  ;  they  would  only  confuse  by  their  elaboration  and  prolixity. 

It  is  important  that  the  young  printer  should  know  what  the  current 
prices  are ;  but  it  is  of  more  importance  that  he  should  know  how  to  use 
them.  If  he  does  not  know  how  to  analyse  the  items  of  work,  and  how  to 
make  estimates,  his  knowledge  of  complete  prices  is  of  little  practical  value. 
Questions  will  frequently  be  presented  for  which  no  price  list,  manuscript 
or  printed,  can  furnish  an  answer. 

At  earnest  solicitation  of  many,  correspondents,  I  have  given  combined 
prices  for  the  composition  and  presswork  of  cards,  posters  and  billheads, 
upon  which  the  labor  is  supposed  to  be  nearly  uniform.  It  is  not  a  good 
method.  All  such  attempts  at  abridging  labor  really  add  to  it.  I  have  not 
given  the  full  price  for  a  Ream  of  Billheads,  nor  for  1000  Posters,  nor  for 
any  other  work.  I  have  given  the  items  only.  But  while  I  have  avoided 
making  complete  prices,  I  have  tried  to  be  explicit  in  pointing  out  all  excep- 
tions and  irregularities  in  every  branch  of  labor.  Under  almost  every 
general  heading  it  will  be  found  that  all  useful  sizes  and  qualities  of  paper 
have  been  specified  and  priced  by  the  ream,  and  by  the  fraction ;  all  irregu- 
larities of  composition  and  presswork,  and  all  leading  styles  of  binding,  etc. 
have  been  stated  in  such  a  manner  that  they  could  be  easily  combined.  In 
many  places  detailed  estimates  have  been  given,  as  suggestions  of  the 
method  of  combining  the  prices.  Here  the  work  of  the  writer  stops,  and 


14  PKEKACK. 

here  he  trusts  to  the  intelligence  of  his  reader.  With  the  aids  given,  the 
labor  of  combining  the  prices  cannot  be  found  irksome.  The  discipline  of 
computation  will  surely  be  more  instructive,  and  its  results  must  be  much 
more  satisfactory  than  the  adoption  of  ready-made  prices. 

If  any  experienced  printer  should  object  to  this  explicitness  and  minute- 
ness of  detail  as  unnecessary,  he  may  here  be  reminded  that  it  was  not  for 
the  enlightenment  of  experts,  but  of  novices  in  business  that  this  work  was 
written.  Such  printers  must  forget  their  own  early  difficulties  in  making 
estimates.  From  personal  recollection  and  observation,  as  well  as  from  the 
earnestness  of  special  requests  for  these  details,  I  am  convinced  that  this 
minuteness  cannot  be  safely  omitted ;  that  it  is  impracticable  for  a  novice 
to  make  consistent  prices  unless  the  elements  of  the  business  are  clearly 
explained.  I  would  that  it  had  been  otherwise.  To  rehearse  the  rudiments 
of  the  business  is  not  pleasant  work.  Much  of  it  is  sheer  drudgery,  but  it 
is  as  necessary  as  is  the  drudgery  of  stating  rules  and  tables  in  a  text  book 
on  grammar  or  arithmetic. 

Although  this  book  was  written  expressly  for  novices,  there  are  many 
features  that  must  be  of  service  to  an  expert  master  printer.  The  tables  of 
measurements,  the  market  prices  of  various  papers,  the  calculation  of  the 
value  of  fractional  sizes  of  paper,  the  special  prices  for  binding,  ruling, 
lithography,  gilding,  marbling,  and  of  many  kindred  trades,  the  prices  of 
labor,  etc.  must  be  valuable  for  reference  in  the  making  of  hurried  esti- 
mates. More  than  all,  the  systematic  classification  of  work,  and  the  provis- 
ion of  two  contrasting  pages, — one  for  local,  and  one  for  general  prices — 
with  the  blanks  for  irregular  prices,  must  be  a  convenience  to  any  printer 
who  wishes  to  price  his  work  in  a  methodical  manner. 

Prices  have  been  made  for  many  kinds  of  work  more  frequently  done  by 
stationers,  but  closely  connected  with  Letter-press  printing.  This  exclu- 
siveness  should  not  be.  A  printer  should  be  as  competent  as  a  stationer  to 
accept  and  execute  orders  for  all  ordinary  forms  of  lithographed  blanks,  for 
common  electrotyping,  blank  books,  copperplate  work,  stamping,  etc.  It 
is  unwise  for  any  job  printer  to  refuse  such  work,  if  it  is  troublesome.  If 
he  declines  it,  on  the  plea  of  unwillingness  to  attend  to  work  that  he  cannot 
do  personally,  he  must  be  prepared  to  see  his  own  legitimate  work  of  letter- 
press printing  pass  into  the  hands  of  rivals.  There  are  cities  in  which  the 
stationers  take  in  more  orders  for  letter-press  work  than  the  printers  them- 
selves. For  this  needless  diversion  of  work  from  its  proper  channel,  the 
printers  themselves  are  responsible.  They  have  neglected  work  that  would 
have  been  to  their  advantage.  The  prices  here  given  for  most  varieties  of 
this  work  are  made  so  as  to  yield  a  profit :  in  some  cases  where  quantities 
are  large,  and  trouble  small,  not  more  than  10  per  cent;  in  others,  when 
there  is  much  trouble  and  the  order  is  not  large,  as  much  as  30  per  cent. 
The  prices  for  electrotyping  and  cloth  binding  are  exceptions.  To  these 
prices  no  profit  has  been  added. 

In  making  up  these  tables  of  prices  I  have  been  materially  aided  by  the 
advice  and  assistance  of  many  leading  printers,  lithographers,  binders,  elec- 


PREFACE. 


15 


trotypers  and  paper  dealers,  both  in  and  out  of  this  city.  The  authorized 
published  price  lists  of  all  trades  have  been  freely  used  wherever  they  were 
accessible.  The  proof  sheets  have  been  read  and  certified  by  able  critics. 
No  price  has  been  made  at  random,  or  by  conjecture  or  analogy.  Each 
price  has  had  careful  scrutiny,  and,  so  far  as  usage  would  allow,  each  will 
be  found  not  only  in  proper  proportion  to  cost,  but  in  proper  ratio  with  the 
prices  for  other  works  of  a  similar  nature. 

There  are  prices  here  that  I  think  too  low,  but  where  they  were  the 
established  prices,  I  have  not  felt  at  liberty  to  alter  them  to  suit  my  own 
notions  of  value.  The  commoner  varieties  of  job  work  should  be  at  higher 
rates.  I  do  not  think  that  50  cents  is  a  fair  price  for  one  hundred  impres- 
sions of  the  simplest  form,  nor  is  $2.00  per  thousand  impressions  sufficient 
for  an  ordinary  edition  of  good  presswork  upon  a  large  press.  Yet  I  have 
so  put  them  down,  although  I  believe  that,  as  work  is  commonly  done, 
these  rates  will  yield  but  a  slender  profit,  perhaps  no  profit  whatever.  I 
did  not  make,  nor  do  I  defend,  these  prices.  I  only  state  them  as  facts. 

Too  much  importance  should^JKJtoe  attached  to  these  insufficient  prices, 
for  although  they  are  so  common  as  to  demand  a  quotation,  they  are  not 
universal.  Those  who  are  dissatisfied  with  the  printed  prices  can  alter 
them  on  the  opposite  pages  to  suit  their  own  convictions  of  value.  Higher 
prices  can  be  had  by  those  who  insist  on  them  and,  by  superior  workman- 
ship, prove  their  right  to  them.  But  superior  and  inferior  work  must  be 
considered  as  exceptional  in  any  general  price  list.  For  ordinary  work- 
manship, usage  has  confirmed  the  rates  here  quoted,  and  it  will  not  be 
wise  for  a  novice  to  advance  them  without  necessary  reason.  Increased 
price  does  not  mean  increased  profits  only ;  in  most  cases,  it  means  increased 
expenses  as  well. 

The  prices  of  job  work  are  lower  than  they  were  three  years  ago,  when 
labor  was  paid  at  lower  rates ;  in  some  specialties,  prices  of  work  are 
lower  than  they 'were  ten  years  ago.  Wages  are  now  higher  than  they 
have  ever  been,  and  are  out  of  proper  proportion  to  the  receipts. 

The  following  table  shows  the  extent  of  this  advance  in  wages.  It  will 
be  perceived  that  weekly  wages  on  job  and  book  work  have  advanced 
more  than  piece  rates  on  book  work  or  on  newspapers : 


Branch  of  Composition. 

1862. 

1870. 

Advance, 
per  cent. 

Job  and  Book  Work.  .  .Weekly  Wages.  . 

$11.00 

$20  .  oo 

82 

Book  Work  Piece  Rates*  .... 

•33 

•5° 

52 

Morning  Newspaper..  .Weekly  Wages.  . 

16.00 

24.00 

50 

//                    a         ...  Piece  Rates  

•35 

.50 

43 

Evening  Newspaper.  .  .Weekly  Wages.  . 

12.  CO 

20.00 

67 

,i                 a          ....  Piece  Rates  

.31 

45 

45 

Average  of  Manuscript  and  Reprint,  for  matter  made-up. 


16  PREFACK. 

The  printers  who  were  foremost  in  reducing  prices  some  three  years 
ago  considered  that  improvements  in  machinery  and  organization,  as  well 
as  the  supposed  increased  amount  of  business  to  be  had,  would  warrant 
the  payment  of  higher  wages,  and  the  taking  of  a  lower  profit.  By  this 
time  the  fallacy  is  obvious. 

The  method  of  computation  used  in  this  book  may  attract  attention  and 
provoke  criticism.  There  are  printers  who  may  consider  the  method  of 
making  prices  by  hundreds  instead  of  by  tokens  as  an  innovation.  It  is 
really  an  old  method,  which  is  still  preferred  by  many  of  the  oldest  printers 
for  the  calculation  of  job  work.  The  preference  is  founded  in  reason.  A 
computation  can  be  made  by  a  rate  per  hundred  more  quickly  and  correctly 
than  by  a  rate  per  token,  or  quarter  thousand.  The  word  token  is  objec- 
tionable for  its  ambiguity.  In  New  York,  token  means  250  or  240  impres- 
sions ;  in  New  England,  it  means  500  or  480  impressions.  To  a  customer, 
the  word  is  unintelligible :  its  meaning  and  use  as  a  unit  of  calculation  are 
explained  and  defended  with  difficulty.  He  is  puzzled  when  told  that  250 
impressions  are  one  token  and  that  275  impressions  are  two  tokens,  and  is 
aggrieved,  if  charged  double  or  nearly  double  price  for  25  added  impres- 
sions. On  single  tokens,  or  on  fine  or  expensive  job  work,  it  is  a  very 
awkward  measure,  which  can  be  used  oftener  to  a  customer's  dissatisfac- 
tion than  to  the  printer's  advantage.  Long  editions  of  ordinary  Book  work 
may  be  computed  by  a  rate  per  token  with  advantage,  for  in  this  depart- 
ment this  measure  has  some  advantages,  and  it  is  sanctioned  by  long 
usage.  It  may  also  be  used  with  propriety  by  printers  in  conversation  with 
each  other ;  but  in  all  dealings  with  a  customer  for  Job  work,  the  word 
token  has  no  useful  place,  and  should  be  discarded.  Rates  based  upon 
the  measures  of  one  hundred  or  one  thousand  impressions,  are  more  pre- 
cise, are  more  readily  comprehended  by  the  customer  and  computed  by 
the  printer,  and  are  capable  of  nicer  divisions  in  a  graduated  scale  of  prices. 

As  this  work  treats  of  an  entirely  new  topic,  it  comes  to  the  reader  under 
disadvantages  for  which  indulgence  may  be  claimed.  In  writing  or  compil- 
ing a  book  upon  any  other  branch  of  the  art,  the  writer  enjoys  the  benefit 
of  the  experience  of  his  predecessors.  If  he  does  not,  as  is  usual,  avail 
himself  largely  of  their  labors,  he  can  at  least  profit  by  their  method  and 
avoid  their  errors.  In  making  this  book  I  have  had  no  examples  to  imitate 
or  avoid.  Distrustful  of  my  own  judgment,  with  the  first  proof  copies  of 
this  book  I  sent  requests  for  criticism  upon  the  prices  and  the  plan  of  the 
work.  In  response,  I  have  received  from  all  quarters  evidences  of  approval 
that  amply  warrant  the  belief  that  the  prices  and  the  plan  of  the  work  are 
satisfactory  to  the  trade.  But  times  change,  and  prices  will  change.  For 
this  I  wish  to  be  prepared.  To  all  those  who  take  an  interest  in  the  trade, 
I  renew  the  request  made  in  the  first  edition  :  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  any 
suggestion  or  any  information  that  will  increase  the  usefulness  of  this  work. 

THEO.  L.  DE  VINNK. 
December  21,  1870. 


PAPER. 

The  qualities  of  Paper  in  use  by  printers  may  be  classified  as  follows : 
PRINTING.  PLATE.  COPYING. 

MAP.  ENVELOPE.  TISSUE. 

COLORED,  or  COVER.        WRITING  and  LEDGER.    MANILA,  or  WRAPPING. 
ENAMELLED.  BLOTTING.  BOND, or  PARCHMENT. 

The  classification  is  not  strictly  that  of  paper  manufacturers,  but  the 
names  are  those  by  which  they  are  best  known  to  printers. 

REGULAR    SIZES    OF    PAPER. 

Although  paper  can  be  made  to  order  of  any  size,  and  is  at  times  found 
on  sale  of  dimensions  not  specified  in  the  following  tables,  by  far  the  greater 
part  is  made  up  for  sale  only  of  regular  sizes.  Names  are  generally  used  to 
define  sizes,  but  the  use  of  namesKJften  leads  to  serious  error.  The  sizes  of 
Writing  and  Drawing  are  quite  different  from  those  of  Printing  papers, 
yet  many  of  the  same  names  are  used  for  the  three  qualities.  English 
sizes  differ  from  American.  Whenever  it  can  be  done,  paper  should  be 
specified  by  inches  instead  of  by  name. 

SIZES   OF   AMERICAN   WHITING   PAPERS. 

FOLDED    PAPERS. 


Inches. 

Billet  Note 6x    8 

Octavo  Note 7  x    9 

Commercial  Note 8  X  10  . 

Packet  Note 9  X  if  - 

Bath  Note...  .  .  8^x  14 


Inches. 

Letter 10x16 

Commercial  Letter 11  x  17 

Packet  Post ll^x  18 

Extra  Packet  Post lUfcX  18^ 

Foolscap 12Vi>x  16 

Note  is  sometimes  8^x  10%  inches,  Letter  9%x  15^  inches.  Commercial 
Letter  10%  x  16%  inches,  Foolscap  12  x  15  inches ;  but  the  dimensions  given 
in  the  table  are  those  in  most  general  use. 

FLAT    PAPERS. 

Inches. 

Law  Blank,  or  Small  Cap.  .  13  x  16 


Flat  Cap 14X17 

Crown 15  X  19 

Demy 16x21 

Folio  Post 17  x22 

Check  Folio 17  X  24 

Double  Cap 17  X28 

Extra  Size  Folio. . .  .  19  x  23 


^Medium 18x23 


*Royal 19x24 

'Super  Royal 20  X  28 

^Imperial 22  x  :)0 

Elephant 22  V4  x  -.T-'U 

Columbier 23  x  33V4 

Atlas 26  X33 

Double  Elephant 26  x  40 


Extra-size  Folio  is  sometimes  18  x  23  inches,  and  19  x  24  inches. 
Imperial  is  sometimes  23  x  31  inches. 

"*Note  the  iliffrrvncr  in  size  botwit-n  Writing  nml  Printing  imprr-  ••; 


is 


Sizes  larger  than  Imperial,  of  American  manufacture,  may  soinetim. 
found  in  large  paper  warehouses.  but  they  cannot  be  considered  as  of  regular 
stock.     They  are  usually  made  to  order,  with  some  delay  and  at  extra  : 

SIZES    OF   AMERICAN    PRINTING   PAPERS. 


Double  Medium -,'4  x  :JS 

Double  Royal 2t>  x  4u 

Double  Super  Royal.'. 23  x  4-J 

•    ->ri  x  4:5 

Broad  Twelves -23  x  41 

Double  Imperial 32  x  46 

Larger  sixes,  like  34  X  46  and  36  x  48,  as  well  as  odd  sizes  like  ;>S  x  :J4, 
are  not  uncommon,  but  they  are  of  too  irregular  supply  to  be  considered 
as  regular  papers.  The  larger  sizes  are  invariably  of  common  quality, 
suitable  only  for  posters  and  newspapers:  the  smaller  sizes  arc  usually  of 
finer  quality,  adapted  for  books  and  fine  job  printing. 


Medium 19x24 

Royal  (sometimes  20x24). .  20  X  25 

Super  Royal 22  X  28 

Imperial 22  x  32 

Medium-aud-Half 24  x  30 

Small  Double  Medium 24  x  36 


Names. 
Demi-Tellii'-re..  . 
Demi-Couronne.  .  . 
Demi-Ecu  

SIZES  O 

IllClll-.           1   . 

..8.66  X  13.38 
..9.05X  14.17 
.10.03  X  15.74 
11  02  X  17  71 

F    FR] 

•ntimetres. 
22X34 
23X36 
25k.X40 
28X45 
29x39 
31x40 
31X46 
32x49 
34X44 
34X52 
36X46 
38X56 

2NCH  PAPERS. 

Names.                     Inch 
Ecu  15.74  X  20.06 
Carre                          17.71  x  22.04 
Cavalier  18.10  x  24.40 

40X51 
45X56 

46X62 
49X64 
58X88 

55X70 

56X76 
56X90 
58x80 

63X39 

64xya 

74X105 

.19.29  X  25.19 
.  .20.47  X  26.76 
.21.65  X27.55 
.22.04  X  29.92 
.  .22.04  X  3-r<.  42 
.  .22.80  X  31.48 
..24.80X35.02 
..25.19X38.58 
.  .29.13  X  41.33 

Cloche  

.11.41  X  15.35 
12.20  X  15.74 
12.20  X  18.10 
.12.59  X  19.29 
.  13.38  X  17.32 
.13.38  X  20.47 
14  17  v  18.10 

Petit  Jesus  

Pot  
Demi-Cavalier.  .  . 
Demi-Raisin  
Telliere 

Grand  Jesus  
Double  Carre  . 
Petit  Colombier. 
Columbier  
Double  Raisin  .  .  . 
Grand  Aigle  

Demi-Petit  Jesus. 

Demi-Grand  Jesus.  14.92  x  22.04 

SIZES    OF   ENGLISH   WRITING   PAPERS. 


Pot 12k  X  15k 

Foolscap,  or  Cap 13k  x  16k 

Post 15J.iXl9k. 

Extra  Large  Post 16k  x  21 

Demy 15X20 

Medium 17  X  22 

Royal 19JiX24 


Super  Royal x  27  \. 

Imperial 22  x  :>« 

Elephant. 23  x  2;; 

Atlas 26  x  33 

Columbier 2; 

Double  Elephant 27  x  40 

Antiquarian "1  x  •">:• 


SIZES    OF    ENGLISH    PRINTING   PAPERS. 


Crown 15  x  20 

Demy 17k  x  22 

Medium 18  X  23 

Royal,  inferior 19  \  x  24 


Inch.-. 

Royal 2ii  x  2ii 

Double  Pot 17  x  25k 

Double  Cro\rn 20  X  3» 

Double  Demy 21 


Printing  papers  of  English  or  French  manufacture  are  seldom  found  ii 
this  market.     When  made  for  this  country,  thev  are  of  American  sizes. 


These  are  the  legal  i 


VARIETIES    OF    PRINTING    PAPER. 

News  is  the  name  given  t<>  tin-  (Duality  used  by  daily  newspaper*.  Ii  is 
the  cheapest  grade  of  Printing.  There  are  many  varieties,  resulting  from 
different  materials  and  different  methods  of  manufacture. 

Rag1  Paper  is  made  from  cotton  rags,  or  cotton  fibre,  which  is  regarded 
as  the  best  material,  combining,  as  it  does,  great  strength  with  fair  color 
and  smooth  texture.  A  well-made  Rag  pa  pel-  bears  wet  tiny  without  injury, 
ami  receives  a  fine  impression  without  damage  to  the  type. 

Shavings  Paper  is  that  made  from  the  pulp  of  old  paper,  or  from  the 
shavings  and  cuttimrs  of  book-binderies.  It  usually  contains  a  large  share 
of  cotton  libre.  and  is  often  white  and  smooth,  but  it  lacks  the  strength  of 
clear  Kag  paper. 

"Wood  Paper  ranks  next  to  Rag.  It  is  but  little  inferior  in  strength,  lias 
usually  a  pale  creamy  tint,  and  will  take  as  fine  an  impression  as  Rag. 

Straw  Paper  is  made  of  many  qualities,  some  of  great  and  others  of  little 
value.  When  well  bleached  auil_£tee4  from  ninty  substances  it  is  a  valuable 
printing  p%per ;  if  badly  made,  retaining  ninty  matters,  which!  are  indicated 
by  a  harsh,  rattling  sound,  it  is  of  all  papers  most  injurious  to  type. 

The  papers  made  from  woods  and  grasses  are  not  known  in  the  trade  by 
the  names  of  their  materials. 

Specky,  Yellowish,  and  Stringy  News  is  made  from  inferior  st  •<•!•: 
that  has 'not  been  thoroughly  cleansed.  Very  soft  and  tender  papers,  that 
have  no  strength  when  wet,  are  usually  made  from  inferior  or  dirty  shav- 
ings, that  have  been  bleached  to  weakness  with  caustic  alkalies.  Gray 
White  and  Dirty  White,  are  frequently  made  from  badly  cleansed  rags. 
or  with  impure  water.  Thick-feeling,  but  tender  papers,  that  work  badly, 
clogging  type  and  rollers,  are  often  filled  with  clay.  Of  all  kinds  of  bad 
Printing,  an  over-clayed  paper  is  the  worst. 

Fourdrinier  Paper  is  a  name  that  defines  the  method  of  manufacture 
by  the  most  improved  machine.  Papers  made  by  this  machine  show  equal 
strength  when  torn  in  any  direction,  and  are  thicker  for  their  weight  than 
Cylinder  papers. 

Cylinder  Paper  is  that  made  by  an  inferior  machine,  in  which  the  fibres 
are  dragged  by  the  machine  always  in  the  same  direction.  It  tears  or  splits 
more  readily  in  that  direction. 

Wove  Paper  is  made  from  pulp  that  is  couched  on  fine  interlacing  wires, 
giving  it  a  woven  appearance,  as  may  be  seen  by  holding  such  paper  against 
the  light. 

Laid  Paper  is  made  from  pulp  that  is  couched  on  close  parallel  wire-. 
and  afterwards  creased  or  marked  by  a  daiidy^roller.  It  is.  necessarily,  full 
of  little  ridges.  Good  papers  are  made  by  each  method,  but  in  ordinary  work 
the  wove  has  the  preference. 

Hand-made  Paper  is  always  laid.  It  is  too  expensive  for  any  other 
work  than  the  finest  Writing,  or  the  reproductions  of  antique  typography. 
It  has  ragged  edyes.  and  is  usually  thicker  at  the  edyes  than  in  the  centre  of 
the  sheet. 


20  PA1JE)C. 

The  Water-marks,  improperly  so  called,  of  the  name  of  manufacturer, 
or  dealer,  or  user,  which  may  be  seen  in  some  papers  when  the  sheet  is  held 
against  the  light,  are  made  by  a  dandy-roller  pressing  the  moist  sheet  before 
the  paper  is  perfected.  These  dandy-rollers  are  too  expensive  to  be  employed 
upon  common  orders. 

Sized  Paper  is  that  which  has  received  a  thin  coating  of  glutinou? 
matter  on  the  surface,  to  give  it  a  greater  strength  for  printed  work,  or  to 
tit  it  for  writing  purposes.  It  is  usually  sized  by  being  passed  through  a 
.  wash  of  gelatinous  material.  Unsized  paper  is  perfected  without  this  process. 
Book  and  Printing  papers  are  always  sized  by  machinery.  The  lower  grades 
•  >f  Writing  papers,  when  so  treated,  are  known  as  MACHINE-SIZED.  Fine 
Writing  papers  receive  a  slower  and  more  careful  treatment  with  superior 
materials,  and  are  usually  known  as  TUB-SIZED.  Inferior  papers,  and  some- 
times News  papers,  receive  a  light  wash,  and  are  known  as  ROSIX-SIZED, 
or  HALF-SIZED.  If  the  work  has  been  badly  done  on  Writing  papers,  it  is 
known  as  SLACK-SIZED.  European  manufacturers  use  for  fine  Writing 
papers  a  process  of  mixing  size  in  the  pulp,  before  the  paper  ie  made. 

Calendered  Paper  is  that  which  has  been  polished  by  pressure  under 
steel  rollers.  When  this  pressure  is  repeated  many  times,  the  perfected 
paper  is  known  as  Super-calendered.  For  fine  wood-cut  or  type  work,  a 
faultlessly-smooth  surface  is  needed  to  show  the  delicacy  of  the  finer  lines. 
The  difficulty  of  calendering  increases  with  the  thinness  of  the  paper,  the 
severe  pressure  breaking  the  thin  sheets.  It  is  also  difficult  to  produce  a 
high  polish  on  very  thick  papers. 

The  calendering  of  paper  adds  from  one  to  two  cents  per  pound  to  its 
value.  Sizing  adds  about  one  cent  per  pound  to  the  value  of  the  paper. 
Newspapers,  small  posters,  handbills,  and  cheap  pamphlets,  are  usually 
printed  on  unsized  paper. 

NEWS    PAPER. 

All  standard  Printing  papers  are  sold  by  weight,  but  the  price  per  pound 
is  determined  by  the  quality.  Difference  in  quality  cannot  be  clearly 
explained  by  words. 

The  Stock,  or  material  from  which  printing  paper  is  made,  is  generally 
regarded  as  of  first  importance,  as  this  secures  the  strength  and  beauty  of 
the  fabric.  In  News  qualities,  a  Rag  stock  is  preferred  to  Wood,  and  Wood 
to  Straw. 

The  Method  of  manufacture  is  of  nearly  equal  importance.  Fourdrinier 
paper  is  more  valuable  than  Cylinder  paper,  a  Sized  and  Calendered  is  of 
higher  price  than  Unsized  paper. 

The  Color  controls  the  price.  Pure  white  is  the  standard,  and  every 
departure  from  white  to  yellowness,  grf  yness.  or  dingyness  is  attended  with 
a  depreciation  in  value. 

The  Workmanship  will  also  affect  the  value.  A  well-made  paper,  of 
ordinary  stock  and  color,  that  is  of  uniform  thickness,  even  surface,  and 


close-woven  or  firm  texture,  will  command  a  higher  price  than  a  coarse, 
loosely-woven,  and  uneven  paper,  made  from  the  best  stock  and  of  tin- 
best  color. 
The  common  sizes  and  weights  of  News  printing  papers  are  : 

IMPERIAL 22  X  32.  .22,  25  pounds. 

SMALL  DOUBLE  MEDIUM 24  x  36.  .25,  28,  30  pounds. 

DOUBLE  MEDIUM 24  X  38.  .28,  30,  32,  36.  40,  44,  50  pounds. 

DOUBLE  EOYAL 25  x  39,  and  26  X  40.  .36,  40,  50,  60  pounds. 

DOUBLE  SUP.  ROYAL.  28  x  42,  and  29  x  43.  .36,  40  pounds. 
DOUBLE  IMPERIAL.  .  .32  x  46,  and  33  x  46.  .45,  50,  53  pounds. 

Other  sizes  may  be  found  at  times,  but  seldom  smaller  than  22  X  32. 
Super  Royal,  22  X  28,  is  rare.  Medium,  19  X  24,  once  a  popular  size  of 
News,  has  been  entirely  supplanted  by  the  double  size.  The  size  26  X  38, 
of  30,  32,  and  36  pounds,  may  now  be  considered  a  regular  paper. 

News  is  made  in  a  greater  variety  of  sizes  and  weights  than  any  other 
kind  of  paper;  but  it  is  not  possible  to  find  every  weight  and  size  in  any  one 
paper  warehouse. 

The  present  current  rates  (in  cents)  per  pound  for  News  are : 


Rag,  of  ordinary  quality  .s.  14®  .14  Mz 

Wood,  good  quality 13  @  .  14 

Mixed  Rag 13®  .  14 


Straw,  fair  quality 12  Vfe  ®  .  14 

Inferior  Straw ^12     ®  .  13 

Specky,  or  Off-colored  .12     ®  .  12 


Cartridge  Paper  was  the  name  once  given,  and  not  yet  entirely  disused, 
to  a  thick  and  coarse  unsized  News.  Log  Paper  was  the  name  given  to 
the  same  quality  of  sized  paper.  Both  qualities  are  now  better  known  as 
Card  Middles.  This  variety  of  paper  is  used  not  only  for  the  middles  of 
cards,  but  for  posters,  for  music,  and  as  a  lining  for  pass-book  covers.  The 
usual  size  is  22  x  28  inches ;  28  x  42  is  not  uncommon,  but  19  X  24,  and 
24  x  38  are  rare.  Of  the  size  22  x  28  inches  it  may  be  found  of  many  weights 
.from  40  to  120  pounds  to  the  ream.  The  present  price  varies  from  12  to  13 J& 
cents  per  pound. 

BOOK    PAPERS. 

Book  Paper  is  the  name  given  to  all  grades  above  News.  The  varieties 
are  known  as  Sized,  Unsized,  Calendered,  and  Uncalendered. 

The  term  Book  Paper  is  applied  to  all  grades  between  common  and  fine 
papers.  The  quality  may  or  may  not  be  sized  or  calendered ;  but  it  would 
be  impossible  to  draw  a  line  of  distinction,  and  designate  where  the  quality 
of  News  ends,  or  that  of  fine  Sized  and  Calendered  commences. 

The  ordinary  sizes  and  weights  of  common  Book  are : 

MEDIUM 19  x  24 25,  30,  35  pounds ;  sized  and  unsized. 

20  X  24. ..  .20,  25,  30,  40  pounds;  sized  and  calendered. 

SUPER  ROYAL 22  x  28 30,  40  pounds;  sized  and  unsized. 

...  .35,  40,  50,  60,  70,  80  16  ;  sized  and  calend. 

MEDIUM- AND-HAW.  .24  X  30. .,,  .30,  40  pounds;  unsized. 
SMALL  DOUBLE  MEDIUM None  made. 


DOUBLE  MEDIUM 24  x  38 32,  36,  40,  44,  50,  56,  60  ft  ;  sized,  unsized. 

.    .  35.  40.  45,  50,  60,  70,  80  ft ;  sized,  calend. 

BROAD  TWELVES 23  x  41       .3(5.  40.  48.  54.  00  ft  :  sized,  unsized,  cald. 

DOUBLE  ROYAI 26  x  40.  .  .  .40.  50.  60  pounds:  sized  and  calendered. 

DOUBLE  SUP.  ROYAL.  128  x  42. . .  .45.  50,  60  po«ntts  ;  sized  and  unsized. 
D« >UBLE  IMPERIAL.  . .  .32  x  46. . .  .65,  70  pounds :  unsized. 

Intermediate  and  irreirular  sizes  are  occasionally  found.  Larger  sizes,  are 
seldom  found.  The  tliickest  and  best  qualities  are  to  be  had  of  Medium, 
Super  Royal,  and  Double  Medium  sizes. 

The  current  prices  (in  cents]  per  pound,  of  fair  Book  are. 
Good  white  clean  tag  paper,  well  made,  t-ized  and  super-calendered..  20  5"  .22 

An  inferior  quality,  with  few  specks,  or  tiff-color 17®  .20 

Fair  color,  sized,  but  not  super-calendered 16©  .  19 

An  inferior  quality,  not  so  good  in  color  or  fabric 15©  .  17 

Fair,  sized  and  unsized,  good  stock  and  color 15®  .  16 

COPPERPLATE    PAPER 

May  be  rated  as  one  of  the  many  varieties  of  Book  paper.  It  is.  or  should 
be.  made  from  the  best  stock.  It  is  unsized,  is  calendered  on  one  side,  and 
rouurh  or  unfinished  on  the  other. 

The  usual  sizes  and  weights  of  the  American  manufacture  are : 

MEDIUM, 19  x  24 40,  50,  60,  70  80  pounds.. per  ft  $   .2; 

.SUPER  ROYAL 22x28 40  to  80  petmds //          .27®'. 28 

Sizes  21  X  27,  ranging  from  50  to  60  pounds,  and  24  X  30.  from  80  to  125 
pounds,  and  24  x  38,  of  100  pounds,  are  considered  as  reirular  sizes  and 
weights,  but  they  cannot  be  found  as  often  as  Medium  and  Super  Royal. 

The  usual  sizes  and  weights  of  the  French  manufacture  are  :     * 

MEDIUM 19  x  24 50.  65,  80  pounds per  ft  *  .31  ©  .35 

SUPER  ROYAL 22  x  28.  . .  !75.  120  pounds .31  a  .35 

MEDIUM-AXD-HALF  .24  x  30 125  pounds 31  «  .  35 

PLATE    PRINTING   PAPER 

Is  the  finest  quality  of  Bonk  stock,  super-calendered  to  the  highest  point, 
and  of  equal  finish  on  both  sides.  It  is  made  sized  and  unsized.  For  the 
finest  wood-cut  work,  the  unsized  should  be  preferred.  It  may  be  found  in 
white  and  buff-tinted.  The  usual  sizes  and  weights  are :  Medium,  19  X  24, 
of  35  and  40  pounds,  and  Super  Royal.  22  x  28.  40  to  GO  pounds.  The  price 
is  28  cents  per  pound. 

MAP   PAPER. 

This  variety,  though  used  exclusively  for  printing,  might  properly  be 
classified  with  Writing  papers,  as  it  is  a  thin.  hard,  sized  paper,  made  from 
M-lei-ted  stock,  with  special  reference  to  strength  and  flexibility.  It  is  seldom 
to  be  found  in  any  paper  warehouse,  the  demand  for  special  sizes  and  weights 
being  too  capricious  to  be  provided  for.  Map  publishers  usually  keep  a  fair 
assortment.  The  price  for  packages  is  35  to  40  cents  per  pound. 


I'Al'KK.  '23 

A  ^uperior  quality  of  thin  linen  stock,  made  for  pocket  maps,  is  made  to 
order,  at  45  cents  per  pound.  A  commoner  quality,  not  unlike  that  of  fine 
book  paper,  but  tougher.  is  also  made  to  order  only,  at  25  cents  per  pound. 

TINTED    OB    TONED    PAPERS. 

Tinted  or  Toned  Papers,  suitable  for  book  work,  are  to  be  found  on  sale 
only  of  buff  tints.  They  vary  from  the  faintest  perceptible  departure  from 
pure  white  to  a  decided  reddish  yellow.  Pink  and  other  tints  are  made 
only  to  order.  It  is  difficult  to  match  a  tint  with  precision,  either  with 
paper  on  sale  or  when  made  to  order. 

The  usual  sizes  and  weights  of  Tinted  paper  are  : 
MEDIUM  ...................  19  x  24  ____  30,  40  pe«iwls. 

SUPER  ROYAL  .............  22  x  28.  .  .  .40,  50,  60  powids. 

DOUBLE  MEDIUM  .........  24_x_38_.  .40,  50,  60,  70,  80  potmds. 

Intermediate  or  larger  sixes  are  rare.     The  present  rates  are,  in  cents  : 


Fair  color,  coarse  stock.  .  .^47  ®  19 
Better  quality,  fairly  made  ,£8^®  20 
Good  stock,  clear  .......  .  .  ^0  -a>g% 


Extra  stock  and  finish' 


Aczi:  o 


Superior  Plated  .........    ,25  @;28 


COLORED    PRINTING    PAPERS 

Are  not  found  on  sale  in  as  great  variety  as  white.  When  made  of  News 
stock,  of  the  cheaper  grades,  the  colors  are  comparatively  strong  and  dull, 
yellow  being,  perhaps,  the  only  bright  or  pleasing  tint.  They  are  sometimes 
put  up  in  two-ream  bundles  of  assorted  colors,  more  commonly  of  one  color 
only.  The  following  are  the  sizes  and  weights  of  News  Stock,  on  sale : 

MEDIUM 19  x  24. . .  .24,  25  ft. 

ROYAL 20  x  25. . .  .35,  40  ft. 

SUPER  ROYAL 22  x  28 35,  40,  50  ft. 

DOUBLE  MEDIUM 24  x  38. . .  .27,  30,  40  ft. 

DOUBLE  CAP 17 *&  x  28. . .  .35,  40  ft. 

DOUBLE  ROYAL 28  x  42 40,  50  ft. 

The  Super  Royal  and  Double  Cap  are  not  so  common  as  the  Medium, 
although  they  are  considered  as  regular  papers.  Papers  of  these  sizes  are 
always  thick.  Larger  sizes,  33  X  46  and  36  X  48,  are  made,  but  they  are  in 
little  request,  and  are  seldom  found  in  stock  of  the  largest  warehouses. 
The  present  current  rates  vary  from  15  ®  18  cents  per  pound,  price  depending 
on  quality  of  stock  and  purity  of  color.  They  are  sold  at  a  fixed  price  per 
ream,  and  not  by  the  pound. 

FINE    COLORED    PRINTING    PAPERS 

Are  made  of  good  Book  stock,  and  with  better  colors  than  the  preceding. 
Most  papers  of  this  class  are  calendered  or  super-Calendered,  and  are  often 
labeled  Glazed,  to  better  indicate  the  hiirh  polish  they  have  received.  They 


24  PAPEH. 

are  usually  put  up  folded,  in  quires,  two  reams  to  the  bundle  of  light,  and 
one  ream  of  the  heavy  weights.  When  made  to  order,  in  large  quantities, 
they  are  flat,  three  or  more  reams  to  the  bundle.  The  colors  are  sometimes 
assorted,  as  in  the  commoner  quality,  but  they  are  oftener  sold  separately. 

The  usual  sizes  and  weights  of  Fine  Colored  Printing  Papers  are : 

ROYAL 20  x  25. . .  .24,  28,  35,  40  IB. 

SUPER  ROYAL 22  x  28 30,  33,  35,  40,  50  IB. 

DOUBLE  CAP \~%  x  28 35,  40  IB. 

Intermediate  and  larger  sizes  are  never  kept  in  stock.  To  be  had.  they 
must  be  made  to  order. 

The  prices  of  Fine  Colored  papers  vary  from  18  @  22  cents  per  pound. 
according  to  purity  of  stock  and  color. 

An  order  to  make  up  an  odd  size  of  less  than  1000  pounds  of  Book  or  News 
paper  is  seldom  taken  by  paper  dealers. 

Colored  Printing  papers  are  made  by  adding  the  color  to  the  pulp  before 
the  paper  is  made.  The  colors  of  the  best  papers  so  made  are  usually  pale 
and  delicate,  and  have  no  brilliancy.  Bright  colors  can  be  had  only  by 
painting  or  staining  the  paper.  Papers  so  made  are  commonly  known  us 

ENAMELLED    PAPERS. 

Under  this  erroneous  name,  printers  group  Flinted  or  Glazed,  Plated,  ami 
Enamelled  papers.  The  manufacturing  process  differs  with  each  variety. 
They  would  be  more  correctly  described  as  Painted  papers.  The  Flinted  or 
Glazed  papers  have  a  thin  coat  of  color,  and  are  polished  by  burmshinu. 
The  Plated  papers  have  a  thick  coat  of  color,  and  are  not  burnished  nor 
calendered.  The  Enamelled  papers  have  a  thick  coat  of  color  mixed  wirli 
the  enamel,  and  are  highly  calendered  by  metal  plates.  None  of  these 
papers  are  sold  by  weight.  Each  color  and  quality  is  rated  at  a  specific 
price  per  ream.  The  price  is  governed  not  only  by  the  value  and  purity  <>t' 
the  color  used,  but  also  by  its  comparative  ease  in  working,  and  the  quality 
of  the  fabric.  The  most  common  size,  in  which  the  greatest  variety  of 
colors  may  be  found,  is  Large  Medium,  20  X  24.  thick  and  thin.  Super  Royal. 
22  X  28,  is  usually  a  thick  paper,  and  not  to  be  found  in  great  variety  of  colors. 
Double  Cap,  17  X  28,  is  still  more  rarely  found,  though  it  is  not  considered  an 
irregular  size :  it  is  always  a  thick  paper.  Larger  sizes  are  not  made. 

These  papers  are  seldom  found  in  ordinary  printing-paper  warehouse. 
but  are  obtained  from  the  manufacturers.  The  thinner  qualities  are  us.-d 
for  labels,  and  the  thicker  for  pamphlet  covers. 

The  prices  are  subject  to  greater  fluctuations  than  Printing  papers,  and 
cannot  be  classified  by  written  description  with  any  approach  to  accuracy 

Orange  and  Orange-Yellow  Glazed,  of  thin  paper,  are  now  selling  at  from 
$7.00  @  $9.00  per  ream.  Vermilion  Red  or  Common  Blue,  at  from  $7.00  ft- 
$12.00.  Fine  Plated  Green,  at  from  $11.00  ®  $14.00.  Ultramarine  Blue,  at 
$13.00  ®  $17.00.  Steel  Blue,  from  $15.00  @  $20.00.  Thick  Cover  Paper. 
19  x  24  and  22  x  28.  of  pale  fine  colors,  on  good  paper,  is  sold  at  $20.00. 


TISSUE    PAPER. 

The  most  common  size  is  20  X  30  inches,  of  which  shape  both  white  and 
assorted  colors  may  be  found.  It  is  put  up  in  one-ream  packages,  and  ten 
reams  to  the  bundle.  White.  24  x  36  inches,  may  also  be  found.  It  is  seldom 
used  for  printing,  but  is  often  required  in  binding,  as  a  set-off  sheet  opposite 
engravings.  The  present  prices  are  : 

White,  20  X  30  inches per  ream  $1 .50©!. 75 

Colored,  20  X  30  inches,  and  White,  24  x  36  inches. . .    «  2. 25 ©2. 50 

Foreign,  fine  and  extra  colors "  . .       4.50 

Black...  .   "      "  8.00 


PAPERS 

Are  known  as  Bogns  Manila  and  Manila.  With  the  coarser  qualities,  such 
as  are  used  by  grocers,  printers  have  nothing  to  do,  and  they  need  not  be 
reviewed.  Bogns  Manila  and  Manila  are  in  use  for  printed  wrappers. 

Bogns  Manila  is  a  mixed  paper,  inferior  to  the  pure  Manila.  It  has 
some  use  fdr  printing  cheap  wrappers.  The  sizes  and  weights  are  the  same 
as  those  of  Manila.  Price,  from  8  ®  11  cents  per  ft. 

MANILA  WRAPPING 

Is  now  made  in  great  variety  of  weights  and  sizes,  of  great  evenness, 
strength,  and  smoothness,  and  of  good  writing  surface. 
The  usual  sizes  and  weights  are : 


15x20..?^,  8Mz  ft. 

18x24..  12,  15,20  ft. 

20x30..  15,  20,  25,  30,35  ft. 

22  X  32.  .20,  25,  30,  35,  40,  45,  50  ft. 


24x36.. 70,  80  ft. 
30  X  40.  .40,  50,  60,  70, 80, 90, 100  ft. 
36  X  40.  .50,  60,  70,  80,  90,  100  ft. 
40  x  48.  .125,  150,  200,  225  ft. 


24  X  36.  .20, 25, 30, 35,  40, 45, 50, 60  ft. 

In  rolls  of  30,  36,  40,  44,  48,  and  54  inches. 

Prices  of  Manila  Wrapping  range  from  12  ®  15  cents  per  ft,  according 
to  quality,  the  higher  price  being  for  pure  Manila,  all  rope,  a  paper  of  great 
strength. 

ORDINARY    ENVELOPE    PAPER, 

Or  Post-office  paper,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  when  found  011  sale  in  paper 
warehouses,  is  of  bright  gold  color,  and  is  to  be  had  of  many  thicknt- 

The  usual  sizes  and  weights  are  : 
19X24  inches..  16,  17,  20  ft.  20  X  24  inches.  .24,27,30,35,  40ft. 

The  price  varies  from  18  'a  27  cents  per  ft,  according  to  color  and  quality. 

Manufacturers  of  envelopes  keep  a  much  larger  variety  of  all  colors  and 
weights,  and  of  variable  sizes  from  19  x  31  to  22  x  34  inches.  A  light  weitdit 


may  be  rated  at  30  pounds.     It  is  not  practicable  to  define  the  weight*,  as 
they  vary.     The  papers  of  envelope  makers  are  usually  laid. 

White,  canary,  orange,  pink,  green,  lilac,  and  other  delicate  tints  of  fine 
colored  papers,  may  be  had  of  envelope  manufacturers,  at  the  prices  of  fine 
Writing  papers ;  the  white,  canary,  and  orange,  of  great  variety  of  weights ; 
the  other  colors,  about  the  thickness  of  Flat  Cap,  12  16  to  the  ream. 


WRITING    PAPERS. 

Writing  papers  are  now  made  of  all  kinds  and  qualities  of  stock,  from 
linen  to  straw.  The  different  stocks  are  so  combined  that  it  is  impossible  for 
an  inexpert  to  identify  the  materials.  The  merit  of  paper  will,  in  most 
cases,  be  ascertained  quicker  through  its  method  of  manufacture.  A  first 
class  Writing  paper  should  be  hard,  tough,  elastic,  opaque,  of  pure  color, 
and  of  well-sized  surface.  The  first,  and  perhaps  the  most  important 
qualification  is  the  Sizing,  for  it  is  the  nature  of  the  sizing  that  gives  a 
Writing  paper  its  rank  and  value. 

Hard  Paper  is  always  preferred.  To  be  hard,  it  must  be  tub-sized, 
and  loft-dried,  by  the  slow  process  of  atmospheric  evaporation.  A  well 
made  tub-sized  and  loft-dried  paper  will  permit  the  use  of  the  most  caustic 
ink  without  spreading  or  blotting,  will  allow  a  free  and  rapid  motion  of  the 
finest  pen  without  any  scratching  of  surface,  and.  if  of  best  stock,  may  be 
folded  and  refolded  without  cracking  of  the  fibres. 

Engine-sized,  or  Soft  paper,  is  often  made  from  inferior  stock,  and  is 
always  sized  in  the  pulp.  It  may  be,  and  often  is,  whiter  and  smoother 
than  the  hard  paper,  but  it  is  not  so  tough  and  strong,  and  sinks  or  roughens 
readily  under  the  pen. 

Plated  paper  is  that  which  has  been  polished  by  pressure  between  metal 
plates.  The  process  is  expensive.  The  glossy  papers  of  this  nature  are  found 
only  in  the  smaller  sizes  of  folded  Notes  and  Letters,  or  Bill  of  Exchange 
Cap  and  Folio. 

Cold  Pressed  paper  has  a  hard  and  rough  surface,  and  is  very  thick  for 
its  weight,  receiving  no  calendering  whatever.  It  is  made  only  of  the 
smaller  sizes  of  Note  and  Letter.  It  is  a  difficult  paper  to  write  or  print 
upon.  Price  is  about  the  same  as  for  other  fine  Writing  Notes  and  Letters. 

White  is  the  present  prevailing  color  of  Writing  papers.  Blue  is  made 
of  all  the  principal  sizes,  but  this  color  is  in  limited  request,  and  the  stock  of 
large  houses  is  comparatively  small.  English  Ledger  papers  are  rarely  pure 
white  or  clear  blue  ;  they  are  usually  toned  to  a  pale  creamy  tint,  or  to  the 
faintest  suggestion  of  blue. 

Writing  papers  are  further  distinguished  by  qualities  of  manufacture  : 

Plain  paper  is  paper  unruled. 

Perfect  paper  is  that  which  has  been  carefully  inspected,  sheet  by  sheet, 
and  is  free  from  specks,  wrinkles,  and  all  imperfections.  It  is  also  known 
as  the  First  Sorting. 


M  paper  is  that  which  is  not  fully  "up  to  the  first  sorting,  but  in  which  the 
imperfections  are  trivial,  perceptible  only  to  the  expert. 

N  paper  is  a  much  inferior  quality,  in  which  specks  and  wrinkles  are 
more  common. 

B  or  Betree  is  another  term  used  for  X  paper. 

Casse  Paper,  or  Outsides,  is  the  imperfect  paper  usually  found  in  the 
outside  quires  of  folded  Writing. 

Off-Color,  is  the  term  given  to  paper  of  gray,  dull,  or  unpleasing  color. 
Ir  is  usually  the  result  of  accidental  impurity  in  water  used  in  manufacture. 

Writing  papers  are  known  as  Folded  and  Flat,  or  Ledger  papers. 

Ledger  paper  is  the  name  given  to  the  thicker  weights  and  best  qualities 
of  all  flat  papers  of  large  size. 

The  Notes  and  Letters  of  light  weight  are  packed  in  wrappers  of  half 
reams  :  of  heavier  weights  and  finer  qualities,  in  packages  of  quarter  reams. 
Flat  Caps  and  Folios  are  packed  two  reams  to  the  bundle  ;  all  larger  sizes. 
in  one  ream  packages. 

Writing  papers  may  be  further  classified  as  American,  English,  and  French. 
Under  this  last  name  are  included  many  varieties  that  are  really  Belgian. 

English  folded  Writing  papers  such  as  are  kept  in  stock  in  this  country, 
are  Super-calendered  or  Plated  Notes  and  Letters  of  the  heavier  weights. 
They  are  used  mostly  for  wedding  and  fancy  stationery.  The  present 
price  of  these  papers  varies  from  60  to  90  cents  per  pound.  The  Ledger 
papers  are  usually  hand-made,  laid,  and  of  untriinmed  edges.  They  are 
seldom  as  white  or  showy  as  the  American  papers,  but  they  have  a  hard 
surface,  are  unusually  strong,  and  in  every  point  are  superior  papers. 

French,  papers  on  sale  are  Notes.  Letters,  and  Folio  Post.  They  are 
mostly  thin,  and  in  great  variety  of  quality,  from  a  dull,  earthy  fabric  to  one 
of  wonderful  clearness  and  transparency.  They  are  often  plated  or  highly 
calendered,  but  are  always  soft.  As  printing  papers  they  have  no  rivals ; 
for  writing  purposes  they  are  not  so  uniformly  good  as  the  American. 

FOLDED   PAPEBS. 
Billet,  6x8,  and  Octavo,  7x9  inches, 

Are  in  slight  request  for  printing  purposes.  Of  American  manufacture  there 
is  little  variety.  English  papers  of  this  size  may  be  had  only  of  importing 
stationers.  They  are  usually  thick,  and  plated,  and  are  sold  at  fanciful 
prices.  They  are  used  by  printers  chiefly  for  ornamental  invitations  and 
programmes.  The  Octavo  size  is  one-fourth  of  Flat  Cap ;  the  Billet  is  a 
little  smaller  than  one-fourth  of  Law  Blank  Cap.  For  most  work,  the 
printer  will  find  it  more  economical  to  cut  these  sizes  from  large  paper. 

BILLET.  Per  Ream.     '  OCTAVO.  Per  Ream. 

Thin  French,  fine $1 .40  Thin  French $1.75 

Thick  3.00  Thick     //       3.50 

Thin  English 2.50  Thin  English 3.00 

Antique  Parchment 4.75  Antique  Parchim-nt 5.'J5 

American  of  good  quality ..  1.50  American  of  good  quality ...  1.75 


28  PAVER. 

Commercial  Note,  8x10  Inches, 

Is  the  standard  size  for  correspondence,  and  for  printed  Note  Headings  and 
Circulars.     The  size  of  a  leading  manufacturer  is  8%x  lOVfe  inches. 

AMERICAN    QUALITIES    AND    PRICES. 

White  ia  the  prevailing  color.  Blue  may  be  had,  but  in  more  limited 
variety.  Pink,  buff,  and  other  pale  tints  are  scarce.  Wove  is  the  prevailing 
style  for  plain,  and  laid  for  ruled  papers.  The  ruled  and  plain  paper*  un- 
sold at  the  same  price. 

Soft,  or  Engine-sized  papers  are  sometimes  put  up  in  Note  sizes,  but  as  they 
are  unsuitable  for  correspondence,  special  prices  therefor  will  not  be  given. 
When  such  papers  are  needed  for  printed  circulars,  it  will  be  more  judicious 
to  cut  them  out  of  Folio  Post. 

Notes  are  seldom  made  flat,  but  are  folded  in  half  and  quarter  quires:  tin- 
thinner  weights  in  half-ream,  and  the  thicker  in  quarter-ream  pad; 
The  usual  weights  are  3Ms,  4.  4*6,  5,  6,  and  7  pounds;  but  they  are  often  of 
irregular  weights,  more  or  less  than  even  pounds.  As  is  the  case  with  other 
folded  papers,  they  are  oftener  sold  by  the  ream  than  by  the  pound.  For 
this  reason  the  annexed  prices  should  be  accepted  only  as  approximations. 


Qualities.  Weight,  Ib.          Price. 

Inferior  Stock 3^  to  5.  .$   .25 

N,  or  of  poor  make. 3^  to  5. .  .28 
M,  or  good  quality..  4  to  7. .  .32 
Perfect,  best  make..  4  to  7..  .35 


Qualities.  Weight.  Ib.       Price. 

Plated,  extra 5    to    8..?  .1" 

Tinted,  good  color.  .4  and  5. .  .45 
Thin  Linen  Note..:  2  V4  ..  1.00 
Antique  Note 3  and  4^6  1 .00 


ENGLISH    QUALITIES    AND    PRICES. 

Inferior,  or  Second-class  Notes,  of  English  manufacture,  are  so  seldom  in 
supply  that  prices  need  not  be  quoted. 

Superior  Plated,  white  and  blue,  plain,  is  usually  in  good  supply,  of  5,  ti, 
7,  and  8  pounds  nominal  weight,  at  60  @  65  cents  per  pound. 

Hand-made  is  always  scarce,  and  is  sold  at  various  prices  from  70  to  80 
cents  per  pound.  The  common  weight  is  7  pounds. 

Thin  Bank  Note.  3Mz  pounds,  white  or  blue,  of  a  quality  similar  to  that  of 
American  Bill  of  Exchange  paper,  is  sold  at  $2.75  U  $3.00  per  ream. 

Extra-thin  Bank  Note,  of  still  lighter  weight,  white  and  blue,  about  2V4 
pounds,  is  sold  at  same  price. 

Antique  Parchment,  a  quality  similar  to  that  of  American  calendered  Bond, 
or  Antique  Note,  of  7  pounds  weight,  is  sold  at  $6.00  per  ream. 

RULED  PAPERS  are  sometimes  25  to  50  cents  per  ream  higher  in  price. 
The  above  are  currency  prices;  they  vary  with  the  price  of  gold,  and 
fluctuate  from  other  causes. 

FRENCH    QUALITIES    AND    PRICES. 

French  Notes  are  made  in  great  variety  of  qualities,  colors,  and  patterns. 
The  common  qualities  are  usually  wove :  the  finer  papers  are  both  wove 
and  laid.  Blue  is  as  frequently  met  with  as  white,  but  in  the  cheaper 
qualities  blue  is  somewhat  higher  in  price.  Ruled  is  always  scarce,  and  is 


usually  sold  at  an  advance  of  about  35  cents  on  the  ream.  Tinted 
are  always  in  good  supply.  Many  of  the  tinted,  as  well  as  the  white  and 
blue,  are  laid,  or  rather  plated,  with  fanciful  patterns — striped,  cross-barred, 
and  ornamented.  The  cross-barred  patterns  are  known  as  Quadrille :  the 
ornamented  and  tinted  as  Fantaisie. 

The  thickness  of  French  Notes  and  Letters  is  calculated  by  the  weight  of 
the  Folio  Post  size  (Coquille.  17^  x  22  inches),  from  which  they  are  cut. 
The  regular  weights  of  these  Folio  Posts  are  5,  6,  7,  8,  10,  12,  14,  and  Iti 
kilogrammes.  The  kilogramme  may  be  rated  as  equal  to  two  and  one-fifth 
pounds.  After  making  abatement  for  loss  in  trimming,  these  should  be  the 
probable  weights  of  a  Commercial  Note  paper  marked : 

5  kilogrammes 2Ms  pounds.          10  kilogrammes 5  pounds. 

H  ...3  12  6       » 

7  3^       "~~  —14  7 

S  4  16  8 

The  better  qualities  of  French  Note  are  sometimes  marked  with  the  weight 
of  the  Folio  Post  in  kilogrammes.  Sometimes  they  are  numbered,  to  define 
the  size:  No.  5  is  Commercial  Note,  No.  6  is  Octavo 'Note,  No.  7  is  Billet 
Note;  sometimes  they  are  put  up  in  half-ream  wrappers,  and  in  the  finer 
qualities,  in  ornamented  paper  boxes. 

As  all  French  papers  are  made  in  weight  to  the  standard  of  kilogrammes, 
are  often  irregularly  trimmed  when  made  to  Note  sizes,  and  are  frequently 
packed  in  paper  boxes,  they  cannot  be  sold  by  weight.  It  is  not  practicable 
to  calculate  with  exactness  the  price  through  the  weight.  French  folded 
papers  are  always  sold  at  a  fixed  price  per  ream,  and  never  by  the  pound. 
The  weights  in  American  pounds  are  here  used  only  to  give  a  proper  notion 
of  the  thickness. 

The  common  quality  of  French  white  Commercial  Note  is  usually  of  2V<j, 
3,  and  3^  pounds  weight — rarely  ever  thicker — and  is  sold  according  to 
thickness  from  80  cents  to  $1.25  per  ream,  or  at  30  @  35  cents  per  pound. 

A  better  quality  of  both  white  and  blue  and  ordinary  tinted,  of  2^,  3, 
3^,  and  4  pounds  weight,  may  be  had  at  prices  ranging  from  $1.12  ®  $2.00 
per  ream,  or  at  45  or  50  cents  per  pound. 

A  first-class  French  Note,  white  or  blue,  or  superior  tinted,  including  the 
plainer  patterns  of  Quadrille,  of  all  weights  from  2^  to  5  pounds,  is  sold  at 
$1.50  @  $3.25  per  ream,  or  at  60  ®  65  cents  per  pound.  Six  and  seven  pound 
weights  are  not  unknown,  but  they  are  scarce. 

Quadrille  and  Fantaisie  papers  of  novel  patterns,  and  plain  wove  or  laid, 
of  the  best  manufacturers,  and  of  superior  finish,  are  sold  at  prices  per  ream 
equivalent  to  65  or  70  cents  per  pound.  The  Quadrille  and  Plain,  white  or 
blue,  wove  or  laid,  is  of  2Mz  to  7  pounds  weight ;  the  Tinted  and  Fantaisie 
arc  of  3  to  5  pounds  weight. 

Onion-skin,  an  exceedingly  thin  paper,  weighing  about  l1^  pounds  to  the 
ream,  white  and  blue,  ruled  and  plain,  is  sold  at  $2.50®  $3.00  per  ream. 
This  quality  is  used  mostly  for  foreign  prices  current. 


30  PAPER. 

Packet  Note,  9  x  1 1 V4  inches. 

This  is  also  known  as  Extra-size  Note,  or  California  Note.  It  is  not 
to  be  found  in  the  variety  of  Commercial  Note. 

AMERICAN     QUALITIES    ANl>    PRICES. 

The  common  qualities  of  Inferior  Stock  and  N  are  in  limited  .supply,  and 
are  rather  higher  in  price  than  those  of  Commercial  Note.  The  common 
weights  are  4^,  5,  and  6  pounds.  Price,  27  a  '30  cents  per  pound.  M  and 
Perfect  are  more  common.  Usual  weights,  5,  6.  and  7  pounds  Price. 
35  'a  40  cents  per  pound.  Plated  is  rare.  Tinted  is  not  made.  Thin  Linen 
of  about  3  pounds  weight,  may  be  had  at  $2.75  'a  $3.50  per  ream.  Antique 
Note,  of  3Mz  and  4  pounds,  is  sold  at  $3.50  and  $4.00  per  ream. 

FRENCH    QUALITIES    AM)    ]' K  I  <    1:  v 

Common  qualities  are  always  scarce.  Fair  to  Best,  of  from  3  to  .")  pound* 
weight,  may  be  had  at  the  same  prices  as  French  Commercial  Xote.  Timed. 
Onion-skin,  and  Fantaisie  are  rare,  and  are  always  sold  at  higher  rates  than 
the  smaller  sizes.  The  French  sizes  are  extremely  variable. 

ENGLISH     <i  V  A  LIT  IKS     ANI>     P  KICKS. 

Thin  and  thick  papers  are  seldom  found.  Superior  qualities,  of  4  and  5 
pounds  weight,  white,  ruled  and  plain,  may  be  had  at  l>5  cents  per  pound. 
The  English  sizes  of  this  paper  agree  with  the  American. 

Bath  Note,  and  Ladies'  Note, 

Are  small,  quarto-shaped  papers  of  variable  size,  about  <i  x  10  or  714  x  im 
inches.     They  are  English  sizes,  and  in  too  limited  request  and  supply  to 
'  require  any  description  of  weights  or  qualities. 

Letter  Paper,  10  x  16  inches. 

This  size  is  variable,  some  making  it  a  fraction  smaller,  and  others  a  trifle 
larger,  but  the  size  10  X  1C  may  be  taken  as  the  correct  average.  IT  ran  i>e 
found  in  greater  variety  of  weights  and  qualities  than  any  other  folded 
paper.  The  American  pa]>ers  of  this  size  are  put  up  folded  in  half  and 
quarter  ream  packages,  and  also  flat  in  plain  wrappers 

For  printing  or  ruling  purposes  flat  papers  are  most  convenient.  They  are 
not  only  cheaper,  but  are  easier  to  cut,  rule,  or  print.  Double-size  Letter. 
always  a  flat  paper,  16  X  20  inches,  is  made  by  some  mills.  When  a  printer 
has  a  good  paper-cutter,  lie  can  make  from  Folio  or  Extra  Folio  Posr.  siirli 
sizes  as  he  needs. 

AMERICAN     ijrAT.ITIK.S     AND     PRICE  s.     II.  A  I 
Qualities.  \\Vijrht,  Ib.  Per  !>.. 

Engine-sized,  common  color,  poor  finish 6.  7.  8.  9 $  .21 

Engine-sized,  superior  finish 7.  S.  !i.  ID          . .  .;>:< 

Tub-sized,  of  ordinary  quality 7.  $.':'.  I"  . -.'ti  «  .  •_'* 

Oood.  or  M.  of  fair  quality                                       -     I,  10.  12     . ...  •&*    30 


AMERICAN*    QUALITIES    A  XI.)     PRICE!-.     FOLDED. 
Qualities.  Weight.  Ib.  IVr  II.. 

Inferior  Stock,  or  Specky   6.  7.  8,  '.».  10 s     -J."»  «    26 

Ordinary,  or  X.  third  sorting  of  fair  paper ti.  7.  S.  (.i.  10 -J6  «  . -J7 

Good,  or  M,  of  fair  quality 7,  8.  9,  10.  12 27®  .28 

Perfect,  of  good  quality 7,  8,  9.  10.  12 28@  .30 

Superior  finish,  or  Plated,  by  notable  makers.  .8.  9.  10,  12 35 1?  .40 

Thin  Linen,  or  Exchange  Letter about  4  ft".  . .  .per  ream  £3.50 

Antique  Note,  or  Bond,  thick about  9  lb. . .  .  6.75 

ENGLISH    QUALITIES    AXD     PRICES,     WHITE     OR     BLUE.     1' ( )  1. 1  >  i;  I  >. 

Superior  quality,  plated,  white  and  blue,  plain,  of  8  and  10  pounds  weight, 
is  sold  at  prices  equivalent  to  60 ©65  cents  per  pound.  Double  Large  Post. 
21  X  33  inches,  of  56  and  62  pounds  weight,  from  which  Letter  weighing  12 
and  14  pounds  may  be  cut,  is  sold  atTCTrcents  per  pound. 

Thin  Bank  Letters,  cream,  plain,  of  4Va  and  5V2  pounds  weight,  may  be 
had  at  $5.50  and  $6.50  per  ream. 

Antique  Parchment  Letter,  of  15  pounds  weight,  may  be  made  from  :i2 
pound  Folio,  at  a  cost  of  about  $12.00  per  ream. 

FRENCH    QUALITIES    AND     PRICES. 

The  cheapest  quality  of  white  French  Letter  is  5  or  f>  pounds  weight. 
Price  varies  from  $1.50  to  $1.85  per  ream,  according  to  weight.  Blue  is 
about  ten  per  cent,  higher  in  price. 

First-class  French  plain  Letter,  white  or  blue,  laid  and  wove,,  and  the 
plainer  styles  of  Quadrille,  of  6  to  10  pounds  weight,  are  sold  at  about  /)(> 
cents  per  pound. 

Quadrille  and  Fantaisie  of  novel  patterns,  plain,  wove  or  laid,  and  Tinted, 
of  the  best  manufacturers,  are  sold  at  prices  per  ream  equivalent  to  60  or 
65  cents  per  pound.  The  Quadrille  and  Plain,  white  or  blue,  wove  or  laid, 
are  of  6  to  10  pounds  weight:  the  Tinted  and  Fantaisie  are  from  8  to  12 
pounds  weight.  The  thicker  papers  are  in  irregular  supply.  French  Folio 
Post,  of  12,  14,  and  16  kilogrammes,  can  be  had  of  importing  stationers. 
from  which  Letters  of  12,  14,  and  16  pounds  may  be  cut.  See  Folio  Post, 
page  35. 

The  marked  weights  in  kilogrammes  of  the  weight  per  ream  in  the  folio 
may  be  accepted  as  the  weight  in  American  pounds,  viz. :  a  LETTER  paper 
marked  10  kilo,  is  about  10  pounds  weight. 

Onion-skin  of  less  than  3  pounds  weight,  white  and  blue,  ruled  and  plain, 
is  sold  at  $3.50  to  $4.00  per  ream. 

Commercial  Letter,  11  x  17  inches. 

This  size  is  usually  folded,  but  is  sometimes  found  as  flat  paper.  There  is 
not  much  variety  in  the  few  qualities  of  folded  American  papers. 

Inferior  stock  and  Specky.  of  8.  9.  and  10  pounds  weight,  is  sold  at  26  fr  27 
cents  per  pound. 

X.  or  inferior  make,  of  same  weights,  at  27  n  28  rents  per  pound. 

M.  of  good  make.  8.  |i.  and  10  pound*  weight,  at  2*  «  29  eents  per  pound. 


Perfect,  of  good  quality.  <>t'  .same  weights,  at  30  a  3:2  cents  per  pouiid. 

The  leaning  of  prices  is  always  to  higher  rates  than  those  of  Letter,  even 
for  papers  of  same  quality. 

Tinted,  Thin  Linen,  Antique,  and  Plated  are  qualities  too  rarely  found  as- 
folded  papers,  to  merit  quotations.  As  Letters  and  Commercial  Letters  are 
cut,  with  but  trivial  waste,  from  Folio  Post,  17  X  22  or  18  X  23,  it  is  prac- 
ticable for  a  printer  to  make  this  size  at  little  cost. 

ENGLISH  COMMERCIAL  LETTERS  are  of  more  variable  size  than  the 
American.  Some  are  cut  from  rough-edged  Medium,  17  x  22  inches,  and 
others  from  Post,  16^z  x  21  inches.  Where  there  is  such  difference  in  both 
the  size  of  the  paper  and  the  trimming,  it  is  not  practicable  to  define  the 
weights.  The  folded  papers  on  sale  are  mostly  of  light  weights,  and  of 
good  qualities.  The  prices  per  pound  are  the  same  as  those  given  for 
English  Letters.  The  variety  or  assortment  is  also  about  the  same. 

FREXCH  COMMERCIAL  LETTER  is  also  of  variable  size,  in  many  cases 
not  more  than  10^4  x  16Vi  inches.  The  qualities  and  prices  per  pound  given 
for  French  Letter  may  be  used  for  Commercial  Letter,  it  being  understood 
that  both  weight  and  price  are  from  ten  to  fifteen  per  cent.  more. 

Packet  Post,  11  ^  x  18  inches. 
Extra  Packet  Post,  1V&  x  18Mz  inches. 

These  sizes  are  little  used  by  printers.  The  stock  of  the  largest  paper 
warehouse  is  too  small  and  too  little  varfed  to  require  special  prices.  The 
common  weights  are  10,  12,  14  pounds  to  the  ream.  English  and  French 
papers  of  this  size,  usually  of  light  weights,  may  be  had  of  importing 
stationers.  Prices  per  ream  are  about  twenty  per  cent,  higher  than  those 
for  Letter  -of  same  quality. 


Foolscap,  I2\b  x  16  inches. 

The  size  of  this  paper  is  extremely  variable,  ranging  from  11%  X  15  to 
13  x  16  inches.  It  is  more  used  for  writing  purposes  than  for  printing.  It 
can  be  found  in  great  variety  of  quality,  ruled  and  plain. 

Engine-sized  paper,  of  inferior  quality,  may  sometimes  be  had,  Hat.  of 
this  or  some  approximating  size,  at  18  to  20  cents  per  pound. 

Qualities.  Weight,  Ibs.  Per  Ib. 

Inferior  Stock,  or  Specky  ..........  8  to  12  ..................  $  .20  ®  .22 

Ordinary,  or  X,  or  poor  make  ......   8  to  12  ...................  23  ®  .25 

Good,  or  M,  of  fair  quality  ........   9  to  14  ...................  26  ®  .28 

Perfect,  good  makers  ..........  10  to  14  ..................  28  @  .30 

Superior  finish,  or  Plated  ..........  12  to  14  ____  (scarce)  ........  30  @  .33 

English,  superior,  Plated  ...........  12  to  14  ...................  60 

"         hand-made  ..............  ._12  to  15  .....................  75 

Legal  Foolscap,  8  x  24  inches. 

This  is  exclusively  a  Writing  paper,  is  always  ruled  and  folded,  and  should 
not  lie  confounded  with  Law  Blank  Cap,  or  Small  Flat  Cap,  13  x  16  inches. 
Plain  paper  of  this  size  cannot  be  bought.  It  must  be  cut  out  of  Double  Cap. 


FLAT    PAPERS. 
Small  Flat  Cap,  13x16  inches. 

This  size  is  also  known  in  the  trade  as  LAW  BLANK  CAP,  CORPORATION 
CAP,  and  LEGAL  CAP,  and  is  sometimes  called  POT,  to  which  English  and 
French  size  it  closely  approximates.  Of  the  lower  grades  and  lighter 
weights  there  is  a  fair  supply.  Fine  and  thick  papers  of  this  size  are 
unusual.  It  is  chiefly  used  by  blank-book  manufacturers,  and  also,  in  tine 
qualities  made  to  order,  by  law  stationers  for  the  printing  of  law  blanks. 

White  Jaid  is  most  common ;  wove  is  scarcer;  blue  is  unknown.  Between 
this  size  and  Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  sizes  12Mj  x  .17,  13Ms  x  IGVfc,  12  X  20, 
and  12  x  22  inches  may  at  times  be  found.  The  weights  are  always  light, 
and  the  qualities  of  a  low  grade._____ 

Qualities.  Weight,  Ib.  Per  Ib. 

Engine-sized,  common,  poor  finish 9  to  12 $  .18  ©  .20 

Engine-sized,  super-calendered 10  to  12 22  ©  .23 

Interior  Stock,  or  Specky,  tub-sized 9  to  12 •.      .22  ©  .23 

X,  or  of  poor  make 9  to  12 ' 24  ®  .26 

M,  of  good  quality 10  to  13 26  ©  .28 

Flat  Cap,  14x17  inches. 

This  is  a  standard  size,  to  the  regular  folds  of  which  nearly  all  mercantile 
blanks  are  made  to  conform.  It  may  be  found  in  white  and  blue,  and 
of  all  weights  from  12  to  18  16.  Ten  pounds  and  lighter  weights  are  not 
unknown,  but  are  not  common.  Twenty-pounds  weight  is  scarce  ;  most 
printers  make  this  by  cutting  in  two  forty-pound  Double  Cap.  Laid  Flat 
Cap  is  rare — to  be  found  only  in  the  cheapest  American  and  best  foreign 
qualities.  Blue  Flat  Cap  may  be  found  of  most  weights,  but  never  in  such 
variety  as  white.  Pink,  yellow,  buff',  green,  and  lilac  tinted,  are  to  be  had 
of  the  weights  14  and  16  It,  usually  packed  flat,  two  reams  to  the  bundle. 

Qualities.  Weights.  Per  Ib. 

Engine-sized,  common,  rough  finish 10,  11.  12  16  . .  .$  .18  ©  .20 

good  to  fair  quality 11,  12,  13  IB  ...     .20  ©  .21 

fine,  highly  calendered 10,  11,  12  16  ...     .22  ©  .23 

Tub-sized,  but  of  Inferior  Stock  or  Specky 12,  14, 16, 18  16 .     .20  ©  .22 

Ordinary  or  N,  or  third  sorting  of  fair  paper. . .  12,  14,  16, 18  16 .      .23  ©  .25 

Good  or  M,  of  fair  quality 12, 14, 16, 18  16 .     .25  @  .27 

First-class  or  Perfect,  of  good  makers 12, 14, 16, 18  16.     .27  ©  .30 

Superior  Plated,  by  notable  makers 12,  14, 16, 18  16.      .30  ©  .33 

B« -st  Ledger  papers 16,  18,  20  16 30 

Tinted,  butf,  yellow,  lilac,  green,  and  canary..  .14.  16  16 30  ©  .33 

Exchange  Cap.  white  and  blue 6  16 per  ream    6.00 

.  super-calendered  or  plated 14,  16  16 60 

hand-made  Ledger,  13^x16^,  16,  18  16.  .per  ream  (in  gold)    7.00 
Exchange  Cap  is  a  thin,  semi-transparent,  highly-calendered,  hard  and 
strong  paper.    It  is  used  for  bills  of  exchange,  certificates,  and  other  blanks, 
that  mu>t  In-  of  light  weight,  and  may  receive  hard  usage.    Is  not  so  strong 
as  Hond  or  Parchment,  but  is  better  adapted  for  receiving  fine  impressions. 

3 


34 

Drawing-  Cap  is  a  cold-pressed  paper,  useful  only  in  printing  imitated 
antique  work,  or  for  making  drawing-books.    Price  per  ream,  $5.00. 

Crown,  15x19  inches, 

Is  a  size  but  little  used.  It  cannot  be  found  in  any  variety  of  weights  or 
qualities,  and  is  usually  held  at  a  higher  price  than  Flat  Cap. 

Good  M. . .  18,  20  ft 27®  .30    |    English,  plated.  .24,  32  ft (50 

Perfect. . .  .18,  20,  22  ft .      .30®  .33    I     French,  14  x  18 19  ft 60 

The  English  aud  French  papers  are  halves  of  a  larger  size.    See  Double  Cap. 

Demy,  16x21  inches, 

Is  a  common  size,  to  be  had  in  great  variety,  of  both  white  and  blue,  of 
weights  ranging  from  20  to  28  ft.  The  lighter  weights  are  of  low  quality. 

Qualities.  Weights.  Per  Ib. 

Engine-sized,  of  fair  quality 18,  20,  22,  24  ft . .  .$  .22  ®  .24 

Tub-sized,  but  of  Inferior  Stock 22,  24,  26  ft ...  .22  ®  .25 

Ordinary  or  N,  third  sorting  of  fair  paper 25,  28  ft ...  .24  "CD  .26 

Good  or  M,  of  fair  quality 20,  22,  24,  28  ft ...  .26  a  .  28 

Perfect,  of  good  make 26,  28  ft ...  .28  ®  .30 

Best  Ledger  papers 28,  30  ft 30 

English,  hand-made,  15  x  20  inches,  25  ft . .  per  ream  (in  gold) .  .       . .   11 . 00 

Folio  Post,  17x22  inches, 

May  be  found  in  a  great  variety  of  weights  and  qualities,  white  and  blue, 
foreign  and  American.  The  American  Hat,  two  reams  to  the  bundle  ;  the 
French  in  one-ream  wrappers. 

Qualities.  Weights.  Prices. 

Belgian,  ordinary,  white 11  ft per  ream.  $2.00 

blue lift «  2.25 

French,  fair  quality,  white 10,  11,  12,  14.  .per  ft.       .30 

fine  quality,  white  or  blue.  Quadrille.  .18,  22,  26,  35  ft  .  .    .40  ®  .50 

a        fine  quality,  Fantaisie,  white  or  tinted. 18.  22  ft 60 

Engine-sized,  common,  poor  color 12,  14,  16  ft 19  ®  .20 

good,   fair  surface.    12,  14,  16  ft 22 

superior,  highly  calendered 12,  14,  16,  18,  20  ft..  .       .23 

Inferior  Stock,  or  Specky,  tub-sized 12, 14, 16, 18,  20,  22  ft       .24 

Ordinary  or  N,  third  sorting  of  fair  paper 12, 14. 16, 18,  20,  22  ft       .25 

Good  M,  of  good  makers  and  fair  quality 12, 14, 16, 18,  20,  22, 24      .27 

Perfect,  of  good  makers 12, 14, 16, 18,  20,  22,  24       .29 

Superior  finish,  by  notable  makers 16, 18, 20,  22,  24,  28  ft       .33 

American  Bank  Folio per  ream    9 . 00 

English  Thin  Bank  Post  (15V4  X  19V&) 10  ft 11 .00 

Medium  (17  x  22) 12  ft //  13.00 

Antique  Parchment 32  ft »  24.00 

Blue  Wove,  plated 16  ft ,,  11 .00 

The  English  and  French  papers  are  mostly  sold  by  the  ream,  in  even 
fractions  of  the  dollar.   The  prices  per  pound  are  the  nearest  approximations. 


Extra-Size  Folio,  18  x  23  inches, 

And  sometimes  19  x  23  inches,  is  not  so  common  a  size  as  the  ordinary  Folio 
Post.     The  variety  is  usually  small,  even  in  the  largest  paper  warehouses. 

Good  M  paper,  of  good  makers,  18  and  20  ft $     .26  ®  .28 

Perfect  paper,      «  18  and  20  ft. .  .28  ®  .30 

Check  Folio,  17  x  24  inches, 

And  sometimes  18  x  24  inches,  may  be  found  in  some  warehouses,  of  20,  22, 
and  24  ft  weights,  of  M  and  Perfect  qualities  only,  at  26  ®  30  cents  per  ft. 
Irregular  sizes,  like  20  X  24  inches,  and  19  x  24  inches,  are  not  uncommon ; 
but  they  are  not  regular  papers,  and  cannot  be  depended  on  for  regularity 
of  supply. 

Engine-sized  and  common  papers  are  not  to  be  found  larger  than  the 
size  of  Medium.  The  same  remark  may  be  made  as  to  thickness.  A 
Medium  (or,  as  it  is  oftener  called,  an  Extra-size  Folio)  of  18  X  23  or  19  X  24 
inches,  of  24  and  28  pounds,  may  at  times  be  found  in  a  paper  warehouse, 
but  there  are  no  large  thin  writing  papers. 

LEDGER   PAPERS. 

The  larger  sizes  of  Writing  are  always  strict  Ledger  papers,  thick,  and  of 
the  best  qualities.  There  is  but  little  of  the  X  grade,  as  in  Flat  Caps,  and 
even  M  is  often  in  limited  supply.  Perfect  paper  is  more  common  than 
inferior  qualities. 

All  Ledger  papers  are  packed  in  bundles  of  one  ream.  They  are  not 
usually  sold  by  weight,  but  at  a  fixed  price  per  ream. 

Flat  Caps  and  Demys,  M  and  Perfect,  are  considered  Ledger  papers. 

The  quality  of  Ordinary  or  M  paper  also  ceases  with  Imperial.  Colum- 
bier  and  larger  sizes  can  be  made  in  quantities  of  live  or  six  reams,  but 
orders  are  rarely  accepted  for  any  but  strictly  first-class  or  perfect  papers. 
The  current  price  for  Perfect  paper  011  such  orders  is  from  47  to  50  cents 
per  pound. 

Medium  Writing:,  18  x  23  inches. 

Usual  weight,  36  pounds. 

Fair  quality,  from  a  good  manufacturer per  ream.  .  $10.00  •«<  $12.00 

M,  of  best  American  manufacturers,  36  ft  ....  12 . 00 

Perfect,  13.00 

English,  hand-made,  17  X  22.  .34,  35  ft  (in  gr.l.l,  16.20 

Royal  Writing,  19  x  24  inches. 

Usual  weight.  42  pound-. 

Fair  quality,  from  a  good  manufacturer per  ream. .  $12.00  ft  $15.00 

M,  of  best  American  manufacturers,  42  ft.    .  15.00 

Perfect,  17.00 

English,  hand-made.  19H  x  24,  44,  45  ft  (in  ifnM.  20.80 


Super  Royal  Writing,  20  x  28  inches. 

Usual  weight.  52  pounds. 

Fair  quality,  from  a  good  manufacturer per  ream. .  $16.00  n  $20.00 

M.  of  best  American  manufacturers,  50  ft 20. 00 

Perfect  22.00 

English,  hand-made,  19V4x  27^,  54  ft  (gold). . .  25.00 

Imperial  Writing,  22  x  30  inches. 

Usual  weight,  (35  pounds. 

(A  leading  manufacturer  furnishes  a  paper  23  x  31  inches,  by  this  name). 
Fair  quality,  from  a  good  manufacturer.  65  ft,  per  ream. .  $20.00  'a*  $27.00 

M,  of  best  American  manufacturers. 27 . 00 

Perfect,  29.00 

English,  hand-made,  72  ft  (in  gold) 34 . 87 

When  odd  sizes  are  wanted  of  superior  papers,  it  may  be  of  advantage  to 
purchase  Drawing  paper,  in  rolls,  of  importing  stationers.  Fair  qualities 
of  irregular  sizes  of  thick  Writing  are  sometimes  to  be  had  of  Envelope 
makers. 

Larger  sizes  than  Imperial,  of  American  manufacture,  are  rarely  to  be 
found  on  sale  in  any  paper  warehouse.  Foreign  papers  of  large  size  may 
at  times  be  bought  of  importing  stationers,  by  the  quire,  as  well  as  by  the 
ream :  but  the  supply  ib  irregular,  and  the  prices  are  variable. 

ENGLISH  DOUBLE  LARGE  POST,  flat,  superior  plated.  21  x  33  inches,  of 
56  and  62  pounds,  may  be  had  of  some  importing  stationers,  at  60  cents. 

DOCBLE  DEMY,  21  x  32  inches,  Perfect,  of  best  and  ordinary  make,  56 
pounds  to  the  ream,  may  sometimes  be  found  on  sale,  but  it  cannot  be 
considered  as  a  regular  paper.  The  larger  sizes  are 

ELEPHANT 23  x  28  and  22 V4  x  27%  inches 72  pounds. 

("OLUMBIER 24  x  34^  and  23  X  33%  inches 120  pounds. 

ATLAS 26  x  33  inches 120  pounds. 

DOUBLE  ELEPHANT  . .  .26  x  40  and  27  x  40  inches 140  pounds. 

ANTIQUARIAN 31  x  53  inches 

Double  Cap  Writing,  17  x  28  inches. 

Usual  weights.  24,  28.  32,  36.  40  pounds. 

This  is  both  a  Writing  and  a  Ledger  paper,  and  is  usually  sold  by  the 
pound.  It  may  be  found  in  good  assortment  of  white  and  blue,  in  all  grades. 


Engine-sized,  ordinary,  per  ft  $  .20 

good. . .  .23 

Inferior  Stock .23 

Ordinarv  or  N. ...  .  25 


Good  or  M per  ft  $   .  28 

Perfect .30 

Superior  finish .33 


FRENCH  DOUBLE  COURONNE.  thick,  laid,  plated,  white,  18  x  28  inches,  of 
38  pounds  weight,  may  be  had  of  importing  stationers,  at  60  cents  :  ENGLISH 
DOUBLE  SMALL  POST,  plated,  white,  19  x31  inches,  48  and  64  pounds,  also 
of  importing  stationers  only,  at  60  cents. 


BOND    PAPERS. 

These  papers  are  made  of  the  finest  Writing  paper  stock,  with  a  special 
view  to  strength.  They  are  usually  thin,  translucent,  uncalendered,  not  at 
all  showy,  but  of  good  writing  surface,  as  well  as  of  great  durability.  For 
bonds,  stock  certificates,  and  to  some  extent  for  legal  papers,  and  as  note 
paper,  they  have  preference  over  all  others  They  are  made  in  a  variety 
of  sizes,  and  of  two  regular  thicknesses.  The  common  thickness  of  14  x  17 
paper  is  19  pounds  to  the  1000  sheets ;  the  extra  thickness  of  14  X  17  paper 
is  23  pounds  to  the  1000  sheets.  They  are  packed  in  bundles  of  1000  sheets, 
and  are  never  sold  by  the  ream.  White  is  the  common  color,  but  yellow, 
pink,  and  buff  are  frequently  found  of  the  smaller  sizes.  The  regular  sizes 
and  prices  of  the  ordinary  thickness,  per  1000  sheets,  are : 


14  X  17  inches $15.00 

15  x  19 18.00 

16x21 22.50 

16x24..  .    25.00 


17x22  inches $26.00 

19x23 28.00 

17x28 30.00 

19x30...  .    36.00 


The  sizes  and  prices  of  the  extra  thickness,  per  1000  sheets,  are  : 
14x17  inches $18.00    j     19  X  23  inches  ..  ..$33.00 


16x21 27.00 

17x22...  .    30.00 


17x28 36.00 

19X30...  .    45.00 


Parchment  Deed. 

This  is  a  thicker,  finer,  and  super-calendered  variety  of  Bond  paper.  It  is 
used  for  the  printing  of  life  insurance  policies,  bonds,  mortgages,  and  other 
papers  of  value,  that  may  require  repeated  handling  for  many  years.  It  is 
made  both  white  and  tinted.  The  usual  sizes  and  pi-ices  per  1000  sheets  are: 

14  x  17  inches $28.00  !  17  x  22  inches ..  $44.00 

16x21 40.00  '  18X23 48.00 

Special  sizes  of  Bond  and  Parchment  Deed  are  made  to  order.  An  order 
for  the  special  manufacture  of  5000  sheets  would  be  accepted. 

Bond  and  Parchment  Deed  are  also  put  up  of  Note  and  Letter  shape. 

PARCHMENT  PAPER.  This  is  a  very  thick  and  strong  paper,  of  pale 
yellowish  tint.  It  will  be  found  of  service  in  printing  diplomas,  and  as  a 
substitute  for  vellum.  The  only  size  on  sale  is  15  X  20  inches.  It  may  be 
bought  iu  small  quantities  at  12  cents  per  sheet. 

BLOTTING    PAPER. 

The  thinner  qualities  of  this  paper  that  are  used  for  interleaving  blank 
books  are  of  a  red  or  dark  pink  color.  The  sizes  on  sale  are  Cap,  15  x  18 
inches,  about  12  pounds  weight,  at  $2.50  per  ream ;  18  x  23  inches,  folded, 
17  and  18  pounds,  at  $4.00  @  $4.25  per  ream;  and  Double  Cap,  17  X28 
inches,  at  $5.00  per  ream. 

TREASURY  Blotting  is  the  name  given  to  the  thickest  and  best  quality,  of 
which  white  is  the  prevailing  color,  but  blue.  buff.  pink.  drab,  yellow,  and 


38  PAPEK. 

other  tints  are  to  be  had  in  great  variety.  The  regular  weights  of  a  leading 
manufacturer  are  55,  80,  and  100  pounds ;  of  another,  60,  80,  100,  and  120 
pounds.  Intermediate  weights  are  not  common.  The  current  price  for 
best  Treasury  is  25  cents  per  pound. 

INFERIOR  QUALITIES  of  Blotting  may  be  bought  at  various  prices,  from 
18  to  24  cents  per  pound. 

The  prices  of  Blotting  are  calculated  on  the  marked  weights. 


COPYING    PAPERS. 

This  quality  is  used  more  for  copying-books  than  for  printed  work.  It 
is  sometimes  used  for  printing  Memorandum  Billheads,  that  are  to  be  filled 
in  with  pencil,  and  made  in  duplicate  through  Carbon  paper.  The  American 
papers  are  stronger  and  more  serviceable  than  the  French,  but  they  are  of 
dull  color  and  not  so  attractive.  The  French  is  always  white,  thin,  highly 
calendered,  and  very  showy. 

A  full  assortment  of  sizes  of  American  Copying  may  be  expected  only 
from  the  manufacturers.  The  French  qualities  may  be  had  in  variety  only 
of  importing  stationers.  All  the  following  prices  are  per  ream. 

American  Buff  Copying. 

11  x  18  inches  ..$2.25  i  18  x  23  inches.  $4.50  j  23  x  37  inches  ..  $9 . 00 


12  x  19 2.50 

13  x21 3.00 

15  X  21..     ..  3.75 


19  X24 5.00 

21  X26 6.00 

21  X  30 7.50 


25  X  38 10.00 

26  X  42 12.00 

30x42 15.00 


American  Parchment  Copying-. 


11  x  18  inches  ..$2.70    I     19  X  21  inches  .  $5 . 50 


12  X  19 3.15 

13  x  21 3.75 

15  x  21..  ..  4.30 


18  x  23 5.70 

19  X  27 7.05 

19  x  32 8.35 


16  x  39  inches  ..$8.55 

21  x  30 8.65 

23  X36 11.40 

24x38 12.50 


21  x  26  inches $7.50 

French  White  Copying-. 
Demy ..$3.75         Double  Crown . $5 . 50    i    Double   Demy.   7.25 


Medium  ..         ..4.50 


Double  Cap  ...   4.50         Double  Medium  8.75 


Double  Crown,  unglazed $4 . 50 


Oiled  Paper  is  made  to  protect  from  moisture  the  unused  leaves  of  a 
copying  book.  Price,  per  quire :  Demy,  $2 . 50 ;  Medium,  $3 . 00 ;  Royal, 
$3 . 50 ;  Super  Royal,  $4 . 50. 

Carbon  Paper  is  used  for  making  manifold  copies  with  a  pencil  point. 
Price,  per  dozen  sheets :  Letter  size,  $1 . 00 ;  Flat  Cap,  $1 . 50 ;  Folio  Post, 
$2.00. 

India  Paper  is  used  by  engravers  on  wood.  The  price,  per  bundle,  is 
$10.00®  $14.00. 

These  papers  are  to  be  had  only  of  manufacturing  or  importing  stationers. 


PROFIT    ON    PAPER. 

For  this,  no  arbitrary  rale  can  be  made.  Every  printer  mnst  decide  the 
question  for  himself.  Printers  in  cities,  in  close  proximity  to  large  paper 
wan-houses,  trom  which  they  may  buy  only  as  they  need,  and  printers 
in  the  country,  far  removed  from  sources  of  supply,  and  obliged  to  keep 
a  large  stock  on  hand,  are  in  different  positions.  The  profit  that  would 
.serve  one  will  not  pay  the  other. 

Where  a  large  stock  of  paper  is  kept,  not  only  the  expense  of  freight  and 
handling,  but  an  allowance  for  room  rent,  insurance,  etc.,  should  be  added 
to  the  invoice  price,  before  the  actual  cost  can  be  determined. 

Where  competition  is  keen,  paper  is  sometimes  sold  at  the  price  paid 
to  the  paper  dealer.  Profit  is~~k»olsed  for  only  in  the  items  of  Printing. 
Under  any  circumstances,  selling  at  cost  is  of  doubtful  propriety ;  but  to 
sell  any  part  of  a  broken  package  at  nominal  cost,  is  really  to  sell  at  a  loss. 

Waste  in  handling  is  too  serious  an  item  to  be  overlooked.  Setting  aside 
all  losses  occasioned  by  negligence  or  accident,  there  must  be  much  loss  by 
corded  or  broken  outsides  and  unseen  imperfections.  There  must  be  waste 
in  eutting-up,  feeding,  making-ready,  dry-pressing,  folding,  and  packing. 
It  is  impossible  to  pass  a  fabric  so  susceptible  to  damage  through  so  many 
hands  without  some  sheet  receiving  damage.  It  is  generally  conceded  that 
on  ordinary  orders  five  per  cent,  is  a  just  allowance  for  waste.  On  large 
orders,  it  is  too  much ;  on  short  orders,  or  for  fine  or  colored  work,  too 
little  ;  as  a  general  rule,  barely  just.  If  paper  is  not  carefully  handled,  the 
waste  will  always  exceed  five  per  cent. 

When  an  order  is  given  for  work  by  the  Ream,  it  is  usual  to  print  the 
ream,  and  no  more.  The  customer  takes  the  loss  by  waste,  and  should  be 
told  that  he  need  not  look  for  more  than  456  sheets  of  perfect  paper. 

When  an  order  is  given  by  the  Thousand,  the  conditions  are  altered.  A 
full  thousand  is  expected,  to  make  which  it  is  necessary  to  give  out  1050 
sheets  to  allow  for  waste.  As  the  provision  of  this  extra  five  per  cent,  is 
unavoidable,  five  per  cent,  is  added  as  a  part  of  the  cost  of  paper  in  the 
tables  of  Fractional  Sizes  of  Paper. 

Labor  spent  in  Preparing  Paper  for  Press  should  add  to  its  cost.  When 
it  exceeds  a  certain  ratio,  this  should  not  be  considered  as  part  of  the 
expense  of  presswork.  On  book  work,  it  is  usual  to  wet  down  and  dry- 
]>n-ss  printed  matter  without  specific  charge.  On  job  work,  it  is  customary 
to  cut  up  paper  to  any  size  before  printing  without  specific  charge.  But 
there  should  be  limits  to  the  application  of  this  too  broad  rule.  When,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  special  cutting-up  of  500  eighteen-mo  handbills,  the  value  of 
the  labor  of  cutting-up  is  as  as  much,  or  at  least  half  as  much,  as  that  of  the 
paper,  and  the  value  of  the  presswork  is  insignificant,  the  extra  labor  of 
preparing  the  paper  should  be  added  as  part  of  its  cost.  The  same  remark 
will  apply  to  the  squaring  of  rough-edged  paper  by  a  plough-knife,  for  the 
securing  of  accurate  register  in  presswork. 

Small  Quantities  of  paper,  or  any  quantity  less  than  the  regular  pack- 
aire  ill  which  it  is  bought,  should  always  be  at  an  advanced  price.  Twenty- 


40  1'  A  1'  E  H 

five  per  cent,  on  invoice  price  is  the  least  advance  that  should  be  made  in 
cities:  in  the  sale  of  small  quantities,  in  interior  towns,  a  much  higher  rate 
is  necessary. 

Large  Quantities  must  be  priced  at  discretion.  A.  printer  should  so 
endeavor  to  buy  his  paper,  that  he  can  afford  to  sell  it  in  quantities  at  such 
advance  as  will  not  divert  the  purchaser  to  a  paper  dealer  for  better  terms. 
In  most  cases  he  cannot  compete  with  a  paper  dealer  in  price  per  pound  or 
ream ;  but  he  should  be  able  to  compete  with  a  better  knowledge  of  the 
customer's  needs.  It  is  to  the  interest  of  the  purchaser  to  buy  of  a  printer 
rather  than  of  a  paper  dealer.  The  printer's  more  intimate  knowledge  of 
what  qualities  are  needed  in  the  paper,  of  its  exact  size  and  weight,  as  well 
as  of  its  adaptability  for  the  class  of  work,  enables  him  to  buy  with  better 
judgment  than  the  customer.  Customers  who  consider  themselves  as  close 
buyers  sometimes  make  grievous  mistakes.*  In  trying  to  evade  the  payment 
of  a  moderate  profit  to  the  printer,  they  lose  double  that  profit  by  error  in 
weight,  size,  or  quality. 


TO    CALCULATE    THE    WEIGHT    OF    PAPER. 

.When  paper  of  irregular  size  must  be  ordered,  and  it  is  important  to  retain 
a  certain  thickness,  as  in  the  case  of  enlargement  of  a  form  of  ordinary  24mo 
to  32mo,  or  in  case  of  ite  reduction  to  a  16mo,  the  proper  weight  of  the  size 
wanted  may  be  determined  by  a  simple  calculation,  thus :  The  difference 
between  24  and  32,  or  between  24  and  16,  is  8,  or  eight  twenty-fourths,  or 
one-third.  The  size  of  paper  wanted  should  weigh  one-third  more  for  the 
32-page  form,  or  one-third  less  for  the  16-page  form. 

When  the  proportion  betwreeu  the  sizes  is  not  regular,  as  in  the  above 
case,  the  desired  weight  may  be  found  by  reducing  both  sizes  (the  paper  in 
use,  and  the  paper  desired)  to  square  inches,  making  a  question  in  simple 
proportion.     For  example  :  To  find  the  weight  of  a  ream  of  paper  20  x  30 
inches,  of  the  same  thickness  as  a  ream  of  24  X  38 
inches,  weighing  40  pounds.     Multiply  together  the 
length  and  width  of  the  smaller  size,  20  X  30,  which 
gives  600  square  inches.     Multiply  the  length  and            12 )  24000  ( 26  H  ffi, 
width  of  the  larger  sheet,  24  x  38,  which  gives  912  

5760 

square  inches.     It  is  now  a  simple  question  of  pro-  5472 

portion.     As  912  is  to  600,  so  is  40  to  the  answer. 

u-  u  •    OGii.  288,  or  about  fc. 

which  is  26M$. 

For  testing  the  weight  of  papers,  Fairbank's  Paper  Beam  will  be  found 
of  service,  as  it  quickly  indicates  the  weight  of  a  ream  by  the  weighing  of 
one  sheet. 

*These  are  examples:  To  save  one  cent  per  pound,  or  50  cents  per  ream,  and  pay 
$2.00  per  ream  for  extra  labor  iu  presswork,  made  by  unsuitable  paper.  To  buy  flat 
cap  at  f5. 00.  instead  of  double  flat  cap  at  §12.00,  and  pay  double,  or  64.00  more,  for 
extra  presswork.  To  buy  paper  that  folds  as  18mo,  and  pay  more  than  double  price 
for  folding  and  sewing.  Other  examples  could  be  added  to  any  extent. 


GIVING    OUT    PAPER. 

Most  i>apers  are  put  up  in  folded  quires  of  24  .sheet.--,  making  480  sh>- 
the  ream.     The  two  outer  are  of  an  inferior  quality  to  the  inner  eighteen 
quires.     On  common  printin.tr  this  inferiority  is.  in  most  cases,  too  imper- 
ceptible tp  deserve  notice;  on  nearly  all  grades,  of  writing  paper,  must  of 
the  outside  sheets  are  imperfect,  and  should  not  be  mixed  with  the  perfect 
quires.     The  amount  of  imperfection  in  the  outside*  vary  with   different 
makers.     As  a  rule,  it  is  not  safe  to  allow  more  than  440  perfect  sh< 
the  ream  of  writing  paper ;  on  some  papers,  not  more  than  432  sheets. 

In  the  making-up  of  first-class  blank   books  from  fine  writing  papers. 
stationers  allow  but  22  sheets  to  the  quire.    The  40  sheets  over  are  reserved 
for  outside  or  fly-leaves,  and  foF-AY_aste  in  ruling.     A  six-quire  book  contains 
but  132  sheets  of  perfect  paper.  auoTrom  4  to  6  sheets  of  fly-leaves  : 
sheets  are  allowed  for  waste.     The  full  price  of  the  ream  of  paper  is  always 
assessed  on  the  440  perfect  sheets.     For  thick  books,  or  for  long  editions  of 
printed  blanks,  this  allowance  of  40  sheets  to  the  ream  for  waste  is  uniiei-e»- 
sarily  large ;  for  thin  books,  or  short  editions,  it  is  as  much  too  small.     As 
an  inflexible  rule,  that  must  serve  in  all  cases,  it  is  correct.     Two  thousand 
sheets  made  up  in  large  blank  books,  would  require  4  reams  (of  440  - 
and  11  quires  (of  22  sheets)  of  perfect  paper  and  4  quires  (of  24  shee- 
sides  for  waste.     This  leaves  a  surplus  of  *8  sheets  in  4  reams  11  qr 
full  paper ;  but  the  cost  should  be  levied  on  the  whole — both  the  amount 
taken  and  the  remnant  left.     For  if  the  same  amount  of  paper  were  made 
up  in  one  or  two-quire  books,  there  would  not  be  enough  for  waste 

On  the  inferior  papers  that  are  used  for  cheap  blank  books,  it  is  usual  to 
allow  but  20  and  18  sheets,  sometimes  16  sheets,  to  the  quire.  The  practice 
of  calling  16  sheets  a  quire  is  misleading,  but  it  is  the  usaae.  In  the  making 
of  competing  estimates,  usage  cannot  be  disregarded. 

In  Job  work,   printing  paper  is  computed  by  a  different  m< 
waste  is  not  usually  so  great  as  on  writing  paper,  and  in  the  better  <j'. 
the  outside  quires  have  less  imperfections.     The  numbers  wanted  are  i 
always  required  in  hundreds  or  thousands. 

In  giving  out  paper  for  the  printing  of  books,  in  long  edition-. 
for  waste  varies  with  the  nature  of  the  paper  and  the  quality  of  presawdBJBJ 
On  the  commonest  kind  of  book  ami  pamphlet  presswork,  the  usuaH^^^I 
ance  is  43  quires  to  the  1000  sheets,  which  gives  a  surplus  of  32  - 
1000.     On  finer  work.  44  quires  are  needed,  a  surplus  of  .">('• 
wood-cut  presswork  of  the  best  quality,  or  for  presswork  in  in, 
larger  allowance  is  needed,  if  perfect  copies  are  insisted  on. 

When  500  copies  are  wanted  of  any  full-sheet  blank  or  job.  li 
for  24  sheets)  must  be  added  to  the  ream  of  480  sheets  ( IS'  >  —  2 1  =  50 1 
to  make  up  the  full  complement.     To  allow  a  fair  margin  for  t: 
waste  in  handling  and  bad  feeding,  and  to  give.  ;t-  every  fair  ;>: 
a  surplus  of  a  few  sheets  over,  it 
to  the  480  sheets  (504  +  24  =  528).  which  is  the  bat 
lowing 


PRICES  PER   1000  OF  FRACTIONAL  SIZES  OF  PAPER. 

These  price*  include  the  customary  allowance  for  Waste  and  Surplus. 


Per        Per 

Full         234 

5 

6           8 

9 

Ream,    Quire. 

Sheet. 

to  Sheet,     to  Sheet. 

to  Sheet. 

to  Sheet. 

to  Sheet 

to  Sheet. 

to  Sheet. 

"Sl.oo   $  .05 

$2.20 

$1.10  |$  .73 

$  .55 

$  .44 

$  .37 

$    .28 

$   .24 

1   25 

.06U 

2.75 

1.37 

.92 

.69 

55         .46 

.35 

.31 

1    51  1 

3.30 

1.65 

1.10 

.83 

.66-        55 

.42 

.37 

1   75 

,68% 

3.85 

1.93 

1.28 

.96 

.77 

.64 

.48 

.43 

2.00 

.10 

4.40 

2.20 

1  47 

1.10 

.88 

.73 

.55 

.49 

2.25 

.11V4 

4.95 

2.48 

1.65 

1  .  24 

.99 

.83 

.62 

55 

2.50 

.  121, 

5.50 

2.75 

1.83 

1.38 

1.10 

.92 

.69 

.61 

2  ;  5 

,13:i4 

6.05 

3.02 

2.01 

1  51 

1  21 

1.01 

.75 

.67 

3.00 

.15 

6.60 

3.30 

2.20 

1  .  65 

1.32 

1.10 

.83 

.73 

3.25 

16i4 

7.15       3.5S 

2.3S       1  79 

1  ..43 

1.19 

.89 

80 

3.50 

!i7i*    ;  70 

3.S5 

2.57       1.93 

1.54       1.28 

.96 

.86 

3,75 

.18% 

8.25 

1   12 

2  75       2.06 

1.65       1.37 

1.03 

.92 

-i    00 

20 

8.80 

4.40 

2  93       2  20 

1.77       1.46 

1.10 

.98 

4.25 

.21  '4 

O      OC 

4.68 

3   12 

2.34 

1.85 

1.56 

1.17 

.04 

4.50 

.221, 

9>'>0 

1.95 

3.30 

2  4S 

1.98 

1.65 

1.24 

.10 

1  75 

23% 

10    15 

5  23 

3.48 

2.61 

2.09 

1  74 

1.30 

16 

5.00 

.  25 

11  .00 

5  50       3.66 

2.76 

2.20 

1.83 

1.38 

.22 

5  25 

.2614 

1  1    55 

5.7S 

3  .  S5 

2.89 

2.31        1.93 

1.44 

.28 

5.50 

.  27  '.-.. 

12.10 

6.05 

4.03 

3.02 

2    12 

2.02 

1.51 

.34 

5  .  7  5 

12.65 

6.33 

1  22 

3.16 

2.53       2.11 

1   5S 

.40 

•    6  00 

.30 

13.20 

6.  (VI 

4.10       3.30 

2.64 

2.20 

1.65~ 

1.46 

6.25 

31  u    13.75 

4  .  5S 

3  44 

2.75 

2.29 

1.72 

1.53 

;    6.50 

.32%   14.30 

7.15 

4  77 

3.58 

2.86 

2.38 

1.79 

1.59 

6.75 

.33*4    14.  S5       7.12 

4.95       3.71 

2.97 

2  17 

1.85 

1  65 

7   nil  .       :;5       l,-,..JO 

;  .70      5  i:i 

3,85 

3.08 

2.56 

1.92 

1.71 

36  1.4    15  95 

7.97       5.32 

3  99 

3.19 

2.66 

1.99 

1  77 

,\50       .371,    IP,;  50  !    8.25 

5.50 

4.13 

3.30 

2  75 

2.06 

1.83 

.3S34   17.05 

S.52 

4.26 

3.41 

2  84 

2.13 

1.89 

.10       17    C.O 

8.80 

5  S7 

1.40 

3.52 

2.93 

2.20 

1.951 

.41  '4    is   |.-, 

9.07 

6.05 

4.54 

3.63 

3.03 

2  27 

2.01 

12i.>   is.  70 

9.35 

6.24 

4.68 

3.74 

3.12 

2.34 

2.08 

::, 

.433,    ,,,  25 

9.63 

6.42 

4.81 

3.85 

3.21 

2  41 

2   11 

.  15 

19  SO        9  90        6.60 

4.95 

3  'i6       3.30 

2.47 

2.20 

!    'I*".")           li;'4 

20  35 

10.17 

6.78 

5.09 

4.0> 

3.39 

2.54 

2  26 

17', 

20.90 

10.45 

6.97 

4.18 

3.48 

2.61 

•|;.<j|     ,4S34 

21    15 

10.72 

7    15 

5.36 

-1  .  29 

3.57 

2.68 

2.38 

DO         5(  >       2200 

11.00 

7.33 

5  50 

4.40 

3.66 

2.75 

W.  25       ,51V4 

22.55 

11.25 

;  5-2 

5.64 

4.51 

3.76 

2.82 

in  .-,11       .521* 

23.10 

11.55 

7.70 

5  7s 

4.62 

3.85 

2.89 

2.56 

10  .75       .5354 

23.65 

11.82 

7   ss 

5.91 

4.73 

3.94 

2.96 

2.62 

iiiirfd  f       1  1  1.^/? 

528 

352 

•264 

211 

176 

132 

117 

i  for  1000  Copies.   5 

Sheets. 

Sheet*. 

Sheets. 

Sheets. 

-  Kcip-iircd  >          4  J               22 

M.'-T 

11 

for  1000  Copies,    jj    Quires.       Quires.       Quire.- 

Quires, 

Quires.       Quires.       Quire?. 

PRICES  PEE,    1000  OF  FRACTIONAL   SIZES  OF  PAPER. 

-    prices  include  the  ru.tumnry  nil.. \vnnre  for  Waste  nnd  Snri.lii-*. 


Per        Per 

Full        10        12         15          16         18 

2O         24 

Ream.    Quire. 

Sheet.    to  Sheet,    to  Sheet,    to  Sheet,   to  Sheet,   to  Sheet. 

to  Sheet   to  Sheet. 

$1.00    $  .05 

$2  20    |      i 

$  .18 

$  .14    $  .12 

$    .11 

$   .09 

1.25        .06'  4 

a  7:, 

.27 

.23         .18 

.17 

.15 

.14 

.11 

1  50 

.071-2 

3  30 

.33 

.28 

22 

.21 

.19 

.16 

.14 

1   75 

.08% 

3.85 

.38 

.32 

.26 

.24 

.21 

.19 

.16 

2.00 

.10 

4.40 

44 

'37 

.29 

27 

.24 

.22 

.18 

2.25 

11  '4 

4.95 

.50 

.41 

33          .31 

.25 

.21 

2.50 

12^2 

5.50 

..55 

.45 

.37 

.34 

.30 

.28 

.23 

2.75 

.1334 

6.05 

60         .50 

lo         .38 

34 

.30 

.25 

3.00 

.15 

6  60 

.66          .55          .44          .42         .37 

.33 

.28. 

3.25 

16U    7.15 

.72 

.60         .48         .45         .40 

.36 

.30 

3.50 

.17V& 

7.70 

.77 

.64         .51 

.43 

.38 

.32 

3.75 

.1834 

8.25 

.82 

.  69          .  55 

.52 

.46 

.41 

.34 

4.00 

.20 

8.80 

.88  ^       .74         .58         .55 

.49 

.44         .37 

4.25 

•-'1   j 

9  35          .94           78 

.  62 

.58 

.52 

.47         .39 

4.50 

9.90 

.66 

.55 

.50         .41 

4.75 

.23% 

10.45 

1.05         .87 

.70 

.58 

.52         .43 

5.00 

11.00 

1.10          92          74         .6*         .61 

.46 

5.25 

•'6'4 

11.55       1.15.        .96           77 

.72         .64 

.48 

5.50 

271,    ,._,   ll(       i   -ji 

l.Oo                        76         .67 

.50 

5.75 

.28% 

12.65 

1.26 

1.05          81         .79         .70 

.53 

6.00 

.30 

13  20 

1.32       1.10          .88          .83 

.66         .55 

6.25       .31  1.4 

13.75       1.37       1.15 

S6           76 

.57 

6.50        .321,. 

II  ;{() 

1  .  43       1  .  19 

.89          .79 

.59 

6.75 

3:;->4 

i   is      i  21 

.74 

.62 

7  ,ou 

.35 

15   lo       1.51       1.28 

.86 

.77 

.64 

.36V4 

15  95       1.59 

1.33 

1.06         .99          .89 

.79 

.67 

.  37  1-2 

16.50       1   65 

1.38 

I    lo       1.03          .92 

.69 

.38% 

17.05       1   70 

1    12 

1.14       1  .06         .94 

.85 

.72 

8.00 

.40 

17.60 

1.76       1.47 

1.17       1.10          98 

.73 

s  25 

.41'4 

18.15 

1   si       1.51 

1.21        1.14 

.00 

.90         .76 

8.50 

42i* 

18.70 

1  S7       1.56 

1   17 

01 

.93         .78 

.  43% 

19  25 

I  92 

1.60       1  -js       1   20         .07 

9.00 

.45 

1.98 

1  65      1.32      1  23         .10 

.99 

2.03 

i  eg     i  36     1.27 

.13 

.02 

9.58 

171        1    39        1    30 

.16 

.04 

.87 

9.75 

2^-1%,    2  i  ! 

1.78 

T43 

1  34 

1.19 

.07 

1(1.00 

.50    ' 

1.83 

1   47 

1  37 

1    22 

.10 

91 

22.55 

1.88 

1   41 

1   25 

12 

.52"* 

23.10 

O    Ol 

1  .93 

1  54 

1  45       1.28 

.15 

96 

. 

1.58 

1.48       1.31 

is 

•<iuireil  1 



1056      in:,        88         70        66        59 

53 

44 

for  1000  • 

Sheets. 

Sheets. 

iiiiiml  ) 
for  1000  i 

41          ! 

8& 

Quires.      i.mlr.-.. 

V 

PRICES  PER   1000  OF  FRACTIONAL  SIZES  OF  PAPER. 

These  price-,  include  the  customary  allowance  for  Waste  and  Surplus 


Per 
Beam. 

Per 
Quire. 

Full         23456 

Sheet,    to  Sheet,   to  Sheet,   to  Sheet,  to  Sheet,  to  Sheet 

8 

to  Sheet. 

9 

to  Sheet. 

11.25 
11.50 
11.75 

$.55 
.56V4 
.57^ 
.58% 

$24.20 
24.75 
25.30 
25.85 

$12.10  |8.07 
12.37      8.25 
12.65      8.43 
12.92      8.62 

$6.05 
6.19 
•6.32 
6.46 

$4.84 
4.95 
5.06 
5.17 

$4.03 
4.12 
4.22 
4.31 

$3.03 
3.09 
3.16 
3  23 

$2.68 

2.74 
2.81 
2.87 

12.00 
12.25 
12.50 
12.75 

60       26.40 
.61V4    26.95 
.62^   27.50 
.63%.  28.05 

13.20 
13.48 
13.75 
14.02 

8.80 
8.98 
9.17 
9.35 

6.160 
6.74 
6.87 
7.01 

5.28 
5.39 
5.50 
5.61 

4.40 
4.49 
4.58 
4.67 

3.30 
3.37 
3.44 
3.51 

2.93 
2.99 
3.06 
3.12, 

'  13.00 
13.25 
13.50 
13.75 

.65 
.66V4 

^68% 

28.60 
29.15 
29.70 
30.25 

14.30 
14.58 
14.85 
15.13 

9.53 
9.72 
9.90 
10.08 

7.15      5.72 
7.29      5.83 
7.42      5.94 
7.56      6.05 

4.77 
4.86 
4.95 
5.04 

3.58 
3.64 
3.71 
3.78 

3.  IS 
3.24 
3.30 
3.36 

14.00 
14.50 

.70 
.72^ 

30.80 
31.90 

15.40 
15.95 

10.27 
10.63 

7.70 
7.98 

6.16      5.13 
6.38      5.31 

3.85 
3.99 

3.42 
3.54 

15.00 
(  15.50 

.75 
.77^ 

33.00 
34.10 

16.50 
17.05 

11.00 
11.36 

8.25 
8.52 

6.60 
6.82 

5.50 
5.68 

4.12 
4.26 

3.661 
3.78 

16.00 
16.50 

17.00 
17.50 

.80 

.85 
.87^8 

35.20     17.60    11.73 
36.30     18.15    12.10 

37.40     18.70    12.47 
38.50     19.25    12.83 

8.80      7.04 
9.08      7.26 

9.35      7.48 
9.62      7.70 

5.86 
6.05 

6.23 
6.42 

4.40 
4.54 

4.67 
4.81 

3.91 
4.03 

4.16 
4.28 

18.00      .90 
18.50      .921;; 

39.60 

40.70 

19.80    13.20 
20.  35    13.57 

9.90      7.92      6.r,0 
10.18      8.14      6.78 

4.95 
5.09 

4.40 
4.52 

19.00      .95 
19.50      .971* 

41.80    20.90 
42.90    21.45 

13.93     10.45 
14.30     10.72 

8.36      6.96 
8.58      7.15 

5.23 
5.36 

4.64 
4.76 

20.00    1.00 
21.00    1.05 

44.09 
46.20 

22.00 
23.10 

L4.66 

15.40 

11.00      8.80 
11.55      9.24 

7.33 

7.70 

5.50 
5.78 

5.13 

22.00    1.10 
23.00    1.15 

48.40 
50.60 

24.20 
25.30 

16.13 
16.87 

12.10 
12.65 

9.68 
10.12 

8.07 
8.44 

6.05 
6.32 

5.38 

5.62 

24.00    1.20 
25.00     1.25 

52.80    26.40    17.60     13.20 
55.00    27.50    18.33     13.75 

10.56 
11.00 

8.80 
9.17 

6.60 
6.87 

5.S7 
6.11 

26.00    1.30 
27.00    1.35 

57.20    28.60    19.07     14.30     11.44      9.53 
59.40    29.70    19.80     14.85     11.88      9.90 

7.15 
7.42 

6.35^ 
6.60 

28.00    1.40 
29.00    1.45 

61  .  TO 
63.80 

30.80 
31.90 

20.53     15.40 
21.27     15.95 

12.32 
12.76 

10.27 
10.64 

7.70 
7.97 

6.84 
7.09 

30.00    1.50 

66.00 

as.  oo  22.00 

16.50 

13.20 

11.00 

8.25 

7.33: 

Sheets  Required  > 
for  1000  Copies.   J 

Quires  Required  > 
for  1000  Copies.    5 

1056 

Sheets. 

44 

Quires. 

528 

Sheets. 

22 

Quires. 

352       264 

Sheets.       Sheets. 

144$     n 

Quires.      Quires. 

211       176 

Sheets.      Sheets. 
Quires.      Quires. 

132 

Sheet*. 
Quires. 

117 

Sheets. 
Quire*. 

45 


PRICES  PER   1000  OF  FRACTIONAL  SIZES  OF  PAPER. 

These  prices  include  the  customary  allowance  for  Waste  and  Surplus. 


Per         Per 
Ream.  Quire. 

Full 
Sheet. 

10         12 

to  Sheet,   to  Sheet. 

15 

to  Sheet. 

16         18        20 

to  Sheet,   to  Sheet,   to  Sheet 

24 

to  Sheet. 

$1.01 
1.03 
1.05 
1.07 

$11.00 
11.  -25 
11.50 
11.75 

$  .55 

.56V4 

.57Mz 
.58% 

$24.20 
24.75 
25.30 
25.85 

$2.42 

2.47 
2.53 

2.58 

$2.02 
2.06 
2.11 
2.15 

$1.61 

1.65- 
1.68 
1.72 

$1.51 
^L55 
1.58 
1.61 

$1.34 
1.37 
1.40 
1.43 

$1.21 
1.24 
1.27 
1.29 

12.00 
12.25 
12.50 
12.75 

.60 
.61V4 
.62^ 

.633/4 

26.40 
26.95 
27.50 
28.05 

2.64 
2.69 
2.75 
2.80 

2.20 
2.25 
2.29 
2.34 

1.76 
1.80 
1.83 

1.87 

1.65 
1.69 
1.72 
1.75 

1.46 

1.49 
1.53 
1.56 

1.32 
1.35 
1.38 
1.40 

1.10 
1.13 
1.15 
1.17 

!  13.00 
13.25 
13.50 
13.75 

.65 
.66V4 
.67^2 

.683/4 

28.60 
29.15 
29.70 
30.25 

2.86 
2.91 
2.97 
3.02 

2.38 
2.43 
2.47 
2.52 

1.91 
1.94 
1.98 
2.01 

1.79 
1.82 
1.85 
1.89 

1.59 
1.62 
1.65 
1.68 

1.43 
1.45 
1.49 
1.51 

1.19 
1.21 
1.23 
1.26 

14.00 
14.50 

.70 
.72Mj 

30.80 
31.90 

3.08 
3.19 

2.57 
2.65 

2.05 
2.13 

1.92 
1.99 

1.72 
1.77 

1.54 
1.59 

1.28 
1.32 

15.00 
15.50 

.75 

.?7\fc 

33.00 
34.10 

3.30 
3.41 

2.75 

2.84 

2.20 
2.27 

2.06 
2.13 

1.83 

1.89 

1.65 
1.70 

1.37 
1.42 

16.00 
16.50 

.80 
.82^ 

35.20 
36.30 

3.52 
3.63 

2.93 

3.02 

2.35 
2.42 

2.20 
2.27 

1.95 
2.01 

1.76 
1.81 

1.46 
1.51 

17.00 
17.50 

.85 
.87* 

37.40 
38.50 

3.74 
3.85 

3.12 
3.21 

2.49 
2.57 

2.34 
2.40 

2.08 
2.14 

1.87 
1.92 

1.56 
1.60 

18.00 
18.50 

.90 
.92^ 

39.60 
40.70 

3.96 
4.07 

3.30 
3.39 

2.64 
2.71 

2.47 
2.54 

2.20 
2.26 

1.98 
2.03 

1.65 
1.69 

19.00 
19.50 

.95 
.97Mz 

41.80 
42.90 

4.18 
4.29 

3.48 
3.57 

2.79 
2.86 

2.61 
2.68 

2.32 
2.38 

2.09 
2.14 

1.74 

1.78 

20.00 
21.00 

1   00       44.00 
1.05    *46.20 

4.40 
4.62 

3.67 
3.85 

2.93 
3.08 

2.75 
2.89 

2.44       2.20 
2.57       2.31 

1.83 
1.92 

22.00 
23.00 

1.10       48.40 
1.15       50.60 

t.8t       4.03 
5.06       4.22 

3.23 
3.37 

3.03 
3.16 

2.69 
2.81 

2.42 
2.53 

2.01 

2.11 

24.00 
25.00 

1.20       52.80 
L.25       55.00 

5.28 
5.50 

4.40 

4.58 

3.52 
3.67 

3.30 
3.44 

2.93 
3.05 

2.64 

2.75 

2.20 
2.29 

26.00 

•s  oo 

1.30       57.20 
1.35       59.40 

5.72 
5.94 

4.76 
4.95 

1.81 
3.96 

3.57 
3.71 

3.18 
3.30 

2.86 
2.97 

2.38 
2.47 

28.00 
29.00 

1.40 
1.45 

61.60 
63.80 

6.16 
6.38 

5.13 
5.32 

4.11 

4.25 

3.85 
3.99 

3.42 
3.54 

3.08 
3.19 

2.57 
2.66 

30.00 

1.50 

66.00 

6.60 

5.50 

4.40 

4.13 

3.66 

3.30 

2.75 

Sheets  Required  ) 
for  1000  C..]  .»•«.    5 

Quires  Required  ) 
for  1000  Copies.    5 

1056 
Bbwtt. 

44 
Qotew 

105 

Sheets. 

4& 

Quires. 

88 

Sheets. 

3yf 

Qnlreg 

70 

Sheets. 

m 

Quire*. 

66 

Sheets. 

art 

Qatm. 

59 

>h.  .  I-. 

2H 

Quires. 

53 

Sheets. 

2& 

nuire-. 

44 

Shut  'I*. 
l.Hiir,--. 

y  .irders  I'm'  Printing-  are  for  exact  numbers.  IT  is  onlv  nn  Billhead* 
and  Blank  Books  that  work  is  ordered  by  the  ream  or  quire.  It  is.  there- 
fore, better  to  make  calculations  of  the  value  of  paper  by  the  100  or  1000 
sheets  or  fractions  of  sheets.  From  such  a  unit,  it  is  but  simple  work  to 
calculate  the  value  of  paper  for  any  amount. 

For  example:  To  find  the  value  of  1000  copies  of  billhead  paper  at  $5.50 
per  ream.  Turn  to  page  -12.  On  line  with  $5.50.  under  the  headings  of 
Full  Sheet.  2.  4.  »>.  8  to  sheet,  will  be  found  the  exact  price  for  1000  copies 
of  each  size.  vi/.. :  Full  Sheet,  $12.10;  2°,  $6.05;  4°,  $3.02;  6°,  $2.0- 
$1.50.  If  large  quantities  are  wanted,  multiply  the  quantity  wanted  by  the 
the  price  for  the  size.  If  a  smaller  quantity  than  1000  is  wanted,  use  the 
price  per  hundred,  which  is  made  by  striking  out  the  last  figure  in  the  exact 
price  of  each  size.  viz. :  Full  Sheet,  $1 .21  per  100 ;  2°,  60  cents;  4°.  30  cent- : 
(R  20  cents:  83.  15  cents.  Then  multiply  the  quantity  wanted  by  the  proper 
price  per  hundred. 

With  these  figures  before  him.  a  printer  of  but  little  practice  in  calcula- 
tion can  readily  make  up  the  price  for  any  number,  and  often  without  the 
use  of  a  pencil.  It  can  be  done,  too.  with  a  certainty  of  accuracy  that  a 
novice  never  has  when  he  attempts  to  ascertain  the  value  of  paper  by  the  old 
method  of  finding  the  fraction  of  the  sheet,  then  the  whole  number  of  >t; 
then  the  quires,  then  the  price  per  quire,  then  the  multiplication  of  these 
two.  and  la: .;ly  the  addition  of  profit.  With  these  tables,  it  is  but  a  simple 
matter  to  add  together  the  pr.ce  of  the  work,  and  the  price  of  the  paper. 
The  delay  of  computing  the  price  per  thousand,  by  special  calculation. 
through  the  price  per  ream  or  per  quire,  is  entirely  avoided. 

In  the  printed  prices  of  Value  of  Paper  on  the  following  patres  the  rate 
of  profit  will  be  found  to  vary  with  the  class  of  work.  On  Billheads,  for 
which  there  is  everywhere  great  competition,  and  on  Order  Book- 
which  cheapest  qualities  of  paper  are  usually  requested,  the  rate  of  profit  is 
lower  than  is  just.  It  is  put  at  this  low  rate  only  because  it  is  the  ne 
a  usage  that  it  is  useless  to  oppose.  On  other  ordinary  work,  the  prices  of 
paper  have  been  adjusted  so  as  to  give  a  profit  of  about  twenty  per  cent, 
upon  invoice  price,  which  rate  of  profit  on  sales  of  ordinary  amount  may 
be  considered  fair.  For  trivial  orders,  requiring  paper  of  no  greater  value 
than  $1.00.  this  rate  does  not  pay  expenses  of  handling  and  cutting  up. 
A  suitably  increased  rate  for  sales  of  paper  in  small  quantities  would  have 
been  made  in  the  special  tables  of  Value  of  Paper,  were  it  not  that  tin-- 
printed prices  per  100  or  per  1000  will  often  be  used  in  calculating  large 
quantities  for  which  such  an  advanced  rate  would  be  unreasonable  and 
unjust.  To  prevent  more  serious  error,  it  is  nec.->sary.  in  these  tables,  to 
keep  all  the  printed  prices  in  exact  agreement  with  each  other. 

When  the  printed  prices  per  ream  are  found  to  yield  a  fair  profit,  they 
may  be  used  for  all  sales  of  paper  between  $5  and  $50.  which  will  comprise 
nine-tenths  of  every  job  printer's  work.  For  sales  of  more  than  $50.  and 
less  than  .«100,  add  from  10  to  15  per  cent,  to  cost :  for  sales  over  $100,  and 
for  any  larger  amount,  such  diminished  rate  as  may  lie  expedient. 


17 

COMPOSITION. 


There  are  three  distinct  branches  of  Composition:  BOOK,  NEWSPAPER, 
and  JOB.  Each  branch  has  a  separate-HWthcd  of  doing  work,  a  different 
class  of  workmen,  and  different  prices. 

NEWSPAPER    COMPOSITION. 

As  commonly  done.  Newspaper  work  is  considered  as  the  simplest  and 
cheapest  kind  of  Composition.*  It  is  always  done  at  the  lowest  prices. 
All  the  conditions  favor  economy  of  cost.  Unlike  Book  or  Job  work,  but  a 
moderate  capital  is  required  to  furnish  the  type  and  material,  and  all  this 
material  is  kept  in  active  service.  The  type  can  be  used  longer  with  accept- 
ability than  it  could  on  ordinary  Job  or  Book  work.  The  work  is  regular, 
and  can  be  done  with  system  and  economy.  The  compositors  require  the 
least  skill,  and  are  paid  the  lowest  price ;  exactness  in  spacing,  and  the 
finish  of  good  Book  work  are  not  expected.  Niceties  in  orthography,  punc- 
tuation, and  the  use  of  capitals  are  often  disregarded.  Proof-reading  is 
equally  simple ;  few  Newspapers  have  more  than  one  proof  and  revise. 

Reprint.  For  this  class  of  work,  on  which  the  copy  is  principally 
Reprint,  and  the  edition  small,  the  regular  rate  is  80  cents  per  1000  ems. 

Manuscript.  If  the  copy  is  mostly  Manuscript,  and  the  edition  is  la  rue, 
the  rate  is  85  cents  per  1000  ems.t 

Measurement  of  Matter.  As  in  Book  work,  matter  is  measured  from 
extreme  points,  across  the  column-rules,  and  including  head  and  foot  lines. 

"Wood  Cuts  and  Large  Electrotypes.  The  traditionary  rule  of  the 
trade  and  the  specific  rule  of  all  Printers'  Unions  require  that  all  wood  cuts 
shall  be  measured  as  part  of  the  text.  For  cuts  of  small  or  ordinary  size, 
displacing  less  than  2000  ems,  the  rule  is  fair  and  should  be  obeyed ;  for 
large  cuts,  occupying  many  thousand  ems  of  matter,  the  rule  cannot  alwavs 
be  enforced.  Where  the  wood  cuts  or  electrotypes  cannot  be  measured,  all 
time  spent  in  squaring,  leveling,  or  justifying  them  should  be  specifically 
charged  at  CO  cents  per  hour.  Engravings  on  wood,  of  large  size,  alwavs 
give  great  trouble  to  pressmen,  and  should  be  supplanted  by  electrotypes, 
at  the  customer's  expense. 

If  wood  cuts  or  electrotypes  are  of  broken  or  irregular  outline,  and  the 
type  has  to  be  led  down  the  side  irl  various  widths  of  measure,  and  with 

*  This  remark  applies  only  to  the  ordinary  Weekly  Newspaper,  as  usually  done 
by  printers  for  the  trade.  Daily  Newspapers,  Illustrated  Weeklies,  ami  Journals  of 
Finauce  and  Science  require  aiid  should  receive  as  much  care  us  good  Book  work. 

t  These  are  the  established  rates,  as  agreed  upon  by  the  leading  printer?  of  New 
York  City.  Lower  prices  are  sometimes  made,  but  they  are  inadequate.  Tbe  Coin 
positor  is  paid  45  or  46  cents  per  1000  ems  for  matter  delivered  on  galleys :  the 
Makiug-up  and  Stone-work  (estimated  on  chargeable  composition  only)  costs  from 
3  to  6  cents  per  1000  ems;  the  Reading  and  Superintendence  is  never  less  than  1"> 
eeiits  per  1000  ems.  and  in  most  cases  is  much  more.  Sixty-five  cents  per  1000  e.ms 
should  be  considered  as  the  lowest  cost  of  labor.  The  Contingent  KxpeiiM-s  of  Rent, 
Office  Expenses.  Insurance.  Depreciation  of  Material.  Loss  and  Damage,  and  a  fair 
Profit,  are  not  fairly  covered  by  an  addition  of  10  or  15  cents. 


IS  COMPOSITION. 

probable  overrunning,  they  should  be  measured  and  charged  at  the  full  rate 
of  the  text  type.  If  measure  is  very  narrow,  and  composition  is  attended 
with  unusual  trouble,  an  advanced  rate  may  be  necessary. 

Standing1  Matter.  When  advertisements  are  kept  in  type,  for  use  from 
week  to  week,  a  specific  charge  should  be  made  for  the  withdrawal  and 
deprival  of  the  material  from  other  use,  and  for  keeping  it  in  good  order. 
When  such  matter  is  printed  every  week,  the  charge  should  be  10  cents  per 
1000  ems;  for  matter  printed  every  month,  15  cents  per  1000  ems.  Fora 
very  large  edition,  in  which  type  suffers  perceptibly  from  wear,  a  higher 
rate  will  be  needed.  See  Wear  of  Type,  on  a  following  page.  When  the 
quantity  kept  standing  is  small,  needing  more  care,  and  perhaps  re-reading, 
or  is  full  of  display  letter,  20  cents  per  1000  ems  no  more  than  covers  the 
cost  of  keeping  it  in  order. 

Displayed  Advertisements  should  be  measured  by  the  body  of  the 
regular  advertising  type.  As  compositors  are  paid  the  same  price  for  open 
as  for  solid  work,  there  can  be  no  deduction  for  open  display.  Advertise- 
ments set  in  fanciful  shapes,  with  profuse  use  of  capitals,  should  be  rated 
only  by  time. 

Time  Work.     By  day,  60  cents  per  hour;  by  night,  $1.00  per  hour. 

Table  Work,  and  all  other  extra  work,  should  be  governed  by  the  rates 
of  ordinary  Book  work. 

When  newspapers  are  made  up  in  octavo  or  large  sixteen-mo  shape,  when 
the  pages  are  electrotyped,  when  proof  is  read  twice,  and  all  the  care  of 
good  Book  work  is  exercised,  rates  should  be  the  same  as  for  Book  work. 

BOOK    COMPOSITION. 

It  is  the  practice  of  publishers  to  stereotype  or  electrotype  all  books. 
A  book  that  is  not  considered  worth  stereotyping,  is  considered  as  not 
worth  publishing.  It  is  the  usage  of  book  printers  to  make  prices,  not  for 
composition,  but  for  stereotype  plates,  or  in  other  words,  for  composition 
combined  with  stereotyping  or  electrotypiug.  This  is  the  only  way  in 
which  books,  popular  magazines,  and  the  better  class  of  serials  are  done. 

The  Advantages  of  Stereotyping1  to  the  publisher  are  the  saving  of 
cost  of  re-composition  and  the  diminution  of  risk  of  loss,  by  enabling  him 
to  publish  small  editions  of  works  of  doubtful  popularity.  It  also  gives  the 
ownership  of  the  plates,  and  a  better  control  over  the  work.  To  the  printer, 
it  saves  wear  of  type,  diminishes  the  expense  of  presswork,  and,  in  many 
cases,  improves  its  quality. 

Most  of  the  labor  on  Book  Composition  is  paid  for  by  the  piece.  In  all 
cities  there  is  a  nicely-graduated  scale  of  prices,  agreed  upon  between 
employers  and  employed,  in  which  the  value  of  every  kind  of  w^ork  is  pro- 
vided for.  Prices  are  lower  than  in  Job  work.  The  cost  of  Composition 
is  more  nicely  calculated  than  is  possible  in  Job  Composition,  in  which 
branch  all  men  work  only  on  time,  on  smaller  quantities  of  work,  and  in 
which  it  is  impossible  to  organize  labor  with  equal  economy. 


COMPOSITION.  49 

The  prices  under  this  heading  are  for  strict  Book  work  only.  They  will 
be  found  inadequate,  unless  the  amount  of  composition  is  large,  and  the 
workmen  are  paid  by  the  piece.  They  \TJli-aiQ_t  serve  for  Pamphlet  work. 
Pamphlet  work  printed  from  type  or  pieces  of  Composition  of  less  than 
50,000  ems,  are  not  large  enough  to  enable  the  master-printer  to  organize 
the  labor  on  it  in  the  systematic  and  economical  manner  in  which  Book 
work  has  to  be  done.  Such  work  should  be  at  the  regular  rates  of  Job 
Composition. 

The  Established  Bates  for  Book  -work  in  Ne\v  York,  and  the  prin- 
cipal Atlantic  cities,  for  ordinary  common  matter,  per  1000  ems,  are : 

Reprint.  Ms*. 

All  sizes  from  AGATE  to  SMALL  PICA,  inclusive $  .85  $  .90 

PICA  90  .9o 

PEARL 1.00  1.10 

DIAMOND 1 .10  1 .20 

All  sizes  larger  than  Pica  are  measured  and  charged  as  Pica. 

Pica  type  is  more  slowly  set  up,  and  requires  a  disproportionate  amount  of  labor 
iu  making-up  and  stone-work.  It  is  properly  charged  at  a  higher  rate.  This  labor 
increases  with  every  increase  of  size.  As  Compositors  are  paid  for  all  larger  sizes 
Ijy  their  measurement  as  Pica,  it  is  necessary  for  the  employer  to  obey  the  same 
rule. 

Pearl  and  Diamond  types  are  much  more  expensive  than  the  more  common  sizes. 
They  are  more  difficult  to  set,  and  wear  out  with  half  the  usage. 

The  phrase  common  matter  meaus  that  kind  of  matter  which  is  most 
common  in  ordinary  books  and  newspapers.  Any  matter  which  contains 
such  a  large  excess  of  capitals,  italics,  points,  figures,  etc.,  as  may  entitle 
the  compositor  to  additional  pay,  is  not  common  matter. 

Reprint  Copy  frequently  interlined,  and  margined  with  long  cor- 
rect ions,  should  be  rated  as  manuscript. 

Time  Work,  BY  COMPOSITORS,  by  day per  hour  $  .60 

by  night 1.00 

BY  STEREOTYPE  FINISHERS .75 

COMPOSITION    WITH    STEREOT YPINGK 

Reprint.  Mss. 

PICA < per  1000  ems....  $1.55  $1.60 

SMALL  PICA ....  1.40  1.45 

LON<;  PRIMER  and  BOURGEOIS 1.35  1.40 

BREVIER.  MINION.  NONPAREIL.  AGATK   »                    . ...  1.30  1.35 

COMPOSITION    WITH    ELECTROTYPING. 

Five  cents  per  1000  ems  in  addition  to  above  rates. 

These  rates  per  1000  ems  for  Composition  with  Stereotyping  are  used  to  save  the 
trouble  of  separate  calculations.  The  increase  on  Small  Pica  and  Pica  is  made 
because  these  larger  sizes  use  a  disproportionate  share  of  metal  in  the  plate.  On 
the  smaller  sizes,  a  greater  reduction  is  not  practicable,  because  the  plates  require 
more  labor  in  finishing,  picking,  and  corrections.  On  table-work,  or  extra-priced 
matter,  the  stereotyper's  rate  does  not  increase  with  the  price  of  composition. 

The  difference  in  price  between  Manuscript  and  Reprint  is  too  little. 

There  should  be.  but  is  not,  a  difference  in  price  between  old  and  new  type. 

No  distinction  is  made  in  price  between  leaded  and  solid  matter. 


50  COMPOSITION. 

FOREIGN    LANGUAGES. 

These  prices  are  the  rates  in  the  city  of  Xe\v  York  for  the  composition  of 
common  matter,  as  done  by  native  or  educated  compositors.  They  will  !>.- 
found  in  most  cases  insufficient  for  the  work  of  unskilled  compositor*. 

In  addition  to  the  prices  given  below  for  plain  matter,  add,  as  in  Eutflish 
work,  the  usual  extra  (double  the  extra  charge  of  the  compositor)  for  all 
Dictionaries,  Grammars,  etc. 

Common  Matter,  per  1000  ems.  Reprint.  M  — 

LATIN,  SPANISH,  and  GERMAN $1 . 00        $1 . 10 

FRENCH.  ITALIAN,  and  PORTUGUESE 1 . 05          1.15 

WELSH,  or  other  Foreign  language  in  Roman  type 1.10          1 . 20 

GREEK,  plain 1 . 50          1.75 

HEBREW,  if  without  points 1 . 30          1 . 60 

HEBREW,  with  vowel-points  on  separate  body,  each  to  be 

cast  tip  according  to  the  body  when  made  up 2.00          2.10 

HEBREW,  kerned,  with  vowel-points 4.25          4.50 

HEBREW,  kerned,  with  vowel-points  and  accents 4.75          5.00 

These  prices  should  be  used  only  for  strict  Book  work,  on  a  large  order  of  not  less 
than  100.000  ems.  They  are  entirely  too  low  for  pamphlets ;  the  advance  in  price  -will 
be  found  not  enough  to  pay  for  accents  or  for  extra  proof-reading.  It  is  not  cun- 
tomary  to  make  a  greater  advance  than  10  cents  for  manuscript,  but  it  is  too  little 
for  the  ordinary  quality  of  manuscript. 

French,  Italian,  and  Portuguese,  are  at  higher  rate  than  Latin  and  Spanish,  as 
they  contain  more  accents  and  apostrophes,  and  require  more  thin  letters. 

German  can  be  done  to  profit  only  by  German  or  German-reading  compositors,  of 
which  there  are  many  in  all  large  cities.  It  is  sometimes  done  at  the  same  rate  as 
English.  The  letter  is  thin,  and  carries  accents;  it  is  composed  more  slowly,  and 
should  be  at  higher  rate  than  English. 

GREEK  WORDS  should  be  charged  4  cents  each  if  not  justified,  and  i> 
cents  each  when  requiring  justification. 

HEBREW  WORDS  with  vowels  on  kerned  letter,  at  double  the  rates  of 
Greek  words ;  if  without  points,  one  and  a  half  rate. 

For  Classical  Works,  Commentaries,  and  other  works  in  which  Greek 
words  are  freely  used,  the  following  schedule  should  govern  the  price  per 
1000  ems,  if  the  •words  are  not  justified: 

For  less  than  an  average  of  five  words  per  1000  ems.  the  words  may  be 
counted.  If  the  words  average  from  five  to  seven.  20  cents  per  1000  ems 
extra  ;  from  eight  to  twelve,  30  cents  per  1000  ems  extra :  from  thirteen  to 
twenty.  40  cents  per  1000  ems  extra ;  more  than  twenty,  the  words  should 
be  counted  at  2  cents  each.  In  no  case,  however,  should  the  price  per  1000 
ems  exceed  $2.00. 

If  the  words  are  justified,  they  should  count  as  IMz  words  each. 

Matter  taking  a  greater  price  than  the  work  in  which  it  occurs,  should  lie 
measured  by  itself,  and  have  its  own  extra  over  plain  matter  added  to  the 
price  of  such  work.     For  instance.  French  Grammar  Tables  should  take  __ 
these  three  extras  of  French,  Grammar,  and  English  Tables,  as  specified  in 
this  price  list. 

Grammars.  Dictionaries,  or  other  extra  matter,  in  foreign  languages,  will 
take  the  extra  cf  the  language  and  the  kind  of  work  :  but  when  English 


COMPOSITION.  51 

exercises  or  reading  lessons  are  introduced  as  a  regular  feature  of  the  work, 
such  portions  should  take  the  extra  of  the  kind  of  work  only. 

AT   EXTRA  PRICE. 

Whenever  an  extra  price  is  paid  to  the  compositor  for  obscurity  of  manu- 
script, or  for  excess  of  capitals,  points,  etc.,  this  extra  price  should  be  at 
least  doubled  in  the  charge  to  the  customer,  except  in  classes  of  work 
specially  provided  for.  This  double  price  will  be  found  necessary  to  cover 
the  extra  proof-reading  and  extra  sorts  which  such  work  requires. 

ENGLISH  DICTIONARIES,  CONCORDANCES,  and  BIBLES,  with  superior 
references,  at  least  10  cents  per  1000  ems  more  than  plain  matter,  for  the 
least  difficult  kinds.  The  best  rule  is,  double  the  extra  it  may  be  necessary 
to  pay.  This  is  also  the  best  method  of  fixing  the  price  of  GAZETTEERS, 
DICTIONARIES  OF  ART,  and  SCIENTIFIC  WORKS  generally,  which  may 
sometimes  be  so  plain  as  to  require  no  extra,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  be 
very  difficult  of  composition. 

GRAMMARS,  20  cents  per  1000  ems  over  plain  matter. 

SPELLING  BOOKS  should  range  from  10  cents  extra  to  double  price.  A 
Spelling  Book  from  manuscript  copy,  containing  a  good  proportion  of  lists 
of  words  in  columns  (sometimes  two,  sometimes  four  or  more),  double  the 
price  of  plain  matter.  Some  Spelling  Books,  so  called,  are  little  more  than 
reading  books,  for  which  10  cents  extra  would  be  sufficient. 

ALGEBRAIC  WORK,  in  treatises  on  algebra  only,  double  price.  When  in 
lines  or  paragraphs,  to  be  charged  by  time  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  per  hour, 
or  about  treble  price. 

This  double  price  should  he  charged  for  the  entire  work.  Double  price  is  not 
enough  for  the  composition  of  algebraic  formulas.  It  is  expected  that  the  plain 
explanatory  matter  will  fairly  set  off  the  loss  on  the  algebraic  matter. 

MEDICAL,  ASTRONOMICAL,  or  other  works  requiring  the  use  of  many 
signs  or  extra  sorts,  on  time,  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  an  hour,  or  at  double 
price  if  the  characters  need  no  justification — at  about  treble  price  if  they  do. 

MAKING  TTP. 

When,  through  the  fault  of  author  or  publisher,  common  matter  has  to 
be  re-made  up  on  galley,  this  extra  work  should  be  charged  at  the  rate  of 
10  cents  per  1000  ems.  or  on  time  at  60  cents  per  hour. 

OVER-RUNNING  AND  RE-JUSTIFYING,  one-half  price  of  reprint  composition. 

All  work  containing  a  profusion  of  small  cuts  should,  in  addition  to  the 
regular  price  per  1000  ems,  be  charged  extra,  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  per 
hour,  for  time  spent  by  the  maker-up  in  over-running  or  trying  to  bring  in 
even.  The  time  of  the  reader  spent  in  erasures  or  additions  to  accomplish 
the  same  object  should  be  charged  at  the  same  rate. 

FAT   MATTER. 

TIME  WORK.  When  the  amount  of  two-em  quadrats  or  leads  or  sinus 
exceeds  in  surface  that  of  small  type,  the  work  may  be  rated  as  time  work. 
When  the  fat  matter  is  less  than  that  of  the  small  type,  it  should  always  be 
rated  by  the  1000  ems,  as  piece  work. 


52  COMPOSITION. 

BLANK  PAGES,  or  full  pages  of  cuts  in  any  form,  should  be  charged  as 
full  pages  of  type,  and  at  the  same  rate  per  page  as  the  text. 

Not  more  than  three  blank  pages  should  be  charged  at  the  end  of  any  -work.  It 
is  not  always  judicious  to  do  this,  for  it  is  but  a  traditionary  usage,  which  should 
have  been  abandoned  •with  the  practice  of  printing  from  type.  Where  an  employer 
has  to  pay  it  to  the  workman,  it  is  but  fair  to  charge  it.  It  is,  however,  considered 
as  an  extortion  by  all  customers  and  publishers,  and  the  opprobrium  earned  by 
such  a  charge  hardly  compensates  for  the  questionable  profit. 

ALL  BLANKS  in  matter  in  which  different  sizes  of  type  are  intermingled, 
should  be  reckoned  as  of  the  body  of  the  text  type. 

TITLE  PAGES,  DEDICATIONS,  ETC.,  if  unaltered  from  proof,  should  be  at 
the  same  rate  as  the  text  of  the  work.  If  proof  is  altered  for  correction  of 
style,  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  per  hour  for  the  time  consumed  in  making  such 
alterations. 

PREFACES  or  INTRODUCTIONS,  when  set  in  smaller  or  larger  type  than 
text,  should  be  rated  according  to  its  own  body,  irrespective  of  the  size  of 
text  type. 

INDEX  MATTER,  in  half  or  third  measure,  may  be  rated  as  Column  matter 
when  the  lines  overrun,  and  not  otherwise.  (See  page  53.) 

HEAD  LINES,  when  justified  in,  in  smaller  type,  should  be  charged  2  cents 
extra  per  page.  When  it  is  a  synopsis  of  the  page,  and  filled  in  by  reader. 
5  cents  extra  per  page,  or  such  work  may  be  charged  by  the  hour  as  alter- 
ations. 

PROOF  BEADING  AND  PROOFS. 

The  expense  of  good  proof  reading  and  superintendence,  with  skilled 
copy  holder,  or  by  collating,  is  never  less  than  one-fourth,  and  in  some  cases 
is  one-half  the  cost  of  setting  the  type.  One-third  the  cost  of  composition 
may  be  considered  the  correct  average. 

READING  PROOF  by  copy  more  than  once,  with  copy  holder,  or  by 
collating,  12  cents  per  1000  ems  extra. 

PROOFS.  On  common  matter,  one  proof  should  be  allowed  without  extra 
charge ;  on  extra-priced  matter  of  any  kind,  two  proofs  without  charge. 

EXTRA  PROOF.  Large  forms,  proved  with  planer,  should  be  charged  25 
cents  extra  ;  Small  forms  of  stereotype  work,  at  10  cents  each. 

CLEAN  PROOFS,  taken  on  press,  from  25  cents  to  $1 . 00  extra,  according 
to  time  and  size  of  form. 

DETENTION  OF  PROOFS.  Proofs  withheld  over  the  time  agreed  upon, 
should  be  charged  not  less  than  2  per  cent,  per  day  on  the  value  of  the 
composition  so  detained. 

ALTERATIONS. 

All  alterations  from  first  copy  should  be  charged  extra,  for  time  occupied 
in  making  them,  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  per  hour. 

All  time  spent  upon  additions  or  erasures  in  proof  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  in  even,  should  be  charged  extra,  at  60  cents  per  hour,  both  for 
time  of  reader  and  compositor. 


COMPOSITION.  53 

MEASUREMENT. 

Each  size  of  type  should  be  measured  and  charged  according  to  its  own 
body,  except  when  otherwise  provided  for. 

All  pages  should  be  measured  from  extreme  points,  including  one  foot-line 
of  same  body  as  the  texti  A  rule-bordered  page  should  be  measured  from 
the  outer  points  of  the  rule ;  pages  in  columns  should  include  all  spaces 
between  the  columns ;  chapter  heads  or  tails,  or  any  blank  space,  or  cut, 
within  the  area  of  the  page,  should  be  rated  as  type. 

SIDE  AND  CENTRE  NOTES  in  Bibles  and  Testaments  should  be  measured 
the  full  width  of  the  lead  and  the  full  length  of  the  page,  and  charged  by 
the  body  of  the  type  in  which  it  is  composed,  at  one-and-a-half  prices. 

SIDE  AND  CENTRE  NOTES  in  Law  or  Historical  work  should  be  measured 
as  above,  and  charged  at  single  price. 

CUT-IN  NOTES  should  be  charged  10  cents  extra  for  each  note,  and  should 
be  counted  in  with  the  text  as  text  matter. 

QUOTATIONS,  MOTTOS,  CONTENTS  OF  CHAPTERS,  BOTTOM  NOTES,  ETC., 
when  in  smaller  type  than  the  body  of  the  work,  should  be  measured  and 
charged  by  the  body  of  the  type  in  which  they  are  set.  The  measurement 
should  commence  with  the  first  line,  and  to  be  extended  to  the  first  line  of 
the  larger  type. 

When  a  measure  exceeds  even  ems  in  width,  and  is  less  than  an  en,  the 
excess  is  not  to  be  counted ;  if  it  exceeds  an  en,  it  should  be  rated  as  a  full 
additional  em. 

COLUMN   MATTER.    NARROW   MEASURES. 

Column  matter,  as  distinguished  from  table  matter,  is  matter  composed  in 
various  measures,  and  made  up  in  two  or  more  columns,  not  dependent  on 
each  other  for  their  arrangement. 

Matter  eighteen  ems  or  less  in  width,  should  be  priced  according  to  the 
following  schedule : 

*  Per  1000  ems  extra.      i  Per  1000  ems  extra. 

18  ems 2  cents.     \    11  ems 32  cents. 

17    //    4     «         !     10    *    40     » 

16    »    .  .     6     «  9    »    .  50     „ 


60 

80 

and  less  . .  . .  1 . 00 


15    »    10     • 

14    "    14      « 

13    «    20     « 

12    //    26     -/         I 

These  rates  for  column  matter  and  narrow  measures  should  be  applied  only  to 
even-spaced  and  regularly-justified  common  running  matter.  Columns  of  figures 
that  do  not  require  justification,  Index  matter  that  does  not  call  for  even  spacing, 
Catalogue  or  Table  matter  that  does  not  turn  the  line,  may  be  at  the  regular  rate. 

TABLE   WORK. 

Three  or  more  columns,  of  same  or  different  measures,  depending  on  each 
other  for  arrangement,  and  reading  across  the  page,  with  or  without  brass 
rules,  should  be  rated  as  Table  Work. 

THREE  COLUMNS,  with  or  without  headings,  one-half  extra. 


54  COMPOSITION. 

FOUK  COLUMNS  or  more,  with  or  without  headings,  double  the  price  of 
common  matter. 

Title-headings  and  foot-notes,  in  a  series  of  tables,  should  be  counted  as 
parts  of  the  table,  and  at  same  rate. 

Occasional  tables  in  plain  matter  should  be  paid  for  on  time,  or  at  treble 
price.  Tables  set  up  ill  diagonal  shape,  with  unequal  lengths  of  brass  rule, 
etc.,  should  be  done  on  time  only.  Leaded  tables  should  be  done  on  time. 

The  rates  for  Table  work  are  based  on  prices  paid  to  compositors,  but  they  are 
traditional  and  arbitrary.  They  were  made  at  a  time  wheu  almost  every  office  was 
deficient  in  proper  sorts  for  this  kind  of  work,  and  when  brass  rule  was  cut  with  a 
shears  and  mitered  with  a  n'le.  There  are  cases  in  which  the  rates  will  be  found 
too  high,  and  others  where  they  are  too  low.  The  graduated  prices  for  column 
matter  will  give  a  better  notion  of  the  value  of  this  class  of  work.  These,  however, 
are  the  established  rates. 

OVERWORK. 

XII.IIT  WORK per  hour $1 .00 

HOLIDAY  WORK,  BY  DAY //      //    1 . 40 

/<        BY  XIGHT '      »     ....     2.00 

THE    WEAR   OF    TYPE. 

The  prices  here  given  for  composition  allow  but  a  meagre  fraction  for  the 
wear  of  type,  which  is  an  item  of  expense  too  often  overlooked.  For  a 
large  edition,  in  which  the  type  sutlers  perceptibly  from  wear,  the  price 
should  be  increased. 

An  edition  of  5000  may  be  assumed  as  an  ample  allowance  of  service 
for  good  type  on  fair  book  work,  and  200,000  impressions  as  the  utmost 
limit  of  service  for  the  sizes  from  Pica  to  Bourgeois.  At  this  rate,  a  font 
can  be  used  but  forty  times  before  it  is  condemned.  It  must,  then  be 
replaced  by  the  profit  derived  from  the  forty  separate  compositions.  If  the 
edition  is  20,000.  there  can  be  but  ten  compositions,  which,  if  not  charged  at 
an  enhanced  price,  will  entail  a  loss.  It  is  a  grave  mistake  to  assume  that 
the  profits  of  a  long  edition  of  presswork  will  repay  the  loss  sustained  by 
the  wear  of  type.  They  have  no  necessary  connection.  The  price  of 
presswork  steadily  decreases  with  increasing  editions,  thereby  preventing 
such  repayment. 

To  fix  the  price  for  extra  wear,  ascertain  the  value  of  type  in  use  on  the 
work  in  question.  If  type  is  new.  divide  this  value  by  200,  or  whatever 
number  is  allowed  as  the  limit  of  service,  which  will  give  the  proper  price 
per  1000  impressions  for  the  wear. 

For  every  1000  impressions  over  5000,  add  this  amount  as  a  specific 
charge  for  extra  wear  of  type,  or  make  an  equivalent  addition  to  the  price 
by  an  additional  charge  per  1000  ems.  The  loss  by  wear  will  vary  with 
different  sizes.  It  may  be  assumed  as  One  Cent  per  1000  ems  on  every 
thousand  impressions. 

For  Brevier  and  Minion,  the  limit  of  wear  may  be  150,000. 

For  English  or  Great  Primer,  it  may  be  300,000. 

For  type  already  well  worn,  such  as  will  pass  on  cheap  newspaper  and 
pamphlet  work,  the  limitation  to  ordinary  wear  may  be  extended  to  10,000. 


COMPOSITION.  55 

For  example :  What  is  the  loss  by  wear  of  type  on  an  edition  of  50,000  copies  of  a 
form  of  sixteen  pages,  medium  octavo,  set  in  Long  Primer,  solid  ?  An  ordinary  page 
of  medium  octavo  will  weigh  8  pounds.  Sixteen  pages  will  weigh  128  pounds.  To 
this  must  be  added  the  sorts  left  in  case  and  rendered  useless.  By  type-founders' 
rules,  this  remnant  of  useless  sorts  should  be  one-half  of  the  type  actually  set.  It 
is  a  safe,  perhaps  too  large,  allowance  for  the  purposes  of  this  calculation.  One- 
fourth  more,  or  160  pounds,  is  the  least  that  could  be  allowed.  Assuming  this  to  be 
the  true  weight  of  the  type  that  is  worn  or  made  unserviceable,  its  value  (160  pounds 
Long  Primer,  at  56  cents  per  pound)  is  §89.60. 

The  limit  of  service  011  good  work  is  rated  at  200,000  impressions.  After  this 
amount  of  usage,  if  condemned  as  old  metal,  it  is  worth  but  15  cents  per  pound. 
This  is  the  highest  price  given  by  founders  in  exchange,  and  allows  nothing  for 
waste.  But  it  need  not  be  condemned;  it  could  be  sold  as  second-hand  material, 
or  could  be  kept  for  a  more  restricted  use  on  inferior  work.  In  either  case,  it  could 
not  be  appraised  any  higher  than  25  cents  per  pound.  It  would  probably  be  sold,  if 
sold  at  all,  at  a  lower  rate. 

The  value  of  160  pounds,  at  25  cents  per  pound,  is  but  $40.00,  which,  deducted 
from  first  cost  of  §89. 60,  shows  the  total  depreciation  by  wear  to  be  849.60.  If  this 
amount  (849.60)  be  divided  by  200,000,  the  limit  of  service,  the  result  will  be  24  8-10 
cents,  which  is  the  loss  by  wear  for  every  1000  impressions. 

For  practical  purposes,  it  is  better  to  find  a  unit  for  this  depreciation  per  1000 
ems.  This  is  found,  in  this  case,  by  dividing  the  §49.60  by  the  total  number  of  ems 
in  the  form.  The  page  from  which  these  calculations  are  made  is  30  x  53  ems,  or 
1590  ems.  Sixteen  of  these  pages  contain  25,440  ems,  which  latter  sum  being  used 
as  a  divisor  of  the  total  depreciation  (.$49.60),  shows  that  the  loss  per  1000  ems  on 
200,000  impressions  is  $1.94. 

This  product,  divided  by  200,  shows  that  the  depreciation  per  1000  impressions  is 
ninety-seven  hundredths  of  a  cent  on  every  1000  ems.  As  a  unit  of  calculation,  it 
may  be  assumed  at  One  Cent  per  1000  ems.  It  appears  then  that  the  loss  by  wear 
of  type  from  50,000  impressions  is  about  50  cents  for  every  1000  ems  in  use. 

This  is  the  exact  price  of  Stereotyping.  It  is  obviously  a  wiser  economy  to  save 
the  type  and  make  stereotype  plates.  But  if  this  is  not  done,  the  wear  of  type 
should  be  charged  to  the  account  of  the  person  for  whose  benefit  the  type  is 
damaged.  It  is  not  always  practicable  to  do  this.  Where  it  can,  it  should  be  done ; 
where  it  cannot,  the  purchase  of  electrotypes  should  be  insisted  on. 


EXTRA   SORTS. 

Where  extun  sorts,  of  no  value  for  general  work,  have  to  be  purchased, 
and  are  used  but  once,  the  full  value  of  such  extra  sorts  should  be  charged 
at  cost.  When  they  are  used  repeatedly  on  many  forms,  or  when  it  appears 
that  they  are  likely  to  be  of  service  in  other  work,  they  should  then  be 
considered  as  ordinary  stock,  and  should  not  be  charged.  To  entitle  the 
work  to  such  exemption,  the  sorts  should  not  be  of  more  value  than  the 
profit  on  the  work. 

A  SPECIALLY  SELECTED  BRASS  RULE  BORDER,  when  cut  for  Stereotyped 
Book  work,  cannot  be  considered  an  extra  sort,  to  be  charged  specifically. 
But  if  cut  for  Pamphlet  work,  it  should  be  considered  as  an  extra  sort,  and 
half-cost  charged. 

BRASS  RULE  CUT  TO  WASTE  on  table  work,  should  be  charged  at  the 
same  rates  and  by  the  same  rules  as  laid  down  in  Job  Composition. 

ACCENTS  AND  SIGNS  for  displayed  letters,  or  for  unusual  faces  of  any 
kind,  should  always  be  charged. 

( '(  IMPOSITION  in  any  other  style  of  type  than  Roman  or  Italic  should 
In-  governed  by  the  rates  of  Job  Composition. 


56  COMPOSITION. 

THE    COST   OF   COMPOSITION. 

The  highest  charge  of  a  compositor  for  the  composition  from  manuscript 
of  solid  common  matter,  made-up,  is  53  cents  per  1000  ems.  The  cost  of  a 
careful  reading  of  two  proofs,  with  proper  superintendence,  may  be  stated 
at  18  cents.  When  an  office  is  crowded  with  work  to  its  full  capacity,  or 
if  reading  is  slighted,  it  may  not  cost  so  much;  when  business  is  dull,  it  will 
cost  much  more.  Contingent  expenses,  which  include  rent,  insurance,  fuel 
and  lights,  unavoidable  loss  and  damage,  and  depreciation  of  material,  under 
the  most  economical  management,  will  not,  when  assessed  on  the  total 
product  of  a  year's  labor,  be  found  less  than  10  cents.  Total  cost,  81  cen..-. 
Employer's  charge,  90  cents  per  1000  ems. 

On  solid  reprint,  the  compositor's  charge  is  less,  and  so  is  the  employer'.*. 
The  contingent  expenses  are  the  same. 

This  is  a  ready  method  of  computing  cost  of  composition.  To  the  com- 
positor's charge  for  labor  add  one-half  *  for  reading,  superintendence,  and 
contingent  expenses,  which  will  show  the  cost,  viz:  53-(-26M2  =  79^  cents. 
This  is  a  little  less  than  the  preceding  estimate.  The  compositor's  charge 
for  composition  on  time  is  33^  ©  35  cents,  an  average  of  34  cents.  To  this 
add  one-half,  making  51  cents,  which  is  about  the  actual  average  cost. 

The  English  method  of  computing  the  value  of  composition  is  this :  t  To 
the  price  paid  for  composition,  which  includes  makiug-up.  add  one-fourth  of 
that  price  for  the  expense  of  reading,  exclusive  of  superintendence.  To  this 
aggregate  sum,  add  one-half  of  its  amount  to  cover  the  various  expenses. 
and  yield  a  profit.  By  this  rule,  composition  costing  53  cents  should  have 
13Vi  cents  allowed  for  reading.  This  makes  the  cost  of  composition  and 
reading  66*4  cents.  An  addition  of  one-half  makes  the  employer's  charge 
99%  cents.  This  allows  a  rate  of  profit  much  greater  than  is  known  in  rhis 
country.  The  English  method  of  charging  for  time-work  is  to  double  the 
charge  of  the  compositor,  which  is  more  than  the  American  usage. 

When  two-thirders,  girls,  or  cheap  workmen  are  employed,  the  cost  of 
composition  is  materially  reduced,  but  the  expense  of  reading  and  superin- 
tendence is  relatively  much  greater.  For  a  short  period,  such  labor  may 
return  an  apparently  higher  profit,  but  it  is  never  found  economical  after  a 
trial  of  many  years. 

Six  thousand  ems  of  plain  matter,  on  Book  work,  with  the  attending 
distribution  and  corrections,  is  considered  a  fair  day's  work  for  a  good 
compositor.  The  actual  performance  of  the  ordinary  workman  is  somewhat 
less  than  five  thousand  ems. 

*  This  addition  of  one-half  to  the  compositor's  charge,  to  determine  the  cost, 
sometimes  strikes  the  novice  as  excessive.  Such  an  impression  is  based  upon  the 
erroneous  notion  that  the  compositor's  charge  covers  all  or  nearly  all  the  expenses 
of  composition.  A  little  reflection  and  inquiry  will  show  that  the  cost  of  reading 
and  superintendence,  the  depreciation  of  type,  with  the  other  contingent  expenses, 
are  as  truly  a  part  of  the  cost  of  work  as  the  compositor's  charge.  In  an  essay 
of  the  writer,  on  the  Profits  of  Book  Composition,  published  in  1864  by  the  Asso- 
ciated Printers  of  this  city,  the  varied  expenses  were  stated  in  detail.  It  was  there 
shown  that  these  expenses  were  often  three-fifths  of  the  compositor's  charm-, 
t  Hansard's  Typographia,  page  79J. 


C  O  M  P  O  S  I  T  I  O  -V  .  57 

JOB    COMPOSITION. 

JOB  COMPOSITION"  is  done  by  a  system  entirely  different  from  that  of 
Book  work.  In  the  Book  office,  the  compositor  is  paid  by  the  piece ;  in  the 
Job  office,  all  men  are  paid  by  the  week.  The  different  methods  produce 
different  results,  and  compel  different  prices. 

A  Book  printer  can  estimate  the  cost  of  composition  with  great  exactness. 
The  compositor  is  paid  an  agreed  portion  of  the  employers  receipts.  If  he 
is  quick,  he  receives  more  pay;  if  he  is  slow,  he  receives  less  pay;  if  he 
does  his  work  badly,  he  has  to  correct  it  at  his  own  loss ;  in  all  cases,  he 
has  to  accept  his  share  of  responsibility. 

In  Job  Composition,  there  is  no  scale  of  prices  for  piece  work,  nor  does  it 
appear  that  there  can  be.  Job  work  cannot  be  measured.  The  book-work 
phrase,  "a  thousand  ems,''  conveys  a  clear  notion  of  a  fixed  quantity  of 
work  and  a  definite  cost  of  labor ;  but  the  phrases  "  a  card"  or  "  a  poster," 
convey  no  precise  notion  of  the  amount  of  "work,  or  of  the  time  required  or 
cost  involved  in  composition.  A  simple  card  or  poster  may  be  composed 
within  an  hour ;  an  elaborate  one  may  require  an  entire  day.  Between 
the  simple  and  elaborate  form  there  are  too  many  graduations  to  be  classi- 
fied and  priced  to  the  mutual  satisfaction  of  employers  and  employed. 

As  a  necessary  consequence  of  this  irregularity  in  work  there  can  be  no 
agreed  standard  of  performance.  The  same  workman,  using  equal  dili- 
gence, may  set  ten  cards  in  one  day  and  but  half  that  number  the  next. 
To  this  inequality  must  be  added  the  unequal  performance  of  fast,  slow, 
tasteful,  and  tasteless  workmen. 

It  follows  that  the  proprietor  of  a  Job  office  cannot  make  estimates,  as 
the  Book  printer  can,  upon  the  basis  of  a  certain  definite  cost  of  composi- 
tion. He  must  either  adopt  what  he  may  consider  as  the  current  price  of 
the  trade,  or  he  must  make  up  a  special  price  based  upon  the  presumed  cost. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  book  to  give  the  current  prices  of  the  trade  for 
all  leading  varieties  of  work.  Specific  prices  for  composition  will  be  found 
under  proper  headings.  There  are,  however,  some  exceptional  kinds  of 
work  that  are  not  priced  in  this  book.  For  these  exceptions,  as  well  as  in 
explanation  of  the  printed  prices,  it  is  necessary  to  make  inquiry  concerning 
this  presumed  cost  of  Job  Composition.  The  best  method  of  reaching  a 
just  conclusion  to  such  an  inquiry  would  be.  the  ascertaining  of  the  product 
and  the  expenses  of  a  fair  representative  office,  for  a  month  or  for  a  year. 
But  one  is  stopped  at  the  outset,  by  the  impracticability  of  finding  a  repre- 
sentative office,  and  the  impossibility  of  determining  the  quantity  or  value 
of  its  product.  The  singular  inequality  of  work  that  prevents  any  scale  of 
prices  for  piece-work  between  employer  and  smployed,  also  prevents  any 
acceptable  assumption  of  the  value  or  cost  of  the  gross  amount  of  work. 
It  is  necessary  to  pursue  the  inquiry  in  another  direction,  which,  although 
more  discursive,  is  not  irrelevant  to  the  purpose. 

A  statement  of  the  increased  expenses  of  a  Job  office,  as  contrasted  with 
those  of  a  Book  office,  appears  to  be  the  only  method  of  <>l>tainini.r  a  correct 
estimate  of  the  increased  expenses  of  Job  Composition. 


58  COMPOSITION. 

One  of  the  difficulties  of  the  question  is  ail  apparent  inequality  in  the 
expenses  of  different  Job  offices.  There  are  offices  in  which  the  material  is 
worth  less  than  $2000.  in  which  all  the  labor  is  done  by  a  man  and  boy ; 
there  are  other  offices  in  which  the  material  is  worth  $200.000.  But  it  is 
between  these  extremes  that  the  greater  part  of  Job  work  is  done. 

As  a  rule,  the  cost  of  production  in  large  or  small,  in  country  or  city  % 
offices  will  not  materially  vary.*  The  advantages  of  capital  and  location 
are  counter-balanced  by  some  corresponding  disadvantage.  Personal  ability 
in  management  is  superior  to  all  accidents.  A  good  manager  will  do  better 
with  small  capital  and  small  office  in  any  location  than  will  an  inefficient 
manager  in  the  largest  office. 

The  Cost  of  Superintendence  in  a  Job  office  is  greater  for  the  work 
done,  than  it  is  in  the  Book  room.  The  foreman  of  a  Job  office  should  be 
a  thorough  workman ;  should  be  a  good  reader,  as  well  as  Job  compositor 
and  Book  printer;  should  have  a  knowledge  of  prices,  of  presswork,  of 
ruling,  binding,  and  kindred  branches.  As  foreman  only,  hi*  wages  range 
from  $25  in  a  small  office  to  $30  in  a  large  one  ;  as  manager  or  superinten- 
dent, from  $30  to  $40.  In  very  large  offices  a  manager  is  paid  more.  Thk 
is  more  than  is  paid  in  most  Book  offices.  The  foreman  of  the  Job  office 
has  to  do  more  work  in  minute  supervision  and  direction ;  but  the  number 
of  men  under  direction  is  much  less  than  that  of  the  ordinary  Book  office. 
This  makes  the  expense  of  superintendence  relatively  greater.! 

Labor  is  the  chief  expense  in  all  Job  offices.  The  rate  per  week  is  quite 
uniform  throughout  all  the  largest  Northern  cities.  On  the  seaboard,  the 
price  is  $20  per  week  :  in  the  principal  Western  cities,  it  is  often  a  trine 

*  Some  offices  are  iu  country  towns,  where  rent,  labor,  and  steam-power  are  at 
lower  prices  than  is  usual  iu  cities.  A  closer  examination  will  show  that  there  is 
110  great  discrepancy  iu  the  cost  of  work.  A  large  office  does  more  work,  and 
perhaps  with  better  system,  but  not  necessarily  quicker,  cheaper,  or  better  than 
the  small  office.  The  labor  of  the  large  office  often  costs  more,  for  it  has  to  pay 
higher  wages  to  foremen  and  skilled  workmen.  A  busy  season  will  yield  more 
profit,  but  a  dull  season  will  entail  greater  comparative  loss.  The  interest  on 
capital  invested,  the  losses  on  half-employed  superintendents,  the  depreciation  by 
wear  and  waste,  and  unusual  contingent  expenses,  are  always  greater  in  the  large 
than  in  the  small  office.  The  small  office  has  the  advantage  of  the  personal  super- 
vision of  the  proprietor,  who  is  more  directly  interested  in  its  economical  manage- 
ment than  a  foreman.  He  is  usually  more  dextrous  than  most  foremen  :  he  can  set 
tyjii-,  or  work  press,  read  proof,  or  keep  accounts,  and  still  manage  workmen  with 
efficiency.  The  small  office  loses  again,  as  compared  with  a  large  office,  through  its 
poverty  of  material,  and  its  inability  to  execute  as  large  a  range  of  work.  The  city 
office  pays  more  for  rent,  power,  and  labor,  but  it  can  buy  material  with  more 
advantage,  and  can  regulate  expense  of  labor  with  more  economy.  The  country 
office  pays  less  for  labor,  but  it  has  to  employ  rather  more  labor  than  it  needs,  to 
be  prepared  for  emergencies,  for  it  cannot  engage  workmen  on  short  notice.  It  has 
to  keep  large  stocks  of  paper,  and  is  deprived  of  the  advantage  to  be  gained  by 
close  proximity  to  kindred  trades. 


t  The  difference  in  ease  of  management  was  clearly  stated  to  the  writer  by  the 
foreman  of  a  large  office,  in  which  by  far  the  greatest  portion  of  the  work  done  was 
strict  Book  work.  He  said,  "  I  can  keep  fifty  Book  hands  at  work  on  a  dozen  books, 
can  supply  the  press  or  foundry  with  forms,  keep  meu  in  letter,  authors  in  proofs, 
and  publishers  with  work,  with  hardly  an  effort:  but  if  I  have  more  than  six  jobs 
in  the  house,  I  am  obliged  to  supervise  each  job  almost  hourly." 


COMPOSITION.  59 

more.  In  both  sections,  some  compositors  of  marked  ability  receive  from 
$22  to  $25.  But  $20  may  be  considered  as  the  ruling  price  in  cities ;  it  is 
considered  the  minimum  price  by  the  Printers'  Unions.  Few  workmen  can 
be  found  who  will  accept  a  lower  sum.  In  some  interior  towns,  $18  and 
£15.  and  .sometimes  still  lower  rates  are  paid;  but  these  exceptions  to  the 
rule  are  too  trivial  to  affect  the  established  rate. 

The  Product  of  labor  is  variable,  even  with  measurable  matter.  Six 
thousand  ems  is  considered  as  a  fair  day's  work  for  the  average  Book  com- 
positor ;  but  the  average  Job  compositor,  who  has  not  the  steady  practice 
and  regular  system  of  the  Book  hand,  does  much  less.  His  pay,  however, 
is  greater.  The  cost  of  plain  composition  as  done  by  a  Job  compositor  is  at 
least  one-sixth*  more.  It  is  one  of  many  reasons  why  a  Job  printer  is 
obliged  to  ask  for  Pamphlets  an  advance  on  the  prices  of  Book  work. 

There  is  a  still  greater  inequality  in  the  performance  of  the  Job  composi- 
tors who  are  employed  on  strict  Job  work.  It  is  not  uncommon  for  one 
man  to  do  habitually  one-half  more  work  than  another,  and  to  do  it  better.! 
But  both  men  are  paid  alike.  This  uniformity  of  pay  also  tends  to  lessen 
the  amount  of  work,  for  the  quick  workman  has  no  direct  incentive  to  do 
better,  and  the  slow  workman  no  immediate  penalty  for  his  shortcomings. 

The  system  of  paying  for  time  spent,  and  not  for  work  done,  tends  to 
diminish  the  product  of  labor. 

Alterations.  There  is  another  difference  between  Job  and  Book  work 
which  makes  an  exact  computation  of  the  cost  still  more  difficult.  In 
most  cases,  it  is  the  greatest  difference.  Most  Job  work  is  work  of  Taste; 
for. if  types  are  not  tastefully  arranged,  the  composition  is  comparatively 
valueless.  It  is  not  enough  that  the  work  be  correct  after  Book- work  rules; 
it  must  be  pleasing  to  the  customer,  or  at  least  not  disgraceful  to  the  office. 
But  the  art  of  combining  different  sizes  and  styles  of  types  in  symmetrical 
forms,  to  suit  changing  fashions  and  capricious  tastes,  is  rare.  There  are 
few  experts  in  any  city.  The  average  performance  of  experienced  work- 
men, expert  in  all  other  branches,  falls  below  even  the  standard  of  medioc- 
rity. If  a  customer  is  exacting,  or  if  the  office  is  desirous  of  maintaining 
its  reputation  for  good  workmanship,  the  tastelessly-arranged  types  must  be 
altered  and  altered  again,  until  they  are  made  to  suit.  Sometimes  this  work 
of  alteration  can  be  charged  to  the  customer,  but  oftener  it  is  at  the  expense 
of  the  office.  The  time  lost  on  such  work  is  a  serious  expense.  In  Book 
work,  the  compositor  has  to  correct  his  own  errors,  at  his  own  loss;  but 
the  errors  or  shortcomings  of  the  Job  compositor  are  always  at  the  loss  of 
the  office.  He  is  virtually  irresponsible  for  all  errors  of  taste. 

*  It  is  often  one-half  more.  A  Book  compositor  who  averages  but  5000  ems  daily 
is  satisfied  with  50  cents  per  thousand — the  average  of  the  established  rates  of  this 
city — although  it  yields  him  but  ,§15  per  week  ;  but  if  he  is  employed  by  the  week, 
in  many  cases  on  work  for  which  he  is  not  so  well  fitted,  and  in  which  the  value  of 
his  services  may  be  less,  he  is  not  satisfied  with  815,  for  £20  is  the  established  rate. 
An  employer  is  often  obliged  to  hire  workmen  of  this  description. 

t  Whoever  has  kept  account  of  the  time  spent  by  different  workmen  011  the  same 
work,  will  admit  that  this  fact  could  be  more  broadly  stated.  The  difference  in 
performance  is  sometimes  double. 


60  COMPOSITION. 

TJnprofitably-  employed  Compositors  constitute  another  expense  that 
is  peculiar  to  Job  offices.  Orders  for  Job  work  are  more  exacting  and  more 
irregular  than  for  any  kind  of  Book  work.  A  week  of  hurry  is  too  often 
followed  by  a  week  of  comparative  idleness.  To  do  business  satisfactorily, 
or  to  do  it  at  all,  one  is  obliged  to  keep  the  best  workmen  under  pay  when 
they  are  but  partially  and  uuprofitably  employed.  This  is  an  unavoidable 
expense.  An  estimate  of  the  presumed  cost  of  Labor  is  incomplete  without 
some  allowance  for  this  item  of  loss. 

The  Value  of  the  Type  and  other  material  of  a  Job  composition-room 
is  much  greater,  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  work  done,  than  that  of 
any  Book  office.  The  average  value  of  Book  type  may  be  fairly  stated  at 
56  cents  per  pound,  the  price  of  Long  Primer.  The  average  value  of  Job 
type  cannot  be  stated  with  precision,  for  it  varies  with  the  nature  of  the 
work:  if  this  work  is  chiefly  posters  and  pamphlets,  it  is  but  little  greater; 
if  it  is  chiefly  small  and  fine  work,  the  material  in  use  cannot  be  less  than 
75  cents,  and  may  be  $1 .00  per  pound. 

The  Amount  of  "Work  performed  is  very  unequal.  Book  type  costing 
$10,000  will  furnish  employment  for  more  than  fifty  men,  and  most  of  the 
material  mav  be  kept  in  active  service.  Job  type  of  greater  value  does  not 
furnish  employment  for  one-fourth  that  number.  It  undoubtedly  could  do 
so,  but  orders  are  too  irregular  and  public  tastes  are  too  capricious.  Every 
large  Job  office  has  fonts  of  type  that  are  not  used  for  months,  but  they 
must  be  kept  for  only  occasional  use.  Nor  is  any  Job  office  ever  complete. 
While  there  is  a  large  surplus  of  some  kinds  of  material,  there  is  always  an 
unavoidable  weekly  expense  for  sorts,  reglet,  leads,  rules,  and  new  face*  to 
an  extent  far  exceeding  any  possible  requisition  in  a  Book  office. 

The  Wear  of  Type  is  greater.  The  Roman  type  of  the  Book  printer 
not  only  costs  less,  but,  under  the  economical  process  of  stereotyping,  or  the 
kind  usage  of  damp-paper  presswork,  lasts  much  longer.  Job  type  is  of 
much  more  fragile  face,  but  it  is  unavoidably  printed  on  dry  and  hard 
paper,  and  wears  out  much  quicker.  The  fashions  change  rapidly ;  many 
faces  are  unserviceable  before  they  are  worn  out,  by  the  demand  for  newer 
styles. 

The  Cost  of  Job  Composition,  as  contrasted  with  that  of  Book  com- 
position, may  be  thus  stated : 
Labor  costs  more. 
The  Product  of  that  Labor  is  less. 
Alterations  and  Lost  Time  are  much  greater. 
Material  costs  more,  and  more  of  it  is  required. 
The  Wear  of  Tyrte  is  greater. 

It  would  be  impossible  to  make  a  nice  calculation  of  the  exact  value  of 
each  increased  expense,  nor  is  it  necessary.  An  allowance  of  but  five  per 
cent,  extra  for  each  of  these  items  (undeniably  too  low  for  most  of  them) 
would  carry  up  the  cost  of  strict  Job  composition  twenty-five  per  cent, 
over  that  of  Book  work.  Applying  this  advance  upon  the  Book-work 


COMPOSITION.  61 

charge  for  time  work,  it  raises  the  rate  from  60  cents  to  75  cents  per  hour, 
which  agrees  with  the  established  rate  of  Job  work  on  time. 

TIME    WORK. 

ORDINARY  WORK.  The  time  of  a  Job  compositor,  when  engaged  on 
ordinary  Job  work,  is  charged  at  75  cents  per  hour.  Charge  is  made  only 
for  time  spent  in  composition.  This  price  of  75  cents  is  meant  to  include 
the  distribution  of  the  work  and  the  proof-reading. 

EXTRA  WORK.  When  there  is  a  requisition  for  unusual  intelligence, 
skill,  or  responsibility,  upon  work  of  perplexing  nature,  accompanied  with 
the  use  of  unusually  expensive  material,  it  is  necessary  either  to  employ  a 
skillful  workman  at  higher  wages,  or,  as  is  more  usual,  for  the  foreman  or 
employer  to  devote  much  time  to  the  supervision  of  the  work.  For  such 
work,  $1 . 00  per  hour  is  the  customary  charge. 

PAMPHLET  WORK.  When  a  compositor  is  engaged  on  ordinary  Pam- 
phlet or  Table  work,  and  works  under  the  immediate  direction  of  the 
customer  (as  is  done  in  the  alterations  of  Book  work),  who  relieves  the 
office  from  reading  proof,  and  its  responsibility,  the  charge  for  time  is  the 
same  as  for  ordinary  Book  work,  60  cents  per  hour. 

HURRIED  WORK,  that  disarranges  the  day's  plans,  postponing  and  injur- 
ing other  work,  should  always  receive  extra  price. 

XIGHT  WORK.  For  work  up  to  ten  o'clock  p.  M.,  $1.00  per  hour  may 
be  considered  a  low  rate  for  ordinary  workmen;  for  work  beyond  ten 
o'clock,  or  all  night,  $1.50  per  hour. 

MEASURABLE    MATTER. 

LARGE  QUANTITIES.  When  plain  composition  is  offered  in  large  quantity 
(not  less  than  50,000  ems),  the  rates  may  be  the  same  as  for  Book  work. 
For  all  sizes  from  Agate  to  Small  Pica,  inclusive,  85  cents  per  1000  ems  for 
manuscript,  and  90  cents  per  1000  ems  for  reprint.  Pica,  Pearl,  and  Dia- 
mond at  the  regular  rates  of  Book  work.  See  page  49. 

For  i*  large  quantity  of  composition,  it  is  practicable  for  a  Job  office  to 
have  the  work  done  by  the  piece,  in  which  case  it  may  be  done  with  the 
same  economy  as  in  Book  work.  For  smaller  quantities,  it  is  not  practica- 
ble to  do  it  by  any  other  method  than  on  time,  which,  as  has  been  shown, 
enhances  the  cost. 

SMALL  QUANTITIES.  For  less  than  50,000  ems,  the  rates  should  be :  For 
all  sizes  between  Pica  and  Agate,  inclusive,  $1.00  per  1000  ems,  making  no 
distinction  in  price  between  manuscript  and  reprint;  Pearl,  $1.25  per  1000 
ems;  Diamond,  $1 .50  per  1000  ems. 

These  are  the  current  prices,  and  as  such  they  are  inserted.  But  they 
will  be  found  insufficient  for  all  good  work  that  may  require  extra  proof- 
reading, or  extra  care  in  making-up.  Large  forms  of  pages  containing  less 
than  1000  ems  should  be,  but  are  not,  charged  at  $1.10  per  1000  ems. 

These  prices  include  an  allowance  for  ordinary  wear  only.  When  the 
edition  is  large,  or  when  the  type  will  receive  unusual  wear,  an  extra  rate 
should  be  added  to  cover  the  loss.  See  Wear  of  Type,  page  5J. 


62  COMPOSITION. 

On  plain  composition  it  is  not  necessary  to  add  an  average  advance  of 
more  than  ten  per  cent,  on  Book  -work  charges,  inasmuch  as  the  additional 
expense  of  such  work  done  in  a  Job  office  is  confined  to  the  item  of  labor 
only.  But  •when  work  is  done  in  Script  or  Ornamental  types,  the  labor, 
the  material,  and  the  method  of  working  are  each  more  expensive.  The 
full  advance  of  twenty-five  per  cent,  then  becomes  necessary. 

SIZES  LARGER  THAN*  PICA  should  be  measured  aud  rated  as  Pica. 

GREAT  PRIMER  SCRIPT  should  be  measured  and  rated  as  Long  Primer. 

DOUBLE  SMALL  PICA  SCRIPT  should  be  measured  and  rated  as  Pica. 

SCRIPT.  HAIRLINE.  OUTLINE.  BLACK-LETTER,  and  every  similar  variety 
of  ornamental  type,  when  new,  should,  if  measured,  be  rated  at  $1.50  per 
1000  ems. 

OLD  STYLE  ITALIC,  EXPANDED.  CELTIC,  and  all  similar  faces,  less  costly 
and  more  durable  than  the  above,  may  be  rated  at  $1.25  per  1000  ems. 

All  the  extra  charges  of  Book  work,  when  not  otherwise  provided  for, 
should  apply  to  Job  work,  with  a  leaning  to  higher  rates,  as  the  cost  of 
Time  work  on  jobs  is  obviously  greater  than  011  work  by  the  piece. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES,  if  offered  in  large  quantity,  may  be  taken  at  the 
rates  of  Book  work,  (see  page  50.)  But  an  ordinary  Circular  or  a  small 
Pamphlet  in  French  or  Spanish,  would  be  inadequately  paid  at  an  advance 
of  fifty  per  cent,  on  Book  rates,  if,  as  is  probable,  the  work  has  to  be  done 
on  time  by  compositors  who  are  ignorant  of  the  language. 

DISPLAYED    MATTER. 

DISPLAYED  MATTER  should  not  be  measured,  but  rated  on  time.  If  well 
done,  it  is  seldom  fat.  As  a  rule,  it  costs  more  than  plain  solid  type. 

The  rule  of  Book  work  requiring  that  all  blanks  and  cuts  shall  be  rated 
as  text  type,  cannot  be  safely  enforced  on  all  kinds  of  Job  work,  especially 
in  displayed  matter.  Law  blanks  are  specially  excepted.  Very  large 
wood  cuts  or  blocked  plates  of  stereotyped  matter,  inserted  in  large  show 
bills,  must  be  excluded  in  measurement.  For  the  same  reason,  large,  open, 
and  displayed  headings  to  tables  cannot  carry  the  table  rate  of  double 
price.  In  all  cases,  however,  the  time  occupied  in  inserting  or  adjusting 
these  unmeasurable  pieces  should  be  charged.  But  this  remark  will  not 
apply  to  wood  cuts  in  Pamphlets  or  Circulars,  which  should  be  counted  as 
text  type,  or  at  a  higher  rate,  if,  as  is  possible,  they  may  require  broken 
measures  and  difficult  justification.  The  measurement  of  broken  or  fat 
matter,  as  a  guide  to  price,  has  been  so  much  neglected  in  Job  work,  that 
it  is  unsafe  to  adopt  it  as  the  method  of  determining  price.  It  is  the  better 
method  to  charge  all  such  work  on  time. 

PROFUSE  DISPLAY  should  be  avoided,  for  it  is  not  only  expensive,  but 
ineffective.  It  is  a  common  fault  with  novices  to  use  too  large  type,  and  to 
make  too  many  display  lines.  If  the  display  lines  are  not  properly  con- 
trasted by  a  suitable  relief  of  surrounding  white  paper  or  of  small  type, 
the  effect  of  display  is  destroyed. 

A  VARIETY  OF  FACES  is  not  necessary  to  secure  good  display.  In 
n:any  cases,  mixed  faces  are  positively  objectionable,  on  grounds  of  good 


COMPOSITION.  63 

taste.  In  the  matter  of  economy,  they  are  still  more  unsatisfactory.  To 
set  up  a  Script  circular  and  to  justify  displayed  words  in  every  line,  more 
than  doubles  its  cost.  Instead  of  making  the  composition  clearer,  it  really 
makes  it  more  obscure.  Much  of  this  useless  work  can  be  avoided,  for  it 
is  not  always  required  by  the  customer.*  Book  Titles  are  sufficiently 
attractive,  although  the  composition  is  always  restricted  to  plain  Romau 
letter.  Posters  are  always  most  satisfactory  when  they  are  set  exclusively 
in  Antique  or  Clarendon. 

The  same  rule  of  uniformity  could  be  applied  to  most  kinds  of  Job  work 
with  the  best  effect.  The  prevailing  fashion  for  Cards  exclusively  in  Old 
Style  is  not  a  preference  for  the  cut  of  these  ungainly  types ;  it  is  a  prefer- 
ence for  their  uniformity.  The  effect  of  harmony  of  faces  is  better  than 
that  of  contrast  of  faces.  Sufficient  display  may  be  made  by  contrasting 
sizes  instead  of  by  contrasting  styles.  Whenever  it  can  be  done,  a  uniform 
style  of  face  should  be  used  throughout.  The  composition  is  not  only  made 
easy,  but  comparatively  inexpensive,  as  well  as  highly  satisfactory  to  the 
customer. 

PROOFS. 

To  do  work  with  economy  and  profit,  it  is  of  the  first  importance  that  the 
office  should  have^  the  superior  control.  It  cannot  do  this  if  the  customer 
is  permitted  to  watch,  direct,  and  alter  composition  while  it  is  in  progress. 
Usage  has  sanctioned  the  furnishing  of  proofs,  which,  to  some  extent  and 
on  some  kinds  of  work,  is  not  only  reasonable,  but  desirable.  The  customer 
has  a  right  to  know  before  printing  that  his  work  is  likely  to  be  correct 
and  satisfactory,  and  his  revision  of  the  proof  relieves  the  office  in  some 
measure  from  responsibility.  Yet,  at  best,  it  is  a  disagreeable  necessity  to 
give  proofs,  for  it  prevents  system.  It  not  only  stops  the  work  in  hand, 
but  it  often  delays  other  work  by  depriving  it  of  needed  material,  as  well 
as  compels  much  extra  labor  in  other  matters. 

The  customer  should  be  restrained  as  much  as  possible  from  using  a  first 
proof  as  a  blotter  for  corrections.  He  should  be  induced  to  re-write  badly- 
arranged  copy.  If  this  is  impracticable,  it  will  be  of  advantage  to  both 
parties  to  have  a  bad  copy,  if  not  too  long,  carefully  re-written  by  the  office. 
All  practicable  directions  concerning  the  size,  style,  etc.,  should  be  put  in 
writing.  If  displayed  or  table  work  is  desired,  a  rough  draft  should  be 
made,  in  which  the  probable  appearance  of  the  work  should  be  indicated. 
This  draft  should  be  submitted  to  and  approved  of  by  the  customer  befors 
the  work  is  given  to  the  compositor.  Every  five  minutes  spent  on  such 
a  draft  may  save  an  hour  of  useless  composition. 

FOR  HURRIED  WORK,  and  all  Cheap  Work,  there  should  be  no  proof's. 
Copy  should  be  made  legible  before  it  is  given  out.  The  customer  should 

*  For  example :  111  the  composition  of  a  .shipping  Receipt  it  is  a  fashion  to  *ei 
the  word  Received  in  Black  letter,  from  in  Script,  anil  the  name  in  Antique,  using 
three  faces  aud  bodies,  and  three  distinct  justifications,  for  a  lino  that  would  in  all 
cases  appear  to  IK-HIT  advantage  when  set  in  one  size  and  face.  This  is  but  one  of 
many  ways  in  which  Job  composition  can  be  made  expensive  without  advantage 


64  COMPOSITION. 

certify  to  the  accuracy  of  the  written  copy,  and  the  office  should  undertake 
the  responsibility  of  correctness  to  that  copy. 

RESPONSIBILITY.  The  office  is  always  responsible  for  proper  orthography 
of  common  words,  and  for  correctness  to  legible  copy  or  alterations.  It  is 
not  responsible  for  the  accuracy  of  any  technical  word  or  proper  name, 
especially  for  the  initials  I  and  J,  when  equivocal  in  the  manuscript.  It 
is  not  responsible  for  faulty  grammar  or  rhetoric  in  copy.  Requests  to 
amend  either  should  be  declined  or  cautiously  exercised.  It  is  not  respon- 
sible for  errors  of  statement,  or  for  ambiguous  directions.  The  printer's 
duty  is  mechanical ;  he  should  not  undertake  to  edit  the  customer's  work, 
or  deviate  from  his  copy.  The  exercise  of  such  a  license  is  both  thankless 
and  improfitable. 

An  unanswered  query  of  the  reader,  in  proof,  relieves  the  office  from  all 
responsibility  for  the  queried  error. 

CLEAN  PROOFS  should  be  at  the  usual  rates  of  Time  Presswork. 

On  ordinary  work,  one  proof  may  be  allowed  a  customer.  The  office 
should  take  extra  care  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  a  revise  by  the  customer. 
For  extra  or  duplicate  proofs,  additional  charge  should  be  made  at  discre- 
tion. Apart  from  the  alteration  involved,  the  mere  time  spent  in  taking 
proof  of  even  a  small  form  is  worth  10  cents.  The  giving  of  proofs  should 
be  discountenanced  as  much  as  possible,  as  it  is  one  of  the  most  fruitful 
causes  of  delay  to  the  customer,  and  of  loss  to  the  office.  Proofs  unrea- 
sonably delayed  should  subject  the  customer  to  an  extra  charge  for  the 
withdrawal  of  material  from  use. 

ALTERATIONS. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  office  to  see  that  no  proof  of  displayed  work  is  sub- 
mitted to  the  customer,  unless  it  is  done  in  a  workmanlike  manner.  The 
office  should  decide  what  is,  or  what  is  not,  workmanlike ;  fairly  judging 
the  work  in  question  by  a  high  average  standard  of  workmanship.  If  the 
displayed  work  is  tastelessly  set-up,  it  should  be  altered.  Some  may  think 
that  the  faulty  compositor  should  alter  the  work  at  his  own  loss.  This, 
however,  is  not  practicable.  The  loss  of  alteration  must  be  borne  by  the 
employer,  and  can  be  considered  as  one  of  the  contingent  expenses  of  the 
business.  It  is  not  just  *  nor  politic  to  charge  the  expense  to  the  customer. 
If  it  is  decided  that  the  work  has  been  displayed  fairly,  then  the  customer 
should  be  charged  with  the  expense  of  all  alterations.  Where  the  suggested 

*  In  the  common  job  work  of  many  trades  it  is  the  usage  for  the  employer  to 
charge  to  the  customer  the  full  value  of  the  workman's  time,  with  little  or  no 
regard  to  the  value  of  the  workman's  performance.  Some  machinists,  carpenters, 
plumbers,  and  others  who  do  work  oil  time,  exact  full  payment  for  even  the 
spoiled  or  faulty  work  of  their  workmen.  The  reason  assigned  for  such  a  course  is 
that  the  employer  does  the  best  he  can  under  the  circumstances,  and  does  better 
in  selecting  workmen  than  the  customer  would;  that  error  and  loss  by  bad  work- 
men are  unavoidable ;  and  that  the  customer  should  accept  a  share  of  this  loss 
where  it  is  clearly  unavoidable.  This  reasoning  is  not  correct.  It  is  but  a  shifting 
of  proper  responsibility.  An  employer  fit  for  his  place  should  be  responsible  for 
the  workmanship  of  his  workmen.  He  has  no  right  to  make  the  customer  pay  for 
the  blunders  of  his  subordinates,  either  directly  or  indirectly. 


COMPOSITION.  ti-J 

alteration  is  trivial,  it  may  not  be  worth  while  to  insist  upon  the  claim. 
Whenever  it  is  practicable  to  do  so,  the  customer  should  be  forewarned 
that  he  buys  only  the  labor  of  good  average  workmen,  and  that  the  expense 
of  all  improvements  he  may  suggest  are  justly  chargeable  to  him. 

There  are  limits  to  the  responsibility  of  the  office.  Between  a  bad  and  a 
good  piece  of  displayed  composition,  there  are  many  degrees  of  merit  or 
demerit.  The  average  performance  of  fair  workmen  must  be  the  standard 
by  which  all  work  should  be  tested  and  judged.  To  the  critical  eye  of  a 
captious  customer,  whose  notions  of  taste  are  formed  upon  lithographic 
models  of  impossible  imitation  by  type,  this  average  performance  may 
indicate  a  low  standard  of  ability.  But  such  opinion  cannot  alter  plain 
tact*.  Prices  must  be  made  to  conform  to  actual  performances,  and  not  to 
ideal  possibilities.  Ability  to  display  type  elegantly  is  the  exception,  and 
not  the  rule,  and  the  exceptional  performance  of  a  skilled  workman  cannot 
be  taken  as  the  standard.  For  ordinary  work  at  ordinary  price,  the 
customer  buys  only  ordinary  ability. 

ALTERATIONS  OF  NAMES  OR  IMPRINTS  on  work  under  press,  should  be 
charged  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  per  hour  for  all  time  spent  on  them  by  the 
compositor,  and  at  the  usual  charge  of  Time  Presswork  per  hour  for  the 
detention  of  press  while  alterations  are  being  made.  The  time  lost  by  such 
alterations  is  more  than  is  commonly  supposed.*  Each  alteration  requires 
the  composition  and  justification  of  the  line  or  lines,  the  unlocking  and 
re-locking  of  the  form,  the  taking  and  reading  of  proof,  and  possible  cor- 
rection of  the  matter  for  bad  letters  or  errors,  and  the  detention  of  the 
press.  There  are  few  alterations  that  can  be  done  for  less  than  25  cents 
each,  some  are  worth  50  cents,  and  when  inserted  in  a  mortised  electrotype 
they  may  be  worth  $1 .00  each. 

ORNAMENTAL   TYPOGRAPHY. 

CURVED  LINES,  of  ordinary  size,  should  be  rated  at  25  cents  extra,  each. 
Full  semi-circles,  or  serpentine,  or  overlapping  curves,  at  such  higher  rates 
as  will  compensate  for  extra  labor. 

COMBINATION  BORDERS,  on  Minionette  or  Nonpareil  bodies,  can  be  rated 
only  on  time.  The  simplest  combinations  of  these  ornaments  are  always 
thrice  as  expensive  as  those  of  plain  borders  of  same  size,  and  they  are 
seldom  as  effective.  They  should  not  be  used  without  special  directions, 
and  good  assurance  that  the  work  will  be  satisfactory,  and  fairly  paid  for. 

Most  Job  compositors  value  work  in  proportion  to  its  difficulty,  or  to 
be  exact,  in  proportion  to  the  difficulties  they  make  out  of  it.  This  is  a 
faulty  taste.  What  is  difficult  of  execution  is  not  necessarily  beautiful. 
The  best  effects  are  oftener  produced  by  simple  than  by  painful  methods. 

*  A  .job  of  5000  alterations  on  50,000  Circulars,  was  once  taken  at  the  rate  of  10 
cents  for  each  alteration.  Each  alteration  consisted  of  three  lines,  and  measured 
seventy-two  ems.  Charged  as  measurable  matter  at  the  lowest  rate,  tin-  com- 
position of  each  was  worth  6  cents;  bnt,  being  displayed  matter,  it  was  decidedly 
worth  one-half  more.  The  alterations  were  done  intelligently  and  quickly,  but  the 
ave.-age  time  of  detention  of  press  was  five  minutes.  At  lowest  rates  this  deten- 
tion was  worth  10  cents  The  general  result  was,  an  actual  loss  of  $50.00. 


66  COMPOSITION. 

The  ornaments  of  typography  never  hide  defects  of  composition.  If  the 
sizes  and  styles  of  type  are  not  properly  selected,  the  defects  of  the  work 
are  really  increased  by  all  added  ornaments.  The  great  fault  of  most 
ornamental  typographic  work  is  its  too  careful  elaboration.  This  is  usually 
done  in  a  direction,  in  which  the  ingenuity  and  labor  of  the  compositor 
cannot,  by  any  possibility,  be  appreciated  by  a  public  that  is  ignorant  of 
the  methods  used.  The  expense  is  excessive,  but  the  labor  is  virtually 
wasted.  To  set-up  a  show  card  with  a  profuse  use  of  small  combination 
borders,  or  with  eccentric  and  overlapping  curves  of  brass  rule,  to  lay  out 
the  text  in  panels  with  corresponding  inner  borders,  to  curve  and  twist  the 
greatest  variety  of  ornamental  display  lines  in  fantastic  shapes — is  one  of 
many  ways  in  which  labor  is  spent  to  no  purpose.  In  too  many  cases  the 
result  is  disappointment  and  loss.  For  at  the  highest  possible  prices,  this 
kind  of  work  rarely  ever  repays  the  cost.  The  elaboration  of  the  work 
makes  it  ineffective  as  a  show  card,  for  it  is  usually  devoid  of  flat  solid 
color,  sharp  outline,  and  bold  contrast.  It  will  frequently  be  found  that 
such  \vork  could  be  engraved  at  less  expense  and  with  better  effect,  and  yet 
with  entire  absence  of  all  the  details  that  are  supposed  to  make  it  attractive. 

The  loss  of  profit  on  such  work  is  not  the  only  evil.  The  habit  of  select- 
ing, comparing,  and  pondering  over  lines  of  type  is  unconsciously  practised 
by  the  compositor  on  the  cheapest  work,  until  he  becomes  almost  valueless 
as  an  efficient  workman. 

The  composition  of  jobs  should  be  understood  and  treated  as  business, 
and  not  as  experiment  or  amusement.  Any  process  that  promises  to 
abridge  the  time,  without  injuring  the  quality  of  work,  should  be  fairly 
tested.  Wherever  lithography,  engraving  on  wood,  stereotype,  machinists' 
or  carpenters'  work,  promises  any  quicker,  cheaper,  or  better  results  than 
could  be  secured  at  the  hands  of  a  Job  compositor,  even  on  such  a  simple 
matter  as  the  cutting  of  a  mortise,  the  engraving  of  a  diagram,  or  the 
mitering  of  an  irregular-sided  rule  border,  such  assistance  should  be  used.~ 

BRASS-RULE    WORK. 

A  SERIES  OF  TABLES  may  be  taken  at  the  usual  rates  of  Book  work. 

ISOLATED  TABLES  OF  RULE  AND  FIGURE  WORK  are  seldom  properly 
paid  for  with  the  Book-rate  of  double  price.  They  should  be  rated  on  time. 
When  brass  rule  is  cut  specially  for  tables,  and  cut  to  waste,  one-half  the 
cost  should  be  charged.' 

BRASS  RULE  BORDERS  around  Pamphlet  pages  or  other  work,  should  be 
rated  as  an  extra.  On  a  small  card  or  page,  even  where  rule  is  not  cut  to 
order,  the  extra  work  is  worth  25  cents.  On  larger  pages  or  work,  a  border 

*  These  remarks  have  no  application  in  cases  where  it  is  impossible  to  get  such 
assistance.  There  are  offices  and  occasions  in  which  it  is  desirable  that  a  composi- 
tor shall  be  able  to  do  many  kinds  of  work  beyond  his  trade,  but  they  should  be 
done  only  when  there  is  no  alternative.  The  word  Composition  defines  the  work. 
The  compositor  is  not  an  engraver,  nor  carpenter,  nor  brass-rule  finisher.  His  duty 
is  to  compose  and  combine,  and  not  to  make  the  material  he  uses.  Whoever  allows 
him  to  work  at  any  of  these  trades,  with  the  rude  tools  of  a  printing-office,  will  find 
the  work  twice  as  expensive  as  when  done  by  qualified  workmen. 


COMPOSITION.  67 

is  worth  from  50  cents  to  $1.00  extra.  If  the  brass  rule  is  specially  cut 
for  the  work,  of  a  selected  face,  and  of  a  size  or  style  that  is  of  little  or  no 
value  for  other  work,  charge  about  half  the  cost. 

BRASS  FLOURISHES,  on  Cards  and  Headings,  should  entitle  the  matter  to 
be  rated  at  least  at  double  the  regular  price  of  plain  composition. 

THE  MITERING  of  a  brass-rule  border  of  four  corners  should  be  rated  at 
40  cents  per  border  for  thin,  and  60  cents  or  more  for  thick  rule. 

COMPOSITION'  OF  ALL  WORK  IN  OVALS,  Circles,  or  Brass-rule  Borders  of 
irregular  shapes,  should  always  be  at  double  price. 

SPECIAL    SORTS. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  office  to  furnish  the  customer  with  all  suitable  mate- 
rial for  doing  the  work  properly.  He  cannot  be  expected  to  pay  specifically 
for  the  purchase  of  any  ordinary  type  or  ornament,  that  is  of  value  on 
general  work.  But  the  case  is  "altered  when  the  customer  wishes  material 
that  is  not  of  general  value.  If  brass  rule  is  cut  to  waste  and  loss  (he 
objecting  to  pieced  office-rule),  the  amount  of  loss  and  labor  should  be 
charged  to  him.  If  he  selects  rule  for  border  of  any  unusual  face,  or 
has  it  cut  to  unusual  lengths,  he  should  be  charged  with  half  of  the 
cost.  The  same  rule  should  be  applied  to  the  purchase  of  type  useless  for 
other  work.  It  is  impracticable  for  any  printer  to  indulge  all  a  customer's 
fancies  by  the  liberal  purchase  of  new  and  costly  styles  of  type.  The 
sacrifice  of  the  estimated  profit  on  a  job,  in  the  purchase  of  specially- 
desired  material,  is  quite  as  much  as  a  customer  has  a  right  to  expect ;  if 
more  is  desired,  it  should  be  at  his  expense,  of  which  he  should  be  fore- 
warned. 

SPECIALLY-ENGRAVED  WOOD  CUTS,  or  costly  electrotypes,  for  which 
there  is  but  little  demand,  should  be  considered,  even  if  previously  pur- 
chased, as  a  special  sort,  and  ten  per  cent,  of  the  cost  should  be  added  to  the 
price  of  composition. 

STANDING   MATTER. 

The  practice  of  keeping  forms  in  type  for  customers  should  be  discounte- 
nanced. In  some  cases,  it  is  not  to  be  avoided;  but  it  should  be  understood, 
both  by  printer  and  customer,  that  the  withdrawal  of  one  hundred  dollars 
worth  of  material  from  general  use,  is  rather  more  unprofitable  than  the 
loan  of  twice  that  sum  without  interest,  and  is  quite  as  reasonable.  When 
a  form  can  be  electrotyped,  it  should  be  done.  When  it  cannot  be  done,  by 
reason  of  size  or  probable  alterations,  the  type  should  be  sold  outright  to 
the  customer,  or  a  fixed  charge  per  month  agreed  on  for  keeping  it  in 
order ;  or  from  one-fourth  to  one-half  the  value  of  composition  charged  on 
the  next  order. 

There  are  offices  that  refuse  to  keep  type  standing  an  hour  after  the  order 
lias  hreu  executed.  The  improved  neatness,  economy,  and  availability  of 
material  under  such  a  system  may  be  considered  as  almost  a  full  oft'set  to  the 
loss  of  custom  that  such  a  rigorous  rule  may  produce. 


68  COMPOSITION. 

MAKINO   ESTIMATES   BY    TIME. 

All  the  special  prices  for  Job  composition  in  the  following  pages  are  made 
on  the  basis  that  75  cents  is  the  equivalent  of  one  hour's  work.  The  prices 
are  intended  to  represent  the  average  performance  of  gooJ  workmen  upon 
ordinary  composition.  For  rough  and  careless  work,  the  allowance  of  time 
is  too  great ;  for  the  best  work  it  is  too  little.  The  reasonableness  of  the 
allowance  of  time,  and  the  equity  of  the  prices  may  be  seen  in  the  annexed 

table  of  a  supposed  dav's  performance, 
2  Billheads  at  §1.25. . .  .s2  50.  ,3M  hours. 

1  No  4  Card                   loo    1  ~  which  includes  the  composition,  cor- 

1  Handbill 75.  .1  rection,  and  imposition  of  the  work. 

1  Half-medium  Poster.  1.50.. 2  1>m  not  itg  distribution.      There  are 

1  Shipping  Receipt....   1  00.. 1% 

1  Note  Heading                  75    1  compositors  who  will  do  more  work 

-— —   — — ; than  is  here  specified,  but  there  are 

Total 87.50.  .10    hours. 

more  who  do  less.     If  the  compositor 

is  slow,  if  alterations  are  numerous,  if  type  is  not  kept  well  distributed, 
and  the  office  is  not  well  stocked  with  material,  the  performance  of  even 
a  good  compositor  will  be  much  less.  These  are  not  uncommon  circum- 
stances. The  amount  of  work  is  rather  in  excess  of  actual  average  perform- 
ance and  is  reasonable  in  the  interest  of  the  customer. 

This  charge  of  75  cents  per  hour  is  made  only  for  the  time  of  the  com- 
positor, as  spent  in  actual  composition.  Time  spent  in  the  subsequent, 
distribution  of  the  type,  in  proof-reacting,  sr.pervision  and  in  receiving 
instructions  from  the  customer,  is  a  portion  of  cost,  but  it  is  never  specific- 
ally charged.  This  indispensable  labor  is  often  one-half  more  than  that  of 
the  compositor.  To  this  again  must  be  added  a  per  centage  for  contingent 
expenses,  and  for  use  of  material.  A  nice  analysis  will  show  that,  although 
the  compositor  is  paid  but  33^5  cents  per  hour,  the  actual  cost  of  his.  work 
is  often  over  60  cents  per  hour. 

The  charge  for  labor  is.  however,  the  greatest  item  in  the  cost  of  work. 
IT  is  the  item  in  which  there  is  the  gravest  inequality,  and  which  often 
leads  to  the  greatest  errors. 

It  is  a  common  mistake  to  underrate  the  time.  An  active  employer  is  apt 
to  assume  that  his  own  performance  is  the  standard.'  But  it  is  not  a  fail- 
standard.  He  undertakes  to  sell,  not  the  product  of  his  labor,  but  that  of 
the  workmen.  He  should  know  not  only  what  they  can  do.  but  what  they 
will  do.  It  is  his  duty  and  his  interest  to  fix  the  standard  of  performance  as 
high  as  he  can  without  loss.  He  should  be  careful  in  selecting  workmen, 
and  should  do  all  that  is  practicable  to  increase  their  skill  and  efficiency. 
Having  done  this,  he  should  accept  the  result,  and  reqnire  his  customers 
to  accept  it.  If.  for  example,  he  finds  that  the  average  compositor  does  not 
compose,  correct,  and  complete  more  than  five  small  posters  in  one  day.  his 
price  for  the  composition  of  one  such  poster  must  be  one-fifth  the  price  of  a 
day's  labor.  The  fact  that  he.  or  some  skilled  man.  can  set  eight  in  one 
day.  is  irrelevant :  for  every  such  man  there  are  two  others  who  will  not 
set  three.  Five  is  the  average,  and  consequently  the  rule.  All  other 
performances  must  be  regarded  as  exceptions. 


69 

PRESSWORK. 


BOOK  WORK  and  JOB  WORK  are  the  two  principal  brandies.  NEWS- 
PAPER and  WOOD-CUT  WORK  are  common  to  both.  COLOR  WORK  and 
CARD  WORK  are  more  practiced  in  Job  offices. 

Book  Presswork  is  done  almost  exclusively  oil  Adams  Presses;  Jol>  work  aud 
Newspaper  work  on  Cylinders;  Wood-cut  and  Fiue  Color  work  on  all  presses,  but 
with  many  the  Hand  Press  is  preferred;  Card  work  is  done  on  small  Card  aud 
Machine  Presses. 

Skill  in  handling  these  presses  is  acquired  only  by  long  practice.  As  a  pressman 
usually  works  at  but  one  kind  of  press,  each  branch  of  the  business  may  be  con- 
sidered as  almost  a  distinct  trade.  An  excellent  Cylinder  pressman  is  usually  found 
incompetent  when  he  supplies  the  place  of  an  Adams  pressman,  and  both  of  them 
are  often  incapable,  or  at  least  inefficient,  when  they  attempt  Fine  Cut  or  Color 
work  on  a  Hand  Press. 

THE   EXPENSES    OF   A   PRESS  ROOM!. 

To  do  work  properly  and  economically,  it  is  necessary  to  have  many 
kinds  of  presses,  and,  in  a  large  office,  different  classes  of  pressmen.  The 
cost  of  these  presses,  the  expense  of  running  them,  and  their  performances, 
are  very  unequal.  Before  hazarding  any  observations  on  the  prices  of 
Presswork,  it  will  be  proper  to  state  the  ordinary  expenses  of  a  press  room, 
which  will  to  some  extent  prepare  the  reader'for  the  irregularities  of  prices. 

The  Size  and  Value  of  the  Press.  An  ordinary  Card  Press,  of  bed 
3  x  5  or  5  x  9  inches,  costs  from  $150  to  $250,  according  to  patent.  The 
larger  Adams,  aud  the  Drum  Cylinder  Presses  that  are  used  iii  Job  work, 
cost  from  $3000  to  $6000.  Double  Cylinders  and  Perfecting  Presses  cost 
more.  Between  these  extremes  are  many  intermediate  sizes  at  correspond- 
ing prices.  Viewed  only  as  an  investment  of  money,  and  without  regard- 
ing their  expenses  while  running,  the  interest  on  money  invested  is  unequal. 
It  costs  more  to  own  aud  hold  the  larger  press ;  all  work  done  on  it  must 
be  at  higher  price  than  on  the  small  press. 

The  Cost  of  Labor.  Piece  work  went  out  of  fashion  with  the  Hand 
Press.  All  the  labor  of  a  press  room  is  paid  for  on  time,  irrespective  of 
the  performance  of  the  workman.  AL1  estimates  of  cost  must  be  based  on 
probable  time. 

A  Card  Press,  or  small  Machine  Press,  is  usually  managed  by  a  boy,  who 
makes  ready  his  form,  furnishes  power,  feeds,  and  perfects  his  work  without 
assistance.  A  novice  is  paid  rather  less  than  $1  per  day ;  but  when  really 
fine  work  is  wanted,  an  expert  must  be  had,  who  is  paid  from  $'2  to  .*'.! 
per  day,  and  sometimes  more. 

Hand,  Cylinder,  and  Adams  pressmen  are  usually  paid  $20  per  week,  but 
the  rate  is  not  so  absplutely  fixed  as  it  is  for  compositors.  Inexpert  workmen 
are  often  paid  $15  to  $18,  and  superior  workmen  $22  to  $25.  Some  who  an- 
specially  active,  as  well  as  skillful,  receive  still  higher  wages. 

A  large  press  of  any  kind  requires  many  servitors.  The  Feeder,  who 
lays  the  sheets,  receives  from  $6  to  $9  per  week,  according  to  ability.  For 
fine  Book  work  or  Color  work,  requiring  accurate  register,  two  Feeders  or 
Pointers  are  needed  on  the  reiteration,  who  double  the  expense  of  feeding. 


70  PRESSWORK. 

On  some  presses,  a  Fly-boy  at  $3  or  $4  per  week  is  needed.  For  the  finest 
Wood-cut  and  Color  work  on  Cylinders,  it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  boy  to 
interleave  the  sheets  as  they  are  delivered  from  the  fly,  to  prevent  set-off. 
Such  work  requires  the  undivided  care  of  the  pressman.  He  can  run  and 
oversee  but  one  press.  The  cost  of  labor  alone  for  a  press  employed  on 
such  work  is  often  more  than  $8  per  day. 

The  Feeders,  Pointers,  Fly-boys,  and  Intel-leavers,  are  attached  to  one 
press.  But  in  every  large  job  and  book  office  many  workmen  are  employed 
who  are  attached  to  no  particular  press,  but  who  work  for  all,  in  cutting, 
wetting,  packing,  and  dry-pressing  the  sheets,  in  making  rollers,  in  caring 
for  plates,  or  in  general  supervision.  The  general  Foreman  of  the  room,  or 
Head  Pressman,  is  paid  from  $25  to  $40  per  week,  according  to  his  ability 
and  value  of  service.  The  Warehouseman,  who  wets-down  and  dry-presses 
the  work,  is  paid  from  $12  to  $15  per  week,  and  the  wages  of  each  of  his 
Press  Boys  are  about  $4  per  week.  The  Cutter's  wages  are  about  the 
same  as  the  Warehouseman's.  The  Porter  is  paid  from  $9  to  $12  per  week. 

The  cost  of  labor  on  a  large  press,  which  requires  so  much  attendance, 
increases  almost  in  proportion  to  its  increase  of  size.  But  there  are  many 
other  working  expenses  besides  that  of  labor. 

Steam  Power  is  an  item  of  cost  that  will  vary  with  the  number  of 
presses.  In  a  large  press  room,  where  the  expense  is  divided  among  many 
presses,  it  may  be  less  than  40  cents  per  day  for  each  press ;  in  a  small  office 
of  but  one  or  two  presses,  it  may  be  $3  per  day,  or  more.  When  power  is 
hired,  $3  ®  $4  per  week  is  the  usual  rate  for  one-horse  power,  and  a  double 
medium  Cylinder  or  Adams  is  iisually  rated  as  requiring  one-horse  power. 
Sixty  cents  per  day  per  press  would  be  a  low  general  average. 

Room  Kent,  Light,  Fuel  and  Water  are  items  not  often  considered. 
The  space  occupied  by  a  large  press  is  not  great,  but  the  finishing  of  the 
presswork  by  Dry-pressing  requires  much  room.  Hydraulic  presses,  with 
their  appurtenances  of  drying  poles,  or  steam-heated  drying  rooms,  and 
laying  and  folding  tables,  sometimes  require  half  the  space  of  the  entire 
press  room.  Where  rent  and  taxes  are  cheap,  this  is  of  little  account;  in 
crowded  cities,  where  rents,  gas  light,  fuel  and  water  taxes  are  high,  these 
expenses  have  influence  on  prices. 

Materials  Consumed.  These  are  Lubricating  Oil,  Rubber  Cloth, 
Muslin,  Flannel,  Pasteboard  and  Paper  for  make-ready  material,  Turpen- 
tine, Ley,  Benzine,  and  other  cleansers,  and  small  sundries.  The  quantities 
used  of  each  will  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  work.  Ordinary  Newspaper 
work,  and  the  commonest  kind  of  Job  work  do  not  require  many  rollers 
nor  cleansers.  The  expense  for  all  materials  combined  will  not  exceed,  and 
perhaps  not  equal,  $50  per  year,  on  the  largest  press.  '  For  fine  Book  and 
Job  work,  and  Colored  work  on  large  presses,  for  which  a  new  impression 
surface  is  wranted  with  every  form,  and  for  which  there  is  frequent  washing- 
up  of  rollers,  the  cost  of  these  materials  may  exceed  $100  per  year. 

Rollers.  For  plain  black  News,  or  common  Book  work,  a  gang  of  four 
double  medium  Rollers,  made  from  glue  and  molasses,  will  cost  about  $10, 


PRESSWORK.  ~1 

and  can  lie  made  to  last  about  four  weeks,  perhaps  longer,  if  carefully 
handled.  The  same  rollers,  employed  on  fine  Wood-cut  and  Color  work,  are 
usually  condemned  after  two  weeks'  service.*  The  cost  of  ordinary  Rollers 
lor  a  large  press  will  range  from  $60  to  $loO  per  year. 

Ink.  Of  all  the  varied  expenses  of  the  press  room,  that  of  Ink  is  most 
irregular  and  most  deceptive. 

On  common  Book  and  Newspaper  work,  and  ordinary  Job  work,  the 
value  of  the  Black  Ink  used  is  so  trivial  that  it  is  rightly  considered  as  but 
one  of  the  contingent  expenses  of  presswork — an  item  too  small  to  appear 
in  a  bill,  or  even  to  be  computed  in  making  a  statement  of  cost.  On  fine 
Illustrated  work,  for  which  Black  Ink  at  $0  to  $5  per  pound  is  required,  the 
value  of  Ink  used  is  too  large  to  be  overlooked.  In  many  varieties  of  Job 
work,  the  value  of  the  Ink  is  as  great,  and  sometimes  more  than  twice  as 
great,  as  all  the  labor  of  presswork.  Under  the  heading  of  Ink,  on  a  subse- 
quent paire.  will  be  found  a  fuller  statement  defining  the  relative  quantities 
snd  values  of  different  qualities  of  Ink,  when  used  on  different  kinds  of 
work.  In  the  present  inquiry  concerning  expenses,  it  will  be  sufficient  to 
•state  that  the  average  consumption  of  the  Black  Ink  for  which  no  special 
<-harge  is  made,  including  that  which  is  unavoidably  wasted  as  well  as  that 
which  is  used,  is  about  $7  per  week  for  such  Job  work  as  is  usually  done 
upon  a  fully-employed  Double  Medium  Cylinder  Press.  Smaller  presses  on 
the  same  class  of  work  will  use  and  waste  Ink  in  a  similar  proportion.  On 
Small  Card  and  Machine  Presses,  the  value  of  the  Black  Ink  used  may  not 
reach  $1.50  per  week.  But  where  there  are  many  changes  of  color  and 
quality,  the  value  of  Ink  wasted  will  be  twice  this  sum. 

Repairs.  With  the  most  careful  workmen,  accidents  are  not  only  pos- 
sible, but  unavoidable.  An  annual  allowance  of  3Va  per  cent,  on  the  cost  of 
the  press  should  be  considered  as  a  low  estimate  for  this  expense  or  loss. 

Depreciation.  The  durability  of  a  press  depends  upon  its  construction, 
and  upon  the  care  it  receives.  Xo  exact  time  can  be  assigned  as  the  life  of 
anv  press.  Sooner  or  later  it  will  be  worn  out,  and  every  day's  use  will 
make  it,  theoretically  at  least,  less  valuable.  It  is  a  rule  with  owners  of 
swift-running  machinery  to  rate  its  annual  depreciation  at  10  per  cent. 
For  a  well-made  and  carefully  handled  press,  the  rate  is  too  high.  For 
common  presses,  as  commonly  used,  the  rate  is  just.  In  making  a  true 
estimate  of  profit  and  loss,  this  allowance  for  an  annual  depreciation  at  the 
rate  of  10  per  cent,  should  be  applied  to  all  machinery.! 

*  The  frequent  -washing-up  required  for  fine  and  colored  work  is  destructive  to 
the  roller.  It  is  necessary  to  condemn  it  as  soon  as  any  cracks  or  abrasions  appear 
on  the  surface.  The  Patent  Rollers  of  Francis  &  Loutrel  are  more  expensive,  but 
they  are  more  durable,  and  ultimately  much  more  economical. 

tThe  probability  that  the  press  will  be  much  reduced  in  value,  even  if  in  fair 
condition,  at  the  end  of  ten  years,  through  the  competition  of  superior  inventions, 
is  a  contingency  that  must  be  considered  and  anticipated.  The  Washington  press 
superseded  the  Ramage;  the  Tufts  and  Treadwell  supplanted  for  a  time  the  Wash- 
ington: the  Adams  virtually  abolished  them  all,  as  book  presses.  The  Drum 
Cylinder,  for  large  work,  is  now  the  deserved  favorite  in  all  job  offices:  but  no  one 
dare  say  that  within  five  years  some  new  press  will  imt  he  made  that  will  snpei  -eile 
the  Drum  Cylinder  as  effectually  as  the  Type-revolving  Ten  Cylinder  or  Bullock 
press  has  superseded  the  old  fashioned  Double  Cylinder. 


72  I'KK.SSWOUIC. 

THE    EXPENSES    OF    A   PRESS. 

The  foregoing  observations  will  give  a  notion  of  the  regular  expenses  of 
a  press  room.  The  expense  of  running  a  representative  press  for  one  week 
on  a  variety  of  ordinary  work,  should  be  the  basis  upon  which  an  estimate 
of  the  cost  of  presswork  should  be  based.  A  Double  Medium  Cylinder  is 
probably  the  fairest  representative  press  that  could  be  oifered.  being  better 
adapted  for  various  kinds  and  sizes  of  work  than  any  other. 

Weekly  Expenses  of  a  Double  Medium  Cylinder. 
Press  and  connections  valued  at  $3,000. 

Pressman,  at  established  wages $2(1 . 00 

Feeder,  with  partial  employment  of  Pointer 9.00 

Rollers,  of  ordinary  quality 2 . 00 

Rubber,  Blankets,  Wasted  Paper,  and  Make-ready  Material  .  .      1 . 00 

Oil  for  press  and  counter-shaft,  etc 50 

Ley,  Benzine,  and  Cleansers 75 

Ink,  ordinary  quality  Black,  average  used  and  wasted 7.00 

Cost  of  Dry-pressing  sheets  (about  one-fourth  the  work  done)     3.50 

Steam  Power 3.00 

Room  Rent,  Light,  Fuel,  and  Taxes 3. 00 

Interest  on  money  invested  and  Insurance 2 . 50 

Probable  Repairs,  averaged  through  the  year 2.00 

Depreciation  by  Wear,  apart  from  Repairs 3.00 

Sundry  Expenses 2 . 75 

Total,  ($10  per  day) $60.00 

This  analysis  of  expenses  will  be  found  applicable  to  the  largest  number  of  offices. 
With  some,  Labor  will  cost  less ;  with  others,  Power  will  cost  more.  It  will  be 
found,  however,  that  a  great  saving  in  one  item  is  usually  off-set  by  increased  cost 
in  another.  As  au  average,  the  analysis  is  barely  just.  In  most  small  offices,  where 
miscellaneous  work  is  done  at  greater  disadvantage  than  in  a  large  office,  there 
will  be  an  increased  expense  for  Ink,  Dry-pressing,  and  Steam-power.  If  Labor  is 
injudiciously  cheapened,  there  will  be  at  least  a  double  proportion  for  Repairs  and 
Depreciation.  In  a  very  large  office,  where  a  nice  organization  of  Labor  can  be 
effected,  and  where  special  branches  are  practised,  expenses  may  be  somewhat  less. 
Expenses  will  fluctuate  with  the  quality  of  work  done.  If  au  extra  boy  is 
required  to  point  or  to  inlay  sheets;  if  two  or  three  presses  have  to  bear  the 
whole  expense  of  the  steam  power;  if  much  fine  or  colored  woi'k  is  done,  requiring 
a  frequent  renewal  of  rollers  and  use  of  expensive  Inks,  and  waste  of  make- 
ready  material ;  if  pressmen  are  employed  at  $25  or  830  per  week,  the  expenses 
will  reach  §13  per  day.  Again,  if  a  pressman  runs  two  presses ;  if  work  is  not 
pointed,  interleaved,  or  dry-pressed ;  if  cheaper  ink  is  used ;  if  the  expense  of 
steam-power  is  divided  among  a  dozen  or  more  presses — the  running  expenses 
may  be  but  $7  per  day.  But  many  of  these  expenses  are  unalterable  by  auy 
economy  in  management,  being  the  same  whether  much  or  little  work  is  done. 

It  is  a  common  mistake  with  novices  to  consider  only  or  chiefly  the  item  of  Labor 
in  their  estimate  of  the  daily  expense  of  a  press.  Other  expenses  are  considered 
as  too  trivial  for  account.  By  this  table,  these  are  the  per-centages  of  expense : 
Labor 48  Dry -pressing 06 


Rollers,  Ink,  Cleansers,  etc 19 


Steam-power 05 


Repairs,  Depreciation,  Insurance.  15    I    Rent  and  other  sundries 07 

Thirty  dollars  per  week  is  not  the  highest  cost  of  Labor;  but,  even  at  this  rate, 

the  general  expenses  of  this  press  are  as  much  as  the  special  expense  of  Labor. 

If  Labor  were  reduced  one-half,  or  to  §15  per  week,  the  general  expenses  could 

not  be  reduced  in  proportion.    Some  items  would  be  increased.    At  615  per  week 

for  Labor,  the  general  expenses  would  be  more  than  double  the  cost  of  Labor. 


PR  ESS  WORK.  ?:i 

By  the  methods  used  in  making  up  the  previous  statement,  it  appears 
that  these  are  the  expenses  of  Presses  of  various  sizes : 

Small  Card  Press.  If  run  by  a  boy.  on  common  work  and  on  long 
editions,  the  expense  may  be  rated  at  $3  per  day.  If  run  by  an  expert,  on 
good  or  fine  work,  the  expense  will  be  from  $4  to  $5  per  day.  The  average 
expense  should  be  assumed  at  $4  per  day. 

Small  Machine  Job  Presses,  of  bed  10  x  15  to  13  x  19  inches,  like 
those  known  as  the  Franklin  or  the  Liberty.     The  daily  expense  of  such  a 
press  will  vary  from  $4  to  $6.  according  to  nature  of  work  and  wa  ] 
workman.     A  general  average  should  not  be  less  than  $5  per  day. 

Hand  Press.  The  daily  expense  of  a  super-royal  Hand  Press,  with  a 
self-inker,  on  cheap  work,  with  boy  workman,  should  be  rated  at  $4  per  day. 
With  roller-boy,  $5  per  day.  For  fine  work,  with  skilled  pressman,  the  ex- 
pense will  vary  from  $6  to  $8.  The  general  average  should  be  $6  per  day. 

Polio-Post  Cylinder.  The  daily  expense  will  range  from  $6  to  $10  per 
day.  The  general  average  may  be  put  at  $7. 

Medium  or  Super  Royal  Cylinder.  With  increasing  size  comes  an 
increasing  expense  for  rollers,  inks,  power,  oil,  e.tc.  The  increase  on  each 
item  may  be  trivial,  but  the  sum  total  is  no  trine.  The  greatest  addition  is 
for  Labor.  A  cylinder  press  requires  a  feeder,  beside  the  pressman,  and  if 
its  work  is  interleaved,  or  dry-pressed,  or  bronzed,  or  has  much  cutting  or 
supervision,  the  expense  account  must  be  charged  with  an  equitable  propor- 
tion of  this  cost.  The  daily  expense  will  range  from  $~  to  $12  per  day. 
For  ordinary  work  done  in  the  ordinary  way,  the  average  may  be  fixed 
at  $8.50  per  day. 

Double  Medium  Cylinder.  The  average  expense,  as  detailed  on  the 
preceding  page,  should  be  rated  at  $10  per  day. 

Double  Royal,  and  larger  sizes  of  Cylinders,  should  have  their  average 
expenses  rated  at  $12  per  day.  The  largest  sizes  that  are  in  comparatively 
little  request  should  be  $15  per  day. 

THE    PERFORMANCE    OF    PRESSES. 

The  Performance  of  a  Press  depends  upon  its  construction,  its  size,  its 
power,  its  management,  the  quality  of  paper  and  ink  used,  and  the  care 
given  to  the  work. 

The  Hand  Press  is  the  slowest  of  all  presses.  Platen  Machine  Presses  are 
much  quicker.  Cylinder  Presses  are  the  fastest. 

A  small  press  is  always  quicker  than  a  large  one  of  same  kind.  Wirh 
increasing  size  and  cost  there  is  invariably  a  decreasing  performance. 

Dry  paper  on  Cylinders  may  be  handled  and  printed  with  rapidity.  Wei. 
thin,  and  large  sheets  are  handled  and  fed  1"  disadvantage. 

Stiff  Black  Ink  and  Colored  Inks  can  be  used  only  at  slower  speed  than 
is  usual  with  ordinary  Black.  The  frequent  washing-up  required  to  main- 
tain purity  of  color  is  always  a  serious  hindrance. 

Making-ready  is  the  great  hindrance.  A  form  may  take  a  half-hour,  an 
hour,  five  hours,  a  day.  two  or  three  days.  There  is  no  rule  by  which  a 


(4  PRESSWORK. 

proper  allowance  of  time  can  be  computed.  It  is  at  the  option  of  the 
employer.  In  all  cases,  the  allotment  of  time  is  but  a  choice  of  evils. 
A  small  form  can  be  made-ready  roughly  on  rubber-cloth  in  half  an  hour 
or  less  ;  but  the  value  of  time  saved  is  lost,  on  a  long  edition,  by  increased 
wear  of  type.  If  the  same  form  is  neatly  made-ready  oil  hard  card-board, 
it  may  take  from  three  to  five  hours.  The  quality  of  workmanship  is 
improved,  and  wear,  of  type  is  saved,  but  much  time  is  lost.  In  allowing 
time  for  making-ready  a  form,  the  first  question  to  be  decided  is.  the  quality 
of  the  work ;  the  next,  whether  it  is  judicious  to  sacrifice  time  or  type. 

The  Edition,  or  number  of  copies  printed  will  greatly  influence  the  product 
of  the  press.  If  a  form  can  be  made  ready  in  one  hour,  and  then  be  printed 
at  the  average  rate  of  800  per  hour,  the  day's  performance  will  be  7.200 
impressions :  but  if  five  such  forms  are  made-ready,  requiring  five  hour.*, 
the  day's  performance  would  be  rated  at  4000.  But  it  will  seldom  reach 
4000.  On  a  short  edition,  it  is  rarely  practicable  to  get  the  speed  of  the 
long  edition.  Little  stoppages  have  to  be  made  for  the  adjustment  of 
some  defect,  and  these  stoppages  seriously  reduce  the  performance. 

Manufacturers  of  printing  machinery  for  Job  work  claim  that  their  best 
presses  will  print  from  1000  to  2000  impressions  per  hour.  The  inference 
produced  upon  the  mind  of  a  novice  is,  that  1500  impressions  per  hour  is 
about  the  average  performance  of  a  good  press  on  miscellaneous  orders. 
It  is  an  incorrect  inference.  In  the  hands  of  an  expert  pressman  and 
feeder,  and  under  a  rare  combination  of  favorable  circumstances,  it  is 
possible  to  realize  and  sometimes  to  surpass  this  claim.  Small  Cylinders 
have  given  2500  and  3000  impressions  in  one  hour.  A  Double  Medium 
Cylinder,  when  running  on  common  wrappers  or  cheap  newspapers,  could 
be  made  to  give  1500  or  1750  impressions  an  hour.  But  this  speed  cannot 
be  kept  up  through  ten  consecutive  hours.  It  is  seldom  that  one  can  secure 
even  10.000  impressions  in  ten  consecutive  hours  from  one  form  on  a  Double 
Medium  Cylinder  Press.  The  average  daily  performance  of  such  a  press 
when  it  is  employed  for  many  days  on  one  form,  is  oftener  below  than 
above  9000  impressions.*  When  it  is  employed  on  many  forms,  the  average 
daily  performance  will  seldom  exceed  3000  impressions.  The  principal  cause 
of  this  diminished  product  will  be  found  in  the  time  lost  in  making-ready. 
and  in  the  lessened  speed  of  the  press  on  the  shorter  editions.  Some  delay 
must  also  be  conceded  for  fine  work. 

One  of  the  greatest  hindrances  is  the  dissimilar  nature  of  the  forms,  and 
the  irregular  manner  in  which  they  have  to  be  printed.  A  book  form  may 
be  followed  by  a  large  poster,  and  this  may  be  followed  by  a  ruled  blank- 
book  heading,  and  this,  perhaps,  by  a  sheet  of  checks  in  a  different  color  of 
ink,  and  this  by  a  card  in  many  colors.  To  do  this  work  properly,  for  each 
form  there  must  be  a  change  of  ink,  a  special  washing-up  of  rollers,  and 

*  The  average  performance  of  such  a  press  in  a-  Job  office  cannot  be  predicated  on 
wrappers  and  newspapers.  There  will  be  posters  and  book  forms,  account-book 
headings  and  cards  in  colors,  each  of  which  will  require  more  time  for  makini;- 
ivady  and  slower  speed  in  presswork.  The  hindrances  that  are  inevitable  in  this 
class  of  work  must  be  allowed  for  in  a  statement  of  average  daily  performance. 


PRESSWOKK. 


perhaps  a  change  of  hacking  on  the  cylinder,  in  addition  to  all  the  usual 
detail  of  making-ready.  The  time  spent  in  changing  color  and  impression- 
surface  is  often  twice  as  great  as  that  spent  in  the  actual  presswork  of 
the  form.  In  a  small  office,  in  which  two  or  three  presses  have  to  do  all  the 
work,  the  time  lost  in  getting  a  press  ready  is  much  greater  than  in  a  large 
office,  where  special  presses  are  appropriated  for  different  classes  of  work. 
But  no  office,  however  large  or  well  organized,  is  exempt.  In  all,  it  is  a 
great  hindrance,  which  must  be  allowed  for  in  an  estimate  of  performance. 

Average  Daily  Performance  of  Presses, 

On  editions  of  irregular  numbers,  with  a  small  allowance  of  time  1'or  making-ready. 

The  estimates  of  the  following  table  are  for  miscellaneous  work,  done  in  the  usual 
manner,  with  little  making-ready,  and  under  the  favorable  conditions  of  a  busy 
season.  It  is  supposed  that  the  presses  are  at  work  full  teu  hours ;  that  feeders  and 
pressmen  are  expert  and  diligent;  that  paper,  rollers,  steam  power,  ink,  etc.,  are 
in  perfect  order,  and  that  there  are  no  detentions  or  accidents. 

These  estimates  are  applicable  only  to  a  press  wheu  in  full  employment. 


Make 
Ready 
Time. 
Hours. 

Style  of  Press.        Number  of  Forms. 

Time  of 
Presswork. 
Hours. 

Kate  per      Daily  Per- 
Hour  wheni  formance. 
at  Work.      Impress. 

4 

CARD  PRESS. 
One  Form  of           7500  impressions 

9 
6 

833          7500 
666          4000 

Four  Forms  of.  .  .  .  1000 

6 

1 

Eight  Forms  of.  .  .   250 
SMALL  MACHINE  PRESS. 

One  Form  of  6000  impressions  .  . 

4 

500          2000 

9 

666 

6000 

5 

Five  Forms  of  500 

5 

500 

2500 

8 

Eight  Forms  of  .  .  .   100 
HAND  PRESS. 
One  Form  of  1500  impressions.  . 

2 

400 

800 

9 

156          1500 

4          Four  Forms  of.  ...   250 
MEDIUM  CYLINDER. 
1          One  Form  of  7500  impressions  .  . 

6 

166          1000 

9 

833          7500 

5          Five  Forms  of.  .  .  .   750 

5 

750 

3750 

7 
2 

Eight  Forms  of.  .  .  250 
DOUBLE  MEDIUM  CYLINDER. 

One  Form  of  5000  impressions  .  . 

3 

666 

2000 

8 

666 

5000 

5 

Three  Forms  of.  .  .  1000 

600 

3000 

7 
3 

Six  Forms  of  250 
M  \MMOTH  CYLINDER. 
One  Form  of  4000  impressions  .  . 

o 

500 

1500 

7 

570          4000 

i> 

Two  Forms  of  1250 

5 

500 

2500 

7 

Four  Forms  of  250 

3 

333 

1000 

The  allotment  of  impressions  to  forms  is  not  fanciful.    The  proportions  are  those 
of  actual  practice.     In  every  Job  office,  small  editions  are  always  in  excess. 


76  PRESS  WORK. 

Ill  the  previous  table,  the  highest  performance  of  any  press,  averaged 
for  three  days,  is  18  tokens*:  the  lowest  is  3  tokens.  The  general  daily 
average  is  about  12^  tokens  per  press.  Small  as  this  average  may  appear, 
it  is,  as  will  be  further  shown,  really  in  excess  of  the  usual  performance. 
There  are  not  many  Job  offices  in  which  this  average  can  be  maintained. 

These  estimates  of  performance  and  cost  are  made  on  the  hypothesis  thai 
each  press  is  fully  employed.  But  presses  are  not  always  fully  employed. 
There  is  no  Job  office  that  can  keep  even  a  card  press  constantly  occupied 
with  work.  There  are  dull  seasons,  common  to  all  offices,  in  which  many 
presses  are  idle  for  many  days.  Some  presses  are  idle  in  busy  seasons  for 
want  of  appropriate  and  profitable  work.  They  are  often  idle  from  delays 
and  accidents  that  cannot  be  foreseen  or  prevented  by  the  best  management. 
There  will  be  losses  of  time  through  bad  ink  and  bad  rollers,  bad  paper  and 
bad  workmen.  There  will  be  absence  of  workmen  and  non-arrival  of 
material.  There  will  be  damages  to  plates  and  types  and  accidents  to 
presses.  An  abatement  of  twelve  per  cent,  for  all  losses  from  these  causes 
will  be  accepted  as  most  reasonable,  but  this  abatement  will  reduce  the 
average  performance  of  the  presses  to  about  Eleven  tokens  per  day.t  But 
there  will  be  no  corresponding  reduction  in  the  expenses.  During  protracted 
dullness  of  business,  workmen  may  be  suspended,  and  unnecessary  extra 
expense  for  labor  may  be  avoided.  But  it  is  not  always  judicious  to  do  this 
even  when  workmen  are  but  partially  employed.  Whoever  undertakes  to 
do  work,  must  have  the  men  to  do  it. 

This  daily  performance  of  Eleven  tokens  should  be  accepted  as  the  true 
average  product  of  machine  presses  throughout  the  country,  when  they 
are  employed  on  miscellaneous  Job  work. 

With  these  results  concerning  the  expenses  of  presswork,  and  the  average 
performance  of  presses,  certain  definite  conclusions  may  be  reached  as  to 
the  cost  of  the  work. 

*  In  this  and  in  all  other  places  where  the  word  Token  is  used,  it  should  be  under- 
stood as  250  impressions,  or  any  fraction  thereof. 

t  The  average  daily  performance  of  a  large  press  room  of  this  city,  made  up  from 
the  abstract  of  an  entire  year's  business,  was  but  Eleven  tokens  per  press.  The 
presses  were:  12  Cylinder,  2  Gordon,  2  Card,  and  2  Hand  Presses.  The  total  yearly 
performance  was  60,611  tokens.  The  business  was  active,  and  was  more  uniform 
throughout  the  year  than  is  usual.  The  smallest  monthly  performance  was  3382 
tokens;  the  largest,  7109  tokens.  The  work  was  strict  Job  work,  of  great  variety, 
of  all  sizes,  and  at  all  prices  from  $1  to  §20  per  1000  impressions.  The  highest  per- 
formance of  any  one  press  in  one  day  of  10  hours  was  16,250  impressions.  The 
largest  edition  was  90,000  impressions,  but  there  were  many  forms  ranging  from 
25,000  to  50,000  impressions.  The  greatest  number  of  forms  were  of  1000  impressions 
or  less.  Most  of  the  presses  were  in  steady  service  every  day,  but  during  the  dull 
season  were  not  worked  to  their  full  capacity.  Few  of  them  stood  idle  for  many 
days  together.  Most  of  the  work  was  done  on  large  presses,  and  was  fairly  made- 
ready  and  well  printed.  Slighting  of  the  work  would  not  have  raised  the  average 
performance  to  13  tokens  per  day.  If  all  the  work  of  the  Hand  Presses  had  been 
excluded,  the  daily  performance  of  the  Steam  Presses  would  not  have  reached  12 
tokens.  It  appears  from  a  statement  in  the  Printers'  Circular,  of  January,  1870, 
that  the  daily  average  performance  of  seven  small  machine  presses,  during  a  period 
of  fourteen  weeks,  was  but  a  fraction  over  10  tokens. 


PRESSWOKK. 


COST    OF   PBESSWOBK, 

With  small  allowance  of  time  for  mak- 
ing-ready, aiul  for  ordinary  black  ink 
only.   Applicable  only  to  presses  when 
in  full  daily  employment. 
See  annexed  table. 

When  more  than  one  hour  is  allowed 
for  making-ready  on  a  small  press,  or 
more  than  two  for  a  large  press,  or  when 
the  value  of  ink  consumed  is  more  than 
ten  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of  work,  these 
estimates  will  be  found  too  low. 

These  estimates  of  cost  are  only  for 
forms  appropriate  to  the  size  of  the 
press. 

The  cost  of  one  hundred  or  of  a  single 
token,  on  cheap  work,  is  rarely  ever  less 
than  one-tenth  the  cost  of  a  full  day's 
work ;  the  cost  of  a  single  token  on  a 
large  press,  is  about  one-fifth  that  of  the 
day's  work. 

The  cost  of  large  quantities  should  be 
somewhat  less  than  the  rates  assigned 
for  5000  impressions. 

When  a  single  specialty  in  Job  work, 
like  that  of  Cards,  or  of  Newspapers,  or 
Labels,  or  Posters,  is  exclusively  prac- 
tised, the  cost  of  work  should  be  less, 
but  will  not  be,  unless  labor  is  well  or- 
ganized. 

The  Cost  of  Presswork  may  be  appa- 
rently reduced  by  cheapening  labor  or  by 
increasing  speed.  Either  plan  is  of  doubt- 
ful ultimate  economy.  If  one  pressman 
attempts  to  run  too  many  presses,  on 
short  editions,  the  presses  must  do  less 
work  than  when  they  are  efficiently 
manned.  Work  done  in  haste  must  be  of 
interior  quality.  Type  or  stereotype 
plates  not  fairly  made-ready,  will  be 
needlessly  damaged.  It  run  by  unskilled 
men  or  by  boys,  at  lower  price,  the 
presses  will  be  neglected.  There  is  no 
lai^i  luaeliiuery  that  requires  care, 
cleanliness,  and  nice  adjustment  in 
greater  degree  than  a  cylinder  press.  If 
l>n •>-!•>  are  pushed  up  beyond  a  proper 
speed,  they  will  be  injured.  Between 
neglect  and  injurious  speed,  the  presses 
will  be  soon  unfitted  for  fine  work.  The 
extra  losses  by  Repairs  and  Depreciation 
will  more  than  off-set  all  saving  made 
li.\  cheaper  labor.  To  this  should  be 
added  the  actual  cash  losses  produced  by 
bad  workmanship,  as  well  as  the  damages 
TO  business  reputation  that  necessarily 
follow.  Five  presses  properly  manned 
;tud  cured  for,  and  run  at  a  moderate 
speed,  will,  in  two  years,  do  more  and 
better  work,  at  less  cost,  than  seven 
presses  inefficiently  manned,  and  run  at 
violent  or  improper  speed. 


Number  of             Cheap      Ord'y 
Impressions.             Work.      Work. 

Fair 
Work. 

CARD     Per 
PRESS.  Dar- 

$3.00 

$4.00 

$5.00 

100  impressions. 
250 

.30 
.37 

.40 
.50 

.50 
.63 

500 

.56 

.75 

.93 

1000       „ 

.75 

1.00 

1.25 

5000,  per  1000.  . 

.45 

.60 

.75 

GORDON*    per 
PRESS.    Uay- 

$4.00 

$5.00 

$6.00 

100  impressions. 
250 

.45 
.50 

.57 
.63 

.65 
.75 

500 

.70 

.87 

1.05 

1000       // 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

5000,  per  1000.. 

.80 

1.00 

1.20 

HAND      per 
PKESS.    Da>'- 

$4.00 

$6.00 

$8.00 

100  impressions. 
250 

.80 
1.00 

1.20 
1.50 

1.60 
2.00 

500 

1.80 

2.40 

3.60 

1000       // 

3.00 

4.50 

6.00 

5000,  per  1000.. 

2.50 

3.75 

5.00 

MEDIUM     Per 
CYLINDER.  Day- 

$7.00 

$8.50 

12.00 

100  impressions. 
250 

.70 

.87 

.85 
1.07 

1.20 
1.50 

500 

1.10 

1.35 

1.90 

1000       // 

1.60 

1.95 

2.75 

5000,  per  1000.. 

1.00 

1.23 

1.70 

DEL.  MED.    per 
CYLINDER.  Day- 

$8.00 

10.00 

12.00 

100  impressions. 
250 

.90 
1.00 

1.13 

1.25 

1.35 
1.50 

500 

1.30 

1.65 

2.00 

1000       // 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

5000,  per  1000.  . 

1.60 

2.00 

2.40 

MAMMOTH    Per 
CYLINDER.  Day- 

10.00 

12.00 

15.00 

100  impressions. 
250 

2.00 
2.50 

2.50 
3.00 

3.00 
3.75 

500 

3.25 

4.00 

5.00 

1000 

4.00 

3.00 

6.00 

5000,  per  1000.  . 

•-'..".n 

3.00 

3.75 

78  PRESSWORK. 

PRICES    OF   PRESSWORK. 

Special  Prices,  per  thousand  or  per  token,  for  ordinary  Presswork,  will  be 
found  in  the  following  pages,  classified  under  appropriate  headings.  The 
prices  given  for  one  hundred  or  one  token  are  the  usual  current  prices,  and 
as  such  they  have  to  be  inserted.  It  will  be  found,  however,  by  comparing 
them  with  the  tables  of  Cost  of  Presswork,  on  the  previous  page,  that  they 
rarely  ever  exceed  cost,  and  in  some  cases  are  less  than  cost. 

PRESSWORK  BY  THE   HOUR. 

Card  Press $  .50  i  Medium  Cylinder $1 .25 

Gordon  Press 75  Double  Medium  Cylinder. ...  1 . 50 

Hand  Press 75  Double  Eoyal  Cylinder 1 .75 

Cap  Cylinder 1 . 00  !  Mammoth  Cylinder 2 . 00 

These  are  prices  for  ordinary  work,  for  the  services  of  ordinary  workmen, 
and  for  the  use  of  common  Black  Ink  only.  Fine  work,  requiring  extra  or 
expensive  labor,  or  use  of  Colored  Inks  of  any  kind,  must  be  at  higher  rates. 

When  a  contract  is  made  for  the  use  of  a  press  for  many  days.  on  common 
work,  lower  rates  per  day  may  be  accepted.  Time  contracts  are  unusual. 
Most  work  is  done  by  the  thousand,  or  by  the  token,  the  printer  taking 
upon  himself  the  loss  or  gain  occasioned  by  differences  in  performance  from 
average  estimates.  The  rates  per  hour  should  be  used  chiefly  to  test  the 
value  of  the  work. 

HURRIED  WORK  should  always  command  extra  price.  If  a  form  is 
lifted  from  press  to  give  place  to  one  in  greater  haste,  or  if  a  press  is  kept, 
waiting  for  a  form,  all  the  time  lost  by  detention  or  by  the  re-inakiug- 
ready,  should  be  specifically  charged. 

NIGHT  WORK  cannot  be  priced  to  satisfaction.  For  the  work  of  a  hand 
press  or  treadle  press  at  night,  one-half  more  than  the  price  of  day  work 
would  be  ample  ;  for  the  work  of  one  cylinder  press,  run  by  steam,  double 
day  rates  will  prove  insufficient.  The  best  plan  is,  to  compute  actual  COST 
and  add  what  may  seem  just.  In  most  cases,  the  cost  will  be  about  double 
day  rates.  Xight  work  is  unprofitable,  and  should  be  avoided. 

THE  QUALITY  OF  IMC  used  should  control  the  price  of  Presswork.  A  line 
Black  Ink  is  of  stiffer  body  than  a  cheap  ink.  It  is  distributed  more  slowly. 
and  the  press  upon  which. it  is  used  has  to  run  at  slower  speed.  As  the 
performance  is  less,  the  price  of  the  work  should  be  greater,  even  it  the 
fine  ink  and  cheap  ink  cost  the  same. 

All  changes  of  color  on  the  same  form  should  be  at  extra  price.  The 
waste  of  labor,  ink,  and  benzine,  in  cleaning  up  a  card  press  cannot  lie 
rated  less  than  25  cents ;  the  cleaning  of  rollers  and  fountain  on  a  small 
cylinder  seldom  costs  less  than  $1.00.  A  single  token  in  any  color  that 
requires  special  washing-up  should  on  large  forms  be  about  double  price. 

Extra  price  is  required  for  colored  work,  not  only  on  account  of  the 
greater  cost  of  the  ink,  but  for  the  greater  labor  it  imposes.  The  difference 
in  value  between  Blue  Ink  and  Black  Ink  on  1000  Checks  would  be  covered 
by  25  cents;  the  difference  in  time  of  performance  is  seldom  covered  by 
$1 .00.  On  cheap  colors  and  light-faced  or  open  forms,  an  advance  of  one- 


PRESS  WORK.  71) 

third  or  one-half  over  the  price  of  black  may  be  a  reasonable  rate:  but 
when  color  is  used  in  quantity,  double  price  is  often  insufficient. 

On  ordinary  presswork,  in  Black  ink,  ten  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of  work 
may  be  allowed  as  the  proper  proportion  for  the  value  of  the  ink,  for 
which  no  specific  charge  should  be  made.  All  excess  should  be  at  extra 
price,  and  may  be  charged  specifically. 

THE  SIZE  OF  THE  FORM  should,  to  some  degree,  determine  the  price  of 
the  Presswork.  Every  increased  size  is  printed  at  increasing  expense.  On 
common  work,  in  Black  Ink,  not  many  graduations  of  price  are  needed,  as 
may  be  seen  in  the  table  of  Handbills,  on  page  217,  in  which  but  live  sets 
of  prices  are  made  for  sheets  from  6  x  9  to  24  x  38  inches.  On  Fine  Work, 
like  Cards,  fifteen  graduations  of  price  are  needed  between  sizes  1  Mz  X  2% 
and  22  x  28  indies.  See  pages  141  to  155,  and  237  to  239.  These  graduations 
of  price,  although  arbitrary  for  a  few  cases,  are  imperatively  required  for 
most  work.  The  distinctions  in  price  between  small  and  large  forms,  are 
carefully  observed  in  England  and  France. 

THE  SHAPE  OF  THE  PAPER  also  determines  the  price  of  the  Presswork. 
Most  sheets  are  oblong,  in  the  proportion  of  two  to  three,  in  which  shape 
they  are  quite  manageable,  as  this  is  the  usual  shape  of  the  bed  of  the  press. 
But  when  the  sheet  is  square,  it  compels  the  use  of  a  large  press,  and 
should  be  done  at  the  price  of  the  larger  sheet.  When  the  sheet  is  long 
and  narrow,  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  three,  or  one  to  four,  as  in  the  case 
of  a  theatre  bill,  it  is  more  difficult  to  feed  and  fly,  and  the  press  has  to  be 
run  at  slower  speed.  When  the  sheet  is  disproportionately  large  for  the 
form,  or  requires  a  constant  shifting  of  the  form,  or  the  alteration  of  the 
feed-guides,  as  is  the  case  with  a  bank-check,  cost  is  materially  enhanced. 
Double  the  ordinary  price  is  often  insufficient.  See  page  Ifio.  and  contrast 
value  of  Presswork  of  1000  Checks  from  one  Check  and  from  five  Checks. 

THE  NATURE  OF  THE  FORM.  An  ordinary  Book  or  Newspaper  form, 
in  which  the  types  are  of  one  body,  or  very  nearly  so,  gives  but  little 
trouble  to  the  pressman  in  making-ready.  Such  a  form  is  properly  rated  in 
the  cheapest  class  of  presswork.  But  any  form  that  calls  for  an  irregular 
apportionment  of  ink,  or  for  great  strength  of  impression  on  one  portion 
and  great  delicacy  on  another,  makes  extra  labor  for  the  pressman,  and 
should  be  at  extra  price.  Forms  full  of  brass  rule,  or  with  fine  wood-cuts, 
or  with  mixed  large  and  small  type,  or  of  irregular  shape,  always  require 
extra  time  in  making-ready.  Other  forms  of  bold  type,  or  tints,  that  may 
require  but  little  time  in  making-ready,  often  require  a  still  greater  expend! 
ture  of  time  in  interleaving,  to  prevent  the  set-off  of  the  ink.  The  differ- 
ence in  cost  of  Presswork.  as  it  is  att'ected  by  the  nature  of  the  form,  will 
be  more  clearly  set  forth  in  the  special  prices  of  Presswork.  on  the  follow 
inir  i>;<. 

For  other  observations  on  Presswork.  sec   Inks  and  (.Dualities  of  Paper. 


80 


BILLHEADS. 


PRICES    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

OXE   REAM. 
Perlb 
Best  or  P  paper  at 

Good  or  ....  M       a     at 

f> 

$ 

$         " 
<P 

A 
V 

$ 

$ 

Common  or  N       .      at 

1 
i 

ONE  HUNDRED   ON    M  PAPER. 
No. 

1  .  .2  leaves  Flat  Cap,  full  sheet 
2.  .Half  sheet  Flat  Cap,  8V2xl4 
4.  .Quarter  sheet  »         8^x  7 
fi.  .Sixth  sheet       «         8M«x  -i-2/3 

3..  Quarter  Folio  Post,  8^x11 
5.  .Eighth                         8^x  S1^ 
8.  .Eighth  Flat  Cap.  .  .  .8V&X  3V2 

81 


BILLHEADS. 


SIZES    AND    STYLES    OF   PAPER. 

Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  is  the  standard  size.  Law  Blank  Cap,  13  x  16, 
and  Foolscap.  12  X  15,  are  sometimes  used,  but  they  are  not  popular. 

Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  folded  the  narrow  way.  is  sometimes  used 
for  making  odd  sizes,  to  which  Flat  Cap  will  not  cut  to  advantage. 

Usual  Sizes. 

Xo.  Inches. 

1 . .  Flat  Cap.  2  leaves  of       8Va  x!4 

2.  .Half  Flat  Cap 8^X14 

4.  .Quarter  Flat  Cap 8^2  x  7 

6.  .Sixth  Flat  Cap 8MsX  4% 


Inches. 
.8^X11 


Unusual  Sizes. 

Xo. 

3.  .Quarter  Polio  Post. 
5.  .Eighth  Folio  Post.. 
8.. Eighth  Flat  Cap... 


A  Ream  should  consist  of  480  sheets  of  Flat  Cap,  or  its  equivalent,  less  the 
waste,  which  should  not  exceed  five  per  cent.  There  is  no  longer  any  reason  for 
allowing  but  eighteen  quires  to  the  ream,  as  was  the  usage  many  years  ago,  when 
outsides  were  not  only  unfit  for  use,  but  damaging  to  type. 

To  meet  the  competition  of  those  who  allow  but  eighteen  quires  to  the  ream, 
ten  per  cent,  should  be  deducted  from  all  the  following  prices ;  but  the  customer 
should,  in  all  cases,  be  notified  of  the  difference  in  usage  and  the  difference  in  price. 

Where  Folio  Post  is  used,  320  sheets  should  be  rated  as  a  ream. 

12  Ib  Flat  Cap  and  18  Ib  Folio.  16  Its  Flat  Cap  and  24  ft  Folio. 

14  ft  Flat  Cap  and  22  ft  Folio,  20  ft  Flat  Cap  and  28  ft  Demy. 

Are  of  about  equal  thickness :  480  sheets  of  Cap  beiu.;:  equivalent  to  320  sheets  of  Folio. 

PKICES    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 


10       12       14       16       18       20 

pounds,    pounds,   pounds,   pounds,    pounds,    pounds. 


ONE    REAM. 

Perlb 

Best  or  P  paper  at  35c. 

$3.50  $4.20  $4.90  $5.60  $6.30  $7.00 

Good  or  M             at  30c. 

3.00     :{.i;«     4.  -JO      ; 

5.40 

6.00 

Common  or  X             at  25c. 

2.50 

3.1X1     3.50     4.00     4.50 

OXE    HUXDRED   OX    M   PAPER. 

N". 

I.  .2  leaves  Flat  Cap.  full  sheet 

.66 

.79 

.92 

1.H5      1.18 

1.32 

2.  .  Half  sheet  Flat  Cap,  8^x14 

.33 

.40 

.46 

.53 

.59 

.66 

4.  .Quarter  sheet  »        .S^x  7 

.16 

.20 

.23 

.26 

.30 

.33 

•vxth  sheet                  8^x  423 

.11 

.13 

.15 

.17 

.20 

.22 

3.,  Quarter  Folio  Post.  8%xll 

.16 

.•.'» 

.23 

.26 

.29 

.33 

5.  .Eighth                          8^x  5^ 

- 

.10 

.12 

13 

.15 

.17 

8.  .Eighth  Flat  Cap.    .  .8MzX  3^2 

.  8       .10 

.  12        .  13 

.15 

.17 

For  trivial  orders  add  25  per  rent,  to  the  printed  prices  of  Billheads  by  the  100. 

Soft,  or  Engine-sized,  or  Slack-sized  paper,  should  never  1>e  u-ecl.  even  for  the 
'•onimonest  Billheads.  If  cheap  paper  is  insisted  on.  ;i  hard  Tub-sized  iMper,  that  is 
off-color  or  speck y.  will  be  preferred  by  every  penman. 


82 


BILLHEADS. 


RULING    OP   BILLHEADS. 


By  the  Hundred,  per  100 $ 

No  order  to  be  rated  less  than 

Quarter  Eeam,  or  less 

Fancy  Head- Line,  extra 

Ruling  Unit  Lines,      //    


Half  Ream 

One  Ream 

Five  Reams,  per  ream 

Ten  Reams,      «        «    

Twenty-tire  Reams,  per  ream 


By  the  1000.  in  large  quantities,  assorted  sizes,       cents  to  $         per  1000. 


COMPOSITION    OF    BILLHEADS. 

Each  Billhead,  plain,  not  over  six  lines $ 

Card  in  corner,  extra plain  border,  combination  border, 

PRESSWORK    OF    BILLHEADS. 

Every  ' 

Every               ;    added  Half  One         Every 

Color  of  Ink.           10O.    added  1OOO.      100O  Beam.  Beam.      added 

1OO.                      per  1000.  1200  impr.  1200  impr.      Beam. 

1  SPt.                         1  set            ~     '  " 

Black $          : 

Blue  or  Red 

Carmine  or  Purple 
Two  Colors . . . 


BILLHEADS. 

RULING    OF    BILLHEADS. 


83 


By  the  Hundred,  per  100 $   .15 

No  order  to  be  rated  less  than  50c. 

Quarter  Ream,  or  less 75 

Fancy  Head-Line,  extra 50 

Ruling  Unit  Lines.      «    75 


Half  Ream $1.00 

One  Ream • 1 . 50 

Five  Reams,  per  ream 1 . 25 

Ten  Reams,  •    1.10 

Twenty-live  Reams,  per  ream     1 . 00 


By  the  1000,  in  large  quantities,  assorted  sizes,  80  cents  to  $1 . 00  per  1000. 

COMPOSITION    OF    BILLHEADS. 

Each  Billhead,  plain,  not  over  six  lines $1 . 25 

Card  in  corner,  extra plain  border.  50c. ;  combination  border,     1 .00 

The  composition  of  a  Billhead  with  curved  lines  and  added  flourishes,  in 
imitation  of  lithography,  is  worth  at  least  §3.00,  aud  may  be  worth  $6.00. 

For  an  order  of  1OOO  Billheads,  or  less,  set  one  Billhead. 

For  an  order  of  One  Beam,  assorted  sizes,  two  mar  be  set.  As  Billheads  are 
usually  assorted,  one  ream  printed  from  two  heads  will  average  1 ,250  impressions. 
A  ream  eight  to  sheet  will  make  1,900  impressions,  for  which  extra  price  may  be 
charged;  but  where  Billheads  are  taken  in  by  the  ream,  and  some  reams  make  less 
than  1,000  impressions,  the  price  should  be  averaged  for  all. 

For  orders  of  less  than  ten  reams  of  assorted  sizes,  it  is  not  judicious  to  set 
more  than  two  Billheads.  When  more  than  two  are  set,  the  labor  and  delay  of 
altering  furniture  to  suit  the  varying  sizes  are  greater  than  that  of  the  extra 
presswork.  If  the  Billheads  are  all  of  one  size,  not  requiring  any  change,  set  three 
or  more,  or  electrotype. 

PRESSWORK   OF    BILLHEADS. 


Color  Of  Tnfc 

100. 

1  set 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

10OO. 

Iset 

Every 
added 
1000 
per  1000. 
2  set 

Half 
Ream. 
1200  impr. 
1  set 

One 

Ream. 
1200  impr. 

2  set. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

Black. 

$      50 

$    20 

.•*2  00 

$1    00 

$2  00 

$2  50 

$2  50 

Blue  or  Red 

75 

30 

3  00 

1  50 

3  00 

4  00 

3  50 

Carmine  or  Purple 
Two  Colors.  .  . 

.75 
1.50 

.40 
.50 

4.00 
5.00 

2.00 
3  00 

4.00 
5  00 

5.00 
7  00 

5.00 
6  00 

In  Quantities  of  Three  Reams  and  more.— The  Presswork  of  Billheads,  from 
two  Billheads,  may  be  rated  at  82.00  per  1,000  impressions  for  Black ;  at  $3.00  for 
Blue  or  Vermilion  Red,  and  64.00  for  Fine  Red  or  Carmine  or  Purple. 

Billheads  in  Two  or  more  Colors  are  rarely  done,  and  are  usually  of  such 
peculiar  nature  that  they  cannot  be  priced  exactly.  For  ordinary  cases,  the  prices 
above  given  will  be  sufficient.  For  much  color,  or  very  exact  register,  as  of  a  line 
of  letters  in  two  colors,  a  much  higher  price  will  be  needed. 

Billheads  with  Tinted  Ground-work  of  open  ruled  lines,  may  be  done  at  the 
same  price  for  such  a  tint  as  for  Billheads  iu  Blue  Ink.  For  Solid  Ground-work,  ou 
Flat  Tint-Plate,  at  the  same  price  as  Presswork  in  Carmine.  These  are  prin-s  tin 
the  Presswork  of  the  Tints  only.  Add  the  price  of  presswork  from  the  type  form. 

Billheads  in  Gold  Bronze,  at  double  the  price  of  Blue. 

Billheads  with  Wood  Cuts,  that  are  required  to  be  carefully  overlaid,  or  with 
delicate  type,  skilfully  made  ready,  should  be  attempted  only  on  the  smoothest  of 
wove  paper,  and  best  black  ink.  For  such  work  ou  one  ream,  double  the  rate  »f 
Black  Presswork  is  a  just  price  ;  for  a  smaller  quantity,  double  the  rate  of  Black,  and 
add  the  value  of  making  ready. 


84 


BILLHEADS. 


I  Every 

Every  added        Half          One         Everv 

Color  of  Ink.        !  1OO.    added  1OOO.  10OO.       Ream.      Ream.       adde'd 

1OO.  per  1000.      1200  impr.     1200  impr.      Ream 

1  set.                        1  set.  2  set.              1  set. 

Black $          $          $  $              $              $ 

Blue  or  Red. | 

Carmine  or  Purple 
Two  Colors. 


Color  of  Tnk. 


Every 

added 

100. 


Every 

added        Half 
1OOO.       Ream. 


One 

Ream. 


Every 
added 
Ream. 


Black $ 

Blue .j 

Carmine  or  Purple 


BILLHEADS.  85 

COMPOSITION,    RULING,    AND   PBESSWOBK. 

Iu  this  table  Composition  is  rated  at  §1.25  for  each  Billhead.    For  extra  work,  like 
a  card  in  corner,  with  plain  border,  add  the  extra  of  50  cents  to  each  j>rice  in  every 
column  headed  1  set.  and  $1.00  to  every  column  headed  2  set. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  page  81. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Iset 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1OOO. 

Iset 

Every 
added 
1OOO. 
per  1000. 
2  set 

Half 

Ream. 
1200  irapr. 
Iset 

One 

Ream. 
1200  impr. 
2  set 

Every 
addecl 
Ream. 

Black.  '        

$1.90 

$   .35 

$4.25 

$3.00 

$4.25 

$6.50 

$4.00 

Blue  or  Red.  .    .  . 

2.15 

.45 

5.25 

3.75 

5.25 

8.00 

5.00 

Carmine  or  Purple 

2.15 

.55 

6.25 

4.25 

6.25 

9.00 

6.00 

Two  Colors  

2.90 

.65 

7.25 

5.50 

7.25 

11.00 

7.50 

Prices  for  orders  of  less  than  500  are  made  for  ready  ruled  paper. 

If  specially  ruled  to  order,  add  50  cents  to  the  above  prices. 

The  preceding  table  comprises  all  the  work  of  ordinary  Billheads,  and  is  Intended 
to  save  the  calculation  of  the  separate  items.  By  adding  together  the  price  above 
given,  for  any  number,  with  the  price  of  paper  for  same  number,  on  page  81,  the  full 
price  can  at  once  be  known.  For  example :  Full  price  is  asked  for  One  Ream  of 
Billheads,  in  black  ink,  on  12  ft  good  M  paper ;  price  of  Paper  (p.  81)  is  $3.60 ;  price 
of  Composition,  Ruling,  and  Presswork  is  $6.50;  total,  $10.10.  If  16  ft  paper  is 
wanted,  add  $4.80  and  $6. 50 =$11. 30. 

For  larse  orders,  on  which  a  reduction  in  prices  is  expected,  make  up  the  price 
by  items.  See  detailed  estimates  on  a  following  page. 

SECOND-CLASS   OB,    CHEAP   BILLHEADS. 

Where  a  customer  is  not  particular  about  the  style  of  his  work,  or  brings  in  a  strict 
reprint  copy,  requires  no  proof,  and  allows  the  printer  to  do  work  in  his  own  way 
and  at  his  convenience,  the  following  prices  may  be  used. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.  See  page  81. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

Every 
added 
100. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 
Ream. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

Black  

$1.60 

$   .25 

$3.00 

$2.50 

$3.50 

$5.50 

$3.  -25 

Blue  

2.00 

.30 

4.50 

3.20 

4.75 

6.75 

4.25 

Carmine  or  Purple 

2.00 

.40 

5.50 

3.75 

5.50 

7.50 

5.25 

Any  departure  from  these  conditions  should  cause  the  work  to  be  rated  at  full  price. 

LITHOGBAPHED    BILLHEADS. 

ENGRAVING  of  simplest  possible  form $5 . 00 

a  plain,  ordinary  form $7 . 50/S>  10 . 00 

an  ornamented  form 15.00®25.00 

an  elaborate  form 35.00®50.00 

Special  Vignettes,  Buildings,  Machinery,  etc.,  extra  price. 

TRANSFERRING  for  a  Cap  sheet,  each  Transfer 3 . 25 

PRINTING  in  Black,  per  100  sheets 2.25 

Red,  3.00 

RULING  with  Fancy  Head  Line Half-Ream,  $1 .20  ;  One  Ream      2.00 


86 


*  ' 


3  f  ^ 


In  the  first  estimate  for  Lithographed  Billheads  on  the  next  page,  allow- 
ance is  made  for  but  one  transfer,  which  iu  this  case  is  more  economical, 
but  it  adds  somewhat  to  the  cost  of  the  ruling.  For  most  orders  of  mixed 
sizes,  it  will  be  judicious,  in  making  estimate,  to  calculate  for  two  transfers. 


BILLHEADS.  87 

ESTIMATES    FOR    LITHOGRAPHED    BILLHEADS. 


Half  Ream. 
120  sheets  6s.  120  sheets  4s. 

Paper,  1616  P.Flat  Cap 82  80 

Ruling 1.20 

Engraving  ordinary  form 10.00 

Transfer 3.25 

Printing  240  in  black  at  .§2.25. ..  5.40 


§22  65 


One  Ream. 

220  sheets  6s,  200  4s,  60  2s. 

Paper,  16  IB  P.  Flat  Cap $5.60 

Ruling 2.00 

Engraving  ordinary  form 10.00 

Transfer 6.50 

Printing  480  in  black,  at  §2.25  ..  10.80 


§34.90 


ESTIMATES    FOR    LETTER-PRESS    BILLHEADS. 


Five  Thousand  Billheads :    100  of  size 
1,  200  of  size  2,  500  of  size  3, 1000  of  size 
4,  1500  of  size  5,  1700  of  size  6.    16  IB 
M  paper,  in  black  ink. 
This  order  may  be  estimated  by  two  methods : 
one,  by  an  analysis  of  the  work ;  another,  by  a 
combination  of  the  prices  previously  given. 

FIRST   -METHOD.  .BY   ANALYSIS. 
To   LAT  OUT  THE  PAPER  will  be  the 
first  process.      To  do  this  the  number 
of  sheets  must  be  ascertained,  viz. : 
No.  Sheets. 

1 . .  100  sheets  of  2  leaves  Flat  Cap ...  100 

2..  200  half  sheets  of  Flat  Cap 100 

4  . 1000  quarter  sheets  of  Flat  Cap  . .  250 
6.  .1700  sixth  sheets  of  Flat  Cap 284 

734 
Add  5  per  cent,  for  waste,  etc. ...     36 

Total  number  of  Flat  Cap  sheets . .  770 


COMPUTATION  OP  PRESSWORK:  There 
are  5000  Billheads  to  be  printed  from 
a  form  of  2  Billheads,  making  in  all  2500 
impressions,  at  82.00,  §5.00. 

SUMMARY. 

Value  of  Paper,  §7.68  and  $4.95  ...  $12.63 
Ruling  2?4  reams  Paper,  at  81.50.  4.12 
Composition  of  2  Billheads,  §1.25 .  2 . 50 
Pressworkof  2500  impr'ns,  §2.00.  5.00 

824.25 

The  computation  of  the  value  of  paper  could 
be  abridged  by  the  use  of  the  Paper  Table,  viz.  .- 
734  sheets  Flat  Cap,  at  §4.75  per 
ream,   $10.45  per  1000,  or  §1.04 

per  100 $7.63 

313  sheets  Folio  Post,  at  §7.20  per 
ream,  §15.95  per  1.000,  or  81.59 
per  100 4.97 


3. .  500  quarter  sheets  Folio  Post. 
5..  1500  eighth 


125 
188 

313 
Add  5  per  cent,  for  waste,  etc. ...     15 

Total  number  of  Folio  sheets 328 

To  FIND  THE  VALUE  OF  PAPER  is  the 
next  step.  770  sheets  of  Flat  Cap  are 
equal  to  32  quires,  or  1  and  12-20  reams. 
The  paper  is  16  ft,  at  30c.  §4.80  per  ream, 
or  24  cents  per  quire :  32  quires,  at  24c. 
are  87.68.  328  sheets  of  Folio  Post  are 
nearly  equal  to  13%  quires.  To  match 
the  thickness  of  the  Flat  Cap,  being 
one-half  larger,  it  should  be  one-half 
heavier,  or  of  24  IB  weight.  The  price 
per  ream  would  be,  24  Ib  at  30c.  §7.20 
per  ream,  or  36  cents  per  quire ;  13%t 
quires  at  36c.  are  §4.95. 

THE  VALUE  OF  THE  RULING  must  next 
bedetermined.  13'i  quires  of  Folio  Post 
are  equal  to  1  ream  of  Flat  Cap ;  32 
quires  of  Flat  Cap  are  equal  to  more  than 
1  '2  reams  of  Flat  Cap.  Ruling  2*4  reams 
of  Flat  Cap.  at  §1.50.  84.12. 

COMPOSITION  of  2  Head.-,  at  |US,  --'.:•". 


§12.60 

The  rates  of  the  Paper  Table  include  allowance 
for  waste,  for  which  reason  the  exact  number  of 
734  sheets  is  used,  instead  of  770 


The  above  is  the  method  of  making  estimates 
most  commonly  used.  It  is  not  necessary  to 
further  show  that  it  is  both  tedious  and  liable  to 
error.  The  simplicity  of  the  second  method,  in 
which  the  prices  are"  combined,  with  but  little 
calculation,  will  commend  itself  to  the  reader, 
and  show  the  value  of  printed  prices,  even  to 
an  expert. 

SECOND  METHOD.  .BY  COMBINATION. 
16  ft  FLAT  CAP. 

100  of  No.  1.  at  §1.05  per  100 §1.05 

200    »        2,  »       .53       "       1.06 

1000              4.            .26       *       2.60 

1700     .         6,  »        .17       »        2.89 

24  ft  FOLIO  POST. 

SOOofNn.  3,  at    *.39perlOO 1.95 

1500     ,•                      21       .        3.15 

Total  value  of  Paper §12. rO 

Composition  of  2  (see  p.  81)  §1  25  2.50 
Ruling  of  5000  (see  p.  83)  at  .80  4.00 
Presswork  of  2500  (see  p.  85)  2.00  5.00 

§24  20 

Thi^  trivial  difference  in  prices  of  paper  by 
the  three  computations  —  $12.63,  $12.60,  and 
$12.70 — ismade  by  overlooking  minute  fractions. 

*  Folio  Post  being  one-half  larger,  should  be 
at  one  half  higher  rate 


BILLHEADS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  dualities. 

Flat  Letter.                    Flat  Cap. 

6 

pounds. 

9 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

OXE   REAM   OF   480   SHEETS. 

Perfect  paper  at 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

$ 

Good  or  M  paper  at 

Corntnon  or  N  paper  at 

OSTE    HUNDRED,    P   PAPER. 

Four  Statements  to  a  Sheet  
Six  Statements  to  a  Sheet 

Eight  Statements  to  a  Sheet  

BILLHEADS. 


89 


Ten  Reams  of  Billheads:  1  ream  of  size 

1,  2  reams  of  size  2,  3  reams  of  size  4, 

4  reams  of  size  6,  on  14  Ib  Flat  Cap 

Perfect  paper,  black  ink. 

Paper:  10  reanis(seep.  81).  .84.90.  .849.00 

Composition:  2 Billheads. .  .81.25. .     2.50 

Presswork:  10  rms.  (p. 83).  .82.50. .  25.00 

Ruling:  10 reams  (p.  83) $1.10..  11  00 

Total 887.50 

Six  Hundred  Billheads,  with  fine  wood 

cut,  20  16  Perfect  paper,  on  size  3. 
Paper:  (seep.  81 )  600  M  paper.  .33    82.00 
Add  25  per  cent,  for  Perfect  paper        .  50 
Composition  :  with  extra  work. . .      2 . 00 
Presswork :  (p.  83)  dbl.  pr.  black. 
Making  ready,  3  hours   at  .75..      2.25 

Printing  (p.  83)  500  at 40..      2.00 

Ruling:  extra,  300  at 20..      1.00 


Five  Hundred  Billheads,  in  two  colors, 
plain  style,  on  18  ft  M  paper,  all  on 
size  4. 

Paper (see  p.  81)  500  at    .30..    *1  50 

Labor (see  p.  85)  100  at  2.40  . .      2  40 

400  at    .65..      2.60 

;  80  50 

One  Thousand  Billheads  in  Purple  ink, 
600  of  size  6,  and  400  of  size  4,  011  18  Ib 
Good  paper. 

Paper :  600  of  size  6,  at  .20 f  1 .20 

400  of  size  4,  at  .30 1.20 

Ruling :  (see  page  83)  1000  at  .  10 .        1  00 

Composition:  (see page 83) 1.25 

Presswork:  (see  page  83)   1000  at      4  00 

18.69 

If  card  in  corner  is  wanted,  add      1  00 
If  Perfect  paper  is  wanted,  add  25  per- 
cent. (60  cents)  to  item  of  paper. 


MONTHLY  STATEMENTS. 


Flat  Letter,  10x16  inches,  and  Flat  Cap,  14x17  inches,  are  the  most 
serviceable  shapes  of  paper  for  this  class  of  work. 


Usual  Sizes. 

Xo.  Inches. 

1 . .  Quarter  Sheet  Letter ...  5     xS 

2.  .Sixth  Sheet  Letter 5     X5V& 

3.  .Sixth  Sheet  Cap 


Unusual  Sizes. 

No. 

4..  Eighth  Sheet  Folio.... 

5.  .Eighth  Sheet  Cap 4V4x7 

6.  .Eighth  Sheet  Letter. . . 


.5     x4 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

Fl 
6 

pounds. 

at  Letter. 

Flat  Cap. 

9 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

ONE   REAM   OF   480   SHEETS. 

Perfect  paper  at  35c 

$2.10 
1.80 

.12 

J 

$3.15 
2.70 
2.25 

.18 
.12 

C) 

$4.20 
3.60 
3.00 

.* 

.16 
.12 

$4.90 
4.20 
3.50 

.27 
.18 
.14 

$5  .  60 

4.80 
4.00 

.30 
.20 
.15 

$6.30 
5.40 
4.50 

.34 
.23 
.17 

Good  or  M  paper  at  30c 

Common  or  N  paper  at  25c  . 

ONE   HUNDRED,   P  PAPER. 

Four  Statements  to  a  Sheet  
Six  Statements  to  a  Sheet  

Eight  Statements  to  a  Sheet  

90 


MONTHLY   STATEMENTS. 


COMPOSITION. 

One  Statement,  plain  style.    ..* 

Every  added  Statement 

Curves  and  Flourishes,  extra. 
Form  of  Three  Statements.  . 
Note  at  foot  of  State't.  extra. 


PRESSWORK. 

One  Hundred  in  black  ink ...  $ 

Every  added  Hundred 

One  Thousand  impressions. .  . 
Colored  inks,  one-half  more.  If  used 
in  excess,  add  value  of  extra  color. 


RULING   MONTHLY    STATEMENTS. 

Ordinary  pattern,  not  more  than  three  heads  to  the  sheet. 


Size  of  Paper. 

1OO. 

any  size. 

10OO. 

any  sire. 

Everv 
added 
100O. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 

Ream. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

Flat  Letter 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Flat  Cap. 

Folio  Post  

COMPOSITION,    PRESSWORK,    AND    RULING. 

By  the  Thousand Composition  of  one  rated  at  A          of  two,  8          of  three,  § 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  page  89. 


Every 
Color  of  Ink.                       First        added 
1OO.          1OO. 

10OO. 

Every 
1OOO. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 
2  or  3  set 

Black  s              f 

1 

I 

$ 

Blue  or  Red 

Black  and  Red.  iucl.  ex.  comp. 

COMPOSITION,    PRESSWORK,    AND    RULING. 

By  the  Ream.  .Composition  of  first  Statement  rated  at .?  Every  added  one, 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  page  89. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Flat  Letter. 

Flat  Cap. 

Half 
Ream. 

Everv 
One         added 
Ream.      R«am. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 

Ream. 
1500  or  less 
impress. 
3  set 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

1000  impr. 
3  set 

impress. 
2  set. 

impress.      1000  impr. 

impress. 
3wt. 

Black  Ink  
Blue  or  Red  
Black  and  Eed  

$ 

.*                     $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

MONTHLY    STATEMENTS. 


For  the  unusual  requisition  of  extra  thick  and  fine  papers,   make  up  price  from 
Paper  Table.    For  Tinted  paper,  add  twenty  per  cent,  to  the  price  of  Perfect. 
For  trivial  orders  of  less  than  500,  25  per  cent,  may  be  added  to  these  prices. 


COMPOSITION. 

One  Statement,  plain  style. .  .$1.00 

Every  added  Statement 50 

Curves  and  Flourishes,  extra. 
Form  of  Three  Statements. ..    2.00 
Note  at  foot  of  State't,  extra .       .  75 


PBESSWOBK. 

One  Hundred  in  black  ink. .  .$  .50 

Every  added  Hundred 20 

One  Thousand  impressions ...    2 . 00 

Colored  inks,  one-half  more.   If  used 

in  excess,  add  value  of  extra  color. 


RULING-   MONTHLY    STATEMENTS. 

Ordinary  pattern,  not  more  than  three  heads  to  the  sheet. 


Size  of  Paper. 

1OO. 

any  size. 

1OOO. 

any  size. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 
Keam. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

Flat  Letter  

$   .50 

$1.00 

$    50 

$1  00 

$1  25 

$1  00 

Flat  Cap.  . 

50 

1.00 

50 

1  00 

1  50 

1  25 

Folio  Post 

50 

1.00 

50 

1  50 

2  25 

2  00 

Unit  Lines,  Triple  Head  Lines,  more  than  three  Head  Lines  to  the  sheet,  or  very 
thin  paper,  extra  price. 

COMPOSITION,    PBESSWOBK,    AND   RULING. 

By  the  Thousand Composition  of  one  rated  at  81-00;  of  two,  §1.50;  of  three.  62.00. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  page  89. 


Color  of  Ink. 

First 
10O. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1000. 

Every 
adde'd 
1000. 

300O. 

per  1000. 
2  or  3  set 

Black  

$2  00 

$    30 

$4  00 

$2  25 

$2  00 

Blue  or  Red 

•2  25 

40 

5  00 

2  75 

2  50 

Black  and  Red.  incl.  ex.  comp. 

3.00 

.55 

7.00 

4.00 

3.50 

COMPOSITION,    PBESSWOBK,    AND   BULING. 

By  the  Ream.  .Composition  of  first  Statement  rated  at  $1.00.    Every  added  one,  50c. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  page  89. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Flat  Letter. 

Flat  Cap. 

Half 
Ream. 

JOO  .,r  !,->- 

trapfMt 

2  set 

One 

Ream. 
1250  or  less 
impress. 
2  set 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

aviTii(.-intr 
1000  impr. 
2  set. 

Half 
Ream. 
750  or  less 
Impnw. 

3  set 

One 

Ream. 
1500  or  less 
impress. 
3  set 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

averaging 
1000  irapr. 
3  set 

Black  Ink  
Blue  or  Red. 

$4.00 
4.50 
6.00 

$5.25 
6.00 

8.75 

$3.00 
4.00 
5.50 

$5.00 
6.00 
8.00 

$6.50 
7.50 
11.00 

|3.25 

4.00 
6.00 

Black  and  Red  

92 


BILLS    OF    LADING. 


VALUE   OF   PAPER. 


Paper. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

Bill  of 
Exch'g-e 
Paper. 

One  Ream,  480  shts. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1000  Six  to  sheet  .  .  . 

1000  Pour  to  sheet.. 

COMPOSITION. 

One  Bill  of  Lading,  ordinary  form,  six  to  sheet,  in  Roman  type. 

Plain,  little  dotted  rule $  Alterations  of  name  and  place  $ 

Feint-lined  through 't  with  rule  If  in  Script  type,  extra,  each. . 

Special  Liability  Clause,  extra  |    Four  to  Folio  Post,  extra. . . . 

ELECTROTYPING  AND  BLOCKING. 

One  Bill  of  Lading,  not  larger  than  5x9^  inches,  plain $ 

Same  size  with  four  mortises 

One  set  of  three  electrotypes,  with  plain  composition,  mortised 

COMPOSITION   AND    PRESSWORK. 

Ordinary  Form,  six  to  Folio  Post,  in  Roman,  with  few  dotted  rules,  no  liability  clause. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  above. 


Style  of  Type. 
Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

out 
singly. 
1  set. 

Every 
added 
100. 

cut  up. 

1  set. 

1OOO. 

cut  up. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Half 
Ream. 
3  on  page. 
1  set. 

One 

Beam. 
3  set. 

Every 
added. 
He  am. 

3  set. 

KOMAN   TYPE. 

Black  Ink  
Red  Ink  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Jk 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

SCRIPT   TYPE. 

Black  Ink  

Red  Ink  

93 


BILLS  OF  LADING. 


Folio  Post,  17x22  inches,  is  the  paper  best  adapted  for  most  Bills  of 
Lading,  on  which  size  they  are  usually  printed  six  to  the  sheet.  Four  to 
the  sheet  is  unusual.  Sizes  smaller  than  six  to  Folio  are  not  ordered  by 
merchants.  For  these  and  other  varieties  see  a  subsequent  page. 

VALUE   OF   PAPER. 

For  10  and  12  ft>  weights,  French  or  Belgian  paper  must  be  used. 


Paper. 

10 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

BUI  of 
Exch'ge 
Paper. 

One  Ream,  480  shts. 

$3.30 

$4.00 

$4.62 

$5.28 

$6.00 

$10.50 

1000  Six  to  sheet  .  .  . 

1.20 

1.46 

1.66 

1.94 

2.20 

3.85 

1000  Four  to  sheet.  . 

1.80 

2.20 

2.50 

2.90 

3.30 

5.78 

COMPOSITION. 

One  Bill  of  Lading,  ordinary  form,  six  to  sheet,  in  Roman  type. 

Plain,  little  dotted  rule $2 . 00    j    Alterations  of  name  and  place  $  .  50 

Feint-lined  through 't  with  rule  4 . 00         If  in  Script  type,  extra,  each . .      .50 
Special  Liability  Clause,  extra     .50     \    Four  to  Folio  Post,  extra. ...    1.00 

ELECTROTYPING  AND  BLOCKING. 

One  Bill  of  Lading,  not  larger  than  5x9Mi  inches,  plain $3.00 

Same  size  with  four  mortises 4 . 00 

One  set  of  three  electrotypes,  with  plain  composition,  mortised 14.00 

COMPOSITION   AND   PBESSWOBK. 

Ordinary  Form,  six  to  Folio  Post,  in  Roman,  with  few  dotted  rules,  no  liability  clause. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.    See  above. 


Style  of  Type. 
Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

out 

sinfrlv. 

1    M/f. 

Every 
added 
100. 

cut  up. 
1  set. 

1000. 

cut  up. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

1  set. 

Half 

Ream. 
3  on  page. 
1  set. 

One 

Ream. 
3  set. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 
3  set. 

ROMAN    TYPE. 

Black  Ink  
Red  Ink.    .. 

$2.50 
2  75 

$    .20 

30 

$4.00 
5.00 

$2.00 
3.00 

$7.00 

9.30 

$9.00 
10  50 

$2.00 
3  00 

SCRIPT   TYPE. 

Black  Ink  

3.00 

.30 

5.00 

3.00 

7.50 

10.50 

3.00 

Red  Ink  

3.25 

.35 

6.00 

4.00 

9.80 

12.00 

4.00 

If  all  the  blank  spaces  are  feint-lined  with  Dotted  Rules,  add  82.00  to  price.-. 

When  quantities  less  than  Half  Ream  are  ordered,  to  be  delivered  in  sheets, 
three  on  page,  add  one-half  to  above  prices.  This  extra  price  is  needed  to  cover  the 
cost  of  extra  labor  of  presswork. 


94 


BILLS    OF    LADING. 

PRESSWOBK   FROM   TYPE. 


Size  of  Form.              10O        fj|S        lOOO'^S 
Shape  of  Paper.       impress.      1OO       impress.     1OOO- 

One 
Ream. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

One  Bill,  cut  paper.    $               ? 

$2 

|S 

$5 

One  Bill,  3  to  page  . 

Three  Bills,  Stop.. 

BILLS    OF    LADING. 

PRESSWORK   FROM    TYPE. 


95 


Size  of  Form. 
Shape  of  Paper. 

100 

impress. 

Every 
adde'd 
1OO. 

1000 

impress. 

Every 
added 
1OOO. 

One 
Ream. 

Every 
added 
Ream. 

One  Bill,  cut  paper. 

$   .50 

$   .20 

$2.00 

$2.00 

$5.50 

One  Bill,  3  to  page  . 

2.00 

.40 

4.00         2.00 

9.00 

Three  Bills,  Stop.. 

1.00 

.25 

3.00 

2.00    | 

3.00 

1      2.00 

Colored  inks,  one-half  more. 

For  Script  Type  of  unusual  delicacy,  or  for  presswork  of  unexceptionably  fine 
wood  cuts,  in  the  best  style,  extra  price  may  be  required. 

PRESSWORK   FROM    THREE   ELECTROTYPES. 


Half  Ream,  480  impressions .  $2 . 00 
One  Beam,  960  .     3.50 


Two  Reams,  per  ream . 
Five  Reams,        « 


Making  up  form,  if  in  pieces,  50  cents.     All  additions,  alterations,  or  insertions 
of  names  or  places,  extra.    Colored  ink,  one-half  extra. 

ESTIMATES   IN    DETAIL. 

Sixteen-pound  paper,  Black  ink,  Roman  type,  six  to  sheet. 


Items. 

100. 

cut 
singly. 

5OO. 

cut 
singly. 

10OO. 

cut 

singly. 

Five 
Quires 
Three 
to  page. 

Half 
Ream. 
3  to  page. 
1  set. 

One 
Ream. 

cut. 
3  set. 

Two 
Reams, 
cut. 

Paper  .        .        ... 

$    .20 

$1.00 

$2.00 

$1.32 

$2.64 

$5.28 

$10.56 

Composition. 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

6.00 

6.00 

Presswork  

.50 

1.25 

,  2.00 

3.50 

4.88 

3.00 

5.00 

Total... 

$2.70 

$4.25 

$6.00 

$6.82 

$9.52 

$14.28 

$21.56 

For  Colored  Inks,  add  one-half  to  the  price  of  presswork  only. 
For  Script  Type,  add  50  cents  for  composition  of  each  Bill. 
For  Superior  or  Inferior  Papers,  alter  prices  by  Paper  Table,  page  93 
For  size  Four  to  Folio  Post,  alter  price  by  Paper  Table,  page  93. 


LITHOGRAPHED   BILLS   OF    LADING. 

In  most  cases,  lithographers  have  ready  an  engraved  form,  for  the  use  of  which  no 
special  charge  is  made.  For  specially  engraving  name  of  person  and  place,  the  charge 
should  be  from  $2.00  to  $3.00.  The  charge  for  Transfer  will  be  §3.25 ;  for  printing 
two  or  three  bills  on  half  Folio,  in  black  ink,  82.75  per  100  impressions.  At  these 
rates  the  prices  would  be : 


For  Five  Quires,  or  ISO  Sheets. 

Engraving $2.50 

Transfer 3.25 

Printing  240  at  $2.75 6.60 

Paper.  18  ft 1.50 

$13.85 


For  Ten  Quires,  or  24O  Sheets. 

ing $2.50 

Transfer 3.25 

Printing  480  at  $2 . 75 13. 20 

Pap.-!-.  18  ft 3.00 

$21.95 


96 


MEMORANDUM    BILLHEADS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

Flat  Letter.                    Flat  Cap. 

6          9         12        14        16        18 

pounds,   pounds,   pounds,   pounds,   pounds,    pounds. 

OXE    REAM   OF  480   SHEETS. 

Perfect  paper.                        at 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

Good  or  M  paper                 at 

Common  or  X  paper            at 

OXE   THOrSAXD,  M  PAPER. 

Six  Billheads  to  a  Sheet.  .  .  . 

Eight  Billheads  to  a  Sheet  . 

Twelve  Billheads  to  a  Sheet  .... 

MEMORANDUM    BILLHEADS. 


BILLHEADS  for  NEWSPAPERS,  BILLHEADS  and  RECEIPTS  for  SOCIETIES, 
FREIGHT  BILLHEADS  for  STEAMERS  or  TRANSPORTATION  COMPANIES, 
may  be  taken  at  the  prices  of  the  following  tables. 

Flat  Cap,  14x17  inches,  and  Flat  Letter,  10x16  inches,  are  the  papers 
most  used.  Folio  Post,  17x22,  may  be  used  to  advantage  at  times. 


Usual  Sizes. 

No.  Inches. 

1 . .  Eight  to  Flat  Cap 3%  xgV 

2. . Six  to  Plat  Letter 3^x8 


Unusual  Sizes. 

No. 

3.  .Eight  to  Flat  Letter 

4.  .Twelve  to  Flat  Cap 


VALUE   OF   PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

Flat  Letter. 

Flat  Cap. 

6 

pounds. 

9 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

ONE   REAM    OF   480   SHEETS. 

Perfect  paper.  ...                 at  35c. 

$3  15 

$4  20 

$4  90 

$5   60 

$6.30 

Good  or  M  paper.                 at  30c. 

1  80 

2  70 

3  60 

4  20 

4  80 

5  40 

Common  or  N  paper  at  25c. 

2.25 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

4.50 

ONE  THOUSAND,  M  PAPER. 

Six  Billheads  to  a  Sheet  

.66 

1.01 

1  31 

1  55 

1  75 

2.00 

Eight  Billheads  to  a  Sheet  .    . 

50 

75 

1  00 

1  17 

1  30 

1.50 

Twelve  Billheads  to  a  Sheet  .... 

.33 

.50 

.66 

.78 

.87 

1.00 

As  six  pounds  is  an  unknown  weight  for  American  Letter,  it  will  be  necessary,  in 
cases  where  extremely  thin  papers  are  wanted,  to  use  11  or  12  Ib  French  Folio  Post. 


COMPOSITION   OF    ONE   BILLHEAD. 


Ordinary  form,  enclosed  rules. $1 .50 
With  card  end-piece 2.00 


With  much  dotted  rule $2.50 

Without  enclosed  rules  . .       .    1 . 00 


For  less  than  1500  copies,  set  up  1  Billhead ;  for  2000  copies  and  over,  set  up  2 ; 
for  10,000  copies,  set  up  4 ;  for  25.000  copies,  make  8  electrotype  plates.  The  economy 
of  this  extra  composition  may  he  seen  in  the  following  tahle. 


For  Two  Thousand  Copies. 
ONE  SET. 

Composition  of  One 1.50 

Presswork,  2000  impressions 4.00 


For  Two  Thousand  Copies. 
TWO    SKT. 

Composition  of  Two,  at  1.50 3.00 

Presswork,  1000  impressions 2.00 


$5.50  <>."<> 

Electrotyping  and  Blocking  One  Plate  of  size  1,  $2.25;   of  size  2,  si. on 
$1.75;  size  4,  £1  50. 


98 


MEMORANDUM    BILLHEADS. 

PRESS-WORK   BY   THE    1000. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Bills. 
1  set 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1OOO. 

2000 

per  1000. 
2  set. 

5OOO 

per  1000. 
2  set. 

100OO 

per  1000. 
4  set. 

2OOOO 

or  3  reams. 
per  1000. 

4  set 

Black  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  or  Red.  .  . 

Fine  Eed  

Two  Colors.  .  . 

PRESSWORK   BY   THE   REAM. 


Color  of  Ink. 

« 

Half 

Ream. 
2  set 
960  impr. 

One 

Ream. 
2  set. 
1920  impr. 

Five 
Reams. 

4  set. 
960  impr. 

Ten 
Reams. 

4  set. 
960  impr. 
per  ream. 

Twenty 
Reams. 

8  plates. 
480  impr. 
per  ream. 

Black  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  or  Red  

Fine  Red  

Two  Colors  

Composition,  ordinary  form  .  . 

Cutting  up  and  Packing  of  work  neatly  in  packages  of  1000,       cents  per  1000. 
Alterations  of  Names,  etc.,       cents  for  each  alteration. 


MEMORANDUM    BILLHEADS. 

PRESSWORK   BY   THE    1000. 


99 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Bills. 
Iset. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1OOO. 

2OOO 

per  1000. 
2  set. 

5OOO 

per  1000. 
2  set. 

1OOOO 

or  2  reams, 
per  1000. 
4  set. 

20000 
or  3  reams, 
per  1000. 
4  set 

Black. 

$    50 

$    20 

$2  00 

$1   00 

$      80 

$      60 

$    50 

Blue  or  Red.  . 

.75 

.30 

3.00 

1.50 

1.20 

.90 

.75 

Fine  Red 

1  00 

.40 

4  00 

2  00 

1  60 

1  20 

1  00 

Two  Colors.  .  . 

1.50 

.50 

5.00 

2.50 

2.00 

1.50 

1.25 

Printing1  on  both  sides :  When  printed  on  both  sides  in  the  same  color,  add  the 
extra  value  of  the  extra  composition,  which  is  too  variable  to  be  priced  specifically. 

If  a  different  color  is  wanted  for  the  back,  make  a  special  extra  price  therefor 
by  the  above  table. 

Superior  Black  Ink  "Work  at  the  price  of  Blue. 

Price  for  Two  Colors,  includes  the  making  up  of  color  form,  of  not  more  than 
two  lines  for  red :  if  three  or  more  lines  are  picked  out  for  red,  or  nice  justification 
or  register  is  required,  add  for  the  extra  color  from  50  cents  to  $1.00  for  each  bill. 

PRESSWORK   BY   THE   REAM. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Half 

Ream. 
2  set 
960  impr. 

One 

Ream. 
2  set 
1920  impr. 

Five 
Reams. 

4  set. 
960  impr. 
IK*  ream. 

Ten 

Reams. 
4  set. 
960  impr. 
per  ream. 

Twenty 
Reams. 
8  plates. 
480  impr. 
per  ream. 

Black 

.*-J  00 

$4   00 

$2   00 

$2   00 

$1.00 

Blue  or  Red  

3.00 

6.00 

3.00 

2.50 

1.50 

Fine  Red  

4.00 

8.00 

4.00 

3.50 

2.50 

Two  Colors.  . 

5.00 

10  00 

5.00 

4.50 

3.00 

Composition,  ordinary  form  .  . 

3.00 

3.00 

6.00 

6.00 

15.00 

Cutting  up  and  Packing  of  work  neatly  in  packages  of  1000, 10  cents  per  1000. 
Alterations  of  Names,  etc.,  50  cents  for  each  alteration. 

ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 

Ordinary  form,  with  enclosed  rules,  on  14  ft  M  Flat  Cap,  in  Black  ink. 


Items. 

100. 

5OO. 

1000. 

3OOO. 

5000. 

10000. 

Paper  .  . 

$     16 

*     78 

$1  55 

$4  65 

$7  75 

$15  50 

Composition  

1.50 

1.50 

1  50 

3.00 

3.00 

6.00 

Presswork  

.50 

1  25 

2  00 

3  00 

4.00 

6.00 

Total..    . 

$2  16 

$3  53 

$5  05 

$10  65 

$14.75 

$27.50 

Per  Thousand  

$3.55 

$2.95 

$2.75 

Blue  Ink.  per  1000  . 
Fine  Red. 
Two  Colors, 

$2.41 
2.66 

3.  Hi 

$4.15 

4.78 
fi.03 

$6.05 
7.05 
8.05 

$4.05 
1.55 

5.05 

$3.35 
3.75 

1.15 

$3.05 
3.35 
3.65 

100 


NOTE    HEADINGS. 


VALUE    OF   PAPER. 


Qualities. 

3 

pounds. 

4 

pounds. 

5 

pounds. 

6 

pounds. 

7 

pounds. 

BY   THE   BEAM. 

English,  Fine  quality  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

French,  Good  

French,  Common.  . 

American,  Perfect  paper  .  .  . 
American,  Good  paper  . 

American,  Common  paper  .  . 
Antique  Note,  or  Bond  

ONE  HUNDRED  FULL  SHEETS 

American  Perfect  paper  

COMPOSITION. 

One  plain  Heading,  of  not  more  than  four  straight  lines . 

One  ornamented  Heading,  with  curved  lines 

One  plain  Heading,  with  card  in  comer 


101 


NOTE  HEADINGS. 


Commercial  Note,   8x10  inches,  is  the  shape  most  preferred. 

Packet  Note,   9  x  HV4  inches,  is  not  an  uncommon  size. 

FLAT  LETTER.  FOLIO  POST,  or  DEMY,  may  be  used  with  economy  for 
double  or  quadruple  forms  of  large  orders  of  Commercial  Note. 

EXTRA  SIZE  FOLIO  POST,  or  WRITING  MEDIUM,  may  be  used  for  similar 
forms  and  orders  of  Packet  Note. 

VALUE   OF   PAPER. 


Qualities. 

3 

pounds. 

4 

pounds. 

5 

pounds. 

6 

pounds. 

7 

pounds. 

BY   THE    REAM. 

English,  Fine  quality 

.*:}  •-•(» 

$4.00 

.<:,  no 

$6  00 

French,  Good 

$2  00 

2  75 

3  25 

4  00 

French,  Common 

1  25 

1  75 

American.  Perfect  paper  .  .  . 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

American,  Good  paper  

1.60 

2.00 

2.40 

2.80 

American,  Common  paper  .  . 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

Antique  Note,  or  Bond  

5.00 

6.00 

ONE  HUNDRED  FULL  SHEETS 

American  Perfect  paper  .... 

.44 

.55 

.66 

.77 

COMPOSITION. 

One  plain  Heading,  of  not  more  than  four  straight  lines $  .75 

One  ornamented  Heading,  with  curved  lines $1 .00®  1 .25 

One  plain  Heading,  with  card  in  corner 1 .00®  1 .50 

The  prices  of  ornamented  Headings  are  speculative ;  some  may  be  worth  twice  the  above  rates. 

Brass  or  French  Flourishes,  if  used  in  excess,  at  extra  price. 

For  an  order  of  One  Ream  or  less,  cm  half  or  whole  sheets,  set  up  One  Heading ; 
for  Two  or  Three  Reams,  on  half  sheets,  set  up  Two  Headings;  for  Ten  Reams  or 
more,  on  half  sheets,  set  up  Four  Headings,  and  print  on  large  Flat  Letter,  or  on 
Folk)  Post  cut  down  to  proper  size. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  set  up  two  or  more  Headings  to  save  presswork,  every 
added  Heading  should  he  at  the  same  price  as  tin-  first. 

If,  for  want  of  sorts,  it  is  not  practicable  to  do  this,  the  Heading  may  he  duplicated 
by  electrotyping,  at  a  cost  varying  from  75  c.-nN  to  sl.:>.">  each,  according  to  size. 

FEINT   LINING   TO   ORDER. 

One  Ream  or  less,  of  any  width  feint  lines $  .50 

Five  Reams  Note,  on  Flat  Letter,  per  ream .  4(> 

If  on  cold-pressed. bond,  or  extra  thin  paper.  ;nl<l  one-half  to  above  prices. 

Ruling  should  always  precede  printing,  and.  in  good  work,  should  always  in- 
done  to  order,  as  the  ruling  of  most  folded  paper  cannot  in- depended  on  tor  accuracy. 


102 


NOTE    HEADINGS. 


PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 
One  Hundred  impressions ....  $ 


Every  added  Hundred < . 

Colored  inks,  one-half  extra. 


One  Heading  set. 
One  Ream. .  . 


Every  added  Ream .  . 


When  in  quantities  (2  or  4  set)  on  Flat  Letter,  at  the  rate  of 


per  ream  of  Note. 


PRESSWORK   WITH    COMPOSITION. 

Composition  rated  at      cents  each.    If  it  is  worth  more,  add  the  excess  to  the  price. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.   See  page  101. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO 

Heads. 
1  set. 

Every 
added 
100. 

One 

Ream. 
Whole 
sheets, 
or  480  imp. 

One 

Ream, 
Half- 
sheets. 
or960im. 

Two 
Reams, 
or960im. 

Five 
Reams, 
or  2400  im. 
2  set. 
per  ream. 

Black  

$1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Red  or  Blue.       .   . 

Two  Colors,  plain.  . 

NOTE    HEADINGS. 


103 


PRESSWORK    IN    BLACK   INK. 

One  Hundred  impressions $.50    j         One  Heading  set.        SSU 

Every  added  Hundred . . .  20  a>    .25    ;     One  Ream $1 . 25 

Colored  inks,  one-half  extra.  j     Every  added  Ream. .    1 .25 


2.00 


When  in  quantities  (2  or  4  set)  on  Flat  Letter,  at  the  rate  of  81.00  per  ream  of  Note. 

PRESSWORK   WITH   COMPOSITION. 

Composition  rated  at  75  cents  each.    If  it  is  worth  more,  add  the  excess  to  the  price. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  paper  and  work,  add  the  value  of  paper.   See  page  101. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Heads. 

1  s*t. 

Every 
added 
100. 

One 

Ream. 
Whole 
sheets, 
or  480  imp. 

One 

Ream, 
Half 
sheets, 
or  960  im. 

Two 

Reams, 

or  960  im. 
2  set. 
per  ream. 

Five 
Reams, 
or  2400  im. 
2  set. 
per  ream. 

Black  

$1.25 

$  .25 

$2.00 

$2.75 

$1    75 

$1  50 

Red  or  Blue.  

1.75 

.35 

2.75 

3  75 

2  50 

1  80 

Two  Colors,  plain  .  . 

2.50 

.50 

4.00 

5.50 

3.50 

3.00 

The  prices  given  in  this  tahle  for  one  ream  of  whole  sheets,  may  be  used  for  a 
half  ream  of  half  sheets. 

The  price  for  one  ream  of  •whole  sheets  is  the  prevailing  price,  but  it  is  not  enough 
for  Folded  Note.  The  labor  spent  in  unfolding,  refolding,  and  repacking  of  a  ream  of 
whole  sheets,  is  equivalent  to  that  of  the  500  extra  Impressions  on  the  half-sheet. 
Where  it  can  be  done,  no  distinction  should  be  made  between  half  and  whole  sheets. 

When  it  is  impracticable,  as  in  the  case  of  a  wood  cut,  to  set  up  two  Note  Headings 
to  economize  presswork,  £2.00  per  ream  should  be  charged  for  presswork  of  every 
additional  ream  after  the  first. 

Superior  Black  Ink  Presswork  should  be  at  the  price  of  Red  or  Bine.  If 
Carmine  or  Purple  is  used,  in  any  quantity,  the  price  should  be  increased  to  pay  for 
extra  color. 

Elaborate  Note  Headings,  with  two  or  more  colors  on  an  engraved  tint-ground, 
or  with  large  initials  in  two  colors,  with  large  or  fine  wood  cuts,  or  with  an  excess  of 
composition  in  small  type  in  cards  or  panels,  are  too  variable  in  amount  of  labor  to 
be  priced  with  exactness.  They  should  be  rated  by  time,  both  for  composition  and 
presswork,  on  small  machine  press,  at  not  less  than  75  cents  per  honr ;  if  of  such 
nature  as  to  require  the  services  of  extra-priced  workmen,  81.00  per  hour. 

ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 

On  Five-pound  Perfect  Note,  ruled  to  order,  ordinary  composition. 


Items. 

100 
Half 
ibMt*. 

500 

Half 
sheets. 

One 

Ream. 
Whole 
sheets. 

One 

Ream. 
Half 
sheets. 

Two 
Beams. 

Five 
Reams. 

on 
Flat  Letter 

Paper  

£      -JS 

$1  40 

$2  50 

$2  50 

$5.00 

$12.50 

Special  feint-lining.  . 
Composition.  .  . 

.50 
75 

.50 
75 

.50 

75 

.50 
75 

1.00 
1  50 

2.00 
3.00 

Presswork  in  Black  . 

.50 

1.25 

1.25 

2.00 

2.00 

5.00 

Total  

$2  03 

$3  90 

$5.00 

$5.75 

$9.50 

$22.50 

For  Blue  ink  add.  .  . 
For  extra  comp.  add. 

.25 

.50 

.60 
.30 

.60 

.50 

1.00 
.50 

1.00 
1.00 

2.50 
2.00 

104  NOTE    HEADINGS. 


NOTE    HEADINGS.  105 

LITHOGRAPHED    NOTE    HEADINGS. 

ENGRAVING  of  simplest  possible  form,  in  script $3.50 

a  good  ordinary  form 8 . 00 

an  elaborate  form 15.00®:25.00 

TRANSFERRING  (for  size  of  note  sheet  only) ~1  7~> 

PRINTING  :  Black  ink,  one  Head  to  sheet,  per  100 66 

two  Heads//  //       1.00 

Carmine  ink.  one-fourth  more. 

ESTIMATES    IN    DETAIL. 

One  Ream  Lithographed  Note  Headings,  Half  Ream  Lithographed  Note  Heads, 

ordinary  form,  6  ft  paper,  half  sheets.  simplest  form,  5  Its  M  paper,  whole  shts. 

Paper:  6  ft  Perfect  paper,  at  50c. .    §3.00        Paper:  5  ft  M  paper,  at  40e $1.00 

Engraving  a  good  ordinary  form.      8.00  Engraving :  3  lines  only,  script. .        3.50 

Transferring 2.75         Transferring 2.75 

Printing:  480  impress,  at  §1.00.           4.80  Printing :  240  impressions  at  66c.        1.58 

Special  Ruling  of  feint  lines .50        Special  Ruling  of  feint  lines 50 

819.05  89.33 

An  additional  Ream,  on  same  order,  An   additional  Half  Ream  oil  same 

would  he  at  same  rates,  less  the  value  order,  would  double  the  expense  of 

of   transfer    (§2.75)    and     engraving  paper    (82.00),    and    printing  (83. 16), 

(88. 00),  making  the  price §8.30  making  the  cost  of  One  Ream. .  $11.91 

A  second  order,  done  at  another  time,  A  second  order  of  Half  Ream,  printed 
would  he  at  previous  price,  adding  at  another  time,  would  he  at  same  rate, 
transfer,  or 811 .05  less  engraving,  or $5.83 


LETTER  HEADINGS. 


Letter,  10x16  inches,  is  the  favorite  size.  When  it  can  be  had  of  proper 
Duality.  Flat  Letter  is  the  most  convenient  form  for  ruling  or  printing. 

Commercial  Letter,  10^x16%,  or  1034x17  inches,  is  sometimes 
required — a  size  that  may  be  cut  to  advantage  out  of  Folio  Post. 

COMPOSITION,    RULING,    AND    PRESSWORK. 

The  printing  of  Letter  Headings  may  be  rated  at  the  same  prices  as  t  host- 
given  on  pages  101  and  103.  for  Note  Headings. 

The  size  of  form  is  larger,  hut  the  work  is  not,  as  a  rule,  any  greater  for  ordinary 
forms  in  black  ink. 

For  Letter  Headings  in  Colored  Inks,  there  should  lie  a  leaning  to  higher  rates 
of  Presswork,  as  the  extra  amount  of  color  may  be  sufficient  to  justify  a  higlu-r  price. 
The  same  remark  will  apply  to  the  0'ompo.sition  of  ornamented  Letter  Hcml.nu-. 
For  ordinary  commercial  work,  it  is  now  the  common  usage  to  print  both  Note  and 
Letter  Headings  at  tin-  same  rate. 

Two  Dollars  per  Thousand  impressions  should  be  the  lowest  rate  for  the 
presswork  in  good  style  of  any  edition  of  Note  anil  Letter  Headings. 

An  Engraved  Heading,  on  wood,  in  nourished  ami  ray-shaded  Old  English,  will 
cost  from  820.00  to  830.00.  according  to  amount  of  lettering  and  style  nf  work. 
Electrotypes  from  such  engraving  are  worth  *Vom  75  cent-  to  .-l.rn  each.  When 
well  engraved  and  printed,  a  decent  counterfeit  »t  lithography  is  ijuiu-  pnxible.  The 


106 


LETTER    HEADINGS. 


VALUE    OF   PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

6 

pounds. 

7 

pounds. 

8 

pounds. 

9 

pounds. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

OXE    REAM. 

English.  Fine  

$ 

$ 

g> 

$ 

$ 

French;  Good  

//         Common  .  . 

American,  Perfect.  . 

Good.  .  .  . 

//           Common. 

100  FULL  SHEETS. 

American,   Good  .  .  . 

LETTER    HEADINGS. 


107 


presswork  from  such  an  engraving  may  be  done  at  the  rates  previously  given  for 
type-work :  but  to  bring  out  the  delicacy  of  the  hair-lines,  and  give  proper  strength 
to  the  body-marks,  it  will  be  necessary  to  spend  much  time  in  overlaying  and  making 
ready,  and  to  use  the  best  grade  of  bla«k  ink.  For  such  labor,  charge  double  price 
of  black,  or  $4.00  per  thousand,  on  the  longest  orders.  For  short  orders,  add  to  the 
regular  price  of  black  presswork  the  value  of  extra  making  ready. 

Panelled  Letter  Headings,  containing  a  large  amount  of  fine,  displayed  type,  or 
compact  pearl  type,  in  a  plain  or  eccentric  border,  at  the  head  or  side  of  the  page, 
should  be  done  at  special  rates,  for  both  composition  and  presswork.  Composition 
should  be  rated  by  time,  at  75  cents  per  hour,  at  which  rate  it  may  be  worth  from 
£4.00  to  810.00.  If  more  than  one  thousand  impressions  are  wanted,  it  should  be 
electrotyped,  the  cost  of  which  should  be  added.  If  electrotyped,  the  presswork 
may  be  done  at  the  rate  of  >'3.00  per  thousand  impressions  in  black ;  if  printed  from 
the  type,  at  -S4.0U  per  thousand  impressions. 

"Wood  Cuts,  carefully  made  ready  and  printed,  should  be  at  the  rate  of  $4.00  per 
thousand  impressions,  on  large  orders.  For  orders  of  one  ream,  double  the  price  of 
ordinary  black,  and  add  the  value  of  time  spent  in  making  ready.  For  duplicated 
forms,  or  for  wood  cuts  of  unusual  size,  these  prices  are  insufficient. 

VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

6 

pounds. 

7 

pounds. 

8 

pounds. 

Q 

pounds. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

ONE    REAM. 

English.  Fine  

C    Bank, 

I  7.50 

$5.60 

$6.40 

$6.75 

$7.50 

$9.00 

French.  Good 

3  75 

4.20 

4  80 

5  40 

6.00 

7  20 

//         Common  .  . 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

American.  Perfect.  . 

(    Bond, 

\  7.50 

4.00 

4.50 

5.00 

6.00 

Good.  .  . 

2.80 

3.20 

3.60 

4.00 

4.80 

Common. 

2.10 

2.40 

2.70 

100  FULL  SHEETS. 

American.  Good  .  .  . 

.53 

.63 

.70 

.80 

.90 

1.10 

ESTIMATES    IN    DETAIL. 

On  Eight-poxmd  Perfect  Letter,  ruled  to  order,  ordinary  composition. 


Items. 

100. 

Half 
sheets. 

500. 

Half 
sheets. 

One 

Ream. 
Half 
sheets. 

Two 
Reams. 
Half 
sheets. 

Five 

Reams. 
Half 
sheets. 

Ten 

Reams. 
Half 
sheets. 

Paper:    8  lb  perfect. 
Special  Feint-lining. 
Composition 

$  .45 
.50 
75 

$2.20 
.50 
75 

$4.00 
.50 
75 

$8.00 
1.00 
1  50 

$20.00 
2.00 
1  50 

$40.00 
4.00 
3  00 

I'rcsswork.  Black..  . 

.50 

1.20 

2.00 

2.00 

5.00 

5.00 

Total  ... 

$2  20 

$4  65 

$7  25 

*12  5d 

$28  50 

$.VJ  no 

Per  Ream. 

jt7  -,'5 

$6  25 

$5  70 

$5  20 

Extra  <-OIII]KI>.  add. 
Plain  Bine  ink.  add. 

.50 
.25 

.50 
.60 

.50 
1.00 

1.00 
1.00 

1.00 
2.50 

2.00 
2.50 

108  LETTER    HEADINGS. 


L.ETTEK    HE  AH  IN',-. 


109 


LITHOGRAPHED    LETTER    HEADINGS. 

ENGKAVING  of  simplest  possible  fonn.  script $4.00 

an  ordinary  forru 10. 00 

an  elaborate  and  ornamented  fonn $20.00@30.00 

TRANSFERRING,  (*ize  of  letter  paper  only) 2.75 

PRINTING,  Black  ink.  one  Head  to  sheet,  per  100  sheets .85 

TWO  Heads  1.20 

Bine  ink.  at  an  advance  of  15  per  cent,  on  the  price  of  printing. 
Carmine  ink  or  Purple,  at  an  advance  of  25  per  cent. 

ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 


Items. 

Half 
Ream. 
Whole 
sheets. 

One           One 
Ream.      Ream. 
Whole            Half 
sheets.          sheets. 

Two 
Reams. 
Half 
sheets. 

Five 

Reams. 

Half 

sheets. 

Engraving  ordinary  form   .  . 
Transferring  

$10.00 
2.75 

$10.00     $10.00 
2.75        2.75 

$10.00 
2.75 

$10.00 
2.75 

Printing,  Black  ink 

2.04 

4.08         5.76 

11  52 

28  80 

Special  Ruling 

50 

.50            50 

1  00  ' 

2  00 

Paper.  10  ft  at  40c  

2.00 

4.00         4.00 

8.00 

20.00 

Total  

$17.29 

$21.33     $23  01 

$33  27 

$63  55 

Second  order  from  same  fonn. 

$7.29 

$11.33     $13.01 

$23.27 

$53.55 

ENVELOPES. 


The  usual  sizes  of  Business  Envelopes  are  : 

Nn.    5. .  Suitable  for  ordinary  size  Commercial  Note Folded  as  long  6° 

tl.  Packet  Xote «  6° 

8*2  Foolscap n         8° 

Flat  Cap 8° 

12..  Demy 8° 

No.  5  is  the  most  common  size.  Xo.  6  is  much  used.  Nos.  8^,  9  and  12  are  usually 
known  as  Document  Envelopes,  and  are  in  comparatively  small  request.  Smaller  and 
intermediate  size*  are  seldom  required  as  business  envelopes  and  need  not  be  priced. 


110  ENVELOPES. 

PRICES    OF    ENVELOPES    PER    1OOO. 

GOVERNMENT    PATTERN. 


Qualities. 


No.  5.  !  No.  6.  iNo.  8^    No.  9.    No.  12. 


Brown,  thin  and  cheap $  1$  $  |  $  $ 

Brown,  thick  and  good  .  . . 

Brown,  double  extra  thick  .  .  i 

Amber,  thick 

Amber,  ex.  thick,  ex.  super . 

Amber,  dbl.ex.  thick,  ex.  sup, 

I  i 

White,  extra  thick,  fine 

White,  thick  super 

White,  ex.  thick,  ex.  super  . . 
White,  dbl.  ex.  thick,  ex.  sup 

Folded  Envelopes. 

Everv  Every    esnnn   £>r>nrv»  ^nnnn 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    added  1OOO.  adde'd  5OOa  2OOa 

1OO.  1OOO.  per  1000. 'per  1000.  |j>er  1000. 

Nos.  5  AND  6 

Black.  Common $,35"  $/  <3    $ 

Colored  or  Fine  Black 
Two  Colors 

Nos.  8  AND  12. 

Black,  Common 

Colored  or  Fine  Black 
Two  Colors . . . 


KN'VK  LOPES. 


11J 


PRICES    OF    ENVELOPES    PER    1000. 

GOVERNMENT    PATTERN. 


Qualities.                      No.  5. 

No.  6. 

No.  8^ 

No.  9. 

No.  12. 

$2  00 

$3  50 

$3  75 

$5  75 

Brown  thick  and  good                2  30 

2  70 

4  60 

4  90 

7  90 

Brown,  double  extra  thick  .  .      2  .  70 

3.25 

5.60 

6.00 

9.60 

Amber,  thick  2  90 

3  40 

5  80 

6  20 

10  00 

Amber,  ex.  thick,  ex.  super  .        3.10 

3.70 

6.50 

7.00 

11.20 

Amber,  dbl.ex.  thick,  ex.  sup.!     3.90 

4.60 

7.50 

8.00 

13.00 

White,  extra  thick,  tine  '     2.70 

3.25 

5.60 

.6.00 

9.60 

White,  thick  super  .                      3.10 

3  70 

6  30 

6  80 

11  20 

White,  ex.  thick,  ex.  super  .  .       3  .  90 

4.60 

7.50 

8.00 

13.00 

White,  dbl.  ex.  thick,  ex.  sup.!     4  .  40 

5.20 

8.60 

9.20 

15.00 

COMPOSITION. 

A  single  line  at  the  head  of  an  Envelope,  or  three  or  four  lines,  without 
border,  in  the  corner,  are  too  trivial  for  special  charge,  and  in  the  following 
tables  are  included  in  the  price  of  presswork.  A  specially-cut  rule  border, 
with  or  without  corners,  or  a  flower  border,  should  be  rated  at  50  cents 
additional ;  a  combination  border,  or  a  circle  or  an  oval,  at  75  cents  or 
$1.00;  a  shield,  or  irregular  mortised  border  of  any  kind,  at  $1.00. 

PRESSWORK   OF    ENVELOPES. 

Including  composition  of  single  line  at  the  head,  or  of  plain  card  in  corner.  For  circles, 
ovals,  shields,  etc.,  add  the  extra  value  of  composition,  as  specified  above. 

Folded  Envelopes  are  often  taken  at  lower  prices,  but  it  is  believed  that  these 
prices  are  as  low  as  good  work  and  the  unavoidable  damage  to  type  will  allow. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  envelopes  and  work,  add  value  of  envelopes.  See  above. 
Folded  Envelopes. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Everv 
added  [1000. 
100. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

5000. 

per  1000. 

20000 
per  1000. 

5OOOO 

per  1000. 

Nos.  5  AND  6. 
Black,  Common  

$   .75 
1.00 
1.50 

1.00 
1.25 

$   .15 

.20 
.30 

.20 
.30 

$2.00 
2.50 
4.00 

2.50 
3.00 

$1.00 
1.50 
2.50 

1.50 
2.00 

$    .90 
1.20 

2.90 

1.25 
1.50 

$    .80 
1.00 

1.75 

1.00 
1.25 

$    .75 

.90 
1.50 

.90 
1.00 

Colored  or  Fine  Black  .  .  . 
Two  Colors 

Xos.  8  AND  12. 
Black.  Common  

Colored  or  Fine  Black  .  .  . 

Two  Colors  2.00 

.40 

5.00 

3.00 

2.50 

2.00 

2.00 

112 


ENVELOPES. 


Flat  Envelopes. 


Color  of  Ink. 


100. 


d  1000.  aS  5000.  2000050000 

1OO.    ,  1OOO.  per  1000.  per  1000.  :per  1000 


Nos.  5  AND  6. 
Black,  Fine  Work.  . 
Colored       » 
Two  Colors. . . 


./A     $     $     $     $ 


Nos.  8  AND  12. 
Black.  Fine  Work .  . 
;  Colored       « 
I  Two  Colors,  Fine. . . 


TINTED   ENVELOPES. 

Any  one  tint,  from  wood  or  electrotype  plate.    Every  change  of  color.  81.00  extra. 

Sizes.  100.          250.          5OO.         1OOO. 

Nos.  5  or    6 $  $  $  $  $  $ 

Nos.  8  or  10 j 

POST-OFFICE    ADDRESSES. 

Sizes.  100.  200.  300.  400.  5OO.          10OO. 

1 ; =- ' 

Nos.5or    6 '1,^5       $  ,'~         I  •  t  I 

Nos.  8  or  10... 


ENVELOPES. 


113 


Folded  Envelopes  that  are  printed  on  both  face  and  flap,  by  one  impression, 
requiring  separate  opening  and  re-folding,  should  be  at  one  half  higher  price. 

Folded  Envelopes  printed  to  cover  the  entire  back  should  be  at  the  prices  of 
plain  business  cards  of  same  size. 

Flat  Envelopes. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1OOO. 

Every 
added 
100O. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

2OOOO 

per  1000. 

5OOOO 

per  1000 

Nos.  5  AND  6. 
Black  Fine  Work 

$1.50 
2.00 
2.50 

1.50 
2.00 
2.50 

$  .25 
.35 
.45 

.30 
.35 
.45 

$3.00 
3.50 
5.00 

3.50 
4.00 
5.50 

$2.00 
2.50 
4.00 

2.50 
3.00 
4.50 

$1.75 

2.00 
3.50 

2.00 
2.50 
4.00 

$1.50 
1.75 

3.00 

1.75 
2.00 
3.50 

$1.25 
1.40 
2.50 

1.50 
1.75 
3.00 

Two  Colors  

Xos.  8  AND  12. 
Black,  Fine  \Vork   

Colored       « 

Two  Colors,  Fine. 

Flat  Envelopes  are  more  awkward  to  feed  and  more  troublesome  to  keep 
straight  than  folded  Envelopes.  As  a  larger  press  and  slower  speed  is  required,  a 
higher  price  must  be  charged. 

Fine  Wood  Cuts  may  be  charged  at  higher  rates  at  discretion.  Large  and  fine 
cuts  skilfully  treated,  of  sizes  8  or  12,  are  done  at  84.00  per  1000  in  quantities. 

TINTED   ENVELOPES. 

Any  one  tint,  from  wood  or  electrotype  plate.    Every  change  of  color,  81.00  extra. 


Sizes. 

1OO. 

25O. 

500. 

1000. 

25OO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Xos.  5  or    6  
Xos.  SorlO... 

$1.50 
1.50 

$1.75 
1.75 

$2.25 
2.50 

$3.00 
4.00 

$2.50 

3.00 

$2.00 

2.50 

Engraving  of  a  Tinted  Envelope  will  be  worth  from  §12.00  to  830.00,  according 
to  size  of  Envelope,  amount  of  lettering  and  quality  of  work. 


POST-OFFICE    ADDRESSES. 


Sizes. 

1OO. 

2OO. 

300. 

4OO. 

5OO. 

1000. 

Nos.  5  or    6  
Nos.  SorlO. 

$1.00 
1  25 

$1.20 
1  50 

$1.40 
I  75 

$1.60 
2.00 

$1.75 
2  25 

$2.50 
3  00 

Post-office  Addresses,  for  banks,  when  done  in  large  quantities,  2000  or  over,  in 
lots  of  200  or  250,  with  frequent  changes  of  address,  may  be  averaged  at  81.00  for 
racb  lot ;  in  lots  of  100  each  at  80  cents  per  lot. 

LITHOGRAPHED    ENVELOPES. 

ENGRAVING  three  or  four  lines,  plain $2 . 50  @  $4 . 50 

TKANSFERRING 2. 75 

PRINTING  of  sizes  No.  5  or  (i.  per  thousand 5.00 

No.  10  or  12,  (j.OO 


114 


SHIPPING    RECEIPTS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

ONE  KKAM. 

• 

or  480  Full  Sheets. 

Good,  or  M.  .at  30c. 

$ 

$ 

I 

$ 

$ 

A 

V 

Common,  N  .  .  at  25c. 

100  RECEIPTS. 

Six  Receipts  to  sheet 

Eight 

Ten 

t 

Twelve 

Sixteen   /< 

COMPOSITION    OF    RECEIPTS. 


Sizes. 

16 

12 

10 

8 

6 

to  sheet. 

to  sheet. 

to  sheet. 

to  sheet. 

to  sheet. 

Single  Receipt,  of  plainest  form,  each  .  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$1 

$1 

Doable  Receipt,  of  ordinary  form,  or 

One  Receipt  with  Btub  and  end-piece. 

Triplicate  Receipt,  of  ordinary  form,  or 
Two  Receipts  and  end-piece  

SHIPPING  RECEIPTS, 

AND    SIMILAR    FORMS    OF    RECEIPTS    FOR   M  ERCH  AN  I)  IS  K. 


Flat  Cap,  14x17  inches,  and  Folio  Post,  17x22  inches,  are  the  papers 

used  for  this  class  of  work.     Extra  size  Folio  is  often  needed  for  large  sizes. 

Usual  Sizes.  Unusual  Sizes. 


Xo.  Inches. 

1.  .Twelve  to  Flat  Cap.. .  .2%x  7 

2.  .Eight  to  Flat  Cap 3MzX  8 

3.  .Eight  to  Folio  Post 41/i xll 


4.  .Ten  to  Flat  Cap 3Mjx7 

5.  .Six  to  Flat  Cap 
6..  Six  to  Folio  Post 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Sizes  and  Qualities. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

ONE  REAM, 
or  480  Full  Sheets. 

Good,  or  M  .  .  at  30c. 

$3.00 

$3.60 

$4.20 

$4.80 

$5.40 

$6.00 

Common.  X.  .at  25c. 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

4.50 

5.00 

100  RECEIPTS. 

Six  Receipts  to  sheet 

.11 

.13 

.16 

.18 

.20 

.22 

Eight 

.  9 

.10 

.12 

.13 

.15 

.17 

.Ten 

.   7 

.  8 

.  9    1       .10 

.12 

.13 

Twelve 

.  6 

.   7 

.  8 

.  9 

.10 

.11 

Sixteen    // 

.   5 

5 

.  6 

•  ~ 

.  8 

.  9 

Perfect  paper  is  never  required  for  Shipping  Receipts.  In  most  cases  common 
paper  will  prove  as  satisfactory  as  the  best.  Estimates  should  never  be  made  for 
a  better  quality  than  M. 

COMPOSITION    OF    RECEIPTS. 


Sizes. 

16 

to  sheet. 

12 
to  sheet 

1O 

to  sheet. 

8 

to  sheet. 

6 

to  sheet. 

Single  Receipt,  of  plainest  form,  each.  . 

$    .50 

$   .75 

s   .75 

$1.00 

$1.00 

Double  Receipt,  of  ordinary  form,  or 
One  Receipt  with  .stub  and  end-piece. 

1.50 

2.00 

Triplicate  Receipt,  of  ordinary  form,  or 
Two  Receipts  and  end-piece  

2.50 

3.00 

For  Brass-Rule  Borders,  enclosing  the  whole  form,  aiM.  according  to  size,  :>r>to 
50  cents  for  each  border. 

For  Feint-lining'  with  dotted  rule  all  the  blanks,  add,  for  each  single  receipt  so 
tivatril,  75  cents  to  the  price  of  composition. 

The  amount  of  composition  in  Receipt^  is  variable:  sonic  receipts  are  the  simplest, 
and  others  the  most  troublesome  forms  of  mercantile  blanks.  The  pi-ires  of  the 
table  lean  to  low  rates. 


116  SHIPPING    RECEIPTS. 


PRESS-WORK   OP   LOOSE   RECEIPTS. 

One  Hundred  impressions. . .  .$  j     One  Thousand  impressions. .  .$ 

Every  added  100  impressions.  i     Every  added  Thousand  impr. 

Colored  inks  are  seldom  required.    If  •wanted,  add  one-third  to  these  prices. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Loose  Receipts,  Black  ink,  ordinary  form,  without  border  rules  or  end-piece,  not 
larger  than  Twelve  to  Cap.     Composition  rated  at  50  cents  each. 


One  Hundred  copies 

Every  added  Hundred 

One  Thousand 

Two  Thousand,  per  thousand 
Three  Thousand,  //          » 


Five  Thousand,  per  thousand  $ 

Half  Ream,  480  impressions. 

One  Ream,  960 

Every  added  Ream,  960  imp. 

The  Ream  is  480  full  sheets  of  Flat  Cap. 


SHIPPING    RECEIPTS. 


117 


The  simplest  form  is  that  usually  known  as  the  Loose  Receipt,  containing  but 
three  or  tour  lines,  without  border  line,  dotted  rule,  or  end-piece,  and  printed  on 
plain  or  ready-ruled  paper.  The  favorite  sizes  are  Sixteen  or  Twelve  to  Cap,  but 
sometimes  they  are  in  duplicate,  with  perforated  lines  for  ease  in  separation. 

For  3000  single,  or  1500  duplicate  Receipts,  set  up  two ;  for  6000  single,  16  to  sheet,  or 
3000  duplicate  Receipts,  set  up  four ;  for  One  Ream,  set  up  enough  to  fill  half  sheet. 

PRESSWORK   OF   LOOSE   RECEIPTS. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  .  ..$  .50    j    One  Thousand  impressions. .  .$2.00 
Every  added  100  impressions.      .20    j     Every  added  Thousand  impr.   2.00 
Colored  inks  are  seldom  required.    If  wanted,  add  one-third  to  these  prices. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Loose  Receipts,  Black  ink,  ordinary  form,  without  border  rules  or  end-piece,  not 
larger  than  Twelve  to  Cap.     Composition  rated  at  50  cents  each. 


One  Hundred  copies $1 . 00 

Every  added  Hundred 20 

One  Thousand 2.50 

Two  Thousand,  per  thousand     1 . 80 
Three  Thousand,  //          //  1.35 


Five  Thousand,  per  thousand  $1 .00 
Half  Ream,  480  impressions .  4.00 
One  Ream,  960  5.00 

Every  added  Ream,  960  imp.  2 . 00 
The  Ream  is  480  full  sheets  of  Flat  Cap. 


ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 

For  a  common  form  of  Loose  Receipts  in  Black  ink,  size  1,  (Twelve  to  Cap,)  14  Its  M 
paper.    Composition  rated  at  50  cents  each :   no  border  rule,  no  end  piece. 


Items. 

1OO. 

Iset 

5OO. 

Iset 

1000. 

Iset. 

300O. 

2  set. 

Half 

Ream. 
2  set 

One 

Ream. 
6  set 

Two 

Reams. 
6  set 

Paper 

$    10 

$  .40 

$    80 

$2  40 

$2  10 

$4  20 

$8  40 

Composition 

50 

50 

50 

1  00 

1  00 

3  00 

3  00 

Presswork  

50 

1  25 

2  00 

3  00 

3  00 

2  00 

4  00 

Total  

$1  10 

$2.15 

$3  30 

$6  40 

$6  10 

$9  20 

$15  40 

ELECTROTYPING  AND  BLOCKING. 

Size  1 .  .Twelve  to  Cap $1.25         Size  4.  .Ten  to  Cap $1.40 

«    2.. Eight  to  Cap 1.75  •    5.. Six  to  Cap 2.40 

»    3.  .Eight  to  Folio  Post . .   3.00    |       '//    6.  .Six  to  Folio  Post 3.40 


BOUND  RECEIPT  BOOKS. 

Cap  Long*  Octavo,  3^x8^  inches,  is  the  favorite  size,  the  composition 
of  which,  on  the  ordinary  form,  with  stub,  is  worth  $1.50. 

For  orders  of  less  than  2000,  set  one ;  for  4000,  or  <)ne  Ream,  set  two ;  for  Two  Reams 
or  over,  set  four,  or  electrotype.  If  the  composition  is  difficult,  add  the  extra  prices 
indicated  on  page  115. 

Avoid  taking  orders  for  Receipt  Books  by  quires,  as  the  calculation  of  paper  will 
be  confusing  or  deceptive.  Make  agreement  as  to  the  number  of  leaves  iu  the  book, 
ami  make  calculation  by  Paper  Table  on  page  115. 


118  S  II 1 1>  P  I X  G    R  E  C  E  I  P  T  S  . 

BINDING   OF    SHIPPING   RECEIPTS. 

In  small  quantities  of  from  one  to  six  Books. 


Styles  of  Binding' 

1O  or  12 

to  Cap. 

8 

to  Cap. 

6 

to  Cap. 

8 

to  Demy. 

4 

to  Cap. 

Quarter  bd.  cut  flush,  stab'd. 
Half  Roan,  paper 

$ 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Half  Roan,  cloth  

Half  Russia,  cloth  

Rough  Sheep,  full 

FEINT-LINING   TO    ORDER. 

One  Thousand  copies,  or  less .  $  One  Ream 

Everv  added  Thousand Every  added  Ream. 


PRESSW^ORK   OF   RECEIPTS   FOR   BINDING. 

From  a  form  of  One,  Two,  or  Three  Receipts,  on  any  size  of  paper  smaller  than  a 
quarter  sheet  of  Folio  Post. 


First  Thousand 

Every  added  Thousand. 


First  Hundred $ 

Every  added  Hundred 

From  a  form  of  Four  or  more  Receipts,  on  a  half  sheet  of  Flat  Cap  or  Folio  Post. 
First  Hundred $  j     One  Thousand $ 


Every  added  Hundred. 
One  Ream . . . 


Every  added  Thousand. 
Everv  added  Ream.  . . 


SHIPPING    RECEIPTS. 


J19 


BINDING  OF  SHIPPING  RECEIPTS. 

In  small  quantities  of  from  one  to  six  Books. 


Styles  of  Binding-. 

10  or  12 

to  Cap. 

8 

to  Cap. 

6 

to  Cap. 

8 

to  Demy. 

4 

to  Cap. 

Quarter  bd.  cut  flush,  stalul. 
Half  Roan,  paper  

$  .25 
35 

$  .25 
50 

$    .30 

50 

$   .40 
60 

$  .50 
75 

Half  Roan,  cloth. 

44 

60 

65 

70 

90 

Half  Russia,  cloth 

60 

70 

80 

90 

1  25 

Rough  Sheep,  full 

60 

80 

90 

1  00 

1  25 

For  large  orders,  see  Bookbinders'  prices. 

Extra  prices  on  Bound  work :  Marbled  Edges,  or  Blue  Mottled  Edges ;  Side 
Titles  of  any  kind ;  Canvas  Covers ;  Consecutive  Numbering  on  the  back,  or  Different 
Lettering;  for  which  see  Bookbinders'  prices. 

The  above  prices  are  for  sewed  work  on  parchment  bands  and  tar-board  covers. 
For  stabbed  work,  twine  bands,  and  straw  boards,  a  deduction  may  be  made. 

FEINT-LINING   TO    ORDER. 

One  Thousand  copies,  or  less .  $  .50         One  Ream $  .75 

Every  added  Thousand 20    |     Every  added  Ream 60 

PRESSWORK   OF   RECEIPTS   FOR   BINDING. 

From  a  form  of  One,  Two,  or  Three  Receipts,  on  any  size  of  paper  smaller  than  a 
quarter  sheet  of  Folio  Post. 


First  Hundred  ..............  $   .  50 

Every  added  Hundred  ........  20 


First  Thousand  ..............  $2  .  00 

Every  added  Thousand  ......    2.00 


From  a  form  of  Four  or  more  Receipts,  on  a  half  sheet  of  Flat  Cap  or  Folio  Post. 
First  Hundred  ..........  $   .75         One  Thousand  ..............  $3.00 


Every  added  Hundred 25 

One  Ream..  .3.00 


Every  added  Thousand 2.00 

Every  added  Ream 2 . 00 


For  Colored  Ink,  of  common  quality,  add  one-third  to  these  prices. 

ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 

Receipt  Books,  Eight  to  12- Ib  Flat  Cap  (long  8°),  ordinary  form  of  Receipt  with  stub, 
Black  ink,  half  bound,  Roan,  paper  sides,  plain,  200  leaves  each. 


Items. 

1  Book.  2  Books.  3  Books. 

1 

6  Books. 

9  Books. 

12  Books 

Paper,  200  at  lOc...  . 
Composition  .  . 

$  .20 
1.50 
.70 
.50 

$  .40 
1.50 
1.10 
1.00 

$  .60 
1.50 
1.50 
1.50 

$1.20 
1.50 
2.40 
3.00 

$1.80 
1.50 
3.60 
4.05 

$2.40 
3.00 
2.40 
4.80 

Presswork  

Binding  

Total  

$2.90 

$4.00 

$5.10. 

$8.10    ]$10.95 

$12.60 

Price  per  Book  

$3.00 

$2.00 

$1.75 

$1.35 

$1.25 

$1.05 

For  extra  Composition,  arid  the  excess  to  the  above  prices. 

For  plainer  or  finer  Binding,  alter  prices  by  table  at  head  of  this 


120 


NOTE     CIRCULARS. 


Qualities.  3456  !      8 

pounds,    pounds,   pounds,   pounds,  j  pounds,  j  pounds. 

Common  Engine-sized  . .  .  .at25c.|$          $          $ 
American,  Inferior at  30c. 

Ordinary at  40c. 

Superior at  50c. 

French,  Best,  plain at  70c. 

"         Tinted  or  Fantaisic    80c. 
English,  Superior at  80c. 

COMPOSITION    OF   NOTE    CIRCULARS. 

Ten  lines,  or  less  than  500  ems  of  plain  Roman  type,  may  be  rated  at 
cents.     Measurable  matter,    sizes  from  Nonpareil  to  Pica,   per  1000  ems, 
$  Agate,  $  Pearl,  $  Diamond,  $ 

Long  Primer  Hair-line $  Pica  Hair-line $ 

Pica  Script Great  Primer  Script 

Double  Small  Pica  Script Double  English  Script 


[21 

NOTE    CIRCULARS. 


Commercial  Note,  8x10  inches,  is  the  size  most  used. 

Flat  Letter,  10x16  inches,  or  Double  Flat  Letter,  16x20  inches. 
will  he  found  a  more  convenient  shape  if  the  circular  is  to  he  printed  on  three 
or  more  pages,  or  is  doubled  or  electrotyped  to  save  presswork.  FOLIO 
POST,  17  x  22  inches,  and  WHITING  MEDIUM,  18  x  23  inches,  may  be  used 
if  a  larger  page  is  made.  The  use  of  folded  papers  imposes  much  unnecessary 
labor  in  folding,  unfolding,  and  repacking,  most  of  which  can  be  avoided 
by  the  use  of  flat  paper. 

When  it  can  be  done,  select  Engine-sized  papers  of  the  best  quality  for  printed 
circulars.  Avoid  tbe  use  of  hard  tub-sized  papers,  as  they  require  extra  labor  in 
making  ready.  The  soft  French  or  Belgian  Notes,  Letters,  and  Folios,  and  the  finer 
qualities  of  American  Engine-sized  papers  take  a  ruuch  finer  impression,  with  less 
care  in  making  ready,  and  with  less  wear  to  type. 

VALUE  OF  PAPER  PER  1000  SHEETS. 

If  hard-sized  first-class  papers  are  used,  take  prices  therefor  from  the  table  of 
Value  of  Paper  for  Note  Headings,  on  page  101. 

These  prices  are  per  10OO  sheets  of  full  Note,  8x10  inches.  For  half  sheets, 
one-half  these  prices.  If  ordered  by  the  ream,  the  value  per  ream  may  be  made  by 
multiplying  the  price  per  pound  by  the  weight,  as  the  weights  are  per  ream. 


Qualities. 

3          4 

pounds,    pounds. 

5 

pounds. 

6 

pounds. 

7     |     8 

pounds,    pounds. 

Common  Engine-sized  ....  at  25c. 
American,  Inferior  at  30c. 
Ordinarv           .  at  40c. 

$1.65!$2.20 
2.65 
2.64     3.52 

$2.75 
3.30 

Printing 
4.00 

Printing|  Printing 

4.62J   5.30 

Superior  at  50c. 
French,  Best,  plain       ...   at  70c. 

3.30|  4.40 
4.62J  6.16 

5.50 
7.70 

6.60 
9.24 

..     j     .. 

"        Tinted  or  Fantaisie   80c. 
English,  Superior  atSOc. 

5.28'  7.00 
..     !  7.00 

8.80 
8.80 

•• 
10.56 

"     ' 
..     !     .. 

12.  32  |  14.  08 

The  prices  of  this  paper  table  are  made  for  weights  and  not  for  sizes.  They  can 
be  used  for  Octavo  Note,  Billet  Note,  Packet  Note,  or  for  Folio  Post,  or  Medium. 

In  calculating  weight  or  quantity,  a  full  sheet  of  Octavo  or  Billet  Note  may  be 
rated  as  one-fourth  sheet  of  Foolscap ;  a  full  sheet  Packet  Note,  or  Folio  Octavo,  or 
Medium  Octavo,  as  a  quarter  sheet  of  Folio  or  Medium. 

Hard-sized  Note  may  be  rated  at  40  cents  for  M  and  50  cents  for  Perfect. 

COMPOSITION   OF   NOTE    CIRCULARS. 

Ten  lines,  or  less  than  500  ems  of  plain  Roman  type,  may  be  rated  at  75 
cents.  Measurable  matter,  sizes  from  Nonpareil  to  Pica,  per  1000  ems, 
$1 .00;  Agate,  $1.10;  Pearl,  $1 .25;  Diamond,  $1 .50.  Per  page : 

I.i'iiir  Primer  Hair-line $2.50     I     Pica  Hair-line s-J  IMI 

Pic;i  Script 2.50     i     Great  Primer  Script 8.00 

Double  Small  Pica  Script  ....    I   7">         Double  English  Script  1  75 

Half  a  page  should  be  rated  at  two-thirds  the  price  of  a  full  pane. 


122  NOTE    CIRCULARS. 


NOTE    CIRCULARS.  123 

Measurement  and  Value  of  a  Note  Page,  33i  x  6*4  inches. 

Primer 1400  ems.  .$1 .40          Nonpareil 3476ems.  .  .$3.47 


Bourgeois 1736 1.74 

Mr.-vier 2205 2.20 

Minion. .  ..2730...      .   2.73 


Agate 4500 4.95 

Pearl 5600 7.00 

Diamond 6994 10.41 


Old  Style  Italic,  Celtic,  Expanded,  Venetian,  and  similar  faces  of  ornamental 
letter,  when  used  as  a  text  type,  and  are  new  or  in  good  condition,  should  be  at  an 
advance  of  '25  per  cent,  on  Roman  type  of  the  same  body. 

Open  Displayed  Matter  should  uot  he  measured  by  any  larger  body  than  Brevier. 

Close  Displayed  Matter  may  be,  and  often  is,  worth  more  than  Nonpareil. 

Ornamented  and  elaborately  arranged  Note  Circulars  are  too  variable  in 
amount  of  work  to  be  classified  or  priced  with  precision.  Nothing  more  can  fairly 
be  done  than  to  point  out  the  leading  items  of  expense. 

Curved  Lines  are  worth  each  25  cents.  Full  semi-circles,  or  overlapping,  or 
serpentine  curves,  are  worth  from  50  cents  to  81 .00. 

A  Card  at  the  Head,  enclosed  in  rules,  or  flower  or  combination  border,  may 
be  rated  at  50  cents  and  upward.  There  are  combinations  for  which  .$5.00  would 
be  inadequate. 

Brass  and  French  Flourishes  are  of  a  similar  character.  The  use  of  two  or 
three  of  these  pieces  may  add  nothing  to  the  expense ;  the  insertion  of  many  pieces, 
in  imitation  of  lithographic  work,  may  be  a  labor  of  hours. 

Display  in  Text,  of  plain  matter,  not  requiring  justification,  cannot  be  rated  as 
an  extra  charge:  but  when  done  with  special  justification  and  lining,  should,  if 
done  in  any  quantity,  advance  the  price  of  the  work  at  least  one-half. 

Wood  Cuts  or  Electrotypes,  of  irregular  shapes,  that  may  require  frequent 
alterations  of  measure,  and  the  overrunning  of  type,  are  an  extra  charge  that  can 
be  computed  only  by  time. 

Table  Work,  whether  of  words  or  figures,  cannot  be  priced  by  the  rates  of  book 
work.  Double  price  is  insufficient  when  rules  have  to  be  cut  and  fitted  with  greater 
precision  than  is  usual  in  ordinary  book  work.  Occasional  isolated  tables,  for  which 
rules  are  cut,  are  always  worth  treble  price. 

Column  Work  and  Narrow  Measures  should  take  the  risual  advance  on  the 
regular  rates  of  book  work. 

A  Plain  Mitred  Rule  Border,  not  cut  to  order,  should  increase  the  price  of  the 
page  25  cents;  if  cut  specially  to  order,  add  the  labor  of  mitering  and  the  waste  of 
rule,  which  cannot  be  less  than  40  cents  additional.  If  rule  is  of  special  selected 
face,  add  half  cost  of  rule. 

A  Rule  Border  Justified  to  fit  metal  corners  is  worth  50  cents. 

A  Border  of  Two  Sets  of  Rules,  one  enclosed  within  the  other,  is  worth  from 
§1  00  to  SI. 50. 

A  Plain  Flower  Border  may  he  rated  at  50  cents. 

A  Combination  Border  cannot  be  rated  at  less  than  81 .00,  and  may  be  worth  §7. 00. 

A  circular  inserted  in  the  mortise  of  a  large  Electrotyped  Border  or  irregular 
shaped  brass  border,  requiring  special  justification  for  every  line,  should  be  at 
least  double  the  price  of  similar  work  in  a  plain  border. 

Electrotyping,  with  Blocking,  of  a  Note  Circular  35s  X6?a  inches,  $1.75  ®  62  00. 

Folding  of  Note  Circulars  singly  is  worth  50  cents  per  1000. 


Large  Quantities.  When  Note  Circulars  are,  printed  in  large  quantities,  it  may 
become  necessary  to  set  two  or  more  to  cheapen  the  presswork.  This  can  be  done 
to  profit  only  in  cases  where  re-composition  is  of  decidedly  less  value  than  the 
extra  presswork.  -An  order  of  5000  half  sheet  Note  Circulars  in  Bourgeois  could  be 
printed  from  two  forms  to  advantage.  See  estimate  on  page  127.  But  if  the  Note 
Circular  is  in  Pearl  type,  or  in  Pica  Script,  or  if  it  contains  a  wood  cut,  it  maybe 
impracticable  to  set  two.  For  such  a  case.  Electrotyping  will  be  the  cheaper 
iin-thod.  as  this  will  save  composition  as  well  as  wear  of  type.  For  orders  of  20,000 
ami  .Vl.OOO  Note  Circulars,  four  and  eight  electrotypes  an-  fivi|iicntl.v  made. 

\\Ticn  a  note  circular  contains  two  or  more  psmes.  and  lias  to  lie  printed  on  both 
side.-  nf  the  sheet,  it  will  be  found  more  economical  to  impose  these  pages  in  one 


124 


XOTE    CIRCULARS. 


PBESSWORK   OF    NOTE    CIRCTTLARS. 


Color  of  Ink.                          1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

500. 

1OOO. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 

60OO. 

per  1000. 

ONE  PAGE. 

Black  Ink  

$ 

$ 

5» 

$ 

$ 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red  
Fine  Red,  or  Purple 

TWO,  THREE,  OR  FOUR  PAGES. 

Black  Ink 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red  

Fine  Red  .  or  Purple  .  .  . 

XOTK     CIRCULARS. 


125 


form,  and  print  on  double  paper  or  Flat  Letter,  thereby  saving  presswork.  The 
tables  of  presswork  are  made  up  on  this  plan.  But  when  folded  note  is  used  this 
cannot  be  done :  the  two  sides  will  have  to  be  printed  separately,  and  the  price  of 
presswork  for  one  page  will  have  to  be  doubled. 

Cold  Pressed  Note.  Antique  Xote,  Onion-skin,  or  any  paper  of  unusual  thinness 
or  roughness,  or  extra  hard-sized  paper  that  may  require  additional  care  in  making 
ready,  or  a  slower  speed  in  presswork,  should  be  at  an  advanced  price. 

PRESSWORK:  OF  NOTE  CIRCULARS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
100. 

500. 

1OOO. 

3OOO.   6OOO. 

per  1000.  per  1000. 

ONE  PAGE. 
Black  Ink  

$  .50 
.75 
.75 

.75 
1.00 
1.25 

$  .20 

.30 
.40 

.30 
.40 
.50 

$1.25 
2.00 
2.50 

2.00 
2.75 
3.25 

• 

$2.00 
3.00 
4.00 

3.00 
4.00 
5.00 

$2.00 
2.75 
3.50 

2.00 
3.00 
4.00 

$2.00 
2.75 
3.50 

2.00 
3.00 
4.00 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red  . 

Fine  Red,  or  Purple 

TWO,  THREE,  OR  FOUR  PAGES. 

Black  Ink 

Blue   or  ordinary  Red 

Fine  Red.  or  Purple.  .  . 

Script,  Hair  Line,  and  Outline  Types,  when  new  and  of  fragile  face,  should 
Uc  rated  at  an  advance  of  at  least  25  per  cent,  on  these  prices.  They  are  more 
difficult  to  make  ready,  wear  out  much  sooner,  and  are  always  liable  to  make 
detentions  of  press  by  breaking  of  kerned  letters.  When  Scripts  are  already  well 
worn,  or  are  of  strong  and  durable  face,  this  advance  need  not  be  made. 

"Wood  Cuts,  carefully  made  ready,  should  advance  the  price  of  presswork  to 
double  the  price  of  ordinary  black,  with  the  additional  value  of  the  extra  making 
ready.  Even  when  not  carefully  made  ready,  an  extra  price  will  be  needed  to 
compensate  for  the  slower  speed  of  presswork  necessary  for  a  decent  impression. 

In  Two  Colors.  When  but  two  or  three  lines  of  a  one  page  note  circular  are 
picked  out  for  printing  in  red,  50  cents  will  be  an  ample  price  for  making  up  the 
color  form.  The  presswork  of  such  a  light  form  in  red  will  be  fairly  paid  for  by  an 
advance  of  25  per  cent,  on  the  price  of  black.  But  if  the  border  is  in  color,  if  there 
are  many  lines  picked  out  for  color,  or  if  close  register  is  needed,  or  if  the  color  is 
carmine  or  purple,  or  if  it  is  used  in  any  profusion,  the  conditions  are  altered,  and 
double  price  or  more  may  be  needed.  It  is  impossible  to  fix  an  exact  price  for  work 
of  such  irregular  nature.  For  ordinary  good  work,  in  black  and  red,  add  the  prices 
of  black  and  red ;  for  blue  and  red,  double  the  price  of  red.  To  this  price  should  be 
added  the  labor  of  making-up  color  form,  which  may  be  but  50  cents,  and  it  may  be 
$5  00;  for  it  should  be  remembered  that  the  exact  makiug-up  of  a  close  registering 
colored  form  often  consumes  more  time  than  the  original  composition  of  the  black. 
Nor  can  presswork  in  close  register  be  properly  paid  at  the  prices  of  the  plain 
colors.  A  line  of  type  in  two  colors,  a  central  or  inner  border  in  parallel  with  an 
<mter  one,  will  usually  consume  more  time  than  would  plainer  work  in  three  colors. 
For  this  work,  and  for  all  kinds  of  elaborately  illuminated  circulars  with  tinted 
grounds,  there  can  be  no  arbitrary  price.  Six,  eight  and  ten  dollars  per  1000 
impressions  have  been  and  are  now  paid  for  the  finest  work  of  this  nature,  prices 
varying  with  quality  and  quantity  of  color  and  size  of  form.  At  these  high  rates 
!<-w  jirinters  find  it  any  more  profitable  than  black  presswork  at  $2.00  per  1000. 

In  Gold  or  Silver  Bronze.  For  this  class  of  work  the  rule  should  be  three  t  hues 
the  price  of  ordinary  black,  viz.: 

One  page  form  100  copies -1  ."<)        <  MIC  page  form,  1000  copies §6.00 

Three  page  form,  100  copies 2  25        Three  page  form,  1000  copies 9.00 

But  as  in  the  case  of  the  preceding  work  the  rule  cannot  l>e  absolute.  For  very 
small  and  light  work  £5  00  per  1000  may  lie  enough,  but  in  no  case  can  the  labor  be 
rated  at  less  than  .-'4  (X)  on  a  one-pa.ue.  <>i  ±i;  oo  on  ;;  three-paire  form.  Vet  there  are 


126        '  NOTE    CIRCULARS. 


NOTE   <  iiicrr. AI:>. 


127 


solid  forms  for  which  *C>  (}<>  or  £9. 00  would  be  insufficient— forms  in  which  the  bronze 
aloue  may  be  worth  84.00 

The  prices  for  Fine  Red  or  Purple  are  insufficient  for  the  finest  work  and  the  best 
colors.  Five  Dollars  per  1000  for  small  forms  and  Seven  Dollars  per  1000  for  large 
forms,  are  not  unreasonable  prices  where  great  brilliancy  of  color  is  required. 

.     ESTIMATES    IN    DETAIL. 
One-page  Note  Circular.— Bourgeois,  plain,  on  5  ft  Note,  at  so  cents 


Items. 

100. 

5OO. 

1000. 

3OOO. 

5OOO. 

2  set. 

2O.OOO. 

4  set 

Paper  

$   .36 

$1.65 

$3.30 

$9.90 

$16.50 

$66.00 

Composition  .    .  . 

1.74 

1.74 

1.74 

1.74 

3  48 

6.96 

Presswork,  Black.  . 

.50 

1.25 

2.00 

6.00 

5.00 

10.00 

Total... 

$2.60 

$4.64 

,*7.04 

$17.64 

$24.98 

$82.96 

If  Paper  is  on  Half  Sheet  take  half  value  of  paper  from  each  column. 

For  a  Plain  Border  add  25  cents.         For  Blue  or  Red  add  one-half  to  presswork. 

For  Carmine  or  Purple,  double  presswork. 

Three-page  Note  Circular. 

Open  displayed  matter,  rated  as  Brevier,  with  rule-border  and  corners,  and  curved 
lines  on  each  page,  in  Blue  ink,  on  ordinary  French  Note,  5  ft.  or  half-sheet  Letter. 
Composition:  Brevier,  three  pages,  at  §2.20  each,  86.60;  three  rule  borders  and 
corners,  at  50  cents  each,  61.50;  four  curved  lines,  at  25  cents  each.  81 .00. 


Items. 

10O. 

5OO. 

1000. 

2000. 

5OOO. 

2O.OOO. 

2  sheets. 

Paper  

S      .".II 

s-.'   is 

$4  95 

v.i    'HI 

£24  75 

$99  00 

Composition    . 

9.00 

9  00 

9  00 

9  00 

9  00 

21  00 

Presswork 

1  00 

2  50 

4  00 

7  00 

15  00 

30  00 

Total  

$10  50 

$13  98 

$17  95 

$25  90 

$48  75 

$150  00 

In  the  estimate  of  20,000,  Composition  is  rated  at  $21. 00,  viz.:  Composition,  89  00: 
two  sets  Electrotypes,  or  six  plates,  at  §2.00,  812.00,  =  821.00.  Presswork  is  thus 
reduced  one-half,  making  10.000  impressions,  at  83.00,  830.00. 

Four-page  Note  Circular,  in  Black  and  Red. 

Composition  of  four  pages  of  Nonpareil,  at  83.47,  813.88.  Mitering  four  sets  of 
specially-cut  brass  rules.  84 .62.  Ornamented  card  at  head,  with  combination  border, 
82 . 00.  Extra  work  on  nourishes  and  curves,  $2 . 50.  Total,  $23 . 00. 


Items.                                     1OOO. 

3000. 

5000. 

10,000. 

Composition,  with  all  extras                 .    $23.00 

$23  00 

$23  00 

$23  00 

Paper,  6  ft  Kin.-,  at  $4.  mi  per  1000.  .        4.  Mil 
Makinir-up  and  Proving  Color  Korm.        7.00 
Presswork.  in  Black  Ink  3.00 

12.00 

7.00 
6  00 

20.00 
7.00 
10  00 

40.00 
7.00 
20  00 

Fine  Red  Ink                      5.00 

12  on 

20  00 

40  00 

Total..                                                 .    $42.00 

$(50.00 

$80.00 

$130.00 

T28 


LETTER    CIRCULARS. 


Qualities. 

6 

pounds. 

8 

pounds. 

9 

pounds. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

13 

pounds. 

Engine-sized   Common 

$ 

$ 

1 

$ 

Printing 

$ 

American,  Inferior.       .    ... 

"          Ordinary  
Superior  

French,  Best,  Plain.      .      .  . 

Tinted  or  Fantaisie  . 
English,  Superior 

J 

129 


LETTER    CIRCULARS. 


Flat  Letter,  10  x  16  inches,  is  the  shape  most  preferred.  For  forms 
of  three  or  four  pages,  DOUBLE  FLAT  LETTER,  16  x  20  inches,  and  FOLIO 
POST,  17  x  22  inches,  may  be  used.  EXTRA-SIZE  FOLIO  POST,  18  x  23 
inches,  and  FINE  PRINTING  MEDIUM,  19  x  24  inches,  are  sometimes  used 
for  large  circulars. 

Set:  Xote  Circulars,  page  121,  concerning  suitable  qualities  of  paper. 

VALUE   OF   PAPEB   PEB    1000    SHEETS. 

These  prices  are  per  1OOO  full  sheets  of  Letter,  10  x  16  inches.  For  half  sheets, 
one-half  these  prices.  If  ordered  by  the  ream,  the  value  per  ream  may  be  made  by 
multiplying  the  price  per  pound  by  the  weight,  as  the  •weights  are  per  ream.  As 
the  prices  of  the  Paper  table  are  made  for  weights  and  not  for  sizes,  they  can  be 
used  for  Commercial  Letter,  or  Quarto  Folio,  or  Extra-size  Folio. 

Hard-sized  Letter  may  be  rated  at  40  cents  for  M,  and  50  cents  for  Perfect. 


Qualities. 

6 

pounds. 

8 

pounds. 

9 

pounds. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

13 

pounds. 

Engine-sized,  Common  25c. 
American,  Inferior  30c. 

$3.30 

$4.40 
5.30 

$4.94 
5.94 

$5.50 
6.60 

7.92 

Printing 
$7.15 

Ordinary.              40c. 

5  28 

7.04 

7.92 

10  56 

Superior               50c. 

8.80 

9  88 

11  00 

13  20 

French,  Best,  Plain  70c. 

9.24 

12.32 

13.86 

15.40 

18.48 

20  00 

"        Tinted  or  Fantaisie  .  80c. 
English,  Superior        .    .  .    .80c. 

10.56 

14.08 
14  08 

15.84 
15  84 

17.60 
17  60 

21  12 

22  88 

COMPOSITION. 

Seven  lines,  or  less  than  500  ems  of  plain  Roman  type,  without  display, 
may  be  rated  at  75  cents.  Measurable  common  matter,  manuscript  or 
reprint,  of  any  size  between  Nonpareil  and  Pica,  of  any  amount,  per  1000 
ems,  $1.00:  Agate  type,  $1.10;  Pearl.  $1.25;  Diamond.  $1.50. 

Measurement  of  a  Page  of  Letter,  5%  x  7?4  inches. 


Pica 1564  ems. . .  .$1 .56 

Small  Pica 1976   „    ....   1.98 

Long  Primer 2494    -/    2.50 

Bourgeois 3120    »    3.12 

Brevier 3942    //    3.94 

Long  Primer  Hair-line $4.00 

Pica  Script 4.00 

Double  Small  Pica  Script 2.50 


Minion 5002  ems $5.00 

Nonpareil 6256   //    6.25 

Agate 7931    «    8.72 

Pearl 9775         12.21 

Diamond  . . .  .12,610   //    18.91 

Pica  Hair-line $3.00 

Great  Primer  Script 3.50 

Double  English  Script 2.50 


For  Extra  Composition,  Displayed  Matter.  Ornamented  Types,  Large  Quantities, 
kc.,  see  Note  Circulars,  page  123.  prices  for  which  are  equally  applicable  to  Letter 
Circulars. 


130 


LETTER    CIRCULARS. 


PRESSWORK   OF    LETTER    CIRCULARS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

500. 

1OOO. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 

600O. 

per  1000. 

$ 

ONE   PAGE. 

Black  Ink 

$ 

$ 

$ 

t 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red  
Tine  Red,  or  Purple  

TWO,  THREE.  Oil  FOUR  PAGES. 

Black  Ink 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red 

Fine  Red  ,  or  Purple  

LETTER    CIRCULARS. 


131 


A  Plain  Mitred  Rule  Border,  not  cut  to  order,  should  increase  the  price  of  the 
page  50  cents ;  if  cut  to  order  of  specially  selected  rule,  add  the  labor  of  miterin<; 
and  the  waste,  which  cannot  be  less  than  50  cents  additional,  and  may  be  §1  00.  It' 
the  rule  is  of  little  service  for  other  work  charge  half  its  cost. 

A  Rule  Border  Justified  to  fit  rule  corners  is  worth  from  50  cents  to  $1 .00. 

A  Border  of  Two  Sets  of  Rules,  one  enclosed  within  the  other,  is  worth  from 
$1.50  to  S2. 00  for  the  labor,  exclusive  of  value  of  rule. 

A  Plain  Flower  Border  may  be  rated  at  75  cents. 

A  Combination  Border  of  the  simplest  pattern,  and  largest  pieces,  is  worth 
$1.00.  Elaborate  Combination  Borders  on  Minionette  body  are  worth  from  §4. 00  to 
610  00  each.  Combination  Borders  for  Headings,  at  same  price  as  for  Note  Circulars. 

Electrotyping:,  with  'Blocking,  of  an  ordinary  Letter  Circular,  5\  x  7*4  inches, 
is  worth  from  62.65  to  83.00. 


PRESSWORK   OF    LETTER    CIRCULARS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

500. 

1000. 

30OO. 

per  1000. 

6OOO. 

per  1000. 

ONE   PAGE. 

Black  Ink 

$  .50 

$  .20 

$1.25 

$2.00 

$2  00 

$2   00 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red 

75 

.30 

2  00 

3  00 

3  00 

3  00 

!Fine  Red,  or  Purple 

]   00 

40 

2  50 

4  00 

4  00 

4  00 

TWO,  THREE,  OR  FOUR  PAGES. 

Black  Ink 

75 

30 

2  00 

3  00 

2  50 

2  00 

Blue,  or  ordinary  Red  

1.00 

.40 

3.00 

4.50 

3  75 

3  25 

Fine  Red.  or  Purple.  .  . 

1.50 

.60 

4.00 

6.00 

5.00 

5.00 

For  Woodcut  Presswork,  Presswork  in  Two  Colors,  or  in  Gold  Bronze,  or  from 
New  and  Fragile  Types,  see  remarks  on  page  125. 

The  prices  for  Fine  Red  or  Purple  are  insufficient  for  the  finest  work  and  the  best 
colors.  Six  Dollars  per  1000  impressions  on  small  forms,  and  Eight  Dollars  per  1000 
on  large  forms,  are  not  unreasonable  prices  where  great  brilliancy  of  color  is 
required.  If  color  is  used  in  excess,  these  prices  will  be  found  inadequate. 

Very  thin  or  very  rough  papers  require  an  increase  in  the  price  of  presswork. 


ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 
One-page  Letter  Circular.— Double  Small  Pica  Script,  Black  ink,  half  sheet. 


Items. 

10O. 

500. 

1000. 

3000. 

5000. 

1O.OOO. 

2  set 

Paper,  6  16.,  at  40  cts 
Composition  

$  .26 
2.50 

$1.32 
2.50 

*-j.r,i 
2.50 

$7.92 
2.50 

$13.20 
2.50 

$26.40 
5.00 

Presswork  

50 

1.25 

2.00 

6.00 

10.00 

10.00 

Extra  for  new  type  . 

.25 

.50 

.50 

1.50 

2.50 

2.50 

Total.., 

$3.51 

$5.57 

$7.64 

$17.92 

$-28.20 

$43.90 

If  a  full  sheet  Letter  Circular  is  wanted,  double  the  price  in  the  item  of  Paper.  If 
extra  work  is  wanted  on  composition,  add  the  extra  to  the  item  of  Composition.  If 
Blue  is  wanted,  add  one  half  to  the  item  of  Presswork.  If  Fine  Red  is  wanted,  double 
the  item  of  Presswork.  If  Script  type  is  not  new,  or  is  of  durable  face,  deduct  the 
item  of  Extra  for  New  Type. 


132 


CIRCULARS. 


VALUE  OP  PAPER  PER  100  SHEETS. 

Letter  or  Commercial  Letter. 

Qualities  of  Paper. 

3          5          6          7          8         10       12 

pounds,  pounds,  pounds,  pounds,  pounds,  pounds,  pounds. 

French,  Ordinary 

American,  Perfect 

French,  Fine 

Thin  Linen  or  Bill  of  Ex. 
Onion-skin . . . 


CIRCULARS. 


133 


AUTOGRAPH    CIRCULARS. 

Engraving  on  stone  is  too  expensive  to  be  used  with  any  hope  of  profit 
upon  ordinary  Note  or  Letter  Circulars.  There  is,  however,  a  method  of 
Lithographic  Printing  which,  on  short  orders,  is  cheaper  than  Letter-press. 
A  Circular  of  any  form  or  any  amount  of  matter,  written  with  prepared 
ink  and  prepared  paper,  to  be  had  only  of  lithographers,  can  be  transferred 
to  stone  at  an  expense  of  $2 . 00  for  a  letter  sheet,  and  printed  therefrom,  in 
exact  fac-simile  of  the  original  copy  at  the  rate  of  $2 . 00  per  100  impressions. 

The  workmanship  is  never  so  neat  as  that  of  engraved  work,  the  success 
of  the  printing  depending  largely  on  the  skill  of  the  writer,  who  is  often 
inexpert  in  the  use  of  the  peculiar  ink  and  paper. 

At  these  rates  the  expense  of  the  work  on  100  Autograph  Circulars  would 
be  :  Transferring,  $2.00 ;  Printing,  $2.00 ;  Total,  $4.00.  On  500  Circulars. 
$12.00.  For  larger  quantities,  type-work  may  be  found  more  economical. 

Etched  Circulars.  A  written  copy  of  a  circular  may  be  transferred  to 
zinc,  and  etched  in  relief,  so  that  it  can  be  printed  on  the  ordinary  printing 
press.  The  expense  of  etching  this  work  is  about  25  cents  per  square  inch. 
Relief  plates  so  made  are  shallow,  and  cannot  be  printed  with  the  facility 
of  type,  or  electrotype.  Four  dollars  per  1,000  impressions  will  be  found  a 
low  price. 


PRICES    CURRENT    CIRCULARS. 


Letter,  10  x  16  inches,  and  Commercial  Letter,  11  x  17  inches,  of 
the  lightest  weights  to  save  postage,  are  used  for  foreign  circulars.  FLAT 
CAP,  14  x  17  inches,  and  FOLIO  POST,  17  x  22  inches,  in  quarto  and  folio 
shapes,  are  also  used  for  American  price  lists.  Paper  is  always  of  light 
weight,  and  usually  of  common  quality. 

VALUE  OF  PAPER  PEE,  100  SHEETS. 


Qualities  of  Paper. 

Letter  or  Commercial  Letter. 

Flat  Cap  or 
Folio  Post. 

0 

pounds. 

5 

pounds. 

6 

pounds. 

7 

pounds. 

8 

pounds. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

French,  Ordinary.    .  . 

.35 

$   .42 

.54 

.84 

Folio. 

1.80 

$   .50 

.63 
1.00 

$   .56 

.72 
1.12 

$    .70 

.90 
1.40 

$  .84 

1.08 

1    iX 

American,  Perfect  

French,  Fine. 

.70 

Thin  Linen  or  Bill  of  Ex. 
Onion-skin.  .  . 

.90 

Tlic  weights  in  pounds  are  per  ream. 

Half  sheets  at  one-half  the  prices.    Trivial  orders  at  higher  rates  at  discretion. 


134 


PRICES    CURRENT    CIRCULARS. 

COMPOSITION. 


Plain  descriptive  matter,  solid  or  leaded per  1000  ems. 

Extra  matter,  full  of  figures,  capitals  and  signs 

Table  work,  not  leaded,  3  columns,  with  or  yithout  figures  in  columns. 
Table  work,  not  leaded,  4  or  more  columns,       " 

Index  matter,  without  rules,  iu  narrow  measure,  of  lines  less  than  18 
ems,  at  advanced  prices.     See  Composition. 


PRESSWORK 


Size  of  Form. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Letter  Sheet  of  1  or  2  pages. 

Flat  Cap  Sheet  of  2  pages  

Folio  Post  Sheet  of  2  pages  . 

PRICES    CURRENT    CIRCULARS. 


135 


COMPOSITION. 

Plain  descriptive  matter,  solid  or  leaded per  1000  ems.   $1 .00 

Extra  matter,  full  of  figures,  capitals  and  signs 1 .25 

Table  work,  not  leaded,  3  columns,  with  or  without  figures  in  columns,    1 .50 
Table  work,  not  leaded,  4  or  more  columns,       «  //          2.00 

Index  matter,  without  rules,  in  narrow  measure,  of  lines  less  than  18 
ems,  at  advanced  prices.     See  Composition. 

Leaded  Table  Work,  with  leads  between  the  lines  in  figure  columns,  Short 
Tables  measuring  less  than  2,000  ems,  Compact  Tables  with  long  headings  in  fine 
type,  and  with  much  brass  rule,  Irregular  Tables  requiring  uneven  lengths  of  brass 
rule,  require  an  amount  of  work  that  is  not  always  covered  by  the  price  of  $2.00 
per  1,000  ems,  and  should  be  rated  on  time. 

Justified  Display  Type  in  plain  descriptive  matter,  or  the  excessive  use  of  lined 
ditto  marks,  and  contractions,  shoiild  be  an  advanced  price,  or  on  time. 

"White-lined,  or  Nonpareil-leaded  Matter  in  broad  columns,  with  blank  figure 
columns,  should  not  be  rated  at  double  price,  but  by  time. 

Measurement  of  extra  priced  matter  at  advanced  rates  should  be  confined  to 
that  class  of  matter,  and  should  not  include  large  open  headings  or  tail  blanks. 

Time  "Work,  by  day,  with  proof  reading,  75  cents  per  hour;  without  proof 
reading  or  responsibility  for  error,  68  cents  per  hour.  By  night,  double  price. 

Alterations,  at  same  rates. 

Over-running  and  Re-justifying  matter  to  a  different  measure,  never  less  than 
one-half  extra.  If  new  rules  are  cut,  double  price. 

If  done  in  great  haste,  to  the  neglect  of  other  work,  or  to  the  disarrangement 
of  regular  routine,  add  such  extra  price  as  will  compensate  for  loss. 

Standing  Matter :  For  a  Price  List  used  weekly,  15  cents  per  1.000  ems,  measured 
at  single  rate ;  if  used  monthly,  or  less  frequently,  at  such  advanced  rate  as  may 
be  agreed  upon.  In  most  cases  a  fixed  price  per  month  for  use  of  type  will  be  more 
satisfactory  to  the  customer.  See  article  Standing  Matter  in  Composition. 

PRESSWOKK 


Size  of  Form. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1OOO. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Letter  Sheet  of  1  or  2  pages. 

.75 

.25 

$2.50 

$2.00 

Flat  Cap  Sheet  of  2  pages. 

1  00 

30 

3.00 

2.50 

Folio  Post  Sheet  of  2  pages  

1.25 

.-10 

4.00 

3.00 

Prices  are  made  for  printing  on  one  side  only,  as  is  customary.  If  printed  on 
both  sides  from  two  forms,  double  the  prices. 

Presswork  by  Night  will  not  in  all  cases  be  paid  for  by  double  price.  For  a 
hand  press,  or  small  treadle  press, .?!  50  per  hour  for  all  time  pressmen  is  detained, 
or  is  at  work,  may  be  enough ;  if  steam  power  is  used,  a  much  higher  price  will  be 
Deeded, 


EXAMPLE    OF    ESTIMATE. 


Foreign  Prices  Current,  2  pages  extra 
thin  Letter,  500  copies,  1  page  tables, 
1  page  descriptive  matter,  Jfonpariel. 

l';tp«-r:  500  sheets  Onion-skin,  90< 

Composition:  1  p.  6343  cms.  si  00.  6  35 
1  6348  ems,  2.00.  1268 

Presswork:  500  impressions 1.75 

¥25.28 


A  Second  Order  of  500  from  standing 

form,  with  alterations,  would  be: 
Paper:  500  sheets  Onion-skin,  90c.,  .«4.50 
Composition:  1  p.  6348  ems,  §1.00,    6.35 
Alterations,  probable.  6  hours,  60c.,    3.60  . 
Standing  matter.  G:i4!i  ems,  at  15e..       .95 
I'vesswork  of  500  copies 1.75 

$17.15 


136 


ORDER    BOOKS. 


PAPER   FOB   ORDER   BOOKS. 


Qualities  and  Sizes  of  Paper. 

10 

pounds* 

12       j        14 

pounds,  pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

.    Paper  (     cts.  per  lb.)  per  ream 

$ 

$ 

s? 

$ 

$ 

$ 

/        a       1000,  Four  to  page  

1000,  Five  to  page  

//       //       1000,  Six  to  page 

Engine-sized  (:    .  cts.)  per  ream  .  . 

/'       1000,  Four  to  page  . 

1000,  Five  to  page. 

1000,  Six  to  page  .  . 

COMPOSITION. 

Plainest  form,  without  stub  or  card  piece,  each 

Ordinary  form,  with  stub,  card  piece,  and  enclosed  rules .    

as  above,  feint-lined  throughout  with  rules 

Large  form,  Four  to  page  folio,  feint-lined  throughout  with  rules.  . 


137 


ORDER    BOOKS. 


Folio  Post,  1~  x  ->2  inches,  is  the  size  preferred.  EXTRA-SIZE  FOLIO, 
18  x  23  inches,  and  sometimes  ENVELOPE  MEDIUM.  19  x  24  inches,  are  used 
by  those  who  wish  large  blanks. 

Flat  Cap,  14  X  17  inches,  is  less  used,  as  it  allows  but  little  space  for 
writing. 

The  Usual  Sizes  are  Six,  Five,  and  Four  to  page,  of  folded  Folio  Post. 

For  large  Official  Orders,  of  which  exact  duplicates  are  required,  the  sizes  of 
Double  Cap  and  Demy  are  sometimes  necessary.  Such  blanks  are  never  required  in 
ordinary  mercantile  work,  and  need  not  be  priced. 

Blank  Orders,  without  stubs,  when  cut  up  singly,  may  be  taken  at  the  prices 
made  for  Memorandum  Billheads,  on  page  99.  The  sizes  of  paper  and  the  prices  of 
work,  as  there  given,  are  equally  suitable  for  Orders. 

When  it  can  be  done,  Orders  should  be  taken  by  the  hundred  or  thousand,  and  not 
by  the  quire,  as  the  latter  method  is  often  deceptive  to  the  customer  and  sometimes 
to  the  printer. 

PAPER  FOB  ORDER  BOOKS. 


Qualities  and  Sizes  of  Paper. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

I\r  Paper  (30cts.  per  16.)  per  ream  $3  .  00 

$3.60 

$4.20  $4.80 

$5.40 

$6.00 

1000,  Four  to  page  83 

1.00 

1.17 

1.32 

1.50 

1.65 

1000,  Five  to  page  .66 

.78 

.93 

1.05 

1.20 

1.32 

»       //       1000,  Six  to  page  ...   . 

55 

.66 

.77 

88 

1.00 

1.10 

Engine-sized  (25  cts.)  per  ream  .  . 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

4.50 

5.00 

//          "       1000,  Four  to  page. 

.69 

.83 

.96 

1.10 

1.25 

1.38 

1000,  Five  to  page. 

.55 

.66 

.77 

.88 

1.00 

1.10 

1000,  Six  to  page  .  . 

.45 

.55 

.64 

.74 

.8-2        .92 

For  prices  of  M  and  Perfect  paper,  see  Drafts  and  Notes. 

Post  Office  and  low  grades  of  Envelope  paper,  Off-colored  and  Specky  Writing  are 
often  acceptable  for  Orders.  When  such  papers  are  selected,  the  Composition  may 
correspond,  and  be  done  at  reduced  price.  Presswork  cannot  be  reduced. 

COMPOSITION. 

Plainest  form,  without  stub  or  card  piece,  each $1.25 

Ordinary  form,  with  stub,  card  piece,  and  enclosed  rules 2.00 

//  //      as  above,  feint-lined  throughout  with  rules 3.00 

Large  form,  Four  to  page  folio,  feint-lined  throughout  with  rules. .       4.00 

For  a  book  of  1000  or  less,  one  or  more  to  page,  set  one. 

For  a  book  of  2000,  four  or  six  to  page,  set  two. 

For  a  book  of  any  number  over  2000,  five  or  six  to  page,  set  three. 

For  a  book  of  any  quantity  over  one  ream,  set  four,  five,  or  six,  to  fill  half  sheet. 

The  presswork  of  Orders,  Checks,  Notes,  Drafts,  and  similar  blanks,  that  liavi- 1<> 
be  printed  four,  five,  or  six  to  page,  is  much  more  difficult  than  when  it  is  done  on 
cut  parts  of  the  sheet  one  or  two  to  page.  The  work  is  usually  done  on  hand-press; 
but  whether  done  on  hand-press  or  cylinder,  it  should  be  rated  at  hand-press  priri-s. 
The  amount  of  composition  is  usually  out  of  proportion  to  the  value  of  ]>iv-- 
The  loss  of  time  caused  by  slipping  the  form  and  adjusting  margins,  securing  parallel 


138 


ORDER    BOOKS 


PRESSWORK   OF    ORDER   BOOKS. 


Quantities. 

One  Order  Set. 

1 
to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

3     !     4 

to  page,  to  page. 

5 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions  

$ 

* 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Every  added  Hundred 

Five  Hundred  impressions 

One  Thousand  impressions  
Every  added  Thousand    . 

Five  Quires  Folio  Post,  ) 

12  to  sheet,  full  size....  5 

Ten  Quires,  Folio  Post    .  .  . 

One  Ream,  Folio  Post  

PRESSWORK    OF   ORDER    BOOKS. 


Two  Set. 

Three  Set. 

4,  5, 

Quantities. 

2 

4 

6 

3 

5     !     6 

>    VJ 

or  6 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

Set. 

One  Hundred  impressions  . 

$ 

8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Every  added  Hundred  .... 

Five  Hundred  impressions 

One  Thousand  impressions 

• 

Every  added  Thousand.  .  . 

Five  Quires  Folio  Post,  >  .  . 

12  to  sheet,  full  size....  5 

Ten  Quires,  Folio  Post.  .  .  . 

One  Ream,  Folio  Post  .... 

Every  added  Ream  .  .  . 

NUMBERING    CONSECUTIVELY. 

On  Order  only,  per  1000  Orders 

On  Order  and  in  stnb,  per  1000  Orders 


BINDING  OF  ORDER  BOOKS. 

One  Book,  five  quires  or  less,  Half  Roan,  paper  sides,  -without  ruling,  plainest  style. 

Five  or  Six  to  page,  Folio. .  .$  Two  to  page,  Folio  6° $ 

Four  to  page,  Flat  Cap One  to  page,  Folio  12° 

Three  to  page,  Folio  Post  4°  For  extra  thick  books,  see  Binding. 


ORDER    BOOKS. 


139 


register,  and  preventing  waste,  is  not  adequately  paid  for  by  the  following  prices. 
They  should  be  higher.  But  these  are  the  current  prices.  They  are  fuller  than 
usual,  and  are  made  so  for  the  express  purpose  of  enabling  the  reader  to  see  the 
comparative  value  of  printing  from  One  or  from  Six  Orders,  or  of  printing  One  or 
.Six  to  Page.  It  will  serve  to  show  where  it  is  and  where  it  is  not  expedient  to 
double  composition  to  save  presswork. 

PRESSWORK   OF    ORDER   BOOKS. 


f 

Dne  Or 

\er  Set 

Quantities. 

1 

to  page. 

to  page. 

3 

to  page. 

4 

to  page. 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impression?   ...... 
Every  added  Hundred  

$    .50 
20 

$1   00 

25 

$1.20 

30 

$1.50 

35 

$1.75 
40 

$2.00 

40 

Five  Hundred  impressions  
One  Thousand  impressions  
Every  added  Thousand    ... 

1.25 
2.00 
2  00 

2.00 
3.00 
2  50 

2.40 
3.75 
2  75 

2.90 
4.25 
3  20 

3.25 
4.75 
3  60 

3.60 
5.25 
4  00 

Five  Quires  Folio  Post,  l 

3  00 

4  10 

5  00 

6  00 

7  00 

12  to  sheet,  full  size...  '.  5 

Ten  Quires.  Folio  Post    

5.75 

7.70 

9.00 

10  50 

11  50 

One  Ream,  Folio  Post    .... 

11.50 

12.50 

14.40 

Flat  Cap 

13  50 

19  20 

23  00 

PRESSWORK   OF   ORDER   BOOKS. 


Quantities. 

Two  Set. 

Three  Set. 

4,5, 
or6 

2 

4          6 

3 

5 

6 

to  page. 

to  page,  to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page,  to  page. 

Set. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  $   .50  $1.00  $1.50 

$  .75 

$1.50 

$1.25 

$  .75 

Every  added  Hundred  .... 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.20 

.25 

.25 

.25 

Five  Hundred  impressions 

1.25 

2.00 

2.70 

1.50 

2.50 

2.25 

1.75 

One  Thousand  impressions 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

2.50 

3.50 

3.25 

3.00 

Every  added  Thousand.  .  . 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

2.00 

2.50 

2.75 

2.50 

Five  Quires  Folio  Post,  )  .  . 

12  to  sheet,  full  size  5 

Ten  Quires.  Folio  Post.  .  .  . 

1.90 
3.00 

2.75 
4.25 

3.40 
5.25 

1.50 
2.50 

2.50 
3.50 

2.25 
3.25 

1.25 
1.75 

One  Ream,  Folio  Post  5.75       .  .        8.64 

4.50 

5.50 

5.50 

3.00 

Every  added  Ream  .  .        7  .  50 

2.00 

NUMBERING-    CONSECUTIVELY. 

On  Order  only,  per  1000  Orders $1 .04 

On  Order  and  in  stub,  per  1000  Orders 2.04 

BINDING  OF  ORDER  BOOKS. 

One  Book,  five  quires  or  less,  Half  Roan,  paper  sides,  without  ruling,  plainest  style. 

Fiv.- or  Six  to  page.  Folio. .  .$1 .75         Two  to  page,  Folio  6° $   .75 

Four  t<>  page.  Flat  Cap 1 .50         One  to  page.  Folio  12° 50 

Tlm-r  to  page.  Folio  Post   J°   1.25         For  extra  thick  books,  see  Binding. 


140 


Bl'rtlXESS    CARDS. 


141 


DETAILED   ESTIMATES. 

One  Book,  18  ffi  M  paper,  Half  Binding,  Ordinary  Form. 


Items. 

2OO 

Orders. 

12 
to  Folio. 
1  to  page 
1  set. 

800 

Orders. 

12 
to  Folio. 

2  to  page 
1  set 

500 
Orders. 

12 
to  Folio. 
3  to  page 
1  set 

1000 

Orders. 

12 
to  Folio. 
3  to  page 
1  set. 

1000 
Orders. 

12 

to  Folio. 
6  to  page 
1  set. 

2000 
Orders. 

12 
to  Folio. 

6  to  page. 
2  set. 

1000 
Orders. 
4 
to  Cap. 
12  Ib. 
4  to  page 
1  set 

Paper,  18  ft. 

$  .20 
2.00 
.70 
.50 

$  .30 
2.00 
1.50 
.75 

$  .50 
2.00 

2.40 

1.00 

$1.00 

2.00 
3.75 
1.25 

$1.00 
2.00 

5.25 

1.75 

$2.00 
4.00 
4.00 
2.00 

$1.00 

2.00 
4.25 
1.50 

Composition 

Presswork.  Black  Ink. 
Binding,  half,  paper  .  .  . 
Total  .  . 

$3.40 

$4.55  $5.90  $8.00 

$10.00 

$12.00 

*s.r.r, 

BUSINESS    CARDS. 


The  prices  made  for  all  Cards  under  this  heading  are  for  the  ordinary 
MERCANTILE  ADDRESS  Cards  only.  TAG  Cards,  or  SHIPPING  Cards  will  be 
priced  at  lower  rates.  FESTIVAL  Cards,  and  all  kinds  of  TICKETS,  will  be 
at  higher  rates,  as  may  be  seen  in  another  part  of  this  List. 

TJSTJAL  SIZES. 

The  sizes  and  numbers  of  card  makers  differ  seriously.  The  No.  5  of  one  maker 
is  sometimes  smaller  than  the  No.  4  of  another.  The  numbered  names  should  not 
be  used  without  an  examination  of  their  dimensions.  As  it  is  necessary  to  assign 
sizes  for  the  prices  used  in  this  book  in  the  tables  of  Composition  and  Presswork, 
the  following  measurements  are  given.  It  is  believed  that  they  approximate  closely 
to  the  sizes  and  numbers  in  most  general  use.  Those  who  use  different  sizes,  or 
designate  them  by  different  numbers,  may  alter  the  printed  numbers  in  the  tables 
of  Composition  and  Presswork  to  suit  the  sizes  or  shapes  they  prefer. 

No.    6 2£    X  4-fg  inches. 

No.    7 3^  x  4^  inches. 

No.    8..... ...3rV  x  5|   inches. 

No.    9 3f    X  4j£  inches. 

No.  10 3f    X  5$    inches. 

It  is  not  considered  expedient  to  introduce  tables  for  the  fractional  sizes  of 
2J$,  3i$,  etc^.  nor  for  square  or  oblong  sizes  that  are  in  little  request.  Those 
who  do  use  them,  or  any  other  odd  sizes,  can  make  specific  prices  therefor  on  the 
opposite  pages. 

QUALITIES    AND    PRICES    OF    CARDS. 

For  convenience  in  making  prices.  Cards  may  be  divided  in  two  classes: 
Soft  Surfaced  and  Hard  Surfaced.  These  terms  are  not  used  by  card  manu- 
facturers, but  the  necessity  for  such  distinction  is  obvious,  as  an  unequal 
amount,  of  labor  is  required  for  each  quality. 


Xo.  1 

1-J-    X  2f    inches. 

Xo.  2 

.If     X  3^  inches. 

Xo.  3. 

1H  x  3-^  inches. 

Xo.  4. 

•   -2-A'  X  3f    inches. 

Xo.  5... 

.  .  .2-^K  X  4      inches. 

142 


BUSINESS    CAltDs. 


COMPOSITION    OF   CARDS. 


Styles  of  Work. 

Sizes 
land  2. 

Sizes 
3  and  4. 

Sizes 
5  and  6. 

Sizes 

8  and  9. 

MM 
10. 

Plainest  style.  Reprint  copy  . 

*P6~ 

4  ft  /" 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Ordinary  style,  Manuscript.  . 

•3^~ 

i  V  ) 

Fine  card,  Curved  Lines,  etc. 

Extra,  many  Curved  Lines.  . 

Many  Brass  Flourishes  

1 

BUSINESS    CARDS. 


143 


Soft  Surfaces  include  China,  Satin,  Iiidia,  and  the  common  qualities  of 
Blanks  or  Printers',  all  of  which  have  a  soft,  dull,  unfinished  surface,  and. 
when  well  made,  may  be  printed  as  readily  as  paper. 

Hard  Surfaces  are  Porcelain.  Enamelled,  Post  Board,  Bristol  Board, 
Ivory,  Ivory-surfaced,  etc.,  all  of  which  have  a  hard  polished  face,  and 
require  newer  type,  and  much  more  care  in  making-ready  and  in  presswork. 

The  prices  for  each  quality  will  be  found  in  the  following  pa^es,  and  are 
the  prices  of  good  stock.  Inferior  stock  may  be  priced  at  lower  rates. 

COMPOSITION. 

The  prices  of  the  following  table  are  graduated  to  give  an  increasing  price  with 
increasing  sizes.  There  may  be  cases  in  which  a  larger  size  need  not  compel  a  higher 
charge  for  composition,  but  they  are  too  trivial  to  merit  a  specific  exception.  This 
rule  will  hold  good— the  larger  the  card,  the  more  the  labor— even  when  the  number 
of  lines  is  the  same  on  either  size. 

The  prices  are  graduated  to  give  an  increase  with  every  other  larger  size.  Strict 
exactness  would  have  required  it  with  every  size,  but  too  many  rates  are  confusing. 
Those  who  wish  it,  may  make  a  nicer  division  on  the  opposite  pages. 

The  five  classifications  of  styles  of  work,  from  Plain  Reprint  to  an  Elaborated 
Flourished  Card,  should  be  sufficient  for  general  use.  It  must  be  admitted,  however, 
that  the  composition  of  Cards  is,  of  all  work,  most  difficult  to  price  with  exactness. 
Competition  and  a  general  demand  have  made  prices  low;  the  prevalence  of  fine 
copper-plate  and  lithographic  cards  have  given  the  public  critical  tastes :  and  the 
rapid  introduction  of  novelties  by  type-founders  has  made  composition  both  difficult 
and  expensive. 

The  prices  affixed  to  each  classification  are  for  the  usual  amounts  of  work.  They 
are  not  the  highest  prices.  An  excess  of  Pearl  or  Diamond  type,  Combination  Bor- 
ders in  panels,  a  profusion  of  Overlapping  Curves,  and  other  details,  may  justify 
more  than  double  price. 

There  is,  probably,  no  kind  of  job  work  in  which  there  is  such  an  unequal  amount 
of  labor.  There  are  business  cards  that  may  be  composed  neatly  and  satisfactorily 
within  half  an  hour ;  others  may  occupy  the  time  of  an  expert  workman  five  or  ten 
hours.  Above  all  other  work,  the  satisfactory  composition  of  a  card  is  a  matter  of 
taste — not  always  the  disciplined  taste  of  a  compositor,  but  rather  the  uneducated 
taste  of  the  customer,  whose  notions  are  seldom  clearly  expressed,  and  too  often  are 
quite  impracticable.  When  a  price  has  to  be  made,  as  is  often  the  case,  for  suiting 
such  a  taste,  without  any  allowance  for  subsequent  alterations,  the  prices  here 
given  for  ordinary  work  are  really  not  enough.  It  is  not  considered  judicious,  how- 
ever, to  make  them  any  higher.  It  would  be  well,  however,  for  every  printer  to 
acquaint  his  customer,  on  the  taking  of  his  order,  that  iu  purchasing  a  business 
card  he  buys  only  a  stipulated  amount  of  labor  in  composition,  and  that  all  excess 
in  the  way  of  alterations  for  fancied  improvements  are  properly  an  extra  charge. 


COMPOSITION    OF   CARDS. 


Styles  of  Work. 

Sizes 
1  and  2. 

Sizes 
3  and  4. 

Sizes 
5  and  6. 

Sizes 
8  and  9. 

Size 

10. 

Plainest  style,  Reprint  copy  . 

$   .50 

$  .75 

$   .75 

$1.00 

fl.QO 

Ordinary  style,  Manuscript.  . 

.75 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

Fine  card,  Curved  Lines,  etc. 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

2.25 

3.00 

Extra,  many  Curved  Lines.  . 

1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

4.50 

Many  Brass  Flourishes  

2.00 

•j  :.«) 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

Irregular  shapes  at  the  price  of  the  nearest  size  iu  the  table. 


144 


BUSINESS    CARDS. 


Quality  of  Card  and  Ink. 

Sizes 
land  2. 

Sizes 

3  and  4. 

Sizes 
5  and  6. 

Sizes 
8  and  9. 

Size 

10. 

Soft  Surfaced,    Black  ink  ... 

%,5~0 

$  ,6  r 

$ 

$ 

$: 

Blue  ink  .  .  . 

Two  Colors  . 

Hard  Surfaced,  Black  ink.  .  . 

//        //          Blue  or  Red  . 

Two  Colors. 

•/        a          Gold  Bronze. 

1 

BUSINESS    CARDS.  145 


PRESSWORK   OF    CARDS   PER 

For  this  branch  of  work  also,  increasing  sizes  make  extra  labor  and  increasing 
prices.  The  two  qualities  of  Hard  Surfaced  and  Soft  Surfaced  Cards  make  necessary 
another  distinction  in  the  rates.  A  Satin  or  Printer's  Blank  can  be  printed  in  less 
time,  and  at  less  expense,  than  a  Satin  Enamelled  or  Bristol  Board.  The  difference 
should  be  much  more  than  is  made  in  the  printed  rates,  but  the  prevailing  prices  do 
not  warrant  any  greater  distinction. 


Sizes            Sizes 
Quality  of  Card  and  Ink.        j  and  %    3  and  4 

Sizes 
5  and  6. 

Sizes 
8  and  9. 

Size 

10. 

Soft  Surfaced,    Black  ink...    $1.00       $1.25 

$1.50 

$2.00 

$2.50 

Blue  ink  1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.75 

3.50 

Two  Colors.      3.00 
Hard  Surfaced,  Black  ink.  .  .       1  .50 

3.50 
1.75 

4.25 
2.00 

5.00 
2.50 

6.00 
3.00 

BlueorEed.       2.00 

2.25 

2.75 

3.50 

4.50 

Two  Colors.       3.50         4.00 

5.00 

6.50 

8.00 

Gold  Bronze.!     4.25    j     5.00 

5.50 

6.00 

7.00 

One  Hundred  may  be  rated  at  One-Fifth  the  price  of  one  thousand.  It  is  not 
enough,  but  it  is  all  that  usage  will  warrant.  Every  Additional  Hundred,  at  One- 
Tenth  the  regular  price  per  thousand.  For  Additional  Thousands,  see  the  prices  in 
tables  of  Composition  and  Presswork  in  following  pages. 

Printing:  Both  Sides.  If  done  on  two  forms,  double  the  price  of  presswork.  If 
the  amount  of  composition  or  labor  of  presswork  is  comparatively  light  for  the 
second  side,  a  trivial  reduction  may  be  made. 

If  both  sides  of  a  card  are  printed  in  one  form,  by  one  impression,  as  may  be. 
desirable  on  a  large  order  of  5000  or  over  (as  is  possible  only  on  Satin,  Post  Board 
or  other  card  having  the  same  finish  on  both  sides),  rate  the  composition  and  press- 
work  as  for  a  single  card  double  the  size.  For  example :  5000  No.  3  Satin  Cards  are 
worth  for  labor  only,  printed  on  one  side,  $5.00;  on  both  sides,  $10.00.  If  printed 
cu  both  sides  in  one  form,  the  size  of  the  form  would  be  about  No.  7,  for  which  the 
price  would  be  £6.25.  To  this  add  §1.25  for  extra  labor  in  cutting  apart. 

New  and  Delicate  Type,  like  Scripts  and  Ornamentals,  when  made  ready  with 
great  care,  and  printed  with  the  best  of  ink,  without  any  trace  of  impression  on  the 
iiHck,  may  be  properly  charged  at  double  price. 

'Wood  Cuts,  properly  made-ready,  and  as  carefully  printed,  should  be  rated  at 
not  less  than  $4.00  per  1000,  with  the  added  cost  of  labor  in  making-ready.  For  sizes 
larger  than  No.  6,  this  rate  should  be  increased. 

Ornamented  Business  Cards,  with  curiously-bent  and  mitered  Brass  Rules, 
Engraved  Monograms,  Tint  plates  and  Borders,  with  nicely  registered  and  Over- 
lapping Lines  and  Curves,  and  in  a  profusion  of  bright  Colors  and  Gold  Leaf  or 
Bronze,  are  of  too  complex  a  nature  to  be  analyzed  and  priced.  Many  of  these 
Cards,  especially  those  of  interior  and  Western  cities,  are  of  great  beauty  and  nov- 
elty. Fifty  and  Sixty  Dollars  per  1000  appear  to  be  the  prevailing  prices- for  a  card 
of  such  nature  and  about  the  size  of  a  No.  5  Envelope. 

The  prices  for  Presswork  are  for  Fair  Work  only,  on  forms  of  type.  All  work  done 
on  tint-blocks,  or  from  large  engravings,  should  be  at  advanced  prices. 

Two  Colors.  No  distinction  need  be  made  in  price  between  the  presswork  of 
cards  printed  in  Red  and  Black,  or  in  Red  and  Blue  inks. 

Salesmen's  Cards.  For  composition  and  printing  of  name  in  red  ink  across  the 
i'aee  of  a  card,  on  first  hundred,  SI. 00;  every  added  hundred,  10  cents. 

Alterations  on  Press  of  names  or  places  should  be  rated  at  25  cents  each. 

Printers  who  do  not  buy  Cut  Cards,  but  cut  them  from  the  Boards,  will 
find  a  Diagram  upon  a  following  page,  which  specifies  the  number  of  full 
Hoards  required  for  1000  copies  of  every  useful  si/.i-  of  business  cards. 


146 


BUSINKSS    CARDS. 


SIZES  1  AND  2. 

VALUE    OF    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 

No.  1. 
Thin  Satin $ 

Satin 

Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin 

Colored  Satin,  thick 

Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks 


Extra  Blanks 


No.  2. 
Thin  Satin 

Satin 

Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin 

Colored  Satin,  thick . 

Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks 

Extra  Blanks  . . . 


COMPOSITION    AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at      cents.    Presswork  in  Black  at  g         per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  T-ntr. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

10OO. 

2OOO.   50OO. 

per  1000.  per  1000. 

Black- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

£ 

1 

A 

$ 

Blue  or  Red  

Two  Colors  .  .  . 

For  plain  Reprint,  deduct      cents.    For  many  Curved  Lines,  add      cents. 


VALUE    OF    HARD    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 


No.  1. 

Post  Board 

Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick . 

Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled. . . 


No.  2. 
Post  Board 

Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick . 

Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled. . . 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at     c.     Presswork  in  Black  at  6         per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

850. 

50O. 

1OOO. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

$ 

Black.  .  . 

$ 

$ 

1 

$ 

* 

f 

Blue  or  Red. 

Two  Colors 

Gold  Bronze.  .  . 

For  plain  Border,  add      cents.     For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add      cents. 


BUSINESS    CARDS. 


147 


SIZES    1   AND  2. 
VALUE    OF    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 


No.  1. 
Thin  Satin $   .60 

Satin 75 

Thick  Satin 90 

Extra-thick  Satin 1 . 15 

Colored  Satin,  thick 1 . 40 

Thin  Blanks 75 

Ordinary  Blanks 1 . 00 

Extra  Blanks  . .  .1.25 


No.  2. 

Thin  Satin $  .70 

Satin 90 

Thick  Satin 1.00 

Extra-thick  Satin 1 . 25 

Colored  Satin,  thick 1 . 60 

Thin  Blanks 90 

Ordinary  Blanks 1.15 

Extra  Blanks  . .  .  1 . 35 


COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  75  cents.    Presswork  in  Black  at  $1.00  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

500. 

1000. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$1  00 

$     10 

$1  15 

$1  40 

$1.75 

$1  35 

$1  00 

Blue  or  Red  

1  20 

15 

1  40 

1  70 

2  25 

1  85 

1  50 

Two  Colors  .  .  . 

1.75 

.30 

2.20 

3.00 

4.00 

3.50 

2.75 

For  plain  Reprint,  deduct  25  cents.    For  many  Curved  Lines,  add  75  cents. 


VALUE    OF    HARD    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1000. 


No.  1. 
Post  Board $1 .25 

Extra  Post  Board 1.40 

Bristol  Board,  thin 1 .50 

Bristol  Board,  thick 2.00 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick. ...  2.50 

Porcelain 1 . 00 

Satin  Enamelled 1 .50 

Double  Enamelled. . .             . .  2.75 


No.  2. 

Post  Board $1.40 

Extra  Post  Board 1 . 60 

Bristol  Board,  thin 1 . 90 

Bristol  Board,  thick 2 . 30 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick ....  2 . 80 

Porcelain 1 . 15 

Satin  Enamelled 1 . 75 

Double  Enamelled. . .  . .  3 . 00 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  75c.    Presswork  in  Black  at  $1 . 50  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

250. 

500. 

1000. 

2000. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$1.10 

a  .15 

$1.35 

$1.70 

$2  25 

$1  65 

$1.25 

Blue  or  Red.           

1.25 

.20 

1.60 

2  00 

2  75 

2  12 

1  SI) 

Two  Colors 

2  00 

.35 

2.60 

3  40 

4  50 

4  00 

3  50 

(iold  Bronze  

1.50 

.45 

2.20 

3.25 

5.00 

4.50 

4.00 

For  plain  Border,  add  25  cents.    For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add  75  cents. 


148 


BUSINESS   CARDS. 


SIZES  3  AND  4. 

VALUE    OF    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO 

No.  3.  No.  4. 

Thin  Satin $  Thin  Satin $ 

Satin Satin 

Thick  Satin Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin Extra-thick  Satin 

Colored  Satin,  thick Colored  Satin,  thick 

Thin  Blanks Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks Ordinary  Blanks. ... 

Extra  Blanks Extra  Blanks 

COMPOSITION    AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at      cents.     Presswork  in  Black  at  §         per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.  addel     25O.      5OO.    1OOO.   2OOO.   50OO. 

1OO.  per  1000.  per  1000 

Black 

Blue  or  Red 
Two  Colors. 

For  plain  Reprint,  deduct      cents.    For  many  Curved  Lines,  add      ceuts.- 

VALUE    OF   HARD    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 

No.  3.  No.  4. 

Post  Board $  Post  Board $ 

Extra  Post  Board Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick Bristol  Board,  extra-thick 

Porcelain Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled Double  Enamelled 

Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  8  Presswork  in  Black  at  §         per  1000. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 

r 


Color  of  Ink. 


Black 

Blue  or  Red. . 
Two  Colors. . 
Gold  Bronze. 


100. 


Every 
added 
100. 


250. 


5OO. 


1OOO. 


2000. 

per  1000. 


5OOO. 

per  1000. 


For  plain  Border,  add      cents.    For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add      cents. 


BUSINESS  CARDS. 


149 


SIZES  3  AND  4. 

VALUE   OF    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS   PER    1OOO. 


No.  3. 

Thin  Satin $  .90 

Satin 1.05 

Thick  Satin., 1.25 

Extra-thick  Satin 1 .65 

Colored  Satin,  thick 2.00 

Thin  Blanks 1.00 

Ordinary  Blanks 1 .25 

Extra  Blanks. . .  .1.55 


No.  4. 

Thin  Satin $1.10 

Satin 1 . 30 

Thick  Satin 1.55 

Extra-thick  Satin 1 .  9f> 

Colored  Satin,  thick 2.50 

Thin  Blanks 1.20 

Ordinary  Blanks ....         ....  1 . 55 

Extra  Blanks..  .1.80 


COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  75  cents.    Presswork  iu  Black  at  $1 . 25  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

50O. 

1OOO. 

2OOO.   5000. 

per  1000.  per  1000. 

Black  

$1.00 
1.25 
2.25 

$  .12 
.18 
.35 

$1.20 
1.60 
2.70 

$1.50 
1.85 
3.25 

$2.00 
2.50 
4.50 

$1.50 

2.00 
3.75 

$1.20 
1.60 
3.00 

Blue  or  Red  

Two  Colors  

For  plain  Reprint,  deduct  25  cents.    For  many  Curved  Lines,  add  75  cents. 


VALUE    OF   HARD    SURFACED    CARDS   PER    1000. 


No.  3. 

Post  Board $1.90 

Extra  Post  Board 2. 10 

Bristol  Board,  thin 2.25 

Bristol  Board,  thick 3.00 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick. ...  4.00 

Porcelain 1 . 75 

Satin  Enamelled 2.20 

Double  Enamelled. ..  ..4.00 


No.  4. 
Post  Board $2.25 

Extra  Post  Board 2.50 

Bristol  Board,  thin 2.75 

Bristol  Board,  thick 3 . 75 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick ....  4 . 65 

Porcelain 2.10 

Satin  Enamelled 2.75 

Double  Enamelled 5.25 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  81 .00.    Presswork  in  Black  at  $1.75  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
10O. 

250. 

5OO. 

1000. 

200O. 

per  1000. 

5000. 

per  1000. 

Black. 

$1  35 

$    17 

$1  60 

$2  00 

£:>  7'> 

$2  15 

£1    50 

Blue  or  Red  

1  50 

.22 

1  80 

2  40 

3.25 

2  50 

2.00 

Two  Colors. 

2  40 

40 

3  00 

3  75 

5  00 

4  25 

:\  ::> 

Gold  Bronze 

2  00 

50 

2  75 

4  00 

6  00 

5  00 

5  00 

For  plain  Border,  add  25  cents.    For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add  ' 


150 


BUSINESS    CARDS. 


SIZES  5  AND  6. 


VALUE    OF    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 


No.  5. 

Thin  Satiu 

Satin 

Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin 

Colored  Satiu,  thick. . 

Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks 

Extra  Blanks 


No.  6. 

Thin  Satiu 

Satin 

Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin 
Colored  Satin,  thick. 

Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks 
Extra  Blanks  . . 


COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  8  Presswork  iu  Black  at  $        per  1000. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

250. 

5OO. 

100O. 

2000. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black                               .      . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  or  Red. 

Two  Colors  .  .  . 

For  plain  Reprint,  deduct      cents.    For  many  Curved  Lines,  add      cents. 


VALUE    OF    HARD    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 


No.  5. 

Post  Board 

Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick . . . 

Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled  . . 


No.  6. 
Post  Board 

Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick. . 

Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled  . . 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  $  Presswork  in  Black  at  $        per  1000. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
100. 

250. 

50O. 

1OOO. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black 

$ 

$ 

& 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  or  Red 

Two  Colors  

Gold  Bronze  .    . 

For  plain  Border,  add      cents.    For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add      cents. 


BUSINESS    CAKL)S. 


151 


SIZES  5  AND  6. 

VALUE    OF    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    1OOO. 

No.  5. 

Thin  Satin $1.40 

Satin 1 . 75 

Thick  Satin 2.20 

Extra-thick  Satin 2.75 

Colored  Satin,  thick 3.30 

Thin  Blanks...  .  1.60 


Ordinary  Blanks 2.20 

Extra  fi'lanks  . .  .  .   2.50 


No.  6. 
Thin  Satiu $1.80 

Satiu 2.10 

Thick  Satin 2.62 

Extra-thick  Satin 3.25 

Colored  Satin,  thick 3.80 

Thin  Blanks. 2.00 

Ordinary  Blanks 2.60 

Extra  Blanks  ..  ..3.00 


COMPOSITION    AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  81.00.     Presswork  in  Black  at  £1  50  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

250. 

500. 

1000. 

2000 

p«riono. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black 

$1  25 

$     15v, 

$1  50 

$1  90 

s-j  :,o 

$2  00 

*1  30 

Blue  or  Red. 

1.50 

.20 

1.80 

2.25 

3.00 

2.50 

1  75 

Two  Colors 

2  -10 

.45 

3.00 

4.2o 

5  25 

4  25 

3  25 

For  plain  Reprint,  deduct  25  cents.     For  many  Curved  Lines,  add  50  cents. 


VALUE    OF    HARD    SURFACED    CARDS    PER    100O. 


No.  5. 
Post  Board $3.10 

Extra  Post  Board 3.55 

Bristol  Board,  thin 4.00 

Bristol  Board,  thick 5.00 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick 6.25 

Porcelain 2.90 

Satin  EnameDed 3.30 

Double  Enamelled  . .             . .  6.50 


No.  6. 
Post  Board $3.75 

Extra  Post  Board 4.20 

Bristol  Board,  thin , 5.00 

Bristol  Board,  thick 6.00 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick 7.75 

Porcelain 3 . 40 

Satin  Enamelled 3.90 

Double  Enamelled  ..  ..  7.50 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  §1.00.    Presawork  in  Black  at  §2.00  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink.                    1OO. 

Every 
added 
100. 

250. 

500. 

1000. 

2000. 
per  1000. 

5000. 

per  1000. 

Black  i$1.40 

*     .-.Ml 

.30 
.50 
.50 

$1.70 
2.10 
3.50 
3.50 

$2.20 
2.75 
4.60 

I  i',0 

$3.00 
3.75 
6.00 
fi.OO 

$2.50 
3.00 
5.00 
5.00 

*t.r,o 
2.10 
4.00 
5.00 

Blue  or  Red        1   1.60 

Two  Colors                             2  60 

Gold  Bronze.    .                  .2  25 

For  plain  Border,  add  25  cents.    For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add  75  cents. 


152 


BUSINESS    CAKDS. 


SIZES  8  AND  9. 


VALUE    OP    SOFT    SURFACED    CARDS   PER    1OOO. 


No.  8. 

Thin  Satin 

Satin 

Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin. . . . 
Colored  Satin,  thick . . 

Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks 

Extra  Blanks  . . 


No,  9. 

Thin  Satin 

Satin 

Thick  Satin 

Extra-thick  Satin. . . 
Colored  Satin,  thick . 

Thin  Blanks 

Ordinary  Blanks  . . . 
Extra  Blanks  . . 


COMPOSITION    AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  |  Presswork  in  Black  at  $        per  1000. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

Everv 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

$ 

10OO. 

* 

2000. 

per  1000. 

5000. 

per  1000. 

$ 

Black  ...            

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  or  Red 

Two  Colors  .  .  . 

For  plain  Border,  add      cents.     For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add      cents. 


VALUE    OF    HARD    SURFACED    CARDS   PER    1OOO. 


No.  8. 

Post  Board 

Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick . 

Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled  . . 


No.  9. 

Post  -Board 

Extra  Post  Board 

Bristol  Board,  thin 

Bristol  Board,  thick 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick . 

Porcelain 

Satin  Enamelled 

Double  Enamelled  . . 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  $  Presswork  in  Black  at  $        per  1000. 

To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

10OO. 

20OO. 

per  1000. 

50OO. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$ 

$ 

$ 

f 

$ 

$ 

§ 

Blue  or  Red  

Two  Colors 

Gold  Bronze 

For  Extra  Composition,  add  from  $        to  8 


BUSINESS    CARDS. 


SIZES  8  AND  9. 


VALUE 


OF    SOFT 
No.  8. 


Thin  Satin .*-J .  50 

Satin 3.05 

Thick  Satin 3.75 

Extra-thick  Satin 4.70 

Colored  Satin,  thick 5.90 

Thin  Blanks 2.80 

Ordinary  Blanks 3 . 75 

Extra  Blanks  .  .                       . .  4.30 


SURFACED    GAUDS    PER    1000. 

No.  9. 

Thin  Satin $2.70 

Satin 3.25 

Thick  Satin 4.00 

Extra-thick  Satin 5.00 

Colored  Satin,  thick 6.75 

Thin  Blanks 3.00 

Ordinary  Blanks 4 . 00 

Extra  Blanks  .  .  4.60 


COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  81.00.     Presswork  in  Black  at  82.00  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Everv 

Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

added 

25O. 

5OO. 

1000. 

2000. 

5OOO. 

100. 

per  1000.  per  1000. 

Black 

$1  40 

$    20 

$1  70 

$2  20  1*3  00 

$2.50  *1   60 

Blue  or  Red  

1.60 

.30 

2  10 

2.75 

3.75 

3.00 

2.00 

Two  Colors  

2.60 

.50 

3.50 

4.60 

6.50 

5.00 

3.75 

For  plain  Border,  add  25  cents.     For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add  75  ceiits. 


VALUE    OF    HARD  SURFACED  CARDS  PER    1000. 

No   8. 

Post  Board $5 . 45 

Extra  Post  Board 6.10 

Bristol  Board,  thin  . .  . .   6.25 


Bristol  Board,  thick 8.00 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick.. .  .11.50 

Porcelain 5. 00 

Satin  Enamelled 5.75 

Double  Enamelled 9 .40 

Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION   AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  81 .50.    Presswork  in  Black  at  82.50  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


No.  9. 

Post  Board $5.75 

Extra  Post  Board 6.55 

Bristol  Board,  thin 7 . 00 

Bristol  Board,  thick 9.30 

Bristol  Board,  extra-thick 13.00 

Porcelain 5 . 20 

Satin  Enamelled 6. 25 

Doable  Enamelled. . .  . .  10 . 00 


Color  Of  Tnlr 

10O. 

Everv 
added 
1OO. 

250. 

800. 

1000. 

I 

2OOO.   5OOO. 

per  1000.  per  1000. 

Black  

.*•„'  (II) 

S     :'.-) 

*•->  :r> 

$3  00 

$4  00 

$3  00  *•">  °5 

Blue  or  Red  . 

2  20 

35 

2  70 

3  60 

5  00 

3  75     °  75 

Two  Colors 

3  00 

65 

4  00 

5  60 

8  50 

7  mi     5  00  I 

Gold  Bronze.  .  . 

2.50 

.60 

3.25 

4.50 

7.50 

6.50     5.00 

For  Extra  Composition,  add  from  81 .00  to  --'  <»>. 


154  BUSINESS    CARDS. 


BUSINESS    CARDS. 


155 


SIZE   10. 
VALUE  OF  SOFT  SURFACED  CARDS  PER  1000. 

Thin  Satin $3.75         Colored  Satin,  thick $8.00 


.Satin / 4.35 

Thick  Satin 5.30 

Extra  Thick  Satin. . .  .6.85 


Thin  Blanks 4.00 

Ordinary  Blanks 5 . 30 

Extra  Blanks...  .   6.25 


COMPOSITION   AND    PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  $1.00.    Presswork  in  Black  at  |2.50  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

1OOO. 

Every 
added 
1OOO. 

5000. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$1.50 

$  .25 

$1.85 

$2.50 

$3.50 

$2.75 

$2  .  00 

Bine  or  Red  

1  75 

35 

2.25 

3  15 

4  50 

3  50 

3  00 

Two  Colors 

2  25 

60 

3  20 

4  60 

5  50 

5  00 

4  00 

For  plain  Border,  add  25  cents.    For  ordinary  Combination  Border,  add  $1.00. 


VALUE    OF   HARD   SURFACED    CARDS    PER   1000. 


Post  Board $8.15 

Extra  Post  Board 9.35 

Bristol  Board,  thin 9.80 

Bristol  Board,  thick 12.00 


Bristol  Board,  extra  thick..  .$16.00 

Porcelain 7 . 50 

Satin  Enamelled 8.75 

Double  Enamelled  ..  .    13.00 


Tinted  Enamelled  at  the  same  price  as  White. 

COMPOSITION    AND   PRESSWORK. 

Composition  rated  at  $2 .00.     Presswork  in  Black  at  $3.00  per  1000. 
To  find  the  full  price  for  both  cards  and  work,  add  the  value  of  cards  as  given  above. 


' 

Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

Every 
added 
100. 

25O. 

5OO. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
1OOO. 

5000. 

per  1000 

Black  

$2.60 

$  .30 

$3.00 

$3.80 

$5.00 

$4.00 

$3.00 

Blue  or  Red.         

2.90 

.45 

3.60 

4.75 

6.50 

5.00 

4.00 

Two  Colors. 

3.60 

.80 

4.75 

6.70 

9.50 

8.50 

7.00 

Gold  Bronze 

3.40 

.70 

4.40 

6.00 

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

For  Extra  Composition,  add  from  §1.00  to  $2.00. 


Size  7  is  so  nearly  that  of  size  6  that  a  special  table  of  prices  is  considered 
unnecessary.  Other  varieties  of  Card  work  are  priced  on  subsequent  pages. 

For  Show  Cards see  page  235         Ball  Tickets see  page  275 

Restaurant  Checks «  265         Wedding  Cards » 

Festival  Tickets «  267         Copper-plate  Cards..  .  .  //  279 

Orders  of  Dancing. ..."  269         Insurance  Notices »       »     201 


156 


SHIPPING    CARDS. 


PRICES   FOR    PATENT    DIRECTION    LABELS. 


1 1%  x  3Vfe. 

2 l7/s  x  3^s. 

3 2      x3%. 

4 2^  x  4V4. 

5 2V4  x  4%. 

6 2^  x  5     . 

"..  . .  .2%  x  5%. 


No.                             Inches.                      Per  1'XXl. 
10 1V4  X234 .* 

11 1V4  x  3% 

12 1%  x  3^ 

13 1%  x  4     

14 1%  x  4V4 

15 2 Ms  x  4% 

1C 2%x5     

17 2^x5%.., 


SHIPPING    CARDS    ON   MANILA   STOCK. 

Xo.  Inches.  Per  1000.       !      Xo.  Inches.  Per  1000. 


99 1%X3      . 

80 2  ^  x  3%. 

63 2%  X3?8. 

52 2^X4V4. 


44. 
38 
32 


2%  x4 
3      X5 


PRICES    OF   FOLDED    TAGS   PER    1000. 


Qualities. 

1*6X3 
inches. 

1JSX4 
inches. 

IJfiXS 
inches. 

2X5 

inches. 

2X6 
inches. 

214X5 
inches. 

3X5 
inches. 

3X6 

inches. 

Paper  Parchment  .  . 
Thin  Cloth  

$ 

$ 

$ 

§ 

$ 

$ 

s 

$ 

Paper  Cloth  

Best  Cloth  and        I 
Genuine  Parchment.  > 

COMPOSITION. 

Any  size  or  quality,  without  proof  or  alterations 

PRESSWORK  IN   BLACK   INK. 

One  Hundred $  j     One  Thousand 

Three  Hundred Two  Thousand 

Five  Hundred .....  Five  Thousand. . . 


SHIPPING    CAKDS. 


157 


SHIPPING    CARDS    AND    DIRECTION   CARDS. 

This  is  the  commonest  class  of  work.  To  he  done  with  any  hope  of  profit  what- 
ever, there  must  be  no  proof  and  no  alterations,  and  the  workmanship  must  be  of 
the  simplest  character.  If  proof  is  shown  and  alterations  made,  or  any  supervision 
over  the  work  is  exacted,  charge  the  prices  for  Business  Cards  of  similar  size. 


PRICES   FOR 


No. 
1 


Inches. 
1%  X  3^ 

•J  ..........  1%  x  3^ 

3  .........  -2     x  3% 

4  ..........  2^  x  4V4 

5  ..........  2V4  X  4%  ........  4.00 

6  .........  21*  X  5     ........   4.75 

7.  ...2%  x  5%..         ..  5.50 


PATENT 

Per  1000. 
$2.50 

3.00 
3.50 
3.75 


DIRECTION   LABELS. 

No.                            Inches.                     Per  1000. 
10 1V4  X  2% $2.25 

11 1V4  x  3% 2.50 

12 1%  x  3^ 2.75 

13 1%  x  4     3.00 

14 1%  x  4V4 3.50 

15 2%  X4% 3.75 

16 2%  X5     4.25 

17 2^x5% 5.00 

These  are  the  prices  of  imprinted  Cards.    For  printed  Cards,  add  the  prices  given 
for  Composition  and  Presswork,  as  specified  below. 

SHIPPING   CARDS   ON   MANILA   STOCK. 


Xo. 

99 

Inches 
.  .  1  ?8  X  3       ... 

Per  1000. 
.     ..$1.75 

Xo. 

44.      . 

Inches. 

.  .  .2%  x  4^ 

Per  1000. 

.$3  50 

80 

2*6  x  3% 

.   2  25 

38 

3     x  5 

4  00 

63 

.2%  x  3%   . 

.   ..   2.50 

32  . 

.  .3^  x  5V4 

4  50 

...2te  x  4V4. 

.    3.00 

PRICES   OF   FOLDED   TAGS   PER    1000. 

The  Folded  Tags  are  made  either  of  stout  glazed  and  sized  cotton  cloth,  or  of  stout 
paper  or  parchment,  firmly  glued  to  the  cloth,  and  are  punched  and  eyeleted. 


Qualities. 

1*4X3 
inches. 

1J4X4 
inches. 

1)4X5 
inches. 

2X5 
inches. 

2X6 

inches. 

2^X5 
inches. 

3X5 
inches. 

3x6 

inches. 

Paper  Parchment  .  . 
Thin  Cloth  

J3.7S 

4.50 

4.50 
6.00 

$3.00 
5.00 
5.50 
7.00 

$3.25 
6.00 
7.00 

8.00 

$3.50 

7.00 
9.00 
10.00 

|3.75 

8.00 
10.50 
11.50 

£1.00 
9.00 
11.00 
13.00 

$4.50 
10.00 
12.50 

16.00 

$5.00 
11.50 
14.00 
19.00 

Paper  Cloth  

Best  Cloth  and        I 
Genuine  Parchment.  ' 

With  strings  attached,  50  cents  additional. 

The  numbers,  sizes,  and  qualities  of  the  Cards  specified  on  this  page  are  entirely 
different  from  those  of  the  ordinary  manufacturers  of  white  and  colored  printing 
cavils.  Shipping  Cards  and  Tags  are  made  of  stronger  and  tougher  stock — some- 
times of  Manila,  sometimes  of  Manila  middles  only.  They  are  punched,  and  eye- 
leted or  guarded.  They  are  to  be  had  in  variety  of  assortment  chiefly  of  the  special 
manufacturers. 

COMPOSITION. 

Any  size  or  quality,  without  proof  or  alterations 


*   .50 


PRESSWORK    IN    BLACK   INK. 


One  Hundred. . 
Three  Hundred 
Five  Hundred  . 


.$  .25     i     One  Thousand $1 .00 

.  in         Two  Thousand •-!.<»! 

till          Five  Thousand.  , .    4.00 


158  BUSINESS    CARDS. 


HL'SINESS    CARDS. 


LITHOGRAPHED    BUSINESS    CARDS. 

The  prices  for  engraving  should  be  accepted  only  as  approximate  prices. 
The   size   of  the  card,  the  amount  of  lettering,  the  nature  of  ornament 
required,  as  well  as  the  ability  of  the   designer  and  the  exactions  of  the 
customer,  are  the  items  that  make  the  price,  and  cannot  be  specified.     No 
allowance  is  here  made  for  any  special  engraving  of  portraits,  views  of 
buildings,  or  pictures  of  any  kind. 
ENGRAVING  simplest  possible  form  —  about  three  lines  in  Script  .......  $3.00 

an  ordinary  business  form,  little  lettering  ...............   5  .  00 

an  ordinary  form,  much  lettering  .......................  10.00 

an  ornamented  form  ...................................  15  .  00 

an  elaborate  form,  ornamented  initials,  etc  ..............  25  .  00 

TRANSFERRING  for  a  quarter  board,  10  x  13  inches  ..................  3  .  00 

PRINTING  on  a  quarter  board,  Black  .........  per  100  impressions.  ...  2.50 

Red  or  Purple  .       //  ____  3  .  25 

Gold  .........  ....  4.25 

Two  Colors...  ____  6.50 

Any  number  less  than  100  rates  as  100. 

Impressions  needed  for  1000  Cards. 
Size  2..  49  rates  as  100  .......  $2.50     ;     Size  5.  .   84  rates  as  100  ......  $2.50 


3.  .50 
4..  68 


2.50 
2.50 


6..  94 
7..  112 


2.50 
2.80 


On  sizes  smaller  than  No.  6  there  is  no  difference  in  price  between  100  and  1000. 

It  is  not  practicable  to  get  out  as  many  single  cards  from  a  printed  quarter  board 
as  from  an  unprinted  whole  board.  A  somewhat  larger  allowance  of  boards  is 
necessary  for  1000  lithographic  cards  than  is  usual  for  1000  type  printed  cards. 

ESTIMATES   IN    DETAIL. 

Extra  Post  Board,  ordinary  amount  of  engraving,  Black  ink. 


Items. 

Size 

No.  4. 
500. 

Size 

No.  4. 
1000. 

NoTs. 

500. 

Size 

No.  5. 
10OO. 

Size 

No.  6. 
5OO. 

Size 

No.  6. 
1OOO. 

Engraving  

$7.50 

$7.50 

$8.50 

$8.50 

$10.00 

$10.00 

Transferring  
Printing  . 

3.25 

2  50 

3.25 
2.50 

3.25 
2.50 

3.25 

2  50 

3.25 
2  50 

3.25 
2  80 

Cards 

1.37 

2.75 

1.87 

3  75 

2  25 

4  50 

Total.. 

H14.62 

$16.00 

$16.12 

K18.00 

$18.00 

*20.  55 

COPPERPLATE  BUSINESS  CARDS. 

For  ENGRAVING  use  the  prices  for  Lithographed  Business  Cards. 

PRINTING  in  Black  ink.  small  quantities per  100    $1 .50 

«     orders  of  1000 1 . 10 

For  orders  of  300  or  less  it  will  be  cheaper  to  use  copper  plate.     For  an  onl«-r  ut 
1000  or  more  the  lithographic  process  is  cheaix-r. 


1O 

8 

t> 

6 

7 

55 

5 

4:= 

4 

3% 

ti 

•<i!a 

2 

1 

USUAL    SIZES 

OF 

BUSINESS    CARDS. 

Use  this  diagram  only,  for  iden- 
tifying   the    dimensions    of   the 
numbered  sizes  of  Cards,  speci- 
fied in  the  preceding  pages. 
The  diagram  of  page  161  is  in- 
tended to  show  only  the  number 
of  Card  Boards  required  to  make 
1000  Cards  of  different  sizes.    The 
descriptive    numbers    used     for 
prices  should  not  be  used  for  the 
diagram  of  page  1G1. 

1H"  SIN  ESS    CARDS. 


161 


Number  of  Boards  Required  for  Different  Sizes  of  Cards. 


20 


u 

11 

10 

9 

6 

8 



7 

5 

4 

3 

ii 

No.                     No  of  Boards. 
1         7 

2                                8 

4                              1OH 

5                    12 

6                            13 

7                          .14 

8                            -14 

9            18 

1O                    -      -14*4 

11                         --19 

12                          -19 

13                ..         -2Qi<2 

* 

15                            -2OJ$ 

10              19 

17                 22 

18                          -24 

19                   25 

2O..                     ...26 

The  above  Schedule  includes  reasonable 
allowance  for  waste. 


This  useful  diagram,  the  design  of  Mr.  L.  B.  Wilder,  of  Boston,  shows  the  results  of 
an  economical  cutting  of  the  board.  Those  who  are  not  experienced  in  cutting 
cards  may  find  it  necessary  to  add  a  board  or  more  for  some  sizes. 

The  descriptive  numbers  in  the  schedule  refer  to  the  numbers  of  the  diagram 
only.  They  are  entirely  different  from  the  descriptive  numbers  used  for  prices. 


162 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 

18        20       24       28       32       36       40 

Qualities  Of  Paper.  pounds    pounds  |  pounds    pounds    pounds    pounds    pounds 

to  ream,  to  ream,  to  ream,  to  ream,  to  ream,  to  ream   to  ream 

N  paper,  .per  ream $  $  $          .$  $ 

.per  1000  Checks 
M  paper,  .per  ream 

.per  1000  Checks 

Perfect . . .  per  ream 

...per  1000  Checks 


163 


CHECKS. 


Double  Cap,  17  x  28  inches,  is  the  best  size  for  a  Check  with  broad 
stub  or  inner  margin.  For  single  books  it  is  more  used  than  any  other  shape. 

Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  is  sometimes  used.  It  is  more  convenient  to 
handle  in  printing,  but  it  can  be  bound  only  by  whip-stitching,  and  never 
can  be  made  up  in  so  neat  and  durable  a  form  as  the  paper  of  double  size. 

Check  Folio,  17  X  24  inches,  is  also  used,  but  it  gives  a  narrower 
inner  margin.  It  is  in  limited  request. 

Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  is  the  size  preferred  by  banks  for  making 
books  in  large  quantities.  It  allows  a  still  narrower  inner  margin. 

For  Checks  of  unusual  depth  or  width,  DEMY,  16  x  21  inches,  may  be 
used.  Like  FLAT  CAP,  it  can  be  bound  only  by  whip-stitching. 

The  waste  of  paper  on  Check-books  printed  five  or  six  to  page  from  a 
single  check,  is  greater  than  that  of  ordinary  work,  and  may  require  an 
extra  allowance. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER. 


Qualities  of  Paper. 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20 

pounds 
to  ream. 

24 

pounds 
to  ream. 

28 

pounds 
to  ream. 

32       36 

pounds    pounds 
to  ream,  i  to  ream 

40 

pounds 
to  ream. 

12.00 
2.20 
14.00 
2.60 
16.00 
3.00 

N  paper    per  ream 

$5.40 
1.00 
6.30 
1.16 
7.20 
1.33 

$6.00 
1.10 
7.00 
1.28 
8.00 
1.47 

$7.20 
1.33 
8.40 
1.55 
9.60 
1.75 

$8.40 
1.55 
9.80 
1.80 
11.20 
2.05 

$9.60 
1.75 
11.20 
2.05 
12.80 
2.35 

10.80 
2.00 
12.60 
2.30 
14.40 
2.65 

«     ..per  1000  Checks 
M  paper    per  ream    

a    ..per  1000  Checks 
Perfect  .     per  ream  

...per  1000  Checks 

The  prices  per  1000  Checks  are  for  Checks  (with  margin)  twelve  to  sheet,  or  six  to 
Folio  page.    When  Checks  five  to  page  are  wanted,  add  one-fifth  to  the  prices. 


COMPOSITION. 

The  composition  of  one  check,  of  ordinary  size,  in  plain  style,  may  be 
rated  at  $1.25.  A  check  with  wood  cut,  revenue-stamp-piece,  ornamented 
end-piece,  or  any  other  work  requiring  alteration  of  measures  and  nice 
justification,  should  be  rated  at  $1 .75,  or  more. 

For  an  order  of  1000  Checks  or  less,  it  is  customary  to  set  but  one ;  but  for  larger 
quantities,  two  or  three  may  be  set.  For  orders  by  the  ream,  it  will  be  found  more 
advantageous  to  electrotype  five  or  six,  especially  where  each  re-couipositiou  would 
require  the  cutting  of  new  rules,  or  the  purchase  of  duplicate  ornaments. 

The  Electrotyping  and  Blocking  of  a  Check  six  to  page,  about  2^>  X  7  inches, 
is  worth  81  50;  of  a  Check  five  to  page,  3  X  7H  inches,  $1.75. 

The  Making-up  of  a  form  of  three  electrotypes,  with  brass  dollar-aud-cent  rules 
for  back  margin,  should  be  75  cents  for  a  form  of  three,  and  $1  00  for  a  form  of  fivo 
or  six  Checks. 

Loose  Checks,  without  margin,  maybe  taken  at  the  rates  giveu  for  Memorandum 
Billheads,  on  page  97. 


164 


PRESSWORK   OF    CHECKS    IN    BLACK   INK. 


Quantities. 

One  Check  Set. 

1 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

3 

to  page. 

4 

to  page. 

5 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions  
Every  added  Hundred  

$ 

$ 

$ 
/ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Five  Hundred  impressions.  .  . 

One  Thousand  impressions 

Every  added  Thousand  

Five  Quires  of  Double  Cap,  >  .  .  .  . 

12  to  sheet,  full  size  $ 

Ten  Quires  of  Double  Cap  

One  Ream  of  Double  Cap 

PRESSWORK   OF   CHECKS   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Quantities. 

Two  Set. 

Three  Set. 

4,5, 
or  6 

2 

4 

6 

3 

5 

6 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page.  |  to  page. 

Set. 

One  Hundred  impressions. 

$ 

* 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Every  added  Hundred  .... 

Five  Hundred  impressions 

One  Thousand  impressions 

Every  added  Thousand  .  .  . 

Five  Quires  of  Dbl.  Cap.  > 

12  to  sheet,  full  size  ) 

Ten  Quires  of  Double  Cap 

One  Ream  of  Double  Cap. 
Evcrv  added  Ream 

i:  HECKS. 

PRESSWORK  OF  CHECKS  IN  BLACK  INK. 


Quantities. 

One  Check  Set. 

1 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

3 

to  page. 

4          5 

to  page,  to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions  

$    .50 

.20 
1.25 
2.00 
2.00 
3.00 
5.75 
11.50 

$1.00 
.25 
2.00 
3.00 
2.50 
4.10 
7.70 
12.50 

$1.20 
.30 

2.40 
3.75 
2.75 
5.00 
9.00 
14.40 

$1.50 
.35 
2.90 
4.25 
3.20 

$1.75 
.40 
3.25 
4.75 
3.60 
6.00 
10.50 
19.20 

$2.00 
.40 

3.60 
5.25 
4.00 
7.00 
11.50 
23.00 

Every  added  Hundred. 

Five  Hundred  impressions  

One  Thousand  impressions  
Every  added  Thousand  

Five  Quires  of  Double  Cap,  >  

12  to  sheet,  full  size  5 

Ten  Quires  of  Double  Cap  
One  Ream  of  Double  Cap  

For  Bed,  Blue,  Green,  or  Brown  Ink,  add  one-fourth  to  these  prices. 
For  Carmine  or  Purple,  of  best  quality,  add  oue-half  to  these  prices. 


PRESSWORK  OF  CHECKS  IN  BLACK  INK. 


Quantities. 

Two  Set. 

Three  Set. 

4,5, 

or  6 
Set. 

2 

to  page. 

4 
to  page. 

6          3 

to  page,  to  page. 

5 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  $   .50 

$1.00 

$1.50 

$   .75 

$1.50 

$1.25 

$  .75 

Every  added  Hundred  :      .20 

.25 

.30 

.20 

.25 

.25 

.25 

Five  Hundred  impressions:    1.25 

2.00 

2.70 

1.50 

2.50 

2.25 

1.75 

One  Thousand  impressions 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

2.50 

3.50 

3.25 

3.00 

Every  added  Thousand  .  .  . 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

2.00 

2.50 

2.75 

2.50 

Five  Quires  of  Dbl.  Cap,  ) 

12  to  sheet,  ftill  size  > 

Ten  Quires  of  Double  Cap 

1.90 
3.00 

2.75 
4.25 

3.40 
5.25 

1.50 
2.50 

2.50 
3.50 

2.25 
3.25 

1.25 
2.00 

One  Ream  of  Double  Cap. 
Every  added  Ream   

5.75 

8.64 
7.50 

4.50 

5.50 

5.50 

4.00 
3.00 

For  Red,  Blue,  Green,  or  Brown  Ink,  add  one-third  to  these  prices. 

For  Carmine  or  Purple  Ink,  of  best  quality,  on  forms  of  two  or  four  Checks, 
add  one-half  to  these  prices;  on  forms  of  five  or  six  Checks,  double  price  of  Black. 

Checks  in  Two  Colors.  For  an  ordinary  form,  rate  the  presswork  of  Red  at  one- 
half  more  than  the  price  of  Black,  viz :  The  price  of  500  Checks,  3  to  page,  1  Check 
setup,  in  Black  ink,  is  $2 .40;  Red  ink,  one-half  more,  is  $3. 60;  total,  $6.00.  If  Check 
is  in  Red  and  Blue,  rate  both  colorsat  the  price  of  Red,  §3.60  each,  or  87.20.  This  is 
for  presswork  only.  For  making-up  the  color-form,  the  price  should  vary  with  the 
time  spent  on  it.  Making-up  one  or  three  lines  of  name  of  bank  only,  would  be 
fairly  paid  at  50  cents  for  the  full  form ;  but  if  the  color-form  includes  border-rules 
or  name  in  end-piece,  the  charge  for  making-up  should  be  not  less  than  75  cents  for 
each  Check.  If  exact  register  is  needed.  ?1  25  each,  or  more. 

Checks  with  Tinted  Ground-work.  The  special  engraving  of  a  Plain  Flat 
Check-tint,  on  boxwood  or  type-metal,  with  ornamental  marginal  line  only,  ma v 
be  rated  at  ?3.00.  A  Ruled  Tint-block,  of  any  pattern,  is  worth  ?6  00  Ti  ^~.  on 
The  Cuttingr-in  of  Name,  Initials,  Monogram,  or  Lights  to  a  Vignette,  will  be  an 


166 


BINDING   OF    SINGLE    CHECK   BOOKS. 

Including  ruling  of  marginal  dollar-and-ceut  lines,  on  Check  Folio  or  Double  Cap. 

Quarto,  Three  to  page,  quarter  bound,  cut  flush,  cheapest  style $ 

Quarto,  Three  to  page,  half  roan Paper  sides,  $  Cloth, 

Folio.  Five  or  Six  to  page,  half  roan Paper  sides.  Cloth. 

If  ruling  is  not  required,  deduct         cents.    If  blue  feint  lines  or  unit  lines  are 
inserted,  add       cents.    For  side  titles,  or  extra  work,  see  Binding. 


PRESSWORK  OF   CHECKS   FOR   BANKS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

One 
Ream. 

Two 
Reams. 

Three 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

Five 
Reams. 

Black,  ordinary  quality  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue.  Green,  Brown,  or  Ver.  Red  .  .  . 
Lake  Red  or  Ultramarine  Blue  .  . 

Carmine  or  Purple  ...    . 

Black  and  Red,  ordinary  form 

Black,  with  colored  tint  ground  

CHECKS. 


167 


additional  expense  of  63  00  or  £6.00.  The  Cutting-in  of  a  Picture,  in  plain  or 
medallion  style,  from  £10 .00  to  £30.00  additional.  For  small  orders,  it  will  be  much 
cheaper  to  have  this  part  of  the  work  done  on  stone. 

All  Check-tints  should  be  electrotyped  and  mounted  on  solid  metal  bodies,  the 
charge  for  which,  on  a  check  of  ordinary  size,  should  be  £3.50  each. 

The  Presswork  of  Solid  Tints,  on  hard-sized  paper,  is  especially  troublesome, 
and  should  be  rated  at  not  less  than  double  the  price  of  Black  ink. 

The  Presswork  of  Ruled  Tints  in  large  quantities  may  be  taken  at  the  rates 
given  for  ordinary  type-work  in  Red  or  Blue,  or  about  one-half  more  than  Black. 

BINDING   OF    SINGLE   CHECK   BOOKS. 

Including  ruling  of  marginal  dollar-and-cent  lines,  on  Check  Folio  or  Double  Cap. 

Quarto,  Three  to  page,  quarter  bound,  cut  flush,  cheapest  style $1.25 

Quarto,  Three  to  page,  half  roan Paper  sides.  $1.75    Cloth,  2.00 

Folio.  Five  or  Six  to  page,  half  roan Paper  sides,    2 . 50    Cloth,  2 . 75 

If  ruling  is  not  required,  deduct  50  cents.  If  blue  feint  lines  or  unit  lines  are 
inserted,  add  50  cents.  For  side  titles,  or  extra  work,  see  Binding. 

NUMBERING   CONSECUTIVELY. 

This  should  be  done  on  a  paging  machine  before  the  book  is  bound.  The 
price  for  printing  1000  single  numbers  on  the  check  should  be  $1.00  per 
1000 ;  for  printing  double,  on  check  and  in  the  margin.  $2.00  per  1000. 

REVENUE    STAMPS. 

This  can  be  done  only  after  tke  printing  and  before  binding.  The  price  is 
Two  Cents  for  each  stamp.  For  printing  the  stamps,  1^  cents  per  page. 

It  is  immaterial  whether  there  are  one,  three,  or  six  to  page ;  the  rate  should  be 
invariably  IJi  cents  per  page.  Where  the  increased  cost  of  presswork  does  not 
forbid,  the  Checks  should  be  furnished  printed  five  or  six  to  page. 

The  usual  price  of  Lithographers  for  printing  and  furnishing  Revenue  Stamps  for 
Check  Books  is  £22.00  per  1000  ;  for  Checks  eight  or  ten  to  sheet,  823.00  per  1000. 

CHECKS    FOB    BANKS. 

When  Checks  are  ordered  by  the  ream,  in  large  quantities,  they  should  be 
printed  from  electrotype  plates.  It  will  be  more  expensive  to  print  from  type. 

For  Composition  and  Electrotyping  a  set  of  Six  Plates,  2%  x  7  inches,  or  a 
set  of  Five  Plates,  3  x  7J&  inches,  the  price  should  be  £11  00,  with  extra  charge  for 
such  extra  composition  as  may  be  required. 

For  a  Set  of  Five  or  Six  Electrotyped  Margins,  to  suit  the  above,  feint-lined 
with  clotted  rule,  £6  00  Ti  £9.00,  according  to  size  and  time  of  composition. 

For  Mortising  Plates  to  admit  of  change  in  name  of  bank  or  location,  25  cents. 

Making-up  Marginal  Rules,  on  an  order  of  one  ream,  should  be  rated  at  81  00. 

PRESSWORK  OF  CHECKS   FOR  BANKS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

One 
Ream. 

Two 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

Three 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

Five 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

Black,  ordinarv  quality 

$4.00 

$3  00 

$2.50 

$2.00 

Blue.  Green,  Brown,  or  Ver.  Red  .  .  . 
Lake  Red  or  Ultramarine  Blue 

5.00 
6  00 

4.00 
5  00 

3.50 
4  50 

3.00 
4.00 

Carmine  or  Purple  

8.00  ' 

7  00 

6.00 

6.00 

Black  and  Red,  ordinarv  form   .    .  . 

10.00 

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

Black,  with  colored  tint  ground  

10.00 

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

168 


BINDING   OF    CHECK    BOOKS    FOR    BANKS. 

Iu  quantities  of  Three  Reams  or  more,  including  ruling. 


Styles  of  Binding. 

Folio 
Post. 

5  or  6  to  pg. 

Flat 
Cap. 

4  to  page. 

Quarto       Sixth 
Folio.        Folio. 
3  to  page.     3  to  page. 

Twelfth 
Folio. 
1  to  page. 

Hall-bound,  paper  sides  each 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$• 

Quarter    /<        »         <         // 

Stiff-lined  Wrapper,  paper.  .  . 

Plain  Manila  Wrapper  

Plain  Marbled  Wrapper  

CHECKS.  169 

BINDING    OF    CHECK   BOOKS   FOB,    BANKS. 

In  quantities  of  Three  Reams  or  more,  including  rulin-r. 


Styles  of  Binding. 

Folio 
Post. 

5  or  6  to  pg. 

Flat 
Cap. 

4  to  page. 

Quarto 
Folio. 
3  to  page. 

Sixth 
Folio. 
3  to  page. 

Twelfth 
Folio. 

1  to  page.  1 

Half-bound,  paper  sides,  each 

$  .90 

$  .75 

$  .50 

$   .40 

$.  30    i 

Quarter    »        »        «        « 

.50 

.45 

.30 

.20 

.15 

Stiff-lined  Wrapper,  paper.  .  . 
Plain  Manila  Wrapper 

.30 
25 

.20 
15 

.15 

10 

.12 

08 

.10 
.06 

Plain  Marbled  Wrapper.  . 

20 

12 

OS 

07 

05 

ESTIMATES  IN  DETAIL. 

One  Book,  in  Black  Ink,  half-bound,  paper  sides.  32-pound  M  Double  Cap. 


Items. 

25O 

Checks. 
3  to  page. 

5OO 

Checks. 

3  to  page. 

500 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

1000 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

1OOO 

Checks. 
6  to  page. 

2OOO 
Checks. 

6  to  page. 
2  set 
2  Books. 

$    .52 

$1.03 

$1.23 

$2.46 

$2.05 

$4.10 

Composition  

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

2.50 

Pressxvork  

1.65 

2.40 

3.25 

4.75 

5.25 

4.00 

Binding  and  Ruling. 

2.00 

2.00 

2.75 

2.75 

2.75 

5.50 

Total  

$5.42 

$6.68 

$8.48 

$11.21 

$11.30 

$16.10 

Numbering  Double  . 
Revenue  Stamps  .  .  . 
Printing  Stamps.  .  .  . 

.50 
5.00 
1.00 

1.00 
10.00 
2.10 

1.00 
10.00 
1.25 

2.00 
20.00 
2.50 

2.00 
20.00 
2.10 

4.00 
40.00 
4.20 

Total.., 

.$11.92 

$19.78 

$20.73 

$35.71 

$35.40 

$64.30 

One  Book,  in  Colored  Inks,  half-bound,  cloth  sides,  36-pound  Perfect  paper. 


Items. 

50O 

Checks. 
3  to  page. 

50O 

Checks. 
5  to  page, 

1OOO 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

1OOO 

Checks. 
6  to  page. 

2OOO 

Checks. 
6  to  page. 
2  set. 
2  Books. 

Paper  

$1.33 

$1.59 

$3.18 

$2.65 

$5.30 

Composition    .    .             

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

2.50 

Presswork,  Black  

2.40 

3.25 

4.75 

5.25 

4.00 

it           Carmine 

3.60 

4.88 

7.12 

7  87 

6.00 

Making-up  Color  Form  
Binding  and  Ruling  

.75 

2.00 

.75 

2.75 

.75 
2.75 

.75 
2  75 

.75 
5  50 

Total 

$11.33 

$14.47 

$19.80 

$20  52 

$24  05 

1  00 

1.00 

2  00 

2.00 

1  mi 

Revenue  Stamps  

10.00 

10.00 

20.00 

20.00 

40.00 

Pi'iiitin|r  Stamps 

2.10 

1.25 

2  50 

2  10 

4  20 

Total... 

$24.43 

$26.72 

$44.30 

$44.62 

$72.25 

170  LITHOGRAPHED    CHECKS. 


LITHOGRAPHED     CHECKS.  171 

LITHOGRAPHED    CHECKS. 

For  the  customary  orders  of  books  of  500  or  1000  Checks,  lithographed 
work  will  not  cost  much  more  than  that  done  by  letter-press.  In  most 
case*,  it  will  prove  more  satisfactory. 

The  same  qualities,  prices,  and  sizes  of  Paper  that  have  already  been  given  for 
Letter-press  Checks  on  page  163,  may  be  used  for  Lithographed  Checks.  When 
choice  can  be  made,  use  highly-calendered  papers,  as  they  give  the  best  impressions. 

To  the  inexpert,  the  combinations  of  Engraving,  Transferring,  and  Printing  on 
Lithographed  Checks  are  intricate.  It  will  be  necessary  to  give  a  careful  study  to 
the  items  of  expense  to  fill  an  order  with  intelligence  and  economy. 

ENGRAVING  Names  of  Firms  or  Locations,  in  Script each  $1.00 

in  plain  Roman,  or  Roman  outlined »        1.62 

in  Roman,  shaded «        2.00 

in  plain  Old  English »        1.62 

in  Old  English,  flourished »        2.00 

in  Old  English,  shaded  and  flourished «        2 . 75 

"       in  Old  English  or  Roman,  clouded «        4 . 00 

Bank  Titles,  in  Script //        3.00 

"      in  Roman  or  Old  English,  shaded  ....    </        5 . 00 

"      in  Fancy  Roman  or  Old  English »        7.50 

Flat  Tint,  name  stopped  out «        1 . 00 

Waved  or  Ruled  Tint,  name  stopped  out »        6.00 

Medallion  Tint,  name  stopped  out »      10.00 

TRANSFERRING  Six  Checks  or  less,  on  Flat  Cap  paper . .     3.25 

"         on  Crown  paper 3.50 

Double  Transfer,  with  tinted  back -ground 6.50 

Eight  or  Ten  Checks,  on  a  sheet  of  Cap 3.75 

PRINTING  in  Black  ink,  ordinary  form  of  6,  or  less,  .per  100  impress.     2.75 
in  Blue,  Green,  or  Brown  ink,  on  Flat  Cap,  «     »  3. 00 

in  Carmine  or  Purple  ink 3.25 

in  Gold 4.25 

Checks  with  printed  back-margin,  extra  . .   *  1 . 25 

Eight  or  Ten  Checks,  on  Cap  sheet,  Black 3.00 

Blue,  Green,  Brown.     3.25 
a  Purple  or  Carmine. .  .     3.75 

Less  than  100  impressions  are  rated  as  100. 

For  printing  Tinted  work,  or  for  printing  on  Bond  or  Bank  Note  paper, 
30  cents  per  100  impressions  should  be  added  to  the  above  rates. 

The  stone  upon  which  the  work  is  engraved  is  the  property  of  the  litho- 
grapher, and  cannot  be  claimed  by  the  customer. 

Lithographers  who  work  for  the  trade  furnish,  free  of  special  charge, 
any  cut,  ornament,  or  line,  that  they  consider  as  part  of  their  stock.  Any 
special  engraving,  like  a  view  of  building  or  machine,  a  portrait  or  land- 
scape, is  a  special  extra  charge.  The  same  remark  will  apply  to  the  name 
or  location  of  any  bank  or  banking  firm  (engraved  only  in  plain  Script,  or 
Roman,  or  old  English  shaded),  not  in  common  use,  and  not  a  part  of  the 
general  stock,  the  enyrirvintr  of  which  is  always  an  additional  expense. 


172  LITHOGRAPHED    CHECKS. 


L  1  T  II  0  GRAPHED    CHECKS. 


173 


ESTIMATES   IN  DETAIL. 

One  Book,  in  Black  Ink,  Half-bound,  32-poiuid  M  Double  Cap,  engraving  of 
uaiue  only  in  Script,  with  and  without  Consecutive  Numbers  and  Revenue  Stamps. 


Items. 

3OO 

Checks. 
3  to  page. 

GOO 
Checks. 
3  to  page. 

600 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

10OO 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

1000 

Checks. 
6  to  page. 

200O 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

Paper 

$      62 

$1  23 

$1  47 

$2  46 

$2   05 

2  Books. 
$4   92 

Engraving  Name  .  .  . 
Transferring  . 

1.00 
3  25 

1.00 
3  25 

1.00 
3  25 

1.00 
3  25 

1.00 
3  25 

1.00 

3  25 

Printing  in  Black.  .  . 
Binding  Paper  .  . 

2.75A 
1  75 

2.75 
1  75 

3.30s 
2  50 

5.50c 
2  50 

4.59D 
2  50 

11.00 
5  00 

Total 

$9  37 

$9  98 

$11  52 

$14  71 

$13  39 

$25  17 

Numbering  Double. 
Revenue  Stamps  .  .  . 
Printing  Stamps  .... 

.60 
6.00 
.75 

1.20 
12.00 
1.25 

1.20 
12.00 
1.50 

2.00 
20.00 
2.50 

2.00 
20.00 
2.10 

4.00 
40.00 
5.00 

Total  

$16  72 

$24  43 

$26  22 

$39  21 

$37  49 

$74  17 

A.  But  50  impressions  are  made,  which  are  rated  as  100. 

B.  On  a  Check  5  to  page,  120  impressions  are  required. 

C.  This  requires  200  impressions.      D.  This  requires  167  impressions. 

If  name  of  bank  is  specially  engraved,  or  other  extra  work  is  done,  add  its  cost. 

One  Book,  with  engraved  Tint-ground,  Half-bound,  36-pound  Perfect 
Double  Cap,  Name  in  Clouded  Roman,  with  specially-engraved  Bank  Title. 


Items. 

6OO 

Checks. 
3  to  page. 

6OO 

Checks. 

5  to  page. 

100O 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

10OO 

Checks. 
6  to  page. 

2OOO 

Checks. 
5  to  page. 

2OOO 

Checks. 
6  to  page. 

Paper 

$1   59 

$1  90 

$3  18 

$2  65 

2  Books. 

$6  36 

2  Books. 
$5  30 

Engraving  Name.  .  . 

2.50 

2.50 

2.50 

2.50 

2.50 

2.50 

"    Special  Title. 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

Ruled  Tint.. 

6.00 

6.00 

6.00 

6.00 

6.00 

6.00 

Double  Transfer  .  .  . 

6.50 

6.50 

6.50 

6.50 

6.50 

6.50 

Printing  of  Tint.  .  .  . 

3.30 

3.96 

6.60 

5.50 

13.20 

11.00 

Black  .  . 

3.05 

3.66 

6.10 

5.10 

12.20 

10.20 

Binding  in  Cloth  .  .  . 

2.00 

2.75 

2.75 

2.75 

5.50 

5.50 

Total... 

$29.94 

$32.27 

$38.63 

$36.00 

$57.26 

$52.00 

These  estimates  favor  low  prices,  and  are  made  to  meet  the  views  of  close  buyers. 
Strictly  nrst-class  work  should  be  at  higher  rates,  in  which  the  time  and  trouble  of 
the  overseer  should  be  considered  as  a  leading  item  of  expense.  Checks  are  most 
troublesome  pieces  of  work ;  they  require  more  than  usual  care  and  responsibility, 
and  at  these  printed  prices  yield  but  a  trifling  profit. 

When  a  book  of  Checks,  three  to  page,  is  wanted,  of  a  size  too  large  to  be  primed 
on  a  half-sheet  of  Cap,  avoid  waste  of  paper:  use  Flat  Crown  or  Demy,  and  whip- 
stitfh.  If  tins  is  not  satisfactory,  add  most  of  the  value  of  the  wasted  paper,  and 
double  the  usual  charge  for  presswork,  for,  if  printed  but  three  to  page,  the  Clu-ck 
will  require  double  the  usual  number  of  impressions. 


174 


DRAFTS    AXD    PROMISSORY    XOTES. 


VALUE  OF  PAPER. 


Qualities. 

16 

pounds 
to  ream. 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20           22 

pounds         pounds 
to  ream.       to  ream. 

24 

pounds 
to  ream. 

Thick 
and  thin 
Bond 
Paper. 

M  paper,  per  ream.  . 

$ 

1 

$          $ 

1 

$ 

1000,  5  to  p. 

Perfect,  per  ream  .  . 

i 

1000,  5  to  p. 

PRESSWORK  OF  DRAFTS  IN  BLACK  INK. 


Quantities. 

One  Note  or  Draft  Set. 

1 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

to  page. 

4 

to  page. 

5          6 

to  page,  to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions 

<? 

1 

$ 

1 

* 

? 

$ 

Every  added  Hundred  

Five  Hundred  impressions  
One  Thousand  impressions  
Every  added  Thousand 

Five  Quires  of  Folio  Post,    > 

10  or  12  to  sheet,  full  size....  ..  5 

Ten  Quires  of  Folio  Post  ... 

One  Ream  of  Folio  Post.  .  . 

175 


DRAFTS   AND   PROMISSORY  NOTES. 


The  size  of  form,  quality  of  paper,  aud  amount  of  labor  are  the  same  for  both 
kinds  of  work.  Prices  are  the  same.  Whenever  the  word  Draft  is  used.  Note  will 
also  be  understood. 

Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  is  the  most  useful  size  of  paper.  Extra 
size  Folio,  18  x  23  or  19  x  23,  will  be  a  serviceable  size  for  Drafts,  Three  to 
page.  The  usual  size  is  Five  to  the  folded  page,  or  Ten  to  the  sheet. 

VALUE   OF   PAPER. 


Qualities. 

16 

pounds 
to  ream. 

18          20          22 

pounds         pounds         pounds 
to  ream.       to  ream.       to  ream. 

24 

pounds 
to  ream. 

Thick 
and  thin 
Bond 
Paper. 

M  paper,  per  ream.  . 

$4.80 

$5.40    i   $6.00       $6.60 

$7.20 

$15.00 

1000,  5  to  p. 

1.06 

1.20    \     1.32         1.45 

1.60 

3.30 

Perfect,  per  ream  .  . 

5.60 

6.30    |     7.00         7.70 

8.40 

18.00 

1000,  5  to  p. 

1.22 

1.38    ;      1.54         1.70 

1.85 

4.00 

COMPOSITION    OF    NOTES   OR   DRAFTS. 

Ordinary  form,  with  vignette  and  stub,  or  printed  margin,  each $2.00 

Composition  of  one,  and  Electrotyping  of  five  duplicates,  with  margin,  12 . 00 

Curved  Lines,  Ornamental  Check  Ends,  made  up  of  small  combination  border, 
Ornamental  Revenue-Stamp  Pieces,  Much  Dotted  Rule  in  margin,  and  all  other 
work  requiring  extra  composition,  at  extra  price. 

For  Engraving  of  Tint  Block,  flat  or  ruled,  and  Electrotyping  one  or  more, 
duplicates,  see  Checks,  page  165. 

Revenue  Stamps,  and  the  Printing  of  Revenue  Stamps,  at  same  rate  as  Checks. 
See  page  167.  Numbering  Consecutively,  at  same  rates  as  Checks.  See  page  167. 

PRESSWORK   OF   DRAFTS   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Quantities. 

One  Note  or  Draft  Set. 

1 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

to  page. 

4 

to  page. 

5 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions 

$   .50 
.20 
1.25 
2.00 
2.00 
2.40 
4.80 
9.60 

Si.  00 

.25 
2.00 
3.00 
2.50 
3.50 
6.00 
11.00 

$1.20 
.30 

2.40 
3.75 
2.75 
5.00 
9.00 
14.40 

$1.50 

.35 
2.90 
4.25 
3.20 

*i  .::> 

.40 
3.25 
4.75 
3.  (50 
5.20 
8.75 
16.80 

*•_>.  oo 
.40 
3.60 
5.25 
4.00 
7.00 
11.50 
•j:i  no 

Everv  added  Hundred         

Five  Hundred  impressions. 

One  Thousand  impressions  
Every  added  Thousand 

Five  Quires  of  Folio  Post,    )  .  .  .  . 

10  or  12  to  sheet,  ftill  size......  5 

Ten  Quires  of  Folio  Post  
One  Ream  of  Folio  Post  

For  Colored  Ink  of  any  quality,  add  one-fourth  to  these  prices. 
One  Hundred,  one  to  page,  may  be  double  price. 
Prices  of  one,  two.  and  five  to  page  are  for  ten  Drafts  to  sheet. 
Prices  of  three  aud  six  to  page  are  for  twelve  Drafts  to  sheet. 


176  DRAFTS    AND    PROMISSORY    NOTES. 

PRESSWORK  OF  DRAFTS  IN  BLACK  INK. 


Two  Set. 

Three  Set. 

Quantities. 

4,5, 
or  6 

2 

4 

6 

3 

5          6 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

Set. 

One  Hundred  impressions  . 

Every  added  Hundred.  .  .  . 

Five  Hundred  impressions 

One  Thousand  impressions 

Every  added  Thousand  .  .  . 

Five  Quires  of  Folio  Post  ; 

10  or  1  2  to  sheet,  full  size  ....  5 

Ten  Quires  of  Folio  Post.. 

One  Ream  of  Folio  Post.  . 

Everv  added  Ream  .  .  . 

PRESSWORK  OF  NOTES  OR  DRAFTS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

One 

Ream. 

Two 
Beams, 
per  ream. 

Three 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

Five 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

r 
Black,  ordinary  quality 

Blue,  Green  Brown,  or  Ver.  Red  .  .  . 
Lake  Red  or  Ultramarine  Blue         .  . 

Carmine  or  Purple  .  .  . 

Black  and  Red,  ordinary  form  
Black,  with  colored  tint  ground  

DKAFT*     AND     PROMISSORY     NOTES.  177 

PRESSWOBK  OF  DRAFTS  IN  BLACK  INK. 


Quantities. 

Two  Set. 

Three  Set. 

4,5, 
or  6 

24          6 

356 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page,  to  page. 

to  page.,  to  page. 

Set. 

One  Hundred  impressions. 

$  .50  $1.00 

$1.50 

.*  .75 

$1.50 

$1.25 

$   .75 

Every  added  Hundred  .... 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.20 

.25 

.25 

.25 

Five  Hundred  impressions 

1.25 

2.00 

2.70 

1.50 

2.50 

2.25 

1.75 

One  Thousand  impressions 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

2.50 

3.50 

3.25 

3.00 

Every  added  Thousand.  .  . 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

2.00 

2.50 

2.75 

2.50 

Five  Quires  of  Folio  Post  > 

10  or  12  to  sheet,  full  size....  $ 

Ten  Quires  of  Folio  Post  .  . 

1.90 
3.00 

2.75 
4.25 

3.40 
5.25 

1.50 
2.50 

2.50 
3.50 

2.25 
3.25 

1.25 
2.00 

One  Ream  of  Folio  Post  .  . 
Every  added  Ream  .... 

5.75 

8.64 
7  50 

4.50 

5.50.   5.50 

4.00 
3.00 

For  Red,  Blue,  Green,  or  Brown  Ink,  add  one-third  to  these  prices. 

For  Carmine  or  Purple  Ink,  of  best  quality,  on  forms  of  two  or  four  Drafts, 
add  one-half  to  these  prices ;  on  forms  of  five  or  six  Drafts,  double  price  of  Black. 

For  Drafts  or  Notes  in  Two  Colors,  or  with  Tinted  Ground  Work,  same  prices 
as  those  given  for  Checks  on  page  165. 


PRESSWORK   OF   NOTES   OR   DRAFTS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

One 
Beam. 

Two 

Beams, 
per  ream. 

Three 
Beams. 

per  ream. 

Five 
Beams, 
per  ream. 

Slack,  ordinary  quality  

$4.00 

,«:j  no 

$2.50 

$2.00 

Blue,  Green,  Brown,  or  Ver.  Red  .  .  . 
Lake  Red  or  Ultramarine  Blue  .  .  . 

W*' 

5.00 
6.00 

4.00 
5.00 

3.50 
4  50 

3.00 
4.00 

Carmine  or  Purple  

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

6.00 

Black  and  Red,  ordinary  form  

10.00 

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

Black,  with  colored  tint  ground  

10.00 

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

When  Notes  and  Drafts  for  manufacturing  stationers  are  printed  ten  to  page 
upon  a  full  sheet  of  Folio  Post,  the  number  of  impressions  is  reduced  one-half.  For 
such  cases  these  prices  of  Presswork  should  be  reduced  one-half.  For  orders  of  20 
reams  and  over,  a  further  reduction  may  be  made. 

BINDING   OF    SINGLE    NOTE   BOOK. 

One  to  page,  half-bound $  .50 

Two  to  page,  half-bound 60 

Three  to  page,  quarter-bound,  cut  flush,  cheapest  style 75 

Three  to  page,  half-bound Paper  sides,  $1 .00     Cloth,  1 .25 

Five  or  Six  to  page,  half-bound Paper  sides,     1 .80    Cloth,  2.00 

Prices  for  Binding  Note  and  Draft  Books  are  lower  than  for  Check  Books,  because 
the  paper  is  usually  of  smaller  size,  and  does  not  require  any  special  mlin<_r. 


178  DRAFTS    AND    PROMISSORY    NOTES. 


DRAFTS    AND    PROMISSORY    NOTES.  179 

ESTIMATES    IN    DETAIL. 
One  Book,  in  Black  Ink,  Ordinary  Compos.,  Half-bound,  20-16  Perfect  paper. 


Items. 

100. 

1  to  page. 

250. 

2  to  page. 

500. 

3  to  page. 

5OO. 

5  to  page. 

1OOO. 

3  to  page. 

10OO. 

5  to  page. 

Paper  

.*    .15 

.*  .:«) 

$   .77 

$  .77 

$1.54 

$1.54 

Composition  .  . 

2  00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

2.00 

Presswork 

50 

1.37 

2  40 

3.25 

3.75 

4.75 

Binding 

50 

60 

1  00 

1  75 

1  00 

1.75 

Total 

$3  15 

*t  :iii 

$6  17 

*7  77 

$8  29 

$10.04 

For  Colored  Tnk  of  any  quality,  add  one-fourth  to  the  price  of  Presswork  ;  for 
One  Hundred,  One  to  page,  double  price. 

PRINTING  OF  DRAWEE'S  NAME  ox  DRAFT  IN  RED  INK.  For  Compo- 
sition of  each  address,  25  cents  ;  for  Presswork  of  first  hundred  impressions. 
$1 . 00 ;  for  every  added  hundred,  30  cents. 

At  these  rates,  the  printing  of  Drawee's  Name  on  1000  Drafts,  Three  to  page  (3  set 
up),  would  be  $2.20 ;  on  1000  Drafts,  Five  to  page  (5  set  up),  would  be  82.55, 

LITHOGRAPHED   NOTES    OB    DRAFTS. 

The  Prices  of  Engraving,  Transfer,  and  Printing  are  the  same  as  for 
Checks.  See  page  171  for  special  prices,  and  page  173  for  estimates  for 
Revenue  Stamps  for  Drafts,  and  Consecutive  Numbering. 


ESTIMATES    IN    DETAIL. 
One  Book,  in  Black  Ink,  Plain  Engraving,  Half-bound,  20-lb  Perfect  paper. 


Items. 

300. 

3  to  page. 

500. 

3  to  page. 

500. 

5  to  page. 

750. 

3  to  page. 

1000. 

3  to  page. 

1000. 

5  to  page. 

Eng.  Drawer's  Name  .  . 
Eng.  Drawee's  Address. 

Transfer  

$1.01) 

2.00 
3.25 

$1.00 
2.00 
3.25 

$1.00 
2.00 
3.25 

$1.00 
2.00 
3.25 

$1.00 
2.00 
3.25 

1.00 

2.00 
3.25 

Paper  

46 

77 

1.13 

1.54 

1  54 

Printing  . 

2  75 

2  75 

2  75 

3.34 

4.59 

5  50 

Binding 

1  00 

1  00 

1  80 

1  25 

1  25 

2  00 

Total.. 

$10.46 

$10.77 

$11.57 

$11.97 

§13.63 

$15.29 

The  Drawee's  Address  is  seldom  engraved,  and  only  on  the  order  of  banks  or 
bankers.  For  ordinary  mercantile  work  this  item  of  82.00  may  be  omitted. 

When  a  broad  stub  or  inner-margin  is  wanted,  use  28- Ib  Double  Cap,  17  X  28  inches, 
or  24-tb  Check  Folio,  17  x  24  inches. 

When  a  book  of  Drafts,  three  to  page,  is  wanted  of  a  size  too  large  to  be  printed 
six  on  a  half-sheet  of  Folio,  avoid  waste  of  paper:  use  Extra-size  Folio,  18  X  23,  or 
19  X  23  inches.  If  such  paper  cannot  be  procured,  or  is  not  satisfactory,  print  on 
ordinary  Folio.  Charge  most  of  the  value  of  the  wasted  paper,  and  double  the  usual 
charge  for  presswork,  for,  if  the  Draft  is  printed  but  three  to  page,  it  will  require 
double  the  usual  number  of  impressions. 

Lithographed  Drafts  by  the  Ream  at  the  same  price  as  Checks.    See  page  172. 


180 


MOXET    RECEIPTS    IN    BOOKS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 
Demy,  16  x  21  inches.  Medium,  18  x  23  inches. 

Per  Ream.     Per  Quire,  Per  Ream.    Per  Quire, 

Quarto.  Quarto. 

Perfect.  28  pounds..$  $  Perfect,  32  pounds.. $  $ 

Good  or  M Good  or  M 

Common  or  N Common  or  N 

Perfect.  25  pounds. .  Perfect,  28  pounds. . 

Good  or  M Good 

Common  or  N Common • 

RED  BLOTTIXG  for  interleaving  should  be  rated  at  12  cents  per  quire. 


181. 


MONEY    RECEIPTS    IN    BOOKS. 


Loose  Receipts  may  be  taken  at  the  prices  given  on  page  97  for  Memorandum 
Billheads.  The  amount  of  work  and  method  of  working  are  the  same. 

If  an  Engraved  Lithographed  Receipt  is  wanted,  use  the  prices  for  Checks, 
Notes,  and  Drafts. 

Money  Receipts  are  made  in  two  forms,  entirely  different  in  style  of 
binding  and  printing. 

RECEIPTS  FOR  MONEY  PAID  are  plainly  printed  three  on  a  page  of  Cap, 
Demy,  or  Medium  Quarto,  usually  on  both  sides  of  the  page,  and  strongly 
bound  in  sheep  or  Russia. 

RECEIPTS  FOR  MONET  RECEIVED  are  either  lithographed,  or  carefully 
set  in  enclosed  rules,  with  an  accompanying  stub  or  end  piece,  and  are 
printed  Three  on  a  page  of  Folio  Post  Quarto,  or  Five  or  Six  on  a  page  of 
Folio  Post,  and  are  cheaply  bound. 

RECEIPTS    FOB    MONEY    PAID. 

Demy,  16  x  21  inches,  and  Medium  Writing,  18  x  23  inches,  are 
the  papers  most  used.  FLAT  CAP,  14  X  17  inches,  and  ROYAL,  19  X  24 
inches,  are  too  seldom  used  to  need  special  prices. 

The  shape  is  always  Quarto  ;  and  the  Receipts  are  seldom  more  or  less 
than  Three  to  page,  and  are  printed  on  both  sides  of  the  leaf.  Like  all 
blank  books  they  are  made  up  in  quires.  The  prices  given  are  for  quires. 

VALTJE   OF   PAPER. 


Demy,  16  x  21  inches. 


Per  Ream.     Per  Quire, 
Qnarto. 


Perfect,  28  pounds.  .  $14  .  00 
Good  or  M  ........    11.20 

Common  or  N  .....     8.40 

Perfect,  25  pounds.  .    12.50 
Good  or  M  ........    10.06 

Common  or  N,  .  7.50 


.31 
.15 
.19 


Medium,  18  x  23  inches. 

Per  Ream.    Per  Quire, 
Quarto. 

Perfect,  32  pounds.. $16. 00      $.40 

Good  or  M 12.80  .32 

Common  or  N 9.60  .24 

Perfect,  28  pounds. .    14 . 00 

Good 12.20 

Common  . .  8 . 40 


RED  BLOTTING  for  interleaving  should  be  rated  at  12  cents  per  quire. 

COMPOSITION. 

As  usually  preferred,  the  Receipt  is  perfectly  plain,  without  end  piece, 
stamp  ornaments,  or  even  cross  rules,  consisting  merely  of  date-line,  one 
line  of  type,  and  three  dotted  rules.  For  the  composition  of  three  such  in 


Plainest  Style,  no  rules $1 . 50 

With  Rules  and  Initials...      .   2.00 


Stamp  Ornaments,  etc $3.00 

In  Enclosed  Rules ...  .   4 . 50 


PRESSWORK. 

Twenty-two  sheets  (quarto)  are  allowed  as  a  quire,  making  88  impressions 
to  every  quire.  Three  quires  or  less,  printed  on  both  sides  (264  impressions), 
$1 .00.  Every  added  quire  25  cents.  Colored  ink.  any  color,  one-half  extra. 


182 


MONEY    RECEIPTS    IX    BOOKS. 


BINDING    OF    GIT7ARTO    RECEIPT    BOOKS. 


Styles  of  Binding. 

Flat  Cap 
Quarto. 

Demy 
Quarto. 

Medium 
Quarto. 

Half-bound,  Roan,  Paper  sides 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Half-bound   Russia,  Muslin  sides 

Three-quarters-bound,  Russia,  Muslin  sides  
Full-bound,  Sheep,  rough  or  smooth 

Full-bound,  Sheep,  with  Russia  corners  

Full-bound.  Russia  .  . 

VALUE    OF    PAPER    PEE,    1000   RECEIPTS. 

Allowing  Ten  Receipts  to  a  sheet. 


Qualities. 

12 

pounds 
to  ream. 

14 

pounds 
to  ream. 

16 

pounds 
to  ream. 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20 

pounds 
to  ream. 

22 

pounds 
to  ream. 

Good  or  M,  at 

$ 

A 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Perfect,  at        

Superior,  at        .... 

MONEY     RECEIPTS    IX    BOOKS. 


183 


BINDING    OF    Q.UARTO    RECEIPT    BOOKS. 


Styles  of  Binding. 

Flat  Cap    Demy    Medium 
Quarto.    Quarto.    Quarto. 

Half-bound.  Roan.  Paper  sides 

$1.10 
1.50 
2.75 
2.00 
2.25 
5.00 

$1.40 
2.00 
3.25 
2.50 
2.75 
6.25 

$1.75 
2.40 
3.50 
2.80 
3.00 
7.50 

Half-bound.  Russia,  Muslin  sides 

Three-quarters-bound  Russia,  Muslin  sides  . 

Full-bound,  Sheep,  rousrh  or  smooth        

Full-bound   Sheep,  with  Russia  corners 

Full-bound.  Russia  .  . 

If  interleaved  with  Red  Blotting,  add  25  cents  per  t>ook  for  added  labor  of  sewing. 

ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 
One  Book,  Demy  Quarto,  28-ffi  M  paper,  Full-bound,  Sheep,  Russia  Corners. 


3 

Items. 
Quires. 

4 

Quires. 

5 

Quires. 

£\ 

Quires. 

Quires. 

8 

Quires. 

10 

Quires. 

Paper                                       $    84 

$1    12 

$1    40 

$1    68 

$1  96 

$2  24 

$2  80 

Composition,  plain.                 1  50 

1  50 

1  50 

1  50 

1  50 

1  50 

1  50 

Presswork.  black  1  .00 

1  25 

1  50 

1  75 

2  00 

2  25 

2  50 

Binding.       2  75 

2  75 

2  75 

2  75 

3  00 

3  20 

3  60 

Interleaving  and  Paper.  .  .       .60 

.73 

.85 

.97 

1.09 

1.21 

1.45 

Total..,                          ..$6.69 

$7.35 

$8.00 

$8.65 

.*!)..  ->5 

10.40 

11.85 

The  price  for  a  Quarto  Medium  Book  of  same  style,  would  be  4  cents  per  quire 
additional  for  larger  paper,  and  25  cents  per  book  for  binding. 


RECEIPT  BOOKS  FOB  MONEY  RECEIVED. 

Folio  Post,  17  X  22  inches,  is  the  most  serviceable  paper  for  a  large 
Receipt,  with  stub  or  blank  for  memoranda,  and  Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches, 
for  a  small  Receipt.  They  are  printed  and  bound  with  Two,  Three,  Five, 
or  Six  Receipts  to  the  page.  Like  Notes,  Drafts,  and  Checks,  they  are 
bound,  and  should  be  estimated  for  by  the  thousand,  and  not  by  the  quire. 

VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1000    RECEIPTS. 

Allowing  Ten  Receipts  to  a  sheet. 


Qualities. 

12 

pounds 
to  ream. 

14 

pounds 
to  ream. 

16 

pounds 
to  ream. 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20 

pounds 
to  ream. 

22 

pounds 
to  ream. 

Good  or  M,  at  30c  .  . 
Perfect,  at  35c. 

$  .80 
94 

$  .93 

1  10 

$1.06 
1  25 

$1.20 

1  40 

$1.32 

1  :,:, 

$1.45 
1  70 

Sujx-rior,  at  40c  .... 

1.05 

1.23 

1.42 

1.60 

1.76 

1.94 

For  Receipts  Six  to  page,  or  Twelve  to  sheet,  one-sixth  less. 
For  Receipts  on  Flat  Cap,  use  prices  for  Memorandum  Billheads. 


184  MONEY    RECEIPTS    IN    BOOKS. 

COMPOSITION. 

Plain  form,  in  enclosed  rules,  no  type  work  in  stub  or  inner  margin . 

Ordinary  form,  with  vignette  and  type  in  stub 

Ornamented  form,  with  vignette,  initials,  etc 

Composition  and  Electrotyping  of  one  set  of  five  plates  with  stub. . . 


PRESS-WORK    IN    BLACK    INK. 


From  One  Receipt. 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

3 

to  page. 

5 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  .  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Every  added  Hundred 

Five  Hundred  impressions  .  . 

One  Thousand  impressions.  . 

Everv  added  Thousand 

] 

BIND] 

•NGK 

1 

2 

3 

4 

SorC1 

Sizes  and  Styles. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

to  page. 

1'LAT   CAP. 

Quarter-bound,  cut  flush  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Half-bound,  paper  sides  

Half-bound,  muslin  sides  ... 

FOLIO   POST. 

Quarter-bound,  cut  flush  .... 

Half-bound,  paper  sides  

,  Half-bound,  muslin  sides  .... 

. 

! 

MOXEY     RECEIPTS     IX     BOOKS. 


185 


COMPOSITION. 

Plain  form,  in  enclosed  rules,  no  type  work  in  stub  or  inner  margin.  .$1 .50 

Ordinary  form,  with  vignette  and  type  in  stub 2 . 00 

Ornamented  form,  with  vignette,  initials,  etc 2.50   @   3.50 

Composition  and  Electrotypiug  of  one  set  of  five  plates  with  stub. ...  12.00 
Orders  are  seldom  given  for  a  book  of  more  than  1000  Receipts,  for  which  it  is  not 
necessary  to  set  up  more  than  one  Receipt.     When  printed  from  two  or  more 
Receipts,  use  prices  for  Presswork  of  Checks,  on  page  165. 

PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 


From  One  Receipt. 

1 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

3 

to  page. 

5 

to  page. 

6 

to  page. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  .  . 

$    .50 

$1.00 

$1.20 

$1.75 

$2.00 

Every  added  Hundred  

.20 

.25 

.30 

.40 

.40 

Five  Hundred  impressions  .  . 

1.25 

2.00 

2.40 

3.25 

3.60 

One  Thousand  impressions.  . 

2.00 

3.00 

3.75 

4.75 

5.25 

Every  added  Thousand 

2  00 

2  50 

2  75 

3  60 

4  00 

Colored  Inks,  one-fourth  more.    One  Hundred,  One  to  page,  double  price. 

In  Quantities.  When  printed  on  Folio  Post  by  the  ream,  use  the  prices  given 
for  Notes  and  Drafts,  on  page  177.  If  printed  on  Flat  Cap,  use  the  prices  given  for 
Memorandum  Billheads,  page  99. 

BINDING. 


Sizes  and  Styles. 

1 

to  page. 

2 

to  page. 

3 

to  page. 

4 

to  page. 

5  or  6 

to  page. 

FLAT  CAP. 

Quarter-bound,  cut  flush  .  .    . 

$    .30 

$    .50 

$    ... 

$    .75 

$    .. 

Half-bound,  paper  sides  

.50 

.75 

1.25 

Half-bound,  muslin  sides  .... 

.63 

.90 

1.50 

FOLIO   POST. 

Quarter-bound,  cut  flush  .... 

.30 

.50 

.60 

.75 

.75 

Half  -bound,  paper  sides  

.50 

.75 

1.00 

1.80 

1.80 

Half-bound,  muslin  sides  .... 

.60 

1.00 

1.25 

2.00 

2.00 

ESTIMATES   IN    DETAIL. 
One  Book,  Black  Ink,  Ordinary  form,  Half-bound,  20-pound  Folio,  Perfect. 


Items. 

250. 
3  to  page. 

250. 

5  to  page. 

500. 
3  to  page. 

5OO. 

5  to  page 

1000 
5  to  page. 

2000 
3  set. 
5  to  page. 

Paper  

$    .39 

$  .39 

$  .78 

$  .78 

$1.55 

2  Books. 
$3.10 

Composition 

2  00 

2  00 

2.00 

2.00 

2  00 

6  00 

Prewswork  
Binding  .      ... 

1.65 
1.00 

2.35 
1  80 

2.40 
1.00 

3.25 
1.80 

4.75 
1.80 

3.20 
3  60 

Total... 

$5.04 

$6.54 

$6.38 

$7.83 

S9.10 

$15.90 

186  CERTIFICATES    OF    DEPOSIT. 


VALUE    OF   PAPER    PER    1000    CERTIFICATES. 


Perfect,  18  ft. 
20  ft. 


Exchange  Folio. 
Ordinary  Bond  . 


22  ft Thick  Bond 

COMPOSITION. 

One  Certificate,  plainest  style,  with  end  piece  and  stub $ 

Ordinary  Certificate,  with  vignette,  corners,  etc 

Extra  work  at  additional  price. 


PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Two 


One  Hundred $ 

Every  added  100. . 


to  page.  to  page. 


Five  Hundred ...  $ 
One  Thousand . . 


Two  Four 

to  page.  to  page. 


In  Colored  Ink,  one-third  more. 

BINDING. 

Half-bound,  Two  to  page $  I     Half,  Cloth,  Two  to  page $ 

"        "        Four     "  "         a       Four     " 


187 


CERTIFICATES    OF    DEPOSIT. 


Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  is  the  best  size.  Certificates  of  Deposit 
are  issued  only  by  banks  or  bankers.  The  orders  seldom  exceed  1000 
copies.  They  are  printed  Two  or  Four  to  the  page  of  folded  paper. 


VALUE    OF   PAPER    PER    1000    CERTIFICATES. 

Perfect.  18  16.  4  to  page $1.75 

20  16 2.00 

22  ft...  .   2.25 


Exchange  Folio $2.85 

Ordinary  Bond 4.00 

Thick  Bond  ..  .4.75 


COMPOSITION. 

One  Certificate,  plainest  style,  with  end  piece  and  stub; $2.50 

Ordinary  Certificate,  with  vignette,  corners,  etc 4.00 

Extra  work  at  additional  price. 


PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Two  Four 

to  page.  to  page. 

One  Hundred $  .80 $1.30 

Every  added  100..      .30 40 

In  Colored  Ink,  one-third  more. 


Five  Hundred  , 
One  Thousand , 


Two 

to  page. 

.$2.00. 
.   3.50. 


Half-bound.  Two  to  page 
'        Four     // 


BINDING. 

.$1.00    |    Half,  Cloth,  Two  to  page. 


1.80 


Four 


Four 
to  page. 

.$3.00 
.   5.00 


.$1.25 
.   2.00 


ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 
One  Book,  in  Black  Ink,  plainest  style,  20-pound  paper,  Half  Cloth. 


Items. 

25O. 
2  to  page. 

25O. 

4  to  page. 

5OO. 

2  to  page. 

500. 

4  to  page 

1OOO. 

4  to  page. 

2OOO. 

4  to  page. 
2  set. 

Paper  

$     5d 

$  .50 

$1.00 

$1.00 

$2.00 

i  Books. 

$4  00 

Composition  
Presswork  

2.50 
1.25 

2.50 
1.90 

2.50 
2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

2.50 
5.00 

5.00 
5  00 

Binding      

1.25 

2.00 

1.25 

2.00 

2  00 

4  00 

Total 

*;>  5(i 

$6  90 

$6  75 

$8  50 

$11  50 

$18  00 

LITHOGRAPHED    CERTIFICATES. 

Engraving  Name  of  Bank  or  Broker  in  Script $3.00 

in  Old  English  Black 5.00 

"        in  Ornamental  letter 7.50 

Transferring  Four  Certificates  for  half-sheet  Folio 3.25 

Printing  in  Black  Ink,  per  100  impressions 2.75 

"        in  Carmine  or  Purple 3. 25 


188 


CERTIFICATES    OF    DEPOSIT. 


VALUE    OF   PAPER    PER    1000    CERTIFICATES. 


Perfect  Writing,  12  ft. 
14  ft. 
16  ft. 


Exchange  Cap  . 
Ordinary  Bond. 
Thick  Bond . . . 


CERTIFICATES    OF    DEPOSIT. 


189 


ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 
One  Book,  in  Black  Ink,  Ordinary  Engraving,  Half  Bound,  22-pound  Paper. 


Items. 

250. 

2  to  page. 

25O. 

4  to  page. 

500, 
2  to  page. 

500. 

4  to  page. 

10OO. 

4  to  page. 

2000. 

4  to  page. 

Engraving  Name  .  .  . 
Transfer  

$5.00 
3.25 

$5.00 
3.25 

$5.00 
3.25 

$5.00 

3  25 

$5.00 
3  25 

2  Books. 
$5.00 

3  25 

Printing  

2.75 

2.75 

3.44 

3  44 

6  87 

13  75 

Paper                   .    .  . 

56 

56 

1  12 

1  13 

2  25 

4  50 

Binding. 

1  25 

2  00 

1  25 

2  00 

2  00 

4  00 

Total  

$12.81 

$13.56 

$15  06 

$14  82 

$19  37 

$30  50 

If  a  Tinted  Ground-work  is  wanted,  add  from  §4.00  to  810.00  for  Engraving,  83.25 
for  Transfer,  and  at  the  rate  of  S3. 25  per  100  impressions  for  Printing. 
For  Consecutive  Numbering,  etc.,  see  Checks,  page  167. 


CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 


Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  is  the  most  useful  size.  DEMY,  16  x  21  inches, 
is  sometimes  used.  Certificates  are  usually  printed  one  on  the  half-sheet, 
whip-stitched  and  bound  in  oblong  shape.  Two  to  the  sheet  is  not  unknown, 
but  is  not  common. 

Bond  paper  is  always  preferred.  For  Provisional  Certificates,  Exchange 
Cap  or  Perfect  Writing  papers  may  be  acceptable. 


VALUE   OF   PAPER   PER    1000   CERTIFICATES. 

Perfect  Writing,  12  ID $4.62 

14  IB 5.40 

16  ft..        ..  6.16 


Exchange  Cap $8.50 

Ordinary  Bond 10.00 

Thick  Bond...  ..12.00 


COMPOSITION. 

PLAINEST  STYLE,  without  curved  lines  or  vignette,  with  plain  border 
and  end-piece,  with  simple  stub  on  inner  margin,  and  the  usual  power  of 
attorney  at  foot,  should  be  $4 . 00. 

ORDINARY  STYLE,  with  curved  head  lines  and  vignette,  with  end-pieces 
jointed  to  border,  and  other  usual  work,  and  with  the  power  of  attorney 
printed  on  the  back,  $6 . 00. 

SUPERIOR  STYLE.  When  new  cuts,  borders,  rules,  or  type  are  purchased 
expressly  for  the  work,  and  much  extra  care  is  taken,  the  price  should  be 
not  less  than  $7.50,  and  may  be  $10.00. 


190  CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 

PRESS-WORK    OF    CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

250. 

50O. 

75O. 

1OOO. 

2000. 

per  1000. 

Face  Form,  Black            .... 

$ 

A 

$ 

$ 

$ 

| 

n         "         Any  other  color  .... 
//         //         Two  colors  

Endorsement,  Black  

Red 

BINDINGS    OF    CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 

Half  Roan,  One  to  page $  Half  Roan,  Two  to  page. . 


Half  Russia,  « 
Side  Titles,  extra . 


Half  Russia, 
Needling,  extra 


CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK.  191 

PRESSWORK   OF    CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

250. 

500. 

75O. 

1OOO. 

2000. 

per  1000. 

Face  Form,  Black  

$1.00 

$1.75 

$3.00 

$4.00 

$5.00 

$4.00 

//        «        Any  other  color  .... 
//         //         Two  colors         .    ... 

1.75 
3.00 

2.75 
5.00 

4.50 
7.50 

6.00 
10.00 

7.50 
12.50 

6.00 
10.00 

Endorsement  Black 

.50 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

2.00 

Red 

75 

1.50 

2  25 

3.00 

3.75 

3.00 

The  above  prices  are  for  Presswork  on  Bond  paper.  For  Provisional  Certificates 
on  ordinary  Writing,  the  cost  of  presswork  is  not  so  great,  and  the  prices  may  be 
reduced  one-third. 

If  the  Certificates  are  printed  Two  to  a  page  add  about  oue-lburth  to  these  prices. 

Revenue  Stamps  are  25  cents  each.  When  furnished  to  the  printer  two  on  a 
page,  the  price  for  printing  is  lij  cents  per  page.  The  price  is  the  same  if  sheet  is 
furnished  with  but  one  to  page. 

BINDING  OF  CERTIFICATES  OF  STOCK. 

Half  Roan,  One  to  page $1.75         Half  Roan,  Two  to  page $2.25 

Half  Russia,   »       « 


2.25 

Side  Titles,  extra 50®. 75 


Half  Russia,    «        «         3.00 

Needling,  extra 50 


ESTIMATES    IN   DETAIL. 


Items. 

100 

Writing 
Plain  Style. 
Black  Ink 
HalfB'nd. 

25O 

B'd  Paper 
Ord.  Style 
Black  Ink. 
Half  B'nd. 

5OO. 

B'd  Paper. 
Ord.  Style. 
Black  Ink. 
Half  B'nd. 

75O. 

B'd  Paper. 
Ord.  Style. 
Black  Ink. 
HalfB'nd. 

1OOO 

Thick  B'd. 
Sup.  Style. 
Red  Ink. 
2  to  page. 

Paper,  Ordinary  Bond. 

$      54 

$2   50 

$5  00 

$7   50 

$12   00 

Composition  

4  00 

6  00 

6  00 

6  00 

7  50 

Presswork  of  Face  

1  00 

1  75 

3  00 

4  00 

7  50 

Presswork  of  Endorsement  . 
Binding. 

1.75 

1.00 
1  75 

1.50 
1  75 

2.00 
1  75 

2.50 
3  00 

Total       ... 

i*:  2!» 

$13  00 

$17  25 

$21  25 

$32  50 

LITHOGRAPHED   CERTIFICATES  OF   STOCK. 

ENGRAVING  least  amount  of  matter $20 . 00 

TRANSFERRING  for  Flat  Cap  sheet,  14  x  17  inches 4.50 

for  Crown,  15  x  19  inches,  or  Demy.  16  x  21  inches.  5.60 

PRINTING  on  Bond  Paper,  14  x  17  inches.  Black  ink,  per  100  impress.  4.25 

in  Blue,  Green,  or  Brown  ink »     *>        «  4 . 60 

in  Carmine  or  Purple «     »        »  5.00 

on  Bond  Paper,  16  x  21  inches,  Black  ink,    •  5.00 

ENGRAVING  ($7.50)  and  TRANSFER  ($4.50)  of  a  FLAT  TINT,  with 

Lights  picked  out,  or  Name  or  Monogram  thereon,  will  be 1-J.ou 

PRINTING  of  such  Tint,  per  100  impressions.  Flat  Cap.  $4.25;  Demy  5.25 


192 


CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER   PER    1000    COPIES. 


Sizes. 

18      20 

pound     pound 
N  paper.  M  paper. 

22 

pound 
P  paper. 

Sizes. 

18 

pound 
N  paper. 

20 

pound 
M  paper. 

22 

pound 
P  paper. 

10  to  Folio  

A 

$ 

$ 

20  to  Folio  

$ 

$ 

$ 

12  to  Folio  

24  to  Folio  

15  to  Folio  

25  to  Folio  

18  to  Folio  

30  to  Folio  

CERTIFICATES    OF    STOCK. 

ESTIMATES    IN   DETAIL. 


193 


Items. 

250. 

Least  Eng. 
Black  Ink. 
Half  B'nd 

500. 

Usual  Eng. 
Black  Ink. 
Half  B'nd. 

75O. 

Extra  Eng. 
Red  Ink. 
Half  B'nd. 
2  to  page. 

100O. 

Extra  Eng. 
Red  Ink. 
Half  B'nd. 
2  to  page. 

1000. 

Much  Eng. 
Two  Colors 
Half  B'nd. 
2  to  page. 

Engraving  
Transfer  of  Two  Certificates 
Paper  
Printing  Face  on  stone. 

$20.00 

4.50" 
2.50 
5  31 

$25.00 
4.50 

5.00 
10  62 

$30.00 
4.50 
7.50 
18  75 

$30.00 
4.50 
10.00 
25  00 

$40.00 
8.00 

10.00 
46  25 

Printing  on  Back  by  type.  .  . 
Binding. 

2.00 
1  75 

3.00 
1  75 

3.50 
2  25 

4.00 
2  25 

4.00 
3  00 

Total 

$36  06 

$49  87 

$66  50 

£75  75 

$111  25 

STEEL    PLATE    CERTIFICATES. 


ENGRAVING  of  One  Certificate., 
of  Two  Certificates. 


.875.00 
120  00 


PRINTING  from  1  Plate,  1000  imp.. £20  00 
'      2  Plates,    .       -     ..25.00 


DEPOSIT   TICKETS. 


Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  is  the  most  useful  size  for  making  up 
Tickets  for  banks.  Small  orders  may  sometimes  be  cut  to  advantage  out  of 
FLAT  CAP,  FLAT  LETTER,  and  EXTRA-SIZE  FOLIO. 


2£  Inches  wide, 
Strip One-sixth  Folio. 


Usual  Sizes. 
3f  Inches  wide, 

Strip One-fifth  Folio. 


3£  Inches  wide, 

Strip One-fourth  Cap 


To  sheet.                     Length. 

30  4^  inches. 
24             .   5^ 
18.        ...  7* 

To  sheet 

25      

Length. 

4^  inches. 
5i      . 

7*      . 

To  a 

16 
12. 

heet. 

Length. 

4|  inches. 
.5$      " 
..8*      . 

90 

15.. 

12  11 

• 

10.. 

11 

VALUE    OF 

PAPER   PER    1000    COPIES. 

Sizes. 

18      20 

pound     pound 
N  paper.  M  paper,. 
$5.00.       $6.75. 

22 

pound 
P  paper. 

$aso. 

Sizes. 

18 

pound 
N  paper. 
$5.00. 

20       22 

pound      pound 
M  paper.  P  paper. 
$675.        $850. 

10  to  Folio  

$1.10    i 

&1.48 

$1.87 

20  to  Folio. 

$  .55 

$  .74 

$  .93 

12  to  Folio  

.92 

1.25 

1.56 

24  to  Folio  . 

.46 

.62 

.78 

15  to  Folio  

.74 

1.00 

1.25 

25  to  Folio  . 

.44 

.59 

.75 

IS  to  Folio  

.61 

.82 

1.04     30  to  Folio. 

.37 

.50 

.63 

These  are  prices  for  quantities.    Trivial  orders  should  be  at  higher  prices.     For 
prices  of  Paper  on  Flat  Cap,  see  Shipping  Receipts,  page  115. 


194  DEPOSIT    TICKETS. 

COMPOSITION   AND  ELECTROTYPING. 

One  Blocked 
One  Ticket,  with  double  dollar  and  cent  column  in  brags  rule.  Composition.          Electrotype. 

Sizes  10  and  12  to  Folio $        $ 

i,     15  and  18  to  Folio  and  8  to  Cap 

//    20  and  24  to  Folio  and  12  to  Cap 

//    25  and  30  to  Folio  and  16  to  Cap 


RULING. 

Flat  Cap.         Folio  1 

Ordinary  feint  lining  only  per  ream .  S  . . .  .$ 

With  Red  down  lines  and  feint  Blue,  per  ream 


PRESSWORK  IN   BLACK   INK. 

On  a  Quarter-sheet  Polio,  On  a  Half-sheet  Folio, 

Or  any  smaller  size.  Or  any  larger  size. 

One  Hundred  impressions. . .  .$  .     One  Hundred  impressions.      > 


Five  Hundred  » 
One  Thousand  .•/ 
Every  added  Thousand. 


Five  Hundred 
One  Thousand 
Every  added  Thousand . 


DEPOSIT    TICKETS. 


195 


COMPOSITION   AND  ELECTROTYPING. 

One  Blocked 
One  Ticket,  with  double  dollar-aud  cent  column  in  brass  rule.  Composition.          Electrotype. 

Sizes  10  and  12  to  Folio $2.00 $1.60 

//    15  and  18  to  Folio  and  8  to  Cap 1 .50 1 .25 

«    20  and  24  to  Folio  and  12  to  Cap 1 .25 1 .00 

»    25  and  30  to  Folio  and  16  to  Cap 1.00 80 

Extra  Composition,  such  as  the  additiou  of  an  extra  column  for  Discount  or 

Gold,  or  the  repetition  of  the  line  "Check,"  the  full  length  of  the  line,  should  be  at 

extra  price. 

If  New  Rule  is  cut  to  waste,  charge  half  its  cost. 

COMPOSITION*  WITHOUT  BRASS  RULES.    When  three  or  more  are  set  up 

for  a  large  order,  upon  which  red  ruling  has  been  done  by  ruling  machine. 

the  composition  may  be  rated  at  50  cents  each. 

RULING. 

Flat  Cap.          Folio  Post 

Ordinary  feint  lining  only  per  ream $  .75 $1 . 10 

With  Red  down  lines  and  feint  Blue,  per  ream 2.00 4.00 

RULIXG  RED  AND  FEINT  LINES,  on  an  order  of  500  or  less.  50  cents ; 
for  large  quantities  of  mixed  sizes,  60  cents  per  1000 ;  for  large  quantities 
of  small  sizes  only,  75  cents  per  1000. 


PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 

On  a  Half-sheet  Folio, 

Or  any  larger  size. 

One  Hundred  impressions. . .  .$  .75 
Five  Hundred  2.00 

One  Thousand  ....    3.00 

Every  added  Thousand . .  2 . 00 


On  a  Q/uarter -sheet  Folio, 

Or  any  smaller  size. 
One  Hundred  impressions ....  $   .50 
Five  Hundred         « 
One  Thousand         •> 
Every  added  Thousand . . 


1.25 
2.00 
2.00 


For  Colored  Ink,  add  one-third  to  these  prices. 

Cutting-up  and  Packing  neatly  in  bundles  of  One  Thousand,  15  cents  per  1000. 


ESTIMATES    IN   DETAIL. 

Size  15  to  Folio. 


~ 

Items. 

25O.   !   500. 
Ruled      Ruled 
Red  and  [Red  and 
Feint.       Feint. 

1OOO. 

With 
Brass 
Rules. 

10OO. 

Ruled 
Red  and 

Feint. 

5OOO. 

With  Brass 
Rules. 

5OOO. 

Ruled  Ked 
and  Feint. 

2O.OOO. 

With  Brass 
Rules. 
5  Electro. 

Paper.  20  Ifc.  M.... 
Ruling  
Composition 

$  .25 
.50 
.50 

$  .50 
.50 
.50 

$1.00 

1.50 

$1.00 
1.00 
.50 

$  5.00 

4.50 

$  5.00 
3.00 
2.50 

3.00 
.75 

$20.00 

1.50 
6.25 
8.00 
3  00 

Electrotyping  

Preaswork  

.87 

1.25 

2.00 

2.00 

3.50 

Cutting  and  Packing 
Total 

$2.12 

$2.75 

$4.50 

$1.00 

$13.00 

$14.25 

$:5S.75 

Electrotyping  is  of  no  service  in  cheapening  the  cost  of  a  first  order.    It  is 
useful  only  in  saving  composition  on  future  orders. 


196 


BANK    N  O  TICK?. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER. 


Qualities. 

14  pounds. 

16  pounds. 

18  pounds. 

Per  Ream. 

Per  1000. 

Per  Ream. 

Per  1000. 

Per  Ream. 

Per  1000. 

Perfect  paper 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Good  or  M  

Common  or  N 

197 


BANK    NOTICES. 


OR    NOTICES    OF    PAYMENT    OF    NOTES. 


Plat  Cap,  14  X  17  inches,  is  the  most  useful  shape  of  paper,  and  24  mo. 
or  ~'Vij  x  4>4  inches,  is  the  most  common  size.  Inferior  quality  of  paper  is 
often  acceptable.  Orders  are  made  only  by  banks,  and  usually  for  large 
quantities. 

VALUE  OF  PAPER. 


Qualities. 

14  pounds. 

16  pounds.               18  pounds. 

Per  Ream. 

Per  1000. 

Per  Ream. 

Per  1000. 

Per  Ream. 

Per  1000. 

Perfect  paper  

$4.90 
4.20 
3.50 

$    .45 

.39 
.32 

$5.60 
4.80 
4.00 

$    .50 
.43 

.37 

$6.30 
5.40 

4.50 

$    .58 

.49 
.41 

Good  or  M. 

Common  or  X  

COMPOSITION. 

THE  COMPOSITION.  OF  FOUR  NOTICES,  or  enough  to  fill  a  sixth  sheet  of 
Flat  Cap,  may  be  rated  at  $2.00.  For  a  larger  edition  it  may  be  judicious 
to  set  up  eight.  The  composition  of  each  should  be  50  cents. 

ELECTROTYPES,  blocked,  should  be  rated  at  80  cents  each :  for  large 
quantities,  70  cents. 

PBESSWOBK. 

A  FORM  OF  EIGHT  OR  LESS,  may  be  printed  at  the  uniform  rate  of 
$2.00  per  thousand  impressions  in  Black  ink.  For  Colored  ink  of  ordinary 
quality.  $3.00  per  thousand  impressions. 

A  FORM  OF  TWELVE  OR  MORE  should  be  $3.00  for  the  first  thousand 
impressions  in  Black  ink,  or  at  the  uniform  rate  of  $2.00  per  thousand  if  in 
quantities  of  three  thousand  or  more.  For  Colored  ink  of  ordinary  quality, 
$4 . 00  per  thousand  impressions. 

ESTIMATES   IN  DETAIL. 


Items. 

2000. 

2  set 

5OOO. 

4  set. 

1O.OOO. 

6  set 

20,000. 

8  set 

50.OOO. 

12  set 

One 

Beam. 
12  Electro. 

Three 
Beams. 
24  Electro. 

Paper,  16  ft  M  . 

$  .86 

$2.16 

$4.30 

$8.60 

$21.50 

$4.80 

$14.4l> 

Composition  .  .  . 

1.00 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

6.00 

.50 

.50 

Electrotyping  .  . 

8.40 

16.80 

Presswork  

2.00 

2.50 

3.50 

5.00 

8.50 

3.00 

4.50 

Total 

$3  86 

$6  66 

$10  80 

*17.60 

$36  00 

$16  70 

$36  20 

In  this  case  also,  Electrotypiug  does  not  cheapen  but  adds  to  the  expense  of  the 
first  order.    Its  advantage  can  be  secured  only  in  the  second  edition. 


198 


INSURANCE    NOTICES. 


VALUE    OF   PAPER   PER  1000    NOTICES. 

8         10       12       14       16        18       20 

Qualities.  pound   :  pound     pound     pound  '  pound     pound     pound 

Letter.      Letter.      Letter.       Folio.       Folio.       Folio. 

Perfect -. 

Good  or  M 

Ordinary  or  N 

COMPOSITION. 

Ordinary  form,  in  plainest  style $ 

Ornamented  form,  Avith  Curves  and  Cut  at  head $         @ 

PRESSWORK    IN    BLACK    INK. 

2000          500O        10.0OO 

Size  of  Form.  5O°  1OOO          impress.    ;    impress.        impress, 

mipress.       impress.       impress.    :    per  1000.       per  1000.       ,*,,.  1000 

One  Notice I  $  $  $  $  $ 

Two  Notices. 
Four  Notices 
Eight  Notices 


199 


INSURANCE    NOTICES. 

NOTICES    OF    PAYMENTS    1>UE    ON    PREMIUMS     FOK    INSURANCE. 


Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  is  the  paper  in  most  use.  It  is  generally 
cut  to  Octavo,  S1^  x  8^  inches,  and  trimmed  to  Note  size.  FLAT  LETTER 
Quarto.  5x8  inches,  is  equally  serviceable. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER  PER  1000   NOTICES. 


Qualities. 

8 

pound 
Letter. 

10 

pound 
Letter. 

12 

pound 
Letter. 

14 

pound 
Folio. 

16 

pound 
Folio. 

18 

pound 
Folio. 

20 

pound 
Folio. 

Perfect                      

$1.80 

$2.20 

$2.65 

$1.53 

$1.80 

$1.98 

$2.20 

Good  or  M.              .     ... 

1.50 

1.93 

2.33 

1.35 

1  52 

1.74 

1.92 

Ordinarv  or  N 

1  37 

1  65 

1  95 

1  16 

1  37 

1  48 

1.65 

COMPOSITION. 

Ordinary  form,  in  plainest  style $1 . 25 

Ornamented  form,  with  Curves  and  Cut  at  head $2.00  ft  3.00 

Advertisement  on  back,  in  plain  type,  should  be  measured  and  charged  at  the 
rate  of  81.00  per  1000  ems. 

PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Size  of  Form. 

100 

impress. 

500 

impress. 

1000 

impress. 

2OOO 

impress, 
per  1000. 

5000 

impress. 
per  1000. 

1O.OOO 

impress, 
per  1000. 

One  Notice 

$      50 

$1  25 

$2   00 

$2  00 

$2  00 

$1  75 

Two  Notices  

.60 

1.60 

2.50 

2.25 

2.00 

2.00  , 

Four  Notices  

.75 

2.00 

3.00 

2.50 

2.25 

2.00 

Eight  Notices 

1.00 

2.50 

4  00 

3  00 

2  50 

2  50 

Blue,  Green,  Brown,  Vermilion  Bed,  or  any  ordinary  color,  one-half  extra. 

Fine  Red  or  Purple,  on  small  forms  and  short  orders,  double  price.  For  large 
forms  and  large  orders,  and  for  presswork  in  two  colors,  use  the  prices  made  for 
Note  Circulars,  on  page  125. 

ESTIMATES   IN   DETAIL. 
Ordinary  Form,  Black  Ink,  on  16-ft  M  Folio. 


Items. 

10O. 

1  «t 

500. 
1  set 

1OOO. 

1  set. 

3000. 

2  set. 

60OO. 

2  set. 

10.0OO. 

4  set 

2O.OOO. 

8  Electros. 

Composition  
Paper 

$1.25 
16 

$1.25 
76 

$1.25 
1  52 

$2.50 
4.56 

$2.50 
9.12 

$5.00 
15.20 

$1.25 
30.40 

Electrotyping 

14.00 

Presswork  

.50 

1.25 

2.00 

3.37 

6.75 

6.25 

7.50 

Total  

$1.91 

$3.26 

$4.77 

$10.43 

$18.37 

$26.45 

$53.15 

Per  Thousand  .  . 

$3.48 

$3.06 

$2.64 

$2.65 

200 


INSURANCE    NOTICES. 


VALTJE    OF    CARDS    PER    1000. 

No.  5       No.  6  No.  5        No.  6 

Qualities.  Envelope.  Envelope.  Qualities.  Envelope.    Envelopt 

Thick  Double  Cap  Paper  .6        *  Extra  Post  Board. $        I 

Extra  Blanks , —  Bristol  Board,  thin 

Post  Board. Bristol  Board,  thick 

COMPOSITION. 

Ordinary  form,  plain  style,  no  border $ 

With  Border.  Vignette,  or  other  extra  work $  ft 

Advertisement,  or  List  of  Directors  on  back 

ELECTROTYPING  aud  BLOCKING,  No.  5  envelope  size each 

No.  6         •          .      /' 

PRESSWORK. 

1    20OO.        50OO. 
Color  of  Ink.  1OO.  50O.          10OO.      p«r  1000.   !  per  1000. 

Black $  $  $  $ 

Blue 

Fine  Red 

Carmine  or  Purple 
Black  and  Red . . . 


INSURANCE    NOTICES. 


•201 


Electrotyping,  in  this  case,  is  of  advantage  only  in  preserving  composition  for  a 
second  order.  But  if  an  ornamented  form  were  used,  in  -which  composition  is  rated 
at  82.00  or  83.00,  it  would  be  of  economy  in  first  edition. 

Cutting:  and  Packing  in  counted  bundles  of  One  Thousand,  15  cents  each. 

Printed  Both  Sides.  When  printed  by  two  forms,  double  price  of,  presswork. 
If  printed  in  same  form,  use  table  for  next  higher  price  of  presswork,  viz :  If  form 
of  One  Notice  only  is  set  up,  and  back  is  printed  with  it,  let  the  charge  for  press- 
work  be  same  as  from  Two  Notices.  If  the  form  is  of  Two  Notices,  with  back,  make 
the  price  of  presswork  same  as  from  Four  Notices. 

Printing  of  an  Agent's  Name,  a  single  line,  in  Red  ink,  may  be  done,  on  an 
order  of  One  Hundred,  for  81.00;  for  every  added  Hundred.  10  cents. 

Alterations  of  Names  only,  in  straight  line.  25  cents  each;  of  Names  and  Loca- 
tions, 40  cents  each.  For  alterations  of  Names  in  curved  lines,  75  cents  each. 

Electrotyping,  -with  Blocking,  of  Notice,  4X"  inches,  should  be  rated  a 


NOTICES    ON    CARDS. 

Usual  Sizes.  To  fit  a  No.  5  envelope,  3  x  5V4  inches,  cutting  35  to  a 
sheet  of  card-board.  22  X  28  inches.  To  fit  a  No.  6  envelope,  3V4  x  5% 
inches,  cutting  27  to  a  sheet  of  card-board. 


VALUE    OF    CAEDS   PER    1000. 


No.  5       No.  6 
Qualities.  Envelope.  Envelope. 

Thick  Double  Cap  Paper  .82.25 83.00 

Extra  Blanks 4.20 530 

Post  Board. ...  .     5.00 6.40 


Qualities. 

Extra  Post  Board.. . . . 
Bristol  Board,  thin. . . 
Bristol  Board,  thick. . 


No.  5        No.  6 
Envelope.    Envelope. 
17  20 


.§5  60. 
.  6.00. 
.  7.50. 


8  00 

9  60 


COMPOSITION. 

Ordinary  form,  plain  style,  no  border $1 . 50 

With  Border,  Vignette,  or  other  extra  work $2.00  ®  3.00 

Advertisement,  or  List  of  Directors  on  back 1 .00  ®  2.00 

ELECT^ROTYPING  and  BLOCKING.  No.  5  envelope  size each  1.10 

No.  6  1.25 


PRESS-WORK. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

500. 

1000. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

5000 
per  1000. 

10,000. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$  .50 

$1.50 

$2.50 

$2.25 

$2  00 

$1  75 

Blue  

.75 

2.00 

3  00 

2  75 

2  50 

2  00 

Fine  Red  

.75 

2  25 

3  50 

3  00 

2  75 

2  50 

Carmine  or  Purple. 
Black  and  Red  

1.00 
2.00 

2.50 
3.25 

4.00 

6.50 

3.50 
6.00 

3.25 

5.00 

3.00 
5.00 

Printing  on  Both  Sides.  If  by  two  impressions,  double  the  price  of  presswork. 
If  Face  and  Back  are  printed  together  (which  method  is  recommended  only  tor 
orders  of  3000  or  more),  add  one-third  to  the  above  prices. 

Fine  Wood  Cuts,  carefully  made-ready  and  printed,  should  have  the  valut-  of 
making-ready  added. 

For  Lithographed  Work,  see  prices  on  page  159. 


202 


POLICIES. 


VALUE  OF  PAPER  PER  1OOO  SHEETS. 


Qualities. 

16           18 

pounds         pounds 

20           22 

pounds          pounds 
to  ream.       to  ream. 

24 

pounds 
to  ream. 

28 

pounds 
to  ream. 

M  paper 

$                   $ 

* 

$ 

Perfect  paper  .  . 
Super.  Plated.  . 

1 

203 


POLICIES. 


FIRE    INSURANCE. 

Flat  Cap,  14  X  17  inches,  is  used  largely,  both  in  flat  and  folded  shape, 
for  Policies  of  ordinary  size.  DEMY,  16  x  21  inches,  flat,  and  FOLIO  POST, 
17  x  22  inches,  folded,  are  used  for  large  Policies.  Paper  is  usually  thick, 
and  of  best  quality. 

VALUE  OF  PAPEB  PER  1000  SHEETS. 


Qualities. 

16 

pounds 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20 

pounds 
to  ream. 

22 

pounds 
to  ream. 

24 

pounds 
to  ream. 

28 

pounds 
to  ream. 

M  paper       .  .  .  .30c. 

$10.56 

$11.88 

$13.20 

$14.52 

$15.84 

$18.48 

Perfect  paper  .  .  35c  . 

12.32 

13.86 

15.40 

16.94 

18.48 

21.56 

Super.  Plated.  .40c. 

14.08 

15.84 

17.60 

19.36 

21.12 

24.64 

COMPOSITION. 

Styles  of  composition  on  Policies  vary  to  a  greater  degree  than  on  any  other  kind 
of  work.  Some  are  printed  on  a  Small  Flat  Cap  sheet,  and  do  not  contain  15,000  ems 
of  measurable  matter;  others  are  spread  over  four  pages  of  Folio  Post,  and  contain 
more  than  30.000  ems.  Many  have  lithographed  headings  and  endorsements.  With 
such  a  variety  of  styles  and  matter,  it  is  impracticahle  to  give  a  specific  price  for 
even  the  simplest  form.  A  just  price  may  he  made  by  a  combination  of  the  items, 
each  of  which,  however,  should  be  verified  by  special  measurement. 

MEASURABLE  MATTER.  For  Agate  and  larger  sizes,  per  1000  ems,  $1.00; 
for  Pearl,  $1.25  ;  for  Diamond,  $1.50. 

Pearl  and  Diamond  should  be  electrotyped.  If  printed  direct  from  type,  on  dry 
paper,  add  25  cents  per  1000  ems  to  above  prices. 

Policies  cannot  be  measured  by  the  rules  of  Book  and  Newspaper  work.  The 
blank  spaces  cannot  be  counted  by  the  1000  ems.  Measurement  should  be  confined 
to  the  type-work  only,  each  size  of  type,  when  in  any  quantity,  being  counted  by 
its  own  body. 

The  General  Heading',  when  set  in  plain  straight  lines,  may  be  rated  at  $1.00. 
If  it  contains  one  or  more  curved  lines  and  a  vignette,  and  careful  composition  is 
exacted,  it  cannot  be  rated  at  less  than  §2.00,  and  may  be  worth  S3. 00. 

The  Agreement  (in  Brevier),  with  the  Conditions  of  Insurance  (in  Pearl  or 
Diamond),  at  the  foot  of  the  page,  contains  from  9000  to  14,000  ems  of  matter,  which 
should  be  measured,  each  size  according  to  its  own  body,  and  the  small  type 
charged  at  81.25  or  81  50  per  1000. 

The  Transfers  should  not  be  measured.  If  set  in  Script,  with  metal  leaders, 
they  may  be  rated  at  75  cents  each.  If  set  in  small  Italic,  with  justified  brass 
leader-rule,  at  81.00  each.  Sometimes  they  are  very  full,  and  $1.25  will  be  required. 

The  Classifications  of  Hazards,  when  printed  on  third  page  of  a  folded  policy, 
run-in  solid,  may  measure  about  4500  ems.  If  set  in  columns,  it  will  measure  at 
least  one-half  more ;  if  widely  spread,  it  will  measure  more  than  9000  ems.  For 
l>oth  kiuds  of  matter,  price  should  be  governed  by  the  time  consumed,  more  than 
by  measurement  of  matter.  For  the  solid  matter,  $1.00  per  1000  is  too  little;  for 
the  open  matter,  §1.00  per  1000  is  too  much.  By  Book  rules,  such  work  should  be 
rated  as  column  matter,  at  extra  price,  but  it  is  impossible  to  get  this  advance. 

Conditions  of  Insurance,  on  lower  half  of  third  page,  may  average  4000  ems ; 
if  leaded,  5000  or  6000  ems.  This  part  of  the  work  can  be  rated  at  $1 .00  per  1000. 

A  Plain  Endorsement  may  be  rated  at  81.00;  if  with  curved  head  or  much 
justified  leader-rule,  82.00. 


204 


POLICIES. 


PRESSWORX   OF    TWO   FORMS. 


Color  of  Ink.. 

100 

copies. 

5OO 

copies. 

10OO 

copies. 

200O 

copies, 
per  1000. 

3OOO     5OOO 

copies,     copies, 
per  1000.  per  1000. 

Black  Ink  .  . 

$ 

•$ 

$ 

$ 

8 

Extra  for  Ked  on  one  side  
Extra  for  Eed  on  both  sides 

POLICIES. 


205 


Brass  Rule  Borders  are  often  used  around  pages  and  parts  of  pages.  For  a 
part  of  a  page,  a  Brass  Rule  Border  should  be  rated  at  not  less  than  50  cents ;  for  a 
full  page,  61  00.  If  cut  to  order  from  a  specially-selected  face,  add  half-cost  of  rule. 

Electrotyping  and  Blocking  of  parts  of  Policies,  in  sections,  should  be  rated 
at  6  cents  per  square  inch. 

The  Designing  and  Engraving  of  a  Wood  Cut  for  a  Policy  Heading  will  cost 
about  one-half  more  than  similar  work  would  on  stone.  Wood  cuts  are  seldom 
used :  they  are  rarely  as  well  printed  as  similar  work  on  stone,  and  will  be  found 
more  economical  only  when  printed  in  large  quantities. 


PRESSWORK   OF   TWO   FORMS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

copies. 

5OO 

copies. 

10OO 

copies. 

2000 

copies, 
per  1000. 

30OO 

copies, 
per  1000. 

5OOO 

copies, 
per  1000. 

Black  Ink               

$2.00 

1.50 
3.00 

$4.00 
2.50 
5.00 

$7.00 
4.00 
8.00 

|6.00 

3.00 
6.00 

$5.00 
3.00 
6.00 

$4.00 
3.00 

6.00 

Extra  for  Red  on  one  side 

Extra  for  Red  on  both  sides  

Prices  for  Red  ink  are  for  Border-rules  or  Display -rules,  or  for  a  Single  Line  or 
Paragraph  in  Red.  If  much  color  is  used,  or  extra  care  is  required  for  register,  the 
prices  should  be  higher. 

LITHOGRAPHED  WORK. 

Headings  of  Policies  are  frequently  engraved  and  printed  on  stone.  The  value 
of  the  engraving  will  depend  upon  the  amount  of  work,  which  is  too  variable  to  be 
priced  specifically.  For  an  ordinary  Policy  on  Flat  Cap  folio,  with  engraved  work 
on  the  heading  of  first  page  only,  the  charge  for  engraving  should  be  840.00.  This 
sum  should  secure  a  carefully -engraved  and  ornamented  head-line,  with  its  usr.al 
adjuncts,  and  the  use  of  a  stock  vignette.  The  designing  and  engraving  of  a 
special  vignette  will  be  an  extra  charge  of  not  less  than  $20.00;  if  it  is  large  or 
elaborate,  it  may  be  twice  or  thrice  that  sum.  Special  engraving  on  an  endorse- 
ment is  also  an  extra  charge. 

Transfer  of  a  Policy  Heading,  one  Transfer  only,  should  be  rated  at  §3.25. 

Printing  of  a  Policy  Heading  only  on  Flat  Cap  sheet,  81.75  per  100  impressions. 
Printing  of  Heading  and  Endorsement  on  Flat  Cap  sheet,  §2.75  per  100  impressions. 

ESTIMATES    IN   DETAIL. 
Ordinary  Composition,  estimated  at  20.000  ems,  18-16  Perfect  Flat  Cap. 


Items. 

1000.        3000. 

Lithojrraph  Lithograph 
Heading.  :  Heading. 

5OO. 

Type 
Heading. 

10OO.        3000. 
Type              Type 
Heading.      Heading. 

Paper  

$13.86 
40.00 
3.25 
27.50 
20.00 
7.00 
1.50 

$51.58 
40.00 
3.25 
82.50 
20.00 
15.00 
4.50 

$ij.<»3 

$13.86 

$51.58 

Entrnivinir  by  Lithography.  . 
Transfer.    . 

.... 

Lithographic  Printing,  $2.75 
(  'omposition  

22.00 
4.00 
1.00 

22.00 
7.00 
1.50 

22.00 
15.00' 
4.50 

1'roswork,  Black  ink 

Ruling,  plain. 

Total. 

$113.11  $216.83 

$33.93     $44.36 

$93.08 

Ruling  plain  Feint-lines  only,  gl.50  per  1000. 


206 


POLICIES. 


VALTTE    OF    PAPER    PER    100    SHEETS. 


Qualities.                       Flat  Cap  Crown. 

Demy. 

Fol.  Post   Royal. 

Bond  !  $            '   .* 

$ 

$                S 

Thick  Bond  

RULING. 

Marginal  Lines  on  first  page  only,  on  Bond  paper per  1000 

Marginal  Lines  and  Triple  Head-line  on  three  pages 

Premium  Account  on  second  and  third  pages 

PRESSWORK    ON    BOND    PAPER. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

200.           300.           5OO. 

•  nnn        3000. 

1000'        per  1000. 

Black  Ink,  2  forms. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Red  Ink,  1   form.  .  .  . 

Red  Ink.  2  forms.  .  . 

POLICIES. 

LIFE  INSURANCE. 
VALUE  OF  PAPER  PER  100  SHEETS. 


207 


Qualities.                     Flat  Cap 

Crown. 

Demy. 

Fol.  Post 

Royal. 

Bond                                    .        $1.87 

$2  16 

$2  81 

$3  25 

$3  51) 

Thick  Boiid                                  2  25 

' 

3  37 

3  75 

4  12 

.... 

COMPOSITION. 

The  fashions  of  Life  Insurance  Policies  are  quite  as  variable  as  those  for  Fire 
Insurance.  Some  are  printed  oil  four  pages  of  a  folded  sheet,  others  on  a  broad- 
side, and  others  again  on  Legal  Foolscap.  Some  are  in  Script,  others  hi  Roman, 
and  others  in  Black  letter.  Wood-cut  or  lithographed  Headings  are  the  exception ; 
most  Life  Insurance  Policies  have  headings  printed  from  steel  plate.,  and  many  of 
them  have  colored  borders,  or  are  illuminated  with  red-letter  display.  The  making 
up  of  a  price  is  even  more  difficult  than  for  a  Fire  Policy,  as  but  a  small  portion  of 
auy  Life  Policy  is  measurable  matter. 

The  usual  price  for  Designing  and  Engraving  a  Heading  on  Steel  is  §200. 
The  price  for  printing  such  a  heading,  in  good  style,  should  be  $18.00  per  Thousand. 
Larger  quantities,  and  in  inferior  style,  at  815.00  per  Thousand  impressions. 

The  Composition  of  Face  form,  in  Script,  Roman,  or  any  plain  letter,  may  be 
rated  at  .$10.00.  When  Black  letter  or  ornamental  faces  of  any  kind  (of  little  or  no 
use  in  such  quantity  for  other  work)  are  purchased  expressly  for  the  Policy,  the 
price  of  composition  should  be  doubled. 

A  Plain  Endorsement  should  be  §1.00;  if  with  Rules  and  Curves,  $2.00. 

The  value  of  the  composition  on  the  Conditions,  the  Border,  the  Receipts,  the 
Abstract  of  Application,  and  other  affixes,  is  too  variable  to  be  priced  even  approx- 
imately. 

The  Making-up  of  Color  Form,  or  of  Border-rule,  is  also  of  too  variable  a 
nature  for  an  exact  price.  For  this,  and  for  all  other  time-work,  the  charge  should 
be  75  cents  per  hour. 

Life  Insurance  Policies  are  subject  to  many  alterations,  for  which  reason  it  is  not 
practicable  to  electrotype  the  forms.  It  is  equally  injudicious  to  distribute  them, 
for  the  orders  seldom  exceed  Oue  Thousand  copies,  and  are  more  frequently  given 
by  hundreds.  The  special  re-composition  of  each  order  would  make  unavoidable 
delay  and  an  excessive  price.  It  is  necessary  to  keep  the  forms  standing,  and  make 
alterations.  For  the  withdrawal  of  material  from  other  use,  and  for  keeping  it  in 
good  order,  the  price  should  be  from  81  00  to  $3  00  per  month,  according  to  the  size 
of  form  and  value  of  material.  In  such  case  each  new  order  could  be  treated  as 
Alterations,  and  be  done  at  the  usual  rate  of  75  cents  per  hour.  The  average  value 
of  these  alterations  may  be  stated  at  84  00  each. 

RULING-. 

Marginal  Lines  on  first  page  only,  on  Bond  paper per  1000  $2.00 

Marginal  Lines  and  Triple  Head-line  on  three  pages //  4.00 

Premium  Account  on  second  and  third  pages 4.00 

PRESSWORK    ON    BOND    PAPER. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

200. 

3OO. 

500. 

1000. 

2000. 
per  1000. 

Black  Ink,  2  forms. 

|3.00 

•*J.(IO 

1*5.01) 

7.00 

$12.00 

$10.00 

Red  Ink,  1  form.  .  .  . 

1.50 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

6.00 

5.00 

Red  Ink,  2  forms...!     3.00 

LOO 

6.00 

8.00 

12.00 

10.00 

These  are  prices  for  work  on  Bond  paper.     It'  plain  paper  is  used,  prices  may 
about  one-third  less. 


-    208 


BONDS    AND    COUPONS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1OO. 


Qualities. 


Flat  Cap    Demy. 


Royal. 


Bond |  $ 

Thick  Bond... 


PRESSWORK   ON   BOND    PAPER. 

Color  of  Ink.          j      1OO.          2OO.          3OO.          5OO.          75O.      ]100O. 

Black  Ink ,  $  $  $  $  $  $ 

Carmine  Ink | 

Black  and  Red  Inks' 
Endorsement.  Black 


209 


BONDS    AND    COUPONS. 


These  Blanks  are  of  all  sizes  from  a  half-sheet  of  Cap  to  a  full-sheet  of 
Imperial.  Letter-press  work  is  in  but  light  request,  and  is  employed  only 
for  plainest  Bonds.  Most  Bonds  are  printed  on  stone  or  steel. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER   PER   100. 


Qualities. 

Flat  Cap 

Demy. 

Folio 
Post. 

Koyal. 

Double 
Cap. 

Double 
Crown. 

Bond. 

$1.87 

$2  81 

$3  25 

$3  50 

$3  75 

$4  50 

Thick  Bond          .    . 

2  25 

3.37 

3  75 

4  12 

4  50 

5  62 

COMPOSITION. 

A  plain  Bond,  without  Coupons,  with  plain  border,  of  the  size  of  a  half- 
sheet  Cap,  should  be  rated  at  $5.00.  A  half-sheet  Demy,  of  same. size,  at 
$6.00.  A  half-sheet  Medium,  $8.00.  A  full-sheet  Cap,  $10.00. 

These  are  the  prices  for  plain  work.  The  elaborate  work  of  Lithography  cannot 
be  imitated  by  type,  and  should  not  be  attempted.  When  such  imitation  is  insisted 
on.  and  Flourishes,  Combination  Borders,  Curved  Lines,  and  specially-purchased 
Cuts  and  Types  are  freely  used,  the  work  must  be  rated  on  time.  It  cannot  be 
precisely  estimated.  In  no  case  will  it  be  less  than  one-half  extra  on  previous 
prices;  in  most  cases  it  will  be  more  than  double. 

COUPONS,  in  plainest  style,  with  flower  border,  are  worth  50  cents  each. 
Brass-rule  Borders,  not  cut  to  order,  75  cents  each.  If  specially-selected 
Brass-rule  Borders  are  used,  they  should  be  rated  at  $1 .00  each. 

When  Curved  Lines  or  Fancy  End-pieces  are  used,  it  will  be  quite  as  economical 
to  electrotype  (at  a  probable  cost  of  50  cents  each),  and  alter  form  for  dates  and 
numbers  with  every  new  mould. 

Endorsement,  plain  style,  $1.00  each ;  with  Border  and  extra  work,  §2.00. 

Alteration  of  Denomination  in  face  of  Bond,  work  under  press,  should  be  at 
75  cents  for  every  line  altered. 

Alterations  of  Coupons,  work  under  press,  25  cents  each. 

Dividing  of  a  Form  for  Two  Colors,  on  time,  at  75  cents  per  hour. 


PRESS-WORK   ON    BOND    PAPER. 


Color  of  Ink.               1OO. 

i 

200. 

300. 

500. 

75O. 

1000. 

Black  Ink  i  $2.00 

$2.50 

$3.00 

$4.00 

$5.00 

$6  00 

Carmine  Ink  '     3.00 

3.60 

4.20 

5.40 

6  50 

8.00 

Black  and  Red  Inks      5.00 

6.00 

7.00 

9.00 

11.00 

13.00 

Endorsement.  Black      1  .  00 

1.25 

1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

These  are  prices  for  Bond  paper,  of  Medium  or  smaller  size.  When  printed  on 
ordinary  Writing,  prices  should  be  one-third  less.  It'  printed  on  larger  size  than 
Folio  Post,  higher  rates  will  be  required. 


210 


BONDS    AND    COrPOXj*. 


PRINTING    OF    LITHOGRAPHED    BONDS. 

Per  Hundred  impressions,  on  Bond  i>ap«-r. 


Color  of  Tnlc, 

Flat  Cap    Demy. 

14  by  17.    j    16  by  21. 

Medium 

19  by  23. 

f» 

Black  Ink  

$     1$ 

$ 

| 

Two  Colors 

1 

Three  Colors 

VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1000    TRANSFERS. 


Folio  Post  Paper,  17  by  22  inches. 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20          22           24 

pounds         pounds          pounds 
to  ream.        to  ream.        to  ream,    j 

Perfect  Paper,  Two  to  half  sheet.  .  .  . 

1 

$        i  $         $ 

Three                          .  .  . 

Four 

i 

COMPOSITION. 

Two  to  half  sheet .| 

Three  to  half  sheet 

Four  to  half  sheet 

Curved  Heads,  extra. 


BINDING. 

Folio,  half  paper 

»      half  cloth 

Quarto,  half  paper 


half  cloth. 


PRESSWORK    IN    BLACK    INK. 


Size  of  Form.                Trans. 

250 

Trans. 

5OO       75O      1OOO     15OO    2OOO 

Trans.     Trans.      Trans.      Trans.  ,  Trans. 

One  set  One  to  page  .  .  '  $ 

I 

$              $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Two  to  page.  . 

Three  to  page. 

Four  to  page  . 

Two  set.  .  .  .Two  to  page.  . 

Four  to  page. 

Three  set.  .  .Three  to  page. 

Prices  for  Composition  on  this  and  the  following  page  are  for  one  transfer  only. 


BOXDS    AND    COUPONS. 


LITHOGRAPHED    BONDS. 


211 


Engraving:  should  be  priced  according  to  amount  of  work,  which  is  variable. 
The  plainest  form,  with  accompanying  Coupons,  should  not  be  rated  less  than 


e  panes  orm,  w  accompanyng  oupons,  sou  no  e  rae  ess  an 
850.00.  The  average  price  of  engraving  even  an  ordinary  Bond  rather  exceeds 
§60  00;  very  large  and  full  forms,  engraved  on  the  most  economical  plan,  frequently 
cost  from  8100.00  to  §150  00. 

The  charge  for  Transfer  of  Bonds  should  be,  for  One  Color,  810.50:  for  Two 
Colors,  $14.25;  for  Three  Colors,  818.25;  which  is,  in  all  cases,  aspecial  charge,  and 
not  included  in  the  price  of  engraving. 


PRINTING   OF    LITHOGRAPHED   BONDS. 

Per  Hundred  impressions,  on  Bond  paper. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Flat  Cap 

14  by  17. 

Demy. 
16  by  21. 

Medium 
19  Ijy  23. 

Double 
Crown, 

19  I  iv  Wl. 

Black  Ink  

$5.25 

$6  50 

*5  50 

$7  80 

Two  Colors 

8  50 

10  50 

10  50 

13  00 

Three  Colors.  .  . 

11.75 

15.60 

15.60 

20.00 

TRANSFERS    OF 

STOCK. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER   PER    1000   TRANSFERS. 

Folio  Post  Paper,  17  by  22  inches. 

18 

pounds 
to  ream. 

20 

pounds 
to  ream. 

22 

pounds 
to  ream. 

24 

pounds 
to  ream. 

Perfect  Paper,  Two  to  half  sheet.  .  .  . 

$4.00 

$4.40 

$4.80 

$5.30 

Three  to    « 

2.65 

2.95 

3.20 

3.57 

"        Four  to     a 

2.00 

2.20 

2.40 

2.65 

COMPOSITION. 

Two  to  half  sheet $2.50 

Three  to  half  sheet 2.00 

Four  to  half  sheet 1 . 75 

Curved  Heads,  extra 50 


BINDING. 

Folio,  half  paper $1 .80 

//      half  cloth 2.00 

Quarto,  half  paper 1 . 00 

half  cloth..  ..1.35 


PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Size  of  Form. 

10O 

Trans. 

25O 

Trans. 

5OO 

Trans. 

750  ;  1000 

Trans.      Trans. 

1500 
Trans. 

2000 
Trans. 

One  set  ....  One  to  page  .  . 

*    ..-.It 

s  .*:> 

!?l.-.'5 

$1.63 

$2.00 

$3.00 

$4.00 

Two  to  page.  . 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

4.25 

5.50 

Three  to  page. 

1.20 

1.80 

2.40 

3.10 

3.75 

5.10 

6.50 

Four  to  page  . 

1.50 

2.20 

2.90 

3.50 

4.25 

5.85 

7.50 

Two  set..  .  .Two  to  pagt;.  . 

.50 

.85 

1.25 

1.75 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

Four  to  page. 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

4.25 

5.50 

Three  set..  .Three  to  page. 

.75 

1.15 

1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

3.50 

L50 

212  SPECIAL    PRICES. 


SPECIAL    PRICES.  213 


214 


HANDBILLS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER   PER    1OOO    COPIES. 


Qualities. 

Per       32 

Ream-  Medium 

24       18       12        8          6 

to              to             to       '       to             to 
Medium.  Medium.  Medium.  Medium.  Medium. 

White  Tissue  .  . 

* 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Ordinary  Xe~svs  

Pair  White  Xews  .  .  . 

Thin  Calendered  ..."  

Thick  Calendered  . 

Superior  Calendered  

Ordinary  Colored  

Pine  Colored,  thin 

Pine  Colored,  thick  

215 


HANDBILLS. 


For  this  class  of  work  any  size  or  grade  of  News  or  Book  paper  may  be 
used.  As  DOUBLE  MEDIUM,  24  x  38  inches,  may  be  had  in  greatest  variety 
of  white,  and  its  half  size,  19  X  24,  or  20  X  24  inches,  in  greatest  variety  of 
colors,  the  regular  folds  of  these  sizes  will  be  used  in  the  tables  of  prices. 

Usual  Sizes. 

32  to  Medium  . .  .3    x  4f  inches.       12  to  Medium  .  .  .4|  x  8    inches. 
24  „  ...3fcx6  8  ...6    X9i      - 

18  ...4X6$  6  .  ...6^X12 

Intermediate  sizes  of  Medium  or  Double  Medium  may  be  used  for  small 
orders,  but  they  give  extra  trouble  in  cutting,  and  should  be  avoided.  To 
cheapen  the  work  it  is  often  necessary  to  set  two  or  more  forms,  in  which 
case  it  is  of  importance  to  adhere  to  regular  sizes. 

VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1000    COPIES. 


Per       32 

Qualities.                   Ream.      to 
i  24  X  38  Medium. 

24 

to 
Medium. 

18 

to 
Medium. 

12 

to 
Medium. 

8 

to 
Medium. 

6 

to 
Medium. 

White  Tissue  

$3.50 
4.75 
6.00 
9.00 
12.00 
15.00 
7.00 

20X24 
7.00 

10.00 

$  .12 
.16 
.21 
.31 
.41 
.51 
.24 

$    .16 
.22 

.28 
.41 
.55 
.68 
.32 

$    .22 
.29 
.37 

.55 
.73 
.92 
.43 

$  .32 
.44 
.55 
.83 
1.10 
1.37 
.64 

$  .48 
.65 
.83 
1.23 
1.65 
2.06 
.96 

$  .64 

.87 
1.10 
1.65 
2.20 
2.75 
1.28 

Ordinary  News  . 

Fair  White  News  

Thin  Calendered  

Thick  Calendered 

Superior  Calendered  
Ordinary  Colored  

Fine  Colored,  thin 

.48 
.68 

.64 

.92 

.86 
1.22 

1.28 
1.83 

1.92 
2.75 

2.56 
3.66 

Fine  Colored,  thick  .  . 

The  last  two  qualities  of  paper  can  be  found  only  of  large  Medium  or  Royal  size, 
sometimes  20  X  24,  sometimes  20  X  25  inches. 

The  White  Tissue ~is  of  the  size  24  x  36  inches.  All  other  qualities  are  of  full 
Double  Medium  size,  24  X  38  inches. 

A  thin,  pale,  and  good-surfaced  Manila  can  be  furnished  at  the  same  price  as 
White  Tissue. 

COMPOSITION. 

The  prices  of  the  following  tables  are  made  for  Handbills  as  they  are 
usually  printed.  The  common  Handbill  contains  but  a  few  displayed  lines, 
arranged  more  with  a  view  to  show  than  to  beauty,  without  border,  curved 
lines,  or  extra  work  of  any  kind.  To  be  done  at  these  prices,  a  Handbill 
of  size  smaller  than  Medium  8vo.  should  not  contain  more  work  than  the 
equivalent  of  500  ems  of  plain  matter,  nor  should  it  engage  the  time  of  a 
compositor  more  than  one  hour. 


216 


HANDBILLS. 


32mo . 
24mo . 

1  8l  1 10  . 


COMPOSITION   AND    ELECTROT  YPING. 

Composition.     Elect  retyping.  Composition.     Electrotyping. 


ISrno. 
8vo  . . 
6  mo  .  . 


PRESS-WORK   OP   HANDBILLS 

In  Sheets,  per  Thousand  impressions.    Price  for  Two  Colors  is  for  both  impressions. 


Size  of  Sheet.         Color. 

100 
impress. 

5OO 

impress. 

1OOO 

impress. 

5000 
impress. 

10.OOO 

impress. 

20.000 
impress. 

Sheet  6x9....  Black  
Blue  

•.7f 

v  '  • 

1 

$ 

* 

$ 

Bright  Red  .  . 
Two  Colors.  . 

Sheet  9  x  12.  .  .Black  

Blue  

Bright  Red  .  . 
Two  Colors.  . 

Sheet  12  x  19..  Black  
Blue  

Bright  Red  .  . 
Two  Colors  .  . 

Sheet  19x24..  Black  
Blue.     . 

Bright  Red  .  . 
Two  Colors.  . 

Sheet  24  x  38.  .  Black  
Blue..    . 

Bright  Red  .  . 
Two  Colors.  . 

.        . 

II  AXDKILLS. 


217 


COMPOSITION   AND   ELECTROTYPING. 


Composition.     Electrotyping. 

32mo  .........  $   .75  ........  $  .75 

24nio  ..........  75  .........  90 

18mo  ..........  75  ........    1.20 


Composition.    Electrotj-pinjr. 

12mo $   .75 $1.50 

8vo 1.00 2.00 

6mo ..  .    1.25...         .   2.75 


A  Brass-rule  or  Flower  Border,  on  the  smaller  sizes,  should  be  25  cents  extra. 

Curved  Lines  extra,  25  cents  each.    Alterations,  of  aiiy  kind,  always  extra. 

An  Unusual  Quantity  of  Measurable  Matter  should  be  charged  at  the  rate 
of  si  00  per  1000  ems;  of  displayed  work,  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  per  hour. 

When  Rule  Border,  Cuts,  and  Curved  Lines  are  wanted,  careful  composition  is 
exacted,  and  fine  paper  is  selected,  the  work  cannot  be  fairly  treated  as  a  Handbill, 
but  should  be  classified  and  priced  with  Note  Circulars. 

Handbills  are  frequently  ordered  in  very  large  quantities.  To  execute  such  an 
order  promptly  and  cheaply,  it  is  necessary  to  duplicate  the  forms  by  electrotypiug 
or  by  re-composition.  In  most  cases,  the  electrotyping  will  cost  more  than  re- 
composition,  but  it  has  the  advantage  of  preserving  the  composition  for  future  use. 
The  following  table  of  pres'swork  is  for  sheets  of  Handbills,  containing  two  or  more 
duplicates  or  electrotypes. 

PRESSWORK   OF   HANDBILLS 

In  Sheets,  per  Thousand  impressions.    Price  for  Two  Colors  is  for  both  impressions. 


Size  of  Sheet.         Color. 

100 
impress. 

500 
impress. 

1OOO 

impress. 

5OOO 

impress. 

10.OOO 

impress. 

2O.OOO 

impress. 

Sheet  6x9  Black  

$  .50 

$1.00 

$1.50 

$1.25 

$1.00 

$1.00 

Blue  

•75 

1.50 

2.00 

1.80 

1.60 

1  50 

Bright  Red  .  . 

.75 

1.75 

2.50 

2.00 

1.80 

1.80 

Two  Colors.  . 
Sheet  9  x  12.  .  .  Black.  .  .  . 

1.50 
50 

2.75 
1  25 

4.00 
2.00 

3.50 

1.75 

3.00 
1  50 

3.00 
1  40 

Blue  

.75 

2.00 

3.00 

2.50 

2.00 

1.75 

Bright  Red  .  . 

.75 

2.50 

4.00 

3.00 

2.50 

2.25 

Two  Colors.  . 

2.00 

3.50 

5.00 

4.00 

3.50 

3.00 

Sheet  12X19..  Black  
Blue  

.75 
1  00 

1.50 
2  50 

2.50 
4  00 

2.00 
3  00 

1.75 
3  00 

1.75 
3  00 

Bright  Red  .  . 

1.25 

3.00 

5.00 

4.00 

4.00 

4.00 

Two  Colors.. 

2.50 

4.50 

7.50 

6.00 

6.00 

6.00 

Sheet  19  x  24.  .Black  
Blue  

1.00 
1  50 

2.00 
3  00 

3.00 
5.00 

2.00 
4.00 

2.00 
4.00 

2.00 
4  00 

Bright  Red  .  . 

2.00 

5.00 

8.00 

7.00 

7.00 

7.00 

Two  Colors.  . 
Sheet  24  x  38.  Black. 

3.00 

6.00 

10.00 
4  00 

9.00 
2  50 

8.00 
2  00 

8.00 
2  00 

Bine  

8.00 

7.00 

6.00 

6  00 

Bright  Red  .  . 

12.50 

10.00 

10.00 

10.00 

Two  Colors.  . 

16.00 

14.00 

12.00 

12.00 

The  prices  of  presswork  given  for  Handbills  on  sheet  6x9  inches,  and  less,  are 
for  single  Handbills  on  small  treadle  presses.  If,  for  any  reason,  it  is  uecessury  to 
print  on  a  cylinder  press,  the  prices  of  the  next  larger  sheet  should  In-  used. 


218 


HANDBILLS. 


COMPOSITION    AND    PRESSWORK. 

These  are  prices  for  labor  only.    To  find  full  value  of  both  paper  and  labor,  add  the 
price  of  paper  selected.     See  page  215. 

Small  Sizes  (32mo,  24mo,  and  18mo)  in  Small  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

200. 

300. 

50O. 

6OO. 

8OO. 

1000. 

Black  Ink 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$' 

$? 

$ 

Blue  or  Green  Ink  

Bright  Red  Ink- 

Two  Colors.  .  . 

Small  Sizes  (32mo,  24mo,  and  18mo)  in  Large  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

3OOO.   5OOO. 

per  1000.  iper  1000. 

1OM. 

per  1000. 

2O  M.  i  5O  M. 
per  1000.  iper  1000. 

1OOM 

per  1000. 

32mo  .  .Black  Ink  
Blue  Ink. 

$ 

1 

2  set. 

$ 

2  set. 
* 

i  set. 

$ 

8  set 

$ 

8  plates. 

$ 

Red  Ink       

Two  Colors  

24mo  .  .  .  Black  Ink  
Blue  Ink  

• 

' 

Red  Ink     .      . 

Two  Colors  
18mo      Black  Ink. 

Blue  Ink  

Red  Ink. 

Two  Colors  

HANDBILLS. 


219 


The  prices  given  for  Colored  work  on  large  forms,  should  be  used  with  judgment. 
If  the  form  contains  much  bold  poster  type,  the  prices  may  not  be  enough;  if  the 
ibrm  consists  chiefly  of  plain  Roman  or  of  light-faced  type,  the  prices  may  be  found 
too  high.  They  are  made  to  suit  an  average  consumption  of  ink,  being  higher  than 
for  Pamphlets,  and  less  than  for  Poster  sheets  of  the  same  size.  See  Pamphlets, 
and  Posters,  for  unusually  light  or  heavy  work. 

When  Handbills  are  printed  from  plates,  on  a  second  edition,  the  table  on  page  217 
may  be  used  to  find  the  value  of  presswork.  The  prices  given  are  for  Impressions, 
and  not  for  Handbills.  One  thousand  impressions  of  a  Medium  sheet,  19  X  24  inches, 
will  give  8000  Octavo  Handbills,  or  12,000  of  12mo,  or  32,000  of  32mo.  For  all  these 
sizes  the  price  of  printing  one  thousand  impressions  is  the  same.  But  the  price  is 
for  presswork  only.  It  does  not  include  cutting-up  and  packing,  which  is  an 
additional  expense,  varying  with  the  number  of  bills  on  the  sheet. 

The  Cuttingr-up  and  Packing  of  Handbills,  in  packages  of  1000  each,  should  be 
rated  at  10  cents  per  thousand. 

COMPOSITION    AND   PRESSWOBE:. 

These  are  prices  for  labor  only.    To  find  full  value  of  both  paper  and  labor,  add  the 
price  of  paper  selected.    See  page  215. 

Small  Sizes    32mo,  24mo,  and  18mo)  in  Small  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

2OO. 

3OO. 

50O. 

600. 

800. 

100O. 

Black  Ink  

$1.25 

$1.35 

$1.50 

$1.75 

$1.85 

$2.00 

$2.25 

Blue  or  Green  Ink  .  .  . 

1.50 

1  65 

1  75 

2.10 

2.25 

2  50 

2.75 

Bright  Red  Ink     .   . 

1  50 

1  75 

1  90 

2.50 

2.65 

2  90 

3  25 

Two  Colors  .  .  . 

2.25 

2.60 

3.00 

3.50 

3.80 

4.25 

5.00 

Small  Sizes  (32mo,  24mo,  and  18mo)  in  Large  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

2OOO.    3OOO.    5OOO. 

per  1000.|per  1000.  per  1000. 

1OM. 

per  1000. 

20  M. 

per  1000. 

50  M. 

per  1000. 

100  M 

per  1000. 

32mo.  .  .Black  Ink..  ..  

$1.87 

2.30 
2.75 
4.00 

1.87 
2.30 
2.75 
4.00 

1.87 
2.30 

2.75 

.1    HM 

$1.70 
2.10 
2.50 
3.50 

1.70 
2.10 
2.50 
3.50 

1.70 
2.10 
2.50 
3.50 

2  set. 
$1.10 

1.40 
1.60 
3.00 

2  set. 

1.20 
1.50 
1.75 
3.00 

2  set 

1.25 
1.60 
1.90 
3.00 

2  set. 
$    .85 

1.10 
1.30 
2.25 

2s«t 

.90 
1.20 
1.40 
2.30 

2  set. 

1.00 
1.30 
1.60 
2.40 

4  set. 
$    .65 

.90 
1.05 
1.60 

4  set. 

.67 
.90 
1.10 
1.75 

4  set 
.70 

.95 
1.20 
2.00 

8  set. 

$  .40 
.50 
.60 
1.10 

8  set. 

.45 
.55 
.67 
1.20 

9  set 

.48 
.60 
.75 
1.50 

8  plates. 

*  .:« 
.40 
.50 
.90 

8  plates. 
.35 

.45 

.60 
.90 

9  plates. 
.38 
.52 

.70 
.95 

Bine  Ink.  .  .  . 

Red  Ink         .     . 

Two  Colors  
24mo  .  .Black  Ink.     .    .. 

Blue  Ink. 

Red  Ink 

Two  Colors  
18mo     .Black  Ink. 

Bine  Ink  
Red  Ink.      . 

Two  Color 

These  prices  include  an  allowance  of  10  cents  per  1000  for  cutting-up  and  packing 
in  bundles  of  1000.  When  delivered  in  sheets,  the  price  may  be  10  cents  per  1000  leas. 


220 


HANDBILLS. 

Large  Sizes  in  Small  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

200. 

300. 

500. 

600. 

800. 

10OO. 

12mo      Black  Ink  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

| 

$ 

$ 

Blue  Ink. 

Red  Ink 

Two  Colors  
8vo          Black  Ink...'  

Bine  Ink  

Eed  Ink 

Two  Colors  

Rmn           Rlflp.k  Ink 

Blue  Ink. 

Red  Ink 

Two  Colors.  .  . 

Large  Sizes  in  Large  Quantities. 


Color  of  Tnte. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO.    1OM. 

per  1000.!  per  1000. 

20  M. 
per  1000 

50M.   100  M 
per  1000.  per  1000. 

12mo      Black  Ink 

$ 

$ 

2  set 
$ 

2  set 
$ 

4  set 
$ 

6  set 
$ 

12  plates 
$ 

Blue  Ink  

Eed  Ink 

Two  Colors  
8vo  Black  Ink  .    .  . 

Blue  Ink. 

Bed  Ink  

Two  Colors  
fimo          Black  Ink 

Blue  Ink  

Eed  Ink  

Two  Colors  

HANDBILLS. 

Large  Sizes  in  Small  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

200. 

300. 

500. 

6OO. 

800. 

1000. 

12mo...  Black  Ink  
Blue  Ink. 

$1.25 
1  50 

$1.40 
I  70 

$1.55 
1  90 

$1.75 
2.25 

$1.85 
2.35 

$2.10 
2  55 

$2.25 
2  75 

Red  Ink 

1  50 

1  75 

2  00 

2  50 

2  65 

2  95 

3  25 

Two  Colors  
8vo  Black  Ink  

2.25 
J  50 

2.70 
1  65 

3.00 
1  75 

3.50 
2.00 

3.80 
2.15 

4.40 
2  35 

5.00 
2  50 

Blue  Ink. 

1  75 

1  90 

2  10 

2'  50 

2  60 

2  80 

3  00 

Red  Ink  

1.75 

2.00 

2.25 

2.75 

2.90 

3.20 

3.50 

Two  Colors  
6mo,        Black  Ink 

2.50 
1  50 

2.80 
1  70 

3.  JO 
1  90 

3.75 
2  25 

4.00 
2  40 

4.60 
2.70 

5.25 
3  00 

Blue  Ink 

1  75 

2  05 

2.25 

2  75 

2  90 

3  20 

3  50 

Red  Ink  

1.75 

2.10 

2.40 

3  00 

3.20 

3.60 

4  00 

Two  Colors  

2.75 

3.05 

3.35 

1.00 

4.30 

4.90 

5.50 

Large  Sizes  in  Large  Quantities. 


Color  of  Ink. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

30OO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

1OM. 

per  1000. 

20  M. 

per  1000. 

50  M. 

per  1000. 

100  M 

per  1000. 

2  set. 

2  set 

4  set. 

6  set. 

12  plates 

12mo.  .  .Black  Ink  

$1.87 

$1.60 

$1.30 

$1.12 

$  .75 

$    .50 

$    .40 

Blue  Ink. 

2  50 

2  30 

1  80 

1  50 

1  00 

70 

58 

Red  Ink  

2.75 

2.50 

2  15 

1.75 

1  25 

85 

75 

Two  Colors  

4.50 

4.00 

3.00 

2.40 

2.00 

1.50 

1.00 

2  set. 

2  set. 

4  set. 

8  set 

8  plates. 

8vo          Black  Ink                 210 

1  87 

1  50 

1  20 

80 

51 

50 

Blue  Ink  

2.60 

2.45 

2.00 

1.50 

1.00 

.76 

.75 

Red  Ink  

3.00 

2.75 

2.30 

1.80 

1.35 

1.00 

1.00 

Two  Colors  

5.00 

4.25 

3.25 

2.60 

2.25 

1.50 

1.30 

2  set. 

2  set 

3  set. 

6  set. 

6  plates. 

6mo....  Black  Ink  

2.20 

2.02 

1.70 

1.25 

.95 

.60 

.58 

Blue  Ink.  .  . 

3  12 

2.90 

2  25 

1  80 

1  28 

90 

90 

Red  Ink. 

4  12 

3  75 

2  50 

2  25 

1  60 

1  25 

1  25 

Two  Colors  

5.50 

4.50 

4.00 

3.40 

2.50 

1.75 

1.60 

Handbills  Printed  on  Both  Sides,  when  done  from  two  forms,  should  t>e  at 
double  price.  But  this  method  of  printing  is  the  exception.  In  most  cases,  the 
back  and  face  are  imposed  and  printed  together.  For  small  sizes  in  small  quanti- 
ties, add  to  the  prices  of  composition  and  presswork  as  above  given,  the  value  of 
the  composition  on  the  back,  and  about  50  cents  for  some  added  labor  in  presswork. 
For  large  sizes  in  large  quantities,  make  up  a  special  price.  Put  down  the  value  of 
the  composition  on  both  face  and  back,  for  two,  four,  six,  or  eight  Handbills,  as  may 


222  HANDBILLS. 


H  A  X  D  D  1 1. 1.  -  .  223 

be  considered  most  expedient;  to  this  add  the  value  of  the  presswork,  a*  specified 
on  the  large  table,  which  will  depend  on  the  size  of  the  sheet  used.  In  all  ea-.-- 
compute  the  presswork  not  by  the  number  of  handbills,  nor  even  by  the  sheets, 
but  by  the  number  of  Impressions  that  will  be  required. 

For  example :  To  find  the  value  of  50,000  Handbills,  Medium  Octavo,  on  fair  book 
paper,  printed  on  both  sides,  in  Black  ink: 

Paper:  50,000  at  83  cents  per  1000.841.50  Presswork:  12,500  impr.  at  62.00.  .825.00 
Composition :  Face  set  four  times  400  I  Cutting-np  and  Packing 500 

Back  set  four  times     4.00    ; 

Total  ($1.38  per  1000) - 

In  this  estimate  the  price  for  composition  and  presswork  is  ~6  cents  per  1000. 
For  the  same  number  of  copies  printed  on  one  side  only,  the  price  is  51  cents  per 
1000.  The  additional  cost  of  printing  on  the  back  is  25  cents  per  1000  more.  This 
difference  is  produced  by  printing  from  eight  Face  plates  in  one  case,  and  from  but 
four  Face  plates  in  the  other.  In  this  example,  where  the  back  is  printed  with  the 
face,  presswork  is  doubled.  Cost  might  be  reduced  a  little  by  doubling  the  plate* 
again,  and  printing  from  a  full  Double  Medium  sheet,  but  it  is  of  doubtful  economy. 
In  no  case,  could  a  large  order  be  printed  on  both  sides  at  same  cost  as  on  one  side. 

The  usage  of  the  trade  in  the  matter  of  doubling  plates  or  in  the  re-composition 
of  forms,  for  the  purpose  of  cheapening  presswork,  is  quite  irregular.  Some  would 
set  up  four,  and  others  but  one,  oil  an  order  of  10,000  Handbills ;  some  would  use 
sixteen  plates,  and  others  but  eight,  on  an  order  of  100,000  Handbills.  Such  differ- 
ences in  usages  make  serious  variations  in  prices.  It  is  always  the  duty  of  the 
printer  to  do  his  work  in  the  most  economical  manner  that  is  usual  in  the  trade. 
and  whenever  re-composition  or  electrotyping  would  cheapen  work  decidedly,  it 
should  be  done.  But  he  should  consider  not  only  the  customer's  interest,  but  his 
own  ability.  It  is  not  usual,  nor  is  it  always  judicious,  to  double  plates  or  forms  to 
the  extremest  points  of  economy.  When  an  order  is  done  in  great  haste,  and  it  is 
not  practicable  to  stereotype  or  re-set,  the  price  must  be  made  for  presswork  on  a 
small  sheet.  Even  when  time  is  allowed,  it  is  not  always  practicable  to  re-set  many 
Handbills,  for  want  of  sorts;  nor  is  it  always  practicable  to  print  a  sheet  on  a  very 
large  press.  The  prices  given  are  made  to  suit  the  ordinary  methods  of  doing  the 
work.  It  may  sometimes  be  expedient  to  set  more,  or  make  more  plates,  than  is 
indicated  by  the  headings  of  the  tables,  but  in  most  cases  it  will  be  injudicious. 

Bright  Red  Ink  should  be  understood  as  Good  Vermilion  Red.  either  pale  or 
deep,  costing  not  more  than  >"2.00  per  pound,  a  quality  which  is  usually  satisfactory 
for  work  of  this  class.  The  prices  given  do  not  wan-ant  the  use  of  Lakes  or 
Deep-crimson  Reds.  On  the  smaller  sizes,  a  Lake  Red  would  increase  the  cost 
but  a  trifle;  on  the  larger  sizes,  the  Lake  Red  that  would  be  consumed  might,  if 
the  form  was  of  heavy  face,  cost  more  for  the  ink  alone,  than  is  here  allowed  for 
both  labor  and  ink. 

Blue  Ink,  at  si.  50  per  pound,  maybe  used  with  satisfaction  to  the  customer, 
and  profit  to  the  office,  under  these  prices.  Ultramarine  Blue,  if  there  is  much  fiue 
type  or  cuts,  should  be  avoided,  as  it  clogs  on  the  type. 

Orange  Mineral  Reds,  and  similar  low  grades  of  Poster  colors,  could  In-  u~  -.1 
with  profit,  at  lower  prices  than  are  here  given.  But  the  work  would  suffer  mate- 
rially, not  only  through  the  dimness  of  an  inferior  color,  but  through  muddy 
presswork ;  for  the  lower  grades  of  ink  are  not  only  weak  in  color,  but  are  imper- 
fectly ground,  and  too  heavily  weighted  with  varnish  for  use  on  fine  type. 

Other  Sizes  of  Paper  than  those  described  and  priced  on  page  215,  may  some- 
times be  used  to  advantage.  But  they  are  not  in  sufficient  request  to  justify 
separate  prices  for  paper. 

Measurements  of  Regular  Folds  of  Double  Super  Royal  Paper,  28  X  42 
inches:  Sixteen  to  sheet,  7  X  lOJn  inches:  Eighteen  tn  sheet."  x  9';  inches:  Twenty- 
four  to  sheet,  5 lj  x  9^  inches;  Thirty-two  to  sheet,  SJj  X7  inches;  Thirty-.-ix  to 
sheet.  4^  x  7  inches. 

Long  and  Narrow  Shapes,  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  three,  or  one  to  four 
inches,  usually  contain  an  extra  quantity  of  composition.  They  should  be  at  higher 
rates  for  both  composition  and  presswork. 


224 


POSTERS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER   PEE    1000    COPIES. 


Per 

Ream. 

Full 
Sheet. 

Qualities. 

2 

to 
sheet. 

3 

to 
sheet 

4 

to 
sheet. 

6 

to 
sheet. 

8 

to 

sheet 

$ 

$ 

Thin  News  .•  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Thick  News       

Extra-thick  News 

Thin  Book  .             

Common  Calendered.  .  .  . 
Thick  Calendered  

Extra-thick  Calendered  . 
Thin  Colored. 

Thick  Colored  

Thin  News 

Fair  Book  

Thin  Colored.             .... 

Thin  News 

Thick  News 

Part  of 

sheet. 

12 

8.. 
6 

4. 

3. ... 
2.... 

1  .. 


COMPOSITION. 


12..             ....$  !     12. 

8.  8.. 

6 6.. 

4.  4.. 

3  3. 

2 2.. 

1..  II.. 


225 


POSTERS. 

Double  Medium,  24  x  38  inches,  is  the  most  serviceable  size. 
Double  Super  Royal,  28  x  42  inches,  and  Double    Imperial, 

32  x  46  inches,  are  frequently  used.    With  these  three  sizes,  all  to  be  had  of 
various  qualities,  it  is  possible  to  make  Posters  of  any  desired  shape. 

THE  USUAL  SIZES  will  be  found  in  the  table  of  Value  of  Paper.     In  the 
measurements  there  given,  the  fractions  of  an  inch  are  omitted. 

VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1000    COPIES. 


Per 

Ream. 

Full 
Sheet. 

Qualities. 

2 

to 
sheet. 

3 

to 

sheet. 

4 

to 
sheet 

6 

to 
sheet. 

8 

to 
sheet 

$4.75 
6.75 
9.00 
6.00 
10.00 
12.00 
15.00 
6.00 
8.00 

5.75 
7.50 
7.00 

7.25 
9.00 

24  x  38. 
$10.45 
14.85 
19.80 
13.20 
22.00 
26.40 
33.00 
13.20 
17.60 

28  X  42. 

12.65 
16.50 
15.40 

32  X46. 
15.95 
19.80 

24  x  38. 
Thin  News  

19X24. 
$5.23 
7.42 
9.90 
6.60 
11.00 
13.20 
16.50 
6.60 
8.80 

21X28. 
6.32 
8.25 
7.70 

23X32. 
7.97 
9.90 

12X24. 
$3.48 

4.95 
6.60 
4.40 
7.33 
8.80 
11.00 
4.40 
5.87 

14x28. 
4.22 
5.50 
5.13 

15x32. 
5.32 
6.60 

12X19. 

$2.61 
3.71 
4.95 
3.30 
5.50 
6.60 
8.25 
3.30 
4.40 

14  X  21. 

3.16 
4.13 
3.85 

16X23. 
4.00 
4.95 

12X12. 
$1.74 
2.47 
3.30 
2.20 
3.66 
4.40 
5.50 
2.20 
2.93 

14X14. 

2.11 
2.75 
2.56 

16  X  15. 
2.66 
3.30 

9X12. 
$1.30 
1.85 

2.47 
1.65 
2.75 
3.30 
4.12 
1.65 
2.20 

10X14. 

1.58 
2.06 
1.92 

11  X  16. 
2.00 
2.47 

Thick  News  

Extra-thick  News  .  . 

Thin  Book  

Common  Calendered.  .  .  . 
Thick  Calendered  

Extra-thick  Calendered. 
Thin  Colored  

Thick  Colored 

28x42. 

Thin  News  

Fair  Book  

Thin  Colored. 

32  x  46. 

Thin  News  

Thick  News  .  . 

Double  Medium 

Part  of 

COMPOSITION. 

Double  Super  Royal. 

;  Part  of 

Double  Imperial. 
Part  of 

Inches. 

PI 

ice.      I 

-h-'-'t. 

Inches. 

Prl 

ee. 

-h'-'-t 

Inches. 

PI 

lot 

12 

.  6x12.. 

.$ 

75 

12. 

.  7x14.. 

..$1 

00 

12. 

.    8X15.. 

..$1 

ill) 

8 

9  x  12.  . 

.  1 

00 

8.. 

.10X14.. 

..  1 

25         8.. 

.11X16.. 

..   1 

25 

6 

12x12.. 

.  1 

85 

6.. 

.14X14.. 

..   1 

50 

6.. 

.15X16.. 

..   1 

"jii 

4 

.12X19.. 

.  1 

50    ! 

4.. 

.14x21.. 

..  1 

75         4.. 

.16x23.. 

..   1 

n 

3 

.12x24.. 

.  2 

00 

3.. 

.14x28.. 

..  2 

00         3.. 

.15X32.. 

..   2 

on 

2. 

.19X24.. 

..2 

00 

2.. 

.21X28.. 

2 

00         2 

.23x32.. 

..  2 

25 

1 

.24x38.. 

2 

50 

1.. 

.28X42.. 

3 

00         1 

.32X40.. 

4 

mi 

226  POSTERS. 


POSTK:;S.  ;.>•_>; 

The  prices  of  the  preceding  table  are  for  the  customary  amount  of  matter  usual 
with  each  size.  The  workmanship  is  supposed  to  be  of  the  plainest  style,  without 
border  or  ornament  of  any  kind  whatever.  It  is  intended  that  every  75  cents  shall 
represent  one  hour  of  the  time  of  an  ordinary  workman,  aiid  that  all  excess  shall 
be  at  extra  price. 

These  prices  are  not  absolute:  they  are  useful  only  in  indicating  the  average 
value.  For  some  sizes,  a  plain  notice  or  extemporized  sign  would  be  fairly  paiil 
at  half  the  alloted  prices.  A  full  concert  programme,  or  a  call  for  public  meeting, 
with  a  long  list  of  signatures,  or  the  displayed  circular  of  a  machine  or  invention, 
containing  much  descriptive  matter,  is  often  worth  more  than  double  the  printed 
price. 

A  Border  of  any  kind  should  be  at  extra  price,  from  25  cents  to  81  00,  according 
to  size  and  style.  If  cut  to  odd  size  or  to  waste,  charge  half  the  cost  of  material. 

Curved  Lines  should  be  rated  according  to  size  from  50  cents  to  81.00. 

Heal  Estate  Diagrams,  and  other  work  of  like  nature,  made  up  of  brass  rule, 
can  be  rated  only  on  time,  at  75  cents  per  hour.  Short  orders,  elaborate  plans,  and 
fine  work  will  be  done  best  by  lithography. 

Text  Type  of  any  size  larger  than  Pica,  when  used  in  large  quantity,  should  be 
measured  as  Pica,  at  §1.00  per  1000  eins.  Antiques,  Clarendons,  Gothics,  etc.,  at 
SI.  25  per  1000  ems. 

New  Styles  and  Odd  Faces  of  Type,  like  Bulletin  or  French  Clarendon,  when 
used  exclusively,  should  cause  the  composition  to  be  rated  at  extra  price.  They 
cost  more  than  ordinary  letter,  they  have  but  a  limited  use,  and  are  liable  to  go 
out  of  fashion  before  they  are  half  worn  out. 

Specially-Engraved  Wood  Cuts,  01  expensive  Electrotypes,  such  as  are  used 
for  election  work,  or  store-keepers'  bills,  are  iu  too  light  request  to  be  used  at  the 
rates  of  ordinary  material.  Wherever  they  are  used,  about  ten  per  cent,  on  cost 
should  be  added  to  the  price  of  composition. 

Hurried  "Work,  like  Election  Posters,  that  require  immediate  execution,  to  the 
neglect  of  and  loss  on  other  work,  should  always  be  at  an  extra  price.  If  done  at 
night,  the  prices  should  be  doubled.  If  done  on  time,  full  time  should  be  charged 
both  for  time  at  work,  and  for  time  waiting  orders. 

Theatre  Bills,  and  work  of  like  nature,  when  printed  regularly  every  day,  may 
be  taken  at  a  reduction  on  these  rates,  if,  as  is  usually  the  case,  much  of  the  com- 
position can  be  repeatedly  used. 

PRESSWORK   OF    POSTERS. 

The  following  prices  of  presswork  are  graduated  to  give  an  increased  price  for 
increasing  sizes.  A  large  press  costs  more,  runs  much  slower,  and  when  employed 
on  large  work,  uses  much  more  ink. 

The  prices  made  for  ordinary  Book  and  Pamphlet  presswork  cannot  be  applied  to 
Posters.  The  two  kinds  of  work  are  radically  different.  Ordinary  Book  work  is 
usually  done  in  large  editions ;  the  forms  require  little  making  ready,  and  consume 
but  little  ink.  Posters  of  large  size  are  nearly  always  ordered  iu  small  quantities. 
They  are  usually  required  in  haste,  and  often  at  great  inconvenience.  They  use  an 
excessive  amount  of  ink,  and  when  properly  treated  require  more  than  ordinary 
care. 

Allowance  is  made  in  the  table  of  prices  only  for  the  customary  qualities  of  ink : 
Black  at  25  cents  per  pound;  Red,  Blue,  and  Green  at  81.00  per  pound.  Finer  colors 
will  require  higher  prices.  Cheaper  colors  could  be  supplied  at  less  cost  of  ink,  but 
seldom  at  higher  profit.  Poor  colors  really  delay  the  work  and  add  to  the  labor  of 
the  pressman,  as  well  as  prove  unsatisfactory  to  the  customer. 

The  prices  are  based  on  the  customary  consumption  of  color  on  average  work. 
They  are  made  up  from  records  kept  by  the  writer,  that  have  been  compared  with 
similar  records  of  other  printers.  The  allowance  for  color  is  believed  to  be  as  just 
and  reasonable  as  the  unequal  nature  of  inks,  paper,  and  methods  of  presswork  will 
allow.  (See  Presswork  and  Inks). 

Posters  on  Muslin  should  be  at  rather  more  than  double  price.  The  muslin  is 
difficult  to  cut  and  to  feed,  and  is  damaging  to  type. 

Loner  and  Narrow  Posters,  set  the  broad  way.  may  be  printed  at  the  same 
rates  as  half  the  number  of  its  corresponding  double  size.  One  thousand,  6  x  24 
inches,  may  be  at  the  regular  price  of  500  of  12  X  24  inches. 


1228 


POSTERS. 


The  prices  of  this  page  are  for  Presswort  only. 
x  12  inches,  Quarter  Medium.... One-eighth  of  24  x  38. 

Same  prices  may  he  used,  for  size  10  x  14,  and  all  smaller  sizes. 


'  Every  I 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    added ,  25O. 

100. 


500.  j  1000.   3000. 


5OOO.    10  M. 


Black $          $          $         :$          $ 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black 

x  16  inches,  Quarter  Imperial.... One-eig-hth  of  32  x  46. 

Same  prices  may  he  used  for  size  12  x  12  inches. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    added     25O.      5OO.     1OOO. 

100.   ; 

Black j$  * 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black 

12  x  19  inches,  Half  Medium. .  .One-fourth  of  24  x  38. 
Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  14  x  14  inches. 

Every  tnnn     *rwv>     1  n  iw 

Color  of  Ink.  100.    added     250.      5OO.   .  1OOO.    Spgg. _  600O.  ^OM. 

Black $  $  $  I  *  $  I  |* 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black 

14  x  21  inches,  Half  Boy al.... One-fourth  of  28  x  42. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  15  x  16  inches. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    added     25O.      50O.      75O.     1OOO.   2O°^    e°jo°o 

Black * 

Blue 

Red 

RedandBlax:k.., 


POSTERS. 


The  prices  of  this  page  are  for  Presswork  only, 
x  12  inches,  Quarter  Medium.... One-eighth  of  24  x  38. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  10  x  14,  and  all  smaller  sizes. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Everv 
added 
100. 

25O. 

5OO. 

1OOO. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO.   10  M. 

per  1000.  per  1000. 

Black  .-  

$  .50 
1.00 
1.00 
1.50 

$  .20 
.25 
.33 
.40 

$  .80 
1.40 
1.50 
2.10 

$1.25 

2.00 
2.35 
3.10 

$2.00 
3.00 
4.00 
5.00 

$1.75 
2.75 
3.50 
4.50 

$1.60 
2.50 
3.00 
4.00 

$1.50 
2.50 
3.00 
4.00 

Blue.             .       ... 

Red  

Red  and  Black  

11  V&  x  16  inches,  Quarter  Imperial.... One-eighth  of  32  x  46. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  12  x  12  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
100. 

250. 

5OO. 

100O. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

10  M. 

per  1000. 

Black         

$  .50 
1.00 
1.00 
1.50 

$  .25 
.30 
.40 
.50 

$  .90 
1.50 
1.60 
2.25 

$1.50 
2.25 
2.75 
3.50 

$2.50 
3.50 
4.50 
6.00 

$2.00 

3.00 
4.00 
5.50 

$1.75 

2.75 
3.50 
5.00 

$1.50 

2.75 
3.25 
4.50 

Blue.       .... 

Red  

Red  and  Black  

12  x  19  inches,  Half  Medium..  .One-fourth  of  24  x  38. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  14  x  14  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

Every 
added 
10O. 

250. 

500. 

10OO. 

3000. 

per  1000. 

50OO. 

per  1000. 

10  M. 

per  1000. 

Black.                   

$  .60 
1.00 
1.00 
1.50 

$  .30 
.40 

.50 
.60 

$1.00 
1.60 
1.75 
2.40 

$1.75 
2.50 
3.00 
4.00 

$3.00 
4.00 
5.00 
7.00 

$2.50 

3.75 
4.50 
6.50 

$2.25 
3.50 
4.25 
6.00 

$2.00 

3.00 
4.00 
6.00 

Blue. 

Red  

Red  and  Black  

14  x  21  inches,  Half  Royal.... One-fourth  of  28  x  42. 
Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  15  x  16  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
100. 

250. 

500. 

75O. 

1OOO. 

20OO. 

per  1000. 

5000. 

per  1000. 

Black. 

$  .75 

$    30 

$1.20 

$2  00 

$2  75 

$3  50 

$3   00 

$2  50 

Blue. 

1  00 

50 

1  75 

3  00 

4  00 

5  00 

4  50 

4  00 

Red  

1.25 

.60 

2.15 

3.65 

5  75 

6  50 

5  50 

5  00 

Red  and  Black  

2.00 

.90 

3.35 

5.60 

8.75 

10.00 

9.  00 

8.00 

When  very  little  color  is  used,  as  will  be  the  case  in  a  very  light  and  open  I'nM . -\ 
set  in  Roman  or  Old  Style,  the  price  may  be  abated  nearly  to  that  of  Handbills  in 
sheets,  as  given  on  page  217.  For  a  very  bold-faced  Poster  compactly  set  in  Antique. 
with  much  large  type,  more  color  will  be  used  and  a  higher  price  may  be  needed. 


230 


POSTERS. 


16  x  23  inches,  Half  Imperial.. .  .One-fourth  of  32  x  46. 

Same  prices  tuay  be  used  for  size  12  x  24  inches. 


Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    added     250.      5OO.      75O.     1OOO.  £ °OOj 


Black 8          8          $          8 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black 

19  x  24  inches,  Medium  . .  .One-half  of  24  x  38. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  14  x  28  inches. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    addg     25O.      5OO.      75O.     1000.2000.^5000. 

Black .$          $ 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black . 

21  x  28  inches,  Royal. . .  .One-half  of  28  x  42. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  15  x  32  inches. 

!  Every ! 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.    added    250.      5OO.      75O.     1OOO. 

1OO. 

Black 8          8          s          ••*          3          S          8 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black. . . 

23  x  32  inches,  Imperial. . .  .One-half  of  32  x  46. 

Color  of  Ink.             1OO.    adggd     25O.      5OO.      75O.     lOOO.2pOO.3OOO. 
u   ' I 

Black $  $  $  8          |$          |$  $  $ 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black . . 


POSTERS. 


231 


The  prices  of  this  page  are  for  Presswork  only. 

16  x  23  inches,  Half  Imperial....  One  -fourth  of  32  x  46. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  12  x  24  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Every 
100.    added 
100. 

250. 

500. 

750. 

1OOO     2OOO. 
10UO-  !per  1000. 

500O. 

per  1000. 

Black. 

$   .75 
1.25 
1.50 
2.50 

$  .40 
.50 
.70 
1.10 

$1.35 
2.00 
2.50 
4.10 

$2.35 
3.20 
4.25 
6.60 

$3.50 
5.10 
6.85 
10.00 

$4.00 
6.00 
8.00 
12.00 

$3.50 
5.00 
7.00 
10.00 

$3.00 
4.50 
6.00 
9.00 

Blue. 

Red. 

Red  and  Black  

19  x  24  inches,  Medium. . .  .One-half  of  24  x  38. 

Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  14  X  28  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 

250. 

50O 

750. 

1000. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

' 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$1.00 
1.50 
2.00 
3.00 

$  .50 
.70 
1.00 
1.25 

$1.75 
2.60 
3.50 

4.85 

$3.00 
4.30 
6.00 
8.00 

$4.50 
6.40 
8.00 
12.35 

$5.00 
7.50 
10.00 
14.00 

$4.00 
7.00 
9.00 
12.00 

$4.00 

6.50 
9.00 
11.00 

Blue  

Red. 

Red  and  Black  

21  x  28  inches,  Royal.... One-half  of  28  x  42. 
Same  prices  may  be  used  for  size  15  x  32  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 

^$8* 

25O. 

5OO. 

75O. 

1OOO. 

2000. 

per  1000. 

30OO. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$1.00 
1.75 
2.50 
3.50 

$  .55 
.80 
1.10 
1.50 

$1.85 
3.  TOO 
4.20 
5.75 

$3.20 
5.00 
7.00 
9.50 

$4.80 
7.00 
10.00 
14.75 

$5.50 
9.00 
12.00 
17.00 

$5.00 

8.00 
10.00 
16.00 

$5.00 
7.00 
10.00 
15.00 

Blue. 

Red. 

Red  and  Black  

23  x  32  inches,  Imperial.... One-half  of  32  x  46. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

250. 

500. 

750. 

1OOO. 

20OO. 

per  1000. 

3000. 

per  1000. 

Black. 

$1.25 

$  .60 

$2.15 

$3  65 

$5.20 

$6  50 

$5.50 

$5  50 

Blue. 

2.00 

.90 

3  35 

5.60 

8.60 

11  00 

10  00 

9  00 

Red. 

2.75 

1.30 

4  80 

8  00 

12  30 

14  00 

13  00 

13  00 

Red  and  Black  

4.25 

1.75 

6.90 

11.25 

16.12 

20.00 

19.00 

18.00 

Engraved  Pine  Blocks,  with  sunken  lettering  and  broad  flat  surfaces  of  color, 
require  much  higher  prices  than  those  given  in  the  tables,  for  they  consume  muoh 
more  ink.  Exact  price  cannot  be  given,  for  the  consumption  of  ink  will  depend 
upon  the  area  of  surface,  and  the  quality  of  color  used.  An  engraved  block  of  size 
18  x  23  inches,  printed  in  Red  ink  at  .-?!  00  per  pound,  will  consume,  on  damp  (not 
wet)  calendered  paper,  about  8  pounds  i-fiuk  ;  on  dry  rough  news,  about  11  pounds. 


232 


POSTERS. 


24  x  3 8 inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Double  Medium. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added 
100. 

25O. 

5OO.      750. 

1OOO. 

2OOO. 

per  1000. 

3000. 

per  1000. 

Black. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue. 

Red  

Red  and  Black  .  . 

28  x  42  inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Double  Super  Royal. 


Color  Of  Tnte, 

1OO. 

200. 

3OO. 

400. 

500. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

Black.                        .  .    . 

$. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black  .  . 

x  46  inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Double  Imperial. 


Every 

Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

200. 

3OO. 

4OO. 

5OO. 

1OOO. 

added 

1OO. 

Black  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

§ 

Bine  

Red                         

Red  and  Black.  . 

36  x  48 inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Mammoth. 


Color  of  Tnh. 

1OO. 

2OO. 

300. 

4OO. 

5OO. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
100. 

Black. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  

Red  

Red  and  Black  .  .  . 

POSTERS. 


233 


The  prices  of  this  page  are  tor  Presswork  only. 
24  x  38 inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Double  Medium. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

750. 

1000     2OOO. 
100°-  per  1000. 

3OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black. 

$1.50 
2.50 
3.00 
6.00 

$   .75 
1.05 
1.60 
2.00 

$2.60 
4.10 
5.40 
8.00 

$4.50 
6.70 
9.40 
13.00 

$6.00 
10.00 
13.50 
18.00 

$7.50 
12.00 
17.00 
22.00 

$7.00 
11.00 
17.00 
21.00 

$6.00 

11.00 
16.00 
20.00 

Blue. 

Red  

Red  and  Black  

28  x  42  inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Double  Super  Royal. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

200. 

3OO. 

400. 

50O. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
10O. 

Black. 

$2  00 

$2  80 

$3  60 

$4  40 

$5  20 

$9  00 

$  80 

Blue. 

3  50 

4  75 

6  00 

7  25 

8  50 

14  00 

1  25 

Red  

5.00 

6.50 

8.00 

9.50 

11  00 

20  00 

1  50 

Red  aud  Black 

7  50 

10  00 

12  00 

14  00 

16  00 

26  00 

2  25 

32  x  46  inches.... Full  Sheet  of  Double  Imperial. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

200. 

30O. 

400. 

5OO. 

100O. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

Black  

$3.00 

$3.90 

$4.80 

$5  60 

§6  60 

$10  00 

$     90 

Blue. 

4.50 

6.00 

7  50 

9  00 

10  50 

17  50 

1  50 

Red  

6.00 

7.80 

9.60 

11.40 

13.20 

22.50 

2.00 

Red  and  Black  .  . 

10.00 

12.25 

15.40 

16.70 

19.00 

30.00 

2.50 

36  x  48  inches  ..  Full  Sheet  of  Mammoth. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

200. 

300. 

400. 

5OO. 

10OO. 

Every 
added 
10O. 

Black  

$4.00 

$5.00 

$6.00 

$7.00 

$8.00 

$12.50 

$1.00 

Blue  
Red  

6.00 
8.00 

7.75 
10.50 

9.50 
13.00 

11.25 
15.50 

13.00 
18.00 

22.00 
30  00 

1.75 
2  50 

Red  and  Black       

12.00 

15.00 

18.00 

21  00 

24  00 

38  00 

3  00 

Fine  "Wood  Engraving's  or  Electrotypes,  Fine  Borders  or  Small  Type,  will  require 
the  use  of  fine  inks,  and  more  careful  making-ready,  and  extra  price. 

Streamers,  or  narrow  bills,  containing  a  single  Hue  of  great  length,  can  be  made 
of  any  size  of  large  paper.  Six  and  eight-inch  strips  are  best  cut  from  24  x  38;  seven 
aud  nine-inch  strips  from  28  x  42.  The  usual  method  on  a  large  order  is  to  fill  the 
sheet  with  type,  and  to  cut  up  in  strips  after  printing.  For  a  short  order  it  may  be 
judicious  to  print  on  the  half  sheet.  The  composition  should  be  rated  rather 
higher  than  for  ordinary  work  of  similar  size,  as  the  type  will  run  on  sorts.  Press- 
work  at  the  usual  rates  for  whatever  size  may  be  selected.  The  cutting  up  should 
be  rated  at  75  cents  per  hour.  At  these  rates  100  Streamers,  6  X  152  inches  (includ- 
ing composition  at  $3.00  and  paper  at  50  cents),  could  be  priced  at  £5.00,  and  every 
added  100  at  SI. 00. 


234 


SHOW    CARDS. 


VALUE    OF    SHOW   CARD    BOARD   PER    100. 


Full 
Board. 

Qualities. 

2 

Board. 

3 

to 
Board. 

4 

to 
Board. 

5 

to 
Board. 

6 

to 
Board. 

8 

to 
Board. 

9 

to 
Board. 

$6.25 

China,  or  Thin  Satin 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

7.50 
9  25 

Satin,  white  or  col'd 
Thick  Satin  

12.00 

Extra-thick  Satin.  .  . 

12.50 

7  25 

Colored  Satin,  thick 
Thin  Blanks 

8.50 
11  00 

Ordinary  Blanks  .  .  . 
Extra  Blanks  . 

13.75 

Post  Board  

• 

18.00 

Bristol,  2-sheet  

28.00 
15.00 

Bristol,  4-sheet  
Railroad  .    .  .       .... 

19.00 

Ex.  thick  Railroad.  . 

23.00 

Double-ex.  Railroad 

27.00 

Triple-ex.  Railroad.. 

15.00 

Satin  Enamelled.  .  .  . 

16.00 

Ivory,  thick  

235 


SHOW    CARDS. 


The  regular  size  of  Card  Board  is  22  x  28  inches.    The  edges  are  ragged, 
and  the  Board  when  trimmed  seldom  exceeds  21  x  27  inches. 


Usual  Sizes. 


Sire.        Ordinary  Shape. 
To  Sheet.  Inches 


.21      x27     . 
.13^x21     . 

.Wte  x  13^2. 
.9      x  12     . 


10J-2  x27 
9  x21 
6%  X21 
6^2  x  14 


Size. 
To  Sheet. 

8 

9 

10 

12 

15 

16... 


Ordinary  Shape.    Narrow  Shape. 
Inches.  Inches. 


.6%  x 
.7  x 
.5^4  x 
.5V4  x 
.5V4  X 
.5V4  x 


.5V4 


.  .Ate  x  101 
..  .4V4  x    9 


VALUE  OF  SHOW  CARD  BOARD  PER  1OO. 


Full 
Board. 

Qualities. 

2 

to 
Board. 

3         4 

to            to 
Board.     Board. 

5 

to 
Board. 

6 

to 
Board. 

8 

to 
Board. 

9 

to 
Board. 

$6.25 
7.50 
9.25 
12.00 

China,  or  Thin  Satin 
Satin,  white  or  col'd 
Thick  Satin 

$3.12 
3.75 
4.63 
6.00 

$2.09 
2.50 
3.08 
4.00 

$1.57 
1.88 
2.31 
3.00 

$1.25 
1.50 
1.85 
2.40 

$1.05 
1.25 

1.54 
2.00 

$    .78 

.94 
1.15 
1.50 

s  .69 

.83 
1.03 
1.33 

Extra-thick  Satin.  .  . 

12.50 

7.25 
8.50 
11.00 
13.75 
18.00 

Colored  Satin,  thick 
Thin  Blanks  .  . 

6.25 

3.62 
4.25 
5.50 
6.87 
9.00 

4.17 

2.42 
2.83 
3.67 
4.58 
6.00 

3.12 

1.81 
2.12 
2.75 
3.44 
4.50 

2.50 

1.45 
1.70 
2.20 
2.75 
3.60 

2.10 

1.21 
1.41 
1.83 
2.29 
3.00 

1.56 

.91 
1.06 
1.37 
1.72 
2.25 

1.40 

.81 
.94 
1.22 
1.53 
2.00 

Ordinary  Blanks  .  .  . 
Extra  Blanks  

Post  Board  

Bristol,  2-sheet  

28.00 

15.00 
19.00 

Bristol,  4-sheet  
Railroad  

14.00 

7.50 
9.50 

9.33 

5.00 
6.33 

7.00 

3.75 
4.75 

5.60 

3.00 
3.80 

4.66 

2.50 
3.16 

3.50 

1.87 
2.37 

3.11 

1.66 
2.11 

Ex.  thick  Railroad.  . 

23.00 

Double-ex.  Railroad 

11.50 

7.66 

5.75 

4.60 

3.83 

2.87 

2.55 

27.00 

Triple-ex.  Railroad.. 

13.50 

9.00 

6.75 

5.40 

4.50 

3.37 

3.00 

15.00 
16.00 

Satin  Enamelled  
Ivorv.  thick  

7.50 
8.00 

5.00 
5.33 

3.75 
4.00 

a.  oo 

3.20 

2.50 
2.66 

1.87 
2.00 

1.66 
1.77 

COMPOSITION  OF  SHOW  CARDS. 

The  amount  of  -work  required  in  the  Composition  of  Show  Cards  is  exceedingly 
variable.  In  some  instances,  it  is  but  little  greater  than  that  of  a  plain  Poster;  in 
others,  a  profusion  of  matter  and  a  too  careful  elaboration  of  the  work  may  make 
the  composition  more  expensive  than  Engraving.  For  this  latter  class  of  work,  it 
is  impracticable  to  make  any  price.  There  is  also  much  inequality  of  labor  OH 
apparently  simpler  work,  for  which  reason  the  prices  of  the  following  table  should 


236 


SHOW    CARDS. 


Sizes  10,  12,  15,  16  to  Board. 


SHOW    CARDS. 


237 


be  used  with  discretion.  The  quality  of  card  board  selected  is  often  a  fair  index  to 
the  value  of  the  work :  for  cheap  cards,  plain  composition ;  for  fine  cards,  careful 
composition.  A  Show  Card,  fairly  treated,  requires  newer  type  and  more  careful 
treatment  than  a  Poster.  The  composition  should  be  at  higher  price. 


Size 
of 
Card. 

Plain 
Style. 

Plain 
Border. 

Little 
Matter. 

Orna- 
mented. 

Flower 
Border. 

Curved 
Lines. 

Much 
Orna'd. 

Comb. 
Border. 

Much 
Matter. 

Size 
of 
Card. 

Plain 
Style. 
Plain 
Border. 

Little 

Matter. 

Orna- 
mented. 

Flower 
Border. 

Curved 
Lines. 

Much 
Orna'd. 
Comb. 
Border. 
Much 
Matter. 

1  6  to  Board 

15 

$1.50 
1  50 

$2.50 
2.50 

$5.00 

5.00 

6  to  Board 

$2.00 
2.25 

$4.50 
4  50 

$7.00 

7  50 

12 

1  50 

3.00 

5  50 

4  

2.50 

5  50 

8  00 

10 

1  75 

3.50 

5.50 

-3  

2.75 

6.50 

9.00 

9 

1  75 

3.75 

6.00 

2  

3.00 

7.50 

10  00 

8 

2  00 

4  00 

6  00 

1  

5  00 

10  00 

15  00 

These  prices  are  for  composition  of  form  for  one  color.  All  time  spent  in  the 
division  of  a  form  for  two  or  more  colors  should  be  an  additional  charge. 

Engraving, Table  "Work,  an  Excess  of  Very  Small  Type,  or  any  other  extra 
work,  not  indicated  in  the  headings,  should  be  at  extra  price. 

On  quite  plain  work,  it  is  often  necessary  to  have  lines  engraved.  When  these 
lines  are  of  plain  type,  they  must  be  considered  as  ordinary  material,  and  need  not 
be  charged ;  when  they  are  of  grotesque  type,  or  are  engraved  from  special  design, 
the  cost  of  this  extra  work  should  be  added  as  one  of  the  items  of  composition.  It 
is  injudicious  to  charge  such  engraving  specifically. 

Cards  Composed  in  Circles  or  Diagonal  Borders,  or  in  any  deviation  from 
the  regular  usage,  should  be  at  about  double  price  for  composition. 

Long  and  Narrow  Shapes,  set  the  narrow  way,  require  an  unusual  amount  of 
composition.  An  addition  of  one-half  to  the  price  of  the  regular  shape  would  be 
just  for  most  cards  of  this  form. 


PRESSWORK   OF    SHOW   CARDS. 

These  are  the  average  prices  of  good  type  work,  but  like  the  prices  of  composi- 
tion they  should  be  used  with  discretion.  The  heading  Show  Cards  includes  a  wide 
range  of  work  of  great  irregularity.  When  a  Show  Card  is  composed  with  but 
little  more  care  than  a  Poster,  and  is  printed  on  a  Thin  Blank,  with  ordinary  news 
ink,  it  need  not  be  rated  at  more  than  50  per  cent,  advance  on  the  price  of  Posters.* 

Sizes  10,  12,  15,  16  to  Board. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

2OO. 

3OO. 

500. 

Every 
add  eel 
100. 

i  Every 
1000.  added 
1000. 

Black                 

*1   OD 

$1.35 

$1.75 

S2.50 

$  .30 

$4.00:$3.00 

Blue  
Red  

1.50 
1.50 

1.90 
2.00 

2.25 
2.50 

3.00 
3.50 

.40 
.50 

5.00     4.00 
6.00     5.00 

Gold  .    . 

2.00 

2.80 

3.50 

5.00 

.80 

9.00;   8.00 

Every  added  Color  
Black  and  Red  

1.25 
3.00 

1.75 
3.80 

2.25 
4.60 

3.00 
6.20 

.40 
.75 

5.00  :   5.00 
10.00!   9.00 

*  This  advance  of  SO  per  cent,  is  really  needed  to  compensate  for  the  slower  speed  of  the  press, 
ml  the  greater  cure  required  in  handling;. 


i>38 


SHO"VV    CARDS. 


The  prices  of  the  following  tables  are  for  Ordinary  Presswork  only. 
Sizes  5,  6,  8,  9  to  Board. 


Color  of  Ink. 


100.      200.      3OO.      5OO. 


Every 

added 

1OO. 


1000.  added 
1000. 


Black $  $  $ 

Blue 

Red 

Gold 

Every  added  Color 

Black  and  Red 

Sizes  3  or  4  to  Board. 

Every  Every 

Color  of  Ink.                   1OO.      2OO.     3OO.      5OO.  iadded  1OOO.  added 

1OO.  10OO. 

I ]_ 

Black 

Blue 

Red 

Gold 

Every  added  Color 
Black  and  Red .... 

Two  to  Board,  IS1^  x  21  inches. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.      2OO.      3OO.      5OO.    ad^edlOOO. 

1OO.  1OOO 

Black $          $ 

Blue 

Red 

Gold 

Every  added  Color. 
Black  and  Red 

Full  Board,  21  x  27  inches. 

Everv  Everv 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.      2OO.      3OO.     5OO.    added      1OOO.       added 

100.  100O. 

Black 

Blue 

Red 

Gold 

Every  added  Color. . . 
i  Black  and  Red... 


SHOW    CARDS. 


The  prices  of  the  following  tables  are  for  Ordinary  Presswork  only. 
Sizes  5,  6,  8,  9  to  Board. 


Color  of  Ink.                   1OO. 

200. 

30O. 

5OO. 

Every 
added 
10O. 

10OO. 

Every 
added 
1OOO. 

Black.                                       $1  50 

$1.90 

$2  30 

$3.00 

$   .40 

15.00 

$4.00 

Blue  2.00 

2.50 

3.10 

4.00 

.60 

7.00 

6.00 

Red                2.00 

2.80 

3.60 

5.00 

.80 

9.00 

8.00 

Gold                                         3  00 

4.00 

5  00 

7.00 

1  00 

12.00 

10.00 

Every  added  Color  2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

3.75 

.45 

6.00 

5.00 

Black  and  Red.              .    .    3.50 

4.75 

5.75 

7.75 

1.25 

14.00 

12.50 

Sizes  3  or  4  to  Board. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

20O. 

3OO. 

5OO. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1OOO. 

Everv 
added 
1OOO. 

Black 

$1  50 

$2  00 

.*•<;  fio 

$3  50 

$   .50 

$6.00 

.- 

Blue.                 

2.00 

2.65 

3.25 

4.50 

.70 

8.00 

7.00 

Red                         

2.00 

3.00 

3.80 

5.50 

.90 

10.00 

9.00 

Gold  .             

3.00 

4.25 

5.50 

7.75 

1.25 

14.00 

12.50 

Every  added  Color  
Black  and  Red 

2.00 
4  00- 

2.65 
5  25 

3.25 
6  50 

4.50 
9.00 

.70 
1  40 

8.00 
16  00 

7.00 

14  on 

Two  to  Board,  13*6  x  21  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

20O. 

300. 

500. 

Every 
added 
1OO. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Black.               

$2.00 
2.50 
3.00 
3.50 
2.50 
5.00 

s-J.GO 
3.35 
4.50 
5.00 
3.30 
6.35 

$3.25 
4.10 
6.00 
7.00 
4.10 
7.70 

$4.50 
5.75 
8.00 
10.00 
5.75 
10.50 

$  .60 
.85 
1.40 
1.60 
.85 
2.00 

$7.50 
10.00 
15.00 
18.00 
10.00 
20.00 

$6.50 
9.00 
14.00 
16.00 
10.00 
18.00 

Blue.                                .    . 

Red  .  .              

Gold  

Every  added  Color 

Black  and  Red.. 

Full  Board,  21  x  27  inches. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

2OO. 

300. 

500. 

Everv 
added 
1OO. 

1000. 

Everv 
added 
1000. 

Black  

$2.50 
3.00 
4.00 
5.00 
3.00 
6.00 

$3.35 
4.25 
5.60 

7.00 
4.00 
8.50 

$4.10 
5.75 
7.20 
9.00 
5.00 
11.00 

$5.75 
8.00 
11.00 
13.00 
7.00 
15.00 

$  .85 
1.40 
1.80 
2.40 
1.00 
3.00 

$10.00 
15.00 
20.00 
25.00 

]-,'  M.I 

30.00 

$10.00 
14.00 
18.00 

12.00 

•r.  mi 

Blue. 

Red  

Gold                      

Every  added  Color  .  . 
Black  and  Red  .  . 

240  SHOW    CARDS. 


SHOW    CAKDS. 


Enamelled  Boards  are  seldom  used  for  large  Show  Cards,  and  it  is  not  worth 
while  to  give  a  special  table  of  prices  therefor.  If  such  stock  is  selected,  the  labor 
of  presswork  will  be  increased  not  less  than  one-fourth  —  in  many  cases,  fully  one- 
half.  As  a  general  rule,  an  addition  of  one-third  to  the  table  prices  will  be  required. 

The  quality  of  the  card  board  should  control  the  price  Of  labor.  Unseasoned 
Satms,  flaky  Enamelled,  and  unevenly  thick  or  knotty  Printers  are  specially  objec- 
tionable. These  imperfections  are  found  in  both  classes  ;  it  is,  therefore,  not  judic- 
ious to  make  a  distinction  in  price  between  Soft  and  Hard  surfaces. 

The  Amount  and  Value  of  the  Tnir  Consumed  constitute  a  greater  irregu- 
larity. In  the  tables,  the  extra  price  charged  for  Colored  ink  over  Black  ink  is  for 
the  extra  value  of  the  color  and  the  additional  labor  required.  For  Show  Cards  it  is 
necessary  to  use  much  finer  inks  than  for  Posters.  Black  from  §1.00  to  $5.00,  Blue 
from  81  .  00  to  §3  .  00,  aud  Red  from  $5  .  00  to  $20  .  00,  indicate  the  higher  range  of  cost. 
But  the  value  of  color  used  is  unequal.  Of  two  Show  Cards  of  same  size,  one  may 
consume  but  one  pound  of  ink,  while  the  other  will  consume  three  pounds.  The 
prices  here  given  are  for  the  average  consumption  of  good  colors.  When  it  is 
obvious  that  the  amount  of  color  used  will  be  trivial,  or  when  very  cheap  colors  are 
selected,  the  prices  may  be  reduced.  By  the  same  rule,  it  will  be  necessary  to 
advance  the  prices  when  the  colors  are  unusually  expensive,  or  when  there  is  an 
excessive  amount  of  ordinary  color.  The  prices  given  will  suit  the  average  of  work. 
They  do  not  allow  for  the  use  of  any  ink  costing  over  $2.00  per  pound.  Inks  of 
higher  price  are  frequently  wanted,  and  when  furnished  should  advance  the  cost 
of  the  work  in  proportion.  For  example  :  The  price  of  1000,  21  x  27  inches,  in  Red, 
is  820.00,  of  which  $10.00  represents  the  value  of  the  five  pounds  of  ink  that  will  be 
used.  If  Red  at  $5.00  is  required,  the  value  of  the  ink  consumed  will  be  $25.00,  or 
815.00  in  excess  of  the  allowance.  The  price  for  such  a  Red  should  be  $35.00. 

Show  Cards  in  Many  Colors.  The  prices  of  presswork  given  for  each  color 
are  for  cards  exclusively  in  that  color.  Where  two  colors  are  printed  on  the  same 
card,  the  quantity  of  color  used  is  (in  type  work  not  trapped  or  blended),  but  little 
greater  than  that  required  for  one  color.  But  the  value  of  the  labor  is  more  than 
doubled,  and  fairly  offsets  all  the  saving  of  color.  Where  three  or  four  colors  are 
used  in  a  type  Show  Card,  not  requiring  great  accuracy  of  register,  some  allowance 
may  be  made  for  the  saving  of  color.  For  example  :  The  price  of  1000  cards,  21  x  27 
inches,  all  in  Red  ink,  is  $20.00.  Of  this  sum,  $10.00  is  allowed  for  work  aud  810.00 
tor  ink.  If  the  card  is  in  four  colors,  and  the  amount  of  Red  used  is  one-third 
of  the  whole  amount,  about  one-third,  or  $3.50,  should  be  deducted  from  the  price, 
making  it  $16.50,  instead  of  $20.00.  But  if  a  very  exact  registry  of  Red  is  required, 
as  for  lines  of  letters  in  two  colors,  then  the  price  should  be  retained  at  $20.00.  The 
irregular  manner  in  which  color  forms  are  divided,  and  the  unequal  quantities  of 
ink  used,  make  it  impracticable  to  offer  absolute  prices  and  rules. 

Dividing  a  Form  for  Colors  can  be  rated  only  by  time.  For  picking  out  and 
making-up  a  few  straight  lines  in  one  form,  $1.00  may  be  enough;  for  makiug-up  a 
form  with  curved  letters  in  two  colors,  $5.00  may  be  too  little. 

Flat  Tint  Plates,  or  Engraved  Blocks  of  any  kind  on  wood  or  metal,  should  be 
at  higher  price  than  ordinary  type  work.  When  printed  in  gray  or  dull  tints,  the 
price  should  be  about  one-half  more  than  for  Black:  if  in  bright  color  from  one-half 
more  to  double  that  of  the  same  bright  color  on  type. 

Dry  Color  Work.'  The  price  for  Show  Cards  in  dry  color  of  any  kind  should  be 
at  least  four  times  the  price  of  Black.  The  colors  are  not  expensive,  but  the  ordi- 
nary method  of  applying  them  is  both  tedious  and  unhealthy,  as  well  as  damaging 
to  paper  and  presses.  The  use  of  dry  color  is  a  specialty  with  a  few  printers,  who 
do  the  work  in  an  air-tight  room,  and  with  appropriate  machinery.  Most  printers 
find  it  necessary  to  decline  orders  for  this  work  at  any  price. 

Flock  Printing.  This  kind  of  work  is  not  so  unhealthy,  but  is  as  disagreeable 
as  any  dry  color  work.  Orders  are  accepted  only  by  those  printers  who  make  it  a 
specialty.  The  pi-ices  are  irregular,  and  are  made  to  include  the  cost  of  engraving. 
The  value  of  presswork  may  be  rated  at  five  times  the  price  of  Black. 

Crystals  and  Spangles  cost  more  and  waste  more  than  Flock,  and  are  made  to 
adhere  with  more  difficulty.  The  value  'of  presswork  varies  from  six  to  eight  times 
that  of  Black. 

"Wood  Cuts  on  thick  and  hard  card  board  cannot  be  treated  as  well  as  on  paper 
The  extra  time  of  making  overlays  should  be  added. 


242  SHOW    CARDS. 


SHOW   CARDS. 


243 


ORNAMENTAL    SHOW    CARDS. 

It  is  not  practicable  to  print  a  satisfactory  Show  Card  in  many  colors  exclusively 
•with  type.  Types  are  too  precise  and  too  inflexible  to  be  bent  in  curves  of  graceful 
irregularity.  It  is  as  necessary  to  bend  single  letters  as  full  lines.  For  the  finest 
work,  assistance  must  be  sought  from  the  Engraver. 

For  a  simple  arrangement  of  matter,  the  special  engraving  of  one  or  two  lines 
may  be  sufficient  to  relieve  the  stiffness  of  type.  The  addition  of  a  ground  tint 
with  lights,  or  of  shadows  or  tints  to  ornamental  letter,  will  often  be  enough. 

For  a  strictly  first-class  Show  Card,  the  entire  work,  or  at  least  all  the  display 
work,  should  be  engraved.  For  a  small  edition,  Lithography  should  be  preferred. 
•For  a  large  edition  of  probable  frequent  recurrence,  the  work  should  be  engraved 
in  relief,  and  on  type  metal.  The  value  of  this  engraving  will  depend  upon  the 
plainness  or  elaboration  of  the  work,  the  reputation  of  the  designer,  and  the  num- 
ber of  colors  required.  The  following  table  will  give  a  notion  of  the  comparative 
value  of  different  sizes  and  styles. 

Type  Metal  should  be  preferred  over  Wood.  It  saves  the  cost  of  electrotyping ; 
it  does  not  shrink  or  warp ;  and  it  enables  the  pressman  to  produce  exact  register. 

ENGRAVING  CARDS  ON  TYPE  METAL. 

Prices  of  this  table  are  for  the  KET-BLOCK,  or  the  one  that  contains  the  most 
engraving.  They  are  for  Lettering  and  Ornament  only.  All  Pictures  at  extra  price. 


Style  of  "Work. 

Size 
9x10 

inches. 

Size 
10x13 

inches. 

Size 
13x21 

inches. 

Size 
21x27 

inches. 

Plain,  few  letters,  Rough  work  . 

$10®15 

$15®20 

$25®  40 

$50®  75 

Ornamented,  much  lett'g,  Fair  // 

20®  30 

25®  40 

45®  60 

75®  100 

Elaborate,  profuse  lett'g,  Pine  /> 
COLOR  PLATES,  each  .  . 

40®  60 
$6®  20 

50®75 
*10@30 

75®  100 
*122>  50 

100®150 
*25®  75 

Type  Metal  Tint  Plates  are  sold  for  40  cents  per  pound,  which  is  equivalent 
to  a  little  less  than  3  cents  per  square  inch.  When  properly  blocked  on  prepared 
wood,  and  banded  with  brass,  they  should  be  rated  at  6  cents  per  square  inch. 

Cutting  Lights  out  of  a  tint  plate,  if  lights  are  not  too  profusely  used,  is  often 
but  a  trivial  expense,  and  will  materially  add  to  the  effect  of  the  work. 

MOUNTING   ON   BOARDS. 

Show  Cards  are  sometimes  made  by  mounting  printed  paper  on  tar  or  straw 
board.  The  Printing  is  done  at  less  expense,  and,  when  wood  cuts  are  used,  some- 
times with  superior  effect.  The  advantages  sought  are  greater  cheapness  and 
strength.  A  grave  objection  against  the  process  is  the  increased  liability  of  the 
board  to  warp,  which  is  rarely  ever  effectually  prevented. 

Cost  of  Mounting-  Paper  on  Boards,  in  Quantities. 


Items. 

13x21 

inches. 

19x24 

inches. 

21x27 

inches. 

24x38 

inches. 

Labor,  etc.  of  Mounting  100  copies.  . 

$2.00 

$3.00 

$3.00 

$4.00 

Thin  Straw  Board,  No.  60,  „       //     .  . 

1.75 

3.50 

3.50 

4.85 

Thick  Straw  Board,  No.  25,  «        /-     .  . 

4.20 

8.62 

8.62 

11.50 

Thin  Tar  Board,  No.  60,      «        //     .  . 

2.87 

5.75 

5.75 

Thick  Tar  Board,  No.  25,    //        //     .  . 

7.00 

20.00 

20.00 

These  prices  are  for  plainest  work.  No  allowance  made  for  eyelets  or  bordered 
edge.  Tar  Board,  sufficiently  good  for  this  purpose,  is  calculated  at  $6.90  per  100 
pounds:  Straw  Board  at  85  30  per  100  pounds. 


244  SHOW    CARDS. 


SHOW    CARDS. 


'245 


MOUNTING   ON   STRETCHERS. 

Covered  Wood  Frame,  decorated  Paper  Border  and  Enamel  Finish,  in  quantities. 


Qualities. 

Size 
12x19 

inches. 

Size 
19x24 

inches- 

Size 
22x28 

inches. 

Size 
24x38 

inches. 

Paper  Back  oak  border   .     .  .     each 

22 

35 

.40 

65 

Muslin  Back,  ornamented  border   .  . 

.30 

.40 

.45 

.75 

Eyeletting.  For  a  simple  eyelet  and  tape  loop,  the  price  should  be  $7.50  per 
1000;  for  double  eyelets  and  tape  loop  $12.50  per  1000.  One  hundred  only  about 
double  price.  Inserting  Suspension  Rings,  from  §6.00  to  §10.00  per  1000,  accord- 
ing to  thickness  and  quality. 

ESTIMATES  FOR   100O  SHOW  CARDS  IN  COLORS. 


Items. 

10x13 

inches. 
3  Colors. 
All  Type. 
Plain. 

10x13 

inches. 
5  Colors. 
Some 
Engraving. 

13x21 

inches. 
3  Colors. 
All  Type. 

13x21 

inches. 
5  Colors. 
Much 
Engraving. 

21x27 

inches. 
6  Colors. 
All 
Engraved, 

Composition           

$2.50 

$5.00 

$7.50 

$7.50 

Dividing  Forms  for  Colors  .  . 
Engraving  Key-Block 

1.50 

3.00 
10  00 

2.50 

5.00 
40  00 

$7.50 
100  00 

Color  Plates  and  Transfers.  . 

70.00 

200  00 

Trial  Proofs,  etc. 

3  75 

10  00 

15  00 

Cards,  Railroad  

37.50 

37.50 

75.00 

75.00 

150.00 

Presswork,  Black  

6.00 

6.00 

7.50 

7  50 

10  00 

Blue  

8.00 

8.00 

10.00 

10.00 

*12.00 

Red. 

10  00 

10  00 

*12  00 

12  50 

*15  00 

Gold  

14.00 

16.00 

*18  00 

Gray  tint  

10.00 

10.00 

15  00 

Yellow. 

10  00 

10  00 

Suspension  Rings  

8.00 

8.00 

8.00 

8.00 

8  00 

Total  

$73.50 

$115.25 

$122.50 

$281.50 

$560  50 

*  See  Note,  Show  Cards  In  Many  Colors,  on  page  241. 

On  a  second  edition  of  One  thousand  of  the  qualitiea  specified  in  the  t 
columns,  there  would  he  no  charge  for  engraving,  and  the  price  of  eve: 
thousand  would  he  reduced  more  than  one-half. 

LITHOGRAPHED    SHOW    CARDS. 

For  the  Finest  "Work,  it  is  expedient  to  use  Lithography,  especially  for  pictures 
or  ornaments  in  which  blended  colors  or  tints  are  required. 

The  Value  of  Designing  and  Engraving  is  too  irregular  to  be  priced  even 
approximatively.  The  cost  of  Engraving  ordinary  work  on  Stone  is  rather  less 
than  on  Wood.  On  really  first-class  work,  it  is  much  more.  The  cost  of  Prmtiu<> 
in  the  usual  way  on  Hand  Press  is  much  greater  than  for  Relief  work. 

The  regular  rate  for  printing  a  sheet  of  22  x  28  inches  is  £5.00  per  100  impres- 
sions for  each  color,  except  gold,  which  is  always  extra.  Some  Lithographers  use 
relief  plates  for  the  flat  and  plain  tints  or  colors,  and  print  them  on  the  typo- 
graphic cylinder  press.  Steam  lithographic  machines  are  also  used  for  some,  aud 
sometimes  for  all,  colors.  The  prices  consequently  are  exceedingly  irregular. 


246 


REGULAR  FOLDS  OF  LABEL  PAPERS. 


Flat  Letter. 

Folio  Post. 

Medium. 

Double  Cap. 

10  x  16  inches. 

17  X  22  inches. 

19  x  24  inches. 

17  X  28  inches. 

To  SI 

icet.      Inches. 

To  Sheet      Inches. 

To  She 

et.      Inches. 

To  Sheet.      Inches. 

2.... 

.  .  .  .   8      X  10 

2  11      X17 

2.... 

...12      X  19 

2  14      X  17 

3.... 

....   5%  X10 

3  7k.  X  17 

3.... 

.    .   8      X  19 

3  9Js  X  17 

4.... 

....   5X8 

4  8k.Xll 

4 

.  .  .   9k.  x  12 

4  8}A  X  14 

L     5.... 

.  .  .  .   3k  X  10 

^  5  4%  X17 

5  

.  .   434  X  19 

5  5k  X  17 

fr   5"     6.... 

....ftf%X"/5) 

*6  754  X    8^ 

6.... 

...8      X    9^ 

6  8^  X    9!j 

8.... 

.  .  .  .  V  x  5 

8  5k  X    8^ 

8  

..6     X    9% 

8  7      X    8k 

9.... 

....  354  X    5>s 

9  5%  X    7M 

9  

.     654  X    8 

9  5?a  X    9>j 

i     10... 

....  3^j  X    5 

10  4%  X    8% 

10... 

.  .  434  X    9% 

10  5k  X    8k 

12... 

.  ...  2k,  x    5% 

12  4J|  X    754 

12... 

.  .  434  X    8 

12  4?6  X    8k 

Jj   15... 

•  ...  3%  X    3fc 

15  436  X    5?a 

15... 

..  4%  X    6>j 

15  5%  X    5H> 

16... 

....  2k.  x    4 

16  4J|  X    5J£ 

16... 

.  .  4?4  X    6 

16  4>4  X    7 

18... 

.  ...  2%  X    354 

18  3%  X    5% 

18... 

...4      X    6}^ 

18  4%  X    5?i 

20... 

.  ...  2J£  X    354 

20  4%  X    4% 

20... 

.  .  .  4%  X    4^4 

20  4Jj  X    5k 

24... 

...  2%  X    2^ 

24  3%  X    4^ 

24... 

..4      X    454 

24  4Ji  X    4% 

32... 

....2      X    2% 

32  234  X    4Ji 

32... 

..3      X    4% 

32  3%  X    4Jl 

36... 

.  ...   1%  X    2% 

36  2%  X    3% 

36... 

...   3>fi  X    4 

36  254  X    4?i 

?„    40... 

....   l^X    2k 

48  2*6  X    3% 

48... 

...  2%  X    4 

48  2Ji  x    434 

i--£-48... 

.  .  .  .  l\  X    256*, 

64  2Jj  X    23* 

64... 

.  .  2%  X    3 

64  2%  X    3k 

64... 

....   Hi  X    2     ! 

72  1%  X    2?6 

72.... 

..2      X    3h; 

72  2J-3  X    2?4 

72... 

....  154  X    1% 

96  1%  X    2% 

96... 

...2      X    2?j 

96  2Jg  X    254 

5'-    80... 

....   1*  X    1% 

128  1%  X    25s 

128... 

..   1%  X    1\ 

128  1?4  x    2*6 

'     96... 

....   Ik  X    1J$    ' 

144  1%  X    1% 

144.. 

..   1%  X    2 

144  l?aX    2>4 

128.. 

....   1      X    Ifc 

192  \\  X    1% 

192.. 

...   1%  X    2 

192  1      X    2% 

256  1      X    1% 

256.. 

..'.    IJg  X    IJjj 

256  1      x    Hi 

Flat  Cap. 

Check  Folio. 

Royal. 

Super  Royal. 

14  x  IT  inches. 

17  X  24  inches. 

20  x  24  inches. 

22  x  28  inches. 

To  Sheet      Inches. 

To  Sheet.      Inches. 

To  Sheet.      Inches. 

To  Sheet      Inches. 

2  

.  .  .  .  8k.  X  14 

2  12      X17 

2  

..12     X20 

2  14      X  22 

3.... 

.  .  .  .  5%  X  14 

3  8      X17 

3  

.  .  8      X  20 

3  954  X  22 

4.... 

....7      X    8^ 

4  8k,  x  12 

4.  .  .  .' 

.  .  .  10      X  12 

4    11       X14 

5.... 

....  3%  X14 

5  434  X  17 

5.... 

.  .  .  4?4  X  20 

5  5^  X  22 

6.... 

.  .  .  .   5%  X    7 

6  8      X    8k. 

6  

.  .   8      X  10 

6  9%  x  11 

8.... 

....  4Ji  X    7 

8  6      X    8J& 

8.... 

,  ...  «      X  10 

8  7      X  11 

9.... 

....  4%  X    5% 

9  5%  X    8 

9  

.  .  6*3  X    8 

9  7J4  X    954 

10... 

....  3%  X    7 

10  4%  X    8J6 

10... 

.  .  .   4%  X  10 

10  5J6  X  11 

12... 

.  ...   3k,  X    5% 

12  4J4  X    8 

12... 

...5      X    8 

12  5JA  X    9^4 

15... 

.  ...   3%  X    4% 

15  434  X    5% 

15... 

.  .  .  434  X    62i 

15  5%  X    754 

16... 

.  ...  3k,  X    4J| 

16  434  X    6 

16... 

...5      X    6 

16  5k  X    7 

18... 

.  .  .  .  Z\  X    4% 

18  4      X    5% 

18... 

..4      X    6% 

18  4?a  X    714 

20.    . 

....  3k.  X    3% 

20  4k  X    4?i 

20.... 

..  4%  X    5 

20  5%  X    5% 

24... 

.  ...  234  X    3>* 

24  4      X    *k 

24.... 

..4      X    5 

24  4?j  X    5k 

32... 

....  2^  X    3M 

32  3      X    434 

32... 

..3      X    5 

32  3^  X    5k 

36... 

.  ...  254  X    2?4 

36  2%  X    4 

36... 

.  .  3}$  X    4 

36  3?i  X    4=3 

40... 

....   1%  X    3^ 

48  2%X    4 

48... 

.  .  .  2k.  x    4 

48  2?4  x    4?3 

48... 

.  .  .  .  \\  X    234 

64  2%  X    3 

64... 

2k  X    3 

64  2?4  X    3^ 

64... 

....  \\  X    2* 

72  2      X    2?4 

72... 

...  2     x    3?4 

72  2J4  X    3?3 

72... 

....  1%X    2>4 

96  2      X    25g 

96... 

...2      X    2% 

96  254  X    2% 

80... 

.  ...   1%  X    134 

128  1*6  X    2% 

128.. 

..  1%  X    2% 

128  1%  X    234 

96... 

....  13JX    1* 

144  13,  X    2 

144.. 

.  ..   1%  X    2 

144  1?4  X    254 

128.. 

.  ...   1      X    1?4 

192  1      X    2 

192.. 

..  .  IJi  X    2 

192  13s  X    254 

144.. 

....  1*  X    1% 

256  1      X    1^ 

256.. 

.  ..  IM  x  \\ 

256  1%  X    13i 

192.. 

....     \X    1% 

288  1      X    1% 

288.. 

...   1       X    1% 

288  1      X    134 

Intermediate  sizes  of  similar  proportions  may  be  rated  as  of  the  next  larger  size. 

Ames'  Paper  and  Card  Scale — a  diagram  that  shows  at  a  glance  the  folds  of  all 
Regular  papers  from  Flat  Letter  to  Imperial — will  he  found  of  great  service  in  deter- 
mining the  exact  amount  of  paper  required  tor  Irregular  as  well  as  Regular  sizes. 


LABELS. 


247 


At  usual  rates,  the  value  of  1000  Show  Cards  22  x  28  inches,  in  six  colors,  with 
picture,  or  pictorial  embellishments,  would  be  about  75  cents  each.  A  simple  design, 
with  little  engraving,  in  about  four  colors,  could  be  done  for  60  cents,  or  less;  a 
superior  design,  with  much  extra  work,  might  exceed  $1.00  per  copy.  Two,  three 
and  even  five  dollars  per  copy  are  common  prices  for  the  best  work  in  short  editions. 

Card  Boards  are  objectionable.  For  the  nicest  work,  lithographers  prefer  the 
thickest  and  the  finest  Plate  paper,  which  is  to  be  had  only  to  order.  Medium, 
19  X  24  inches,  150  pounds  to  the  ream,  and  Super  Royal,  22  x  28  inches,  220  pounds, 
are  the  usual  thicknesses,  which  may  be  rated  at  12  and  18  cents  per  sheet. 

When  Cards  are  mounted  on  Stretchers,  or  put  in  Frames,  very  thick  paper  or 
card  board  is  not  required. 


LABELS. 


For  this  class  of  work,  all  sizes  and  many  qualities  of  Printing,  Writing,  and 
Enamelled  papers  are  used.  For  common  Labels,  the  size  24  by  38  inches  offers 
the  greatest  variety  of  qualities,  from  the  cheapest  News  to  the  best  Book  paper. 
For  fine  Labels,  the  size  2O  by  24  inches  is  that  of  the  finest  Colored  Printing 
and  also  of  the  Painted  or  Enamelled  papers.  For  Labels  for  writing-,  the  size 
17  by  22  inches  presents  the  best  assortment  of  suitable  thickness  and  price. 

There  are  no  sizes  that  can  be  called  Usual.  The  table  on  annexed  page  gives  the 
dimensions  of  regular  folds  of  all  useful  papers.  Requisitions  will  be  made  for 
special  purposes  for  many  sizes  not  therein  specified.  When  it  can  be  done,  it  will 
be  found  economical  to  have  rules  cut  to  suit  some  of  these  folds,  in  a  regular 
graduation  of  sizes. 

VALUE  OF  LABEL  PAPER  PER  REAM. 


White  Printing. 

24  x  38  inches. 

News,  fair  quality $5 . 00 

Book,  thin 6.00 

Book,  thicker 8.00 

Calendered,  common 9 . 00 

Calendered,  fine 10.00 

Calendered,  super 12 . 00 

Calendered,  thick 15.00 

Colored  Printing:. 
24  X  38  inches. 

News  Stock,  thin $6.00 

NV\vs  Stock,  thick 8.00 

White  Printing-. 

20  X  24  inches. 
Fine  Calendered 6.00 

Colored  Printing-. 
20  x  24  inches. 

Fine  Glazed,  thin $6.00 

Fine  Glazed,  thick. .  .  . .   9.00 


Plated  and  Enamelled. 
20  x  24  inches. 

Inferior  Qualities $9.00 

Ordinary  Colors,  thin 10.00 

Fine  Colors,  thin 15.00 

Superior  Colors, 20,00 

Writing  Papers. 
17  x  22  inches. 

Belgian 11  16 $3.30 

14  16 4.20 

Engine-sized  .  .14  ft 4.20 

..16  16 4.80 

Tub-sized  M..  .14  16 5.50 

"...1616 6.25 

»...18  16 7.00 

«...20  16 7.75 

Exchange  Folio 12.00 

Thin  Bond-paper 14 . 00 

Super  French  Folio 10.00 

Fantaisie  Folio...  ..12.00 


Sizes  are  too  numerous  and  too  irregular  to  allow  of  a  table  for  the  ralue  of 
paper  per  1000  Labels.  To  ascertain  the  value  per  1000  •  first  determine  the  price 
per  ream  of  the  paper  selected ;  then  find  how  many  can  be  got  out  of  a  sheet ; 
then  consult  the  Tables  of  Fractional  Sizes  of  Paper.  See  also  page  39. 


248 


Size  of  Label. 

Plainest  Style. 
Strip  Rule. 
Little  Matter. 
No  Ornament. 

Ordinary  Stvle. 
Mitred  Rules. 
Common  Matter. 
Little  Ornam't. 

Fine  Style. 
Special  Mitres. 
Fine  Tyjie. 
Much  Ornam't. 

Elaborate  Comb. 
Border,  with  Ex 
cess  of  Matter 
or  Ornament. 

128  to  Sheet 

$           © 

$           © 

$           @ 

$            ® 

96  ©  48  to  sheet. 
32  ®  16  to  sheet. 
12  to  sheet.  .  .  . 

© 
@ 
© 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 
@ 

® 
© 

$ 

8  «      "     

© 

© 

© 

© 

6  // 

© 

® 

© 

© 

4  " 
2  "      «     . 

© 
© 

@ 
@ 

© 
© 

© 

® 

ELiECTKOTYPING 

Part  of  Sheet.        Square  Inches.               Price. 

128  2Vi  $ 

AND    BLOCKING. 

Tart  of  Sheet.        Square  luches. 

24                        U 

96 

.  .  .  .     3V4 

16 

20 

80 

•    4 

12 

27 

72 

4^8 

8 

40        ... 

64 

5 

6 

.54     

48 

4    

80     

32 

..10     . 

2    . 

.  .  160     . 

LABELS. 


249 


COMPOSITION    OF   LABELS. 

As  the  sizes  24  x  38  inches,  and  its  approximate  halt'  size  20  x  24  inches,  are  most 
used  for  Lahels,  prices  for  composition  will  be  made  for  the  principal  fractious  of 
these  sizes.  For  other  papers  use  the  printed  price  for  the  nearest  size.  The  Index 
Figures  in  antique  represent  the  fractions  of  a  sheet  20  x  24  or  19  X  24  inches. 

The  amount  of  work  on  Labels  is  very  unequal,  and  it  is  difficult  to  make  an 
acceptable  classification.  The  four  graduations  of  prices  given  below  will  give  a 
notion  of  comparative  values.  But  there  are  many  kinds  that  are  not  fairly  in- 
cluded in  any  of  these  classifications.  All  the  prices  must  be  used  with  caution ; 
some  Labels  are  worth  much  more  and  others  less  than  the  printed  prices.  They 
should  be  tested  by  time  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  per  hour,  with  proper  allowance 
for  cutting  of  rules  and  for  use  of  fine  type. 


Size  of  Label. 

Plainest  Style. 
Strip  Rule. 
Little  Matter. 
Xo  Ornament. 

Ordinary  Stvle. 
Mitred  Rules. 

Little  Ornam't. 

Fine  Style. 
Special  Mitres. 
Fine  Type. 
Much  Ornam't 

Elaborate  Comb. 
Border,  with  Ex- 
cess of  Matter 
or  Ornament. 

128  to  Sheet 

$    .25®     .40 

$    50®     75 

$1    00®1    50 

$1  50®2  00 

96  'a  48  to  sheet. 
32  -2  16  to  sheet. 
12  to  sheet  
8          «     

.40®   .60 
.60®   .90 
.75®!.  00 
.90®  1.25 

.75®!.  00 
1.00®1.  50 
1.25®2.20 
1.50®2.50 

1.50®2.00 
2.00®3.00 
2.50®3.50 
3.00®4.00 

2.00®3.00 
4.00®5.00 
5.00®6.00 
6.00®7.50 

6 

1.00@1.50 

1.75®2.75 

3.50®4  50 

7.00®9  00 

4  « 

1.25®1.75 

2.00®3  00 

4.00®5  00 

8  00®10  00 

2  // 

1.50®2.25 

2.50®4.00 

5.00®7.00 

10.00®15.00 

The  quality  of  paper  selected  is  often  a  fair  index  to  the  value  of  composition : 
for  common  paper,  common  work;  for  enamelled  paper,  fine  work. 

When  many  plain  Labels  of  exactly  the  same  kind  are  set  up,  to  save  presswork, 
the  price  of  composition  may  be  reduced,  if,  as  is  probable,  the  composition  can  be 
done  at  less  cost.  If  the  Labels  are  of  different  matter  or  size  there  can  be  no 
economy,  and  there  should  be  no  reduction. 

Circles,  Ovals,  Octagons.  Shields,  Curved  Heads,  Double-Rule  Borders,  and 
all  similar  work  requiring  double  justification,  should  be  rated  at  about  double 
price  for  composition. 

The  Making-up  of  a  form  of  Labels,  of  irregular  sizes  and  shapes,  is  often  a 
serious  expense.  It  can  seldom  be  charged  specifically.  Time  so  spent  should  be 
added  to  that  of  Composition  or  Presswork,  as  may  be  most  expedient. 


E  LEG  TROT  YPINQ 

Part  of  Sheet.         Square  Inches.                Price. 

128  2*6  $  .50 

AND   BLOCKING. 

Part  of  Sheet.        Square  Inches. 
24                                14 

Price 

$1  05 

96  
80  

3V4  
4     

..      .55 
..     .60 

16  

20 

..   1  30 

12 

27 

1  62 

72  

4%  

..      .65 

8 

40 

2  40 

64 

5     

70 

6 

54 

3  24 

48 

.  .  7 

75         4 

80 

4  80 

32 

..10     . 

.85         2    . 

..160     . 

.   9.60 

A  large  order  for  Labels  can  be  done  with  proper  economy  only  with  the  aid  of 
Electrotyping.  Where  the  composition  is  difficult,  it  is  much  cheaper  to  electrotype 
than  to  reset. 

Mortising  in  Borders,  from  10  to  25  cents  each,  according  to  size  and  shape. 

Alterations  on  Small  Labels  may  be  averaged  at  25  cents  each.  If  not  done 
with  system,  they  will  cost  much  more. 


Sheet  6x9  inches,  or  smaller.    One  or  more  Labels. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O 

Impress. 

25O 

Impress. 

5OO 

Impress. 

75O 

Impress. 

100O 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

per  1000. 

Black  at       cents  per  lb  . 
Blue  at  $         

$   ^^~ 

*,f0 

$,(,- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Red  at  $ 

Black  and  Red  .  .  . 

All  Sizes  from  7xlOtollxl7  inches.    Common  Presswork. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

5OO       750 

Impress.  Impress. 

100O 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress. 
per  1000. 

per  lOOo! 

Black 

$    . 

I 

$ 

$ 

* 

$ 

$ 

Blue 

Red 

Black  and  Red.  .  . 

All  Sizes  from  12xl9tol?x22  inches.    Common  Presswork. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO 

Impress. 

25O 

Impress. 

500 

750 

Impress. 

1OOO 

Impress. 

per  lOOo! 

1O.OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  

Red  

Red  and  Black  . 

Size  19  x  24  inches.    Common  Presswork. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

500 

Impress. 

75O 

Impress. 

10OO 

Impress. 

per  1000. 

per  1000. 

Black  

$ 

$ 

S 

« 

$ 

$ 

Blue. 

Red. 

Red  and  Black  .  . 

LABELS. 


PKESSWORK  OF  COMMON  LABELS. 

Common  Work  on  Common  Paper. 

The  prices  of  the  following  tables  are  for  the  Common  Presswork  that  is  usually 
required  upon  common  News  and  Book  papers.  Forms  of  the  larger  sizes  are  sup- 
posed to  consist  of  stereotype  plates,  which  will  require  more  time  in  making- 
ready  than  moveable  type.  The  prices  for  short  numbers  are  the  usual  prices,  but 
they  are  not  enough. 

Sheet  6x9  inches,  or  smaller.    One  or  more  Labels. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

25O 
Impress. 

5OO 

Impress- 

75O 
Impress. 

1OOO 

Impress. 

50OO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

10.OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black  at  50  cents  per  ft  . 
Blue  at  $1  00 

$  .50 
.75 
.75 
1.50 

$  .75 
1.00 
1.20 
2.75 

$1.00 
1.25 
1.60 
2.75 

$1.25 
1.75 
2.10 
3.50 

$1.50 
2.00 
2.50 
4.00 

$1.25 

1.75 
2.00 
3.50 

11.35 

1.50 
2.00 
3.00 

Eed  at  $1  00 

Black  and  Red 

To  be  done  at  these  prices  with  any  hope  of  profit,  the  work  must  be  done  on 
small  treadle  presses,  by  boys.  For  the  work  of  men  and  the  use  of  cylinders,  take 
the  prices  of  the  nest  table. 

All  Sizes  from  7  x  10  to  11x17  inches.    Common  Press-work. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

500 

Impress. 

750 

Impress. 

100O 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

10.000 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black 

$  .75 
1.00 
1.00 
2.50 

£1.011 

1.20 
1.50 
3.00 

$1.25 
1.75 
2.50 
4.00 

$1.75 
2.40 
3.25 
5.00 

$2.00 
3.00 
4.00 
6.00 

$2.00 

2.75 
3.75 
5.50 

$2.00 

2.50 
3.50 

5  00 

Blue  

Red 

Black  and  Red 

All  Sizes  from  12xl9tol7x22  inches.    Common  Presswork. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO       25O 

Impress.  {Impress. 

5OO 

Impress. 

75O 

Impress. 

1OOO 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

10,000 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black  

$1.00 
1.25 
1.50 
3.00 

$1.25 
1.50 
2.00 
3.75 

$1.75 
2.50 
3.00 
4.50 

$2.10 
3.25 
4.00 
6.00 

$2.50 
4.00 
5.00* 
7.50 

$->.-Si 

3.50 
4.50 
7.00 

$2.00 
3.00 

4.00 
6.50 

Blue. 

Red  

Red  and  Black       

Size  19  x  24  inches.    Common  Press-work. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O 

Impress. 

25O 

Impress. 

50O 

Impress. 

750 

Impress. 

1000 

Impress. 

50OO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

lO.OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black. 

$1.25 
1.50 
2.00 
4.00 

$1.50 
2.00 
3.00 
5.00 

$2.00 
3.00 
5.00 
6.00 

$2.50 
4.00 
6.50 
8.00 

$3.00 
5.00 
8.00 
10.00 

$2.50 

4.50 
7.00 
9.00 

$2.00 
4.00 

7.00 
8.00 

Blue. 

Red  .     .  . 

Red  and  Black 

252  LABELS. 

Size  22  x  28  inches.    Common  Press  work. 


Color  of  Ink. 


1OO 

Impress. 


£>*n   !    ^nn      <?RC>   '•  inor.  '  5OO°     10.OOO 

1OOO    impress.     Impress. 

Impress.  Impress,  Impress.  Impress.  per  iQOO.    per  1000 


Black $  $ 

Blue 

Red 

Red  and  Black 

PBESSWOBK  OF  FINE  LABELS. 

Fine  Labels  on  Fine  Paper. 
Sizes  6x9  inches,  and  smaller.    Fine  Presswork. 

Color  Of  Ink.  1OO        25O       5OO       75O      1OOO  jimpres9>   Impress. 

Impress.  Impress.  Impress.  Impress.  Impress.  per  inooJ   per  1000. 

Black  at  $         per  ft ...  $          $          $          $ 

Blue  at  $  

Red  at  $  

Gold  at  $  

Two  Colors 

Sizes  7xlOtollxl7  inches.    Fine  Presswork. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO    ;    25O       5OO       75O      1OOO  ^impress.    Impress. 

Impress.  Impress.  Impress.  Impress.  Impress,  .per  1000.    IKT  1000. 

Black $          $         j$ 

Blue 

Red 

Gold 

Two  Colors 

Sizes  12  x  19  to  17  x  22  inches.    Fine  Presswork. 

T 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO       25O       5OO        

Impress. i Impress. 'Impress.  Impre88.jlnjpress.iper  iflOO.'   per  1000. 

Black $          $          $ 

Blue 

Red 

Gold 

Two  Colors 


LABELS. 

Size  22  x  28  inches.    Common  Presswork. 


253 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

25O 

Impress. 

5OO 

Impress, 

75O 

Impress. 

10OO 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

10,000 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black  

$1.50 
2.00 
2.50 

5.00 

$1.75 

2.75 
4.00 
6.00 

$2.50 
4.00 
6.00 
7.50 

$3.25 
5.00 

8.00 
10.00 

$4.00 
6.00 
10.00 
12.00 

$3.00 
5.00 

9.00 
11.00 

|3.00 

4.50 
9.00 
10.00 

Blue  

Red  

Red  and  Black         .  . 

Sheets  larger  than  22  x  28  are  uncommon.  For  any  such  larger  size,  use  the 
prices  for  Handbills,  as  given  on  page  217,  with  some  discrimination  as  to  colored 
inks.  If  the  form  is  very  solid,  the  prices  should  be  higher ;  if  very  light,  and  open, 
they  may  be  lower. 

PRESSWORK  OF  FINE  LABELS. 

Fine  Labels  on  Fine  Paper. 
Sizes  6x9  inches,  and  smaller.    Fine  Press-work. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

50O 

Impress. 

750 

Impress. 

100O 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

10,000 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black  at  $1.00  per  H5... 
Blue  at  $2  00  

$  .75 
1.00 

$1.00 
1.25 

$1.25 
1.75 

$1.75 
2.50 

$2.00 
3.00 

sl.?; 
2.50 

$1.50 
2.00 

Red  at  $2  00  

1  00 

1.50 

2.50 

3.25 

4.00 

3.50 

3.00 

Gold  at  $6  00        

1  25 

2  00 

3  00 

4  00 

5  00 

4  50 

4  00 

Two  Colors  

1.75 

3.00 

4.00 

5.00 

6.00 

5.50 

5.00 

Sizes  7xlOtollxl7  inches.    Fine  Presswork. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

500 

Impress. 

75O 

Impress. 

lOOO  Im?°?s 
Impress.,  per  10oo. 

10,000 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black  

$  .75 
1.00 
1.25 
1.50 
3.00 

$1.25 
1.50 
2.00 
3.75 
4.00 

$1.75 
2,50 
3.50 
5.50 
6.00 

$2.50 
3.25 
4.75 

7.50 
8.§0 

$3.00 
4.50 
6.00 
10.00 
10.00 

$2.50 
4.00 
5.00 
9.00 
9.00 

$2.00 
3.50 

4.50 
8.00 
8.00 

Blue 

Red. 

Gold  

Two  Colors  .  .  . 

Sizes  12xl9tol7x22  inches.    Fine  Presswork. 


Color  of  Tnfc, 

100 
Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

50O 

Impress. 

750 

Impress. 

1OOO 

Impress. 

5000 
Impress, 
per  iOOO. 

10.OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black  

$1.00 
1.25 

1.50 
2.50 
4.00 

$1.75 
2.50 
3.00 
4.00 
5.00 

$2.50 
3.75 
4.75 
6.75 
6.75 

$3.25 
5.25 
5.25 
9.75 
8.00 

$4.00 
6.00 
9.00 
12.50 
10.00 

$3.  (ID 

5.00 
8.00 
12.00 
9.00 

$2.50 
4.50 

7.50 
12.00 
8.00 

Blue 

Red  
Gold  . 

Two  Colors.  .  . 

254  LABELS. 

Size  19  x  24  inches.    Fine  Press  work. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

25O 

Impress 

500       750      1000   imp°?<, 

Impress.  Impress.  Impress.  :p<>r  jooo. 

10,000 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black 

$ 

$ 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  

Red  .                

Gold 

Two  Colors.  .  . 

Size  22  x  28  inches.    Fine  Press-work. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

25O 

Impress. 

500 

Impress. 

75O 

Impress. 

1OOO 

Impress. 

5000     1O.OOO 

Impress.,  Impress 
per  1000.1  per  1000. 

Black  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$  !  $ 

Blue  .    . 

Red 

Gold  .               

Two  Colors.  .  . 

Size  19  x  24  inches.    Fine  Press  work. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

25O       50O       75O      1OOO 

Impress.  I  Impress.  Impress.  Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

1O,OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

Black 

$1.50 
2.00 
2.50 
3.00 
5.00 

$2.00 
3.00 
4.00 
5.00 
6.50 

$3.00 
4.50 
7.00 
9.00 
9.00 

$4.00 
6.50 
10.00 
12.50 
13.00 

$5.00 
8.00 
13.00 
16.00 
17.00 

$4.50 
7.00 

12.00 
14.00 
16.00 

£4.0(1 
'6.00 
11.00 
14.00 
15.00 

Blue. 

Red  .                  

Gold                 

Two  Colors 

Size  22  x  28  inches.    Fine  Presswork. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO 

Impress. 

250 

Impress. 

500 

Impress. 

750 

Impress. 

1000 

Impress. 

5OOO 

Impress, 
per  1000. 

10,000 

Impress 
per  1000. 

Black  

$1.50 

$2.50 

$3.75 

$5.00 

$6.00 

$5.50 

$5.00 

Blue  

2.50 

4.00 

6.00 

8.00 

10.00 

9.50 

9.00 

Red 

2  75 

5.00 

9.00 

12.50 

16.00 

15.00 

15.00 

Gold  

4.00 

7.00 

12.00 

16.00 

20.00 

18.00 

18.00 

Two  Colors.  .  . 

6.00 

7.00 

12.00 

16.00 

22.00 

20.00 

20.00 

Labels  in  Gold  Leaf  and  Embossed  Labels  can  be  done  to  profit  only  by  those 
who  make  such  work  a  specialty.  The  prices  are  too  irregular  to  be  quoted. 

Labels  in  Many  Colors.  See  remarks  on  page  241,  concerning  Show  Cards  in 
Many  Colors,  and  Value  of  Ink  Consumed,  which  are  equally  applicable  to  Labels. 

Prices  for  Red,  Blue,  and  Gold  are  for  work  exclusively  in  these  respective  colors. 
If  the  form  is  very  light,  and  but  little  color  is  used,  the  price  may  be  reduced.  If 
the  form  contains  much  bold  type,  increase  the  price.  For  forms  in  three  or  four 
colors,  vary  the  prices  to  suit  the  diminished  consumption  of  ink,  or  the  increased 
expense  of  getting  register. 

LABELS    ENGRAVED    ON    WOOD. 

The  prices  of  the  following  table  are  for  the  KEY  BLOCK,  or  the  block  that  con- 
tains the  most  engraving,  which  is  usually  printed  in  Black  ink.  No  allowance  is 
made  for  any  alteration  from  original  design,  nor  for  any  excess  of  or  great  care 
in  the  drawing  of  the  letters,  nor  for  any  pictorial  embellishments,  which  are  too 
variable  in  cost  to  be  priced.  The  prices  are  for  such  ordinary  work  as  is  customary 
on  soap  and  spice  boxes.  It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  these  are  but 
approximative  prices.  The  price  of  the  work  often  depends  quite  as  much  upon 
the  reputation  of  the  engraver  as  upon  the  quality  of  the  work. 

When  two  or  more  color  plates  are  made,  type-metal  should  be  preferred  to  wood. 


Quality  of  Work. 

5x5 

inches. 

5x8 

inches. 

7x9 

inches. 

8x11 

inches. 

9x14 

inches. 

11x18 

inches. 

Rough  style 

$5  00 

$6   00 

:*S  nil 

$10.00 

$12.00 

$15.00 

Fair  style  

9.00 

10.00 

14.00 

18.00 

22.00 

27.00 

Fine  style  

12  00 

15.00 

20.00 

25.00 

33.00 

40.00 

One  Electrotype  .  .  . 

$1.80 

$2.50 

$4.50 

$5.75 

$7.60 

$12.00 

Eng.  COLOR  PLATE       4.00        5.00 


6.00 


7.50  !     10.00  !     12.00 


'256  LABELS. 

VALUE  OP  PAPER  FOB  ENGRAVED  LABELS. 


Sizes. 

Ordinary 
Sized  " 
Paper. 

Fine 
Calendered 
Paper. 

Sizes. 

Ordinary 
Sized 
Paper. 

Fine 
Calendered 
Paper. 

5x5  inches 

* 

$ 

8x11  inches 

$ 

* 

5x8              ...    . 
7x9 

9x  14 
11  x  18      // 

PRESSWORK  OF  ENGRAVED  LABELS  PER  10OO. 


Color  of  Ink. 

5x5 

inches. 

5x8 

inches. 

7x9 

inches. 

8xll 

ihches. 

9x14 

inches. 

11x18 

inches. 

Black  at  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  or  Green. 
Red  .  '.  

Red  and  Black. 

Red,  Gold,5"  Black.. 

I,  ABEL*.  257 

VALUE  OF  PAPER  FOR  ENGRAVED  LABELS. 


Ordinary          Fine 
o;-~-                        Sized       Calendered 
Paper           Paper. 

Sizes. 

Ordinary 
Sized 
Paper. 

Calendered 
Paper. 

5x5  inches  $   .64     $   .90     1 

8x11  inches.  .  . 

$1.92 

$2  75 

5x8              ......    .96       1.37    • 
7x9                            1  28       1.83 

9x  14 
11x18      «      .. 

3.25 

3  85 

4.00 

5  50 

These  are  the  sixes  of  the  engraved  plates.  They  -will  require  paper  about  one 
inch  longer  on  each  measurement.  Prices  are  based  upon  a  thickness  of  paper 
equivalent  to  40  and  50  pounds  of  the  size  Double  Medium,  which  may  be  used  to 
advantage  for  most  of  these  Labels. 

Fine  calendered  paper,  slightly  dampened,  will  consume  less  color  than  ordinary 
news  or  book  paper  printed  dry.  The  extra  cost  of  the  finer  paper  is  more  than 
repaid  in  the  saving  of  ink. 

PRESSWORK  OF  ENGRAVED  LABELS  PER   1000. 


Color  of  Ink. 

5x5 

inches. 

5x8 

inches. 

7x9 

inches. 

8xll 

inches. 

9x14 

inches. 

11x18 

Black.          at  $  .50 

$3.00 

$3.00 

$3.00 

$3.50 

$3.50 

$4  00 

Blue  or  Green,  1.00 
Eed  1.50 

4.00 
5.00 

4.50 
6.00 

5.00 
7.50 

6.00 
9.00 

7.00 
10.00 

f  8.00 
12.00 

Red  and  Black 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

12.00 

14.00 

Red.  Gold,*  Black. 

13.00 

14.00 

16.00 

18.00 

20*00 

22.00 

*  The  allowance  for  Gold  Bronze  is  for  but  a  trifling  quantity  of  the  powder. 

These  are  prices  for  good  ordinary  colors  of  full  strength.  The  difference  in 
price  between  Black  and  Colored  Inks  shows  the  value  of  the  color  and  the  extra 
labor  required.  If  the  cheapest  Poster  Reds  and  Blues  at  50  or  75  cents  are  used, 
or  if  an  ordinary  good  color  is  diluted  with  varnish,  and  the  body  is  recovered  with 
magnesia,  the  prices  could  be  materially  reduced.  The  color  and  the  workman- 
manship  would  be  inferior,  but  they  are  often  acceptable  to  those  who  are  satisfied 
with  a  lower  grade  of  work. 

When  the  color  blocks  are  ruled,  or  when  the  white  lettering  and  ornaments  are 
very  large,  this  allowance  for  color  may  prove  too  large. 

For  an  order  of  5000  or  10,000  of  the  smaller  sizes,  it  will  be  found  economical  to 
double  the  plates  by  electrotyping.  In  such  case,  the  price  of  presswork  should  be 
based  on  the  double  size  of  the  form. 

Fine  Picture  Labels  in  many  colors  are  too  variable  in  amount  of  labor,  and 
value  of  ink  consumed,  to  be  priced  by  any  general  rule.  Many  of  the  color  blocks 
require  the  careful  making-ready  of  wood  cuts.  Prices  have  to  be  made  to  meet 
the  competition  of  the  steam  lithographic  press. 

CUTTING    OF   LABELS. 

This  should  always  be  a  specific  charge.  Price  should  be  governed  by  the  width 
of  the  margin  and  the  quality  of  paper  and  work.  When  dry  calendered  paper, 
with  squared  edges,  has  been  carefully  fed  to  guides,  so  as  not  to  require  subse- 
quent needling,  the  cutting  of  ordinary  labels  may  be  rated  at  10  cents  per  1000. 
Orders  of  over  100,000  may  be  done  at  lower  rates.  If  the  sheets  have  not  been 
squared  before  printing,  and  if  they  have  been  so  badly  fed  as  to  require  needling, 
the  cost  of  cutting  in  most  offices  will  exceed  25  cents  per  1000. 

When  margins  are  very  narrow,  or  when  border  lines  are  curved  or  irregular, 
the  ordinary  cutting  machinery  of  a  press  room  will  not  do  the  work  properly. 
The  work  of  professional  Label  Trimmers  should  be  charged  at  the  following  rates: 

Ordinary  square  or  right-angled  labels,  in  lots  of  10,000  or  less  from  15  to  25  cents 
per  1000;  lots  of  20,000  at  12  to  15  cents  :  over  50.000  at  10  ci-nts. 


258 


L  A  15  K  I,  S  . 


259 


Circular,  Oval,  and.  Irregular  Shapes  of  all  kiuds  need  special  prices.  Regular 
Circulars,  Ovals  and  Octagons  of  small  size  should  be  charged  at  25  to  30  cents; 
large  sizes  and  irregular  shapes  cannot  be  classified.  Price  will  vary  from  50  cents 
to  §1.00  per  1000. 

Time  "Work.  The  services  of  a  cutter  and  the  use  of  a  hand-cutting  machine 
should  be  rated  at  60  cents  per  hour;  of  a  steam-cutting  machine  at  75  cents  per 
hour. 

LITHOGRAPHED    LABELS. 

For  light  and  open  •work,  profusely  ornamented,  with  pictures  or  shaded  letters. 
Lithography  has  many  advantages  over  Engraving  on  wood  and  Relief  Printing. 
The  engraving  of  such  work  on  Stone  is  often  cheaper  than  on  Wood :  the  dupli- 
cating of  the  engraving  by  Transfer,  for  economy  in  Presswork,  is  cheaper  than  by 
Electrotype ;  the  quality  of  tbe  engraving  and  presswork  is  usually  better.  The 
following  analysis  of  the  value  of  similar  Labels  by  the  two  methods  will  show  to 
some  extent  the  comparative  advantages  of  each  process. 

1O.OOO  Labels  by  Letter  Press. 


Engraving  Label  2J$  X  4  inches  .  ..*!">  00 
Paper  for  10,000  copies  at ..  .  35 ...  3 . 50 
Electro  typing  of  8  plates . .  .  85 ...  6 . 80 
Presswork  of  1250  impres .  $2 . 50 . . .  3.13 
Cutting  up  10,000  at 10...  100 


Total,  82.95  per  1000 ,$29.52 

A  second  order  of  10,000  would  be  (de- 
ducting engraving  and  electrotyping) 
$7.62,  or  76  cents  per  1000. 


1O.OOO  Labels  by  Lithography. 
Engraving  Label  2?^  x  4  inches. .  .$10  0(1 
Paper  for  10,000  copies  at..  .35...  3.50 
Transfer  of  20  Labels  on  14  x  17 ...  3  00 
Printing  500  impressions  at $2.75..  13.75 
Cutting  up  10,000  at "  .10..  1.00 


Total,  $3.00  per  1000 $31  25 

A  second  order  of  10,000,  deducting  en- 
graving only,  would  be  S21.25,  or  $2.12 
per  1000. 

If  the  lithographed  presswork  were  done  on  a  steam  machine,  from  a  transfer 
of  32  labels,  the  price  might  be  less.  The  economical  advantages  of  duplicating  by 
transfer  are  nullified  on  a  long  order  by  the  increased  expense  of  the  presswork, 
which  on  a  machine  press  is  about  four  times,  and  on  a  hand-press  about  nine  time*, 
that  of  ordinary  typographic  presswork.  For  a  large  order,  type  work  would  be 
cheaper. 

EXAMPLE    OF    ESTIMATE. 
Value  of  20.00O  Labels.    Black  Ink,  72  to  Sheet,  Colored  20  x  24,  at  §10  per  ream. 


Paper.  To  find  the  value  and  quan- 
tity of  Paper,  see  Fractional  Sizes  of  Pa- 
per, page  43.  The  price  per  1000  of  24  to 
sheet,  at  §10.00  per  ream,  is  91  cents :  24 
is  one-third  of  72,  and  the  price  is  conse- 
quently one-third,  or  31  cents  per  1000, 
which,  multiplied  by  the  20,000,  shows 
the  value  of  the  paper  for  the  full  num- 
ber to  be  86  20. 

Composition.  The  Composition  of  1 
Label  of  this  size,  in  the  ordinary  style, 
should  be  rated  at  81  00.  To  do  the 
presswork  economically,  duplicates  are 
to  be  made  by  electrotyping  sufficient 
to  fill  an  even  portion  of  the  sheet. 
Nine  electrotypes  would  fill  one-eighth 
of  a  sheet,  6  x  10  inches,  the  value  of 
which  should  be  rated  at  65  cents  each, 
or  65 . 85.  (See  page  249. ) 


Presswork.  The  number  of  impres- 
sions required  will  be  one-ninth  of  20,000, 
or  2222  impressions,  which,  at  the  rate 
of  §3  00  per  1000,  as  called  for  on  page 
253,  would  be  $6.66.  Five  per  cent,  to 
be  added  for  waste. 

SUMMARY. 

Paper  for  20,000,  at  31  cents $6.20 

Composition  of  One  Label 1  00 

Electrotypes  for  Nine,  at  65  cents. .  5.85 

Presswork  of  2222,  at  S3 . 00 6 . 66 

Cutting-up  of  20,000,  at  15  cents.        300 

Total  (about  si  13  per  100). .    ..*22  T! 

A  second  order  of  20,000  Labels  would 
not  require  re-composition  and  electro- 
typing,  and  the  Labels  could  be  fur- 
nished for  80  cents  per  1000. 


The  prices  of  Presswork  are  for  Sheets  of  the  dimensions  specified  in  tholieiKlii  ^ 
The  sheet  may  contain  but  one  label,  or  it  may  contain  as  many  as  can  be  crowded 
together.  The  value  of  the  Presswork  is  the  same  in  either  ease. 

Prices  may  be  made  by  tin-  Sheet  or  by  the  thousand  Labels.  \Vheu  it  is  practi- 
cable to  deliver  them  cut  up  singly,  the  latter  method  is  preferable. 


260 


WRAPPERS. 


PBESSWOBK   OF   WBAPPEBS   BY   THE   BEAM. 


Color  of  Ink,  etc. 

One 

Ream 

Half 

Sheet. 

Two 

Reams 
Half 
Sheet 

One 

Ream. 
Full 
Sheet. 

Two 
Reams 
Full 
Sheet 

Ten 

Reams. 
Full 

Sheet. 

Twenty 
Reams. 
Foil 
Sheet 

COMMON  PRESSWORK. 

Black  per  ream 

.* 

$ 

$ 

* 

£ 

$ 

Blue.                                       " 

Red  

Black  and  Red   ...» 

FINE   PRESSWORK. 

Black  per  ream 

Blue.  .  .                                     " 

Red 

Gold  

Two  Colors...                       " 

261 


WRAPPERS. 


This  class  of  -work  differs  from  Labels  chiefly  in  being  printed  with  larger  mar- 
gins. The  prices  of  composition  given  for  Labels  may  be  used  for  Wrappers.  When 
the  Wrapper  contains  two  or  more  panels  or  distinct  borders,  each  panel  should  be 
priced  separately.  For  Composition,  Value  of  Paper  and  Electrotyping,  see  pages 
247  and  249. 

The  usual  method  of  printing  Wrappers  in  large  quantities  is  from  two  or  more 
electrotype  plates.  When  the  sheet  is  made  up  of  plates  of  uniform  size,  there  is 
little  difficulty  in  makiug-up  the  form,  for  which  there  need  he  hut  a  nominal 
charge.  For  making-up  a  form  of  mixed  sizes  in  irregular  positions,  the  labor  of 
adjusting  margins  is  often  serious,  and  should  be  added  to  the  price  of  presswork. 

The  Presswork  of  Common  Wrappers  on  common  paper  may  be  taken  at  the 
rates  of  Common  Handbills,  with  a  leaning  to  lower  rates  for  Red  ink,  if,  as  is  prob- 
able, the  amount  of  color  required  is  less.  (See  page  217.) 

Fine  Wrappers  on  Fine  Paper,  should  be  at  the  rates  of  Fine  Labels  for  sheets  of 
similar  size,  with  the  same  tendency  to  lower  rates  in  case  of  a  possible  diminution 
in  consumption  of  color.  (See  page  253.) 

When  Wrappers  are  ordered  by  the  1000,  the  price  may  be  made  up  through  the 
tables  of  Presswork  of  Labels,  using  the  figures  for  Fine  or  for  Common  Presswork 
as  may  be  required.  Wheu  they  are  ordered  by  the  Ream,  use  the  following  tables : 

PRESSWORK   OF   WRAPPERS   BY   THE    REAM. 


Color  of  Ink,  etc. 

One 
Ream. 

Half 
Sheet. 

Reams. 

Half 

Sheet. 

One 
Ream. 

Full 

Sheet. 

Two 
Reams. 
Full 

Sheet. 

Ten 
Reams. 

Full 

Sheet. 

Twenty 
Reams. 

Full 

Sheet 

COMMON  PRESSWORK. 

Black.                                per  ream 

$2   50 

$2  25 

$2   00 

$1   50 

$1    25 

$1  00 

Blue. 

4   00 

3  50 

3  00 

2  50 

2  25 

2  00 

Eed  .                 

5.00 

4  50 

5  00 

4.00 

3  50 

3  50 

Black  and  Red  

FINE    PRESSAVORK. 

Black                                 per  ream 

7.50 
4  00 

7.00 
3  00 

fi.OO 
3  00 

5.00 
2  00 

5.00 
1  50 

5.00 
1  25 

Blue                                           » 

fi  00 

5  00 

4  50 

4  00 

3  50 

3  00 

Eed 

9.00 

8  00 

7  00 

6  50 

6  00 

6  00 

Gold  

12.50 

12.00 

10.00 

8.00 

8.00 

8.00 

Two  Colors... 

10.00 

9.00 

10.00 

8.00 

8.00 

8.00 

The  Ream  of  Half  Sheets  is  960  impressions.  The  Ream  of  Full  Sheets  is  480 
impressions. 

These  are  prices  for  work  delivered  in  sheets.  When  they  are  cut  up,  counted 
and  neatly  packed  this  increased  expense  should  be  added.  For  very  exact  work, 
the  price  should  be  same  as  for  Labels.  For  common  work,  with  but  few  wrappers 
on  the  sheet,  with  broad  margins,  not  requiring  nicety,  the  charge  for  cutting-up 
should  be  nominal. 

Enamelled  Papers.  The  prices  of  Fine  Presswork  do  not  cover  the  extra  labor 
of  using  a  brittle  or  flaky  white  enamelled  paper,  which  clogs  on  the  form  and  on 
the  rollers.  An  advance  of  25  per  cent,  is  but  a  trivial  compensation  for  the  delay. 

Rough  Ultramarine  Blue  will  use  or  waste  at  least  one-fourth,  and  sometimes 
one-half  more  Gold  Bronze  than  plain  paper. 

Price  for  Two  Colors,  when  printed  from  type,  does  not  include  the  value  ot' 
dividing  the  form,  which  is  of  such  variable  cost  that  it  can  be  priced  only  by  time, 
at  75  cents  per  hour. 


262 


BILLS    OF    FARE. 


VALUE  OF  PAPER  FOR  BILLS   OF  FARE. 


Quality  of  Paper. 

2 

to  sheet 

3             4 

to  -hi-i-t  .        to  sheet. 

6             8 

to  sheet,       to  sheet. 

Flat  Cap,      14  fl5  to  ream.  .  . 

$ 

1 

$ 

$                   $ 

„       „        18   /.• 

Folio  Post,  20  IB 

24 

Medium,       30  ft 

40    „            „     ... 

Very  thick  English  and  French  paper,  for  Festivals,  should  be  at  special  rates. 
COMPOSITION  OF  BILLS  OF  FARE. 


Sizes  and  Styles. 

Plain. 
Little 
Matter. 

Ordinary. 
Averape 
Matter. 

Fancy. 
Much 
Matter 

Folded,  4V±  X  7  ...  .Eight  to  Cap.  .  .  .per  page 
//          S1^  x  8J£.  .                  Folio.    .       " 
6      x  9*6  .  .       //          Medium      // 

Square,   7      X  S1^  .  .Four  to  Cap  

$ 

$ 

a 

//         8^5  x  11            /          Folio 

//          9^  X  12            »          Medium. 

Narrow  4%  X  8^fe     Six    to    Cap 

:>-3  x  11.  .  .    »            Folio  
6^j  x  12                      Medium 

5%  x  14      Three  to  Cap  ... 

BILLS  OF  FARE. 


Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  and  Medium, 
Flute,  19  x  24  inches,  will  be  found  sufficient  for  a  great  variety  of  sizes. 
FLAT  LETTER,  DEMY,  and  MEDIUM  and  ROYAL  WRITING  are  often  used. 

VALUE  OF  PAPER  FOE,  BILLS  OF  FARE. 


Quality  of  Paper. 

2 

to  sheet. 

3 

to  sheet. 

4 

to  sheet. 

6 

to  sheet 

8 

to  sheet. 

Flat  Cap,     14  16  to  ream.  .  . 

$5.50 

$3.66 

$2.76 

$1.83 

$1.38 

//        //        18   />           "... 

6.87 

4.58 

3.44 

2.30 

1.72 

Folio  Post,  20  lb 

7.70 

5.13 

3.85 

2.36 

1.92 

24   » 

9.07 

6.05 

4.54 

3.03 

2.27 

Medium,       30  16 

4  95 

3  30 

2  47 

40    // 

7  70 

5  13 

3  85 

Very  thick  English  and  French  paper,  for  Festivals,  should  be  at  special  rates. 
COMPOSITION  OF  BILLS  OF  FARE. 


Sizes  and  Styles. 

Plain. 
Little 
Matter. 

Ordinary. 

Average 
Matter. 

Fancy. 
Much 
Matter. 

Folded,  414  x-7.  .  .  .Eight  to  Cap.  .  .  .per  page 
5^2  x  S1^.  .       »         Folio.  .  .      // 
//         6      x  9Mz  .  .       //         Medium 

Square,   7      X  8%.  .Fonr  to  Cap  

$1.25 
2.00 
2.50 

2  50 

$1.75 

2.50 
3.50 

3  50 

$3.00 

4.00 
5.00 

5  00 

//         8Va  x  11.  .  .       »         Folio  

3  00 

4  50 

6  00 

«         9  Mi  x  12            //         Medium 

3  50 

5  50 

7  50 

Narrow,  4%  X  8Mz  .  .  Six    to     Cap  

1.50 

2  00 

3  00 

,i         52/3  x  11.  .  .    //           Folio  

2.50 

3  75 

5  00 

6M$  x  12.        H           Medium  

3  00 

4  50 

6  00 

5%  x  14.  .  .Three  to  Cap  

4.00 

6  00 

7  50 

The  composition  of  a  Wine  List  on  back,  or  in  columns  of  narrow  measure  on  the 
side,  of  French  with  accents,  of  smaller  type  than  Minion,  or  of  any  ornamented 
lace  as  text  type,  should  entitle  Plain  and  Ordinary  work  to  extra  price. 

Standing  Forms.  When  forms  are  kept  in  type,  by  agreement,  a  fixed  price, 
should  be  made  for  its  care,  and  for  withdrawal  of  material  from  use.  (See  page  67.) 
This  price  will  depend  upon  the  value  of  the  type,  and  its  probable  frequency  of 
use.  It  is  not  always  judicious  to  make  this  price  a  specific  charge  in  the  bill.  It 
may  be  incorporated  with  alterations  on  the  next  order. 

Alterations,  at  75  cents  per  hour. 

Bills  of  Fare  for  Festivals  should  be  at  special  rates. 

Pamphlet  Bills  of  Fare.  When  the  Bill  is  extended  over  many  pages,  and  the 
same  border-rules  are  used  for  two  or  more  forms,  the  price  per  page  of  composition 
may  be  abated  about  one-fourth.  Advertisements  in  the  fly-leaves  could  be  rated 
at  the  prices  of  Note  Circular!*.  (See  page  123.)  Charges  for  Folding  and  Binding 
should  be  about  one-half  more  than  the  regular  rates  for  Pauiphli-t*. 


264 


RESTAURANT    CHECK*. 


PRESSWORK   OF    BILLS    OF    FARE. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

250. 

500. 

75O. 

10OO.   added 
10OO. 

Small  Form,  Black  Ink   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$'            •* 

«          »       Red  or  Blue  Ink.  .  . 
a          a       Two  Colors 

Large  Form,  Black  Ink       .    . 

«       Red  or  Blue  Ink  .  .  . 
'                   Two  Colors  .  . 

VALUE  OF   CARDS  PER   1OOO. 


Quality  of  Card. 

Half  of 
No.  1. 

Half  of 
No.  2. 

Quality  of  Card. 

Half  of 

No.  1. 

Hall  of 
No.  2. 

Check  Railroad  .... 

$ 

$ 

Triple  Thick  R.  R. 

1 

1 

Thick  Railroad  

Extra  Thick  Satin. 

Dbl.  Thick  Railroad 

Colored  Satin  

RESTAURANT    CHECKS. 


865 


PRESSWORK   OF    BILLS   OF   FARE. 


Color  of  Ink. 

10O. 

250. 

50O. 

750. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

Small  Form,  Black  Ink       

*    .75 

$1.00 

$1.50 

$2.00 

$2.50 

$2.00 

Red  or  Blue  Ink.  .  . 

"          "       Two  Colors 

1.00 
2.00 

1.60 
3.00 

2.50 
4.00 

3.25 
5.50 

4.00 
7.00 

3.50 
6.00 

Large  Form,  Black  Ink 

1.00 

1.25 

2.00 

2.75 

3.50 

3.00 

«       Red  or  Blue  Ink  .  .  . 
a       Two  Colors  .  . 

1.60 
2.50 

2.00 
3.50 

3.00 
5.00 

4.00 
7.00 

5.00 
9.00 

4.00 
8.00 

A  Small  Form  may  be  understood  as  the  ordinary  form  of  Half  Note,  or  Half 
Letter,  or  Third  Cap,  when  printed  on  one  side  only. 

Prices  for  Large  Forms  should  be  used  for  three  or  four  pages  of  Folio  Post  or 
Medium  Octavo,  when  printed,  as  is  usual,  in  one  form,  and  backed. 

Carmine  or  Purple  Inks  should  be  at  advance  of  not  less  than  one-fourth  over 
the  price  of  ordinary  colors.  Gold  Bronze  at  about  three  times  the  price  of  Black. 
Fine  "Wood-Cut  "Work  should  have  the  extra  cost  of  making-ready  added,  and 
the  presswork  of  the  finest  Black  ink  should  be  the  same  as  for  ordinary  Blue  or 
Red.  Enamelled  Paper  of  ordinary  quality  should  raise  the  price  of  presswork 
at  least  one-fourth.  On  Cards,  the  presswork  should  be  at  the  usual  rates  for  Show 
Cards  of  similar  size.  On  Satin,  the  prices  should  be  doubled. 


RESTAURANT  CHECKS. 


The  usual  size  is  one-half  of  a  No.  1  or  No.  2  Card.  Thick  or  tough  Card 
Board  is  always  required.  When  ordered  in  sufficient  quantity,  two  should 
be  printed  together  in  one  form. 

VALTJE  OF  CARDS  PER   1000. 


Quality  of  Card. 

Half  of 
No.  1. 

Half  of 
No.  2. 

Quality  of  Card. 

Half  of 

No.  1. 

Half  of 
No.  2. 

Check  Railroad  

$  .75 

$  .90 

Triple  Thick  R.  R. 

$1.75 

$2.00 

Thick  Railroad  

1.00 

1.20 

Extra  Thick  Satin. 

.60 

.75 

Dbl.  Thick  Railroad 

1.40 

1.60 

Colored  Satin  

.50 

.60 

Composition  and  Alterations  should  be  averaged.  On  the  Plainest 
Form,  15  cents  for  each  alteration  ;  on  the  Ordinary  Form,  in  enclosed  rules, 
20  cents  each ;  in  u  Shield  or  Mortised  Border,  25  cents  each. 

Presswork  in  any  color,  at  15  cents  for  each  alteration,  irrespective  of 
number  of  copies,  which  rarely  ever  exceeds  two  hundred,  and  is  often  but 
twenty-five  copies. 

At  these  rates,  the  value  of  the  work  will  range  from  30  cents  to  40  cents 
for  each  alteration.  The  prices  are  for  common  work.  When  great  nicety 
is  required,  add  one-half  to  these  prices.  Whim  distinct  colors  of  cards  an- 
required  for  every  alteration,  add  out-half  to  the  price  of  the  cards. 


266  HOTEL    REGISTERS. 


267 

HOTEL  REGISTERS. 


Demy,  16  x  21  inches,  and  Medium,  18  X  23  inches,  are  the  regular 
papers.  Books  of  Six  quires  are  most  common.  For  Value  of  Paper,  and 
Ruling  and  Binding  in  different  styles,  see  Account  Books. 

Composition  of  an  Ordinary  Heading,  for  one  page,  should  be  $1.00. 
If  Heading  has  more  than  three  lines,  or  if  head  is  bent  in  a  curve,  $1.50. 

Press-work  of  the  First  Quire  of  88  impressions  should  be  $1 .00.  Every 
added  quire,  30  cents.  For  a  book  of  Ten  quires,  set  two  Headings  ($2.00), 
and  charge  for  presswork  (440  impressions)  $2.00. 


WASHING  LISTS. 


Paper.     For  this  work,  a  low  grade  of  paper  will  be  found  satisfactory. 

I'snal  Sizes.  Inches.         Price  per  1000.  Usual  Sizes.  Inches.         Price  per  1000. 

Twelve  to  Cap..  3^  X  5%.  .$  .70  ®  81.00         Eight  to  Cap. ..  .4%  X7     ..$1.05  ®  $1.50 
Nine  to  Cap 4%X5%..     .90®   1.33        Four  to  Letter.  .5      x8     ..   1.40®  2.25 

Composition.  Plainest  Form,  of  small  size,  without  border  or  leader- 
lines.  75  cents  each.  Ordinary  Form,  with  leaders  and  price  columns,  $1 .25. 
LARGE  or  very  full  Form.  $1.50  ®  $2.00  each.  Border,  extra,  25  cents. 

Press-work,  in  Black  Ink.  First  Hundred,  50  cents.  Every  added 
Hundred.  25  cents.  One  Thousand  impressions  or  more,  one  or  more  set,  at 
the  rate  of  $2.00  per  Thousand  impressions. 


FESTIVAL   TICKETS. 


Dinner  Tickets  at  Hotels.  The  nsnal  size  is  about  that  of  a  X<>.  ~, 
Envelope,  but  is  sometimes  more  nearly  square. 

VALUE   OF    CARDS   PER    100. 

No.  5  Xo.  6  |  Xo.  5  No.  6 

Envelope.  Envelope.!  Envelope.  Envelope 

Extra  Post  Board §  .60 $  .75  Bristol  Board,  thick $  .80 $1.00 

Bristol  Board,  thin 70 90  Tinted  Enamelled,  super  1.00 1.25 

Composition.  The  plainest  Card,  without  border  or  ornament,  in  one 
style  of  type  only,  should  be  rated  at  $1 .50.  An  Ornamental  Card  should  be 
HOT  l.-ss  than  .$2.00.  Elaborate  Ornament,  with  Curved  Lines,  etc.,  $5.00. 

Presswork.  For  the  first  Hundred  copies,  in  any  color,  $1.00;  every 
added  Hundred.  50  cents.  Gold,  one-half  extra.  Two  Colors,  double  price. 

Orders  rarely  exceed  five  hundred  copies.  If  ordered  by  the  thousand,  the  press- 
work  may  be  at  the  rate  of  $4.00  per  thousand. 

Copper-plate  Cards.  The  value  of  Engraving  an  ordinary  Festival 
Card  will  range  from  $10  to  $25.  Printing  should  be  at  $1 .50  per  Hundred. 


268 


ORDERS    OF    DAXCIXG. 


COMPOSITION    OF    ORDERS    OF    DANCING. 


Style  of  Work. 

One    ;  Two 

page.       pages. 

Three 
pages. 

Four 
pages. 

Plain  uo  Border,  little  composition  

$              $ 

$ 

$ 

Neat,  with  Rule  Border,  Carved  Heads,  etc.  . 

Fancy,  Combination  Border,  and  extra  work  . 

i 

PRESSWORK   OF   ORDERS    OF   DANCING. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 

Impress. 

20O 

30O 

Impress. 

400 

Impress. 

5OO 

Every 
added 
100. 

SINGLE   CARD. 

Black  Ink  
Blue  or  Red  .  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

1 

Gold  or  Silver  
Two  Colors  

• 

DOUBLE   CARD. 

Black  Ink  

Blue  or  Red  

Gold  or  Silver  

Two  Colors  

ORDERS  OF  DANCING. 


The  approved  size  is  about  that  of  a  double  Xo.  5  Card.  The  Single  Leaf 
varies  in  size  from  2%  x  3?s  inches  to  3  x  4^  inches.  Single-leaf  Cards  are 
common. 

VALUE    OF    ORDERS   PER    100. 

Qualities.  °g££  "£*£  Qualities.  D^le       *^le 

Post  Board,  ordinary s  .65    s    30 

Extra  Post  Board 80        .35 

Superior  Bristol 1 . 10        .50 

Thin  Double  Enamelled 1.50        .70 


Dbl.  Enamelled,  embossed  .  .63.75  $2.00 

Dbl.  Enamelled,  embos'd,  gilt  5.00  2.50 

Highly  Ornamented  .........  6.00  3.00 

Oval  Shapes,  lace  edge  ........  1.50 


Bristol  Board,  ernbos'd  edge  2.50      1.25    >    Square 

COMPOSITION    OF   ORDERS    OF   DANCING. 


90 


Style  of  "Work. 

One 

page. 

Two 

pages. 

Three 

pages. 

Four 
pages. 

Plain,  no  Border,  little  composition  

$1.00 

$1.75 

*2  50 

$3.00 

Neat,  with  Rule  Border,  Curved  Heads,  etc.  . 

1.59 

3.00 

4.50 

6.00 

Fancy,  Combination  Border,  and  extra  work  . 

3.00 

5.00 

7.00 

9.00 

Prices  for  last  style  are  nominal.    Some  kinds  are  worth  £3.00  and  $4.00  per  page. 

These  are  prices  for  nsual  amount  of  work.  When  a  page  consists  of  but  a  few 
plain  lines,  set  in  cheap  style,  such  a  page  may  be  rated  at  about  half  price. 

Circular,  Oval,  Fan-like,  and  other  eccentric  shapes,  can  be  rated  only  by  time, 
which  in  most  cases  should  be  charged  at  $1.00  per  hour. 

Engraving  of  an  Ordinary  Monogram  on  Wood,  in  plain  style,  one  color,  84.00. 

PRESSWORK   OF   ORDERS   OF   DANCING. 


1 
Color  of  Tnte. 

100 

Impress. 

20O 

Impress. 

30O 

Impress. 

4OO 

Impress. 

5OO 

Impress. 

Everv 
added 
100. 

SINGLE    CARD. 

Black  Ink 

$     50 

$    75 

$1  00 

$1  25 

$1  50 

3    25 

Blue  or  Red 

.75 

1  10 

1  50 

1  90 

2  25 

40 

Gold  or  Silver  

1.25 

1.75 

2.25 

2.75 

3.25 

.50 

Two  Colors  

2.00 

2.75 

3.50 

1.25 

5.00 

.75 

DOUBLE   CARD. 

Black  Ink 

I  00 

1  25 

1  50 

1  75 

2  00 

30 

Blue  or  Red 

1  -,>."> 

1.75 

2.25 

2.75 

3.25 

50 

Gold  or  Silver  

1.50 

2.15 

2.75 

3.35 

4.00 

.60 

Two  Colors 

2  50 

3  40 

4  30 

5  20 

6  00 

90 

The  prices  are  for  Impressions,  or  for  printing  on  OXE  SIDE  only.  As  it  is  common 
to  nse  a  different  color  for  each  side,  it  is  not  practicable  to  make  a  price  for  the 
perfect  work.  When  same  color  is  used  on  both  sides,  the  price  should  be  doubled. 
If  different  colors  are  wed.  add  together  the  special  prices  for  the  different  colors. 

Inserting  Ribbons,  per  100,  $2.00  to  $3.00.  Inserting  Gold  or  Silver  Cord,  per  100, 
-.1  £4  00.  Stamping  Monogram,  per  100,  50  cents. 

When  an  Order  is  set  up  as  a  Show  Card,  the  price  should  be  rather  higher  than 
for  ordinary  Show  Cards.  For  tin-  size  14  X  21,  price  of  first  card  should  be  34.00  © 
-.">  INI.  and  2.1  rents  for  every  added  card. 


270 


PROGRAMMES. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER   PER    1000    COPIES. 

Thin     ;    Thick    :    Extra 

Size  of  Programme.  Paper.      Paper.      Thick. 

Common.         Good.       :       Fine 

One  Page,     u  x  8  inches .  Half  Note j 

G  X 'l1^   »        Eighth  Medium.  ..I 
7xll     „       Eighth  Sup.  Royal] 

Four  Pages,  5x8  inches .  Pull  Note 

n        6x9^2   »       Quarter  Medium. . 
//        7  X  11     n       Quar.  Sup.  Royal. 

Narrow,    5%  X  11  inches. Sixth  Folio  .  .  . 

(i  x  lL>2/3    „      Twelfth  Dbl.  Med. 
7  X  14        .  .     Dbl.  Royal 

7  X  1G  «     Dbl.  Impe'l 

7  x  21  Eighth  Dbl.  Royal 


COMPOSITION    OF    PROGRAMMES. 


Size  of 
Paper. 


Sizes  and  Styles. 


Plain  style 

Xo  Border. 

Little 

Matter. 


5x8          Half-sheet  Note 

6  x  9^       Eighth-sheet  Medium 

7x11      j  Eighth-sheet  Super  Royal 

5%  x  11        Sixth-sheet  Folio 

6  X  12%  j  Twelfth-sheet  Double  Medium  .  . 

7  x  14     j  Twelfth-sheet  Double  Royal 

7  X  16        Sixth-sheet  Imperial 

7x21      !  Eighth-sheet  Double  Royal 


Ordinary     Ornament. 
Style,      i       Style. 
'    Difficult 
Border. 
Much 


Uul 
Border. 

Matter. 


Matter 


271 


PROGRAMMES. 


Flat  Letter,  10  X  16  inches.  will  be  found  most  serviceable  for  fine  work. 
Double  Medium,  24  X  38  inches,  is  most  used  for  common  work. 
FOLIO  POST,  SUPER  ROYAL,  and  other  shapes,  can  be  used  to  advantage. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER   PEE,    1000    COPIES. 


Size  of  Programme. 


Thin         Thick 
Paper.      Paper. 


Common. 

Good. 

Fine. 

One 

Pagre,    5x8  inches 

Half  Note  

$1.50 

$2.85 

$3.00 

// 

//         6  x  9Vfc  n 

Eighth  Medium.  .  . 

.75 

1.25 

2.50 

" 

7  x  11 

Eighth  Sup.  Royal 

1.00 

2.00 

3.00 

Four  Pages,  5x8  inches  . 

Full  Note  

3.00 

4.50 

6.00 

6x9^   „ 

Quarter  Medium.  . 

1.50 

2.50 

5.00 

• 

7  x  11 

Quar.  Sup.  Royal. 

2.00 

4.00 

6.00 

Narrow,    5%  x  11  inches 

Sixth  Folio  

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

• 

6  x  12%    .- 

Twelfth  Dbl.  Med. 

1.00 

1.75 

3.25 

// 

7  x  14 

Dbl.  Royal 

1.50 

2.25 

" 

7  x  16       a 

Dbl.  Impel 

:.'  .IN) 

" 

7  x  21 

Eighth  Dbl.  Royal 

2.25 

3  i  >0 

The  prices  of  the  table  are  for  ordinary  papers  only.    For  the  finest  work,  English 
Plated  and  French  Tinted  are  used.    For  Cost  of  these  papers  see  pages  28  and  31. 

COMPOSITION    OF    PROGRAMMES. 


Size  of 
Paper. 

Inches. 

Sizes  and  Styles. 

Plain  style 
Xo  Border. 
Little 
Matter. 

Ordinary     Ornament. 
Style.             Style. 
Rule           Difficult 
Border.         Border. 
Common         Much 
Matter.    1     Matter. 

5x8 

Half-sheet  Note..          .  perpa'^e. 

s!   50 

$2.25    '  $4  00 

6  x  9Mi 
7  x  11 
5%  x  1  1 

Eighth-sheet  Medium  
Eighth-sheet  Super  Royal.  < 
Sixth-sheet  Folio.  .    . 

1.75 
2.00 
1  50 

2.50         5.00 
3.25     •    6.00 

3  00    1 

6  x  12% 
7  x  14 
7  x  16 

Twelfth-sheet  Double  Medium  .  . 
Twelfth-sheet  Double  Royal  
Sixth-sheet  Imperial 

1  .  75 

•_>  .  1  M  I 

3.00 

3  .  25          
H  75 

7x21 

Eighth-sheet  Double  Royal  

'    2.50 

I.  (Ml 

Prices  of  last  column  are  not  outside  prices.  They  allow  for  Imt  little  more  labor 
than  the  composition  of  solid  Nonpareil  within  tin-  same  area.  If  labor  is  greater 
than  that  of  solid  Nonpareil,  prices  should  be  advanced  in  proportion. 

Largre  Wood  Cuts  or  Electrotypes  will  not  diminish,  but  will  usually  increase 
the  time  of  composition. 


272 


PROGRAMMES. 


PRESSWORK    OF   PROGRAMMES. 

Half-sheet  Note,  Eighth-Medium,  Eighth-Royal,  Sixth-Folio 

One  Leaf,  printed  on  one  side,  or  both  sides,  by  one  impression. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.     '     25O.     !     5OO.          lOOO.        added 

1OOO.         er  JUUU- 

Black  Ink $ ,  5  0     $„  G>3  |  $ 

Blue 

Red 

Black  and  Red 

Full  Sheet  Note,  Quarter  Medium  or  Quarter  Royal. 
Two  Leaves,  printed  on  both  sides.    If  printed  from  two  forms,  double  these  prices. 

Color  of  Ink.  1OO.  25O.  5OO.          1OOO         added        5O£?M-, 

1OOO.       !>er  looa 

Black  Ink $  $  $  $  $  .? 

Bine 

Red    . 

Black  and  Red . . 

Long  Programmes  on  Common  Paper. 

These  prices  •will  serve  for  Twelfth  Double  Medium  and  Eighth  Double  Royal. 

|    Every    |    _-._.» 

Color  of  Ink.          I,    1OO.          250.  5OO.         1OOO.    '    added   , 

1OOO.    i 

Blacklnk |  $  I  $  $  $  $ 

Blue 

Red 

Black  and  Red. . . 


PROGRAMMES. 


273 


Two  or  More  Columns,  or  composition  in  Broken  Measures,  or  with  Special 
Justification  on  eacli  line,  should  be  at  extra  price.  See  pages  53  and  54. 

Programmes  in  Two  Colors.  The  division  of  form  and  adjustment  and  making 
up  of  color  form,  can  be  priced  only  by  the  time  of  the  workman,  at  75  cents  per 
hour.  It  will  vary  from  one-fourth  to  full  price  of  the  Black  form,  according  to 
number  of  lines  picked  out  for  color,  and  exactness  required  in  register. 

PRESS-WORK   OF   PROGRAMMES. 

Half-sheet  Note,  Eighth-Medium,  Eighth-Royal,  Sixth-Folio. 
One  Leaf,  printed  on  one  side,  or  both  sides,  by  one  impression. 


Color  of  Ink. 

• 
1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

1OOO. 

Every 
added 
1OOO. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black  Ink  
Blue. 

$   .75 
1  00 

$1.00 
1.25 

$1.50 
2  00 

$2.50 
3  25 

$2.00 
2  75 

$1.75 
2  50 

Red  

1.25 

1.50 

2.50 

4.00 

3.00 

2  75 

Black  and  Red  .  . 

2.50 

3.00 

4.00 

6.00 

5.00 

5.00 

Full  Sheet  Note,  Quarter  Medium,  or  Quarter  Royal. 
Two  Leaves,  printed  on  both  sides.    If  printed  from  two  forms,  double  these  prices. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

25O. 

5OO. 

1000. 

Every 
added 
10OO. 

50OO. 

per  1000. 

Black  Ink. 

$1  00 

$1.25 

$2.00 

$3  00 

$2  50 

$2  00 

Blue 

]   25 

1  75 

2  75 

4  00 

3  :'5 

2  75 

Red 

1.50 

2.00 

3.00 

5.00 

4.00 

3.50 

Black  and  Red  

3.00 

4.00 

5.00 

8.00 

7.00 

7.00 

These  prices  are  for  ordinary  colors.  Any  color  worth  more  than  $3.00  per  pound, 
at  extra  price,  if  used  in  any  quantity. 

Fine  Wood  Cuts,  carefully  made-ready,  and  printed  with  strong  Black  ink, 
cannot  be  rated  at  less  than  the  price  laid  down  for  Red  ink,  to  which  add  the 
additional  cost  of  cutting  overlays  and  making-ready. 

Programmes  for  Banquets  and  Festivals,  when  printed  in  the  finest  style, 
are  not  covered  by  the  prices  of  the  preceding  tables. 

Long  Programmes  on  Common  Paper. 

These  prices  will  serve  for  Twelfth  Double  Medium  and  Eighth  Double  Royal. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OO. 

250. 

soo. 

1OOO. 

Every 
added 
1000. 

5OOO. 

per  1000. 

Black  Ink  

$  .75    |  $1.00 

$1.25 

$2.00 

$2.00 

$1.50 

Bine  

1.00 

1.25 

2.00 

3.50 

3.00 

3.00 

Red  

1.25 

1.50 

2.50 

4.50 

4.00 

4.00 

Black  and  Red  

2.50 

3.25 

4.25 

7.00 

6.00 

6.00 

Theatre  Proerrammes,  with  but  little  change,  should  beat  sp.-rial  lower  rates. 

When  ordered  m  large  quantities,  on  common  paper,  and  in  common  style,  the 
forms  should  be  doubled  by  re-composition  or  stereotyping,  and  the  prcsswork 
charged  at  the  rates  laid  down  for  Handbills,  on  page  241. 


274 


BALL    TICKETS. 


VALUE    OF    CARDS   PER    1OO. 


Qualities. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

No.  6. 

Embossed,  Plain  Border 

$ 

$ 

$ 

| 

Embossed,  Colored  Border 

Embossed  and  Gilt  Borders    

Embossed,  Gilt  and  Colored  Borders. 
Lace  Border.  Plain,  fine  pattern  

Lace  Border,  Colored. 

Lace  Border.  Gilt 

Lace  Border.  Gilt  and  Colored  .  . 

ENGRAVING  Large  Monogram  on  brass,  according  to  intricacy,  $ 

»  on  steel 

on  copper,  for  printing  with  ink, 

ST  Ail  PING  Large  Monogram  in  relief,  per  100 

Color  Monogram,  2  letters,  2  colors,  per  100 

3       »       3       .  .      

Ordinary  Stock  Initials  in  relief,  per  quire 

»        in  color,          «         

PRINTING  Monogram  on  Initial  in  one  color,  per  100 


275 


BALL    TICKETS. 


Embossed,  Gold,  Silver  aiid  Colored  Bordered,  Illuminated  and  Arabesque  Tinted 
and  Gilt  Cards  are  used  almost  exclusively  for  this  work.  The  sizes  arid  styles  are 
too  varied  and  irregular  to  be  classified  with  precision.  Prices  of  the  following 
table  are  approximations  only.  Many  of  the  qualities  are  domestic:  some  are 
imported ;  but  all  are  of  variable  price  and  of  uncertain  supply.  The  descriptions 
and  sizes  are  not  those  of  any  dealer.  They  are  usually  specified  and  sold  by  num- 
bers, that  do  not  give  the  novice  any  notion  of  size  or  quality,  for  these  cards  are 
of  all  sizes  and  shapes.  The  numbers  used  in  the  following  table  to  define  sizes  are 
for  the  nearest  approximations  to  the  sizes  defined  on  page  141. 

VALUE    OF   CARDS   PER    1OO. 


Qualities. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

No.  6. 

Embossed,  Plain  Border  

$1  75 

$2.00 

$2.25 

$2.50 

Embossed,  Colored  Border 

2.00 

2.50 

2.75 

3.25 

Embossed  and  Gilt  Borders 

3  00 

3.50 

3.75 

4.00 

Embossed,  Gilt  and  Colored  Borders  . 
Lace  Border,  Plain,  fine  pattern  
Lace  Border   Colored 

3.50 

4.00 
5.00 
6  50 

4.50 
5.50 

7  00 

5.00 
6.00 
7  50 

Lace  Border,  Gilt 

7  50 

8.00 

8.50 

Lace  Border,  Gilt  and  Colored  

8.50 

9.25 

10.00 

These  cards  are  usually  sold  in  boxes  of  300. 

Composition.  Plainest  style  should  be  rated  at  $1.00;  Ordinary  style 
at  $1 . 50 ;  Elaborately  Ornamented  from  $2 . 00  upward. 

Presswork.     At  the  same  rates  as  Single-leaf  Orders  of  Dancing. 

Invitations  to  Balls  are  sometimes  printed  on  Embossed  Note  paper.  Paper  for 
this  purpose  can  be  sold  from  81.00  to  $2.50  per  hundred  sheets,  according  to  quality. 
Composition  should  be  same  as  for  Ball  Tickets.  Presswork  at  same  rates  as  for 
Double-leaf  Orders  of  Dancing. 


STAMPING    OR    EMBOSSING 

Of  Initials  and  Monograms  upon  Envelopes  or  Note  Paper,  in  Relief  or  in  Colors. 


It  is  not  customary  to  make  any  charge  for  use  of  such  Initial  Letters  as  are  kept 
in  stock.    Specially  cut  Initials  and  all  Monograms  should  be  specifically  charged. 
The  Designing  of  an  Initial  or  Monogram,  if  not  used,  should  be  charged  from  50 
cents  to  $1.00;  if  accepted,  no  charge  should  be  made. 
ENGRAVING  Large  Monogram  on  brass,  according  to  intricacy,  $3 . 00  -5    5 .  0< ) 

on  steel 4 . 00  ^  10 . 00 

on  copper,  for  printing  with  ink,  2 . 00  ®    3 . 00 

STAMPING  Large  Monogram  in  relief,  per  100 50  ®      .75 

Color  Monogram,  2  letters,  2  colors,  per  100 1 .50  ®    2.00 

3       "        3  2.00®    3.00 

Ordinary  Stock  Initials  in  relief,  per  quire .10 

a        in  color.          »         .25 

PRINTING  Monogram  on  Initial  in  one  color,  per  100 60  ®      .90 

For  cost  of  Fine  Note  Papers,  see  pages  27,  28,  29. 


276 


WEDDING    CARDS. 


VALUE  OP  CARDS  PER  100. 


Medium  Size. 

Plain 
Bristol. 

Antique 
Bristol. 

Oblong  Size. 

Plain 

Bristol. 

Antique 
Bristol. 

2x3%  inches. 

$ 

$ 

l^z  x  3  inches.    . 

$ 

$ 

2V4  x  37/s 

13/4   X  8%      >'          .. 

2^  x  4V4 

2x4 

2%  x  4^ 

2V4  x  4%    „      ... 

3  x4=V4 

2%  x  5Ms    -/     .  ,. 

ENGRAVING   Church,  At  Home,  or   Ceremony  Invitations, 

with  ordinary  amount  of  matter 

Same  card,  with  extra  work  or  lettering 

PRINTING  Church  or  At  Home  Plate,  per  100 

Ribbons,  inserted  and  tied,  per  100 

Silver  Cord,    /> 

Beaded  Envelopes,  according  to  pattern. . 

Plain  Thick  Envelopes,  No.  6  size 


VALUE  OF  CARDS  PER  HUNDRED. 


Qualities. 

No.  1. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

Super.  Bristol  Board,  thin  .  . 
"       thick  .  . 
Antique  Post  Board. 
Antique  Bristol  Board.  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Crystal,  or  Snow  Flake  

277 


WEDDING    CARDS. 


VALUE   OP    CARDS   PER    100. 


Medium  Size. 

Plain 
Bristol 

Antique 
Bristol. 

Oblong  Size. 

Plain          Antique 
Bristol.         Bristol. 

i 

2x3%  inches. 

$  .40 

$    .75 

IVfc  x  3  inches..  . 

$  .35      $  .60 

2V4  x  3% 

.52 

.80  J 

1*4X8%    •      ... 

.40           .67 

2^  x4>4 

.65 

.90 

2x4               ..         .50           .75 

2*4  x  4^      « 

.75 

1.00 

2V4  x4%    .,     ...        .60           .90 

3  x  4%      /> 

.90 

1.20 

2%  x  5^    »     ...         .85         1.  00 

ENGRAVING   Church,  At  Home,  or  Ceremony  Invitations, 

with  ordinary  amount  of  matter $4.50  ®  7.50 

Same  card,  with  extra  work  or  lettering 7 .00  ®  10.00 

PRINTING  Church  or  At  Home  Plate,  per  100 1.00®  1. 25 

Ribbons,  inserted  and  tied,  per  100 2.00  ®  2.50 

Silver  Cord,    «                           »       3.00®  3.50 

Beaded  Envelopes,  according  to  pattern 2.00  ®  3.00 

Plain  Thick  Envelopes.  No.  6  size 70  ®  .80 


COPPERPLATE  VISITING  CARDS. 


Sizes  and  Shapes  are  subject  to  fancy  and  fashion,  varying  from  No.  1  to  No.  5  of 
Ordinary  Card  Scale,  and  from  a  form  nearly  square  to  an  extreme  oblong. 

VALUE  OF  CARDS  PER  HUNDRED. 


Qualities.                        No.  1. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

Super.  Bristol  Board,  thin  .  .  $   .25 

$  .30 

$   .40 

$  .50 

$  .60 

thick  .  .        .30 

.40 

.55 

.65 

.80 

Antique  Post  Board,     «      .  .        .25 

.25 

.35 

.45 

.55 

Antique  Bristol  Board                   35 

35 

45 

60 

75 

Crystal,  or  Snow  Flake  75 

.75 

.90 

1.20 

1.50 

Square  and  Oblong  shapes  at  special  rates. 

Many  Card-makers  use  for  Visiting  Cards  a  special  scale  of  sizes  and  special 
numbers,  entirely  different  from  those  used  for  ordinary  Cards.  The  numbers  of 
the  table  are  for  sizes  denned  on  page  141. 

ENGRAVING  Visiting  Card,  in  Script $1 .25  ®  $1 .75 

in  Old  English 1.50®  2.00 

PRINTING  Visiting  Cards,  per  100  impressions 75  ®  1 . 00 

The  lower  prices  may  be  used  for  long  orders  or  for  common  work.  Price  for 
Engraving  includes  ownership  of  the  Plate. 

By  Letter  Press.  The  Composition  and  Presswork  of  Visiting  Cards,  in  ut-« 
Script  or  Card  Text,  may  be  rated  at  §1  00  for  the  first  Hundred,  and  25  cents  for 
every  added  Hundred. 


278 


ELECTION'    TICKETS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER   PER    10OO    TICKETS. 


Tickets 
to  Sheet 

30  Ib. 

2?s  inches  wide.    News 

40  Ib.      '  Tickets 
Book.       to  Sheet. 

30  Ib.       40  Ib. 
3  inches  wide.    .\ews.      Book. 

64 

6  inches  lon<_    > 

$ 

48 

6M?  inches  loni:  .* 

$ 

80 

4% 

64 

434 

96        1 

72 

4 

128       3 

96 

3H 

;    160 

2%   .         .     ! 

128 

2% 

COMPOSITION    OF    ELECTION    TICKETS 

When  Two  or  more  are  set  up.     Prices  are  for  each  Ticket. 


6  inches 


Sizes. 

Little         Ordinary 
Matter.          Matter 

Much 
Matter. 

>n^.  with  endorsement 

$                    $ 

$ 

Ions.  " 

mg                                   

279 


ELECTION    TICKETS. 


Double  Medium,  24  x  38  inches,  will  be  found  the  most  useful  shape, 
but  Tieket-  can  be  cut  out  of  almost  any  size  of  Xews  with  but  little  waste. 

VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1000    TICKETS. 


Tickets 
to  Sheet. 

Scinches  wide. 

30  Ib. 

News. 

40  Ib. 
Book. 

Tickets 
to  Sheet. 

3  inches  wide. 

30  Ib. 
News. 

40  Ib. 
Book. 

64 

6  inches  long. 

$  .21 

$  .35 

48 

6^5  inches  long 

$  .28 

$    .46 

80 

434    " 

.17 

.25 

64 

4%     " 

.21 

.35 

96 

4             ,:. 

.14 

.23 

72 

4 

.19 

.31 

128 

3       » 

.11 

.18 

96 

3%     . 

.14 

.23 

160 

2%   . 

.09 

.13 

128 

2%     . 

.11 

.18 

These  are  prices  for  orders  of  not  less  than  10,000  copies.  Petty  orders  should  be 
at  least  double  these  rates.  For  very  large  orders  of  100,000  or  more  make  special 
estimate.  News  paper  is  rated  in  the  table  at  $6.00  and  Book  paper  at  $10  00  per 
ream. 

COMPOSITION    OF    ELECTION    TICKETS 

When  Two  or  more  are  set  up.    Prices  are  for  each  Ticket. 


Sizes. 

Little 
Matter. 

Ordinary 

Matter. 

Much 
Matter. 

3  inches  long,  with  endorsement  . 

$      50 

$     75 

$1    00 

434  inches  long.  » 

75 

1  00 

I   50 

6  inches  long                                     

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

If  no  Endorsement  is  required,  and  if  names  are  all  set  in  lower  case,  prices  may 
be  one-fourth  less.  For  a  very  large  order,  executed  at  convenience,  special  prices 
may  be  made.  The  composition  of  a  single  local  ticket,  should  be  at  higher  rates. 
If  unusual  dispatch  is  required,  to  the  neglect  of  other  work,  the  prices  should  be 
at  least  double. 

When  the  tickets  are  set  in  any  unusual  face  of  type,  add  one-half  to  above  rates. 

Electrotypinf?  of  Engraved  Heads  of  less  size  than  8  square  inches  should  be 
at  the  rate  of  15  cents  per  square  inch. 

PRESSWORK. 

Petty  Orders,  done  at  convenience,  should  be  50  cents  for  the  first  Hun- 
dred, 20  cents  for  every  added  Hundred.  If  required  in  haste,  double  price. 

Alterations  hi  form,  and  on  press,  should  be  charged  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  per 
hour  for  the  time  of  the  composition,  and  at  the  regular  rate  per  hour  for  all  deten- 
tion of  the  press.  See  Presswork. 

Prices  of  Presswork  include  the  cutting,  but  not  the  folding  of  the  tickets. 

All  work  done  at  night  should  be  charged,  if  possible,  on  time.  For  a  small  order, 
the  usual  rate  of  double  price  will  be  found  entirely  insufficient. 

Orders  of  10,000  or  More,  are  usually  printed  from  a  form  of  four 
lirkds  or  more,  and  should  be  charged  by  the  rates  of  the  following-  table: 


280 


ELECTION    TICKETS. 

Presswork  of  Election  Tickets  in  Sheets. 


Size  of  Form. 
Color  of  Ink. 


QUARTER  MEDIUM, 

or  smaller  form. 


Black  Ink 

Blue  or  Red 

HALF  SHEET  MEDIUM. 

Black  Ink 

Blue  or  Red 

FULL  SHEET  MEDIUM. 

Black  Ink 

Blue  or  Red  .  . 


1OO. 


Every 
added 
10O. 


10OO. 


30OO 


per  1000.  per  1000.  per  1000. 


5000 


20  M. 


ELECTION    TICKETS. 


Presswork  of  Election  Tickets  in  Sheets. 


Size  of  Form. 
Color  of  Ink. 

100. 

Every 
added  10OO. 
100. 

3000    5000 

I.er  1000.  per  1000. 

20  M. 
per  1000. 

QUARTER  MEDIUM, 

or  smaller  form. 

Black  Ink.   .                 

$  .75 
1.50 

$   .30 
.40 

$3.00 
4.00 

4.00 
5.00 

5.00 
7.00 

$2.50 
3.50 

3.50 
4.50 

4.00 
6.00 

$2.00 
3.00 

3.00 
4.00 

3.00 

5.00 

$1.50 
2.50 

2.00 
3.50 

2.50 
4.50 

Blue  or  Red                       

HALF  SHEET  MEDIUM. 
Black  Ink. 

500. 

2.50 
3.00 

Blue  or  Red. 

FULL  SHEET  MEDIUM. 
Black  Ink.  .                 

Blue  or  Red  .  . 

Folding,  Counting  and  Packing  Tickets.  Quantities  less  tliau  10,000,  two 
folds,  30  cents  per  1000;  over  25,000,  two  folds,  25  cents  per  1000.  When  tickets  are 
folded  in  the  sheet,  and  cut  through  the  fold,  a  lower  price  will  serve. 

ESTIMATES    IN    DETAIL. 

Ordinary  matter,  3  x  4\  inches,  Common  Paper,  Black  Ink. 


Items. 

1OOO. 

1  set 

3000. 

2  set 

6OOO. 

3  set 

.  1O.OOO. 

4  set 

20,000. 

8  set 

50.00O. 

8  set 

100  M. 
1C  set 

Paper  

$    .21 

$   .63 

$1.26 

$2.00 

$4.00 

$10.00 

$18.00 

Composition  

1.50 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

8.00 

8.00 

16.00 

Presswork  
Cutting 

2.25 

4.00 
30 

5.00 
.60 

6.25 
1.00 

8.75 
2.00 

18.75 
5.00 

18.75 
10.00 

.... 

Total 

$3.95 

$7.43 

$9.86 

$13.35 

$22.75 

$41.75 

$62.75 

Price  per  1000  . 

$3.95 

$2.48 

$1.65 

$1.33 

$1.19 

$   .83 

$   .62 

FREIGHT    BILLHEADS. 


For  this  work,  use  the  prices  given  on  pages  97  and  99  for  Memorandum  Billheads. 

If  a  Consignee's  Notice  or  Cartman's  Receipt  is  added  and  printed  on  the  back, 
add  the  value  of  the  extra  composition.  For  small  orders,  for  which  less  than  four 
Bills  are  set,  both  face  and  back  may  be  imposed  together,  and  may  be  printed 
together  with  but  trifling  extra  expense.  For  a  large  order,  for  which  it  is.judiciou- 
to  use  six  or  eight  plates,  the  addition  of  such  notice  on  back  will  make  i-\ti;i 
chargeable  work.  It  will  be  necessary  uot  only  to  charge  for  extra  composition. 
but  to  double  the  price  of  presswork. 


282 


INLAND    BILLS    OF    LADING. 


VALTJE    OF   PAPER   PER    1000   BILLS    LADING. 


Size  and  Quality. 

10 

pounds. 

12        14       16 

pounds.  I  pounds.  !  pounds. 

18 

pounds 

20 

pounds. 

Four  Bills  Lading  to  sheet  

$ 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Six        //          a               "      

Eight    H          "               "          ... 

Value  per  ream  on  M.  rarer.  .  . 

COMPOSITION   OF   INLAND   BILLS   LADING. 


Size  of 
Form. 
Inches. 

Electro- 
typing 
Each. 

Sizes  and  Styles. 

Plain 
Little 
Comp. 

Usual. 
Ordinary 
Comp. 

Ornament. 
Much 
Comp. 

Special 
Clause 
on  Back. 

7*6  X  10 

6X7^ 

$ 

Four  to  Folio  .... 
Four  to  Cap  

$ 

$ 

$ 

At  the 
rate  of 

4*x7fc 

Six  to  Folio  
Eight  to  Folio  

per  1000 
ems. 

PRESSWORK    BY    COPIES   PER    1000   BILLS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

1OOO. 

1  set 

5OOO. 

2  set. 

5OOO. 

3  set. 

500O.  i  1O  M. 

4  set    1    4  set 

20  M. 

6  set. 

5OM. 

8  set. 

Black  Ink                      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

.$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  Ink  

Red  Ink... 

Black  and  Red... 

These  prices  include  cutting,  counting,  and  packing. 
PRESSWORK  BY  SHEETS  PER  1000  IMPRESSIONS. 


Color  of  Ink. 

Half  Sheet  Folio.                    Full  Sheet  Folio. 
On  2,  3,  or  4  Plates.                              On  4,  6,  or  8  Plates. 

1OOO 

impress. 

50OO 

10,000     1000 

impress.       impress. 

5000 

impress. 

10,OOO 

impress. 

Black  Ink  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$2.00 

Blue  Ink  . 

Red  Ink  

Black  and  Red  

283 


INLAND    BILLS    OF    LADING. 

ORI.INARY  FORMS   USED  BY   STEAMERS   AND  TRANSPORTATION   COMPANIES. 


Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  is  the  shape  that  cuts  to  best  advantage  for 
most  popular  sizes.     Usual  sizes  of  Folio  are  Four,  Six  and  Eight  to  sheet. 
Flat  Cap,  14  X  17  inches,  is  sometimes  used  in  quarter  sheets. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER   PER    1000  BILLS   LADING. 


Size  and  Quality. 

10 

pounds. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds 

20 

pounds. 

Four  Bills  Lading  to  sheet  

$1.65 

$1.95 

$2.30 

$2.60 

$3.00 

$3.30 

Six                                    " 

1.10 

1.30 

1  55 

1.75 

2.00 

2.20 

Eight    *                                

.83 

.97 

1.16 

1.30 

1.50 

1.65 

Value  per  ream  on  31.  paper  

3.00 

3.60 

4.20 

4.80 

5.40 

6.00 

COMPOSITION    OF    INLAND    BILLS   LADING. 


Size  of         Electro-   ; 
Form.          tvping       Sizes  and  Styles. 

Inches.              Each.      i 

Plain. 
Little 
Comp. 

Usual. 
Ordinary 
Comp. 

Ornament 
Much 
-  Comp. 

Special 
Clause 
on  Back. 

7  i*  x  10      $4.50       Four  to  Folio  
i)  x  7V>      i!  70       Four  to  Cap. 

$3.00 
2.25 

$4.00 
3.00 

$6.00 
4.50 

At  the 
rate  of 

Gi-i  x  71-'      2  70       Six  to  Folio. 

2.25 

3  00 

4  50 

$1.00 

41.-  x  71i      2.00       Eight  to  Folio.  ... 

1.50 

2.00 

3.00 

per  1000 
ems. 

PRESS-WORK    BY   COPIES   PER    1000   BILLS. 


Color  of  Ink.                  Y^t0' 

50OO. 

5OOO. 

3  set. 

5OOO. 

4  get 

10  M. 

4  set. 

20  M. 

6  set. 

5OM. 

8  set. 

Black  Ink  .*2.00 

$1.00 

*  .85 

$    .65 

$  .50 

$   .4.3 

$  .35 

Blue  Ink          .                 ...    3.00 

1.50 

1.20 

.90 

.75 

.Go 

.50 

Red  Ink                                  3.50 

1  75 

1.40 

1  10 

.85 

7ft 

.60 

Black  and  Red..                 .    5.00 

2.50 

2.00 

1.60 

1.30 

1.10 

.90 

These  prices  include  cutting,  counting,  and  packing. 
PRESSWORK  BY  SHEETS  PER  1000  IMPRESSIONS. 


Half  Sheet  Folio.                    Full  Sheet  Folio. 

On  2,  3,  or  4  Plates.                               '  >n  4,  6,  or  8  Plates. 

1000 

imiuv-s. 

50OO 

initilV". 

10,000       1000 

impress,        impress. 

50OO 

impress. 

10,000 
bnprcM, 

Black  Ink  i  $2.50 

$2.00 

$2.00 

$3.50 

$2.50 

$2.00 

lilac  Ink  3.75 

3.25         3.00 

4.25 

3.75 

3.00 

R(.-d  Ink  4..  '.it         4.  no         3.50 

5.00 

4.50 

4.00 

Bhirk  and  Red  G.nn          5.00          5.00 

8.00 

7.00 

7.00 

284 


M  A  X I  F  E  S  T  S    OR    WAY    BILLS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER    PEE    10OO    COPIES. 


Sizes. 

12        14 

pounds,    pounds. 

16           18           20 

pounds.         pounds,        pounds. 

22           24 

pounds.        pounds. 

Whole  Sheet.  .  . 

* 

$ 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Two  to  Sheet  .  . 

Three 

Four 

Five          «      .  . 

Value  per  Ream 

' 

Flat  Cap. 

Folio  Post. 

Sizes  and  Styles. 

One 

Ream. 

Five 
Beams, 
per  ream. 

One 
Ream. 

Five 
Reams, 
per  ream. 

Red  and  Feint,  Four  Heads  to  Sheet. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

* 

Three      » 

Two 

One 

Assorted  sizes. 

Feint  Lining-  onlv.  any  size.  .  . 

i 

285 


MANIFESTS    OR    WAY    BILLS. 


Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  and  Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  are  the 
most  useful  shapes.  An  intermediate  size  is  sometimes  used,  but  it  is  made 
onlv  to  order.  Orders  are  given  both  by  the  Thousand  and  by  the  Ream. 

VALUE    OF   PAPER   PER    1000    COPIES. 


Sizes. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

22 

pounds. 

24 

Whole  Sheet.  .  . 
Two  to  Sheet  .  . 

$7  .92 
3.96 

$9.24 
4.62 

$10.56 
5.28 

$11  .'88 
5.94 

$13.20 
6.60 

$14.52 

7.26 

$15.84 
7.92 

Three        //      .  . 

2.64 

3.08 

3.52 

3.96 

4.40 

4.84 

5.28 

Four           a 

1.98 

2.31 

2.64 

2.97 

3.30 

3.63 

3.96 

Five           a      .  . 

1.59 

1.85 

2.12 

2.38 

2.64 

2.91 

3.17 

Value  per  Ream 

3.60 

4.20 

4.80 

5.40 

6.00 

6.60 

7.20 

When  ordered  in  large  quantities,  make  special  rates.  See  pages  33,  34,  and  39. 
Double  Cap  and  Double  Folio  Post  (the  latter  to  be  had  only  to  order)  may  be  found 
economical  in  saving  presswork  on  a  large  order. 

RULING-   OF   MANIFESTS   OR   WAY   BILLS. 

For  ordinary  and  small  orders,  it  -will  be  found,  cheaper  and  neater  to  have  the 
paper  specially  ruled  on  ruling  machine.  Sizes  of  paper  larger  than  Folio  Post 
should  be  at  the  usual  rates  of  Ruling. 


Red  a 


Sizes  and  Styles. 

Flat  Cap. 

Folio  Post. 

One 

Ream. 

Five 
Reams. 

per  ream. 

One 
Ream. 

Five 
Reams. 

per  ream. 

1  Feint,  Four  Heads  to  Sheet. 

$2.00 

$1.60 

$3.00 

$2.40 

Three 

1.80 

1.40 

2.75 

2.20 

Two 

1.60 

1.20 

2.50 

2.00 

One         «                         1.40    |     1.00 

2.25 

1.80 

Assorted  sizes.  1  .  75         1.40 

2.60 

2.00 

ining  only,  any  size  ;        .65           .  50    .      1.10         1  .  00 

These  prices  are  for  ordinary  patterns  only,  that  require  but  one  strike  for  each 
heading.  For  heads  that  have  to  be  struck  twice  or  more,  for  intricate  patterns, 
or  for  very  large  quantities,  special  rates  should  be  made.  A  Half  Ream  or  less 
should  be  two-thirds  the  price  of  the  full  ream. 

COMPOSITION. 

For  Ruled  Paper.  The  work  required  is  too  unequal  for  exact  price. 
A  Single  Heading  for  about  eight  ruled  columns,  with  one  plain  head  line, 
should  be  rated  at  $1.00.  When  two  or  more  such  column  headings  are 
net,  the  additional  headings  may  be  rated  at  75  cents  each.  Plain  Endorse- 
ments of  three  or  four  lines  50  cents  each. 

When  there  are  two  or  more  head  lines  over  each  colnimi  heading,  when  the 
column  headings  exceed  ten,  or  consist  of  two  or  more  lines,  or  are  set  crosswise, 
•A  higher  price  will  be  required.  See  Account  Book  Headings. 


286 


MANIFESTS    O  It    W  AY    BILLS. 


PRESSWORK   ON    MANIFESTS    OR,    WAY    BILLS. 


Impressions  in  Black  Ink. 

Half  Sheet  Folio, 
or  any  smaller  size-. 

Full  Sheet  Folio, 
or  Full  Sheet  Cap. 

One  Side. 
No  Endors't. 
One  Form. 

Both  Sides. 
With  Endors. 
Two  Forms. 

One  Side. 

\o  Endors't. 
One  Form. 

Both  Sides. 
With  Endors. 
Two  Forms. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  .  . 
Every  added  Hundred  

$ 

f 

$ 

1 

Five  Hundred  impressions  .  . 
One  Thousand  impressions.  . 
Every  added  Thousand  
One  Ream  of  Paper  

Five  Reams  Paper,  per  ream. 
Ten  Reams  Paper,  per  ream. 

MANIFESTS    OR    WAY    BILLS. 


287 


With.  Brass  Rules.  In  this  style,  the  work  must  be  rated  by  time  at 
75  cents  per  hour,  with  the  added  value  of  all  the  Brass  Rule  wasted.  If 
the  form  is  to  be  kept  standing  add  the  entire  value  of  Rule. 

PRESSWORK    ON    MANIFESTS    OR    WAY    BILLS. 


Impressions  in  Black  Ink. 

Half  Sheet  Folio, 

Full  Sheet  Folio, 

or  Full  Sheet  Cap. 

One  Side. 

\o  Endors't. 
One  Form. 

Both  Sides. 
With  Eiidors. 

Two  Forms. 

One  Side. 

No  Endors't. 
One  Form. 

Both  Sides. 
With  Endors. 
Two  Forms. 

One  Hundred  impressions.  .  . 
»Everv  added  Hundred  

$  .75 

.20 
1.50     . 
2.50 
2.00 
2.50 
2.00 
2.00 

$1.25 

.40 
2.75 
4.50 
4.00 
4.50 
4.00 
3.50 

$1.00 
.25 
2.00 

3.00 
2.50 
2.00 
1.50 
1.00 

$1.50 
.40 
3.00 
5.00 
4.00 
3.50 
2.50 
2.00 

Five  Hundred  impressions.  . 
One  Thousand  impressions.  . 
Every  added  Thousand  .... 

One  Ream  of  Paper  

Five  Reams  Paper,  per  ream. 
Ten  Reams  Paper,  per  ream. 

The  Prices  for  Impressions  are  not  necessarily  for  single  copies,  but  for  as  inauy 
copies  as  are  printed  by  one  impression. 

The  Prices  per  Beam  are  for  a  full  ream  of  480  sheets,  less  the  waste.  On  the 
half-sheet  size  of  paper,  printed  on  both  sides,  the  Ream  will  be  1920  impressions  ; 
on  the  full-sheet  size,  printed  on  both  sides,  960  impressions. 

Blue  or  Bed  Ink  is  seldom  required.  As  this  kind  of  form  uses  little  ink,  and 
gives  little  trouble,  an  advance  of  one-third  on  the  price  of  Black  will  be  sufficient. 


TIME    TABLES 

FOR    RAILROAD    AKD    STEAMBOAT    COMPANIES. 


Paper.  The  sizes  of  paper  used  for  this  class  of  work  are  too  irregular  to  be 
classified  and  priced.  Fair  and  Fine  Book,  white,  tinted  and  colored  are  all  approved 
qualities.  Map,  Bond  and  Tissue  have  some  use  for  pocket  service. 

Composition  in  Boman  Type,  Most  work  of  this  nature  should  be  done  on 
time  at  75  cents  per  hour,  with  the  added  value  of  all  Brass  Rule  used.  When  mat- 
ter is  measured,  the  rates  should  be  for  all  sizes  from  Nonpareil  to  Pica  $2.50  per 
1000  ems;  for  Agate  82.75;  Pearl  S3. 00;  Diamond  83.50  per  1000  ems.  The  value  of 
the  Brass  Rule,  and  of  all  time  spent  in  cutting  it,  should  be  added.  When  Antique 
Type,  or  Roman  Type  on  bastard  body,  or  any  unusual  sorts  are  required,  the 
additional  cost  of  such  type  over  that  of  regular  Roman  should  be  added  to  the 
price.  This  extra  charge  may  be  in  one  specific  item,  or  may  be  incorporated  witli 
that  of  composition,  as  may  be  expedient.  See  Special  Sorts,  page  67. 

Alterations,  with  Proof  Reading  and  responsibility,  by  Day,  75  cents  per  hour: 
by  Night,  $1.00  ®  81  50  per  hour.  Without  Proof  Reading  or  responsibility,  by  Day. 
60  cents;  by  Night,  81.00  to  81.25.  See  page  61. 

Keeping  Form  Standing.  Ascertain  the  value  of  Type  in  form  and  required 
in  case  for  alterations;  charge  2  per  cent,  per  month,  irrespective  of  the  number  of 
times  the  form  is  used.  One  per  cent,  pays  the  rate  for  use  of  material,  and  one 
per  cent,  for  care  and  responsibility  of  keeping  it  in  order. 


288  TIME    TABLES. 

PRESSWORK    OF    TIME    TABLES,    BLACK    INK. 


Size  of  Sheet. 

1 

10O.           250. 

5OO. 

1000. 

50OO. 

per  1000. 

10.OOO. 

per  1000. 

10  x  12  inches  

$!  4 
!  * 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12  x20 

20  x  24 

22  x  28 

24  x  38 

TIME    TABLES.  289 

PRESSWORK  OF  TIME  TABLES,  BLACK  INK. 


Size  of  Sheet. 

1OO. 

250. 

500. 

1000 

50OO. 

per  1000. 

10,000. 

per  1000. 

10  x  18  inches  

$1.00 

$1.25 

$1.50 

$2.50 

$2.00 

$1.75 

12  x20 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

3.50 

3.00 

2.50 

20  x24 

1.75 

2.00 

3.00 

5.00 

4.50 

3.00 

22  x  28 

2.00 

3.00 

4.00 

6.00 

5.00 

24  x  38      n      .... 

3.00 

4.00 

5.50 

7.50 

6.00 

These  are  prices  for  Day  work.  All  work  done  at  night,  or  by  day  to  the  injury  of 
Dthei  work,  should  be  at  special  rates. 

The  Prices  are  for  sizes  larger  than  Nonpareil.  Presswork  on  Agate  Type  should 
be  10  per  cent,  extra ;  Pearl  20  per  cent,  extra ;  Diamond  30  per  cent,  extra. 


PASSAGE    TICKETS    ON    CARDS. 


Consecutively  -numbered  Passage  Tickets  can  be  printed  to  advantage 
only  by  those  who  use  many  machines  specially  constructed  for  the  purpose, 
and  who  make  the  work  a  specialty.  Prices,  including  card  stock  and 
labor,  range  from  $1.00  to  $1.50  per  1000,  according  to  extent  of  order  and 
quality  of  card.  Any  number  less  than  1000  rates  as  \  000. 

Small  quantities  of  Tickets  not  numbered,  may  be  taken  at  the  rate  of  SI. 50  per 
1000  for  the  composition  and  presswork,  with  the  value  of  the  card  board  aud 
alterations  added.  See  No.  1  Cards,  page  147. 

Large  quantities  of  Tickets  not  numbered,  should  be  printed  from  a  form  of 
many  tickets.  Set  up  or  electrotype  as  many  as  are  needed  to  fill  an  eighth,  twelfth 
or  sixth  sheet,  as  may  be  most  judicious  for  the  quantity ;  and  charge  for  the  work 
at  75  cents  per  hour.  In  most  cases  this  will  average  25  cents  for  each  ticket.  For 
value  of  Card  Board,  see  prices  for  the  cheaper  qualities  on  page  235,  or  make 
special  price.  The  Presswork  should  be  charged  at  the  uniform  rate  of  $3 . 00  per 
KlOd  impressions.  Alterations  on  time  only :  75  cents  per  hour  for  Composition,  and 
75  cents  @  81.25  per  hour,  according  to  size  and  value  of  machine,  for  detention 
of  press.  The  Cutting-up,  if  done  on  a  paper-cutting  machine,  at  10  cents  per  1000; 
it  done  singly  by  shears  at  20  cents  per  1000.  An  order  of  50,000  on  common  Satin  or 
Blank  Board  may  be  done  in  this  style  at  $1.50  per  1000. 

Coupon  Tickets,  numbered,  are  furnished  by  railroad  ticket  printers  at 
prices  ranging  from  $1.50  to  $2.00  per  1000  tickets,  according  to  quantity. 
At  these  rates  they  can  be  done  to  profit  only  by  those  possessed  of  the 
I iaient  machinery  and  of  experience  in  the  work. 

Excursion  Tickets,  not  numbered,  for  Associations.  The  usual  size  is 
a  double  No.  1  Card.  See  prices  of  Cards,  on  page  147.  The  Composition 
of  an  ordinary  form  of  two  tickets,  in  plain  style,  should  be  rated  at  $1.00; 
in  neat  style,  with  border,  $1 .50  to  $2.00.  Presswork  should  be  at  $2.00 
per  thousand.  One  Hundred  only  at  50  cents.  If  numbered  by  paging 
machine,  charge  $1.00  ©  $2.00  per  1000  niimbi-r-. 


290 


PASSAGE    TICKETS    OX    PAPER. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER    PER    1000    TICKETS. 


Sizes....  N  Paper. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

24 

pounds. 

28 

pounds. 

Two  Tickets  to  page 

$ 

I 

$ 

$ 

t 

Three     - 

Four      /' 

Five 

Value  per  ream.  .  . 

For  M  Paper,  add  10  per  cent,  to  these  prices.    For  Perfect  Paper,  add  cue-fifth. 

COMPOSITION    OF   PASSAGE    TICKETS. 

Ordinary  Form,  \vith  Enclosed  Rules,  with  End  Piece  on  Ticket,  and  a  Printed  Stub. 


Sizes. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Folio 
Post 

Flat 
Sizes.                !      cap. 

Folio 
Post 

Five  to  page  
Four  to  page  

$ 

$ 

Three  to  page  1  $ 
'  Two  to  page  

f 

If  Stub  and  End  Piece  are  omitted,  deduct  50  ceuts. 

PRESSWORK    IN   BLACK   INK. 


Sizes. 

One  Ticket  Set.                             Two  Set. 

1OO 

Tickets. 

25O 

Tickets. 

5OO 

Tickets. 

1000 

Tickets. 

1000 
impres.' 

2OOO 

per  1000. 

One  Ticket  to  page  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

§ 

$ 

Two  Tickets  to  page 

Three     « 

Four      " 

-  Five       // 

BINDING   OF   PASSAGE    TICKETS. 


Sizes. 

Folio,  4  or  5  on  page. .  $ 
Quarto,  2  or  3  on  page. 
Six.ino.,  2  on  page..  . . 


Ordinary  Style  of  Half  Binding,  Paper  Sides. 

Flat       Folio 
Cap.        Post. 


Folio 
Post. 


Flat 
Sizes.  Cap. 

Octavo.  1  on  page ....  $ 

Ten  mo..  1  on  page.. . 

For  prices  of  quantities,  see  Binding. 


291 


PASSAGE    TICKETS    ON    PAPER. 


Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches,  and  Demy,  16  x  21  inches,  are  usual  sizes. 
FLAT  CAP,  14  X  17  inches,  is  not  uncommon.     They  are  usually  printed 
for  binding,  2,  3,  4,  and  5  to  page. 

VALUE   OF    PAPER   PER    1000   TICKETS. 


Sizes....  N  Paper. 

14 

pounds. 

16 

pounds. 

18 

pouuds. 

20 

pounds. 

24 

pounds. 

28 

pounds. 

Two  Tickets  to  page 

$2.34 

$2.64 

$3.00 

$3.33 

$4.00 

$4.68 

Three 

1.54 

1.75 

2.00 

2.20 

2.64 

3.09 

Four 

1.16 

1.32 

1.50 

1.65 

2.00 

2.33 

Five       " 

.93 

1.05 

1.20 

1.32 

1.50 

1.86 

Value  ner  ream.  .  . 

4.20 

4.80 

5.40 

6.00 

7.20 

8.40 

For  M  Paper,  add  10  per  cent,  to  these  prices.    For  Perfect  Paper,  add  one-fifth. 

COMPOSITION    OP   PASSAGE   TICKETS. 

Ordinary  Form,  with  Enclosed  Rules,  with  End  Piece  on  Ticket,  and  a  Printed  Stub. 


Sizes. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Folio 
Post 

Sizes. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Folio 
Post. 

Five  to  page  

$1.75 

$2.25 

Three  to  page  

$2.50 

$3.75 

Four  to  page  

2.00 

3.00 

Two  to  page  

3.25 

4.50 

If  Stub  aiid  End  Piece  are  omitted,  deduct  50  cents. 

PRESSWORK   IN   BLACK   INK. 


Sizes. 

One  Ticket  Set. 

Two  Set. 

10O 

Tickets. 

25O 

Tickets. 

5OO 

Tickets. 

1000 

Tickets. 

1OOO 

impres. 

2000 
per  1000. 

One  Ticket  to  page  . 

$    .50 

$  .75 

$1.25 

$2.00 

$.... 

$.... 

Two  Tickets  to  page 

1.00 

1.35 

2.00 

3.00 

2.00 

2.00 

Three 

1,20 

1.65 

2.40 

3.75 

Four       " 

1.50 

2.00 

2.90 

4.25 

3.00 

2.50 

Five 

1.75 

2.35 

3.25 

4.75 

For  Presswork  of  Tickets  from  a  form  of  three  or  more  tickets,  use  the  prices 
for  Presswork  of  Checks,  on  page  165 ;  the  prices  on  which  may  be  used  also  for 
Tickets  in  Colored  Inks. 


BINDING-   OF   PASSAGE   TICKETS. 

Ordinary  Style  of  Half  Binding,  Paper  Sides. 

Flat       Folio 
Sizes.  Cap.        Post. 

Folio,  4  or  5  on  page. .  $1 . 50  $1 . 80 
Quarto,  2  or  3  on  page,  .90  1 . 00 
Six  mo..  2  on  page 75  .90 


Folio 
Post. 


Flat 
Sizes.  Cap. 

Octavo,  1  on  page  ....$.  60  $  .  75 
Ten  mo.,  1  on  page...  .50  .  r>0 
For  prices  of  quantities,  see  Bi  m  1  i  1 1  - 


292 


EXTRA-THICK    TICKETS. 


VALUE    OF    CARDS   PER    100O. 

Qualities.  No.  1.       No.  2.       No.  3.       No.  4.       No.  5 

Check  Railroad 

Extra-thick  Railroad  . 
Double-extra  Railroad 
Triple-extra  Railroad . 
Japanese,  extra  tough 

PRESSWORK  OF   FREE   PASSES. 

10O       20O       3OO    |    4OO       5OO      1OOO  i  20OO. 

Color  of  Ink.  impres.    impres.    impres.    impres.    impres.    impres.  per  1000. 

Black  Ink $          $         1$          $          $ 

Red  or  Tint. 
Gold  Bronze 


Prices  are  for  Impressions.    When  printed  on  both  sides,  double  the  prices. 


EXTRA-THICK    TICKETS, 

AS    USED    BY   TRANSPORTATION   COMPANIES    AND    PLACES   OF   AMUSEMENT. 


VALUE    OF    CARDS    PER    1000. 


Qualities. 

No.  1. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

Check  Railroad  

$1.62 

*l  S-3 

$2.30 

$2  90 

$4.00 

Extra-thick  Railroad 

1.80 

2.04 

2  52 

3  12 

4  35 

Double-extra  Railroad  

2.28 

2.52 

3.15 

4  00 

5.40 

Triple-extra  Railroad  

2.70 

3.12 

3.84 

4.80 

6.50 

Japanese,  extra  tough 

5.25 

7.90 

9.25 

13  50 

14  25 

If  many  distinct  colors  are  wanted,  add  one-fourth  to  price  of  cards. 

Composition  of  an  ordinary  form  should  be  rated  at  $1 .00.  For  many 
curved  lines,  etc.  $1 . 50  @  $2 . 00.  For  every  alteration  of  name,  25  cents. 

Press-work  may  be  done  at  the  uniform  rate  of  $2 . 00  per  1000  impres- 
sions in  Black,  or  at  50  cents  for  first  Hundred,  aud  20  cents  for  every  added 
Hundred.  If  printed  on  both  sides,  double  the  price. 


FREE  PASSES. 


Nos.  2,  3,  and  4  of  Post  Board  and  Bristol  Board,  are  the  sizes  a"hd 
qualities  in  greatest  use.  For  value  of  Cards  see  pages  147  and  149. 

Composition.  An  ordinary  Free  Pass,  with  plain  rule  border,  and  usual 
caution  on  back,  may  be  rated  at  $1.50.  When  a  combination  border  is 
used,  and  other  extra  work  is  required,  the  price  should  be  not  less  than 
$2.50,  and  may  be  $5.00. 

Engraving1  of  a  Flat  Tint  Plate,  with  lights  or  year  cut  out,  at  $3.00  ; 
of  a  Ruled  Tint,  with  year  brought  out  in  shaded  outline,  $6.00. 

PRESSWORK  OF  FREE  PASSES. 


Color  of  Ink. 

100 
impres. 

200 
impres. 

300 

Impres. 

400 
impres. 

BOO 

tmpres. 

10OO    2000. 

impres.  per  1000. 

Black  Ink  

$  .:>o 
.75 
1.00 

$  .75 

1.12 
1.50 

$1.00 
1.50 

2.00 

$1.25 
1.88 
2.50 

$1.50 

2.25 
3.00 

$2.50 
3.75 
5.00 

$2.00 
3.00 
4.00 

Red  or  Tint  

Gold  Bronze  .  .  . 

Prices  are  for  Impressions.    When  printed  on  both  sides,  double  the  prices. 

Trip  Passes,  or  Special  Free  Passes,  when  printed  on 
paper  or  common  Card,  in  a  common  way,  may  be  done  at  the  rate  of 
$2.00  per  1000  impressions.  When  printed  from  stereotype  plates  in  large 
quantities,  they  may  be  done  at  the  rate  of  $2.00  per  1000  impressions. 


294  FREE    PASSES. 


i'REE    PASSES.  295 

By  Uithogrraphy.  The  cost  of  Transfer  and  Printing  will  be  the  same  as  for 
Ordinary  Business  Cards.  See  page  159.  The  cost  of  Engraving  -will  be  variable. 
For  little  lettering  iu  plain  style,  without  ornament,  $5.00  to  87.00;  for  the  finest 
work,  with  specially  engraved  vignette  or  ornaments,  $10. 00  to  $30.00. 

By  Copper  Plate.  The  value  of  Engraving  by  this  process  will  be  the  same  as 
by  Lithography.  The  charge  for  printing  should  be  for  the  first  One  Hundred  copies 
£1  50;  for  every  added  Hundred  81.25. 


FREIGHT    OR    FARE    TARIFFS. 


Like  many  other  Railroad  Forms,  Freight  or  Fare  Tariffs  are  of  too  irregular  size 
to  be  classified.  They  are  printed  of  all  sizes,  and  on  all  kind  of  material  from  Map 
or  Tissue  to  Card  board. 

Composition  of  ordinary  work  and  of  measurable  matter  may  be  taken  at  the 
regular  rates  of  §1.00  per  1000  ems,  with  the  usual  advances  for  Narrow  Measures, 
Excess  of  Capitals,  or  Table  or  Figure  Work.  See  pages  51  to  54. 

The  exclusive  use  of  Antique  or  Clarendon,  or  similar  bold  faces  as  text  types, 
should  be,  but  is  not,  at  one-fourth  extra  price.  Double  price  is  the  common  rate 
tor  small  tables,  and  as  such  it  is  quoted;  but  in  most  cases  this  does  not  pay  cost. 

Very  large  Freight  or  Fare  Tables,  filled  with  figures  and  occupying  a  royal  or 
double  royal  or  larger  sheet,  cannot  be  done  at  ordinary  rates  or  prices.  The  value 
of  all  type,  rule  and  sorts  procured  for  the  work,  should  be  added  to  the  value  of 
the  labor,  which  should  be  computed  at  75  cents  per  hour. 


RAILROAD    BLANKS. 


The  ordinary  Blanks  of  Railroad  and  Transportation  Companies,  like  Ticket, 
Freight,  Conductors',  and  Car  Reports,  Monthly  Abstracts,  etc.,  are  made  of  sizes 
to  suit  the  number  of  stations  on  the  road,  and  of  different  patterns  to  suit  the 
requirements  and  tastes  of  the  different  officials.  There  is  no  agreement  in  the 
size  of  Paper,  or  in  the  style  or  quality  of  Composition  or  Ruling.  It  is  impractic- 
able to  make  general  prices  for  any  of  these  blanks. 

Paper  is  the  most  important  item,  prices  for  which  may  be  made  by  consulting 
the  prices  of  Paper  on  pages  33  and  34.  M  papers  of  fair  make  are  usually  accept- 
able for  the  best  Blanks.  N  papers,  and  Off-colored  or  Specky,  are  often  used  for 
the  cheaper  Blanks.  For  large  quantities  of  odd  sizes,  paper  can  be  made  to  order 
to  best  advantage.  In  this  branch  of  work  competition  is  keen,  and  work  is 
unprofitable  unless  done  in  large  orders. 

Composition,  when  done  with  Brass  Rules,  is  quite  expensive  on  the  first  order 
of  an  ordinary  Blank.  The  value  of  Labor  and  Brass  Rule  on  some  forms  amounts 
to  .-•.">< i  (10.  If  the  value  of  this  composition  were  assessed  on  an  order  of  Five  or 
Ten  Reams,  the  price  would  be  prohibitory.  It  is  the  custom  with  those  who  do 
most  of  this  work  to  assess  the  expense  not  on  one  but  on  ten  or  more  orders,  with 
the  added  cost  of  Keeping  Form  Standing.  It  is  not  a  commendable  policy,  for 
forms  are  frequently  changed,  or  orders  diverted  before  half  the  expense  is  paid  for. 
The  method  of  making  such  a  calculation  may  be  seen  iu  the  following  estimate 
for  Conductors'  Reports  on  15-pound  Flat  Cap,  the  usual  orders  on  which  are  but 
5  reams,  but  of  which  30  reams  are  used  yearly. 

30  Reams  of  Flat  Cap  of  common  quality,  at  §4.00 $120.00 

Composition  of  Form,  with  Rules 2000 

Keeping  Km  MI  Standing  one  year 10  00 

Presswork  of  30  Reams,  at  $2.00, 60.00 


Total  (average  ^7  00  per  ream) s^io  <KI 


296  RAILROAD    BLANKS. 


KAILROAD    BLANKS.  297 

Estimates  wade  oil  this  basis  by  novices  in  this  specialty  are  pure  speculation*, 
with  more  than  ordinary  chance  of  loss. 

Presswork  of  all  ordinary  Railroad  Blanks  may  be  done  at  the  rates  of  Manifests 
or  Way  Bills,  as  specified  on  page  287.  Two  dollars  per  1000  impressions  with  most 
printers  will  be  found  too  low  a  price.  For  the  work  is  more  than  ordinarily 
troublesome  and  expensive.  The  Presswork  of  large  sheets  of  Railroad  Headings, 
requiring  exact  register  and  great  care,  should  be  at  the  regular  rates  for  Account 
Book  Headings. 

Railroad  Handbills,  Posters  and  Show  Cards  are  usually  done  at  special 
rates  by  printers  who  make  this  branch  of  work  a  specialty.  The  policy  of  charg- 
ing for  composition  in  instalments  is  often  practiced,  and  current  prices  are  too 
irregular  to  be  quoted. 


COMMUTATION    TICKETS. 


Cards.  The  usual  sizes  are  Xo.  '2,  3,  arid  4 ;  the  favorite  qualities  an- 
Tough  Check  Railroad  and  Japanese.  See  prices  of  Extra  Thick  Tickets. 

Composition.  The  ordinary  form  may  be  rated  at  $1 . 00.  When  the 
border  is  surrounded  with  31  numbers  equally  spaced  the  price  should  be 
$1.50  to  $3.00,  according  to  the  neatness  of  the  work. 

Press-work  in  Black  Ink  at  the  rate  of  $2.00  per  1000  impressions  :  ^ 
cents  for  the  first  Hundred,  and  20  cents  for  every  added  Hundred. 

Commutation  Tickets  in  Books  of  100  perforated  and  detachable 
tickets  are  of  variable  cost.  An  order  of  1000  Books,  each  containing  H"> 
tickets,  on  Flat  Cap,  24°.  could  be  done  in  good  style  for  20  cents  per  book. 


298  SPECIAL    PRICES. 


SPECIAL    PRICES.  299 


300 


LAW    CASES. 


Number  of  Patres. 

25 

copies. 

50 

copies. 

75 

copies. 

100 

Sixteen  pages,  and  over  per  page. 
Eight  pages,  and  less  than,  sixteen  .  .  . 
Less  than  Eight  pages.  .  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

s 

VALUE    OF    ORDINARY   WRITING   PAPER. 


Qualities. 

12 

pounds. 

14 

pounds. 

16        18 

pounds.  |  pounds. 

20 

pounds. 

22 

pounds. 

M  paper  per  ream  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$     ;* 

per  100  sheets.  . 

Perfect  paper       per  ream.       .  .  . 

per  100  sheets.  . 

VALUE    OF    BOND    PAPER. 


Qualities. 

Size 

14x17 

inches. 

Size 

16x21 

inches. 

Size 

17x22 

inches. 

Ordinary  thickness  per  100.  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Extra  thickness                               •' 

Parchment  Deed.  . 

301 


LAW  CASES. 


Super  Royal,  2~2  x  -2S  inches,  is  the  shape  of  paper  most  used  for  this 
class  of  work.  In  the  State  of  Xew  York,  a  rule  of  Court  defines  the 
quality  of  paper  and  dimensions  of  page  and  margin : 

'•On  white  writing  paper,  with  a  margin  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  leaf  not  less 
than  one  and  a  half  inches  wide.  The  printed  page,  exclusive  of  any  marginal 
reference,  seven  inches  long  and  three  and  a  half  inches  wide."  The  Super-royal 
Octavo  (6%  X  lOJj  inches,  trimmed)  fully  meets  the  requirement.  In  other  States, 
Medium  Octavo  (5\  x  9  inches,  trimmed)  is  used. 

Orders  seldom  exceed  25  copies.  The  items  of  Composition,  Paper. 
Presswork,  and  Binding  are  covered  by  these  rates  per  page  : 


Number  of  Pages. 

25 

copies. 

50 

copies. 

75 

copies. 

100 

copies. 

Sixteen  pages,  and  over.  .  .  .per  page. 
Eight  pages,  and  less  than  sixteen  .  .  . 
Less  than  Eight  pages  

$1.25 
1.40 
1.50 

$1.40 
1.55 
1.65 

$1.50 
1.65 
1.75 

$1.60 
1.75 
1.85 

The  size  of  type  used  is  Small  Pica.  It  is  usually  leaded,  with  side  folio,  25  ems 
wide,  and  50  ems  long,  or  1250  ems  to  the  page.  Composition  in  smaller  type 
should  he  rated  at  90  cents  per  1000  ems.  Alterations  at  60  cents  per  hour.  Covers 
should  be  rated  as  two  pages. 


LAW  BLANKS. 


Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches,  or  Small  Flat  Cap,  13  x  16  inches,  are 
used  for  the  greatest  number  of  Law  Blanks.  The  small  size  is  more  popular. 

FOLIO  POST,  17  x  22  inches,  and  DOUBLE  FLAT  LETTER,  16  x  20  inches, 
are  used  for  the  larger  forms. 

VALUE    OF    ORDINARY   WRITING   PAPER. 


Qualities. 

12       14 

pounds,    pounds. 

16    !    18       20       22 

pounds,   pounds,   pounds,  pounds. 

M  paper         ....  per  ream  

$3.60 
.80 
4.20 
.92 

$4.20 
.92 
4.90 
1.08 

$4.80 
1.06 
5.60 
1.23 

$5.40 
1.18 
6.30 
1.39 

$6.00 
1.32 
7.00 
1.54 

$6.60 
1.45 
7.70 
1.70 

per  100  sheets.  . 
Perfect  paper       per  ream. 

per  100  sheets.  . 

VALUE    OF    BOND    PAPER. 


Size 
Qualities.                                   14  X  17 
inches. 

16S>T21 

inches. 

Size 

17x22 

inehe?. 

Ordinary  thickness.                    per  100         $2  00 

.43   III) 

.*:j   5(1 

Extra  thickness  2  40 

3  60 

4.00 

Parchment  Deed  .  .                                           3.75 

5.35 

6.00 

Parchment  paper.  15  x  20  inches,  16  cents  per  sheet. 


302 


LAW    BLANKS. 


PBESSWORK    OF    LAW   BLANKS. 


Impressions  in  Black  Ink. 


One  Hundred  impressions. .  . 

Every  added  Hundred 

Five  Hundred  impressions  .  . 
One  Thousand  impressions . . 

Every  added  Thousand 

One  Ream  of  Paper 

Five  Reams  Paper,  per  ream 
Ten  Reams  Paper,  per  ream . 
Twenty  Reams  Paper,  per  r . 


Flat  Cap. 


One  Side,  i  Both  Sides. 


Folio  Post. 


One  Side.   Both  Sides. 


One  Form. 


.  Fo 


B  I.  A  >'  K  S  . 


303 


COMPOSITION    OF   LAW   BLANKS. 

The  following  measurements  are  for  pages  of  ordinary  size.    The  prices  are  for 
solid  or  close  matter.    It  is  not  customary  to  measure  open  blanks,  or  fat  matter. 


Flat  Cap  Page. 

40  X  75  ems  Pica. 

Brevier 7434  ems  . . 

Bourgeois 5880    ' 

Long  Primer . . .  4794    // 

Small  Pica 3780   //      . 

Pica 3000   //      . 

Pica  Script  of  thin  face 5.00 

Great  Primer  Script,  thin  face  4 . 50 
Double  Small  Pica  Script  ....  3.00 


17.43 
5.88 
4.79 
3.78 
3.00 


Folio  Post  Page. 
53  x  90  ems  Pica. 

Brevier 11,786  ems $11.78 

Bourgeois...  9,324    «     9.32 

Long  Primer .   7.504    //     ....     7 . 50 

Small  Pica...   5,900    //     5.90 

Pica 4,770    //     4.77 

Pica  Script,  thin  face 8 . 00 

Great  Primer  Script,  thin  face  7 . 00 

Double  Small  Pica  Script 5. 00 

These  measurements  should  be  used  only  for  close  matter,  or  as  a  guide  to  the 
comparative  value  of  different  sizes  of  type.    Most  Law  Blanks  are  priced  by  time. 
Justified.  Display  Lines,  unless  too  profusely  used,  do  not  increase  the  charges 
for  composition. 

Dotted  Brass  Rule,  as  leader-lines  for  -writing,  are  always  at  extra  price.  When 
freely  used,  the  cost  of  composition  is  doubled. 

Making-up  a  Form  of  Red  Letter  Display  Lines  should  be  priced  by  time,  at 
75  cents  per  hour. 

Ruling  Red  Marginal  Lines.  On  Flat  Cap :  One  Ream,  75  cents ;  Five  Reams 
and  over,  60  cents  per  ream.  On  Folio  Post:  One  Ream,  61.00;  Five  Reams  and 
over,  75  cents  per  ream.  Ruling  feint  lines  in  blauk  spaces,  struck  against  red 
lines,  can  be  rated  only  on  time,  at  75  cents  per  hour  at  which  rate  the  feint -lining 
only  of  a  single  ream  may  cost  from  §1.00  to  83.00. 

PRESSWORK    OF    LAW   BLANKS. 


Flat  Cap. 


Folio  Post. 


Impressions  in  Black  Ink.     ,  Q^  gide    Both  Sides.  One  Side.  Both  Sides. 

One  Form.    '  Two  Forms.   ;    One  Form.       Two  Forms. 


One  Hundred  impressions.  .  . 

$  .75 

$1.30 

$1.00 

$2.00 

Everv  added  Hundred  

.20 

.40 

.25 

.50 

Five  Hundred  impressions  .  . 

1.50 

3.00 

2.00 

4.00 

One  Thousand  impressions.  . 

2.50 

5.00 

3.00 

6.00 

Every  added  Thousand  

2.00 

4.00 

2.50 

5.00 

One  Ream  of  Paper  

1.50 

3.00 

2.00 

4.00 

Five  Reams  Paper,  per  ream. 

1.25 

2.50 

1.50 

3.00 

Ten  Reams  Paper,  per  ream. 

1.00 

2.00 

1.25 

2.50 

Twenty  Reams  Paper,  per  r. 

1.00 

2.00 

1.00 

2.00 

Prices  for  Impressions  on  Both  Sides  are  for  double  impressions. 

Presswork  of  Red  Letter  Display  Lines  in  Carmine,  should  be  one-half  more  than 
Black  Ink.  If  color  is  used  in  excess,  add  three-fourths  to  price  of  Black  ;  if  verj- 
uice register  is  wanted,  double  price  of  Black. 

Half-sheet  and  Quarter-sheet  Blanks,  in  Roman  Type,  and  in  common  style, 
may  be  taken  at  50  cents  for  the  first  Hundred  copies,  and  at  20  cents  for  every 
added  Hundred,  or  for  long  orders  at  the  rate  of  82.00  per  Thousand  impressions. 

Prices  of  Presswork  do  not  include  Folding. 

These  are  the  current  prices  for  ordinary  work  on  ordinary  material.  When  new 
Scripts  are  used,  and  extra  care  is  taken,  the  prices  of  both  composition  and  i>n--> 
work  should  be  advanced. 


304  LEAFLETS. 


305 

LEAFLETS. 


All  shapes  and  qualities  of  Writing,  Cover,  and  fine  Book  papers  are  used 
for  this  class  of  work.  Sizes  should  be  so  graduated  that  they  can  be  cut 
with  little  waste,  and.  if  possible,  of  proportions  to  fit  regular  envelopes. 

TJSTJAL    SIZES    OF    LEAFLETS. 

The  dimensions  given  in  this  table  are  those  of  single  Leaves  before  trimming. 

FLAT  CAP,  14  x  17  inches.  FOLIO  POST,  17  x22  inches. 

•^  x  3%  inches 32  to  sheet,  j    2%  x  3%  inches 36  to  sheet 

2'/8  x  4%     //      18     //  2%  x  4U  32     « 

3^x5%  12     //  j    3%X5%  18     // 

u4  x  7         :,      8     //  3Vi  x  oik     „      20 

SUPER  ROYAL,  22  x  28  inches. 

2^x3%  inches 72  to  sheet. 

•J34  x  42/3      ,      48     » 

3%  x  7         „      24     » 

4%  x  7^      H  .18      a 


DOUBLE  MEDIUM,  24  x  38  inches. 

2%  X  4     inches 96  to  sheet. 

3      X4%  64     // 

3  x  6         //      48  '   " 

334  x  6         //      40     // 

4  x6V4      »      36     // 

All  of  these  sizes  can  be  cut  out  of  paper  without  waste,  but  all  cannot  be  printed 
to  equal  advantage.  As  a  Leaflet  is  usually  printed  on  both  sides,  it  is  of  import- 
ance that  the  paper  be  cut  of  double  size,  so  that  the  pages  can  be  printed  by  one 
impression  as  well  as  without  waste.  More  sizes  than  are  specified  in  the  table  can 
be  made,  but  such  sizes  will  waste  paper. 

It  is  not  practicable  in  a  Leaflet  to  print  with  economy  any  number  of  pages  that 
can  be  put  on  a  strip.  The  strip  of  Paper  should  be  an  even  fraction  of  the  sheet. 
Any  size  between  regular  fractions  costs  as  much  as  the  next  larger  size.  For 
example :  In  the  size  of  Leaf  3X6  inches  it  is  practicable  to  print  4,  6,  8,  12,  and  16 
pages  without  waste  of  paper.  But  a  Leaflet  of  10  pages  must  be  printed  on  the 
same  size  of  paper  as  is  needed  for  12,  and  the  paper  should  be  rated  at  same  price. 

COMPOSITION   OF   LEAFLETS. 

All  measurable  matter  should  be  at  the  rate  of  $1 . 00  per  1000  ems,  which 
rate  should  include  a  plain  double-rule  or  a  single-rule  border,  selected 
from  stock.  Specially-cut  Rule-borders  or  Ornamental  Corners  should  be 
rated  at  25  @  75  cents  extra  per  page.  Table  work  or  Column  work 
should  be  at  the  usual  advance.  See  page  53.  Displayed  matter,  when 
measured,  should  not  be  rated  less  than  Brevier;  if  containing  many  curves, 
or  if  done  with  extra  care,  as  Xonpareil.  No  deduction  should  be  made 
for  space  occupied  by  wood  cuts  or  electrotypes.  On  small  pages,  they  do 
not  diminish  but  add  to  the  labor. 

The  sizes  of  Leaflets  are  so  irregularly  trimmed  to  suit  special  purposes, 
that  it  is  not  practicable  to  give  tables  of  measurement. 

Electrotypingr.  When  large  quantities  are  ordered,  the  pages  should 
be  <•'••  ctrotyped.  As  margins  are  always  narrow,  they  cannot  be  printed  on 
patent  blocks.  Price  of  Electrotyping  should  include  Blocking.  See  prices 
under  the  heading  of  Electrotyping. 


306 


LEAFLETS. 


VALUE    OF    PAPER   PER   REAM. 


FLAT  CAP,  14  x  17  inches. 

Engine-sized 12  ft $ 

Engine-sized,  fine ...  14  ft .... 

M  paper 14  ft .... 

M  paper 16  ft .... 

M  paper 18  ft 

DOUBLE  MEDIUM,  24  x  38  inches. 

Fair  Book 50  ft....$ 

Sized  and  Calend  . .  .50  ft .... 
Sized  and  Calend  ...  60  ft .... 
Buff  Tinted,  fine....  50  ft.... 

Buff  Tinted 60  ft.... 

Buif  Tinted,  plate. ..  70  ft .... 


FOLIO  POST,  17  x  32  inches. 

Engine-sized 18  ft . . .  .$ 

Engine-sized,  fine ...  20  ft .... 

M  paper 18  ft .... 

M  paper 20  ft .... 

M  paper 22  ft .... 

SUPER  ROYAL,'  22  x  28  inches. 

Fair  Book 30  ft $ 

Sized  and  Calend. .  .30  ft.... 
Sized  and  Calend  ...  40  ft .... 

Buff  Tinted,  fine 30  ft .... 

Buff  Tinted 40  ft 

Buff  Tinted 50  ft.  .. 


PRESSWORK   OF    LEAFLETS. 


Size  of  Form. 
Number  of  Impressions. 

Black 
Ink. 

Blue 
Ink. 

Red 
Ink. 

Red  and 
Black  Inks. 

Black,  Red, 
and 
Blue  Inks. 

12  x  19.  .  500  impressions.  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1000 

. 

5000        per  1000.  . 

10,000 

19  x  24.  1000  impressions.  . 

5000        per  1000.  . 

10,000 

22  x  28.  1000  impressions.  . 

5000        per  1000.. 

10,000 

24  x  38.  1000  impressions.  . 

5000        per  1000.  . 

10,000 

LEAFLETS. 


307 


VALUE    OF 

FLAT  CAP.  14  x  17  inches. 

Engine-sized 12  ft $3.00 

Engine-sized,  fine. .  .14  ft. ...   3.50 

M  paper..... 14  ft....   4.20 

M  paper 16  ft....    4.80 

M  paper IS  ft ....   5. 40 

DOUBLE  MEDIUM,  24  x  38  inches. 

Fair  Book 50  ft . . .  .$8.00 

Sized  and  Calend  . .  .50  ft . . .  .10.00 
Sized  and  Calend  ...  60  ft ....  13 . 00 
Buff  Tinted,  fine. ...  50  ft ....  14 . 00 
Buff  Tinted 60  ft.... 16. 80 


PAPER    PER    REAM. 

FOLIO  POST,  17x32  inches. 
Engine-sized 18  ft ...  .$4.50 


Engine-sized,  fine. .  .20  ft. ...  5.20 

M  paper 18  ft....  5.40 

M  paper 20  ft.. .  .  6.00 

M  paper 22  ft 6.60 

SUPER  ROYAL,  22  x  28  inches. 

Fair  Book 30  ft $5.40 

Sized  and  Calend. .  .30  ft ....  6.00 

Sized  and  Calend  . .  .40  ft 8.80 

Buff  Tinted, fine. ..  .30  ft. ...  8.40 

Buff  Tinted 40  ft....  11. 20 

Buff  Tinted 50  ft ...    14.00 


Buff  Tinted,  plate. ..  70  ft ....  19 . 60 

To  Compute  the  Value  of  Paper  reauired  for  an  edition  of  Leaflets. 

1.  Ascertain  how  many  pages  there  are  in  the  form.  2.  Ascertain  how  many 
copies  can  be  got  out  of  a  sheet.*  3.  Divide  the  number  of  copies  wanted  by  the 
number  of  copies  to  be  had  out  of  the  sheet,  whicli  will  give  the  whole  number 
of  sheets.  4.  See  Fractional  Sizes  of  Paper,  pages  42  to  45.  Having  found  the  price 
per  1000  sheets  (through  the  price  per  ream),  multiply  the  number  of  sheets 
required  for  the  work  by  the  price  per  1000  sheets,  or  in  case  of  a  small  number, 
by  the  price  per  100  sheets.  For  large  orders,  make  special  prices  for  paper. 

*  Try  to  print  all  the  pages  by  one  impression  :  if  one  paper  is  of  unsuitable  size,  try  another.  In 
most  cases,  it  will  be  a  wise  economy  to  pay  an  extra  price  for  wasted  paper,  or  for  better  paper, 
rather  than  double  price  for  needless  presswork. 

PRESSWORK   OF    LEAFLETS. 


•  — 

Size  of  Form. 
Number  of  Impressions. 

Black 
Ink. 

Blue 
Ink. 

Red 
Ink. 

Red  and 
Black  Inks. 

Black,  Red, 
and 
Blue  Inks. 

12  x  19.  .  500  impressions.  . 

$2.00 

$3.00 

$4.00 

$6.00 

$9.00 

1000 

3.00 

4.50 

6.00 

9.00 

12.00 

5000       per  1000.. 

2.50 

3.75 

5.00 

7,50 

10.00 

10,000            »  '     .. 

2.00 

3.00         4.00 

6.00 

8.00 

19  x  24.  1000  impressions.  . 

4.00 

6.00 

8.00 

12..  00 

16.00 

5000        per  1000.. 

3.00 

5.00 

6.00 

9.00 

12.00 

10,000 

2.00 

4.00 

6.00 

8.00 

10.00 

22  x  28.  1000  impressions.  . 

5.00 

7.50 

10.00 

15.00 

20.00 

5000        per  1000.. 

3.00 

5.00 

7.00 

10.00 

13.00 

10.000 

2.50 

4.00 

7.00 

10.00 

12.50 

24  x  38.  1000  impressions.  . 

6.00         9.00 

12.00 

18.00 

24.00 

5000        per  1000.  . 

4.00         6.00 

10.00 

14.00 

18.00 

10,000 

3.00         5.00         9.00 

12.00 

15.00 

Leaflets  in  forms  of  unusually  long  shape,  may  be  rated  at  advanced  prices. 
Trimming,  Folding  and  Packing  per  1000:  Four  pages,  50  cents;  Six  pages.  60 
cents;  Eight  pages,  75  cents ;  Ten  or  Twelve  pages,  jl.OO. 


308  NEWSPAPERS. 


309 


NEWSPAPERS. 


All  sizes  and  qualities  of  News  and  Book  Papers  are  used  for  this  class  of 
work.  No  sizes  can  be  called  Regular.  On  pages  21  and  22  will  be  found 
a  list  of  the  qualities  and  weights  of  such  papers  as  are  kept  on  sale. 
Intermediate  sizes,  weights,  and  qualities  are  to  be  had  only  to  order. 

Size  24  x  38  inches,  when  folded,  makes  a  leaf  19  X  24  folio,  and  9^  x  12 
octavo.  The  quarto  shape  of  12  x  19  is  objectionable.  The  most  satisfactory 
proportion  for  a  newspaper  leaf  is  to  have  the  height  of  leaf  about  one- 
third  more  than  the  width. 

Size  29  x  43  inches  flat,  when  folded,  makes  a  leaf  21  ^  x  29  folio,  and 
10%  x  14^  octavo. 

Size  33  x  46  inches,  when  folded,  makes  a  leaf  23  x  33  folio,  16^  -x  23 
quarto,  and  lUfc  X  16^  octavo. 

MEASUREMENTS   OF    NEWSPAPER   LEAVES. 


Leaf. 
9*6  X12 


Size  of  Type.  Ems. 

Long  Primer. . .  4,200 

Brevier 6,580 

Nonpareil 10,384 

10  X  13 Long  Primer.. .  4,920 

Brevier 7,725 

Nonpareil 12,220 

1034  x  14^.  .Long  Primer.. .  '6,204 

Brevier 9,676 

Nonpareil 15,040 

11^  x  16^.  .Long  Primer.. .  7,739 

Brevier 12,056 

Nonpareil 19.436 


Leaf  Size  of  Type.  Ems. 

16Mz  x  23 Long  Primer..  .17,113 

Brevier 26,989 

Nonpareil 47,828 

19  x  24 Long  Primer. .  .21,120 

Brevier 32,960 

Nonpareil 52,722 

21^  x  29 Long  Primer..  .29,492 

Brevier 46,046 

Nonpareil 74,151 

23  x  33 Long  Primer. . .  36,424 

Brevier 57,567 

Nonpareil 91,632 


These  measurements  allow  one  inch  margin  on  all  sides  of  the  printed 
page.  The  sizes  of  type  by  which  the  measurements  are  made  are  of  the 
bodies  of  George  Bruce's  Son  &  Co.  Different  widths  of  margin,  and 
different  bodies  of  type,  will  make  different  results  in  measurement.  The 
calculations  should  be  used  only  to  give  to  an  inquiring  customer  a  notion 
of  the  probable  amount  of  matter  contained  in  the  pages,  and  of  the  rela- 
tive loss  or  gain  from  the  use  of  large  or  small  type. 

COMPOSITION   OF   NEWSPAPERS. 

Composition  of  Newspapers  may  be  taken  at  80  cents  per  1000  ems  for 
Reprint,  and  85  cents  for  Manuscript.  See  pages  47,  48,  54  and  55,  for 
other  details  connected  with  this  class  of  work. 

ELECTROTYPIXG,  when  done  on  transient  orders,  and  blocked,  should  !>«• 
at,  the  regular  rates  laid  down  under  this  heading.  When  done  in  quantities 
on  regular  weekly  orders,  special  rates  may  be  made. 


310 


NEWSPAPERS. 


Ordinary  Newspaper  Presswork,  per  1000  impressions,  with  but  little 
making-ready  (with  Black  Ink  at      cents  per  pound),  not  pointed. 

Size  Size  Size  Size 

Impressions.  22  x  28     24  x  38     29  x  43     33  x  46 

inches.  inches.  inches.  inches. 

1000  impressions $  $  $  $ 

2500         »  per  1000... 

5000 

10,000       // 
20.000      „ 


X  E  \VSPAPERS. 


311 


PRESSWORK   OF   NEWSPAPERS. 

Prices  should  be  graduated  by  the  quality  of  work,  the  value  of  the  ink, 
the  size  of  form,  and  the  length  of  the  edition. 

To  those  who  are  accustomed  to  rate  this  class  of  work  by  the  token,  the 
price  per  token  of  250  impressions  may  be  made  by  dividing  the  prices  of 
this  table  per  1000  by  4. 

Ordinary  Newspaper  Presswork,  per  1000  impressions,  with  but  little 
making-ready  (with  Black  Ink  at  50  cents  per  pound),  not  pointed. 


Impressions. 

Size 

22x28 

inches. 

Size 

24x38 

inches. 

Size 

29x43 

inches. 

Size 

33x46 

inches. 

1000  impressions        

$3.50 

$4.00 

$4.50 

$5.00 

2500                       per  1000.  .. 

2.50 

2.50 

3.00 

4.00 

5000 

2.00 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

10,000      « 
20,000      „                  »        ... 

1.75 

1.60 

2.00 
2.00 

2.25 
2.00 

3.00 
2.50 

ORDERS  OF  500  OR  LESS  cannot  be  taken  at  much  lower  rates  than  for 
1000  copies.  Those  who  do  most  of  this  work  refuse  to  print  even  100 
copies  for  less  than  $3.00. 

POINTING  OF  SHEETS,  to  secure  accurate  register,  should  raise  the  rates 
40  cents  per  1000  on  a  small,  and  25  cents  per  1000  on  a  large  edition. 

MAKING-READY.  In  all  cases  when  it  occupies  more  than  two  hours, 
Making-ready  should  be  a  specific  charge  at  the  rate  of  $1.50  ©  $2.00  per 
hour,  according  to  the  size  and  value  of  the  press.  Cutting  of  Card-board 
overlays  should  be  done  before  the  form  goes  to  press,  and  should  be  rated 
at  75  cents  to  $1.00  per  hour,  according  to  the  value  of  the  work.  On 
Wood-cut  forms,  this  is  often  a  serious  expense ;  on  the  commonest  forms, 
rarely  ever  less  than  $7.00 ;  on  fine  work,  often  exceeding  $30.00. 

DRY-PRESSING  of  Newspapers  is  always  an  extra  expense.  If  done 
sheet  by  sheet,  it  should  be  rated  at  $2.00  per  1000  sheets.  When  dry- 
pressed  in  lifts  of  two  or  more  at  $1.00  per  1000  sheets.  At  either  rate, 
this  will  be  found  unsatisfactory  work. 

FIXER  INKS  than  that  usually  sold  at  50  cents  are  often  required.  For 
such  work,  it  will  be  necessary  not  only  to  add  the  value  of  extra  Ink  to 
price  of  Presswork,  but  to  raise  the  price  to  compensate  for  lessened  speed. 
When  the  value  of  Ink  consumed  is  more  than  10  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of 
the  work,  the  value  of  this  excess  should  be  added.  When  the  speed  is 
diminished,  by  reason  of  difficult-distributing  Ink,  the  price  per  1000  should 
be  adjusted  by  the  performance  of  the  press.  See  Cost  of  Presswork,  on 
page  77. 

PATENT  BLOCKS,  when  required  for  Newspapers  of  irregular  size,  should 
be  furnished  at  customer's  expense. 

NEWSPAPERS  OF  SMALL  PAGES  and  of  short  editions,  should  be  at  the 
same  prices  as  those  given  for  Pamphlet  work. 


312  PAMPHLETS. 


313 

PAMPHLETS. 


All  sizes  and  qualities  of  News,  Book  and  Writing  Papers  are  used  for 
this  work.  Most  orders  are  for  small  quantities,  for  which  it  is  necessary 
to  use  such  paper  as  can  be  found  on  sale.  The  sizes  of  FLAT  CAP.  14  x  17 
inches  (or  its  double,  17  x  28  inches),  FOLIO  POST,  17  x  22  inches,  MEDIUM, 
19  x  24  inches  (or  its  double,  24  x  38  inches),  SUPER  ROYAL,  22  x  28  inches 
will  be  found  ample  for  ordinary  demands. 

WEIGHTS   AND   PRICES   OF   PAPER. 

Too  mauy  weights  aud  qualities  of  Paper  are  used  for  Pamphlet  work  to  admit  of 
their  classification  in  a  table  of  prices.  The  following  weights  aud  sizes  are  to  be 
had  in  most  warehouses : 

Flat  Cap,  14  X  17  inches.  ENGINE-SIZED,  10,  11,  12,  13  lb,  at  22  @  25 
cents  per  pound.  HARD-SIZED,  12,  14,  16,  18  lb,  at  25  @  30  cents  per  pound. 
PERFECT  AND  PLATED  WRITING,  14,  16,  18,  20  lb,  at  30  @  40  cents  per 
pound.  DOUBLE  CAP,  of  24,  28,  32,  34,  36,  40  lb.  may  be  had  of  the  finer 
qualities  ;  Engine-sized  can  be  had  only  of  light  weights. 

Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches.  ENGINE-SIZED,  12,  14,  16,  18,  20  16,  at 
22  ®  25  cents  per  pound.  HARD-SIZED,  14,  16,  18,  20,  22  lb,  at  25  ®  30 
cents  per  pound.  PERFECT  WRITING,  16,  18,  22,  24,  28  lb,  at  30  ra>  40  cents. 

Super  Royal,  22  x  28  inches.  FAIR  BOOK,  30  and  40  lb,  at  18  cents 
per  pound.  SIZED  AND  CALENDERED,  of  fair  quality,  35,  40,  50  lb,  at  20 
®  25  cents  per  pound.  SUPER-CALENDERED  AND  SIZED,  fine  quality,  35, 
40,  50,  60,  70,  80  lb,  at  25  @  28  cents  per  pound.  TINTED,  ordinary  quality, 
40  lb,  at  22  @  25  cents  per  pound.  TINTED  PLATE,  40,  50,  60  lb,  at  28  @  33 
cents  per  pound. 

Double  Medium,  24  x  38  inches.  ORDINARY  NEWS,  28,  30,  32  tb,  at 
15  cents  per  pound.  FAIR  NEWS,  32,  36,  40,  50,  60  lb,  at  16  ®  17  cents  per 
pound.  FAIR  BOOK,  32,  36,  40,  44,  50,  60  lb,  at  17  @  18  cents  per  pound. 
SIZED  AND  CALENDERED,  of  ordinary  quality,  40,  50,  60  lb,  at  18  'd>  20 
cents  per  pound ;  fine  quality,  40,  50,  60  lb,  at  20  @  22  cents  per  pound. 
SUPER-CALENDERED  AND  SIZED,  40,  44,  50,  60,  70  lb,  at  25  ®  28  cents  per 
pound.  TINTED,  ordinary  quality,  40,  50,  60  lb,  at  25  cents  per  pound. 
TINTED  PLATE,  40,  50,  60,  70  lb,  at  28  @  33  cents  per  pound. 

See  Paper,  pages  21  to  37,  for  a  more  exact  description  of  the  Cost,  Weights  anil 
Qualities  of  Paper. 

The  higher  prices  per  pound  may  be  used  for  small  quantities;  the  lower  prices 
for  larger  quantities. 

SIZES   AND    MEASUREMENTS    OF    PAGES. 

The  annexed  list  of  shapes  and  measurements  of  pages  are  made  for  tin- 
ordinary  sizes  of  Flat  Cap,  Folio  Post.  Medium  and  Super  Royal.  For 
other  shapes,  see  the  sizes  under  the  heading  of  Books. 

The  size  in  inches  is  the  size  of  the  untrimmed  leaf.  The  measurement 
by  ems  is  with  the  bodies  of  type  in  use  by  George  Brace's  Son  &  Co. 


314 


i'AMl'HLETS. 


Folio. 
Full  leaf .  .8%  X  14  inches. 

Pica,  34  X  65  ems 2.210 

.Small  Pica i."4 

Long  Primer 3,402 

Bourgeois 4,320 

Brevier 5.454 

Minion 6,954 

Nonpareil 8,840 

Quarto. 

Full  leaf . .  .7  x  8H  inches. 
Pica,  29  x  37  ems 1,073 


Flat  Cap,  14  x  17  inches 

Twelve  mo. 
Full  leaf  3!j  x  5%  inches. 

Pica,  14  x  26  ems....    364 

Small  Pica 464 

Long  Primer 576 

Bourgeois 720 

Brevier 902 

Minion 1,150 

Nonpareil 1,456 

Sixteen  mo. 
Full  leaf  3Jfc  x  4Jj  inches. 
Pica,  15  x  18  ems. . . .    270 


Small  Pica 1,312  Small  Pica 340 

Long  Primer 1,656  Long  Primer 437 

Bourgeois 2,080  Bourgeois 525 

Brevier...  ...2,610  Brevier..  ..  672 


Minion 3,250 

Nonpareil 4,392 

Octavo. 

Full  leaf. .  .4ij  X  7  inches. 

Pica,  16  X  33  ems 528 

Small  Pica 684 

Long  Primer 820 

Bourgeois 1,058 

Brevier. 1.352 

Minion 1,682 

Nonpareil 2,112 


Minion 864 

Nonpareil 1.080 

Eighteen  mo. 
Full  leaf  23,  x  4?j  inches. 

Pica,  12  x  20  ems 240 

Small  Pica 322 

Long  Primer 375 

Bourgeois 476 

Brevier 608 

Minion 756 

Nonpareil 960 


Twenty-four  mo. 
Full  leaf  2%  X  3k  inches. 

Pica,  12  x  15  ems 180 

Small  Pica 238 

Long  Primer 285 

Bourgeois 357 

Bretyer 456 

Minion 567 

Nonpareil 720 

Thirty-two  mo. 
Full  leaf  2%  X  3fe   inches. 

Pica,  9x  15  ems 135 

Small  Pica 170 

Long  Primer 209 

Bourgeois 273 

Brevier 336 

Minion 432 

Nonpareil 540 

Thirty-six  mo. 
Full  leaf  2i$  x  234  inches. 

Pica,  9  X  12  ems 108 

Small  Pica 140 

Long  Primer 165 

Bourgeois 221 

Brevier. 266 

Minion 336 

Nonpareil 432 


Folio. 
Full  leaf. .  .11  x  17  inches. 

Pica,  44  X  76  ems 3,344 

Small  Pica 4,214 

Long  Primer 5.280 

Bourgeois 6: 


Folio  Post,  17  x  22  inches. 

Twelve  mo.  Twenty-four  mo. 

Full  leaf  4ii  x  7H  inches. 

Pica,  17  x  33  ems....    561 

Small  Pica 703 

Long  Primer 861 

Bourgeois 1.104 


Brevier 8,349        Brevier  1,404 


Minion 1,740 

Nonpareil 2,244 

Sixteen  mo. 
Full  leaf  4Ai  x  5^  inches. 

Pica,  18  X  23  ems 414 

Small  Pica 520 

Long  Primer 667 

Bourgeois 832 


Minion 10.549 

Nonpareil 13,376 

Quarto. 
Full  leaf.  .8H  X  11  inches. 

Pica,  34  X  48  ems 1,632 

Small  Pica 2.052 

Long  Primer 2,520 

Bourgeois 3,216 

Brevier 3.975 

Minion 5.100        Minion  . . . 

Nonpareil €.528        Nonpareil 

Octavo.  Eighteen  mo. 

Full  leaf  5%  x  8%  inches.  Full  leaf  3^  x  5%  inches. 

Pica.  22  X  38  ems 836  Pica,  14  x  25  ems 350 

Small  Pica 1,075  Small  Pica  448 

Long  Primer 1.344  Long  Primer 558 

Bimr-ieois 1.674  Bourgeois 700 

Brevier 2,100  Brevier  '..    858 

Minion 2.613  Minion 1.125        Minion  .  . 

Nonpareil 3.344  Nonpareil 1 .400        Nonpareil 


Full  leaf  3?a  x  4Jj  inches. 

Pica,  15  x  19  ems 285 

Small  Pica 336 

Long  Primer 432 

Bourgeois 567 

Brevier 690 

Minion '. . . .  858 

Nonpareil 1,140 

Thirty-two  mo. 
Full  leaf  234  X4J$  inches. 

Pica.  11  X  19euis 209 

Small  Pica 252 

Loug  Primer 336 

Bourgeois 405 


Brevier  1.003        Brevier 510 

1,280        Miuiou 646 

1,656        Nonpareil 836 

1|iirty-8ix  mo. 
Full  leaf  1\  X  323  inches. 

Pica,  11  x  16  ems 176 

Small  Pica 216 

Long  Primer 280 

Bourgeois 345 

Brevier 442 

551 
70; 


rAMI'IILETS. 


315 


Folio. 
Full  leaf . .  .12  X  19  inches.. 

Pica,  49  x  86  ems 4,214 

Small  Pica 5,280 

Long  Primer 6,527 

Bourgeois 8,280 

Brevier 10,318 

Minion 13,137 

Nonpareil 16,836 

Twelve  mo. 
Full  leaf. .  .434  x  8  inches. 

Pica,  19  X  36  ems 684 

Small  Pica 840 

Long  Primer 1,080 

Bourgeois 1.377 

Brevier 1.710 

Minion 2,079 

Nonpareil 2,736 

Twenty-four  mo. 
Full  leaf.  ..4X4%  inches. 

Pica,  16  x  20  ems 320 

Small  Pica 396 

Long  Primer 500 

Bourgeois  644 

Brevier 775  . 

Minion 1.015 

Nonpareil 1,280 

Forty-eight  mo. 
Full  leaf.  .  .23$  X  4  inches. 

Pica,  9  X  18  ems 162 

Small  Pica 200 

Long  Primer 253 

Bourgeois 325 

Brevier 392 

Minion 512 

Nonpareil 648 


Medium,  19  x  24  inches. 

Quarto. 
Full  leaf. .  9J»  X  12  inches. 

Pica,  40  x  52  ems 2,080 

Small  Pica 2,655 

Long  Primer 3,250 

Bourgeois 4,088 

Brevier 5,166 

Minion 6,461 

Nonpareil 8,320 

Sixteen  mo. 
Full  leaf. .  .434  X  6  inches. 

Pica,  20  x  26  ems 520 

Small  Pica 667 

Long  Primer 800 

Bourgeois 1,008 

Brevier  1,312 

Minion 1,575 

Nonpareil 2,080 

Thirty-two  mo. 
Full  leaf .  .3  X  4%  inches. 

Pica,  12  x  22  ems 264 

Small  Pica 350 

Long  Primer 420 

Bourgeois 527 

Brevier 665 

Minion 819 

Nonpareil 1,056 

Sixty-four  mo. 
Full  leaf  .  .2?g  X  3  inches. 

Pica,  10  x  13  ems 130 

Small  Pica 154 

Long  Primer 192 

Bourgeois  . . . '. 252 

Brevier 300 

Minion 374 

Nonpareil 520 


6ctavo. 

Full  leaf . .  .6  x  9*6  inches. 

Pica,  24  X  42  ems 1#08 

Small  Pica 1*,269 

Long  Primer 1,590 

Bourgeois 2,006 

Brevier 2.508 

Minion 3,108 

Nonpareil 4,032 

Eighteen  mo. 
Full  leaf . .  .4  x  6J$  inches. 

Pica,  16  x  28  ems 448 

Small  Pica 576 

Long  Primer 700 

Bourgeois 920 

Brevier 1,100 

Minion 1.400 

Nonpareil 1,792 

Thirty-six  mo. 
Full  leaf, ..3%  x  4  inches. . 

Pica,  13  x  17  eins 221 

Small  Pica 266 

Long  Primer 336 

Bourgeois 432 

Brevier 540 

Minion 660 

Nonpareil 884 

Seventy-two  mo. 
Full  leaf..  .2  X  3J$  inches. 

Pica,  8  x  14  ems 112 

Small  Pica 144 

Long  Primer 180 

Bourgeois 220 

Brevier 286 

Minion 350 

Nonpareil 448 


Full  leaf 

Pica,  57  X  99  ems 

Small  Pica 

Long  Primer.    . 

Bourgeois 

Brevier    .  . 


Folio. 
14  X  22  inches. 


Super  Royal,  22  x  28  inches. 

Octavo. 

Full  leaf.  ...7  x  11  inches. 

Pica,  28  x  50  ems 1,400 

Small  Pica. 1,760 

Long  Primer 2,170 


Quarto. 

Full  leaf  . .  11  X  14  inches. 

Pica,  46  x  60  ems 

Small  Pica 

Long  Primer  .... 


2,760 
3,417 
4,332 


.5,643 

.7,040 

.8,928 

11,040 

13,950  Brevier  6,840 

Minion 17,574  «  Million 8,667 

Nonpareil 22,572  Nonpareil 11,040 

Twelve  mo.  <• 
Full  leaf.  5^  X  9^  inches. 

I'i.-ii.  22  X  42  ems 924 

Small  Pica 1,175 

Long  Primer 1,484 

Bourgeois 1.329 

Brevier _J?.310 

Minion 2,886 

Nonpareil 3,696 


Bourgeois 5,376 


Sixteen  mo. 
Full  leaf. .  .5^  X  7  inches. 

Pica,  23  x  30  ems 690 

Small  Pica 884 

Long  Primer 1,102 

Bourgeois 1.344 

Brevier .  .  .1,692 

Minion 2.173 

Nonpareil 2,760 


Bourgeois 2,730 

Brevier 3,432 

Minion 4,400 

Nonpareil 5,600 

Eighteen  mb.- 
Full  leaf..4?a  x  7>s  inches. 

Pica,  19  X  32  ems 608 

Small  Pica '.:><'< 

Long  Primer 960 

Bourgeois l.-l.'i 

Brevier 1.500 

Million 1.904 

Nonpareil 2,432 


316 


I'A.M  PHLETS. 


Twenty-four  mo. 
Full  leaf.  .  .3?3  x  7  inches. 
Pica,  14  x  32  ems  .....    448 

Small  Pica  ............    560 

Long  Primer  .........    720 

Bourgeois  ............    900 

Brevier  .  .............  1,100 

Minion  ...............  1,400 

Nonpareil  ............  1,792 


Super  Royal,  22  x  28  inches.—  (CONTINUED.) 

Thirty-two  mo. 
Full  leaf  3*6  X  5*6  inches. 

Pica,  14  x  24  ems 336 

Small  Pica 432 

Loug  Primer 540 

Bourgeois 680 

Brevier 836 

Minion 1,050 

Nonpareil 1,344 


Thirty-six  mo. 
Full  leaf  3?3  x  4$i  inches. 

Pica,  15  X  20  ems  .....  300 

Small  Pica  ...........  374 

Long  Primer  .........  475 

Bourgeois  ............  616 

Brevier  ............  768 

Minion  ...............  945 

Nonpareil  ............  1,200 


Forty  mo. 

Full  leaf  1\  X  5%  inches. 
Pica,  11  X  25  ems  ....    275 

Small  Pica  ...........    336 

Long  Primer  .........    434 

Bourgeois  ............    540 

Brevier  ..............    680 

Minion  ...............    900 

Nonpareil  ............  1,100 


Forty-eight  mo. 
Full  leaf  3%  X  3%  inches. 

Pica,  14  x  14  ems 196 

Small  Pica 240 

Long  Primer 306 

Bourgeois 380 

Brevier 462 

Minion 600 

Nonpareil 784 


Sixty-four  mo. 
Full  leaf  2?4  x  3%  iuclies. 


Pica  11  X  13  ems. 

Small  Pica 

Long  Primer 

Bourgeois  

Brevier 

Minion 

Nonpareil 


143 
180 
221 
285 
336 
414 
572 


It  is  not  supposed  that  these  measurements  of  widths  of  pages  will  meet  the 
established  measures  of  all  offices.  The  deviation  from  most  established  measures 
is  but  slight.  Unlike  any  other  set  of  measurements,  they  are  in  proportion  to 
each  other  and  to  the  leaf  on  which  they  are  printed.  Where  they  do  not  serve  as 
an  exact  measure,  they  will  serve  approximately.  In  the  making  of  hurried  esti- 
mates, or  in  answering  questions  as  to  the  relative  economy  of  large  or  small  type, 
it  is  believed  that  they  will  save  much  time,  and  prevent  many  errors. 

The  space  occupied  by  each  page  of  the  type  is,  as  near  as  even  ems  will  allow, 
one  half  the  area  of  the  uutrimmed  leaf  upon  which  it  is  printed :  the  large  pages 
having  large,  and  the  small  pages  small  margins.  All  these  sizes  are  in  as  just 
proportion  to  each  other  as  the  nature  of  the  dift'ereut  folds  will  allow. 


REGULAR    SIZES    OF    PAMPHLET    PAGES. 
Q,uarto  Shapes, 

Iu  which  the  length  of.  the  leaf  is  about  one-fourth  more  than  its  width. 


Size          No.  of         Size  of 
of          Leaves  Full 

Lea£       to  Sheet       Sheet. 

14      X  17  ...  2 17  X28 

12      x  15  ...   4 24  X30 

11      X  14  ...  4 22X28 

10=j  X  11   ...  6 22  X32 

W%  X  14  ...   8 28  X42 

9^    X  12  ...  8 24  X  38 

9i£    X  12  ...  4 19X24 

9^    XlO^.,12 28X42 

8k    X  11   ...   4 17X22 

8        X  11   ...   8 22X32 

1%    X8     ...12 22X32 

7        X  954-.. 18 28X42 

7        X8^...   4 14X17 

7        X  8H...   8 17  X  28 

7        X8^...20 28X42 

7        X  7$4... 12 22X28 

7        X7     ...24 28X42 

6*4    X  8     ...18 24X38 

6        X7VS...20 24X38 

6        X7H...I6 24X30 


Size  No.  of      Size  of 

of  Leaves         Full 

Leaf.  to  Sheet.  Sheet. 
6  X6J-J....24  .....  24X38 
6  X  6*4....  12  .....  19X24 
SM  x  7  ....16  .....  22x28 
5^  X  6?,;....  20.,...  22  X  32 
5^  X5%....20  .....  22  X28 
5^X7  ....32  .....  28X42 
5  X534....40  .....  28X42 
5H  X  5*6....  24  .....  22X32 
4%X6  ....16  .....  19X24 
4^4X6  ....32  .....  24X38 
434  X  4V---4"  .....  24X38 
4^4  X  4?4  .  .  .  .20  .....  19x24 
4?3  X5?j....l8.  ...17X28 
4%  X5*A....24  .....  22X28 
4?j  X  5Jj  .  .  .  .48  .....  28  X  42 
4Ji  X  5*£....  20  .....  17  X28 
4%  X  5*£....  16  .....  17X22 
4Ji  X43»....20  .....  17X22 
4Ji  X  3*6....  16  .....  14  X  17 
4  X5^....32  .....  22X32 
•4  X4»4....24  .....  19X24 


No.  of  Size  of 
Leaves  Full 
to  Sheet  Sheet. 
....40  .....  22x32 
.  .  .  .24  .....  17X22 
.  .  .  .36  .....  22x28 
..  ..72  .....  28  X  42 
.  .  .  .40  .....  22x28 
....  80  .....  28X42 
..  ..32  .....  17X28 
....96  .....  28X42 
....36  .....  19x24 
....72  .....  24x38 
....  64  .....  24x38 
....80  .....  24x38 
....24  .....  14x17 
....36  .....  17x22 
...  .64  .....  22  X  28 
....  96  .....  22  X  32 
....64  .....  19x24 
..128  .....  24X38 
....36  .....  14  X  17 
.  .  .72  .....  17X28 


PAMPHLETS. 


317 


Usual  Book  Shapes, 
In  which  the  length  of  the  leaf  is  about  one-half  more  than  its  width. 


^i/..           No.  of           Size  of 
of          Leaves             Full 
Leaf.       to  Sheet         Sheet. 
21    X  28         .   2  28  X  42 
16    X22         .2  22X32 
14    X  22            2    ~.    .22  X  28 
14    X21            4  28X42 
12    X  19            4..    ..24  X38 
12    X  19            2  19X24 
11    X  17            2  17X22 
11    X  16            4  22  X32 
V,\  x  14         .   4    ....17X28 
Ul-z  X  14            2  14  X  17 
7      Xll  ....  8  22  X28 
7      X  10*o        16        .  28  V  42 

UM          No,  of 
of            Leaves 
Leaf.        to  Sheet. 
5=4  X9'3....24... 
5k  X  7            32 

Size  of 
Full 

Sheet 

.  .28  X  42 
28  X  42 

i   434  x  8 

12 

19  X  24 

423  X  7'j.  . 
4Jj  X  7)4 

..18.    . 
12. 

.  .22  X  28 
17  X  22 

4k  X  7     .. 
4=4  X7        . 

334  X  6     .  . 
3*A  X  5*6 

.16... 
.  .  8. 
..IS. 
.24.  . 
..36... 
.40. 
..18... 
..12. 
32. 

..17X28 
.  .14  X  17 
..19X24 
..22  X28 
.  .22  X  32 
..24X  38 
..17X22 
.  .14  X  17 
22  X  28 

ti      X  9la 
ti      X  9^  . 
5*3  X  7       . 
5*2  X  9  '3 
5*6  X  8*6 

.16.. 
..  8.. 
..12  .. 
..12.. 
8 

...24X38 
...19X24 

...17X28 
...22  X28 
17  X  22 

3%  X  5?a.. 
43$  X  5*8 

.  .24.    . 
.20. 

17  X  28 

.  .40.  .  . 
..32. 

.  .22  X  32 
.  .19  X  24 

5*6X8     .. 
5*4X7*.. 

..16.. 
..18. 

...22X32 
.  .  .22  X  32 

Size 

of 

Leaf. 


234  X  Sij 
2  '.i  X  4=3 
2'4  X  4=3 
294  X  4?3 
2?4  X  4k 
2'i  X  4i4 
2'4  X  3*6 
234  X4 
234  X  3=3 


2%  X1 

2?B  X4 

23a  X4 

2*4  X3 

2  X3) 

2  X2 


So.  of 
Leaves 

to  Sheet. 

....40.. 

....48.. 
...48.. 


Size  of 
Full 
Sheet. 
22X28 
22X32 
22X28 

..36 17X28 

..18 14  X  17 

..40.      ..17X28 

..32 17X22 

..48 17X28 

..64 22  X  32 

..72 22  X33 

..96 28X42 

.72 22X32 

..80 24  X  38 

..40 19X24 

..96 24X38 

..48 19X24 

..32 14X17 

..72..., .19x24 
.128 22  X32 


Catalogue  Shapes, 
Iii  which  the  length  of  the  leaf  is  about  twice  as  great  as  the  width. 


-;/•.<•  No.  of  Size  of 

of  Leaves  Full 

Leaf.  to  Sheet  Sheet 

7  X  17  .  ...  4 17X23 

7  X  14  ...12 28X42 

6'3  X  12  ...12 24  X38 

6  X  19  ....  8 24  X38 

5%  X  16  ....  8 22  x  32 

5J£  X  14  ....  8 22  X  28 

5%  X  10?3  ..12 22  X  32 

r.'J  X  14  ..16 28X42 

4i4  X  12  ....16 24X38 

434  X  12  ....  8 19X24 

4-,  x  14  ....18 28X42 

4^3  X  11  ...12 22X28 


size  \o.  of        Size  of 

of  Leaves  Full 

U-af.        to  Sheet.       Sheet 

43J  X  14   ....  8 17X28 

4,ij  X  11   ....  8 17X22 

4?4  X  9?j....l2 17X28 

4      Xll  ....16 22X32 

4      X9M....12 19X24 

4      X7!a....24 22X32 

3?3X95s....l8 22X28 

3%  X8%..  ..12 17X22 

3^  Xll   ....16 22X28 

3%  X  10*4... 32 28X42 

3^  X8V-.-16 17X28 

3^  X8^....  8 14X17 


of 
Leaf. 

:^  x  7 

1*4  X8 


Xo.  of         Size  of 
Leaves  Full 

to  Sheet.        Sheet 

48 28  X42 

18 19  X24 


3)4  X  6     ....48 24X38 

3      X6J4 48 24X38 

3      X6'j....24 19X24 

2^4  x  8)5.... 18 17X28 

2*4X8     ....32 22X32 

223  X  7'3 36 22X28 

2^  X  7     ..    .64 28X42 

2^X7       ...32 22X28 

2?gX8       ...24 19X24 

2Jj  X8)£....12 14  X  17 


The  favorite  proportion  of  size  for  Books,  in  which  the  length  is  one-half  more 
than  the  width  of  the  leaf,  can  be  made  only  in  a  few  folds  of  the  above  sizes  of 
Pamphlet  paper.  This  proportion  can  be  made  only  by  trimming  a  large  leaf  to 
waste,  or  by  having  paper  made  to  order,  which  latter  method  is  impracticable  on 
snuill  orders. 

The  Use  of  these  Tables.  It  iiv<iuently  happens  that  a  small  Pamphlet  over- 
runs the  size  of  the  sheet  for  which  it  was  planned.  For  example :  A  Pamphlet  of 
Flat  Cap  octavo  size  may  make  12  pages.  If  Flat  Cap  is  used,  it  will  be  necessary 
tn  print  the  pages  in  two  forms — one  of  8,  and  one  of  4  pages — at  a  needless  extra 
•  •xpensi-  Cor  pri-sswork.  If  the  Tables  of  Sizes  are  studied,  it  will  be  seen  that  a 
Flat  Cap  fP  and  :i  Folio  Post  12-  are  m.-arly  of  saint.-  si/.e.  The  12  pages  can  then  be 
printed  in  one  form  on  Folio  Post;  if  there  art-  more  than  12  pages,  as  16  pages  in 
one  form  on  Double  Cap:  if  there  are  more  than  16  pages,  as  18  pages  in  one  form 
mi  Super  Royal,  with  some  waste  A  similar  result  will  lie  hail  on  many  other 
sizes.  On  long  editions,  this  enlargement  of  the  form  is  of  the  first  importance. 
Slum-times  sueh  an  enlargement  is  attended  with  some  waste  of  paper.  In  such 
a  case,  the  value  of  wasted  paper  must  be  computed,  and  off-set  against  the 
probable  saving  to  be  effected  on  presswork,  and  preference  should  be  gives  to 
the  more  economical  method. 


318  I'AMl'HLETS. 

Some  consideration  must  also  be  had  to  the  size  ol'the  form,  hi  regard  to  its  rela- 
tive economy  of  labor  m  binding.  See  prices  of  Pamphlet  Binding  on  page.  345. 
Quartos,  octavos,  and  sixteens  should  always  have  preference  over  other  forms  for 
greater  cheapness  in  folding.  The  expense  of  binding  a  12=  is  about  the  same  as 
that  of  a  16°,  and  a  24°  is  about  the  same  price  as  a  32°. 

The  Half-sheet  of  18°  is  an  expensive  and  objectionable  form  to  both  printer  and 
binder,  and  should  be  used  only  when  no  other  form  will  serve. 

The  size  24°  and  32°  in  one  signature,  should  be  used  only  for  very  thin  papers, 
and  not  even  then  if  margins  are  small  and  nice  exactness  in  trimming  is  required. 
When  it  is  necessary  to  print  a  large  sheet  with  many  small  pages,  the  pages 
should  be  so  imposed  that  the  sheet  can  be  divided  in  sections  of  12  or  16  pages. 
For  example:  A  32°  should  make  two  signatures  or  sections  of  16;  a  48D,  three 
sections  of  16;  a  36°,  three  sections  of  12.  etc.  It  should  be  observed  that  the 
prices  of  binding  are  for  signatures  or  sections,  and  not  for  sheets.  It  is  more 
economical  to  put  many  pages  in  a  sect^u,  but  the  Pamphlet  is  never  so  well 
bound  or  trimmed  as  with  fewer  sections.* 

When  an  edition  of  Pamphlets  is  very  large,  and  the  pages  over-ran  a  full  form, 
and  it  is  not  practicable  to  use  larger  paper,  it  is  often  necessary  to  duplicate  the 
over-run  pages,  to  save  presswork.  For  example :  On  an  order  of  20,000  Pamphlets, 
of  20  pages  of  Medium  8°,  it  is  possible  to  print  but  16  pages  on  one  form.  At  tin- 
usual  prices  of  common  press-work,  the  printing  of  20,000  copies  of  16  pages  Double 
Medium  would  be  $40.00:  the  printing  of  4  pages  of  same  size  and  number,  would 
be  (rated  as  Flat  Cap)  830  00.  But  if  the  small  form  of  4  pages  were  duplicated  by 
eleetrotyping,  at  a  probable  expense  of  86  00.  the  amount  of  presswork  would  be 
diminished  one-half:  there  would  be  40  tokens  at  40  cents  per  token,  816  00,  which, 
added  to  the  cost  of  the  electrotypes,  would  be  822  00,  or  88.00  less  than  by  the 
previous  method. 


PAMPHLETS.  319 

COMPOSITION    OF    PAMPHLETS. 

When  the  measurement  of  a  Plain  Pamphlet,  without  rule  border  or 
other  extra  work,  exceeds  50,000  ems,  the  prices  of  composition  may  be  at 
the  same  rate  per  1000  enis  as  that  of  ordinary  Book  work :  85  cents  for 
Reprint  and  90  cents  for  Manuscript.  For  a  smaller  amount  of  matter,  the 
rate  should  be  $1 .00  per  1000  ems  for  both  Manuscript  and  Reprint.  Small 
quantities  of  Pearl  at  $1.25,  and  of  Diamond  at  $1.50  per  1000  ems.  See 
Product  of  Labor  on  page  59. 

These  prices  are  only  for  the  sizes  between  and  including  Agate  and  Small 
Pica.  Pica  and  larger  sizes,  when  measured,  as  well  as  Pearl  and  Diamond, 
when  in  large  quantities,  should  be  at  the  regular  rates  of  Book  work.  See 
pages  49  and  61. 

RULE  BORDERED  PAGES,  for  Flat  Cap  octavo  and  smaller  sizes,  should  be 
an  extra  charge  of  25  cents  per  page ;  if  specially  cut  to  order,  of  unusual 
size,  not  less  than  50  cents  per  page;  if  cut  from  a  nearly  useless  face,  and 
to  useless  length,  charge  half  or  all  the  cost  of  rule,  as  may  be  expedient. 
Rules  for  larger  pages,  at  special  extra  price. 

PAGES  OF  LESS  THAN  1000  EMS  should  be  rated  at  $1 . 10  per  1000  ems ; 
of  less  than  500  ems,  at  $1 .20  per  1000  ems.  This  advanced  rate  cannot  be 
considered  as  an  established  price.  Mdch  of  this  work  is  done  at  the 
uniform  rate  of  $1.00  per  1000  ems,  but  it  is  done  at  actual  cost  or  at  loss. 

COMPOSITION  IN  HAIR  LINE,  SCRIPT,  BLACK  LETTER,  or  other  fragile 
type  that  costs  more  and  wears  out  sooner  than  ordinary  Roman,  should  be 
$1.50  per  1000  ems. 

COMPOSITION  IN  CELTIC,  EXPANDED,  OLD-STYLE  ITALIC,  and  similar 
faces,  of  greater  durability  and  sometimes  of  less  cost  than  Script,  may  be 
rated  at  $1 .25  per  1000  ems. 

ALTERATIONS  FROM  COPY.  When  a  compositor  is  employed  for  an 
entire  day  or  more  on  alterations,  the  charge  should  be  60  cents  per  hour ; 
for  a  shorter  period,  75  cents  per  hour.  For  night  work,  $1 .00  @  $1 .50  per 
hour.  See  page  54. 

FOR  LARGE  EDITIONS,  an  extra  rate  will  be  required.     See  page  54. 

ALL  THE  EXTRA  CHARGES  of  Book  work,  for  Foreign  Languages,  Table 
Work,  etc.  (see  pages  49  to  68),  are  applicable  to  Pamphlets,  with  a  leaning, 
however,  to  higher  rates,  inasmuch  as  the  amount  of  composition  is  usually 
smaller,  and  the  cost  of  labor  is  necessarily  greater. 

Most  of  the  Pamphlet  work  given  to  Job  offices  imposes  a  greater  amount 
of  labor  than  is  usual  even  with  good  Book  work.  The  copy  is  too  often 
badly  written  and  badly  arranged,  and  requires  extra  care  on  the  part  of 
both  reader  and  compositor.  The  extra  charges  of  Book  work  for  justified 
wood  cuts,  rule  borders,  table  work,  profuse  use  of  italic  and  small  caps. 
are  remunerative  on  a  work  of  twenty  forms  or  more,  but  are  seldom  so  on 
a  work  of  but  one  or  two  forms.  The  labor  of  making-up  and  imposition, 
is  especially  expensive  on  large  forms  of  small  pages.  When  it  can  be 
done,  such  work  should  be  priced  on  time.  This  is  seldom  practicable. 
But  all  charges  for  alterations  or  extra  work,  should  be  carefully  noted. 


320  PAMPHLETS. 

While  it  may  sometimes  be  necessary  to  insist  on  more  than  ordinary 
rates  for  work  of  unusual  trouble,  there  are  cases  in  which  it  is  necessary 
or  judicious  to  depart  from  some  traditional  rules  and  rates  of  the  trade. 
The  classifications  and  prices  of  Table  Work,  and  Rule  and  Figure  Work, 
as  given  on  pages  53  and  54,  are  notable  illustrations.  There  are  kinds  of 
Tabular  work,  rated  by  this  rule  at  price-aiul-a-half  and  double-price,  that  can 
be  done  to  profit  at  single-price.  To  insist  on  these  higher  prices  would  often 
prohibit  the  work.  For  this,  and  all  other  work  of  like  nature,  the  only 
fair  method  of  making  price  is,  to  compute  the  performance  of  the  average 
workman,  at  established  rates,  and  make  price  per  page  in  accordance. 

ILLUSTRATED  CATALOGUES,  even  if  largely  interspersed  with  full-page 
engravings,  will  seldom  be  found  any  more  profitable  than  the  composition 
of  ordinary  solid  text  type.  When  many  wood  cuts  are  used  on  a  page, 
and  they  are  fairly  squared  and  lined,  the  value  of  composition  is  always 
greater  than  that  of  solid  text  type. 

THE  BLANK  PAGES  of  a  small-paged  Catalogue,  in  which  every  alternate 
leaf  is  blank  (except  heading),  should,  as  a  rule,  be  rated  at  half  the  price 
of  the  text-type  page.  In  a  small  24°,  or  32°,  these  pages  may  sometimes 
be  done  a's  low  as  25  cents  each.  This  should  be  the  lowest  rate.  Nor  can 
they  be  done  at  this  reduced  rate  if  compositors  are  paid  by  the  1000  ems. 

ELECTROTYPING   OF    PAMPHLETS. 

PLATES,  WITHOUT  BLOCKING.  Pamphlets  of  less  than  16  pages  octavo, 
or  24  pages  duodecimo,  should  be  measured  as  Brevier,  at  50  cents  per  1000 
ems.  unless  the  type  used  be  smaller  than  Brevier,  in  which  case  the  work 
should  be  charged  according  to  its  proper  body.  For  larger  quantities,  use 
the  regular  rates  of  Book  work :  Pica,  70  cents  per  1000  ems ;  Small  Pica, 
">•")  cent? ;  Long  Primer  and  Bourgeois,  50  cents ;  Brevier,  and  smaller  type, 
45  cents. 

FOR  BLOCKED  PLATES,  see  Electrotyping.  on  page  369.  Under  this 
ht-ading  must  also  be  placed  all  type  pages  in  which  the  value  of  the 
electrotyping,  by  measurement  per  1000  ems,  does  not  amount  to  $1  per  page. 

HOW   TO   ESTIMATE    COPY. 

A  printer  is  often  required  to  estimate  how  many  pages  of  type  a  package 
of  manuscript  copy  will  make.  If  the  copy  is  written  on  paper  of  uniform 
size,  of  uniform  feint  lines,  and  in  uniform  penmanship,  the  making  of  an 
estimate,  although  somewhat  tedious,  is  not  at  all  difficult. 

1  Select  the  size  and  face  of  type,  the  thickness  of  the  lead  (if  any  lead 
is  wanted),  and  the  dimensions  of  the  page.     Also  find  whether  the  work 
is  to  be  set  up  close  oi»opeu.  as  to  chapter- headings  and  prefixes. 

2  Ascertain,  by  actual  count,  the  average  number  of  words  in  a  printed 
page  of  same  size  as  the  page  selected.     This  can  be  done  only  by  actual 
count  of  the  words  in  some  previously-printed  page  of  same  size  and  in 
same  type. 


PAMPHLETS.  321 

3  Ascertain,  l>y  actual  count,  the  number  of  words  in  a  written  page  of 
the  manuscript.  Select  for  this  purpose  a  fair  average  of  the  manuscript. 

1  Multiply  the  number  of  written  pages  by  the  number  of  written  words 
to  the  page.  This  will  give  the  entire  number  of  words  in  the  copy. 

5  Divide  the  result  by  the  number  of  words  in  the  printed  page.     This 
will  give  the  number  of  solid  or  close  pages. 

6  For  every  chapter-heading,   add  one-third  of   a  page.     For  every 
chapter-ending  (if  in  open  style),  add  one-half  of  a  page.     For  every  title, 
or  dedication,  etc.,  add  one  page.     To  this  add  blank  pages,  if  any  are 
wanted,  on  back  of  title  or  dedication,  and  at  the  beginning  and  end  of 
the  Pamphlet. 

When  preface,  or  introduction,  or  any  other  portion  of  a  work,  is  set  in 
larger  or  smaller  type,  a  separate  calculation  for  the  altered  size  of  type 
will  be  required,  which  calculation  may  be  made  by  same  process. 

If  many  wood-cuts,  tables,  and  a  variety  of  small  type,  or  a  too-frequent 
repetition  of  one  size  of  small  type  is  required,  or  if  the  copy  is  written  on 
sheets  of  different  size,  or  in  uneven  handwriting,  decline  an  exact  estimate 
of  the  number  of  pages.  Require  the  author  to  give  the  number  of  words 
in  the  manuscript,  and  upon  his  count  make  an  estimate  of  the  probable 
amount  of  pages,  less  the  space  occupied  by  wood  cuts,  tables,  etc..  of 
which  it  is  seldom  practicable  to  give  an  exact  measure. 

HOW   TO    COMPUTE    PAPER. 

1  Ascertain  how  many  pages  the  Pamphlet  will  make.  Include  the  titfe, 
prefixes,  and  waste  leaves,  if  any  are  wanted.  Avoid  the  common  error  of 
novices,  of  confounding  leaves  and  pages.  Always  reckon  by  pages. 

'2  Ascertain  how  many  pages  can  be  printed  on  both  sides  of  the  full 
sheet  of  paper  that  is  selected  for  the  work. 

3  If  the  number  of  pages  in  the  Pamphlet  is  less  than  the  number  of 
pages  that  may  be  printed  on  the  whole  sheet,  find  what  fractional  part  of 
the  whole  sheet  will  be  required  for  One  Copy. 

For  example :  If  the  Pamphlet  makes  24  pages,  and  is  to  be  printed  on  a  sheet 
that  will  contain  32  pages,  the  Pamphlet  is  24-32  or  three-fourths  of  a  whole  sheet. 
It  it  makes  but  12  pages,  it  is  12-32  or  three-eighths  of  a  sheet.  If  it  makes  21,  22, 
or  23  pages,  it  must  be  rated  as  24  pages.  If  it  makes  9,  10,  or  11  pages,  it  must  be 
rated  as  12  pages.  No  form  of  any  practical  service  can  be  imposed,  or  printed,  or 
bound,  that  is  not  an  even  multiple  of  Four.  All  fractions  of  sheets  must  conse- 
quently be  even  quotients  of  Four. 

4  Multiply  the  number  of  copies  wanted  by  this  fraction  of  a  sheet, 
(example:  1000  x  34=750),  which  will  give  the  exact  number  of  sheets, 
without  allowance  for  waste. 

5  Ascertain  the  value  of  the  paper  per  ream. 

6  Consult  Fractional  Sizes  of  Paper,  on  pages  42-45.    Find  the  price  per 
ream.     On  the  same  line,  will  be  found  the  price  for  1000  full  sheets,  or 
whole  sheets.    Multiply  the  number  of  sheets  required  by  the  price  per  1000 
full  sheets,  and  the  result  will  be  the  price  sought.     By  omitting  the  last 
cipher  or  figure  in  the  price  given  for  1000  full  sheets,  the  abbreviated 
figures  can  be  used  as  the  price  for  100  sheets. 


322  PAMPHLETS. 


PAMPHLETS.  303 

7  If  the  Pamphlet  contains  more  pages  than  can  be  printed  on  one  sheet, 
divide  the  number  of  pages  in  the  Pamphlet  by  the  number  of  pages  on  the 
sheet. 

Example :  How  nnich  Paper  is  required  for  1000  Pamphlets  of  108  pages  medium 
octavo,  to  be  printed  on  a  sheet  24  x  38  inches  ?  This  sheet  will  contain,  on  both 
sides,  32  pages.  We  divide  108  by  32,  which  gives  3  and  12-32,  which  is  the  exact 
number  of  sheets  required  for  One  Copy  of  each  Pamphlet.  We  next  multiply  the 
whole  number  of  copies  (1000)  by  the  paper  required  for  a  single  copy  (3%),  which 
gives  3375.  the  exact  number  without  waste.  Having  found  the  price  per  ream,  we 
multiply  it  by  the  price  per  1000  full  sheets,  as  laid  down  in  Fractional  Sizes  of 
Paper,  which  gives  the  value  of  the  paper. 

The  novice  is  warned  against  calculating  the  entire  amount  of  paper  required 
for  a  Pamphlet  or  Book  from  the  amount  allotted  to  single  forms.  By  this  method, 
the  allowance  for  waste  paper  is  usually  overlooked.  If  the  forms  are  printed  on 
half  or  quarter  sheets,  or  in  two  or  three  sections,  or  with  uneven  sections,  as  is 
sometimes  the  case,  a  calculation  by  forms  becomes  complicated,  and  is  liable  to 
be  incorrect.  The  safest  way  for  a  novice  is,  to  calculate  the  exact  amount  of 
paper  required  for  One  full  Copy.  This  done,  it  is  a  very  simple  matter  to  find  the 
amount  required  for  100  copies,  or  any  other  quantity.  By  using  Fractional  Sizes 
of  Paper  to  find  the  price,  the  amount  required  for  waste  is  not  overlooked. 

ALLOWANCE    FOR    "WASTE. 

When  paper  is  furnished  by  a  publisher  or  customer,  make  the  following 
allowance  for  waste:  For  ordinary  book  work,  upon  an  edition  of  1000  or 
less,  add  5  per  cent,  to  the  exact  number  of  sheets  required ;  for  editions 
of  2000,  add  4  per  cent. ;  for  editions  of  5000  and  over,  add  21?2  per  cent., 
which  should  be  the  least  allowance  for  any  quantity.  For  Red  ink  border 
lines,  and  for  all  work  in  colors,  the  allowance  should  be  doubled,  as  such 
work,  passing  twice  or  more  through  press,  has  twice  the  liability  to  waste. 

PRESSWORK    OF    PAMPHLETS. 

The  quality  of  Pamphlet  Presswork  is  variable.  For  some  kinds,  work- 
manship inferior  to  that  of  common  Newspapers  is  at  times  acceptable. 
Other  kinds  require  and  receive  all  the  care  of  the  best  Book  work.  Four 
graduations  of  quality  and  price  can  be  clearly  denned : 

1  MEDICINE  PAMPHLETS,  from  stereotype  plates,  or  from  old  type,  on 
the  cheapest  Xews  paper,  roughly  made-ready,  not  pointed  or  dry-pres->-il. 
with  Black  Ink  at  25  cents  per  pound. 

2  COMMON  PAMPHLETS,  from  type  or  plates,  printed  dry  on  fair  Book 
paper,  fairly  made-ready  so  as  not  to  require  dry-pressing,  not  pointed,  with 
Black  Ink  at  50  cents  per  pound. 

3  FIXE  PAMPHLETS,  mostly  from  good  type,  on  Sized  and  Calendered 
paper,  damp  or  dry.  carefully  made-ready,  pointed,  dry-pressed  in  lifts,  with 
Black  Ink  at  75  cents  to  $1 .00  per  pound. 

4  EXTRA  PAMPHLET  PRESSWORK.     Under  this  heading  may  be  included 
all  work  done  from  new  type,  on  finest  Sized  and  Calendered  or  Plate 
papers,  always  dry.  very  < -an -fully  made-ready,  pointed,  dry-pressed  in  sinirle 
sheets,  with  Black  Ink  costing  $2.00  to  $3.00  per  pound. 

FINE  Woon-rrT  PIIESSWOUK  could  make  another  graduation  of  quality, 
but  the  prices  for  this  class  will  be  better  determined  by  the  time  spent  in 
making-ready,  and  by  the  quality  and  amount  of  Ink  used. 


324 


PAMPHLETS. 

Medicine  Pamphlets. 


From  Stereotype  Plates,  or  Old  Type,  not  dry-pressed,  Black  Ink  at      cents  per  16. 
Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

FUt 

Cap, 
14X17 

Folio 
Post, 
17X22 

Medium, 
19X24 

Super 
Royal, 
22  X  28 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X  38 

Double 
Royal, 
28  X42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33X46 

OSA    Per 
•*)U  Token. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

500    «     .. 

1000    »     .. 

2000    ,/    .. 

3000    »    .. 

5000    //    .. 

10,000  „    .  . 

Over  10.000 

For  two  or  more  forms,  use  the  rates  for  Book  Presswork,  on  a  following  page. 

Common  Pamphlets. 
Type  Forms,  Black  Ink  at      cents  per  pound.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14  X  17 

Folio 
Post, 
17  X22 

Medium, 
19  X  24 

Snper 
Royal, 
22  X28 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X  38 

Double 
Royal. 
28  X  42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33  X46 

o-(l    Per 
•^°u  Token. 

500     //      .. 

^ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

* 

• 

$ 

1000     //      .. 

2000    «    .. 

3000    "    .. 

5000    //    .. 

10.000  //    .  . 

Over  10,000 

Fine  Pamphlets. 

Dry-pressed.    Black  Ink  at       cents  ®  §         per  ft.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14X17 

Folio 
Post, 
17X22 

Medium, 
19X24 

Super 
Royal, 
22X28 

Double 
Medium, 
24X38 

Double 
Royal. 
28X42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33X46 

orn    Per 
•"H  Token. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

.* 

$ 

$ 

500     //      .. 

1000     »      .. 

2000     «     .. 

3000    //    .. 

5000    „    .. 

10,000  //    .  . 

Over  10,000 

L' AMP  H  LETS. 


325 


Medicine  Pamphlets. 

From  Stereotype  Plates,  or  Old  Type,  not  dry-pressed,  Black  Ink  at  25  cents  per 
Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14X17 

Folio 
Post, 
17  X  22 

Medium, 
19  X24 

Super 
Royal, 
22X28 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X  38 

Double 
Royal, 
28  X  42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33  X46 

orrk     Per 

an  Token. 

$1.00 

$1.00 

$1.25 

|1.25 

$1.50 

$1.50 

$2.00 

500   //    .. 

.75 

.75 

1.00 

1.00 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

1000    /     .  .         .60 

.67 

.75 

.90 

1.00 

1.  00 

1.25 

2000    .    ..         .50 

.50 

.60 

.75 

.80 

.90 

1.10 

3000    •    ..]        .50 

.50            .60 

.60 

.70 

.80 

1.00 

5000    *    .. 

.40 

.40            .50 

.50 

.60 

.65 

.90 

10,000  «    .  . 

.40 

.40 

.40 

.50 

.50           .55 

.75 

Over  10,000 

.37J 

.40            .40 

.45 

.45    !        .50 

.68 

For  two  or  more  forms,  use  the  rates  for  Book  Presswork,  ou  a  following  page. 

Common.  Pamphlets. 
Type  Forms,  Black  Ink  at  50  cents  per  pouud.     Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14X17 

Folio 
Post, 
17  X22 

Medium, 
19  X24 

Super 
Royal, 
22  X28 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X  38 

Double 
Roval, 
28X42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33  X46 

t)zr\    Per 
^M  Token. 

$1.25 

$1.50 

$1.75 

$2.00 

$2.25 

$2.50 

$3.00 

500     /-      .. 
1000     «      .. 

.90 
.75 

1.00 

.75 

•   1.25 
.90 

1.25 
1.00 

1.50 
1.25 

1.75 
1.50 

2.00 

1.75 

2000     //      .. 

.62 

.75 

.75 

.80 

.90 

1.00 

1.50 

3000    //    .. 

.50 

.60 

.62 

.70 

.75 

.90 

1.25 

5000    //    .. 

.50 

.50 

.60 

.60 

.65 

.75 

1.00 

10,000  //    .  . 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.60 

.65 

.90 

Over  10,000 

.40 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.55 

.60 

.75 

Fine  Pamphlets. 
Dry -pressed.    Black  Ink  at  75  cents  ®  $1 .00  per  16.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14X17 

Folio 
Post, 
17X22 

Medium, 
19X24 

$2.50 

Super 
Royal, 
22x28 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X38 

Double 
Royal, 
28  X42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33  X46 

9rA    Per 
»ou  Token. 

$2.00 

$2.00 

$2.75 

$3.00 

£1.00 

$5.00 

500    //    .. 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.00 

2.50 

3.50 

1000   //    .. 
2000    .    .. 

1.00 
.90 

1.25 
1.00 

1.25 
1.00 

1.50 
1.00 

1.50 
1.15 

1.75 
1.25 

2.50 
1.75 

3000    //    .. 

.80 

.90 

.90 

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

1.28 

5000    //    .. 

.70 

.80 

.80 

.80 

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

10,000  »    .  . 

'      .60 

.70 

.75 

.80 

.80 

.90 

1.00 

Over  10,000 

.50 

.80 

.70           .75 

,75 

.85 

1.00 

326. 


PAMPHLETS. 


Extra  Pamphlets. 
New  Type,  Black  Ink  at  $         'a :  8         per  pound.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat              Folio 
Cap,       ,       Post, 
14  X  17        17  X  22 

Medium, 
19X24 

Super 
Royal, 
22  X28 

Double 
Medium, 
24X38 

Double 
Royal, 
28  X42 

Double 
Imperial. 
33X46 

;    250  Tito. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

I 

$ 

$ 

500    »     .. 

1000    «     .. 
2000    „     .. 

3000    .    '.. 

5000    .      .. 

PAMPHLETS. 


327 


Extra  Pamphlets. 
New  Type,  Black  Ink  at  §2.00  @  $3.00  per  pound.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Edition. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14X17 

Folio 
Post, 
17X22 

Medium, 
19X24 

Super 
Royal, 
22  X28 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X  38 

Double 
Royal, 
28  X  42 

Double 
Imperial, 
33X46 

OCA      Per 
40U   Token. 

$2.50 

$3.00 

$3.50 

$3.50 

$4.00 

$5.00 

$6.00 

500      //       .. 

1.75 

2.00 

2.25 

2.50 

2.75 

3.25 

4.00 

1000      «       .. 

1.25 

1.50 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

2000    »     .  . 

1.  00 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.50 

3000    „     .  . 

.90 

1.00 

1.15 

1.25 

1.40 

1.60 

2.00 

5000    .     .. 

.90 

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

1.20 

1.40 

1.60 

All  kinds  of  Book  and  Pamphlet  Presswork  are  computed  by  Tokens,  instead  of 
Thousands.  Prices  are  consequently  made  for  Tokens  only.  The  Token  as  here 
used,  is  250  impressions,  or  any  fraction  thereof :  300  are 2  tokens;  500  are  2  tokens ; 
600  are  3  tokens,  etc.  To  find  the  price  per  1000,  multiply  the  token  price  by  4. 

The  prices  made  for  Flat  Cap,  Folio  Post  and  Medium  will  serve  for  fractions  of 
larger  sheets  of  approximate  size. 

These  prices  include  only  the  ordinary  allowance  for  color.  When  the  value  of 
the  ink  used  per  token  is  more  than  tern  per  cent,  of  the  price,  the  excess  should 
be  charged. 

WOOD-CUT   PRESSWORK. 

Prices  for  this  class  of  work  should  be  largely  controlled  by  the  quality  of 
the  engraving.  The  variety  of  merit  in  engravings  on  wood,  and  their 
comparative  difficulty  to  a  pressman,  are  very  great.  It  is  possible,  however, 
to  define  three  prominent  representative  styles  that  require  three  different 
tables  .of  prices  for  presswork. 

1  MECHANICAL  ENGRAVINGS  in  simple  perspective,  cut  with  bold  con- 
trasts of  color,  and  easily  distinguished  graduations  of  light  and  shade. 
This  is  the  simplest  class  of  work  for  a  pressman ;  he  is  seldom  at  fault  in 
cutting-out  overlays,  and  the  work  does  not  require  much  making-ready. 

2  BUILDINGS,  OR  FINE  OR  COMPLEX  MACHINERY.  This  kind  of  engrav- 
ing is  usually  full  of  broken  lights,  and  of  many  graduations  of  shade.     It 
requires  more  time  to  cut  a  fair  overlay,  and  requires  more  judgment  on 
the  part  of  the  cutter.     Properly  printed,  it  should  have  better  paper  and 
better  ink  than  the  preceding. 

3  FINE  PORTRAIT,  OR  LANDSCAPE,   OR  BOOK  ILLUSTRATIONS,  with 
distant  perspective,  engraved  with  great  delicacy  of  outline  and  with  a  nice 
modulation  of  lights  and  shades.      This  is  most  difficult  of  all.      It  is  not 
uncommon  for  an  expert  workman  to  spend  two  or  three  days,  and  some- 
times more,  in  making-ready  a  form  of  this  class  of  work.     To  print  it 
finely  on  a  power  press,  it  may  be  necessary  to  run  the  press  at  a  speed  of 
300  or  400  per  hour.      Ink  that  costs  $2.00  to  $5.00  per  pound  must  be 
used,  and  every  sheet  must  be  separately  interleaved  and  dry-pressed. 

Where  it  is  judicious  to  use  one  hour  in  making-ready  a  Mechanical  Cut. 
two  will  be  required  for  a  Fine  Building,  and  four  and  more  will  be  needed 
for  a  Landscape.  It  is  optional  with  the  printer  to  spend  much  or  little 


328  PAMPHLETS. 


PAMPHLETS.  329 

time  on  the  making-ready.  He  must  be  guided  rather  more  by  the  wishes 
of  the  customer  as  to  expense,  than  by  the  desires  of  the  engraver. 

The  proper  method  of  pricing  a  form  of  Wood-cut  work  is  to  allow  a 
certain  time — all  that  the  customer  is  willing  to  pay  for — for  the  makini;- 
ready  of  the  Wood  cut.  This  should  be  a  specific  charge.  It  will  vary  from 
$1.00  on  a  small  cut  to  $30.00,  or  more  on  a  large  form  of  fine  cuts. 

The  beauty  of  Wood-cut  woi-k  depends  rather  more  upon  the  skillful 
cutting  of  overlays  than  upon  any  subsequent  labor.  Upon  a  cut  so  treated, 
the  merit  of  the  work  will  be  apparent,  even  when  it  is  printed  with  ordinary 
ink  on  ordinary  paper.  The  Presswork  of  a  cut  •well  made-ready  may  be 
rated  as  that  of  Newspaper  work,  or  as  Common,  or  Fine,  or  Extra  Pamphlet 
Presswork,  or  still  higher,  if  the  finest  work  is  required.  Prices  for  vary  in  tr 
numbers  of  each  class  will  be  found  on  pages  325  and  327.  When  no  specific 
directions  are  given,  the  quality  of  ink  and  paper  used  are  fair  guides  to  the 
selection  of  the  proper  class  of  prices  to  which  the  work  should  belong.  By 
this  method  the  rate  per  token  can  be  varied  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
work  or  the  wishes  of  the  customer.  It  may  be,  without  making-ready, 
but  50  'cents  per  token  for  a  long  edition  of  an  ordinary  pamphlet ;  it  may 
be  $5.00  for  a  short  edition  of  the  fkiest  work. 

Electrotypes  of  coarse  diagrams  of  common  articles  or  of  rough  machinery, 
that  have  been  cut  on  bay  mahogany  or  maple,  make  but  little  more  difficulty 
than  ordinary  type.  For  such  engravings,  it  is  not  always  necessary  to  raise 
the  price  of  the  presswork,  for  they  require  no  extra  care  in  making-ready, 
no  finer  or  blacker  ink,  and  no  slower  speed  than  is  given  to  plain  type  forms. 

Cut  work  on  machine  presses  should  not  be  done  from  the  wood.  When 
the  blocks  are  small,  they  give  great  trouble  to  the  compositor  in  justifying; 
when  they  are  large,  they  are  liable  to  warp  or  break  on  press.  All  deten- 
tions of  press  from  the  warping  of  Wood-cuts,  unless  caused  by  neglect  of 
pressman,  should  be  charged. 

The  Quality  of  Ink  selected  makes  great  difference  in  the  appearance  of 
Wood-cut  presswork.  Inks  at  $1.00  and  $2.00  per  pound,  skillfully  used, 
will  produce  a  very  decided  improvement  in  general  effect  over  cheaper 
qualities.  For  the  finest  work,  it  is  not  enough  that  Ink  should  be  black  ; 
it  must  shine ;  it  must  dry  with  gloss.  Such  inks  cost  from  $2.00  to  $5.00 
per  pound,  and  must  be  used  in  quantity  to  produce  vigor  and  intensity  of 
color.  The  amount  and  value  of  ink  cousumed  for  fine  Wood-cut  work  is 
seldom  adequately  considered.  See  Inks. 

No  distinction  should  be  made  in  the  price  of  small  editions  between  fine 
Wood-cut  work  when  printed  on  hand  or  machine  presses.  There  is  seldom 
any  difference  in  cost.  When  long  editions  are  done  on  hand  press  Tln-y 
should  be  rated  on  time  only. 

PRESSWORK   OF   BORDER    LINES    IN   COLORS. 

Prices  for  this  class  of  work  should  in  a  great  degree  be  graduated  by  the 
quality  and  price  of  the  Black.  A  common  Pamphlet  will  not  require  so 
fine  a  quality  of  ink.  nor  as  careful  making-ready  as  au  extra  Pamphlet.  The 


330 


PAMPHLETS. 


Presswork  of  Flat  Border  Lines  in  Bright  Color. 

Flat  Border  Line  not  more  than  a  PearJ  thick.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Color  of  Ink. 
Number  of  Impressions. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14  X  17. 
8  pages. 

Folio 
Post, 
17X22. 
8  pages. 

Medium, 
19  X  24. 
8  pages. 

Super 
Royal, 
22  X  28. 
12  pages. 

Double 
Medium, 
24  X  38. 

16  pages. 

Ultrain.  Blue..  1000,  per  Token.  . 

$      • 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2500 

5000       » 

Verm.  Red.  .  .  1000 

2500 

5000 

Lake  Red.  .  .  .  1000 

2500       . 

5000 

Carmine           1000       // 

2500       . 

5000       . 

Gold  Bronze.  .  1000 

2500 

5000       » 

PAMPHLETS. 


331 


prices  of  the  following  table  are  for  Fine  Pamphlets.     Common  Pamphlets 
may  be  taken  at  lower,  and  Extra-tine  Pamphlets  should  be  at  higher  rates. 

Presswork  of  Flat  Border  Lines  in  Bright  Color. 
Flat  Border  Line  not  more  than  a  Pearl  thick.    Per  token  of  250  impressions. 


Color  of  Ink. 
Number  of  Impressions. 

Flat 
Cap, 
14  X  17. 
8  pages. 

Folio 
Post, 
17X22. 
8  pages. 

Medium, 
19X24. 
8  pages. 

Super 
Royal, 
22X28. 
13  pages. 

Double 
Medium, 
24X38. 
16  pages. 

Ultram.  Blue..  1000,  per  Token.  . 

$1.50 

$1.75 

$2.00 

$2.00 

$2.50 

2500       » 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

1.50 

1.75 

5000       // 

1.00 

1.00 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

Verm.  Red.  .  .  1000 

1.50 

1.75 

2.25 

2.50 

3.00 

2500 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

5000       // 

1.00 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.50 

Lake  Red....  1000       // 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

2500 

1.50 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.50 

5000 
Carmine           1000       // 

1.00 
3.<)0 

1.00 
3.50 

1.25 
4.00 

1.50 
4.50 

1.75 
5.00 

2500       // 
5000 

1.75 
1.25 

2.00 
1.25 

2.50 
1.50 

3.00 
1.75 

3.50 
2.00 

Gold  Bronze..  1000 

3.00 

3.50 

4.00 

4.50 

5.00 

2500       „ 

2.50 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

4.50 

5000       // 

2.25 

2.25 

2.50 

3.00 

4.00 

If  Initial  Letters  or  Displayed  Lines  of  Type  are  printed  with  the  border  lines, 
an  extra  charge  should  be  made  for  time  spent  in  securing  register. 

Brass  Rule  a  Pearl  wide  is  a  favorite  thickness.  It  is  bold  enough  to  suit  most 
work.  Thicker  rules  will  require  more  color  and  higher  price.  An  alteration  in 
prices  may  also  be  required  when  there  are  more  pages  in  the  form  than  are  allotted 
by  the  headings. 

The  amount  of  Color  consumed  on  Border  lines  of  this  thickness  is  not  large,  and 
the  difference  in  price  between  cheap  and  fine  colors  is  rather  less  than  on  most 
other  kinds  of  work.  On  orders  of  10,000  impressions,  the  difference  in  cost  of  color 
between  Ultramarine  the  cheapest,  and  Carmine  the  dearest  of  the  bright  colors,  is 
but  trivial.  On  an  order  of  1000,  the  difference  in  cost  between  these  colors  is 
decided,  and  is  caused  by  the  greater  waste  of  ink  on  the  finer  color.  In  printing 
10,000  impressions  of  a  sheet  of  medium  octavo,  the  value  of  Ultramarine  (at  $2.50) 
as  ordinarily  used,  would  probably  not  exceed  $7. 50,  or  75  cents  per  1000  impressions. 
For  10,000  impressions  in  Carmine  (at  $15 .00)  on  same  form,  the  value  of  the  Carmine 
used,  would  probably  be  §15. 00,  or  SI  50  per  1000  impressions.  It  would  take  about 
three  pounds  of  Ultramarine  to  do  the  same  work  that  is  done  by  one  pound  of 
Carmine.  The  superior  extending  capacity  of  Carmine  makes  it  in  practice  but 
twice  as  expensive  as  the  Ultramarine,  although  in  bulk  it  costs  six  times  as  much. 
But  this  superior  extending  capacity  is  of  little  value  on  a  short  order.  If  the 
order  were  for  1000  impressions  only,  the  value  of  the  two  colors,  including  waste 
as  well  as  use,  would  be  for  this  1000:  Ultramarine  $2.00;  Carmine  §6.50.  A  certain 
quantity  being  required  to  cover  the  rollers  and  charge  the  fountain,  the  more 
concentrated  color  would  waste  in  greater  proportion  than  the  weaker.  It  is  this 
unavoidable  w.-i*te  that  makes  short  onlci  s  *o  expensive.  Orders  of  less  than  1000 
impressions  will  cost  nearly  as  much  for  color  as  1000  impressions. 


332 


PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


VALUE    OF    COVER    PAPER   PER    1000    COPIES. 


Price 
Per 
Ream. 

Sizes  and  Qualities. 

8vo. 

Four 
to  Sheet. 

12mo. 
Six 
to  Sheet 

18mo. 
Nine 
to  Sheet 

MEDIUM,  19  x  24  inches. 
24  ft  Colored  News  stock  

ROYAL,  20  x  25  inches. 
35  ft  Colored  News  stock  
40  ft  Colored  News  stock  .... 
24  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  com. 
24  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  fine.  . 
35  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  com. 
35  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  fine.  . 
40  ft  Tinted  Plate  

EOYAL,  20  X  24  inches. 
Thin  Plated  or  Enain.,  com.  cols 
Thicker  //              "     fine  colors 
Ultramarine,  thin  

Steel  Blue,  of  fair  quality  
Extra  thick  Enamelled  

SUPER  ROYAL,  22  x  28  inches. 
35  ft  Colored  News  stock  .... 
50  ft  Colored  News  stock  .... 
30  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book  stock. 
40  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book  stock  . 
50  ft  Col'd  Glazed  Book  stock. 
Extra-thick  Enamelled  

DOUBLE  CAP,  17  x  28  inches.  ' 
35  ft  Colored  News  stock  .... 
40  ft  Colored  Book  stock  

333 


PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


Medium,  19  x  24  inches,  and  Royal,  20  x  25  inches,  are  more  used 
than  any  other  shapes. 

DOUBLE  CAP,  17  x  28  inches,  and  SUPER  ROYAL,  22  x  28  inches,  are 
often  of  service.  The  best  assortment  of  colors  on  fine  papers  may  be  had 
of  the  size  20  x  24  inches.  See  Papers,  pages  23  and  24. 

VALUE    OF    COVER   PAPER  PER    1000    COPIES. 


Price 
Per 
Ream. 

Sizes  and  Qualities. 

8vo. 

Four 
to  Sheet. 

12mo. 
Six 
to  Sheet 

18mo. 
Nine 
to  Sheet. 

MEDIUM,  19  x  24  inches. 

9Ms  X12 

8x9^ 

6^x8 

$4.75 

24  16  Colored  News  stock  .... 

$2.60 

$1.75 

$1.20 

ROYAL,  20  X  25  inches. 

10  x  12^ 

8M?  x  10 

6%  x  8M> 

7.00 

35  16  Colored  News  stoc,k  .... 

$3.85 

$2.56 

$1.70 

8.00 

40  16  Colored  News  stock  .... 

4.40 

2.93 

1.95 

5.25 

24  IB  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  com  . 

2.90 

1.93 

1.28 

6.50 

24  16  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  fine.  . 

3.60 

2.40 

1.60 

8.25 

35  16  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  com. 

4.54 

3.03 

2.01 

9.60 
11.00 

35  16  Col'd  Glazed  Book,  fine.  . 
40  16  Tinted  Plate  

5.25 
6.05 

3.50 
4.03 

2.32 
2.68 

ROYAL,  20  x  24  inches. 

10  x  12 

8X10 

6%  X8 

10.00 

Thin  Plated  or  Enam.,  com.  cols 

$5.50 

$3.66 

$2.44 

15.00 
12.00 

Thicker  //              »     fine  colors 
Ultramarine,  thin. 

8.25 
6.60 

5.50 
4.40 

3.65 
2.93 

18.00 

Steel  Blue,  of  fair  quality  

9.90 

6.60 

4.40 

22.00 

Extra  thick  Enamelled  

12.10 

8.07 

5.38 

SUPER  ROYAL,  22  x  28  inches. 

11  X14 

'JMi  X  11 

7Ms  x  9Ms 

7.00 

35  16  Colored  News  stock  .... 

$3.85 

$2.56 

$1.70 

10.00 

50  16  Colored  News  stock  .... 

5.50 

3.66 

2.44 

8.25 

30  16  Col'd  Glazed  Book  stock. 

4.54 

3.03 

2.01 

11.00 

40  16  Col'd  Glazed  Book  stock  . 

6.05 

4.03 

2.68 

13.75 
25.00 

50  16  Col'd  Glazed  Book  stock  . 
Extra-thick  Enamelled   .... 

7.56 
13.75 

5.04 
9.17 

3.36 
6.11 

DOUBLE  CAP,  17  x  28  inches. 

8^x14 

9%  x8Mj 

5%  x9*6 

7.00 

35  16  Colored  News  stock  .... 

$3.85 

$2.56 

1.70 

8.00 

40  16  Colored  Book  stock  

4.40 

2.93 

1.95 

For  Quarto  Covers,  double  the  price  for  Octavo;  for  Sixteen-mo.,  half  the  price 
t  <  »i-t:ivo:  for  Twenty-four-nio.,  half  the  price  of  Twelve-mo. 


334 


PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


Prices  of  Blocked  Electrotypes. 


Medium  Folio. .  .10^  x  17  .  .$ 

Demy  Polio 9  V4  x  14^ 

Cap  Folio 7Mz  X  12Mz 

Medium  Quarto.   8^  X  lOMz 
Demy  Quarto...       7x   9V4 

Cap  Quarto 6x    7*4 

Eoyal  Octavo. . .   6V4  x  10. . 


Size.  Inches.  Prie 

Medium  Octavo.  .5V4  x  SMz..  .$ 
Demy  Octavo. . .  .4^  x  7 

Cap  Octavo 3^x6      .. 

Medium  l"2mo. ...     4x7 

Medium  18mo 3^  x  5V3  . . 

Medium  24mo.  ...3^x4 
Medium  32mo 2V4  x  4 


I'AMPHLET    COVERS.  335 

COMPOSITION    OF    PAMPHLET    COVERS. 

ORDINARY  PAMPHLET  COVER  TITLES,  made-up  from  the  inner  title. 
with  addition  of  a  border  line,  should  be  charged  at  same  rate  as  a  page  of 
the  text.  See  Measurements  of  Pages,  pages  314  to  316. 

ORNAMENTED  PAMPHLET  COTEK  TITLES,  with  large  initial  letters,  with 
two  or  more  parallel  rule  borders,  or  with  combination  border  and  corners, 
should  be  double  the  price  of  a  page  of  the  text. 

A  Pamphlet  Cover  Title  is  or  should  be  much  larger  than  the  page  of  text,  and  by 
measurement  is  worth  about  one-fourth  more.  When  great  care  is  taken  with  tin- 
composition,  and  curved  lines,  or  combination  borders  are  used,  the  work  should 
be  rated  by  time  at  75  cents  per  hour,  or  it  may  be  priced  as  a  Show  Card.  See 
page  237. 

Every  other  page  of  the  Cover  should  be  separately  measured  by  the 
body  of  the  type  in  which  it  is  set,  and  charged  at  the  same  rate  per  1000 
ems  as  the  text.  Blank  pages  are  not  charged ;  but  any  page,  with  rule 
border,  even  if  of  little  matter,  should  be  at  the  price  of  the  text  page. 

ELECTROTYPING   PAMPHLET    COVERS. 

When  the  Cover  pages  are  of  the  same  size  as  the  text  pages,  and  both 
are  done  together,  the  Electrotyping  may  be  cast  up  at  the  same  rate  per 
page.  See  Measurements  on  pages  314  to  316. 

When  the  page  is  a  larger  size  than  the  text  page,  or  is  done  at  different 
time,  the  Electrotyping  should  be  measured  as  Brevier,  and  priced  at  the 
rate  of  50  cents  per  1000  ems. 

These  are  prices  for  Plates  not  blocked.  When  Patent  Blocks  cannot  be 
lie  pages  should  be  cast  up  at  the  regular  rates  of  Electrotyping,  as 
laid  down  on  page  369.  The  following  sizes  are  priced  by  these  rates : 

Prices  of  Blocked  Electrotypes.  ' 

Size.  Inches.  Price.  Size.  Inches.  Price. 

Medium  Octavo.  .5V4  x  8^..  .$2.67 

Demy  Octavo 4^x7      . .  1 . 65 

Cap  Octavo 3%  X  6      ..  1.35 

Medium  12mo 4x7      . .  1 . 68 

Medium  18mo. . .  .3%  x  5%  . .  1.15 

Medium  24mo 3^  x  4      . .  1 .00 

Royal  Octavo. ..  6V4  x  10..      3.75    |     Medium  32mo.. .  .2V4  x  4      ..  .80 

PRESSWORK    OF    PAMPHLET    COVERS. 

Pamphlet  Covers  are  printed  on  many  kinds  of  paper,  and  in  many  style^. 
Covers  on  Plain  Colored  News  paper  seldom  require  more  care  than  an  ordinary 
Handbill;  those  printed  on  fine  Enamelled  or  Super-calendered  papers  must  be 
rated  at  the  prices  of  fine  job  work  ;  those  that  are  Illuminated,  or  printed  in  many 
colors  from  engraved  blocks,  should  be  rated  at  the  prices  of  the  finest  Labels  or 
Show  Cards.  To  suit  the  varied  requirements,  it  will  be  necessary  to  use  three 
distinct  sets  of  prices. 

Tin-  Prices  of  Presswork  should  be  further  classified  by  the  size  of  the  sheet  upon 
which  the  Cover  or  Covers  are  printed.  When  an  edition  is  large,  the  presswork  is 
made  too  expensive  if  the  work  is  done  on  a  form  of  but  one  Cover.  It  is  often 
necessary  to  duplicate  the  Cover  either  by  re-composition  or  by  eleetrotyping,  and 
n  i-  -oinetimes  judicious  to  fill  a  large  sheet  with  plates.  The  Full  Sheet,  Halt 
Sin-el,  and  Quarter  Sheet  of  Medium  or  Royal  should  each  have  a  distinct  price. 


Medium  Folio...  10^x17  ..$10.68 

Demy  Folio 9"4  x  14^      7.44 

Cap  Folio 7*6  X  12^      5.62 

Medium  Quarto.  8Ms  x  10^2  5.40 
Demy  Quarto. ..  7x  9V4  3.88 
Cap  Quarto 6x  7V4  2.50 


336 


PAMPHLET     COVERS. 


Common  Covers  on  Common  Paper. 


Sizes  and  Colors. 

100 

impress. 

25O 

impress. 

5OO 

impress. 

1OOO 

impress. 

5OOO 

per  1000. 

1O.OOO 

per  1000. 

11x14.  .Black.... 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Blue  

Red  

Two  Colors 

14x22..  Black.... 

Blue. 

Red 

Two  Colors 

22  x  28.  .Black..    . 

Blue. 

Red  

Two  Colors 

PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


337 


The  prices  of  the  following  tables  are  for  Impressions.  The  impression  may  be 
on  one  Cover,  or  on  two,  or  as  many  more  as  may  be  in  the  form. 

As  prices  are  made  for  Cover  Paper  by  the  1000  Covers,  the  prices  of  Presswork 
will  be  by  the  1000. 

When  two  or  more  Covers  are  printed  together,  the  price  per  1000  Covers  may  be 
;i*r-i-rtained  by  dividing  the  price  per  1000  impressions  by  the  number  of  Covers  in 
the  form. 

The  prices  of  Common  Covers  on  Common  Paper  may  be  used  for  Covers  printed 
i  >n  both  sides.  If  the  two  sides  are  printed  by  separate  impressions,  the  price 
should  be  doubled.  This,  however,  is  an  unusual  method  of  printing.  Most  Covers 
of  four  pages  are  printed  in  one  form  by  one  impression. 

The  graduation  of  the  prices  of  presswork  by  the  size  of  the  sheet  will  require, 
in  most  cases,  a  higher  price  for  a  Cover  of  four  pages  than  one  of  two  pages.  A 
Medium  Octavo  Cover  of  two  pages  can  be  printed  on  a  sheet  9  x  12H  inches  under 
the  first  classification  of  prices  at  02.00  per  1000 ;  but  if  it  is  printed  with  four  pages, 
the  size  of  sheet  will  have  to  be  12  x  19  inches,  and  the  price  should  be  that  of  the 
second  classification,  $3.00  per  1000. 

Common  Covers  on  Common  Paper. 


Sizes  and  Colors. 

100 

impress. 

250 

impress. 

500 

impress. 

1000 
impress. 

5000 

per  1000. 

10,000 

per  1000. 

11  X  14..  Black.  ... 

$  .60 

*  .90 

$1.25 

$2.00 

$1.75 

$1.50 

Blue. 

1  00 

1  40 

2  00 

3.00 

2.50 

2.50 

Red  

1.00 

.  1.60 

2.50 

4.00 

3.00 

3.00 

Two  Colors 

2.00 

2.75 

3.50 

5.00 

4.00 

4.00 

14x22..  Black.... 

.75 

1.25 

2.00 

3.00 

2.00 

2.00 

Blue  

1.25 

1.75 

3.00 

4.50 

4.00 

3.50 

Red  

1.50 

2.25 

3.75 

6.00 

6.00 

5  00 

Two  Colors 

2.50 

3.00 

5.00 

7.50 

6.50 

6.00 

22x28..  Black.... 

1.25 

1.75 

2.50 

4.00 

2.50 

2.00 

Blue. 

1  50 

2  50 

3  75 

6  00 

5.00 

5  00 

Red  

2.00 

3.50 

5.00 

8.00 

7.00 

7.00 

Two  Colors 

3.00 

4.50 

6.00 

10.00 

9.00 

8.00 

The  first  classification  of  11  x  14  inches  will  include  all  smaller  sizes ;  14  x  22 
inches  will  include  14  x  17  or  17  x  22  inches  and  all  smaller  sizes ;  22  x  28  inches  will 
include  17  x  28  inches,  and  19  X  24  inches,  etc.  Size  24  x  38  inches  is  sometimes  used 
for  large  editions  of  Covers,  but  only  for  common  work  in  Black  Ink.  Such  a  size 
may  lie  rated  at  the  same  price  as  a  similar  sheet  of  Pamphlets.  See  page  325. 

The  Price  for  Two  Colors  is  for  ordinary  work  and  color.  It  does  not  include  the 
making-up  of  the  color  form,  which  is  always  an  extra  charge,  to  be  priced  only  by 
the  time  consumed.  If  very  exact  register  is  demanded,  if  lied  Ink  is  of  superior 
quality,  or  if  it  is  used  in  unusual  quantity,  the  price  for  Red  will  not  be  sufficient. 

When  to  Duplicate  Cover  Pages  or  Plates.  For  3000  Covers  or 
less  of  ordinary  matter,  it  will  be  most  economical  to  print  from  but  one 
form  of  Cover  or  one  set  of  plates.  As  most  Pamphlets  are  riot  larger  than 
octavo,  the  prices  that  will  be  most  used  will  be  found  under  the  size  11  X  14 
inches.  If  the  edition  exceeds  3000,  it  may  be  judicious  to  reset  another 
form,  or  make  a  duplicate  set  of  plates.  If  composition  is  light,  it  will  be 
cheaper  to  re-set  :  if  it  is  difficult,  electiot v]>inir  is  better.  For  ]0,000  copies 


333 


PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


Fine  Covers  on  Enamelled  Paper. 


Sizes  and  Colors. 

10O 

impress. 

250 

impress. 

500 

impress. 

1OOO 

impress. 

5OOO 

per  1000. 

10,000 

per  1000. 

11  x  14.  .Black.... 

$ 

1 

$ 

$ 

A 

1 

Blue  

Red 

Gold. 

Two  Colors 

14x22..  Black.... 

Blue  

Red  

Gold.  . 

Two  Colors 

22x28..  Black.... 

Blue. 

Red  

Gold  . 

Two  Colors 

PAMPHLET    COVKIi>. 


339 


two  sets  are  enough ;  for  20,000  make  three  or  four  sets.  The  number  of 
extra  plates  must  also  be  governed  by  the  size  and  fold  of  the  sheet.  The 
annexed  table  -will  show  the  greatest  number  of  Covers  that  can  be  printed 
on  each  of  the  different  fractions  of  a  sheet. 


Full 
Sheet. 


Folio                                           !         1 

Quarto                                        i        2 

1 

Octavo                                                4 

9 

1 

Twelve  mo                                      6 

3 

2 

1 

Sixteen  mo                            .         8 

4 

2 

Eighteen  mo  9 

3 

Twenty  -four  mo.                            12 

6 

4 

3 

2 

Thirtv-two  mo.  .  .                           16 

8 

8 

As  the  price  of  presswork  increases  with  the  size  of  the  sheet,  it  will  not 
always  cheapen  the  work  to  multiply  duplicates.  As  a  general  rale,  it  is 
not  expedient  to  duplicate  Covers  to  such  an  extent  as  to  make  less  than 
3000  impressions.  "While  the  customer  has  a  right  to  expect  that  the  printer 
shall  plan  his  work  in  an  economical  manner,  it  cannot  be  expected  that  he 
will  make  his  charges  for  presswork  an  insignificant  fraction  of  the  prices 
paid  for  composition  or  stereotyping.  Only  the  largest  editions  should  be 
done  on  full  sheets  of  Medium  or  Royal.  Illuminated  work  will  be  better 
and  more  profitably  done  on  half  or  quarter  than  on  whole  sheets. 

Fine  Covers  on  Enamelled  Paper. 


Sizes  and  Colors. 

100 

impress. 

25O 

impress. 

5OO 

impress. 

1OOO 

impress. 

5OOO 

per  1000. 

1O.OOO 

per  1000. 

11  X  14.  .Black.... 

$    .75 

$1.25 

$1.75 

$3.00 

$2.50 

$2.00 

Blue  

1.00 

1.50 

2.50 

4.50 

4.00 

3.50 

Eed 

1.25 

2.00 

3.50 

6.00 

5.00 

4.50 

Gold  

1.50 

3.75 

5.50 

10.00 

9.00 

8.00 

Two  Colors 

3.00 

3.75 

5.00 

8.50 

8.00 

7.50 

14x22..  Black.... 

1.00 

1.75 

2.50 

4.00 

3.00 

2.50 

Blue. 

1.25 

2.50 

3.75 

6.00 

5.00 

4.50 

Eed  

1.50 

3.00 

4.50 

8.00 

7.00 

7.00 

Gold.  .  .  . 

2.50 

4.00 

6.75 

12.00 

11.00 

10.00 

Two  Colors 

4.00 

5.00 

6.00 

10.00 

9.00 

9.00 

22x28..  Black... 

1.50 

2.50 

3.75 

6.00 

5.00 

5.00 

Blue  

2.50 

3.25 

4.50 

8.00 

7.00 

7.00 

Red  

3.00 

4.00 

7.00 

12.00 

11.00 

10.00 

Gold  

4.00 

5.00 

8.00 

14.00 

13.00 

12.00 

Two  Colors 

.VOI) 

fi  .  00 

9.00 

15.00 

14.00 

14.00 

340  PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


PAMPHLET    COVERS.  341 

These  prices  are  made  for  full  forms,  with  advertisement  on  the  last  page,  and 
for  fine  colors.  If  the  form  is  very  light,  without  advertising  page,  and  consumes 
but  little  color,  the  prices  for  colors  may  be  reduced.  Again,  if  the  form  contains 
many  bold  engraved  lines,  or  a  solid  border,  the  prices  will  not  be  enough  for  the 
increased  use  of  color.  For  the  average  quality  of  fine  work,  the  prices  will  be 
found  correct.  If  three  or  more  colors  are  used  on  a  form  entirely  of  type,  without 
tint  block  or  other  engraving,  the  price  of  every  added  color  should  be  rated  at  the 
price  of  Blue.  An  exception  may  be  made  if  extra  fine  register  is  wanted. 

It  is  not  usual  for  Enamelled  Paper  Covers  to  be  printed  upon  both  sides, 
as  the  printing  on  the  back  injures  the  appearance  of  the  face.  If  printing 
on  the  back  is  required,  such  printing  must  be  done  by  a  separate  impres- 
sion, for  each  side  of  the  paper  has  a  different  finish,  and  the  face  and  back 
cannot  be  put  in  one  form.  For  printing  on  the  back  make  a  separate 
price,  and  use  the  prices  of  Common  Covers  on  Common  Paper,  page  337. 

The  Presswork  of  Enamelled  Papers  in  Colored  Inks,  even  when  the 
amount  of  color  used  is  apparently  trivial,  must  be  at  much  higher  price 
than  that  of  plain  papers.  Delay  is  often  made  by  the  peeling  of  the  paper 
and  clogging  of  type  and  rollers,  and  the  refusal  of  the  paper  to  take  ink. 
But  the  greatest  trouble  will  be  found  in  the  change  made  in  color.  A 
Yellow  Paper  will  make  finfe  pale  Blue  Ink  appear  of  a  dull  Green  tint ; 
a  Blue  Paper  will  turn  a  Eed  Ink  into  a  Brown ;  an  ordinary  Red  paper 
will  destroy  the  brightness  of  a  Green  Ink,  etc.  When  such  harsh  con- 
trasts of  colors  are  selected,  it  will  be  exceedingly  difficult  to  maintain 
purity  of  color. 

Crimson  Reds  may  be  used  on  Straw  and  all  shades  of  Yellow,  on  Whin-. 
pale  Buft',  Lilac,  and  Reddish  Purples,  and  on  most  pale  colors  that  do  not 
contain  a  predominant  tone  of  Blue,  Green,  or  Brown. 

Deep  Blues  may  be  used  on  pale  Straw  (but  not  on  deep  shades  of  Yellow), 
and  on  pale  Blue,  Pink,  Buff,  Lilac,  or  Green. 

Gold  Bronze,  on  open  work,  is  effective  on  White,  but  shows  to  best 
;  id  vantage  on  Steel  Blue,  Black,  Cherry  Red,  or  Ultramarine. 

GOLD  BRONZE.  The  prices  given  for  Bronze  work  are  for  the  average 
quantity  and  quality  usual  for  this  class  of  work.  Light  and  open  type 
work  on  the  larger  sized  sheets  only  may  be  .taken  at  less  price;  solid 
engraved  work  should  be  at  much  higher  rates. 

For  some  kinds  of  Enamelled  Paper,  these  prices  are  insufficient,  even 
when  Gold  Bronze  is  used  in  but  small  quantities.  Rough  Ultramarine,  of 
such  quality  that  the  color  on  paper  readily  rubs  off,  and  all  rough-faced 
papers,  like  imitations  of  Morocco  Leather,  Moire-antique  Silk,  etc.,  give 
great  trouble  to  pressmen.  Work  on  such  papers  is  always  unsatisfactory. 
It  is  almost  impracticable  to  maintain  full  color  and  sharp  outline. 

WOOD  CUTS  carefully  made-ready,  should  have  this  extra  cost  added, 
and  if  superior  ink  is  used,  the  prices  given  for  Blue  should  be  used. 

COVERS  DONE  FROM  STEREOTYPE  PLATES  in  large  numbers  may  be 
done  at  ordinary  book-work  rates  only  when  on  plain  paper. 

WRITIXG-BOOK  COVERS  on  Cap  sheets  (14  X  17  inches),  of  plain  puprr. 
untrimmed.  may  be  done  at  $1.50  per  1000  impressions',  when  famished  in 
large  quantities. 


342 


PAMPHLET    COVERS. 


1000  sooo !  soool 

impres.  |per  1000.  per  1000  I 


Sizes  and  Colors. 


impr 


250 

impres. 


11  x  14.  .Flat  Tint,  any  color. . . 

Tint  and  Black 

Tint,  Blue  and  Red.  .  . 
Tint  and  Three  Colors. 

Five  Colors 

Six  Colors  .  . 


14  x  22.  .  Flat  Tint,  any  color. .  . 

Tint  and  Black 

Tint,  Bine  and  Red.    . 
Tint  and  Three  Colors. 

Five  Colors 

Six  Colors  .  . 


22x28. 


Flat  Tint,  any  color. .  . 

Tint  and  Black 

Tint,  Blue  and  Red.  .  . 
Tint  and  Three  Colors. 

Five  Colors 

Six  Colors  .  . 


PA31PHLET 


343 


Illunainated  Covers  from  Engraved  Blocks. 

These  are  Covers  that  are  printed  from  flat  tint  plates,  or  iu  two  or  more  bright 
and  overlapping  colors.  The  plates  are  duplicated  electrotypes  of  engravings  on 
wood,  in  different  suites  of  blocks  for  each  color.  Bright  colors  and  exact  register 
are  indispensable.  Prices  are  for  Perfect  Impressions  on  all  the  colors. 

The  Value  of  the  Engraving  required  for  Pamphlet  Covers  of  this  class  ia  too 
variable  to  be  priced,  even  by  approximation.  The  beauty  of  the  work  will  depend 
more  upon  the  taste  and  knowledge  of  the  designer  of  the  color-blocks,  than  upon 
the  skill  of  the  pressman.  There  are  but  few  experts  in  this  branch  of  decorative 
engraving.  An  able  artist,  who  thoroughly  understands  the  nature  of  the  limited 
colors  a  printer  is  obliged  to  use,  and  who  can  foresee  the  result  that  will  be  pro- 
duced by  cross-hatched  and  flat  engraving  on  overlapping  or  trapped  colors,  will 
produce  more  effective  work  in  three  colors,  than  a  more  careful  and  painstaking 
engraver,  inexperienced  in  the  dissection  of  color,  could  do  with  six  colors. 


Sizes  and  Colors. 


1OO 

impres. 


250       5OO      1OOO    3OOO    5OOO 

impres.    impres. ;  impres.  per  1000.  per  1000. 


11  x  14.  .Flat  Tint,  any  color.. . 

Tint  and  Black 

Tint.  Blue  and  Red. ». 
Tint  and  Three  Colors. 

Five  Colors 

Six  Colors  . . 


14x22. 


.  Flat  Tint,  any  color. . . 

Tint  and  Black 

Tint.  Blue  and  Red. .  . 
Tint  and  Three  Colors. 

Five  Colors 

Six  Colors . . 


$2.00 
3.00 
4.00 
5.00 
6.00 
7.00 

3.00 
4.50 
6.00 

8.00 
10.00 
12.00 


$2.50  $4.00 |$6. 00  $5.50   $5.00 
4.50     6.00  lO.OOi  9.00     8.00 


6.00 


9.00 


7.50!12.00 


22  x  28.  .Flat  Tim.  any  color..  .1   4.00 

Tint  and  Black 6.00 

Tint,  Blue  and  Red.  . .    8.00 
Tint  and  Three  Colors.  10 . 00 

Five  Colors 12.50 

Six  Colors..  ..  15.00 


10.00 
12.00 

3.50 

6.00 

8.00 

10.00 

12.50 

15.00 

4.50 
7.50 
10.00 
12.00 
14.00 
18.00 


15.00 
18.00 

5.00 
8.00 
12.00 
14.00 
18.00 
20.00 

7.00 
12.00 
19.00 
24.00 
29.00 
34.00 


15.00:14,00 
20.00^19.00 


25.00 
30.00 


24.00 
29.00 


8.00  7 
14.00  13 
20.00J19 
26.00  25 


32.00 
38.00 

12.00 
22.00 
35.00 
45.00 


31.00 


13.00 
18.00 
22.50 
28.00 

7.50 
12.50 
18.00 
24.00 
30.00 


37.00  36.00 


11.00 
21.00 


34. 
44. 


55.00 J54 

65.00   64 


10.00 
20.00 
34.00 
44.00 
54.00 


00   64.00 


The  color-plates  should  be  engraved  on  type  metal.  Presswork  should  always 
be  from  metal  surfaces.  It  is  impossible  to  do  decent  work,  or  get  exact  register  from 
engravings  on  wood. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  these  prices,  although  applicable  to  most 
Illuminated  Covers,  according  to  the  prevailing  taste  in  the  use  of  colors,  are  not 
applicable  to  all  work  of  this  class.  The  average  allowance  for  value  of  color  on 
Covers  for  three  or  more  colors  is :  For  work  of  first  classification,  11  X  14  inches, 
and  smaller,  80  cents  for  every  1000  impressions;  for  work  of  second  classification,- 
14  x  22  inches,  and  smaller,  81  75  per  1000  impressions ;  for  the  highest  class,  22  x  28 
inches,  S4.00  per  1000  impressions.  These  estimates  of  cost  are  averaged  on  all  the 
colors  used,  it  being  expected  that  in  a  Half-sheet  Cover  of  five  colors,  some  colors 
will  cost  but  50  cents  per  1000  impressions,  and  others  $1.00  per  1000  impressions, 
but  that  the  average  of  the  five  combined  will  be  but  80  cents  per  1000  impression?. 
When  the  value  of  color  used  differs  from  the  estimates,  prices  should  be  altered. 


344 


BINDING    OF    PAMPHLETS. 


BINDING    OF    PAMPHLETS, 

Ordinary  Paper  Cover,  not  lined,  -with  Single  Stitch. 


Size  of  Pamphlet. 


One  Signature $ 

Two 

Three  

Four  

Five  

Six  //          

Seven      «          

Eight 

Nine        »          

Ten 

Every  added  Signature 


8vo. 

Eight 
pages 
to  sig. 


12mo.  16mo.  24mo.       32mo, 
Twelve  Sixteen  Twenty-    I     Thirty- 
pages  pages  j  four  pages   two  page; 
to  sig.  to  sig.  to  sig.      !      to  sig. 


Without  Paper  Cover,  Single  Stitch,  and  -without  Trimming. 


Size  of  Pamphlet. 


One  Signature. 

Two 

Three 

Four 

Five 


8vo. 

Eight 
pages 
to  sig. 


12mo. 
Twelve 


Sixteen 
pages 
to  sig. 


Twenty-         Thirty 

four  pages  j  two  pages 

to  sig.      j      to  sig. 


345 


BINDING    OF    PAMPHLETS. 

Ordinary  Paper  Cover,  not  lined,  with  Single  Stitcb. 


Size  of  Pamphlet. 

8vo. 

Eight 
pages 
to  sig. 

12mo. 

Twelve 
pages 
to  sig. 

16mo. 

Sixteen 
pages 
to  sig. 

24mo. 
Twenty- 
four  pages 
to  sig. 

32mo, 
Thirty- 
two  pages 

to  sig. 

One  Signature. 

$2  50 

$3  00 

$3  00 

$3  25 

$3  ^5 

Two        /' 

3  35 

4  25 

4  25 

5  00 

5  00 

Three      <                

4.25 

5.50 

5.50 

6.75 

6.75 

Four        " 

5.25 

6  75 

6  75 

8  50 

8  50 

Five        " 

6  25 

8  00 

8  00 

10  50 

10  50 

Six          "           

7.25 

9.25 

9.25 

12.25 

12.25 

Seven      »           .       

8.25 

10.50 

10.50 

14  00 

14  00 

Eight 

9.25 

11  75 

11  75 

15  75 

15  75 

Nine        »                    

10.25 

13.00 

13  00 

17.25 

17.25 

Ten          "                       

11.25 

14.25 

14.25 

19.00 

19.00 

Every  added  Signature.  .  . 

1.00 

1.25 

1.25 

1.75 

1.75 

A  single  eighteen-mo  section,  an  objectionable  form  to  both  printer  and 
binder,  should  be  rated  at  $4.00  per  1000. 

DOUBLE  STITCHED  WORK  should  be  charged  60  cents  per  1000  Pamphlets 
extra  on  a  thin  and  $1 .00  per  1000  extra  on  a  thick  Pamphlet. 

SEWED  PAMPHLETS.  For  this  work  add  75  cents  per  1000  copies,  for 
every  section  sewed. 

INSERTING  PLATES  OR  SINGLE  LEAVES,  at  $1.00  per  1000.  Maps  that 
require  folding  should  have  the  value  of  folding  added,  which  may  be  rated 
at  20  cents  per  1000  for  every  fold. 

These  are  prices  for  ordinary  work  in  ordinary  editions  of  1000  to  10,000, 
that  can  be  folded  with  economy  only  by  hand.  Orders  of  500  or  less 
should  be  at  higher  rates.  Orders  of  25,000  or  more,  that  can  be  done  to 
profit  on  folding  machines,  can  be  had  at  lower  rates,  but  only  of  binders 
who  make  this  work  a  specialty. 

Without  Paper  Cover,  Single  Stitch,  and  without  Trimming. 


8vo. 

Size  of  Pamphlet,                  pages 
to  sig. 

12mo. 
Twelve 
pages 
to  sig. 

16mo. 

Sixteen 
MfM 

to  sig. 

24mo. 
Twenty- 
four  pages 
to  sig. 

32mo. 

Thirty 
two  p*gM 
to  sig. 

One  Signature.  .  .'  $1  .40 

$1.65 

$1.60 

|3.10 

*•->    10 

Two        «                        2.25 

2.85 

2.80 

3.75 

3  75 

Three       »                                       3.90 

3.90 

3.80 

5.20 

5  20 

Four                                              3  90 

5.10 

5  00 

6  90 

6  90 

Five        .                                     4.65 

6.15 

6.00 

8.40 

8.40 

Single-stitehed  work  may  be  used  with  advantage  on  Pamphlets  of  one 
or  two  sections.  Thicker  Pamphlets  will  be  insecurely  bound  unless  they 
are  double  stitched. 


346  PAMPHLETS. 


PAMPHLETS.  347 

LINEH  COVERS,  or  Covers  that  are  made  thicker  by  the  pasting  on  of  a 
stittener.  should  be'  at  an  advance  of  from  $5.00  to  $10.00  per  1000 — the 
lower  price  to  be  used  for  small  Covers  on  plain  paper  ;  the  higher  price  for 
a  Medium  Octavo  on  Enamelled  paper.  These  prices  are  for  labor  only, 
and  do  not  include  the  value  of  lining  paper. 

Extra-thick  Plate  or  Writing  Papers,  or  Pamphlets  with  unusually  small 
margins,  or  containing  more  than  32  pages  in  one  section,  or  of  smaller  size 
than  a  Medium  32°.  are  not  covered  by  these  prices  for  ordinary  work,  and 
should  be  at  advanced  prices. 


ESTIMATES    FOB    PAMPHLETS. 

One  Hundred  Pamphlets,  Flat  Cap,  12°,  12  pages  Brevier,  plain  paper  cover. 

Composition:  Each  page  contains  902  ems  (see  page  314.)    At  §1.00  per  1000 

ems.  the  composition  is  worth  90  cents  per  page.  12  pages  X  90  cents  .  slO.SO 
White  Paper,  at  §4.00  per  ream :  Half-sheet  for  each  copy  (see  pages  321  and 

42.)  50  sheets  at  OS  cents  per  100  copies. 44 

White  Press-work:  100  impressions  Common  Pamphlet  Press-work  (seepage 

325),  rates  as  250  impressions  .*. 1 .25 

Cover  Paper :  Double  Cap,  at  §8.00  per  ream.  Each  Cover  is  one-twelfth  of  a 

sheet  (see  page  44. ) 15 

Cover  Composition :  One  page  only,  same  matter  as  title,  with  rule  border. . .  1 .00 

Cover  Presswork :  100  impressions  (see  page  327),  at  60  cents 60 

Binding  100  copies  (see  page  345),  nominal 50 

Total  (about  14?4  cents  per  copy) |14.74 

Two  Hundred  and  Fifty  Pamphlets :  If  the  above  order  were  for  250 
copies,  the  price  for  Composition  and  Presswork  would  be  the  same.  It  would  be 
necessary  only  to  add  66  cents  for  Whit*  Paper,  22  cents  for  Cover  Paper,  30  cents  for 
Cover  Presswork,  and  25  cents  for  Binding.  The  total  would  be  §16.17  for  250 
copies,  or  about  6iA  cents  per  copy. 

One  Thousand  Pamphlets  :    For  this  number,  the  items  would  be 

Composition,  as  above .- $10.80 

White  Paper:  500  sheets  at  88  cents  per  100 4.40 

Presswork  on  White  Paper,  4  tokens,  at  75  cents  pertoken  (see  page  325) 3.00 

Cover  Composition,  as  above 1 .00 

Cover  Paper,  ten  times  that  of  100  copies 1.50 

Cover  Presswork :  1000  impressions  at  82.00  (see  page  327) 2.00 

Binding  1000  copies,  single  stitch  (see  page  345) 3  00 

Total  (about  2^  cents  per  copy) -. $25.70 

Twenty  Thousand  Pamphlets :  if  20,000  Pamphlets  were  wanted,  it  might 
be  more  economical  to  duplicate  the  form.  This  could  be  done  by  composition  or 
electrotyping.  In  either  case,  the  difference  in  expense  between  the  two  methods 
would  be  trivial,  and  re-composition  may  be  preferred.  (A  close  estimate.) 

('(imposition  of  duplicate  forms  (twice  that  of  single  form) $21.60 

White  Paper,  Double  Cap,  at  £8  00  per  ream.    Each  copy  is  one-fourth  of  a 
sheet,  requiring  5000  sheets  of  Double  Cap,  at  $8.00  per  ream,  or  at 

§17.60  per  1000  (see  page  44),  5000  X  §17  60 88.00 

Presswork,  White  Paper :  5000  sheets,  printed  on  both  sides,  make  40  tokens. 

Rates  as  Super  Royal  (see  page  325)  at  50  cents  per  token 20.00 

Cover  Composition  of  1,  §1  00,  and  4  Electrotypes  at  §1  00,  §4.00 

Cover  Presswork  from  4  plates,  sheet  9  X  17  inches,  5000  impressions  at  §2.00.    10  00 

Cover  Paper  (20  times  that  of  1000) • 30.00 

Binding  20,000  copies,  at  §3  00  per  1000 60.00 

Total  (less  than  1  \  cents  per  copy) 


348  PAMPHLETS. 


PAMPHLETS. 


349 


Twenty  Thousand   Copies   of   an   Illustrated  Catalogue,   of  64 

l>ages  Medium  octavo,  oil  flue  Tinted  Paper,  48  pounds  to  the  ream,  and  thick  Cover 
Paper,  40  pounds  to  the  ream.  Composition  in  mixed  sizes  of  type,  largely  iuter- 
spersed  with  wood  cuts,  and  rated  as  Bourgeois.  Fine  Presswork,  Black  Ink,  at 
$2 . 00  per  pound.  Border  lines  in  Carmine,  at  $16.00  per  pound.  Double  stitched, 
with  inset  cut.  All  from  type. 

Text  Paper :  20,000  copies.  Each  copy  consists  of  2  full  sheets  of  24  X  38. 
20,000  copies  will  require  40,000  sheets.  At  48  ft  to  the  ream,  and  23 
cents  per  pound,  the  paper  is  worth  $11.04  per  ream  (see  page  44),  or 

$24. 28  per  1000  sheets.    40,000  sheets  at  $24.28 $971.20 

Cover  Paper :  Each  Cover  is  one-fourth  of  a  sheet  of  20  X  25  inches.  20,000 
copies  will  require  5000  sheets.  At  $9.20  per  ream  (40  pounds  at  23 
cents,  89  20),  the  paper  is  worth  $20.24  per  1000  sheets  (see  page  42.) 

5000  sheets  at  §20.24 101 .20 

Inset  Paper:  One-twelfth  of  a  sheet  of  24  x  38  inches,  of  same  quality  as 
Paper  used  for  text.  At  $11.04  per  ream,  the  fraction  12  to  sheet 

(see  page  44),  is  worth  §2.02  per  1000  x  20,000 40.40 

Composition  of  16  pages  of  Red-ink  Border  Rules,  at  50  cents  each 8.00 

Mitering  and  waste  on  16  pages  of  Rules 16 .00 

Mitering  and  waste  on  8  pages  of  Rule  for  Cover 8.00 

Composition  of  64  pages  of  Bourgeois,  2006  ems  each,  at  $1.00  per  1000  ems       128.38 

Composition  of  8  pages  Cover  (2  duplicates),  open  display,  at  $2.50 20.00 

Making-up  Color  Forms,  adjusting  Initial  Letters  for  Red,  and  Trial  Proof 

for  register,  5  forms,  averaged  at  $4.00  each 20.00 

Presswork  of  Red  Border  in  Carmine,  16-page  forms,  80  tokens  to  form  x  4 

forms  =  320  tokens,  at  $2.00  (see  page  331) 640.00 

Of  Red  Border  on  Cover  from  a  duplicated  form,  40  tokens  at  $1.50 60.00 

Black  Ink,  including  making-ready,  320  tokens  at  $1 . 00 320 . 00 

Black  Ink,  on  Cover,  40  tokens  at  $1.00 40.00 

Black  Ink,  Inset  Sheet,  duplicated,  3  electrotypes  at  $2.00  each,  |6.00, 

27  tokens  at  $1 .00,  $27.00 33.00 

Binding :  20,000  copies,in  four  sections  of  16°,  at  $6.75  per  1000 135.00 

Total  (about  12%  cents  per  copy) $2,541.18 

Medium  Octavo,  Small  Pica,  leaded.  1269  ems  to  page.  24  pages.  Fair  Book 
paper,  24  x  38  inches,  50  ft  at  16  cents  per  ft,  or  $8.00  per  ream.  Cover  paper,  Fine 
Glazed  Royal,  35  ft,  at  $8.25  per  ream.  Common  Pamphlet  Presswork.  Bound  with 
Single  Stitch. 


Items. 

100 

copies. 

500 
copies. 

1OOO 
copies. 

5000 

copies. 

1O.OOO 

copies. 

White  Paper,  34  sheet  

$1.32 

$6.60 

$13.20 

$66.00 

$132.00 

Composition,  30.456  ems  .... 

30.45 

30.45 

30.45 

30.45 

30.45 

Presswork  of  White  Paper. 

A  5.  25 

A7.50 

AlO.80 

B  25.00 

B34.00 

Cover  Paper,  $4.50  per  1000. 
Cover  Composition  . 

.45 
1.25 

2.25 
1  25 

4.50 
1.25 

22.50 
1.25 

44.00 
c    2.50 

Cover  Presswork. 

60 

1  25 

2  00 

8.75 

D  10.00 

Binding  

.75 

2  75 

4.25' 

E  19.90 

38.00 

Total.  . 

$40.07 

$52  05 

$66.45 

$173.85 

*-J'.Hl  '.I.', 

Per  Copy  

40 

10'^j 

I''-';, 

3Vj 

3 

A  Presswork  in  three  forms  of  Medium  Octavo.  B  Presswork  in  one  form  of 
Double  Medium  Sixteeu-mo,  and  one  form  of  Medium  Octavo.  C  Two  Covers  set. 
D  Five  thousand  impressions  on  sheet  12  x  20  inches.  See  page  337.  E  In  binding 
two  unequal  sections,  add  together  price  of  each,  and  take  one-half  for  the  price. 


350 


351 

BOOKS. 

Medium,  19  X  24  inches,  is  the  standard  by  which  all  sizes  of  Books, 
not  otherwise  specifically  described,  are  classified.  The  descriptive  names 
of  Quarto,  Octavo,  Twelve-mo,  Sixteen-mo,  etc.,  when  applied  to  Books, 
Mean  that  the  leaves  of  books  of  these  sizes  are  substantially  the  fourth, 
eighth,  twelfth,  etc.  of  a  Medium  sheet.  When  the  size  of  paper  is  not 
mentioned,  it  is  understood  as  Medium.  An  unusually  large  size  of  Book 
is  always  more  definitely  described  as  Royal,  or  Imperial ;  an  unusually 
small  size,  as  Crown,  or  Cap. 

Although  Medium  is  the  standard  of  size,  it  is  rarely  used  in  its  shape  of 
19  X  24  inches.  The  double  paper,  of  24  X  38  inches,  is  more  common,  in 
which  shape  it  may  be  found  on  sale  in  greater  variety  of  quality  than  any 
other  shape  of  printing  paper.  The  size  19  x  24  inches  is  used  for  Books 
chiefly  on  small  editions  of  expensive  works. 

DOUBLE  MEDIUM,  in  regular  shape  of  24  x  38  inches,  cannot  be  used  to 
advantage  for  many  sizes.  The  most  approved  shape  for  a  popular  Book  is 
that  in  which  the  length  of  the  leaf  is  about  one-half  more  than  its  width. 
Some  publishers  prefer  a  shape  in  which  the  length  of  the  leaf  is  a  trifle 
less ;  but  in  no  case  is  the  length  made  to  exceed  one-half  more  than  the 
width.  The  size  24  X  38  inches  consequently  can  be  used  in  its  regular 
folds  only  for  the  Octavo,  Eighteen-mo,  and  Thirty-two-mo  sizes.  On  all 
intermediate  sizes,  the  regular  folds  of  Double  Medium  make  leaves  of 
which  the  length  is  about  two-thirds  more  than  the  width,  an  unsatisfactory 
shape  to  book  buyers. 

The  most  popular  sizes  of  Books  are  the  Twelve-mo  and  Sixteen-mo. 
The  approved  shape  of  paper  (adapted  for  the  size  of  form  in  which  it 
is  usually  printed)  for  a  Twelve-mo  is  23  X  41  inches,  for  a  Sixteen-mo  is 
27  X  36  inches.  The  number  of  square  inches  on  a  leaf  made  up  from  either 
of  these  sizes  is  substantially  the  same  as  it  would  be  011  the  same  fold  of 
24  X  38  inch  paper ;  for  which  reason  the  altered  shape  is  still  known  as  a 
Twelve-mo,  or  Sixteen-mo.  It  is  really  a  little  larger,  but  it  is  altered 
more  in  shape  than  in  size :  what  is  taken  from  the  length  is  added  to  the 
width  of  the  leaf. 

The  descriptive  names  of  the  sizes  of  Books  refer  only  to  the  sizes  of  the 
leaves,  and  not  to  the  size  of  the  form.  The  Octavo  is  more  frequently 
printed  as  Sixteeu-mo  than  as  an  Octavo,  the  Twelve-mo  as  a  Tvventy- 
four-mo,  etc.  But  they  are  sometimes  printed  in  larger  or  in  smaller  forms 
to  suit  the  sizes  of  presses,  or  the  convenience  of  binders. 

The  sizes  and  weights  of  book  papers  are  variable,  and  preference  lor 
qualities  is  capricious.  The  paper-dealers  never  keep  in  stock  an  assort- 
ment of  varied  weights  and  qualities  of  any  other  size  than  24  x  38  inches. 
The  size  23  X  41  inches  is  not  uncommon,  but  it  is  to  be  had  of  few  weights. 
The  size  27  X  36  inches  is  rarely  ever  found.  / 

Most  book  papers  are  made  to  order.  An  order  for  less  thau  1000  pounds  of 
paper  is  seldom  acceptable.  Two  weeks  are  required  for  nuikinu  up  an  order, 
even  in  a  favorable  season.  For  Value  of  Paper,  see  pages  21  and  22. 


352 


COMPOSITION    OF    BOOKS. 

Common  matter  only,  in  solid  or  leaded  Roman  type,  per  1000  ems. 

Type.  Stereotyped.      ;     Electrotyped. 

Size  of  Type. 

Reprint         Manus.         Reprint    ;    Manus.        Reprint 

Pica....  .*  $  $  s  *  $ 

Small  Pica 

Long  Primer .... 

Bourgeois 

Brevier 

Minion 

i  Nonpareil I 

!  Agate 

|  Pearl 

i  Diamond 


BOOKS. 


353 


SIZES    OF    PAPER   FOR   DIFFERENT   FORMS. 

The  Medium  Octavo,  Twelve-mo,  Eighteen-mo  and  Twenty-four-mo  may  be 
considered  as  regular  sizes.  Few  publishers  make  any  variation  from  the  dimen- 
sions here  given.  The  Crown  Octavo,  and  the  Medium  Sixteen-mo  are  variable. 
Some  publishers  make  them  larger,  and  others  smaller. 


Imperial  8vo. 

Full  leaf. . .  .8  x  12  inches. 

4  pages 16     x  24 

8        •      24      X32 

Super  Royal  8vo. 
Full  leaf.  .7  X  10%  inches. 

4  pages 14     x  21 

8       a      21      X28 

12     .      28      X31% 

16     «      28      X42 

Medium  8vo. 

Full  leaf.  ..6x9%  inches. 
4  pages 12     x  19 


Medium  12mo. 
Full  leaf,55g  x  7?$  inches. 


Medium  18mo— Contin'd. 

32  pages 25J$  x  32 

36       //     ....'.  ..24     X38 


.19      X24 
.24     X28% 
.24      X  38 
.28%  X48 


8 

.  15%  X  20fe 

48       «      32     X38 

Medium  24mo. 
Full  leaf  3%  x  5%  inches. 
8    pages  11     x  14% 

12     a      ... 

.  205£  X  23 

16     «      .     . 

.  20%  x  30?j 

24     » 

23      X  41 

32     a 

•jnai  \s  At 

Medium  16mo. 
Full  leaf,  4%  x  6%  inches. 

12       //     .  . 

16       ,,     .  . 
18       „     .  . 

14%  X22 
..     .16%  X  21% 

24       "     .. 

16k,  X29 

8       » 

13%  X  18 

32       »     .  . 

.  .  .22      x  29 

12      -      

..18      X20% 

36       •      21%  x  33 
48       .      29     x  33 
64       ••      29      X  44 

Medium  32mo. 
Full  leaf.  ..3X4%  inches. 
8    pages  9%  x  12 
12       //     12     x  14% 
16       •      12      X  19 
24        •      14%  X  24 
32        .      19      X24 
36        <      18      X28% 
48       •      24      X  28% 
64       *      24      X  38 

16     •      

..18      X  27 

18     -i  ' 

20%  X  27 

24     • 

20%  X  36 

32     » 

.  .27      X  36 

36     «      27      X  40k. 

Medium  18mo. 
Full  leaf..  .4x6%  inches. 
8  pages  12%  x  16 
12     -/     ...       .16     x  19 

16     -/     
18     // 

.  .  16      X  25% 
19      X  24 

24     •      

.  .  19      X  32 

Crown  8vo. 
Full  leaf,  5%  x  8%  inches. 

4  pages 11     x  16% 

8        /      16%  X  22 

12     .      22      X  24% 

16     a     22     X33 

24     «      24%  X  44 

These  sizes  of  paper  are  intended  for  Books  in  which  the  length  of  the  leaf  is 
one-half  more  than  its  width.  For  pages  made  up  to  regular  sizes  of  paper,  see 
Pamphlets,  pages  314  to  318.  To  determine  the  proper  weight  of  paper  for  an 
altered  size  of  form,  see  page  40. 

COMPOSITION    OF    BOOKS.       \*     • 

Common  matter  only,  in  solid  or  leaded  Roman  type,  per  1000  ems. 


Size  of  Type. 

Type. 

Stereotyped. 

Electrotyped. 

Reprint     j     Manns. 

Reprint    j    Manus. 

Reprint 

Manns. 

Pica. 

$   .90 
.85 
.85 
.85 
.85 
.85 
.85 
.85 
1.00 
1.10 

$  .95 
.90 
.90 
.90 
.90 
.90 
.90 
.90 
1.10 
1.20 

$1.55         $1.60 

1.40    i     1.45 
1.35    I      1.40 
1.35         1.40 
1.30          1.35 
1.30         1.35 
1.30         1.35 
1.30         1.35 
1.40          1.50 
1.50          1.60 

$1.60 

1.45 
1.40 
1.40 
1.35 
1.35 
1.35 
1.35 
1.45 
1.55 

$1.65 
1.45 
1.45 
1.45 
1.40 
1.40 
1.40 
1.40 
1.50 
1.60 

Small  Pica  

Long  Primer 

Bourgeois. 

Minion 

Nonpareil  . 

Agate    

Pearl     . 

\  Diamond.  .  . 

All  sizes  larger  than  Pica  should  be  measured  and  priced  as 
For  the  extra  prices  of  Book  Composition,  see  pages  47  to  55. 


354 


PRESSWOKK   OF   BOOKS. 

From  Stereotype  or  Electrotype  Plates  only,  ou  Presses  of  Double  Medium  or 
Double  Royal  size.    Per  token  of  250  impressions,  or  any  fraction  thereof. 


Quality. 

250 

impress. 
1  token. 

5OO 

impress. 
2  tokens. 

1OOO 

4  tokens. 

200O 

impress. 
8  tokens. 

5OOO 

impress. 
20  tokens. 

Common  Book  Work. 

$ 

$ 

| 

| 

$ 

Ordinary  Book  \Vork. 

Fine  Book  Work     ... 

Extra  Book  Work.  .  . 

BOOKS. 


MEASUREMENTS    OF    PAGES  FOR   BOOKS. 


Imperial  Octavo. 

Full  leal' 8  x  12  inches. 

Pica,  31  x  54  euis 1,674 

Small  Pica 2,135 

Long  Primer 2,652 

Bourgeois 3,344 

Brevier 4,165 

.Minimi 5,225 

Nonpareil 6,696 

Super  Royal  Octavo. 
Full  leaf.  .7  x  10^  iiiches. 
Pica,  27  X  46  ems  ....  1.242" 

Small  Pica 1,612 

Long  Primer 1,972 

Bourgeois 2,508 

Brevier 3,182 

Million 3,936 

Nonpareil 5,022 

Medium  Octavo. 
Full  leaf. .  .6  x  9^  inches. 

Pica,  24  X.42  ems 1,008 

Small  Pica 1,269 

Long  Primer 1,590 

Bourgeois 2,006 

Brevier 2,508 

Minion 3.108 

Nonpareil 4,032 


Crown  Octavo. 
Full  leaf  5JA  x  8.^  inches. 

Pica.  22.x  35  ems 770 

Small  Pica. 975 

Long  Primer 1,232 

Bourgeois 1.519 

Brevier  1,960 

Minion 2,418 

Nonpareil 3,080 

Medium  12nio. 
Full  leaf  5'g  X  7^  inches. 

Pica,  21  x  33  ems 693 

Small  Pica 888 

Long  Primer 1,107 

Bourgeois 1,380 


Medium  18mo. 
Full  leaf. .  .4  x  6^  inches. 
Pica,  16  x28emsi....    448 

Small  Pica * 576 

Long  Primer 700 

Bourgeois 92(1 

Brevier 1,170 

Minion 1,450 

Nonpareil 1,792 

Medium  24mo. 
Full  leaf  35j  x  5^  mch«->. 

Pica  14  x  24  ems 336 

Small  Pica 432 

Long  Primer 540 

Bourgeois  680 


Brevier  .............  1.716        Brevier  .........  .....    836 

Minion  ..............  2,146       Minion  ...............  1.075 

Nonpareil  ...........  2,772        Nonpareil  ............  1,344 

Medium  16mo. 
Full  leaf  4%  X  6*4  inches. 
Pica,  19  X  29  ems 
Small  Pica 


Medium  32mo. 
Full  leaf . . .  3  x  4%  inches. 

Pica,  12  x  22  ems 264 

Small  Pica 350 

Long  Primer 420 

Bourgeois 527 

Brevier 665 

Minion 819 

Nonpareil 1,056 


551 

693 
Long  Primer  ........    888 

Bourgeois  ...........  1,007 

Brevier  ..............  1,380 

Minion  ..............  1,768 

Nonpareil  ...........  2,204 

These  measurements  for  Book  pages  ditt'er  in  some  sizes  from  those  given 
for  Pamphlets  on  pages  314  and  163.  They  are  made  only  for  leaves  of 
acceptable  proportions  to  publishers.  See  page  351. 

As  every  printing  house  has  its  own  measures  for  pages,  it  is  not  supposed 
that  these  measures,  although  they  are  made  up  on  a  strictly  systematic 
plan,  will  be  used  in  preference.  Their  chief  value  will  be  found  in  their 
furnishing  a  ready  answer  to  the  inquiries  of  customers  concerning  the 
comparative  cost  of  different  sizes  of  type. 

PRESSWORK   OF    BOOKS. 

From  Stereotype  or  Electrotype  Plates  only,  on  Presses  of  Double  Medium  or 
Double  Royal  size.    Per  token  of  250  impressions,  or  any  fraction  thereof. 


Quality. 

250 

impress. 
1  token. 

5OO 

impress. 
2  tokens. 

1000 
impress. 
4  tokens. 

20OO 

impress. 
8  tokens. 

5OOO 

impress. 
20  tokens. 

Common  Book  Work. 

$1    00 

$  .75 

$  .65 

.*      .'ill 

$    .40 

Ordinary  Book  Work. 

1    00 

.75 

65 

60 

50 

Fine  Book  Work  

1.50 

1.00 

.80 

.70 

.60 

Extra  Book  Work.  .  . 

2.00 

1.25 

1.00 

.80 

.75 

These  prices  are  for  Books  only,  and  for  Books  as  they  are  usually 
printed,  from  plates  in  consecutive  forms.  When  Books  are  printed  from 
plates  there  is  great  economy  of  labor.  The  plates  are  readily  remove,] 
from  the  blocks,  and  others  art-  a-  readily  substituted.  On  regular  forms. 


356 


there  is  seldom  any  necessity  for  much  additional  making-ready  for  the 
new  form,  or  for  a  new  adjustment  of  color.  On  Pamphlet  work,  forms  do 
not  follow  each  other :  there  is  a  special  makings-ready  and  special  setting 
of  color  for  every  new  form.  For  this  reason  Pamphlet  work  must  be  at 
higher  price  than  Book  work.  All  Books  printed  direct  from  the  type,  or 
from  plates  at  irregular  intervals,  should  he  rated  at  the  pi-ices  of  Pamphlet 
Presswork  on  pages  325  and  327.  For  an  ordinary  edition,  the  getting- 
ready  of  a  press,  and  the  making-ready  of  but  one  form,  consumes  more 
time  than  the  Presswork. 

COMMON  PRESSWORK  should  be  understood  as  including  only  the  cheapest 
kinds  of  novels  and  school  books,  advertising  sheets  to  magazines,  patent 
medicine  books,  etc.,  obviously  inferior  to  ordinary  Book  work.  The  prices 
do  not  include  dry-pressing. 

FINE  BOOK  WORK  covers  only  the  extra  cost  of  making-ready  in  a  little 
more  careful  manner,  and  the  use  of  much  better  quality  of  ink,  and  more 
careful  dry -pressing. 

EXTRA  BOOK  WORK  prices  are  for  pages  with  rule  borders,  for  smaller 
type  than  Nonpareil,  and  fine  Black  Ink,  or  for  ordinary  type  and  pages 
when  executed  in  superior  style. 

These  pi-ices  include  dry-pressing,  on  all  but  the  Commonest  Book  Press- 
work,  for  which,  at  the  rates  here  given,  the  sheets,  if  pressed  at  all,  must 
be  pressed  damp,  in  lifts. 

FINE  WOOD-CUT  WORK,  TYPE  FOUNDERS'  SPECIMEN  SHEETS,  or  even 
the  highest  order  of  plain  type  work,  cannot  be  priced  definitely.  They 
must  be  done  on  Medium  or  Super  Royal  sheets  at  special  rates. 

FOR  GOLD  OR  RED  LINED  BORDERS,  use  the  prices  of  Pamphlets.  See 
page  329.  When  they  are  printed  from  plates  for  many  consecutive  forms, 
a  suitable  reduction  may  be  made. 

Forms  in  which  pages  or  lines  of  type  are  inserted  among  the  plates, 
should  always  be  at  extra  price. 

A  SINGLE  FORM  should  be  at  double  price  for  the  first  token. 

THE  MAKING-UP  OF  A  FORM  OF  PLATES,  on  patent  blocks,  for  16  pages, 
should  be  rated  at  $1.00;  for  a  set  of  24°,  $1.50;  for  a  set  of  32°,  $2.00. 
When  three  or  more  sets  of  plates  are  used  on  the  same  blocks,  there 
should  be  no  charge  for  making-up  the  form. 

When  plates  are  furnished  to  a  printer,  badly  blocked  on  the  wood,  or 
of  uneven  thicknesses  in  the  plate,  the  expense  of  putting  them  in  proper 
order  is  a  just  item  of  charge  against  the  customer  furnishing  them. 

Plates  should  be  proved  and  examined  before  they  are  put  on  press,  and 
all  perceptible  defects  should  be  remedied.  The  stereotyper  is  not  liable 
upon  a  claim  for  detention  of  press  for  any  defect  that  could  have  been 
foreseen. 

As  most  book  presses  and  forms  are  of  Double  Medium  size,  no  deduction 
in  price  can  be  made  for  Medium  or  Super  Royal  sizes  on  ordinary  Book 
wook.  Instead  of  diminishing,  small  forms  really  add  to  the  labor  of  the 
Book  pressman. 


358 


HOOKS.  3o9 

Forms  of  very  large  size,  above  28  X  42,  should  be  rated  at  a  sufficient 
advance  to  compensate  for  the  extra  work  in  making-ready,  and  for  the 
diminished  performance  of  the  larger  press. 

When  a  Book  form  contains  more  than  24  pages,  the  difficulty  of  making 
exact  register  is  increased  with  every  additional  page.  The  time  spent  in 
making-ready  a  form  of  32°  is  at  least  one-fourth,  and  sometimes  one-half 
more  than  that  required  for  a  16°.  Twenty-four  pages  should  be  considered 
as  a  fair  limit  upon  ordinary  Book  work.  Extra  price  should  be  charged 
for  any  larger  number  of  pages. 

Mixed  forms  of  type  and  plates  give  great  trouble  in  making-ready.  The 
type  and  the  plates  are  never  of  uniform  height,  and  the  setting  of  an  even 
impression  is  slow  and  difficult. 

Book  forms  of  assorted  faces,  like  Type-founders'  Specimens,  in  which  a 
page  of  fine  type  is  followed  by  a  page  of  bold  wood  letter,  are  equally 
difficult,  and  impose  great  labor  on  the  pressman.  Where  such  work  is 
printed  dry,  as  is  usual,  and  effch  sheet  is  separately  interleaved,  it  should 
be  classified  under  the  prices  of  the  finest  Wood-cut  work,  or  be  -priced  by 
time  at  the  rate  of  $2 . 00  per  hour  for  all  the  time  the  press  is  in  service. 

Although  Book  work,  as  it  is  commonly  done,  is  usually  regarded  as  the 
plainest  and  the  least  troublesome  kind  of  presswork,  it  may  be  the  most 
difficult.  There  is  no  presswork,  not  even  that  of  wood  cuts,  more  difficult 
than  the  artistic  printing  of  a  fine  book.  To  keep  the  hair-lines  of  the 
type  sharp  and  yet  firm,  the  thick  strokes  full  black,  yet  not  muddy;  to 
maintain  a  uniform  tint  not  only  over  one  page  or  form,  but  through  a 
series  of  perhaps  twenty  forms  or  more ;  to  preserve  a  rigid  accuracy  of 
register  not  only  on  the  outline  of  every  page,  but  on  the  back  of  every 
line,  requires  greater  experience  and  skill  than  any  other  form  of  work. 
Presswork  like  this  should  always  command  the  highest  prices. 

The  Wood-cut  Presswork  of  Book  offices  is  chiefly  of  the  finest  character, 
and  is  usually  done  on  hand  presses,  by  professed  experts.  For  such  work 
no  arbitrary  price  can  be  given ;  it  can  be  rated  only  by  the  time  of  the 
pressman.  Where  two  pressmen  are  employed  on  the  same  hand  press,  one 
at  rollers  or  balls,  and  one  at  press,  and  the  finest  work  is  expected,  the 
value  of  the  presswork  will  be  at  least  double  that  of  Extra  Pamphlets,  with- 
out including  the  value  of  making-ready.  This  old  and  careful  method  of 
doing  fine  Wood-cut  work  is  going  out  of  fashion.  Fine  Wood-cut  work  on 
hand  presses  is  usually  done  by  one  man,  with  steam  inker.  For  this  \vork, 
and  for  fine  Machine  Work,  the  prices  given  for  Extra  Pamphlets,  on  page 
327,  may  be  used,  to  which  add  the  value  of  making-ready. 

DRY  PRESSISG  is  included  in  these  prices  as  one  of  the  usual  expenses  of 
[>ress\vork.  When  it  is  done  for  the  trade,  in  lifts  of  two  or  more  sheets, 
the  prices  current  are:  Medium  sheets,  75  cents  per  1000;  Double  Medium, 
,*1  .00  per  1000  sheets.  Where  the  sheets  are  pressed  singly,  double  price. 

Special  contracts  are  sometimes  made  on  Hook  work  for  the  use  of  Presses 
by  the  day  or  by  the  wreek.     The  proper  prices  for  such  work  will 
upon  the  size  of  the  press  and  expense  of  labor.     See  page  41. 


360 


BINDING    OF    BOOKS. 


CLOTH    BINDING. 

Ordinary  Library  Style,  in  Large  Quantities  only. 


Sizes. 

Flexible, 
turned  in, 
plain  cloth. 

Plain 
Cloth. 

Extra 
Cloth. 

Ex.  Cloth. 
Bevelled 
Edges. 

Roval  4°  11    x  14   .  .500  pages.  . 

| 

$ 

| 

$ 

Medium  4°  ...9      x  12  ..500     .      .. 
RoyalS0    .    .  7      X  11   ..500     // 

MediumS0...  6      x9^..400     »      .. 
Crown  8°  5Vi  x  8V4  .  .  400     // 
Medium  12°  .  .5^6  X  7%.  .300 
Medium  18°..  4      x6i,ij..250 
Medium  24°  .  .  3%  X  5Mz  .  .250     . 

FLEXIBLE    CLOTH,    PLAIN,    CTJT   FLUSH. 


Shape  of  Book. 

Koyal  4°.  .  .  . 

Size. 
Inches. 
11  X14 

Xo.  of       Price. 
Leaves.        Cts. 
.  .200.  .  . 

Shape  of  Book. 

Crown  8°.  .  . 

Inches. 

Xo  of 
Leaves. 

..100.. 

Medium  4°  .  . 

9X12 

.  .200.  .  .  . 

Medium  1'P. 

51&X72/3. 

..100.. 

Royal  8°  .  .  .  . 

7x11 

..150.... 

Medium  18°. 

4  x  fi%  . 

.  .  75.  . 

Medium  8°  .  . 

fi  x  9Mj 

..150...               Medium  24°. 

3*8  x5Mz. 

..   50.. 

361 


BINDING    OF    BOOKS. 


CLOTH   BINDING. 

Ordinary  Library  Style,  in  Large  Quantities  only. 


Sizes. 

Flexible, 
turned  in, 
plain  cloth. 

Plain 
Cloth. 

Extra 
Cloth. 

Ex.  Cloth. 
Bevelled 
Edges. 

Roval  4°  11    X  14  .  .500  pages.  . 

$.50 

$.50 

$.55 

$.57% 

Medium  4°  ...9     X  12  ..500     »      .. 

.37 

.37 

.40 

.42% 

RoyalS0  7      X  11   ..500     //      .. 

.31 

.29 

.33 

.35 

MediumS0...  6     X9%..400     "      .. 

.28 

.26 

.29 

.32 

Crown  8°  ...  .5%  x  8V4  .  .400     »      .  . 

.24 

.22 

.24% 

.26 

Medium  12°  .  .  5%  x  72/3  .  .  300     // 

.17 

.16 

.18 

.19 

Medium  18°..  4     x6Ms..250     ,,      .. 

.13 

.12% 

.14 

.15 

Medium  24°  .  .3%  x  5%.  .250'    // 

.11 

.10% 

.11% 

.12 

These  prices  are  for  orders  of  500  or  more  copies.  Orders  of  100  will  be 
be  at  higher  rates. 

It  is  seldom  judicious  or  economical  to  bind  small  orders  of  less  than  100 
copies  in  cloth.  The  cost  of  engraving  the  side  or  back  title  in  brass,  and 
of  cutting  steel  or  brass  border  lines  or  ornaments,  with  much  other  work, 
when  assessed  on  a  few  copies,  make  this  style  of  binding  quite  expensive. 

The  prices  of  the  table  include  plain  Lining  Papers  (Glazed  Book  Cover  at 
20  @  22  cents  per  pound),  for  the  inner  cover.  Plated,  Stained  or  Marbled 
papers  are  an  extra  charge.  The  Stamping  of  the  title  in  gold  on  the  back 
is  also  included  in  the  above  prices,  as  also  the  Stamping  of  plain  ungilded 
fillet  lines  on  the  back  and  of  border  lines  on  the  sides. 

The  prices  of  the  above  table  are  based  on  sections  of  16  pages.  For 
sections  of  8  or  12  pages,  an  increased  price  will  be  necessary. 

Engraving  of  the  Title,  for  either  side  or  back,  is  not  included  in  these 
prices.  This  work,  and  the  engraving  of  any  ornament  or  device  is  always 
an  extra  charge. 

Stamping  of  a  Device  or  Emblem  or  Side  Title,  or  any  gilt  work  what- 
ever on  side,  is  always  an  extra  charge,  which  will  vary  with  the  amount 
of  gold  used. 

Gilt  or  Red-colored  Edges  are  also  an  extra  charge. 

FLEXIBLE  CLOTH,  PLAIN,  CUT  FLUSH. 

Size.  No  of     Prifv. 

Shape  of  Book.  Inches.          Leaver       Ci» 

Crown  8°. . .  .5%  X  8V4  .  .  .  100.  .  .  ID 
Medium  12°.. 5%  x?%...  100....  9 
Medium  18°..  4x6^...  75....  8 
.Medium  24°.. 3%  X5%...  50.  s 

Prices  include  stamping  a  small  side  title  in  trold.  but  do  not  include  the 
of  the  Stamp.     Red  edtres.  extra. 


Shape  of  Book. 

Royal  4°  

Size. 
Inches. 

11  x  14 

No.  of 
Leaves. 

200.. 

Price. 
Cts. 

18 

Medium  4°  . 

9X  12 

..200.. 

16 

Royal  8°  ... 
Medium  8°  . 

7  x  11 

..150.. 

..1  1 

362 


BINDING    OF    BOOKS. 


HALF-BOUND  FEINTED  WORK. 

Thin  Straw  Board  Covers,  in  Ordinary  School  Book  Style. 


Sizes. 

1OO. 

5OO. 

10OO. 

Roval  4°      1  1    x  14,  220  pages,  taped  . 

$ 

4 

$ 

Royal  4°.  .  .  1  1    x  14,  220  pages,  with  maps  .  .  . 
Medium  8°    9^x12  taped  work  

Royal  8°.  .  .7      x  U,  under  300  pages,  sewed. 
Medium  8°..  6     x  9^,    » 
Crown  8°  ..5^x8V4,    // 
Medium  12°,  5^  x  7^,    » 
Medium  18°,  4      x  6Mj,    // 
Medium  24°,  3%  xo^.    // 

« 

BINDING    OF    BOOKS. 


363 


Thick  Books,  containing  more  pages  than  are  allotted  by  these  tables, 
should  be  charged  extra  for  every  additional  section  at  the  rate  of  about 
$1 . 25  for  every  J  000  sections. 

Maps,  Portraits,  Prints,  and  all  similar  inserted  work,  are  at  extra  price. 

HALF-BOUND  PRINTED  WORK. 

Thin  Straw  Board  Covers,  iu  Ordinary  School  Book  Style. 


Sizes. 

1OO. 

5OO. 

1000. 

Eoyal4°..  11    x  14,  220  pages,  taped  

$.18 

$.16 

$.16 

Royal  4°.  .  .  11    x  14,  220  pages,  with  maps.  .  . 

.25 

.24 

.24 

Medium  8°.  9^  x  12,  taped  work  

12 

1H6 

lOVfc 

Royal  8°.  .  .7     x  U,  under  300  pages,  sewed. 

.20 

.19 

.18% 

Medium  8°.  6     x  9^,    « 

.20 

.19 

.18% 

Crown8°  ..5M{X8V4,    « 

.18 

.17^ 

.17 

Medium  12°,  s^  x  7%,    » 

.16Mj 

.15Mz 

.15^ 

Medium  18°,  4     x  6%,    // 

.13 

.12 

.12 

,  Medium  24°,  3%  x  5^,   // 

.12 

.11 

.10 

TAPED  WORK.  The  sections  are  stabbed  in  the  back  with  long  flat 
stabs,  through  which  tapes  are  inserted  and  fastened  on  the  covers.  A  book 
so  treated  is  strongly  bound,  but  it  does  not  open  so  flat  as  a  sewed  book. 
SEWED  BOOKS  are  bound  by  sewing  each  section  separately  and  inter- 
locking all  the  sections  together.  It  is  the  approved  style,  and  makes  the 
sections  fast  and  yet  flexible. 

LAW    SHEEP. 

When  furnished  in  quantities  of  not  less  than  100  copies,  a  Medium 
Octavo,  of  about  500  pages,  may  be  furnished  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  each. 


BINDING    OF    SINGLE    BOOKS. 

MTJSIC   BOOKS. 

Turkey  Morocco,  full  gilt $10.00 

Imitation  Turkey  Morocco,  full  gilt 9.00 

Half  Turkey  Morocco,  gilt,  with  gilt  edges 4.00 

Half  Turkey  Morocco,  plain,  sprinkled  edges 2.75 

Half  Roan,  cloth  sides,  plain  edges 2.25 

Half  Roan,  marbled  paper  sides 2.00 

LARGE    GtTJARTO   BIBLES 

In  Full  Bindings,  with  Ordinary  Finish  and  Workmanship,  Extra  Cloth  Joints. 

Block $20.00        Flat  Panel.  .  .  .$17.00        Morocco  Gilt. .  .$13.00 

Panel 18.00.      Bevelled 15.00        Plain  Morocco. .    10.00 

Imperial  Quarto  and  Folio  sizes  at  advanced  prices. 


364 


BINDING    OF    BOOKS. 


SINGLE    BOOKS    IN   FAIR    LIBRARY  BINDINGS 

Of  Ordinary  Workmanship. 


Styles. 

Medium 
1-Jinn. 
5  by  8. 

Medium 
8vo. 
6  by  9. 

Royal 
8vo. 
7  by  11. 

Imper'l 
8vo. 
8  by  12. 

Medium 
«o 
9  by  12. 

Half  Eoan,  marbled  sides,  sprink'd  edge 

* 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

Half  Morocco,  " 

Half  Morocco,  "                  marbled  edge 

Half  Calf,  extra,  gilt  back, 

Imitation  Turkey  Morocco,  full  gilt.  .  .  . 

Turkey  Morocco,  full  gilt,  gilt  edge  .... 
Antique,  full        

Cloth  Cases*  (not  made  to  order)  .  .  . 

BINDING    OF     BOOKS. 


:jt>5 


ILLUSTRATED    NEWSPAPERS. 

Large  Imperial  t-  (about  11  X  16  inches),  like  Harpers'  Weekly  or  Bazar,  the  Illus- 
trated London  News,  or  Frank  Leslie's  Illustrated. 

Cloth  Cases,*  not  made  to  order $3.00 

Half  Roan,  marbled  paper  sides 3.00 

Half  Roan,  cloth  sides 3.50 

Half  Morocco,  marbled  paper  or  cloth  sides,  sprinkled  edges 4.00 

DAILY   NEWSPAPERS. 

Large  Imperial  Folio  (about  16  x  23),  like  the  New  York  Herald. 

Half  Roan,  or  Sheep,  3  months  in  one  volume $3.50 

Half  Roan,  or  Sheep,  4       »  4.00 

Half  Roan,  or  Sheep.  6  5.00 

QUARTO   NEWSPAPERS   OR   MAGAZINES. 

Cloth  Cases,*  not  made  to  order $2.25 

Cloth  Cases,*  not  made  to  order,  gilt  edges 2.75 

Half  Roan,  paper  sides 3.00 

Half  Roan,  cloth  sides 3.25 

Half  Morocco,  cloth  sides 3 . 50 

SINGLE    BOOKS   IN   FAIR   LIBRARY  BINDINGS 

Of  Ordinary  Workmanship. 


Styles. 

Medium 

12mo. 
5  by  a 

Medium 
8vo. 
6  by  9. 

Royal 
8vo. 
7  by  11. 

Imper'l 
8vo. 
8  by  12. 

Medium 
4to 
9  by  12. 

Half  Roan,  marbled  sides,  sprink'd  edge 

$1.25 

$1.25 

$1.50 

$2.00 

$-->.5() 

Half  Morocco,  »          « 

1.50 

1.60 

1.75 

2.25 

3.00 

Half  Morocco,  «          «       marbled  edge 

1.75 

2.00 

2.25 

3.00 

3.50 

Half  Calf,  extra,  gilt  back,      » 

2.00 

2.50 

2.50 

3.00 

4.50 

Imitation  Turkey  Morocco,  full  gilt  

3.00 

4.00 

5.00 

5.50 

6.25 

Turkey  Morocco,  full  gilt,  gilt  edge  .... 
Antique,  full  

3.75 
3.75 

5.00 
5.00 
1.25 

6.00 
6.00 
1.50 

6.75 
6.75 
2.00 

7.50 
7.50 
2.85 

Cloth  Cases*  (not  made  to  order)  .  .  , 

These  prices  for  Single  Books  are  for  good  ordinary  work,  such  as  will 
prove  satisfactory  to  most  purchasers.  On  the  more  expensive  styles, 
inferior  workmanship,  but  inferior  chiefly  in  the  gilding,  finishing  and  orna- 
mentation, and  not  at  all  affecting  the  strength  or  durability  of  the  book, 
could  be  furnished  at  lower  price. 

For  the  Finest  Library  Work,  bound  in  elegant  style,  with  suitable 
appointments  and  ornaments,  to  meet  the  tastes  of  educated  and  critical 
book  fanciers,  it  will  be  necessary  to  use  the  following  prices. 

*  On  Magazines  and  Serials,  it  is  customary  for  publishers  to  get  up  and  furnish 
to  the  trade  Ornamental  Cloth  Cases,  which  can  be  used  by  any  binder.  These 
prices  are  only  for  this  work.  It  is  not  practicable  for  a  job  binder  to  make  a 
single  or  even  a  dozen  Cloth  Cases,  at  any  acceptable  price. 


366 


BINDING    OF    BOOKS. 


BEST    LIBRARY   WORK. 

One  to  Ten  Copies,  in  Best  Library  Style,  Full  Tooled,  and  with  Extra  Finish. 


Sizes. 

Half 
Morocco. 

Half 
Russia. 

Morocco 
Plain. 

Morocco 
Panelled. 

Roval  4°                .  11    x  14  inches  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Medium  4°  9V2  x  12 
Royal  8°               .  7      x  1  1 

MediumS0          ..6      X  9V<z    » 

Crown  8°              5^  x  8V4    » 

Medium  12°           5^  X  7%    » 

Medium  18°  .      ..4      x  6Ms 

Medium  24°  3%  X  5^2    • 

Size  of  Book.  Tl 

Medium  4°,  cach.$ 

Demy  4° 

Flat  Cap  4° 

Royal  8° 

Medium  8°  . . 


GILDING   BOOK   EDGES. 

lalf  Inch  One  Inch 

Thick.  Thick.  Size  of  Book. 

Crown  8°,  each.$ 
Medium  12°.... 
Medium  18°.  .. 

Medium  24° 

Medium  32° ... 


BIND  IX  G    OF    BOOKS. 


36? 


BEST    LIBRARY    WORK. 

One  to  Ten  Copies,  in  Best  Library  Style,  Full  Tooled,  and  with  Extra  Finish. 


Sizes. 

Half              H 
Morocco.        Ru. 

! 

alf 
sia. 

M  orocco 
Plain. 

Morocco 
Panelled. 

Roval  4° 

11 

x  14  inches.           $5  50       $6 

50 

$7    50 

$10   00 

Medium  4°  . 

x  12      "                    5  00         6 

00 

7  00 

9   00 

Royal  8°  .... 
Medium  8°  .  . 

...6 

x  11      »      4.50         5 
x  9^    /'          .  .        4.00         5 

75 
00 

6.00 
6  25 

8.50 
7  00 

Crown  8°  ... 
Medium  12°  . 
Medium  18°  . 

...5% 
.     4 

X8V4    /<      3.00         4 
x?*3            2.00          M 
x  GM)                          1  75         2 

00 
50 

00 

5.00 
3.50 
3  00 

7.00 

Medium  24°  . 

3% 

X  5%    /•                     1  75         2 

00 

3  00 

GILDING    BOOK    EDGES. 


Half  Inch  One  Inch 

Size  of  Book.  Thick.  Thick. 

Medium  4°,  each. $   .15.. $   .30 

Demy  4° 10 20 

Flat  Cap  4° 9 18 

Royal8° 10 20 

Medium  8°  . .  .  9 . . .  .18 


Size  of  Book.  Thick. 

Crown  8°,  each.$  .8*6. . . .. 

Medium  12° 8     .... 

Medium  18° 7^8.... 

Medium  24° 6^2 

Medium  32° 6     .... 

These  are  the  prices  for  flat  edged  Books.     Rounded  and  jointed  Books 
at  an  advance  of  60  per  cent.     Single  Books,  40  @  75  cents. 
The  prices  are  for  orders  of  not  less  than  100  copies. 


ELECTRO  TYPING. 


On  Book  work,  or  other  kinds  of  plain  composition,  the  prices  of  Electro- 
typing  are  usually  consolidated  with  those  of  Composition.  See  page  49. 

When  a  special  charge  is  made  for  Electrotype  plates,  the  work  is  }u>-;i~ 
ured  by  the  1000  ems.  These  are  the  established  rates  per  1000  ems:  Pica. 
70  cents;  Small  Pica,  55  cents;  Long  Primer  and  Bourgeois,  50  cents: 
Brevier  and  smaller  sizes,  45  cents.  Music  is  measured  as  Bourgeois.  For 
explanation  of  the  inequalities  in  the  prices  of  different  sizes,  see  pam-  I'.'. 

These  prices  are  for  plates  only,  as  they  are  made  for  Book  work,  nut 
blocked,  and  in  quantities. 

PAMPHLETS,  or  other  type  jobs,  less  than  16  pages  octavo,  or  21  paires 
duodecimo,  are  measured  as  Brevier  at  50  cents  per  1000  ems,  unless  1 1n- 
type  used  is  smaller  than  Brevier,  in  which  case  the  Elect  rotyping  is  charged 
by  the  exact  measurement  of  type  that  is  used. 

FLAT  TINT  PLATES,  and  all  other  plates  receiving  severe  pressure  under 
a  cylinder,  should  be  banded  on  one  or  more  edges  with  brass  rule,  to  resist 
the  pressure  and  prevent  the  slipping  of  the  plate. 


368 


ELECTROTYPING. 


Prices  of  Electrotypes  Blocked. 


Square 
Inches. 

Blocked  on 
Wood. 

Blocked  on 
Type  Metal, 
on  arches. 

Square 
Inches. 

Blocked  on 
Wood. 

Blocked  on 
Type  Metal, 
on  arches. 

1. 

$ 

$ 

13.. 

$ 

$ 

2 

14. 

3 

15 

4   

16 

5        

17 

6  

18 

7  .        

19 

8 

20 

9  

21 

10.     .. 

22 

11. 

23 

12... 

24.. 

K  L  E  C  T  R  O  T  Y  1>  I  N  G  . 


369 


Prices  of  Electrotypes  Blocked. 


Square 
Inches. 

Blocked  on 
Wood. 

Blocked  on 
Type  Metal, 
on  arches. 

Square 
Inches. 

Blocked  ou 
Wood. 

Blocked  on 
Type  Metal, 
oil  arches. 

1 

$      40 

$     60 

13 

$1   00 

,*]   5n 

.) 

50 

75 

14.      . 

1.05 

1.58 

3  

55 

80 

15 

1    10 

1  65 

4  

.60 

.90 

16  

1.10 

1.65 

5     . 

65 

95 

17 

1  15 

1  73 

6.    . 

70 

1  05 

18 

1  20 

1  80 

7 

75 

1  15 

19 

1  23 

1  88 

c 

80 

1  20 

20 

1  30 

1  95 

g 

.80 

1.20 

21  

1.35 

2.03 

10  

.85 

1.28 

22 

1.40 

2.10 

11 

90 

1  35 

23 

1  45 

2  18 

12... 

.90 

1.35 

24.. 

1.50 

2.25 

Jobs  of  type  that  do  riot  amount  by  measurement  to  $1.00  are  charged 
at  the  rates  of  Blocked  Electrotypes. 

Ordinary  Straight  Mortises  in  wood,  at  15  cents  each;  in  solid  metal, 
with  no  arches,  at  double  the  price  of  Mortises  in  wood. 

All  Blocked  Wood  Cuts  of  more  than  25  square  inches  should  be  priced 
at  the  rate  of  6  cents  per  square  inch. 

All  Blocked  Type  work  of  size  equivalent  to  2000  ems  of  Brevier,  should 
be  measured  as  Brevier,  with  the  added  value  of  the  Blocking. 

The  difference  in  value  between  Blocked  and  Unblocked  Plates,  measured 
a*  Brevier,  will  be  showTn  in  the  following  table  : 


Size  of  Page. 

Blocked. 

Not 
Blocked. 

Size  of  Page. 

Blocked. 

-Not 
Blocked. 

32°..  2      X2%   .. 

$   .65 

$    .59 

8°...3%X6     ... 

$1.45 

$1.25 

24°     2*6  X  4 

.80 

72    ! 

O         .    .    .  "I               X     / 

1.68 

1.45 

18°..  2%  x  4%... 

.95 

.86 

8°  .  .  .4^  x  7%;  .  . 

2.06 

1.65 

12°..3fcx5fc... 

1.25 

1.15 

4°...7      x9Vfc... 

4.00 

3.50 

When  many  plates  are  taken  from  one  page  or  cut,  a  discount  is  allowed : 
On  10  plates,  10  per  cent. ;  25  plates,  15  per  cent. ;  50  plates,  20  per  cent. ; 
100  plates,  25  per  cent. 

The  above  prices  are  the  list  prices  of  Electrotypes  for  ordinary  work. 
Fine  Job  work,  containing  mixed  sizes  of  type  with  brass  rules-,  should  be 
at  higher  prices.  To  make  a  good  plate  from  such  material,  ir  is  often 
necessary  to  have  the  form  carefully  made-ready  and  underlaid  on  hand 
before  moulding.  This  serious  extra  expense  cannot  properly  be 
added  to  that  of  composition  or  of  presswork ;  it  should  be  incorporated 
with  that  of  Electrotyping. 

Stereotyping-  is  done  at  •>  cents  per  1000  ems  less  than  Electrotyping. 


370 


ACCOUNT-BOOK    HEADINGS. 


Items. 

12  inches,  or 

Half  Sheet 
Royal, 
and  smaller. 

13  to  24  inches, 
or  less. 
Cap.  Demv, 
Medium," 
and  Royal. 

25  to  34  inches. 
Super  Roval. 
Double  Cap. 
Imperial. 
Double  Demy. 

COMPOSITION. 

One  line  of  columns,  including 
one  general  head-line  

8  columns, 
or  less. 

$ 

12  columns, 

or  less. 

$ 

16  columns, 
or  less. 

$ 

Every  added  line  of  columns.  ... 

PRESSWORK. 
First  Quire  of  44  or  50  impress.  . 
Every  added  Quire. 

First  Ream  of  960  impressions.  .  . 
Everv  added  Ream.  .  .  . 

Five  Reams,  or  over.  .  per  ream. 
By  the  Hundred  impressions  .... 

Prices  by  the  Hundred  impressions  are  for  orders  of  not  less  than  1000  impressions. 


371 


ACCOUNT-BOOK   HEADINGS. 


For  value  of  Paper,  see  page  373.    For  value  of  Ruling,  see  page  391. 


Items. 

12  inches,  or 
less. 
Half  Sheet 
Royal, 
and  smaller. 

13  to  24  inches, 
or  less. 
Cap.  Demy, 
Medium, 
and  Royal. 

25  to  34  inches. 
Super  Royal, 
Double  Cap, 
Imperial, 
Double  Demy. 

COMPOSITION. 

8  columns, 

or  less. 

12  columns, 
or  less. 

16  columns, 
or  less. 

One  line  of  columns,  including 
one  general  head-line 

$1  00 

$1   50 

$2.00 

Every  added  line  of  columns.  .  .  . 

.25 

.40 

.60 

PRESSWORK. 

First  Quire  of  44  or  50  impress.  . 
Every  added  Quire  .'  .  .  . 

.75 
.15 

J.OO 
.20 

1.25 
.25 

First  Ream  of  960  impressions.  .  . 
Every  added  Ream 

3.00 
2  50 

4.00 
3.00 

5.00 
3  50 

Five  Reams,  or  over.  .  per  ream. 

2.00 

2.50 

3.00 

By  the  Hundred  impressions  .... 

.30 

.40 

.50 

When  the  number  of  columns  exceeds  the  average  number,  as  above 
described,  making  justification  more  troublesome,  the  added  columns  should 
be  rated  at  10  cents  each  extra.  Cross-headings,  each  15  cents  extra. 

For  a  book  of  Seven  Quires  or  more,  the  Heading  should  be  set  up  across 
the  •whole  sheet.  It  will  be  found  poor  economy  in  most  cases  to  save  labor 
in  composition,  to  make  more  labor  in  presswork. 

LARGER  SIZES  than  Double  Demy  are  unusual.  The  composition  and 
l>rcss\vork  of  such  can  be  rated  only  on  time. 

Ruling,  in  all  cases,  should  precede  the  printing. 

Colored  Inks  are  unusual.  If  required  on  work  by  the  quire,  add  50  cents 
to  $1.00,  according  to  size  of  press,  for  extra  labor  of  washing  up.  On 
work  by  the  ream,  add  50  cents  to  $1 . 00  per  ream,  according  to  quality  of 
color  and  amount  of  care  required.  See  Printing  Inks. 

TIME-HOOK  HEADINGS,  of  figures  only,  can  be  done  at  lower  rates  than 
those  of  the  above  table,  if  a  reasonable  space  is  allowed  between  the 
figures ;  if  the  space  is  narrow,  the  above  prices  will  be  correct.  The  appa- 
rently high  price  is  not  so  much  for  composition  as  for  extra  nice  justifica- 
tion in  adapting  the  work  to  ruled  lines. 

DR,  AND  CR.  HEADINGS,  or  any  plain  Heading  of  a  single  line,  requiring 
no  justification  for  columns,  may  be  taken  at  half  price  for  composition. 

INTRICATE  HEADINGS,  leaded,  doubled,  reversed  and  with  cross  Head- 
ings, cannot  be  priced  with  accuracy.  They  should  be  rated  on  time  ai 
75  cents  per  hour.  In  some  cases  they  can  be  measured  by  tin-  IIMM)  ems. 
For  such,  double  price  maybe  charged,  but  there  are  some  for  which  even 
this  rate  would  be  insufficient. 


372 


ACCOUNT-BOOK    HEADINGS. 


PRICES    OF    LEDGER    PAPERS. 

N  Paper.  M  Paper.  Perfect  Paper. 

Qualities. 

Ream,      j      Quire,      j      Ream.      !      Quire,      j     lieam.      |      Quire. 

Flat  Cap 16  ft.!  $ 

Flat  Cap 18  ft. 

Flat  Cap 20  ft. 

Demy 28  ft. 

Medium 32  ft. 

Royal 42  ft.' 

Super  Royal.  .52  ft. 

Imperial 65  ft. 

Double  Cap  ..32  ft. 
Double  Cap  .  .36  ft. 
Double  Cap  .  .40  ft. 


ACCOUNT-BOOK    HEADIM,- 


373 


BRASS  RULE  DIAGONAL  HEADINGS,  justified  to  lit  ruled  red  vertical 
lines,  should  be  charged  oiily  oil  time,  with  the  addition  of  the  value  of  all 
rule  cut  and  wasted. 

BRASS  RULE  LINES  throughout  a  Heading  in  place  of  vertical  red  lines, 
should  be  priced  by  the  same  rate.  Brass  rules  are  economical  only  in  very 
long  editions,  and  where  the  ruling  is  excessively  complex. 

ALTERATIONS  IN  HEADINGS,  such  as  are  sometimes  required  for  Military. 
Post  Office  and  Insurance  Books,  are  very  expensive.  They  should  be  done 
on  the  hand  press,  and  the  time  of  both  compositor  and  pressman  must  be 
charged,  until  the  work  is  completed,  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  each  per  hour. 

BILL  BOOKS,  HOTEL  REGISTERS,  TIME  BOOKS,  and  plain  Headings  of  a 
similar  nature,  when  done  for  publishers  or  blank-book  makers  in  quantities 
of  not  less  than  three  reams,  may  be  rated  at  $2 . 00  per  ream  for  Medium 
and  all  smaller  sizes;  for  larger  sheets  $2.50.  If  paper  is  badly  i-uled,  so 
that  it  cannot  be  fed  readily  in  register,  $4.00  per  ream  will  be  insufficient. 

PRINTING  ON  FEINT  LINES,,  is  more  difficult  both  in  composition  and 
presswork  than  the  printing  of  Headings.  It  is  not  possible  to  price  such 
work  exactly.  For  a  broad  measure,  $2.00  per  1000  ems  of  composition 
would  be  ample ;  for  a  narrow  measure,  $3 . 00  might  not  be  enough. 

BERTH  LISTS,  with  plain  figures  only,  on  a  Flat  Cap  page,  at  $1 . 25  per 
column;  Demy,  $1.50;  Medium,  $2.00.  For  justified  letters  or  figures, 
double  price  or  more. 

PBICES    OF    LEDGER    PAPERS. 


Qualities. 

N  Paper. 

M  Paper. 

Perfect  Paper. 

Ream. 

Quire. 

Ream.           Quire. 

Ream.           Quire. 

Flat  Cap  16  16. 
Flat  Cap  18  16. 
Flat  Cap  20  16. 

$4.80 

5.40 

$  .24 

.27 

$5.60 
6.30 
7.00 
11.30 
16.00 
20.00 
26.60 
36.00 
11.20 
12.60 
14.00 

$  .28 

.32 
.35 
.57 
.80 
1.  00 
1.33 
1.80 
.56 
.63 
.70 

$6.40 
7.20 
8.00 
12.30 
17.40 
22.70 
29.40 
38.70 
12.80 
14.40 
16.00 

$^.32 
.36 
.40 
.67 
.87 
1.14 
1.47 
1.93 
.64 
.72 
.80 

Demy  28  16. 
Medium  32  16. 

9.00 

.45 

Roval  .  42  16. 

Super  Royal..  52  16. 
Imperial  .  .  65  16. 

Double  Cap  .  .32  16. 
Double  Cap  .  .36  16. 
Double  Cap..  40  16. 

9.60 
10.00 

.48 
.54 

For  Prices  per  100  sheets  see  Fractional  sizes  of  Paper. 

It  is  customary  to  make  up  Blank  Books  by  the  Quire,  and  the  prices  of 
the  following  tables  are  entirely  by  the  Quire.  On  Single  Books,  ami  all 
first  elnss  work,  the  Quire  should  consist  of  22  sheets.  For  common  work 
in  quantities,  in  which  competition  has  lowered  the  standard  beyond  ;i 
possibility  of  recovery,  it  is  not  safe  to  allow  more  than  18  sheets  to  the 
</uire.  See  page  41. 


374 


BLANK    BOOKS. 


FOLIO    BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


Qualities. 

Flat  Cap. 

Demy. 

Polio  Post 
or  Medium. 

HALF  BOUND. 

Roan,  paper  sides. 

Four 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Four 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$ 

$ 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

$ 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$ 

$ 

Every 
added 

Quire. 

* 

$ 

Six 
Quires 

or  less. 

$ 

$ 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

Roan,  muslin  sides  

Russia,  paper  sides     

Russia,  muslin  sides           .    . 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Sheep,  paper  sides  

Sheep,  muslin  sides       

Russia,  paper  sides 

Russia,  muslin  sides  

Russia,  sheep  sides       .... 

PULL  BOUND. 

Full  Roan,  spring  back    

Full  Roan,  tight  back  

Sheep,  spring  back 

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough   

Sheep,  Russia  corners. 

Plain  Russia  bands 

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia,  plain  

Full  Russia,  panelled  

Extra  bands  and  fronts    . 

Sheep  covers.  . 

Canvas  covers  

Bill  Book,  half  bound.  . 

Bill  Book,  half  Russia  

Bill  Book,  full  sheep  

Index,  full  roan  

Index,  quarter  bound  
One  ouire,  Quarter  bound.  .  . 

375 


BLANK    BOOKS. 


FOLIO    BLANK    BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


Qualities.                              Flat  Cap. 

Demy. 

Folio  Post 
or  Medium. 

HALF  BOUND. 

Roan,  paper  sides. 

Four 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Four 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Four 
Quires 
or  less. 

Everv 
added 
Quire. 

$1.50 
1.65 
2.00 
2.25 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$2.40 
2.65 
2.90 
3.40 
3.75 

3.25 

2.50 
2.40 
2.60 
3.25 
5.00 
7.60 
7.60 
9.25 
8.00 

1.75 
1  25 

$.20 
.20 

.20 
.20 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$.25 

.25 
.25 
.25 
.25 

.25 
.20 
.25 
.25 
.25 
.25 
.30 
30 
.35 
.30 

$2.10 
2.50 
3.25 
3.50 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$4.20 
4.65 
5.00 
5.50 
6.00 

5.00 
3.50 
4.00 
4.25 
4.75 
7.60 
10.00 
10.00 
12.00 
11.00 

2.10 
1.50 

3.20 
4.25 
3.60 

2.15 

$.25 

.25 
.25 
.25 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$.30 
.30 

.30 
.30 
.30 

.30 
.25 
.30 
.30 
.30 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 

.35 
.35 

$2.75 
3.25 
4.25 
3.40 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$4.75 
5.75 
7.00 
7.50 
8.00 

7.00 
4.25 
5.00 
5.75 
6.25 
9.25 
12.00 
12.00 
13.50 
12.50 

2.90 
2.00 

4.00 
5.00 
4.25 

2  50 

$.30 

.30 
.30 
.30 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$.45 
.45 
.45 
.45 
.45 

.45 
.30 
.45 
.45 
.45 
.50 
.50 
.50 
.50 
.50 

.50 
.50 

Roan,  rnusliii  sides  

Russia,  paper  sides  

Russia,  muslin  sides 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND* 

Sheep,  paper  sides 

Sheep,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  paper  sides  

Russia,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  sheep  sides  

FULL  BOUND. 
Full  Roan,  spring  back  

Full  Roan,  tight  back. 

Sheep,  spring  back  

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough  

Sheep,  Russia  corners  

Plain  Russia  bands  

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia,  plain  

Full  Russia,  panelled   

Extra  bands  and  fronts 

Sheep  covers  
Canvas  covers  

Bill  Book,  half  bound  

2  40 
3.00 
2.50 

1.75 

.30 
.30 

Bill  Book,  half  Russia  

Bill  Book,  full  sheep  

Index,  full  roan  

Index,  quarter  bound  
One  quire,  quarter  bound.  . 

.75 
.75 

1.00 
1.00 

1.50 
1.50 

376 


BLANK    BOOKS. 


FOLIO    BLANK   BOOKS.      , 

Prices  for  Binding  aud  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


Qualities. 


HALF  BOUND. 


Royal  or 


Double  Cap.     Dbl.  Demy. 


Four  i  Every 
Quires  added 
or  less.  Quire. 


Roan,  paper  sides,  each 

Roau,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  paper  sides 

Russia,  muslin  sides 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND.        Quires 

or  less. 

Sheep,  paper  sides 

Sheep,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  paper  sides 

Russia,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  sheep  sides 

FULL  BOUND. 

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough 

Sheep,  Russia  corners 

Plain  Russia  bauds 

Extra  Russia  bands 

Full  Russia,  plain 

Full  Russia,  panelled 

Extra  bauds  and  fronts 

Sheep  covers 

Canvas  covers 


Every 
added 
Quire. 


Super  Royal 


Four 
Quires 
or  less. 


Six 

Quires 
or  less. 


Every 
added 
Quire. 


Every 
added 
Quire. 


Imperial. 


Four  i  Every 
Quires.  ;  added 
or  less,  i  Quire. 


Quires 


Every 
added 
Quire. 


MARBLING   BOOK   EDGES. 

Orders  of  100  or  more. 


Sizes. 


Medium  Quarto,  9  x  12 
Demy  Quarto,  8  X  10 
Flat  Cap  Quarto,  7  X  8* 
Royal  Octavo,  7  X  11 
Medium  Octavo,  6  X  9^ 


Sizes. 


Crown  Octavo,  5V4  X  8  . 
Medium  12mo,  5  x~Vi. 
Medium  18mo,  4  x  6*6  . 
Medium  24mo,  3Vi  x  5V4  . 
Medium  32mo.  3  X4Ma. 


Smaller  lots  at  higher  rates.     No  single  book  less  than  25  cents. 


BLANK    BOOKS. 


377 


FOLIO  BLANK  BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  aud  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


Qualities. 

Royal  or      Super  Royal 
Double  Cap.    Dbl.  Demy. 

Imperial. 

HALF  BOUND. 

Roan,  paper  sides,  each 

Four       Every 
Quires      added 
or  less.     Quire. 

Four       Every       Four        Every 
Quires      added      Quires      added 
or  less.     Quire,      or  less.      Quire. 

$3.00 
3.75 
5.20 
5.50 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

6.25 
7.20 
9.25 
9.75 
10.50 

7.50 
7.75 
12.00 
13.50 
13.50 
15.00 
14.00 

3.50 
Z.Z5 

$.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

.55 
.55 
.55 

.55 
.55 

.55 
.55 
.60 
.60 
.60 
.60 
.60 

$3.30 
4.00 
6.00 
6.50 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

7.75 
8.40 
10.75 
11.75 
12.75 

9.00 
9.50 
13.50 
17.00 
17.00 
18.75 
17.50 

4.00 
2.75 

$.45 
.45 
.45 
.45 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

.55 

.55 
.55 
.55 
.55 

.55 
.55 
.60 
.60 
.60 
.60 
.60 

$4.40 
5.00 
7.50 
8.00 

Six 

'Jiiir,--. 
or  less. 

9.25 
10.50 
11.75 
13.00 
13.50 

10.00 
12.25 
17.00 
20.00 
20.00 
22.50 
21.00 

4.25 
3.50 

$.50 
.50 
.50 
.50 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

.60 
.60 

.60 
.60 
.€0 

.60 
.60 
.60 
1.20 
1.20 
1.20 
1.20 

Roan,  muslin  sides  :  . 

Russia,  paper  sides  

Russia,  muslin  sides 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Sheep,  paper  sides  

Sheep,  muslin  sides                 * 

Russia,  paper  sides  

Russia,  muslin  sides  . 

Russia,  sheep  sides  

PULL  BOUND. 

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough  

Sheep,  Russia  corners.  . 

Plain  Russia  bands  .  . 

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia,  plain  

Full  Russia,  panelled.  .  . 

Extra  bands  and  fronts 

Sheep  covers  
Canvas  covers  

All  these  prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  include  only  ordinary  patterns  of  Ruling, 
like  those  of  common  Journals  aud  Ledgers.  Where  more  than  One  Head  is  struck, 
•where  Triple  Lines  or  Unit  Lines  are  inserted,  an  advance  price  will  be  required. 

MARBLING   BOOK   EDGES. 

Orders  of  100  or  more. 


Sizes. 

Per  100. 

Sixes. 

Per  100. 

Medium  Quarto,  9  x  12     . 

$1.60 

Crown  Octavo,  Sty  x  8     . 

Sl.  (Id 

Demy  Quarto       8  x  10*6. 

1.25 

Medium  12mo.    5      X  7^. 

1.00 

Flat  Cap  Quarto,  7  x    8*6  . 

1.00 

Medium  18mo,   4      x  6Vjj  . 

.90 

Royal  Octavo,      7x11     . 

1.00 

Medium  24mo,   3Vfe  x  5V4  . 

.80 

Medium  Octavo.  6  X    9^. 

1.00       Medium  32mo.   3      x  4Mi          .80 

Smaller  lots  at  higher  rates.     No  single  book  less  than  •-'."> 


BLANK    BOOKS. 

FOLIO   BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  in  Large  Quantities. 


Qualities. 

Flat  Cap. 

Six  Reams  or 
more. 

Demy. 

Four  Heams 
or  more. 

Medium. 

Three  Reams 
or  more. 

HALF  BOUND. 

No  Book  rated  less  than  Three  Quires. 

Roan,  paper  sides  
Roan,  muslin  sides,  extra  
Russia,  paper  sides  ...    .       

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

I 

$ 

$ 

Russia,  muslin  sides,  extra 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Sheep,  paper  sides  

Twenty 

Books  or  more. 

Ten 

Books  or  more 

Ten 

Books  or  more. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
iiildfd 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Sheep,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  paper  sides  

Russia,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  sheep  sides  

PULL  BOUND. 

Full  Roan,  spring  back 

Full  Roan,  tight  back  

Full  Sheep,  spring  back. 

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough  

Full  Sheep,  Russia  corners  
Plain  Russia  bands  

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia  .... 

Extra  bands  and  fronts  

Imitation  Russia  bands  

Extra  Ruling,  according  to  ability  of  workman. .  .per  hour. .       cts.  ©  $ 

Ruling  Unit  Lines  extra per  book 

Ruling  Short  Accounts  extra per  book 

CUTTING  INDEXES,  two  letters  to  leaf per  book 

one  letter  to  leaf per  book 

INDEXING  Cap  or  smaller  Books,  4  quires • 

Cap  or  smaller  Books,  every  added  quire 

Demys  and  larger  Books,  2  quires 

Dernys  and  larger  Books,  every  added  quire 


BLANK    BOOKS. 

FOLIO   BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  in  Large  Quantities. 


379 


Qualities. 

Flat  Cap. 

Six  Reams  or 
more. 

Demy. 

Four  Reams 
or  more. 

Medium. 
Three  Beams 
or  more. 

HALF  BOUND. 

Xo  Book  rated  less  than  Three  Quires. 

Roan,  paper  sides  

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$.18 

$    .. 

18 

$.28 

$    .. 

.28 

$.35 

$    •- 

.40 

Russia,  paper  sides 

.30 

.40 

.52 

li'i-^ia  muslin  sides  extra 

18 

.28 

.46 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND.. 
Sheep,  paper  sides        .... 

Twenty 

Books  or  more. 

Ten 

Books  or  more 

Ten 

Books  or  more. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Six 

Quires 

"i  I./.—. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

|1.66 

1.92 
2.16 
2.52 
2.94 

2.52 
1.80 
1.80 
2.10 
2.25 
3.90 
6.25 
6.25 
6.60 
3.00 

$.24 
.24 
.26 

.26 
.26 

.24 
.18 
.22 
.24 
.24 
.26 
.26 
.26 
.26 
.24 

$3.25 
3.60 
3.90 
4.00 
4.68 

4.50 
3.25 
3.25 
3.60 
3.60 
6.25 
9.00 
9.00 
9.36 
4.50 

.*.-J4 
.24 
,30 
.30 
.20 

.-J4 
.24 
.24 
.24 
.24 
.30 
.30 
.30 
.30 
.24 

$4.00 
4.38 
5.00 
5.60 
6.00 

5.40 
3.50 
4.00 
4.65 
4.65 
7.80 
10.00 
10.00 
11.00 
6.00 

$.30 
.30 
.35 

.35 
.35 

.30 
.30 
.30 
.30 
.30 
.35 
.35 
.35 
.35 
.30 

Sheep,  muslin  sides  

Russia,  paper  sides    

Russia,  muslin  sides 

Russia,  sheep  sides    

FULL  BOUND. 
Full  Roan,  spring  back   .... 

Full  Roan,  tight  back  

Full  Sheep,  spring  back.  .  .  . 

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough  

Full  Sheep,  Russia  corners  

Plain  Russia  bands    . 

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia  

Extra  bands  and  fronts  
Imitation  Russia  bands  

Extra  Ruling,  according  to  ability  of  workman. .  .per  hour.  .75  cts.  ®  $1 .00 

Ruling  Unit  Lines  extra per  book 7f> 

Ruling  Short  Accounts  extra per  book. .75  cts.  @    1 .00 

CUTTING  INDEXES,  two  letters  to  leaf. per  book 15 

one  letter  to  leaf. per  book 18 

Ism. XING  Cap  or  smaller  Books.  4  quires 35 

Cap  or  smaller  Books,  every  added  quire 15 

Demys  and  larger  Books,  2  quires 35 

Demys  and  larger  Books,  every  added  quire 15 


330 


BLAXK    BOOKS. 

FOLIO  BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  in  Large  Quantities. 


Qualities. 

Royal.         Super  Royal.      Imperial. 
Three  Reams  or       Three  Reams          Three  Reams 
more.                    or  more.                 or  more. 

HALF  BOUND. 

No  Book  rated  less  than  Three  Quires. 

Roan,  paper  sides  

Per 

Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

$ 

* 

$ 

$ 

^ 

Roan,  muslin  sides,  extra  . 

Russia,  paper  sides 

Russia,  uiusliu  sides,  extra  

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Sheep,  paper  sides  

Ten 
Books  or  more. 

Ten 

Books  or  .more. 

Ten 
Books  or  more. 

Six         Everv 
Quires      added 
or  less.     Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$ 

Even- 
added 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Even- 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

1 

9 

$ 

$ 

Sheep,  muslin  sides  

Russia,  paper  sides 

Russia,  musliii  sides 

Russia,  sheep  sides    

FULL  BOUND. 
Full  Roan,  spring  back  

Full  Roau,  tight  back  

Full  Sheep,  spring  back  

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough 

Full  Sheep,  Russia  corners 

Plain  Russia  bands  

Extra  Russia  bands  .    . 

Full  Russia 

Extra  bauds  and  fronts  

Imitation  Russia  bands.  .  . 

PAGING   BLANK   BOOKS, 

Or  Consecutive  Numbering  on  Tickets,  Checks,  or  other  Blanks,  in  quantities. 


Per  100  Numbers. 

Flat  Cap cents. 

Demy « 

Medium 

Roval. . . 


Per  100  Numbers. 

Super  Royal cents. 

Imperial » 

Double  Cap « 

Double  Cap  Checks 


BLANK    BOOKS. 

FOLIO  BLANK   BOOKS. 

Piices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  in  Large  Quantities. 


381 


Qualities. 

Royal. 
Three  Reams  or 
more. 

Super  Royal. 
Three  Reams 
or  more. 

Imperial. 

Three  Reams 
or  more. 

HALF  BOUND. 

No  Book  rated  less  than  Three  Quires. 

Roan,  paper  sides  

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 

Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

Per 
Quire. 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$.40 

$    .. 

46 

$.55 

$    .. 

62 

$    .70 

$    .. 

.86 
.92 

Roan,  muslin  sides,  extra  

Russia,  paper  sides  
Russia,  muslin  sides,  extra  

.60 

52 

.75 

63 

1.10 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Sheep,  paper  sides  

Ten 

Books  or  more. 

Ten 
Books  or  more. 

Ten 

Books  or  more. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$5.00 
5.50 
7.35 

8.00 
9.00 

6.80 
4.10 
5.00 
5.40 
5.40 
9.00 
11.30 
11.30 
12.00 
8.20 

$.35 

.35 
.40 

.40 
.40 

.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.47 
.47 
.47 
.47 
.40 

$6.10 
6.75 
8.60 
9.35 
10.00 

8.65 
5.75 
6.50 
6.85 
6.85 
10.90 
13.25 
13.25 
14.00 
9.00 

$.40 

.40 
.47 
.47 
.47 

.47 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.47 
.47 
.47 
.47 
.40 

$7.20 

8.10 
9.35 
10.30 
11.50 

10.80 
8.00 
8.65 
9.00 
9.00 
13.25 
15.50 
15.50 
17.00 
10.90 

$.48 
.48 

.54 
.54 
.54 

.54 

.50 
.60 
.60 
.60 
.90 
.90 
.90 
.90 
.75 

Sheep,  muslin  sides  

Russia,  paper  sides    

Russia,  muslin  sides            

Russia,  sheep  sides 

FULL  BOUND. 

Fnll  Roan,  spring  back  

Full  Roan,  tight  back.         .... 

Full  Sheep,  spring  back  

Sheep,  smooth  or  rough  

Full  Sheep,  Russia  corners.    . 

Plain  Russia  bands 

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia                ...       .... 

Extra  bands  and  fronts 

Imitation  Russia  bands. 

PAGING   BLANK   BOOKS, 

Or  Consecutive  Numbering  on  Tickets,  Checks,  or  other  Blanks,  in  quantities. 

Per  100  Numbers.  Per  100  Numbers. 


Flat  Cap 5  cents. 

Demy 7      // 

Medium 8     // 

Roval...  ..9      " 


Super  Royal 10  cents. 

Imperial 11      » 

Double  Cap 12 

Double  Cap  Checks 10 

Single  Books  should  be  at  an  advance  on  these  rates.    Very  large  orders  may  be 
taken  at  a  slight  reduction. 

Bank  Books,  -when  numbered  on  cover,  in  large  type,  liv  hand  press,  at  si  on  PIT 
Hundred;  iu  large  quantities,  at  90  cents  per  Hundred. 


38:2 


BLANK    BOOKS. 

Q.UABTO   BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


Qualities. 

Plat  Cap. 

Demy.            Medium. 

QUARTER  BOUND. 
Paper  sides                                   .  . 

Four 
Quires 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Four 
Quires 
or  less. 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

Four    !    Every 
Quires      added 
or  less.  :   Quire. 

$ 

Per 
Quire. 

$ 

.18 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$ 

$ 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

$ 

Per 
Quire. 

$ 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$ 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

$ 

Per 
Quire. 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$ 

$ 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

Even- 
added 
Quire. 

$ 

HALF  BOUND. 
Roan,  paper  sides  

Roan,  muslin  sides  

Russia,  paper  sides 

Russia,  muslin  sides 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Roan,  paper  sides  

Roan,  musliu  sides. 

Russia,  paper  sides  

Russia,  musliu  sides 

Full  Sheep  

Full  Sheep  and  corners     .      ... 

Plain  Russia  bands  

Extra  Russia  bands  

Full  Russia  bands  

IN  LARGE  QUANTITIES. 
HALF  BOUND. 
Roan,  paper  sides  

Roan,  muslin  sides. 

Long  Quarto,  paper  sides  

FULL  BOUND. 

Full  Sheep. 

Sheep  and  comers  

Plain  bands.  .  . 

RULING  SHORT  ACCOUNTS,  extra,  Quarto per  book. .      cts.  ®  .; 

INDEX  IN  LEDGER,  extra per  book 

LOG  BOOKS,  in  quantities,  half  bound.  Folio 

"        in  quantities,  half  bound,  Quarto 

SAVINGS  BANK  BOOKS,  paper  covers,  each 

GUARD  BOOKS,  Quarto  Medium,  150  leaves,  half  bound,  paper  sides. 
"          Folio,  200  leaves,  half  bound,  paper  sides 


BLANK    BOOKS.  383 

QUAKTO    BLANK    BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


Qualities.                              Flat  Cap. 

Demy.            Medium. 

Four       Everv 

QUARTER  BOUND.              '•  %*£    §£* 

Four       Every        Four       Every 
Quires      added  :  Quires      added 
or  less.      Quire,      or  less.      Quire. 

Paper  sides  .                                       $    65 

.13 
.13 
.13 
.13 

.15 
.15 
.15 
.15 
.15 
.15 
.15 

$  .80 

1.35 

1.50 
2.00 
2.40 

2.35 
2.65 
3.00 
3.40 
2.65 
3.00 
5.00 
6.50 
6.50 

Per 
Quire. 

$  .18 

$ 

.17 
.17 
.17 
.17 

.20 
.20 
.20 
.20 
.20 
.20 
.25 
.25 
.25 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

15 

$  .90 

1.60 
1.75 
2.40 
2.65 

2.65 
3.00 
3.25 
3.60 
2.75 
3.10 
5.50 
8.00 
8.00 

Per 
Quire. 

$  .24 

$ 

.20 
.20 
.20 
.20 

.25 
.25 
.25 
.25 
.25 
.25 
.30 
.30 
.30 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

.18 

HALF  BOUND. 
Roan,  paper  sides  1  .00 

Roan,  muslin  sides.                             1.15 

Russia,  paper  sides                           1  50 

Russia,  muslin  sides  1  .75 

THREE-QUARTERS  BOUND. 
Roaii.  paper  sides.  .  .                          2  00 

Roan,  muslin  sides  2.  15 

Russia,  paper  sides                             2.50 

Russia,  muslin  sides                         2  85 

Full  Sheep  j  2.00 

Full  Sheep  and  corners                    2.35 

Plain  Russia  bands  3.35 

Extra  Russia  bands                            5  00 

Full  Russia  bauds  .   .                        5.00 

IN  LARGE  QUANTITIES. 
HALF  BOUND.                   ^uire- 
Roan,  paper  sides  $    14 

Extra 
per 
Book. 

$ 

10 

Roan,  muslin  sides. 

Long  Quarto,  paper  sides.  .                .18 

FULL  BOUND.                    Quire* 
or  less. 

Full  Sheep.                                      $1  45 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$.22 
.22 
.22 

Six 
Quires 
or  lew. 

1.62 
2.00 
3.60 

Every 
added 
Quire. 

$.24 
.24 
.30 

Six 
Quires 
or  less. 

$-2.00 

-.'   in 
4.65 

EviTV 

added 
Quire. 

$.30 
.30 
.30 

Sheep  and  corners.    .                        1  80 

Plain  bands  2  50 

RULING  SHORT  ACCOUNTS,  extra,  Quarto per  book - 

INDEX  IN  LEDGER,  extra per  book .10 

LOG  BOOKS,  in  quantities,  half  bound.  Folio 85 

"        in  quantities,  half  bound.  Quarto !•> 

SAVINGS  BANK  BOOKS,  paper  covers,  each 3 

GUARD  BOOKS,  Quarto  Medium,  150  leaves,  half  bound,  paper  sid<->.   ''.."in 
Folio,  200  leaves,  half  bound,  paper  sides 1 .  no 


381 


BLANK    BOOKS. 


OCTAVO   BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities, 


SINGLE  BOOKS. 

Flat  Cap. 

Demy. 

Medium. 

Full  Roan,  turned  in.  each  .... 

$ 

$ 

| 
9 

Full  Roan,  cut  flush  

IN  QUANTITIES. 
Full  Roan,  turned  in. 

8              16 
Sheets.     Sheets. 

$             $ 

8             16 
Sheets.     Sheets. 

*             $ 

8             16 
Sheets.     Sheets. 

$             $ 

Full  Roan,  cut  flush 

Full  Sheep,  turned  in  

Full  Sheep,  cut  flush. 

Blank  Books,  skiver  covers  
Pass  Books,  skiver  covers. 

1 

$ 

$ 

LETTERING  each  Title  on  back  of  book $ 

Xe\v  Blank  Title 

Side  Title,  two  lines  or  less,  with  border  line 

Side  Title,  every  added  line 

Side  Title,  one  line,  no  border 

Side  Title,  every  added  line 

BINDING,    WITHOUT    RULING 

Single  Books,  or  Books  in  small  quantities. 


Qualities. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Demy. 

Medium. 

Royal 
or 
Dbl.  Cap 

Super 
Royal. 

Im 
perial. 

HALF  BOUND,  PAPER  SIDES. 

Folio,  Two  Leaves  to  Sheet  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

* 

$ 

Quarto,  Four     »           »          

Six-mo,  Six       "                     

Octavo.  Eight   »                     

HALF  BOUND.  CLOTH  SIDES. 

Folio,  Two  Leaves  to  Sheet  

Quarto,  Four    »                      .... 

Six-mo.  Six        «                      .... 
Octavo.  Eight   //           «          

FULL  ROAN.  TIGHT  BACK  . 

Folio,  Two  Leaves  to  Sheet  

Quarto,  Four      •           »          

I  Six-mo,  Six        >/          »          

Octavo.  Eisrht                         

BLANK    BOOKS. 


3&5 


OCTAVO   BLANK   BOOKS. 

Prices  for  Binding  and  Ruling  Single  Books  or  Books  in  Small  Quantities. 


SINGLE  BOOKS. 

Flat  Cap. 

Demy. 

Medium. 

Full  Roan,  turned  in,  each 

$1  00 

$1  25 

$1  50 

•  Full  Roan,  cut  flush  

80 

1  00 

1  20 

IN  QUANTITIES. 
Full  Roan,  turned  in. 

8              16 
Sheets.     Sheets. 

$  36    $  45 

8             16 
Sheets.     Sheets. 

$  50     $   60 

8             16 
Sheets.     Sheets. 

$65     $   75 

Full  Roan,  cut  flush  

30        36 

36        45 

50        58 

Full  Sheep,  turned  in 

30        36 

36        45 

50        58 

Full  Sheep,  cut  flush. 

18        30 

30        36 

42        50 

Blank  Books,  skiver  covers   .  .  . 

$    15 

$    18 

$    22 

Pass  Books,  skiver  covers.  .  . 

.12 

.15 

.18 

LETTERING  each  Title  on  back  of  book $  .  15 

New  Blank  Title 10 

Side  Title,  two  lines  or  less,  with  border  line 40 

Side  Title,  every  added  line 15 

Side  Title,  one  line,  no  border 25 

Side  Title,  every  added  line 15 

BINDING,    WITHOUT   RULING 

Single  Books,  or  Books  in  small  quantities. 


Qualities. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Demy. 

Medium. 

Uoyal 
or 
Dbl.  Cap 

Super 
Uoyal. 

perial. 

HALF  BOUND,  PAPER  SIDES. 

Folio,  Two  Leaves  to  Sheet  

$1.25 

$1.50 

$1.75 

$2.00 

$2.50 

$3.00 

Quarto,  Four     <           »          

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

Six-mo,  Six                  «         

.75 

.80 

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

Octavo.  Eight   «                     

.50 

.60 

.70 

.80 

.90 

1.00 

HALF  BOUND,  CLOTH  SIDES. 

Folio,  Two  Leaves  to  Sheet  

1.50 

1.75 

2.10 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

Quarto,  Four                           

1.00 

1.15 

1.25 

1.50 

1.80 

2.20 

Six-mo,  Six        «                     

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

1.40 

1.60 

Octavo,  Eight   //                    

.60 

.75 

.90 

1.00 

1.10 

1.20 

FILL  ROAN,  TIGHT  BACK. 

Folio,  Two  Leaves  to  Sheet  

2.00 

2.60 

3.25 

4.00 

4.75 

5.75 

Qiuirto.  Four     "                       

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.25 

3.00 

3.50 

Six-mo,  Six 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

2.25 

<  »r!iiVO.  Eight 

.80 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.00 

336  BLANK    BOOKS. 


BLANK    BOOKS. 


387 


TTJCK   MEMORANDUMS. 

Plain  tuck,  one  pocket  and  pencil  loop.    The  prices  are  for  cases  only,  and  do  not 
include  the  folding  of  the  sheets,  or  the  sewing  or  inserting. 


1OO  or  more. 

Roan. 

Imitation 
Morocco. 

Morocco. 

Cap  Ei°"hteen-mo          .234  x  4      inches.  . 

$14.00 

$18.00 

$30.00 

Cap  Twelve-mo              3*4  X  4%  inches.  . 

18.00 

23.00 

40.00 

Cap  Octavo   4      x6      inches.. 

23.50 

28.00 

58.00 

Crown  Octavo     4%  x  6%  inches.  . 

27.00 

32.50 

70.00 

Demv  Octavo            .  .  5  Ms  x  7^  inches.  . 

33.00 

Cap  Long  Octavo  3%  x  6%  inches.  . 

23.00 

28.00 

59.00 

Crown  Long  Octavo.  .  .3%  x  8V&  inches.  . 
Xarrow  Octavo  .           

28.00 
20.00 

33.00 
26.00 

70.00 
49.00 

388  SPECIAL    PRICES. 

- 


SPECIAL    PRICES.  389 


390 


RULING. 


Prices  for  Feint  aud  Red  are  for  ordinary  Journal  Patterns,  struck  once  only. 


Quantities. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Demy. 

Medium 
or  Folio 
Post. 

Royal 
or  Dbl. 
Cap. 

Super 
Royal. 

Im- 
perial. 

Half  Ream  :  Feint  Line  only  .... 
Feint  and  Red  

$ 

$ 

i 

$ 

$ 

$ 

One  Ream  :  Feint  Line  only  .... 

Feint  and  Red  

Extra  price  will  be  required  for  Ruling  Unit  lines,  or  for  Complex  Patterns.  Com- 
plex Patterns  should  be  rated  on  time,  at  cents  to  §  per  hour,  according  to 
the  wages  and  ability  of  the  ruler. 

RULING   BILLHEADS. 


Flat  Cap  Size. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 
Ream. 

Twelve 
Reams 
per  ream. 

Twenty 
Reams 
per  ream. 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Trinle  Head.        »           «     . 

Small  quantities  at  the  rate  of      cents  per  100.  No  order  rated  less  than       cents. 

MISCELLANEOUS   BLANKS,    FLAT    CAP    SIZE. 

Briefs.  Entries. 


Plain  Marginal  Lines.  .  .       .  .$ 

One  to  Sheet  .  .    .  .        

i 

Triple        //              " 

Two  to  Sheet 

Struck  each  side  

Three  to  Sheet  

Consular  Paper, 
per  ream. 

Five  Reams,  or  less  $ 

Insurance  Policies. 
Feint  Lines  oulv  

per  re 

..$ 

Over  Five  Reams  .  . 

Fancy  Head,  etc.  .  . 

Law  Blanks. 
Flat  Cap  Size,  per  ream $$  :     Folio  Post,  per  ream § 

RULING  FOLDED  PAPERS,   NOTE  TO  FOOLSCAP. 


Qualities. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 
Ream. 

Ten 
Reams 
per  ream. 

Twenty 
ivearns 
per  ream. 

Common  Paper:  Feint  Line  only.  .  .  . 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Feint  and  Red  Lines. 

Extra-thin  Letter:  Feint  Line  only.. 

Feint  and  Red  Lines. 

Extra-thin  Folio:  Feint  Lines  onlv.  . 

Feint  and  Red  Lines. 

| 

i 

391 


RULING. 


Prices  for  Feint  and  Red  are  for  ordinary  Journal  Patterns,  struck  once  only. 


Quantities. 

Flat 
Cap. 

Demy. 

Medium 
or  Folio 
Post. 

Royal 
or  Dbl. 
Cap. 

Super 
Royal. 

Im- 
perial. 

Half  Ream  :  Feint  Line  only  .... 

$  .50 

$    .60 

s  .75 

$1.00 

$1.25 

$1.50 

Feint  and  Red  

1.00 

1.10 

1.50 

2.50 

3.00 

3.50 

One  Ream  :  Feint  Line  only  .... 

.65 

.87 

1.10 

1.50 

1.70 

2.20 

Feint  and  Red  

1.37 

1.87 

2.35 

3.40 

4.20 

4.75 

Extra  price  will  be  required  for  Ruling  Unit  lines,  or  for  Complex  Patterns.  Com- 
plex Patterns  should  be  rated  on  time,  at  75  cents  to  §1.00  per  hour,  according  to 
the  wages  and  ability  of  the  ruler. 

RULING    BILLHEADS. 


Flat  Cap  Size. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 

Ream. 

Xwelve 
Reams 
per  ream. 

Twenty 
Reams 
per  ream. 

Plaiii  Head   assorted  sizes. 

*       '.HI 

$1  25 

S      till 

$    80 

Trinle  Head.                    »     . 

1.00 

1.60 

1.20 

1.00 

Small  quantities  at  the  rate  of  15  cents  per  100.  No  order  rated  less  than  50  cents. 
MISCELLANEOUS    BLANKS,    FLAT    CAP    SIZE. 


Briefs. 

per  ream. 

Plain  Marginal  Lines $1 .40 

Triple  »      1.75 

Struck  each  side 2.50 

Consular  Paper. 

per  ream. 

Five  Reams,  or  less $1 .50 

Over  Five  Reams 1 . 25 


Entries. 

per  ream. 

One  to  Sheet $1.40 

Two  to  Sheet 1 . 75 

Three  to  Sheet 2.50 

Insurance  Policies. 

per  ream. 

Feint  Lines  only $   .90 

Fancy  Head,  etc 1 .75 


Law  Blanks. 
Flat  Cap  Size,  per  ream $$   .  75     j     Folio  Post,  per  ream $1 . 00 

RULING  FOLDED  PAPERS,  NOTE  TO  FOOLSCAP. 


Qualities. 

Half 
Ream. 

One 
Ream. 

Reams 
per  ream. 

Twi-utj 
Reams 
per  ream. 

Common  Paper:  Feint  Line  only.  .  .  . 

$  .40 

$  .60 

s  .r,n 

$    .50 

Feint  and  Red  Lines. 

1.00 

1.50 

1.20 

1.00 

F.xtra-thin  Letter:  Feint  Line  only.. 

75 

1.00 

.90 

;:, 

Feint  and  Red  Lines. 

1.75 

2.25 

1.50 

1.35 

Kxtra-thin  Folio:  Feint  Lines  onlv.  . 

1.75 

1.50 

1.25 

F.-inr  ami  Red  Lines. 

4.00 

3.00 

392  FEINTING    INKS. 


393 

PRINTING    INKS. 


If  it  were  possible  to  contract  for  work,  with  permit  to  charge  specifically 
for  such  Ink  as  would  be  used,  it  would  be  of  advantage  to  the  printer. 
This,  however,  is  not  the  usual  course.  The  printer's  estimate  must  he 
fixed,  and  must  include  hoth  Labor  and  Ink. 

It  is  difficult  to  make  such  estimate  with  justice.  Even  those  who  have 
had  large  experience  in  the  use  of  Colored  Inks,  and  who  have  kept  and 
consulted  written  records  of  the  value  of  Ink  used  on  previous  jobs,  often 
find  themselves  at  fault  in  estimate. 

There  is  great  difference  in  Inks  of  apparently  the  same  quality  and  ar 
the  same  price.  Some  colored  Inks  contain  much  more  color  than  others. 
If  judiciously  used,  these  full-bodied  Inks  will  give  much  more  service  than 
thin-bodied  Inks. 

The  Temperature  affects  the  service  of  colors.  On  Poster  or  Flat-tint 
work,  one  pound  of  Red  Ink  in  summer  will  cover  as  much  surface  as  one 
and  a  half  pounds  in  winter.  A  warm  atmosphere  softens  the  varnish,  and 
allows  the  Ink  to  be  spread  in  a  thin  and  even  film  over  the  type.  Cold 
weather  stiffens  the  varnish,  makes  it  more  difficult  to  distribute,  and 
compels  the  pressman  to  use  it  in  larger  quantity. 

The  Quality  of  Paper  has  a  very  marked  influence.  A  thick,  spongy  or 
pulpy  paper  will  imbibe  Ink  greedily.  A  dry  rough-faced  Xews  does  not 
imbibe  it,  but  the  Ink  must  either  be  piled  on  or  forced  in  the  paper.  It 
will  require  from  one-fourth  to  one-half  more  than  a  smooth  Calendered 
paper.  Straw  paper,  of  fair  make  and  smooth  face,  is  well  adapted  for  au 
economical  consumption  of  Ink.  It  absorbs  color  less  than  any  other 
quality  of  ordinary  printing.  Dry  paper  will  use  more  color  than  damp 
paper,  but  a  really  wet  or  over-dampened  paper  will  absorb  more  than 
either.  The  most  favorable  quality  for  a  small  consumption  of  Ink  is  a 
smooth  Sized  and  Calendered,  slightly  dampened. 

The  Length  of  the  Edition  will  vary  the  amount  of  Ink  used.  One 
pound  of  Carmine  Ink  may  be  barely  sufficient  to  print  1000  impressions  on 
a  Show  Card.  A  large  portion  of  the  color  will  be  unavoidably  wasted  in 
the  can  and  in  charging  the  fountain.  But  an  order  of  5000  could  be  done 
with  three  and  a  half  pounds,  possibly  with  three  pounds,  for  the  greatest 
waste,  is  chiefly  on  the  first  1000  impressions. 

The  Pressman's  Method  of  work  has  much  to  do  with  saving  or  w:: 
color.  If  he  uses  soft  rollers,  and  makes  ready  with  a  light  spongy  impres- 
sion against  fine  blanket  or  rubber  cloth,  he  will  use  much  more  color  than 
a  pressman  who  prefers  moderately  firm  rollers,  and  makes  ready  against  a 
hard  surface,  wirli  firm  impression.  If  the  pressman  washes  his  rollers  ton 
frequently,  or  if  he  does  not  protect  his  Ink  and  ink  fountains  from  dirt  ami 
dust,  he  may  waste  nearly  as  much  color  as  he  uses. 

The  Quantity  of  Color  required  is  often  a  matter  of  Taste.  One  press- 
man will  merely  stain  the  paper,  considerinir  the  presswork  had.  if  every 
hair-line  is  not  thin,  sharp  and  weak,  almost  to  illegibility:  while  another. 


3i>4  PK  IX  TING    INKS. 

aiming  at  brilliant  effect  and  decided  contrast,  will  use  an  excess  of  Ink, 
regardless  of  thick  hair-lines,  if  he  can  preserve  a  solid  and  even  color  on 
the  body  marks  of  the  letter. 

The  Surface  Inked  will  produce  the  greatest  variation  in  amount  of  color. 
A  small  margined  duodecimo  in  solid  bold-faced  type,  will  use  three  times 
the  ink  of  a  double-leaded  octavo  in  light-faced  type.  An  ordinary  Poster 
will  use  ten  times  the  Ink  of  any  book  form ;  a  flat  surfaced  Tint  Block, 
with  few  white  lines,  will  use  twice  as  much  as  any  Poster.  This  rapid 
increase  in  consumption  of  color,  with  the  increase  of  surface  inked,  is 
always  surprising  to  the  novice,  and  is  often  the  cause  of  many  losses. 

The  Price  at  which  Ink  is  sold  does  not  always  indicate  its  value.  Special 
Inks  are  made  for  special  purposes,  for  which  purposes  they  are  cheap  and 
efficient,  and  outside  of  which  they  are  both  expensive  and  unsatisfactory. 
Ink  made  for  Job  work  on  dry  paper  is  not  economical  when  used  for  Book 
work  on  damp  paper.  The  value  of  Ink  must  be  determined  quite  as  much 
by  its  extending  or  covering  capacity  as  by  its  nominal  price.  The  finest 
Black  is  the  strongest  of  all  colors,  and  although  it  is  sold  from  $2.00  to  $5. 00 
per  pound,  it  is  not  an  expensive  color,  when  used  for  open  tvpe  work.  It 
is  very  .bulky  for  its  weight;  the  coloring  matter  in  it  is  exceedingly  light, 
and  this  color  is  mixed  with  as  little  varnish  as  is  possible.  The  color  is  also 
better,  it  has  more  extending  capacity,  is  more  finely  ground,  wastes  less  and 
works  cleaner  than  a  cheap  Ink.  But  when  such  expensive  Ink  is  used  on 
very  solid  black  work,  little  or  nothing  is  saved  by  its  superior  extending 
properties. 

In  hazarding  estimates  on  work,  the  following  observations  on  the  prob- 
able value  of  Ink  will  be  of  service.  But  they  should  not  be  accepted  as 
applicable  to  all  cases.  Differences  in  quality  of  inks,  in  the  paper,  the 
temperature,  and  the  method  of  pressmen,  must  make  variations  in  result. 

BLACK    INKS. 

On  COMMOX  NEWS  and  KOCGH  BOOK  WORK,  the  value  of  Black  Ink  at 
40  cents,  used  and  wasted  in  printing  a  wet-down  sheet  of  size  24  x  38  inches, 
or  thereabouts,  is  a  little  less  than  17  cents  per  1000  impressions,  or  about  4 
cents*  per  token  of  250  impressions.  If  the  sheet  is  over-colored,  it  will 
cost  6  cents ;  if  it  is  under-colored,  or  if  printed  on  damp  calendered  paper, 
(an  unusual  quality  for  this  class  of  work),  it  will  not  cost  3  cents  per  token. 

For  ORDINARY  BOOK  WOKK.  using  Ink  at  60  cents,  on  smooth  paper  of 
size  24  X  38  inches,  the  average  cost  of  Ink  used  and  wasted  will  be  about  6 
cents  per  token ;  on  dry  and  rough  paper,  it  will  reach  10  or  13  cents. 

FIXE  BOOK  or  PAMPHLET  PRESSWORK  on  damp  sheets  of  calendered 
paper,  of  size  24  x  38,  using  Ink  at  $1.00,  should  have  its  average  value 
rated  at  10  cents  per  token  for  an  ordinary  edition.  Upon  a  short  edition. 

"It  is  a  popular  belief  that  the  Ink  used  for  this  class  of  work,  on  this  size,  does 
not  exceed  3  cents  per  token.  This  is  the  ordinary  reckoning,  -which  is  for  Use  only. 
But  the  Waste  of  this  quality  of  Ink  is  rarely  ever  less  than  one-fifth,  and  it  often 
approximates  more  closely  to  one-third  of  the  amount  purchased. 


PRINTING    INKS.  395 

for  which  Ink  is  specially  put  in  the  fountain,  and  of  which  much  is  wasted, 
the  cost  will  be  from  15  to  25  cents  per  token.  If  the  paper  is  a  soft  and 
spongy  Book,  cost  for  either  quantity  will  be  still  higher. 

ILLUSTRATED  CATALOGUES,  printed  on  medium  sheets,  19  x  24  inches,  on 
dry  calendered  paper,  with  cuts  of  large  size  and  blackness,  will  use  of  Wood- 
cut Ink  at  $2.50  per  pound,  on  an  edition  of  1000,  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  to 
!*1  .00  per  token.  -If  the  edition  is  of  5000  impressions,  the  value  of  Ink 
used  will  range  from  40  cents  to  70  cents  per  token.  If  cuts  are  very  large 
or  black,  they  may  consume  Ink,  on  an  edition  of  1000  copies,  at  the  rate  of 
$1 .50  per  token.  If  Ink  at  $3.00  or  $5.00  is  used,  in  place  of  Ink  at  $2.50, 
the  price  will  increase,  but  not  in  true  proportion — the  more  expensive  color 
is  finer,  and  has  more  extending  capacity.  These  are  prices  for  cuts  of 
machinery.  The  amount  of  color  used  on  this  work  is  largely  under  the 
control  of  the  pressman.  He  can  use  it  freely  or  sparingly,  at  will,  but 
with  a  corresponding  effect  of  strength  or  weakness  in  the  work. 

BOOK  ILLUSTRATIONS.  The  ordinary  Illustrations  of  Books  and  News- 
papers, when  not  too  frequent,  or  too  black,  do  not  sensibly  increase  the 
consumption  of  Ink.  It  is  not  usual  to  make  account  of  the  value  of  ordi- 
nary Ink  on  this  class  of  work.  But  when  the  cuts  are  numerous  and  are 
black,  and  fine  Inks  are  used,  the  value  of  color  used  cannot  be  overlooked. 
On  a  large  edition  of  work  of  this  class  the  average  value  of  Ink  at  $2.00, 
on  a  sheet  24  X  38  inches,  will  be  50  cents  per  token.  Upon  an  edition  of 
1000,  the  cost  of  the  same  Ink  would  be  more  than  $1.00  per  token.  A 
Double  Royal  sheet,  29  X  43  inches,  on  an  edition  of  20,000,  with  Ink  at 
$3 . 00,  with  many  cuts,  has  been  worked  at  a  cost  of  53  cents  per  token  for 
Ink  :  but  this  is  a  rare  result,  the  economy  being  due  as  much  to  the  skill  of 
the  pressman  as  to  the  length  of  the  edition.  If  the  edition  had  been  1000, 
the  value  of  the  Black  Ink  used  and  wasted  would  have  been  at  the  rate 
of  $1.50  per  token. 

POSTERS.  An  ordinary  Poster,  12  x  19  inches,  Avill  consume  of  Black 
Ink  at  25  cents  per  pound,  at  the  rate  of  30  ®  40  cents  per  1000  impressions, 
the  quantity  used  depending  upon  the  size  of  the  type  and  the  quality  of 
the  paper.  Under  the  same  conditions,  a  Poster  19  X  24  inches,  will  con- 
sume Black  Ink  of  same  quality  at  the  rate  of  75  cents  ©  $1.00  per  1000 
impressions  ;  a  Poster  24  X  38  inches,  from  $1.25  to  $2.00  per  1000  impres- 
sions. The  value  of  the  color  used  increases  with  the  size  of  the  sheet,  and 
for  this  work,  in  greater  proportion.  The  larger  form  lias  larger  type,  and 
the  larger  press  wastes  more  color. 

TINT  BLOCKS.  A  solid  Tint  Block  cut  on  pine,  for  a  sheet  24  x  38  inches, 
with  a  few  wrhite  lines,  will  use  of  25  cent  Ink,  at  the  rate  of  $3.00  per  1000 
impressions.  It'  finer  Inks  are  used,  the  advam-c  in  price  will  be  nearly  in 
strict  proportion.  For  a  sheet  24  X  38,  of  smooth  thick  paper,  dry.  printed 
on  a  Metal  Tint-Plate,  with  Ink  at  $1.00  per  pound,  the  cost  of  Ink  will  be 
sin. Oil  per  111(10  impressions.  For  this  class  of  work,  a  pound  of  fine  Ink 
will  do  no  more  work  than  a  pound  of  cheap  Ink.  On  common  tlat  work, 
a  good  Black  Ink  will  permit  a  liberal  reduction  of  body  with  varnish. 


396  PRINTING    INKS. 

BLUE    INKS. 

Many  qualities  of  this  color  are  used.  The  leading  varieties  are  IM^T 
known  to  printers  as  Light,  Dark.  Ultramarine  and  Bronze  Blues.  The 
Light  has  a  limited  use  for  flat  surfaces  and  tints  ;  the  Ultramarine,  for  flat 
surfaces,  tints,  posters,  and  to  some  extent,  in  its  finer  qualities,  on  fine  type- : 
the  Dark  and  Bronze  Blues  are  most  used  for  fine  and  light  work,  for 
which  they  are  well  adapted,  having  strong  body,  and  in  extending  property 
being  nearly  equal  to  fine  Black  Ink. 

Ultramarine  is  the  favorite  color  for  bright  showy  work.  It  is  verv 
bulky  for  its  weight,  and  works  well  upon  all  flat  surfaces.  It  is  not  a 
finely -ground  color.  The  best  qualities  only  are  used  for  type,  but  they  do 
not  work  with  the  freedom  and  smoothness  of  Dark  or  Bronze  Blues.  The 
prices  range  from  50  cents  to  $3.00  per  pound. 

FLAT  SURFACES.  A  flat-faced  label.  9  x  14  inches,  will  consume  of  pure 
Ultramarine  Blue  at  $1 . 00  per  pound,  at  the  rate  of  $3 . 00  per  1000  impres- 
sions. A  flat  tint  block,  18  x  22  inches,  on  fair  paper,  will  use  of  this  color. 
when  somewhat  reduced  with  varnish,  at  the  rate  of  $9.00  per  1000  impres- 
sions. A  flat  tint  block  of  pine  wood,  made  for  paper  24  x  38  inches,  will 
use  of  Ultramarine  at  75  cents,  largely  reduced  with  varnish,  at  the  rate  of 
$15.00  per  1000  impressions. 

POSTERS.  For  a  Poster,  12  X  19  inches,  on  ordinary  Xews.  the  value 
used  of  Ultramarine  Ink  at  $1.00  will  be  at  the  rate  of  $2.00  per  1000 
impressions  ;  for  a  Poster,  19  x  24  inches,  on  Ultramarine  Blue  at  75  cents. 
$3.50  per  1000  impressions;  for  a  Poster,  24  x  38  inches,  on  Ultramarine 
Blue  at  75  cents,  at  the  rate  of  $6.00  to  $8.00  per  1000  impressions.  Ink 
at  50  cents  per  pound  would  diminish  the  value  of  the  color  used,  but  not 
in  ratio  with  the  reduced  price.  The  cheaper  color  is  thinner,  not  so  well 
ground,  and  is  consumed  more  freely.  If  it  is  used  on  any  but  the  largest 
type,  it  will  not  prove  of  marked  economy. 

Dark  Blue  and  Bronze  Blue  are  little  used  for  posters  or  flat  tints.  If 
used  in  bulk,  without  reducing,  they  will  be  much  more  expensive  than 
Ultramarine.  When  used  on  this  kind  of  work,  they  are  usually  thinned 
with  White  Ink,  Varnish,  Turpentine,  Benzine,  etc.,  and  sometimes  with 
Magnesia.  When  used  on  light,  open  and  fine  work,  the  value  of  Dark  or 
Bronze  Blues,  may  be  rated  as  about  double  that  of  the  same  quality  <>t 
Black  Ink. 

BED  INKS. 

Under  this  heading  may  be  classified  many  qualities  of  scarlet  and  crimson 
color.  The  leading  qualities  are  Vermilion,  Lake  and  Carmine. 

Vermilion  Red.  a  pure  scarlet,  is  the  basis  of  the  better  qualities  of  the 
cheap  reds  in  greatest  use.  Commoner  qualities,  such  as  are  sold  at  75  cents 
and  $1 . 00  per  pound,  are  largely  mixed  with  cheaper  colors.  In  its  pure 
state,  Vermilion  is  the  densest,  and.  in  extending  property,  the  weakest  of 
all  colors.  A  pound  of  Vermilion  Red  at  $3.00  per  pound  is  about  half  the 
bulk  of  Fine  Black  at  $1.00  per  pound.  Where  the  Black  will  yield  color 
for  1000  impressions,  the  Vermilion  Red  will  be  used  up  with  about  350 


PRINTING    INKS.  397 

impressions.  The  value  of  the  Red  color,  extending  capacity  considered,  is 
about  ten  times  as  great  as  that  of  fine  Black. 

Lake  Red,  a  deep  crimson,  is  inferior  to  Black  in  extension,  but  will 
give  treble  the  service  of  ordinary  Vermilion.  It  is  too  expensive  for  most 
bold  work,  or  for  flat  surfaces,  nor  does  it  produce  as  good  an  effect  as  pure 
Vermilion.  It  is  largely  xised  for  fine  work,  for  which  it  is  well  fitted. 

Carmine,  an  intense  and  glowing  crimson,  is  but  little  inferior  to  the 
finest  Black  in  extending  properties.  It  is  one  of  the  most  expensive  colors, 
and  can  be  used  to  profit  and  with  effect  only  on  light  and  open  work.  For 
flat  and  solid  work,  the  effect  produced  is  but  little  superior  to  that  of  the 
finer  Lakes,  and  is  seldom  worth  the  extra  cost. 

POSTERS.  The  value  of  Red  Ink  at  $1 . 00  per  pound,  that  will  be  used 
and  wasted  in  printing  1000  Posters,  12  X  19  inches,  may  be  rated  at  $3.00; 
on  1000  Posters,  19  x  24  inches,  the  value  of  color  may  be  estimated  at 
$5.00  ®  $6.00  per  1000 ;  on  a  Poster,  24  x  38  inches,  at  $9.00  ®  $12.00  per 
1000.  The  color  is  weak,  and  the  use  of  light  or  bold-faced  type  will  make 
serious  differences  in  the  consumption  of  color.  On  double  medium  posters, 
the  value  of  the  color  may  be  averaged  at  $1 .00  per  100  impressions. 

FLAT  SURFACES.  A  flat  label  9  x  14  inches,  with  ordinary  amount  and 
size  of  lettering  cut  for  wyhite,  such  as  is  used  for  soap  boxes,  etc.,  will  con- 
sume of  pure  Red  Ink  at  $1.00  per  pound,  at  the  rate  of  $4.50  @  $5.00  per 
1000  impressions.  If  the  plate  is  flat,  without  lettering,  at  the  rate  of  $6.00 
per  1000  impressions.  A  flat  tint  poster  for  paper  19  X24  inches,  with  letters 
cat  in  white  as  above,  will  use  of  Red  Ink  at  $1.00  per  pound,  that  has 
been  somewhat  thinned  with  varnish,  at  the  rate  of  $9 . 00  ©  $10 . 00  per  1000 
impressions.  If  pure  color  is  used,  it  will  consume  color  to  the  value  of 
$14.00  or  $15.00.  A  flat  tint  poster  for  paper  24  X  38  inches,  cut  on  pine, 
with  lettering  as  above,  will  consume  of  Red  Ink  at  $1.00  per  pound, 
thinned  with  varnish,  at  the  rate  of  $18.00  @  $25.00  per  1000  impressions. 
If  dry  paper  is  used,  as  is  necessary  for  registered  work,  it  could  not  be 
rated  at  less  than  $20.00;  for  damp  paper,  carefully  managed,  it  may  l>e 
less  than  $18.00,  but  this  is  unusual. 

All  these  estimates  for  colors  must  be  used  with  discretion.  Much  will 
depend  upon  the  workman.  A  neat  and  capable  pressman,  who  has  ex- 
perience in  use  of  color  and  who  knows  when  and  how  to  dilute  color  to 
advantage,  can  do  work  at  somewhat  less  cost  than  is  here  stated ;  a  careless 
or  inexpert  pressman  will  use  much  more  Ink  than  is  here  allowed. 

Black,  Red  and  Blue  are  the  colors  in  greatest  request,  and  the  only  ones 
probably  that  need  remarks  on  their  extending  properties.  Some  observa- 
tions on  other  colors  may  be  of  service. 

Yellow  is  used  chiefly  for  shades,  tints,  and  picture  work,  or  as  a  mixing 
color  to  lighten  the  tones  of  Dark  Greens  or  Browns.  As  a  shade  for  Black, 
it  is  quite  effective.  It  is  too  feeble  a  color  to  be  used  unsupported,  as  the 
body  color  for  type  work.  As  a  flat  tint,  it  will  bear  much  extension  without 
deterioration,  and  for  this  purpose  may  be  considered  an  economical  color. 


398  PRINTING    INKS. 

Brown  is  made  in  great  variety  of  shades,  and  of  very  unequal  value. 
Upon  tine  type,  the  cheaper  qualities  of  Brown  do  not  work  freely,  and 
they  give  much  trouble  to  the  pressman.  A  really  fine  Bright  or  Deep 
Brown  that  will  work  freely  is  an  expensive  color.  An  estimate  made  for 
such  color  should  be  the  same  as  for  Fine  Lake  Red. 

Green  is  made  in  many  shades,  most  of  which  are  sold  at  moderate 
prices.  The  Pea  Green  and  Apple  Green  are  weak  colors,  and  require  an 
unusual  quantity  of  Ink  to  produce  the  proper  effect.  The  Dark  Greens 
are  colors  of  good  extending  properties,  and  of  great  permanency. 

Aniline  Colors.  Within  a  few  years  many  new  colors  of  exceeding 
beauty  and  brilliancy  have  been  introduced,  which  are  known  as  Aniline 
Colors.  They  comprise  many  varieties  of  color,  the  most  popular  of  which 
are  Intense  Purple,  Claret,  and  Pink.  They  work  freely  and  smoothly,  and 
even  surpass  Carmine  in  extending  properties.  But  they  lack  permanency. 
All  Aniline  Colors,  so  far  as  the  writer's  experience  extends,  are  fugitive'. 
and  fade  readily  on  exposure  to  light.  For  elegant  and  ephemeral  work,  like 
Ball  Tickets,  Notices  and  Circulars,  they  are  of  great  service.  But  they 
should  never  be  used  on  any  job  that  will  receive  much  exposure  to  light. 
like  a  Show  Card,  or  on  Notes,  Stock  Certificates,  or  work  that  may  be 
preserved  for  months  or  years.  Nor  should  they  be  used  to  make  tint  colors. 

Purple  made  of  Carmine  and  Blue  is  not  so  bright,  but  is  more  durable 
than  the  Aniline  Purple.  But  all  Purples  are  transitory  colors ;  where  they 
do  not  fade,  they  soon  lose  their  brilliancy. 

White  Inks  are  used  almost  exclusively  for  making  tints.  For  common 
work,  the  lower  grades  may  be  used;  for  fine  or  even  ordinary  good  work, 
it  will  be  found  most  economical  to  use  that  sold  at  the  highest  price. 

The  mixing  of  colors,  to  produce  another  color  or  a  variation  in  tint, 
should  be  done  with  great  caution,  and  only  in  small  quantities,  until  the 
right  effect  is  produced.  Some  colors  are  pure  minerals,  some  are  vegetable 
extracts,  and  some  are  composed  of  animal  matter;  some  are  mixed  with  one 
kind  of  oil  or  varnish ;  some  are  mixed  with  an  entirely  different  substance  ; 
and  some  are  entirely  devoid  of  all  oil  or  varnish.  To  produce  the  needed 
qualities,  ink  makers  find  it  necessary  to  use  a  great  variety  of  chemicals. 
That  which  is  essential  to  one  color  is  destructive  to  another.  Whoever 
undertakes  to  mix  Inks  together  without  a  knowledge  of  their  constituents, 
is  liable  to  mix  incompatible  substances.  When  these  constituents  have  a 
mutual  antipathy  either  the  color  will  be  spoiled,  or  the  mixture  will  work 
badly  on  the  rollers  and  type. 

In  Mixing  Tints,  of  which  the  body  is  White  Ink,  the  tinting  color  should 
be  added  to  the  white,  and  gradually  increased  until  the  mixture  is  of  satis- 
factory shade.  If  white  is  added  to  the  tinting  color,  by  an  inexpert,  it  is 
more  than  probable  that  an  unnecessary  amount  will  be  mixed,  and  much 
good  color  spoiled.  Very  little  dark  color  is  needed  to  tint  white. 

To  use  bright  colors  with  economy,  absolute  cleanliness  is  of  the  first 
importance.  The  form,  the  rollers  and  the  distributing  table  must  be  BO 
free  from  ink  or  dust,  that  they  will  not  soil  soft  white  paper,  which  should 


TKIXTIXG    IXKS.  399 

be  used  as  a  test  before  applying  fine  coloiv  Ou  fine  work,  the  merest  trifle 
of  Black  or  dark  Ink  will  dim  the  brightness  of  any  light  color,  while  a 
badly-washed  roller  or  dirty  form  will  change  the  color  completely. 

On  all  flat  surfaces.  Ink  must  be  thinned  to  secure  freedom  of  workinir. 
as  well  as  economy.  Varnish,  Boiled  Oil.  Turpentine,  Benzine  and  Mag- 
nesia are  used  for  this  purpose.  Pressmen  of  experience  can  employ  these 
materials  to  extend  the  color  with  economy,  and  without  injury  to  the  work. 
Those  who  are  inexpert  should  use  them  with  great  caution.  An  ounce 
too  much  of  any  of  these  materials  may  spoil  a  pound  of  color. 

Estimates  cannot  be  given  for  the  amount  of  color  used  on  Show  Cards 
with  flat  tints.  When  great  depth  and  brilliancy  of  color  is  wanted,  it  is 
often  necessary  to  use  extra  colors,  and  sometimes  the  tint  is  printed  twice 
in  same  or  similar  color,  one  color  over  the  other,  after  the  first  color  is  dry. 

Printing  in  colors  is  really  but  a  method  of  painting.  When  a  color  is 
weak,  one  coat  of  paint  will  not  produce  the  effect.  Carriage  or  cabinet 
work  is  always  treated  with  many  coats  of  color  or  varnish.  This  usage 
can  be  imitated  to  some  extent  with  marked  success  and  economy  in  print- 
ing bright  colors.  Feeble  colors,  like  pale  Greens  or  pale  Vermilions,  when 
printed  twice  show  a  softness  and  smoothness  that  can  be  secured  in  no 
other  way.  On  rich  and  bright  colors,  the  effect  is  sometimes  as  good  as 
that  of  the  best  Flock  or  Velvet  work.  For  the  first  coat  of  color  a  cheaper 
Ink  may  be  used.  Pale  Vermilion  over  Orange  Red  is  of  better  effect  than 
two  printings  of  Vermilion ;  Carmine  over  deep  Vermilion  is  better  than 
two  printings  of  Carmine.  When  such  methods  are,  used  more  than  double 
price  must  be  charged.  The  work  is  unavoidably  tedious,  and  superior 
presses  of  infallible  accuracy  of  register  are  indispensable. 

Too-frequent  washing  up  of  rollers  wastes  Ink  seriously.  Color  should 
not  be  laid  on  until  everything  is  clean,  and  should  be  added  with  great 
caution  until  the  right  tone  is  secured. 

Presswork  in  Colored  Inks  must  always  be  at  higher  price  than  in  Black. 
There  are  kinds  of  colored  Ink  in  which  the  amount  of  color  used  is  trivial. 
and  the  cost  per  pound  of  the  bright  color  is  the  same  as  that  of  Black. 
But  the  covering  capacity  of  the  bright  color  is  usually  much  less,  so  that 
its  actual  cost  is  really  more. 

The  cost  of  the  color  is  not  the  only  consideration  that  should  determine 
the  price.  Black  Ink  is  the  standard  color,  with  which  all  press  fountains 
are  filled.  To  use  bright  color,  it  is  necessary  to  change  the  Ink  in  the 
fountain,  and  to  cleanse  all  the  rollers.  This  takes  time  and  adds  to  tin? 
expense,  which  expense  should  be  assessed  upon  the  work.  Request 
is  sometimes  made,  on  tinted  envelopes  and  similar  work,  far  a  variety  of 
tints.  Every  added  color  should  consequently  he  at  extra  price. 

Ink  of  bright  color  requires  newer  and  better  rollers  than  Black.  On 
really  fine  work,  the  rollers  are  rapidly  destroyed.  When  a  press  carries 
six  or  more  rollers,  this  rapid  waste  is  a  serious  extra  expense.  If  they  an- 
a  trifle  too  hard,  or  too  soft — faults  that  could  be  corrected  or  overlooked 
on  black — thev  cannot  lie  used  for  colors. 


400  PRINTING    INKS. 

Colored  Ink's  usually  compel  the  press  to  run  at  slower  speed.  There  are 
kinds  that  work  as  smoothly  as  Black,  but  they  are  exceptions.  Some  of  the 
brightest  and  best  colors  are  apt  to  clog  the  type  and  rollers,  and  require 
frequent  washing-up.  If  really  fine  work  or  good  colors  are  desired,  a 
diminished  speed  for  the  press  should  always  be  considered  in  making 
an  estimate  for  presswork  in  colors. 

Where  much  colored  work  is  done,  there  should  be  a  separate  ink  fountain 
for  every  decided  color — one  each  for  Black,  Red.  Blue  and  Yellow.  There 
should  also  be  separate  cloth  distributing  rollers  for  each  of  these  colors. 
By  much  waste  of  labor,  it  is  possible  to  clean  up  a  Black  Ink  fountain  to 
serve  for  Red,  but  it  is  quite  impossible  to  clean  a  cloth  roller  that  has  been 
used  for  Black,  so  that  it  will  serve  for  Red. 

Small  orders  and  light-faced  forms  may  be  printed  with  economy,  by 
feeding  on  the  Ink  with  a  palette  knife  or  a  brayer,  but  it  is  difficult  to 
maintain  uniformity  in  color.  For  long  editions,  the  Ink  will  be  used  with 
more  economy,  and  with  better  result,  if  it  is  fed  from  the  fountain. 

The  old  method  of  pricing  colored  presswork  was  to  charge  double  price 
for  all  Colored  Ink,  and  treble  price  for  Bronze.  As  colors  are  better  made 
now.  and  give  less  trouble,  this  rule  cannot  be  considered  as  absolute  in  its 
application.  Where  the  colors  are  cheap  and  easy  working  and  the  form  is 
small  and  of  light-faced  type,  an  addition  of  one-half  to  the  price  of  black 
work  of  the  same  class  will  be  sufficient.  In  a  few  rare  cases,  one-fourth 
extra  is  enough.  Where  the  form  is  full  of  bold  type,  as  on  a  Poster,  double 
price  may  be  insufficient. 

WORK  IN  BRONZE  should  be  rated  at  about  three  times  the  price  of 
Black  of  the  same  class.  The  ordinary  quality  of  Bronze  is  not  expensive, 
but  the  mere  labor  of  applying  it,  and  of  the  subsequent  dusting  and  press- 
ing of  the  sheets,  is  at  least  as  great  as  that  required  for  presswork  in 
Black.  When  Bronze  is  used  in  quantity,  treble  price  is  not  enough. 

DRY  COLOR  WORK  should  be  at  least  four  times  the  price  of  Black 
presswork  of  the  same  class.  It  is  a  disagreeable  method  of  printing. 

FLOCK  WORK  should  be  about  five  times  the  price  of  Black. 

CRYSTAL  OR  SPANGLED  WORK  should  be  from  six  to  eight  times  the 
price  of  Black. 

On  pages  343,  341,  33J,  257,  241,  will  be  found  observations  on  the  value 
of  Colors  and  Colored  Presswork.  that  are  of  more  extended  application. 

Every  printer  should  keep  a  record  of  the  time  spent,  and  the  value  of 
ink  consumed  on  every  job  of  importance,  with  such  explanatory  memo- 
randa as  may  be  needed.  Such  a  record  will  be  of  service  in  making 
subsequent  estimates  for  work  of  like  nature. 

The  making  of  colored  inks  by  printers  is  not  to  be  recommended.  The 
apparently  favorable  results  are  always  delusive.  Ink-making  is  both  a 
trade  and  an  art,  and  one  in  which  the  novice  has  to  pay  dearly  for  his 
experience.  Those  printers  who  have  experimented  most  in  this  direction, 
and  who  know  most  about  it,  do  not  make  but  buy  their  inks. 


101 

QUALITIES    OF    PAPER. 


The  performance  of  a  press  is  materially  affected  by  the  nature  of  the 
paper  that  is  used.  If  too  wet,  too  harsh,  or  too  thin,  the  speed  must  he 
reduced.  The  most  manageable  papers  for  cylinder  presses  are,  Calendered 
Unsized  Printing.  Sized  and  Calendered  Printing,  good  Book  or  Xews, 
unsized  and  uncaleudered,  of  smooth  face  and  of  a  soft  texture.  All  of 
these  papers  can  be  worked  on  common  forma  with  nearly  equal  facility. 

For  producing  fine  impressions,  the  two  great  requisites  in  paper  are 
smoothness  of  face  and  softness  of  body.  For  wood  cuts  and  fine  letter- 
press work,  the  smoothness  is  indispensable.  But  it,  is  possible  to  do  fair 
work  from  a  rough  surface,  provided  it  has  a  soft  body  like  Blotting  Paper. 

Over-bleached  Book,  badly-made  Straw,  or  specky  and  knotty-surfaced 
Xews,  and  all  kinds  of  Clayey  or  Chalky  papers,  as  well  as  papers  made  too 
largely  from  Waste  Shavings,  give  extra  trouble  to  the  pressman.  These 
papers  are  used  only  because  they  are  cheap.  But  the  saving  in  paper  is 
often  offset  by  still  greater  cost  of  presswork.  Such  presswork  should  be  at 
a  higher  price.  The  Over-bleached  and  Shavings  papers  are  too  tender  to 
be  handled  expeditiously  ;  badly-made  Straw  and  specky  papers  are  daniatr- 
ing  to  type  and  plates,  and  require  superior  rollers,  and  greater  care  in 
making-ready ;  the  Clayey  and  Chalky  Papers  gum  the  rollers,  foul  the 
ink.  and  till  up  the  counters  of  type.  Extra-thin  paper  is  difficult  to  handle, 
and  compels  a  press  to  be  run  at  lower  speed;  if  wet  down,  it  increases 
the  trouble,  and  causes  delays  in  making  register. 

Hard  Writing  Papers  of  large  size  are  objectionable.  The  sheets  wrinkle 
when  dampened,  often  stick  together,  and  dry  roughly,  requiring  unusual 
care  in  pressing.  If  they  are  used  dry,  the  sizing  is  equally  annoying: 
on  some  qualities  it  presents  a  smooth  glassy  shell,  almost  as  hard  as  sheet- 
glue,  compelling  an  unusually  careful  making-ready  to  prevent  injury  to 
tvpe.  and  the  use  of  stiff-bodied,  difficult-distributing  and  slow-drying  inks 
To  insure  irs  adhesion  to  the  paper.  When  used  on  cuts  or  forms  with  black 
type,  it  is  often  necessary  to  interleave  every  sheet  to  prevent  set-off.  On 
small  cylinder  and  platen  presses,  tine  Writing  paper  is  not  specially  trouble- 
some, but  under  any  conditions,  it  makes  more  labor  than  good  Printing. 

Enamelled  Papers  are  usually  more  troublesome  than  Writing  Papers. 
The  surface  is  often  thickly  painted  with  a  coating  of  color  and  wax  that 
regU&B  the  adhesion  of  strong  and  slow-drying  ink.  Some  kinds  of  Enam- 
elled papers,  like  Ultramarine  Blue  and  Chrome  Green,  have  their  coloring 
matter  so  loosely  laid  on  that  it  rubs  off  on  impression,  and  clogs  ink, 
type  and  rollers.  Other  papers,  like  the  cheaper  kinds  of  White,  are  otten 
coated  with  clayey  mixtures  that  Hake  and  crack  under  impression.  pr«>- 
ducintr  the  same  effect  in  a  worse  detrree  :  these  can  lie  printed  only  with 
weak-bodied  inks  to  the  great  danger  of  rubhinir  off.  Plated  papers  will 
he  found  better  adapted  for  print im:  than  the  (lla/ed  and  Enamelled. 

P.oiid.  Bank  Note  and  Parchment  Papers  are  difficult  papers  to  work,  and 
are  injurious  to  type. 


402 

HINTS    ON    TAKING    ORDERS. 


RECEIVING    COPY. 

Persuade  your  customer  to  furnish  his  own  copy,  -written  in  ink.  Avoid 
writing  it  for  him.  If  it  must  be  done  by  yon.  notify  him  distinctly  that 
he  is  responsible  for  its  supposed  accuracy  as  to  names,  dates,  places,  ami 
figures.  The  office  can  be  responsible  only  for  the  orthography  of  ordinary 
words — not  at  all  for  uncertain  proper  names  or  figures. 

Never  take  in  a  small  order  without  reading  the  copy  critically.  If  it  i> 
obscurely  written,  re-write  it  in  the  customer's  presence,  and  make  clear 
every  obscure  point.  Let  there  be  no  ambiguity  between  the  capitals  I  and 
J,  or  between  T,  Y,  and  S  in  proper  names,  or  in  figures. 
.  It  is  not  practicable  to  read  over  copy  for  a  large  piece  of  composition, 
but  it  should  not  go  to  the  compositor  until  it  has  been  fairly  examined. 
See  that  the  leaves  are  properly  numbered,  and  that  the  compositor  will 
have  no  difficulty  in  keeping  the  connection.  If  the  manuscript  is  bad,  or 
is  too  bulky  fo  be  re-written,  persuade  him  to  have  it  copied.  Advise  him 
that  the  expense  of  re-writing  the  copy  will  be  much  less  than  the  probable 
alterations  of  type,  and  that  the  time  spent  in  making  a  clean  copy,  so  far 
from  hindering,  will  really  speed  and  cheapen  the  work.  Inform  him  that 
although  a  compositor  may  be  able  to  read  very  bad  manuscript,  or  to  pur 
in  order  badly  digested  copy,  that  such  extra  work  cannot  be  done  at  t!i<? 
price  of  legible  copy.  Somebody  must  pay  for  all  delay  occasioned  \>\ 
negligence  or  obscurity. 

If  possible,  obtain  all  the  copy  before  you  commence  work,  and  get  ah 
the  directions.  It  is  not  always  practicable  to  do  this,  but  the  attempt 
should  never  be  relaxed.  The  customer  should  be  reminded  that  •when 
copy  is  given  out  in  fragments,  there  is  always  a  great  loss  of  time  in  doing 
the  work,  as  well  as  an  impaired  feeling  of  responsibility  concerning  it — not 
only  in  regard  to  the  time  of  performance,  but  even  in  regard  to  its  accuracy 
and  neatness.  The  knowledge  of  the  fact  that  the  customer  has  more  copy 
to  bring  in.  that  his  directions  are  still  incomplete,  and  that  he  will  probably 
alter  or  disarrange  the  existing  plan  of  the  work,  is  injurious  to  both  fore- 
man and  compositor.  The  work  is  not  and  cannot  be  undertaken  earnestly, 
for  there  is  a  sense  of  divided  responsibility. 

Take  down  all  directions  in  writing.  Trust  nothing  to  memory.  Attach 
these  written  directions  to  the  copy,  and  let  them  always  accompany  the 
work,  in  every  stage  of  its  progress.  See  also  that  they  are  fully  entered 
on  the  order  book. 

Unsatisfactory  display  work  is  largely  caused  by  bad  preparation  of  copy. 
It  is  the  fashion  to  censure  the  compositor  for  this  imperfection  in  work, 
when  most  of  it  rightfully  belongs  to  the  author  or  to  the  office.  To  avoid 
this  fault,  it  will  be  found  economical  for  most  offices  to  prepare  and  re-write 
job  copy  before  giving  it  out.  marking  out  definitely  the  si/.e  and  style  of  the 
work,  the  width  of  the  measure,  the  size  of  border,  the  relative  prominence 


HINT*     ON     TAKING     (>UI>KK!S.  40:5 

of  displayed  type  and  every  other  matter  that  could  guide  the  compositor. 
The  preparation  of  copy  in  such  style  will  save  much  useless  labor.  An 
able  foreman  who  pursues  this  method  can  do  much  really  fine  work  even 
with  imperfect  workmen. 

OBTAINING   DIRECTIONS. 

Obtaining  directions  is  a  difficult  task.  Few  persons  know  how  to  give 
an  order  for  printing.  Most  customers  are  ignorant  of  the  names,  qualities 
and  appropriateness  of  papers,  types  or  bindings,  and  can  not  give  explicit 
directions.  Many  of  them  have  very  indistinct  notions  as  to  what  they 
really  want  in  both  size  and  style.  To  obtain  the  proper  directions,  it  will 
at  the  outset  be  necessary  to  exhibit  specimens  of  work,  which  may  be  used 
for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  the  needed  directions. 

Even  with  this  aid,  it  will  be  necessary  to  ask  questions  in  order  to  ascer- 
tain the  customer's  wants.  The  number,  the  style,  the  paper,  the  color,  and 
in  fact  nearly  every  practical  direction  can  be  had  only  by  questioning. 
But  much  discretion  must  be  used  in  this  matter.  Never  try  to  alter  or 
even  to  direct  a  customer's  choice  unless  specially  requested.  Never  per- 
suade him  to  take  any  style  of  work  or  quality  of  paper  for  which  he 
manifests  no  preference.  Point  out  the  advantages  or  disadvantages  of 
each,  fairly  and  fully,  but  only  in  the  way  of  information,  and  not  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  produce  the  impression  that  you  are  trying  to  direct  him. 
If  he  orders  an  expensive  piece  of  work,  do  not  tell  him  it  is  expensive,  but 
tell  him  only  the  price.  Let  him  make  his  own  decision. 

Persuade  him  not  to  pick  out  favorite  styles  of  type  for  display  lines. 
Show  him,  but  with  discretion,  both  his  and  your  own  inability  to  deter- 
mine the  proper  length  of  lines,  or  their  fitness  in  contrast.  But  while  you 
avoid  receiving  minute  directions  concerning  every  line,  be  careful  to  get 
specific  general  directions  as  to  the  style  of  work  wanted.  Find  out  whether 
the  display  is  to  be  in  bold  and  black-faced  type,  or  in  light  and  open  type. 
or  in  quaint  or  grotesque  type — whether  the  arrangement  is  to  be  simple  or 
complex,  etc.  From  these  general  directions,  accompanied  by  a  specimen 
pattern,  it  will  be  much  more  easy  for  a  compositor  to  show  a  satisfactory 
proof  than  it  would  from  more  minute  directions, 

DIFFERENT    METHODS    OF    TAKING    WORK. 

Two  methods  may  be  used  in  taking  orders  of  composition.  1  To  guar- 
antee satisfaction  to  the  customer  in  the  style  of  composition.  This  involves 
the  taking  of  one  or  more  proofs  and  the  making  of  as  many  alterations  as 
are  ordered.  It  is  the  usual  course  on  all  small  orders  like  those  for  cards 
and  billheads.  But  it  is  hazardous.  Such  orders  should  always  he  priced 
at  the  highest  rates  to  cover  the  probable  expense  of  alterations,  which  are 
certain  to  be  troublesome,  in  many  cases  exceeding  the  price  obtained  for 
the  work.  2  To  lix  a  price  for  the  composition  of  the  work,  and  to  i-haruv 
extta  for  all  alterations  of  whatever  nature,  oilier  than  typographical  or 
mechanical  errors.  This  is  the  usage,  by  which  all  Book  and  Pamphlet 
work  and  all  larire  Job  work  is  doin-. 


404  HINTS     ON     TAKINi;     OJIDKKS. 

The  use  of  these  two  systems  in  the  same  office,  and  often  un  work  for 
the  same  customer,  makes  trouble.  Erroneous  opinions  are  formed  by 
customers  concerning  their  rights  and  the  printer's  duties.  Some  think  it  is 
their  right  to  alter  a  piece  of  composition  indefinitely,  without  extra  charge. 
To  obviate  disagreement,  there  should  be  a  fair  understanding  with  the 
customer  concerning  alterations.  He  should  be  informed  that  for  the  agreed 
price  only  a  certain  amount  of  time  should  be  spent  on  his  work.  If  the 
work  is  fairly  done,  the  office  has  completed  its  duty.  All  extra  work  ordered 
by  the  customer  for  its  improvement,  should  be  charged  specifically.  If  this 
explanation  is  made  before  the  work  is  commenced,  all  contention  may  be 
prevented.  See  page  63. 

RESPONSIBILITY   FOR   ALTERATIONS. 

To  rightfully  claim  an  extra  price  for  alterations,  the  office  must  from 
the  first  follow  all  the  customer's  directions.  If  they  are  impossible  of 
execution,  as  is  sometimes  the  case,  he  should  be  advised  of  it  at  once. 
and  new  directions  should  be  had.  But  if  the  directions  are  possible  of 
execution,  they  should  be  obeyed.  The  fact  that  they  are  inconsistent 
with  a  compositor's  notions  of  good  taste  is  quite  immaterial.  The  customer 
has  a  right  to  have  his  work  done  in  any  style  he  chooses,  whether  it  is 
tasteful  or  absurd.  The  compositor  has  110  right  to  alter  his  directions. 
X»r  is  it  judicious  to  accept  his  notions  of  display  or  method  with  a  grudg- 
ing assent.  When  a  customer  gives  positive  directions,  evidently  knowing 
clearly  what  he  wants,  the  printer  should  heartily  endeavor  to  aid  him  in 
carrying  out  his  views,  as  far  as  he  can,  even  if  they  are  contrary  to  all 
accepted  rules.  Advice  and  opinion  on 'such  matters  should  be  given  only 
when  they  are  asked,  or  are  evidently  acceptable.  The  compositor's  notions 
of  display  or  of  good  taste  are  quite  as  often  incorrect  as  those  of  the 
customer.  The  workmen's  traditional  rules  concerning  the  contrast  of  sizes 
and  faces,  and  the  balancing  of  long  and  short  lines,  useful  as  they  may  be 
in  some  cases,  are  absolutely  erroneous  in  others.  When  specific  directions 
have  not  been  given,  the  office  should  see  that  the  composition  is  done  in 
workmanlike  fashion.  It  should  not  only  be  accurate,  but  should  show 
sufficient  evidences  of  good  taste  to  satisfy  the  reasonable  requirements  of 
a  reasonable  customer.  The  first  proof  of  the  average  job  compositor  will 
seldom  meet  even  this  modest  requisition.  This  is  not  the  customer's  fault. 
The  office  should  not  evade  its  responsibility.  The  customer  is  entitled  to 
fair  work,  and  the  office,  for  its  reputation,  should  not  abate  the  standard 
of  workmanship.  The  faulty  piece  of  composition  should  be  put  in  work- 
manlike shape,  no  matter  what  it  costs.  It  is  only  after  this  has  been  done 
that  the  improvements  ordered  by  the  customer  can  be  charged. 

Few  customers  have  a  proper  notion  of  the  time  consumed  in  making 
alterations.  The  amount  is  always  surprising,  and  is  often  a  matter  of 
dispute.  Of  this  the  customer  should  be  forewarned.  It  will  be  found 
judicious  to  mark  on  every  new  proof  the  time  spent  in  correcting  the  last 
proof.  No  better  check  against  capricious  alterations  could  be  devised. 


HINTS    OX    TAKING    ORDERS.  405 

HOW    TO    MAKE    SPECIAL    ESTIMATES. 

You  niiiy  be  asked  for  au  estimate  for  work  that  is  not  priced  ill  this  book. 
To  do  this  properly,  you  should  be  acquainted  with  the  prices  of  all  leading 
articles.  You  should  know  the  value  of  all  ordinary  papers,  not  only  by 
the  ream,  but  by  the  1000  in  ordinary  fractions  ;  you  should  know  the  time 
spent  upon  and  the  prices  asked  for  the  ordinary,  numbers  of  all  leading 
kinds  of  work.  This  will  require  study.  Much  may  be  learned  from  this 
book,  but  much  more  can  be  learned  by  observation  and  reflection.  For 
trivial  orders,  like  cards,  billheads,  handbills,  etc.,  you  should  be  able  to 
furnish  prompt  answers  to  all  common  inquiries.  The  promptness  of  an 
answer  does  much  toward  impressing  one  with  the  justice  of  the  price. 
To  hesitate  or  boggle,  to  ponder  and  calculate,  does  not  impress  a  new 
customer  favorably.  Where  he  sees  uncertainty  in  knowledge,  he  infers 
unreliability  in  price.  But  if  you  are  not  sure  of  the  accuracy  of  your 
knowledge,  never  give  the  price  till  you  are  sure.  You  will  have  to  run 
the  risk  of  the  imputation  of  ignorance.  For  long  and  complex  estimates, 
ask  time  for  consideration.  Avoid  making  such  estimates  in  the  presence 
of  the  customer,  or  at  any  time  when  you  are  likely  to  be  disturbed.  Ana- 
lyze the  work  carefully  ;  compare  the  prices  for  each  item  with  the  prices  of 
this  book.  Where  you  have  exact  knowledge  of  cost  of  work,  use  the 
knowledge  confidently  and  boldly;  where  you  have  not,  defer  to  existing 
usage  so  far  as  you  are  informed.  Do  not  be  above  asking  advice  or  infor- 
mation where  you  know  you  need  it.  In  so  complex  a  business  as  this 
a  novice  should  not  be  ashamed  to  confess  ignorance  of  many  matters. 
If  you  do  not,  yon  will  certainly  suffer  more  from  its  detection  than  you 
could  from  its  confession. 

Your  manner  has  much  to  do  with  the  impression  that  is  produced. 
Prices  are  often  thought  too  high  by  reason  of  the  timid  and  apologetic 
manner  in  which  they  are  asked.  This  timidity  and  a  too  confident  bold- 
ness are  equally  to  be  avoided. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  make  estimates,  even  of  complex  work,  if  you  com 
meuce  properly.  Keep  this  rule  before  you :  Do  but  one  thing  at  a  time. 
Each  item  of  cost  must  be  fairly  examined.  For  every  ordinary  job  of 
printed  work,  you  will  have  to  compute  the  value  of  Composition,  Paper, 
and  Presswork.  For  more  complex  work,  you  will  have  to  compute  items 
like  Electrotyping,  Binding,  Engraving,  etc.  In  all  cases,  each  item  must 
be  separately  computed.  Begin  with  paper,  as  the  basis.  You  will  have 
learned  from  the  customer  what  quality  is  wanted.  You  have  next  to  Ihnl 
the  proper  size  and  price.  This  is  a  matter  for  which  no  special  directions 
can  be  given.  The  most  useful  knowledge  about  paper  can  be  gained  only 
by  handling  it,  and  using  it.  Ascertain  what  fraction  of  a  sheet,  or  how 
many  sheets,  each  copy  will  require.  Pay  no  attention  whatever,  at  tins 
sta.i:v  of  the  work,  to  the  number  of  forms,  if  it  is  a  pamphlet,  or  to  the 
number  of  impressions,  if  it  i.s  a  job  in  colors,  or  if  printed  on  both 
(See  pages  321,  32:2.)  This  knowledge  cannot  aid  you  here.  It  will  rather 
confuse  you.  All  you  have  1o  know  for  this  purpose  is.  how  many  sheets 


406  HINTS    ON    TAKING    ORIJKKS. 

or  what  fraction  of  a  sheet  one  copy  will  require.  When  you  get  this  fact, 
the  calculation  is  simple.  If  two  or  more  kinds  of  paper  are  used,  make 
special  calculation  for  each. 

You  next  proceed  to  compute  the  value  of  composition.  If  the  work  is 
open  display,  or  of  irregular  form,  it  must  be  rated  by  time  ;  if  it  is  plain 
common  matter,  it  should  be  rated  by  the  thousand  ems.  If  you  are  not  a 
practical  printer,  or  are  not  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  rules  and 
usages  of  the  trade,  so  that  you  can  discriminate  intelligently,  take  advice. 
Never  make  a  price  because  the  work  appears  to  you  to  be  no  greater  than 
that  of  other  or  similar  work,  with  the  price  of  which  you  are  familiar. 
Know  to  a  certainty  that  it  is  no  greater  before  you  hazard  a  binding  price. 
Most  serious  mistakes  are  often  made  by  estimates  based  on  a  supposed 
analogy.  Read  carefully  the  general  prices  for  book  and  job  composition 
and  compare  them  with  the  special  prices  that  may  be  elsewhere  given.  In 
many  cases  these  prices  are  variable,  as  must  be  the  case  with  time  work. 
For  the  fixing  of  this  time  work,  consult  a  compositor  or  printer  if  he  can 
be  had,  but  do  not  accept  his  estimate  implicitly.  It  will  probably  be  too 
little.  Experience  will  teach  you  that  the  work  that  a  compositor  thinks 
may  be  done  in  ten  hours  will,  in  most  cases,  take  twelve  hours.  In  your 
estimate  of  time  allow,  if  you  think  it  expedient,  for  probable  alterations  or 
delays,  for  which  it  may  be  injudicious  to  make  special  charge.  If  electro- 
typing  is  needed  to  cheapen  the  work,  or  for  other  reasons,  ascertain  how 
many  plates  can  be  used  to  advantage.  In  duplicating  plates  for  a  handbill 
or  a  check  you  can  make  so  many  plates  that  the  bill  for  presswork  will  be 
trivial.  This  should  be  avoided.  See  page  223.  You  will  also  have  to 
decide  whether  plates  should  be  blocked,  or  not.  See  pages  367  and  369. 
Of  the  relative  advantages  of  each  method  you  must  decide.  Here,  too, 
you  may  need  advice. 

Your  next  step  is  to  compute  the  presswork.  Upon  small  orders  of  ordi- 
nary work  like  handbills  and  labels,  when  printed  from  one  form  and  in 
one  color,  the  prices  have  already  been  made  under  the  proper  headings. 
If  two  or  more  plates  are  used  for  the  purpose  of  cheapening  presswork, 
you  must  calculate  the  number  of  impressions.  For  example  :  20,000  copies 
of  a  handbill,  medium  8°,  from  one  plate  will  make  20,000  impressions,  for 
which  the  price  would  be  $1 .00  per  1000  impressions;  from  two  plates  there 
would  be  but  10,000  impressions,  for  which  the  price  is  $1.50  per  1000 
impressions,  for  the  edition  is  smaller  and  the  sheet  is  larger;  from  four 
plates  there  would  be  but  5000  impressions,  for  which  the  price  is  $2.00  per 
1000  impressions.  See  page  217.  If  the  work  is  to  be  printed  on  both  sides, 
in  the  same  color,  you  should  estimate  for  presswork  by  one  impression,  in 
all  cases  where  it  can  be  done  with  advantage.  If  the  form  is  very  large! 
if  paper  or  press  of  double  size  cannot  be  had,  or  if  the  number  of  copies  is 
quite  small,  it  will  be  more  economical  to  print  the  matter  on  the  back  by  a 
separate  impression.  Upon  large  orders,  it  is  the  usage  to  print  work  in 
large  sheets,  for  it  is  both  quicker  and  cheaper.  In  computing  the  value  of 
presswork  done  in  this  manner  on  both  sides,  be  careful  to  put  dow^n  cor- 


HINTS    ON    TAKING    ORDERS.  407 

ivctly  tlie  number  of  impressions  that  will  be  required.  The  caution  is 
needed,  lor  errors  are  frequently  made  at  this  point.  Recollect,  where  both 
face  and  back  are  imposed  together,  that  every  impression  makes  one  copy; 
if  the  job  is  set  up  or  stereotyped  twice,  one  impression  makes  two  copies, 
etc.  Forget,  if  possible,  all  about  the  number  of  plates  (or  the  number  of 
pages  in  the  form),  and  think  only  of  the  number  of  copies  that  one  impres- 
sion will  make.  Divide  the  total  number  of  copies  wanted  by  the  number 
of  copies  that  are  made  by  one  impression.  This  will  give  you  the  entire 
number  of  impressions.  Caution  is  needed  here  also.  You  must  remember 
that  the  value  of  presswork  increases  with  the  size  of  the  sheet. 

For  ordinary  work  in  two  plain  colors,  like  plain  black  and  red,  combined 
prices  have  been  made  in  the  printed  tables.  For  red  and  blue,  or  red  and 
gold,  and  for  all  other  colors,  the  separate  prices  should  be  used  for  each 
color  respectively.  If  color  is  required  in  any  quantity,  and  you  can  obtain 
advice  from  an  expert  about  the  probable  quantity,  you  should  ask  it.  You 
should  also  examine  the  observations  on  Printing  Inks,  011  pages  393  to  400. 
If  the  job  makes  more  than  one  form,  as  in  a  pamphlet,  and  the  forms  are 
of  uniform  size,  you  will  only  have  to  determine  the  price  of  presswork  for 
one  form  to  use  it  as  a  unit  for  all  the  others.  (See  Detailed  Estimates  of 
Pamphlets  on  pages  347  and  349.) 

There  is  a  method  of  computing  presswork  from  paper  largely  practiced 
on  book  work,  for  which  it  is  useful,  which  is  here  mentioned  only  to  be 
avoided.  For  Book  work,  in  which  full-sized  sheets  only  are  used,  it  is 
customary  to  rate  four  tokens  to  the  ream.  The  reams  of  paper  being 
known,  one  has  but  to  multiply  the  number  of  reams  by  the  figure  four  to 
ascertain  the  entire  number  of  tokens.  But  for  Job  work,  in  which  it  is 
customary  to  print  from  half,  third  and  quarter  sheets,  oil  forms  of  one  and 
two  or  more  duplicates,  and  often  in  sections  of  different  size,  such  a  method 
of  calculating  presswork  is  impracticable  if  not  impossible.  It  is  certain  to 
lead  to  error. 

These  four  items  of  Paper,  Composition,  Electrotyping  and  Presswork 
are  those  that  give  most  trouble  in  calculation.  Ruling.  Binding,  Engrav- 
ing. Lithography,  Paging.  Gilding,  and  many  other  processes  are  needed  to 
complete  some  kinds  of  work.  Each  o£  these  should  be  examined  in  turn, 
and  priced  by  the  aid  of  the  tables  here  given,  and  such  other  information 
as  may  be  had  from  practical  workmen. 

KEEP    ESTIMATES. 

Keep  a  Record  of  every  estimate,  not  only  of  the  gross  amount,  but  of 
'lie  value  allotted  on  each  item.  You  will  need  it  for  reference  on  estimates 
of  other  work.  If  your  estimate  is  accepted,  it  will  be  an  instructive  study 
to  compare  the  actual  cost  of  the  work,  after  it  has  been  done,  with  its 
estimated  OOSt  There  is  no  method  by  which  you  so  readily  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  the  real  value  of  work. 

Never  give  a  detailed  estimate  to  a  customer.  It  is  not  your  duty,  nor  is 
it  n-ood  pulley  to  expose  your  methods.  The  customer  Lai-gains  only  for 


408  HINTS    ON-    TAKING    OKDKKS. 

a  result,  and  nut  for  methods  of  accomplishing  that  result.  He  may  take  no 
exceptions  to  the  sum  total;  he  probably  will  except  to  one  or  more  items. 
That  little  knowledge,  which  is  so  dangerous  a  thing,  is  never  more  so  than 
when  used  l>y  a  customer  who  knows  a  little  about  paper,  and  a  little  about 
printing.  You  will  have  to  waste  much  time  in  trying  to  explain  matters 
to  'one  who  from  the  nature  of  the  case  has  not  sufficient  knowledge  to 
appreciate  your  explanation.  His  knowledge  of  the  items  will  certainly  bi- 
ased to  your  disadvantage.  The  customer  will  buy  the  paper,  and  will 
probably  get  that  which  is  unsuitable,  or  he  will  undertake  to  do  the  bini'- 
ing,  and  the  result  may  be  that  you  will  have  to  complete  his  unfinished 
work  at  needless  tost.  By  all  means,  refuse  detailed  estimates. 

Never  make  estimates  for  work  you  cannot  do,  or  choose  not  to  do.  Do 
not  allow  yourself  to  be  made  a  tool  of.  It  is  a  common  practice  with 
some  tradesmen,  when  dissatisfied  with  one  printer's  bill,  to  go  to  another 
printer  for  a  new  estimate,  giving  the  erroneous  impression  that  the  work 
for  which  estimate  is  wanted  is  about  to  be  ordered,  and  is  to  be  an  exact 
reprint  of  the  copy.  The  fact  that  the  first  printer  has  spent  many  hours  in 
capricious  alterations  and  experiments  is  suppressed.  The  new  estimate  for 
a  reprint  work  is  made  without  allowance  for  time  spent  in  alteration,  and 
is  consequently  lower,  and  the  first  printer  is  unjustly  accused  of  excessive 
charges.  In  this  way  many  enmities  are  made,  and  fair  prices  are  lowered. 
If  you  have  reason  to  suspect  such  a  state  of  affairs,  decline  an  estimate 
altogether,  until  you  have  the  request  of  both  parties.  It  is  not  fair  to  price 
another  printer's  work  from  partial  representations  of  the  case.  In  all  cases 
where  estimate  is  given  to  unknown  parties,  on  reprint  work,  give  it  in 
this  form :  "  For  an  exact  reprint,"  so  much  ;  "  For  work  from  manuscript 
copy,  with  alterations,  etc.,"  a  much  higher  price. 

ABOUT   PRICES. 

Where  it  is  possible  to  make  a  price  before  the  customer  leaves,  do  so. 
Never  let  him  go  away  with  erroneous  notions  about  the  cost,  if  it  is  pos- 
sible to  correct  them.  It  is  better  to  lose  the  work  altogether,  than  to  have 
a  wrangle  over  it  when  done. 

Let  there  be  a  fair  understanding  as  to  price,  time,  proofs,  alterations,  etc. 
If  the  customer  is  not  satisfied  with  your  conditions,  when  the  necessity  for 
them  has  been  fairly  and  courteously  explained,  and  he  offers  his  copy 
grudgingly  and  reluctantly,  decline  his  order.  It  is  best  to  have  no  deal- 
ings with  any  one  who  thinks  he  is  not  receiving  a  fair  equivalent. 

Whatever  your  prices  may  be,  you  will  frequently  be  told  that  they  are 
too  high,  that  they  are  more  than  those  of  your  competitors.  This  state- 
ment, reduced  to  first  principles,  really  means  that  the  customer  does  not 
want  to  pay  so  much  money.  It  may  affect,  but  it  should  not  altogether 
control  your  price.  The  statement  may  or  may  not  be  true,  for  a  customer's 
knowledge  of  general  prices  must  be  partial  and  imperfect.  That  which  is 
true  of  one  item  in  your  bill  may  be  untrue  of  another.  You  may  oharuv 
more  for  paper  and  less  for  presswork,  more  for  composition  and  less  for 


HINTS    OX    TAKING     OIil)Kl:>.  III!) 

f-lectrotyping  or  binding.  If  your  prices  are  based  as  they  should  be  on 
actual  cost,  as  well  as  in  deference  to  prevailing  usage,  do  not  alter  them 
until  you  are  convinced  that  they  cannot  be  maintained.  But  this  decision 
.should  not  be  made  on  the  instant.  In  so  important  a  matter,  take  proper 
time  for  inquiring  into  the  facts  of  the  case  and  give  them  proper  consider- 
ation. If  they  are  higher  than  the  prices  of  other  fair  rivals,  and  you  can 
afford  to  make  a  reduction,  you  may  choose  to  do  so.  If  you  cannot  afford 
to  do  it;  if  your  prices  are  just  and  reasonable,  and  if  you  are  well  con- 
vinced that  a  reduction  is  a  positive  loss,  stand  by  your  first  price.  You 
may  lose  custom,  and  probably  will.  Every  tradesman  must.  You  cannot 
reasonably  hope  to  secure  the  custom  of  every  person  who  asks  for  your 
prices  or  gets  an  estimate,  or  who  has  been  in  the  habit  of  dealing  with 
you.  The  withdrawal  of  custom  does  not  necessarily  imply  dissatisfaction. 
A  lower  price  usually  secures  the  sale  of  ordinary  merchandise,  when  two 
or  more  are  in  competition,  but  it  will  not  secure  it  in  an  order  for  printed 
work.  Personal  preference  or  other  accidental  circumstances  are  often 
more  influential  than  low  prices. 

It  may  be  that  your  prices  are  higher  than  those  of  other  printers,  and,  it 
is  presumed,  for  necessary  reasons.  Inform,  your  objector  that  printing  is  like 
other  merchandise,  like  iron  or  flour  or  cloth,  some  qualities  of  which  are 
worth  twice  as  much  as  others.  Yet  while  worth  twice  as  much,  the  differ- 
ence in  appearance  to  an  inexpert  is  often  barely  noticeable.  Tell  him  that 
the  comparison  of  competing  prices,  for  work  yet  to  be  done,  is  not  a  fair 
comparison.  The  workmanship  and  material  of  one  printer  may  be  worth 
more  than  that  of  another,  as  he  would  readily  admit  on  examination,  and 
that  the  higher  priced  may  yield  the  least  profit  and  be  worth  the  most 
money.  Assure  him,  as  you  probably  can,  that  your  price  is  no  more  than 
is  just  for  good  workmanship  and  material,  for  speed,  care  and  the  intelli- 
gent supervision  of  competent  workmen,  and  responsibility  for  errors  and 
accidents,  which  can  seldom  be  the  conditions  under  which  the  cheapest 
work  is  done.  Tell  him,  that  to  carry  on  the  printing  business  in  a  proper 
manner,  satisfactory  both  to  the  customer  and  to  the  proprietor,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  pursue  a  liberal  policy;  that  low  prices  cannot  give  all  the  customer 
needs;  that  prices  are  not  everything.  The  printer  whose  prices  are  lowi-st 
must,  of  necessity,  be  chary  of  every  expense  in  time  or  material.  Ne\\ 
or  modern  faces  of  type,  tasteful  composition,  clear  and  bright  press-work, 
promptness  in  the  execution  of  orders,  and  general  attendance  to  his  varied 
interests,  are  rather  more  important,  in  many,  if  not  in  most  cases,  than  low 
prices.  Those  who  have  the  most  printing  to  do,  find  out  sooner  or  later 
that  a  printer  who  is  just  to  himself  can  ati'ord  to  be  liberal  to  them  in  his 
method  of  doing  work.  lie  may  charge  more  for  his  work,  but  he  will 
probably  do  it  both  quicker  and  better.  With  some  pel-sons,  these  observa- 
tions will  have  influence  ;  with  others  they  will  not. 

Do  not  make  prices  unusually  high,  even  where  they  can  be  had.  It  is 
impolitic  as  well  as  unjust.  All  the  profit  that  can  be  had  by  too  high  price>. 
is  more  than  offset  by  the  damauiiiL:  reputation  that  will  be  earned. 


410  HINTS    OX    TAKING    ORlJERS. 

If  you  have  agreed  with  a  customer  to  do  a  piece  of  work  at  a  certain 
price,  and  subsequently  find  that  it  will  cost  more  than  you  expected,  stand 
by  your  bargain,  and  accept  the  loss.  Neither  try  to  cheapen  the  work, 
nor  to  get  an  extra  allowance,  nor  yet  make  any  complaint.  Bfe  content 
with  notifying  the  customer  what  your  price  will  be  for  future  orders  of 
the  same  kind. 

If  you  do  work  badly,  and  wish  to  avoid  its  total  loss,  make  a  liberal 
reduction  in  the  charge.  Do  not  wait  to  be  told  of  it,  nor  justify  it.  nor 
higgle  about  it.  You  will  make  better  terms  by  voluntary  concession,  than 
by  contention. 

Be  careful  in  altering  prices  by  percentage,  especially  in  making  a  reduced 
price.  If  paper  is  sold  at  an  advance  of  25  per  cent,  on  cost,  it  requires  a 
reduction  of  but  20  per  cent,  from  this  selling  price  to  restore  it  to  the 
first  cost:  ($4.00  +  25  per  cent.  =  £5. 00.  $5.00  —  20  per  cent.=$4.00.) 
The  frequency  of  this  error  should  be  considered  as  a  sufficient  excuse  for 
the  re-statement  of  so  simple  a  rule  of  arithmetic. 

When  you  are  requested  to  give  a  price  for  a  very  large  quantity  of 
work,  it  will  be  prudent  to  give  at  the  same  time  price  for  a  small  quantity. 
The  reason  for  difference  in  price  between  large  and  small  quantities  is 
but  imperfectly  understood  by  the  public,  and  you  will  be  expected  to  print 
a  small  number  at  the  price  of  a  large  number,  unless  you  make  distinct 
prices  for  each  at  the  outset. 

COMPETITION. 

lilf  my  neighbor  offers  to  do  work  for  my  customers  at  less  than  my 
prices,  what  shall  I  do  to  retain  my  work?"  This  is  a  most  difficult  question 
to  answer.  If  the  neighbor  is  considered  a  fair  rival,  and  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  the  offer  has  been  made  by  mistake  or  thoughtlessness,  assume 
that  it  is  so,  and  see  and  remonstrate  with  him  in  a  friendly  manner.  To 
assume,  without  positive  knowledge,  that  your  rival  is  maliciously  injuring 
you.  and  to  defame  him  therefor,  is  the  surest  way  to  perpetuate  the  evil 
from  which  you  suffer.  If  remonstrance  will  not  answer,  strive  to  retain 
the  work  by  superior  execution  or  accommodation.  But  hesitate  long 
before  dropping  too  rashly  to  his  lowest  offer.  Of  the  many  persons  who 
make  lower  offers,  few  are  able  to  do  the  work  properly.  There  may  be 
reason  to  believe  that  the  work  will  ultimately  come  back  at  your  price. 
If  you  have  done  your  work  satisfactorily,  your  customer  will  probably - 
find  that  what  he  may  gain  in  price,  he  loses  in  time,  in  accommodation,  or 
in  the  quality  of  workmanship. 

Make  bids  for  large  contracts  with  caution.  Do  not  be  blinded  by  the 
amount  of  work  or  money.  Consider  well  the  cost  of  doing  the  work. 

In  no  case,  take  work  at  cost,  or  at  a  pittance  above  cost.  Such  action 
will  not  defeat  a  certain  class  of  competitors.  Prices  could  not  be  named 
that  would  be  low  enough;  there  will  always  be  some,  who  will  make 
them  still  lower.  To  put  prices  down  to  cost,  or  below  cost,  to  meet  the 
competition  of  unscrupulous  competitors,  is  to  invite  bankruptcy. 


HINTS    OX    TAKING    ORDERS.  411 

AVOID    OVER-ESTIMATES. 

In  making  special  prices  for  new  work,  be  careful  not  to  over-estimate 
the  performance  of  men  or  machines.  This  is  a  common  error.  You  mav 
t>e  able  to  do  with  your  own  hands  one-half  more  work  than  is  done  by 
most  workmen,  but  yon  are  selling  their  labor,  not  your  own,  and  your 
prices  must  be  based  on  their  performance.  Even  if  you  do  the  work 
yourself,  you  should  not  need  the  reminder  that  you  are  clearly  entitled  to 
all  the  advantages  of  superior  skill.  If  you  have  good  executive  abilities, 
you  c;in  employ  them  when  you  have  abundance  of  work  to  much  better 
advantage  in  planning  and  directing  labor,  than  in  working  with  your  own 
hands.  It  is  possible  for  you  to  increase  the  average  product  of  an  office, 
by  intelligent  direction  and  by  personal  supervision,  but  there  is  a  point 
of  performance  beyond  which  the  average  workman  cannot  pass.  Your 
prices  must  be  based  on  the  actual,  and  not  upon  an  ideal,  performance. 
On  good  book  work,  the  average  performance  of  twenty  men  will  not 
much  exceed  5000  ems  ;  on  newspaper,  or  other  common  work,  it  will  not 
be  more  than  6000  ems  per  day.  Any  estimate  of  cost  based  on  a  higher 
product  will  be  found  deceptive.  You  should  apply  the  same  rule  to  the 
performance  of  a  job  compositor,  or  of  a  machine  press.  The  average  per- 
formance of  a  large  cylinder  press,  on  ordinary  job  work,  taking  large  and 
small  forms  and  long  and  short  editions  together,  will  not  exceed  5000 
impressions  per  day  in  a  busy  season.  If  the  average  of  an  entire  year  is 
taken,  in  which  dull  seasons  and  lost  time  are  included,  it  will  be  rather 
less  than  3000  impressions  per  day.  These  are  not  speculations.  They  are 
demonstrable  facts.  This  is  the  experience  of  the  great  majority  of  printers, 
and  it  will  probably  be  your  experience. 

It  is  well  to  have  a  generous  self-confidence,  but  it  is  well  also  to  con- 
sider that  there  are  able  men  in  the  business  beside  yourself.  You  will 
probably  make  a  grave  mistake  if  you  think  that  you  can  do  more  work 
within  a  given  limit  of  time,  at  less  expense,  and  with  greater  profit,  than 
your  competitors.  You  may  surpass  them  in  some  points,  but  not  in  all. 
If  you  base  your  prices  on  an  impracticable  standard  of  performance,  your 
labor  and  ability  will  be  wasted.  If  your  older  competitors,  who  are  pro- 
bably printers  of  intelligence  and  ability,  and  are  enjoying  the  benefit  of 
accumulated  capital  and  experience,  refuse,  under  stringent  inducements, 
to  put  prices  below  a  certain  standard,  it  is  unwise  for  yon  to  try  the 
•experiment. 

CONCERNING    SOME    CUSTOMERS. 

To  lake  in  orders  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  customer  and  profitable 
to  the  office,  requires  much  discretion.  It  is  probably  unnecessary  to  remind 
,i  salesman  that  politeness  and  attention  to  the  customer's  wishes  are  of  the 
first  importance.  It  is  to  be  presumed  that  every  salesman  must  know  that 
surliness  or  indifference  is  neither  good  manners  nor  good  policy.  Hut 
while  a  willingness  to  oblige  should  lie  apparent,  it  should  not  lead  one  to 
damayiny  concessions  that  will  make  the  work  utterly  unprofitable.  This 
is  a  common  error  with  salesmen  who  are  more  anxious  to  secure  custom 


412  HINTS    ON    TAKING    ORDERS. 

than  to  make  profit  on  work.  It  is  largely  in  the  power  of  a  salesman  to 
make  work  cheap  or  expensive,  light  or  troublesome.  The  dissatisfaction 
that  is  sometimes  evinced  by  customers  over  their  work  when  finished,  is 
otten  caused  not  so  much  by  workmanship  that  is  bad,  as  by  workmanship 
that  is  disappointing,  and  which  has  been  occasioned  solely  by  the  inability 
of  the  office  to  redeem  the  rash  promises  of  the  salesman.  It  is  natural  for  a 
customer  to  desire  all  the  advantages  he  can  get.  He  certainly  will  ask  for 
them  if  he  imagines  they  will  be  conceded.  You  will  have  requests  for  the 
special  purchase  of  new  type,  for  extra  or  unusual  composition,  for  many 
proofs,  for  clean  press-proofs,  for  a  guaranteed  satisfaction  in  the  work,  for 
the  privilege  of  keeping  the  type  standing,  and  for  unusual  accommodation 
in  many  ways,  all  of  which  involve  serious  extra  expense  and  trouble,  and 
none  of  which  are  properly  included  in  any  ordinary  price  for  work.  No 
absolute  rule  can  be  laid  down  for  the  guidance  of  a  salesman,  in  answer  to 
all  these  applications.  Some  may  be  conceded,  and  some  must  be  declined. 
Every  special  case  must  have  its  special  judgment.  The  salesman  should 
oblige  the  customer,  if  he  can  do  so  without  positive  loss.  Failing  to  do 
this,  he  should  convince  him  with  pleasantry  that  his  request  is  unreasona- 
ble and  unusual.  He  must  see  that  the  customer  does  not  form  any  im- 
proper notions  of  his  own  rights  or  of  the  printer's  duty.  All  this  requires 
much  patience,  much  politeness,  and  much  tact. 

Great  latitude  should  be  allowed  for  the  peculiarities  of  any  customer 
who  responds  to  his  obligations,  and  pays  for  all  his  work.  It  is  not  wise 
to  hedge  him  up  with  rules  or  restrictions,  or  to  thwart  his  wishes.  But  the 
customer  who  expects  his  work  to  be  done  at  the  lowest  ordinary  rates, 
who  is  unable  to  give  specific  directions,  or  alters  them  capriciously,  and 
•who  insists  on  seeing  repeated  proofs,  and  on  making  alterations  at  pleasure, 
should  be  reminded  by  the  salesman  that  the  ordinary  rate  does  not  cover 
his  experiments  with  type.  This  caution  is  especially  needed  by  those 
whose  willingness  to  oblige  renders  them  peculiarly  liable  to  needless 
exactions.  There  are  men  who  will  take  hours  in  giving  directions  about 
the  most  trivial  matters — who  are  never  sure  they  are  right,  who  are  con- 
tinually recalling  copy  to  make  a  correction  or  addition — who  do  not  know 
at  the  outset  what  they  want,  and  who  find  it  out  only  after  repeated 
experiments  by  the  compositor — who  want  from  two  to  six  proofs  from 
every  form — who  must  examine  all  the  specimen  books,  and  must  have  all 
the  new  type — who  keep  proof  out  for  days  and  weeks,  and  who  are  gene- » 
rally  so  fussy,  meddlesome  and  exacting  that  they  damage  all  plans  and 
break  up  all  system.  When  an  office  finds  itself  imprudently  committed  to 
satisfy  such  a  customer,  it  should  keep  its  obligation,  and  satisfy  him  at  any 
cost  or  at  any  trouble.  And  it  should  be  done  cheerfully  as  well  as  cour- 
teously, at  probably  a  still  greater  expenditure  of  patience.  But  the  cus- 
tomer should  be  notified  of  the  cost  of  the  labor  he  has  imposed.  Nor  should 
the  lesson  be  forgotten.  Xo  subsequent  order  should  be  accepted  from  the 
same  person  without  a  distinct  acknowledgment  of  his  entire  responsibility 
for  the  expense  of  all  alterations,  extra  proofs  or  extra  work. 


HINTS    ON    TAKING    OKDEKS.  413 

You  will  sometimes  be  asked  by  vindictive  persons  to  print  scurrilous  or 
defamatory  circulars.  In  all  other  cases  where  you  have  to  decline  work, 
d<>  it  courteously.  In  this  case,  take  higher  ground.  Make  no  apologies  or 
explanations,  but  refuse  flatly.  By  the  common  law,  the  printer  is  impli- 
cated with  the  author  iu  the  publishing  of  a  libel.  Apart  from  the  moral 
obligation  every  good  citizen  has,  to  refrain  from  fomenting  strife  in  which 
In-  is  not  interested,  it  is  specially  foolish  policy  for  him,  upon  so  small  an 
inducement,  to  render  himself  liable  to  a  criminal  prosecution. 

Avoid  taking  an  order  from  any  one  who  bears  the  reputation  of  a 
trickster  or  a  sharper,  or  whose  business  is  palpably  that  of  defrauding  the 
public,  even  where  it  may  be  done  in  a  manner  not  strictly  illegal.  It  is 
unsafe  for  a  fair  trader  to  have  any  dealings  with  a  known  rogue,  even 
where  he  protects  himself  with  every  possible  precaution. 

To  a  customer,  never  depreciate  rivals  in  business.  You  may  have  both 
reason  and  provocation,  but  as  a  matter  of  policy,  such  criticisms  are  in  bad 
taste.  It  rarely  ever  leaves  a  good  impression.  You  may  find  it  necessary 
to  criticise  his  work.  Avoid  it  ns  far  as  possible.  If  you  have  to  do  it.  let 
it  be  done  with  entire  absence  of  any  feeling  of  animosity  or  prejudice. 

ABOUT    CREDIT. 

When  work  is  offered  by  an  entire  stranger,  without  settled  or  known 
place  of  business,  prepayment  should  be  requested.  This  is  a  delicate  duty, 
but  it  may  be  done  courteously,  and  without  giving  offence.  An  honest 
and  reasonable  customer  will  readily  see  the  necessity  of  the  rule,  and  will 
as  readily  comply  with  it.  If  the  necessary  precaution  is  omitted,  the  office 
must  look  for  many  losses. 

Credit  is  frequently  requested.  This  is  an  application  that  no  clerk  has  a 
right  to  entertain,  even  from  persons  of  known  responsibility.  In  all  cases 
such  a  request  should  be  referred  to  the  proprietor  or  manager  for  his  decis- 
ion. It  is  a  matter  in  which  there  is  much  conflicting  local  usage,  and  for 
which  no  positive  rules  can  be  given.  There  are  cases  in  which  credit  is 
beneficial  to  both  parties,  but  upon  most  applications  it  should  be  declined. 
The  apparent  value  of  printed  work,  and  the  disposition  to  pay  for  it.  is 
never  irreater  than  it  is  on  its  first  receipt.  It  will  be  found  judicious  to 
avoid  nil  running  accounts,  and  to  secure  at  least  monthly  settlements  with 
all  customers.  Cash  should  be  the  rule;  credit,  the  exception. 
•  To  persons  of  an  enthusiastic  and  a  speculative  temperament,  printing 
promises  ureat  advantages  in  the  prosecution  of  business.  Their  proclivity 
to  run  in  debt  should 'not  be  encouraged  by  any  printer.  If  the  applicant 
has  not  the  money  to  hazard  to  an  advertising  experiment,  it  is  more  than 
probable  that  he  never  will  earn  it.  There  are  certain  kinds  of  printing 
for  which  credit  should  never  be  -iven.  All  kinds  of  election  work,  the 
publishing  of  a  newspaper  or  a  book,  or  the  establishment  of  an  invention 
or  patent  medicine,  are  as  full  of  ha/.ard  as  any  form  of  gambling.  The 
party  intending  to  reap  the  reward  should  take  the  .-»le  risk,  and  should  be 
prepared  from  the  outset  to  pay  the  loss. 


414  HINTS    ON    TAKING    OKDEKS. 

Probably  110  class  of  tradesmen  suffer  more  severely  from  the  failure  of 
adventurers  than  printers.  A  thrifty  printer,  who  wishes  to  maintain  his  own 
credit,  must  be  inexorable  in  refusing  credit  to  all  new  and  uueiidorsed  pub- 
lishing enterprises.  Work  should  stop  when  pay  stops.  Cases  will  occur 
where  the  application  of  such  a  rigorous  rule  will  appear  both  harsh  and 
injudicious.  But  it  is  the  experience  of  all  old  printers,  that  it  is  much  the 
wiser  course  to  lose  an  apparently  valuable  customer  and  profitable  work, 
rather  than  take  risk  with  him.  To  break  friendly  business  relations  oil 
grounds  of  distrust  with  an  estimable  man  is  always  an  unpleasant  duty,  and 
one  that  will  require  some  nerve  on  the  part  of  a  young  printer,  especially 
if  the  customer  is  already  somewhat  in  debt,  and  refusal  to  trust  him  further 
is  probably  equivalent  to  a  certain  loss  of  the  indebtedness  that  has  been 
already  incurred.  This  disagreeable  task  can  be  materially  lightened  by 
advising  the  customer  before  the  work  is  accepted,  that  under  no  circum- 
stances can  there  be  any  credit ;  that  a  failure  to  make  weekly  payments 
from  any  cause  whatever  will  stop  the  work.  A  customer  who  declines  to 
accede  to  such  arrangement  is  not  desirable. 

When  credit  is  given,  it  should  be  given  with  a  limit  as  to  amount,  but 
fully  and  heartily  in  form. 

Orders  are  frequently  given  for  election  printing,  and  for  the  printed 
work  of  societies  and  of  incorporated  companies  by  irresponsible  persons, 
without  sufficient  authority.  Where  there  is  the  slightest  reason  to  doubt 
this  authority,  and  the  acceptance  of  the  debt  by  the  person  or  society  to 
whom  the  work  is  ordered  to  be  charged,  decline  the  work  until  a  satisfac- 
tory order  is  produced.  Pay  110  attention  to  evasive  or  conditional  promises. 
Accept  no  equivocation  or  division  of  responsibility.  If  the  person  ordering 
will  not  advance  the  money,  and  the  person  who  is  expected  to  pay  the  bill 
will  not  give  a  positive  order,  decline  the  work  as  positively.  Insist  on  a 
settlement  of  the  question  of  responsibility  before  any  work  is  done.  This 
course  is  sure  to  give  dissatisfaction — perhaps  to  make  an  enemy — but  it  is 
the  only  safe  course  for  a  prudent  man  to  follow. 

Printers  are  constantly  importuned  to  furnish  printing  and  advertising 
without  charge  to  charitable  associations.  Charity  is  a  matter  of  personal 
duty  or  inclination,  for  which  advisory  remarks  are  unnecessary;  but  the 
idea  that  a  printer's  work  costs  little  or  nothing  should  be  stoutly  opposed. 
Gratuitous  printing,  or  the  furnishing  of  printing  at  nominal  prices,  is  more 
of  an  injury  to  the  trade  than  to  the  printer.  It  is  the  wiser  course  to 
contribute  liberally  in  money  to  all  deserving  charities,  but  to  insist  on  full 
payment  at  regular  rates  for  all  work  done.  That  jvhich  costs  nothing  is 
usually  estimated  as  nothing. 

ABOUT    MANAGEMENT. 

To  do  work  efficiently  and  economically,  the  first  point  is  to  get  control 
of  the  work.  This  control,  until  first  proof  is  shown,  should  be  absolute  and 
undivided.  Whatever  agreement  may  have  been  made  with  the  customer 
concerning  the  type,  the  method  of  work,  or  time  of  performance,  should 


HINTS    OX    TAKING    OKDKI:-  415 

be  carried  out  to  the  letter,  at  any  cost.     But  no  agreement  should  be  made 
allowing  the  customer  the  right  to  personally  overlook  work  hi  pi-". 
The  right  of  the  customer  to  alter  or  correct  should  be  exercised  only  when 
he  sees  proof. 

Most  Job  work  is  wanted  in  great  haste,  and  most  customers  have  unrea- 
sonable expectations  concerning  tin-  time  that  will  be  required  for  doing 
it.  It  is  to  the  mutual  interest  of  both  office  and  customer,  to  have  printed 
work  done  quickly.  But  there  are  limits  to  the  performance  of  both  men 
and  presses.  Hurried  work  that  overrides  previous  orders,  that  compels 
the  lifting  of  forms  from  press,  or  the  doing  of  work  at  night,  is  always 
unprofitable.  When  work  is  offered  by  a  stranger  to  be  done  in  so  short  a 
time  that  it  will  disarrange  all  existing  plans,  and  will  certainly  delay  work 
to  the  disappointment  of  other  customers,  refuse  it  at  any  price. 

Be  punctual  with  all  customers.  To  do  this,  much  discretion  is  needed. 
The  work  that  one  thinks  may  be  done  in  two  hours,  often  takes  three. 
Some  allowance  must  be  made  for  accidents  or  detentions.  Allow  for  these, 
and  make  promises  accordingly.  To  oblige  a  customer,  it  is  frequently  to 
the  interest  of  the  office  to  tax  its  resources  severely,  to  do  some  work  at 
great  sacrifices  or  even  at  positive  loss.  The  willingness  to  oblige  a  custo- 
mer is  not  always  accompanied  with  a  corresponding  ability.  He  who 
good  naturedly  promises  more  than  he  can  perform  is  much  more  likely  to 
oli'end  by  his  failure,  than  by  his  decided  but  courteous  refusal.  In  no 
branch  of  business  is  order  and  method  of  more  importance  than  in  a  Job 
office.  If  you  allow  the  last  customer  to  be  served  first,  or  let  his  impor- 
tunity overrule  your  better  judgment,  you  will  throw  your  office  in  confu- 
sion, and  will  earn  neither  reward  nor  thanks. 

Aim  to  have  all  work  well  done.  Pay  as  much  attention  proportionately 
to  a  little  card  as  to  a  fine  book — to  an  unimportant  as  to  an  important 
customer.  Show,  not  at  all  by  words  or  professions,  (avoid  that  by  all 
means),  but  very  clearly  by  performance,  that  you  intend  to  give  a  fail- 
equivalent  for  your  price. 

Take  Receipts  for  work  delivered,  as  well  as  for  wood  cuts  and  all  other 
property  of  value.  This  may  sometimes  appear  to  l>e  a  very  unnece»ai  v 
formality.  Imt  you  will  find  it  extremely  difficult  to  prove  a  delivery  with- 
out a  receipt. 

Look  closely  after  your  work.  It  is  not  enough  for  you  to  hand  copy 
over  to  a  foreman,  and  give  up  all  care  over  it.  You  should  keep  yourself 
constantly  informed  about  its  progress,  and  be  ready  to  aid  it  wherever  it 
is  lagging. 

If  you  find  it  judicious  to  make  stereotype  plates,  or  to  do  euirravinir  <>n 
wood  for  any  work,  and  do  them  without  order  from  the  customer,  the  risk 
of  profit  or  loss  is  yours.  If  you  do  not  charge  for  them  specifically  in  the 
bill,  the  plates  or  engravings  are  yours,  and  cannot  be  claimed  or  removed 
by  the  customer.  The  right  of  use  may  be  exclusively  his.  Imt  the  ritfht  of 
possession  is  your  own.  This  is  the  settled  usaue  of  lithographers.  It  IKIS 
been  found  quite  effectual  m  preventing  transfers  of  work. 


416  HINTS    ON    TAKING    ORDERS. 

It  is  not  judicious  to  take  all  work  that  is  ottered,  even  at  a  fair  price. 
When  one  has  to  spend  much  more  than  the  profit  to  be  derived  from  a 
work  in  purchasing  sorts  for  that  work,  it  should  be  declined.  It  is 
clearly  impracticable  for  any  printer  to  hope  to  excel  in  all  departments. 
The  tendency  of  the  trade  now  is  to  the  developement  of  certain  branches, 
which,  if  not  practiced  exclusively,  are  cultivated  with  great  success  as 
specialties.  It  is  much  better  for  the  trade  at  large,  as  well  as  for  the 
individual  member,  that  there  should  be  these  special  departments.  Books, 
Posters,  Show  Cards.  Kailroad  work,  and  many  other  branches  are  done 
better  and  cheaper  for  the  public,  and  more  profitably  to  the  printer,  when 
the}'  are  practised  as  specialties  by  a  few  print-era,  than  when  they  are  done 
in  little  quantities  by  all  printers.  Whoever  undertakes  to  do  every  variety 
of  work,  must  be  prepared  to  mortgage  all  his  profits,  for  years  to  come. 
Xor  will  any  amount  of  personal  activity  prevent  him  from  being  surpassed 
by  those  who  confine  themselves  to  specialties. 

Do  not  strive  to  get  more  work  than  you  can  do  to  advantage.  To  get 
more  and  more  work  appears  to  be  the  great  object  of  many  printers.  It  is 
a  common  belief  that  the  amount  of  profit  is  always  in  proportion  to  the 
amount  of  business  done.  There  is  no  greater  delusion.  To  do  work  profit- 
ably, even  at  the  highest  ruling  prices,  the  material,  the  capital,  and  the 
personal  supervision  of  the  proprietor  must  be  in  even  ratio  with  the  busi- 
ness. The  personal  supervision  is  probably  the  most  essential.  Much  of 
tliis  supervision  of  an  office  can  be  done  only  by  the  proprietor  in  person. 
It  cannot  be  bought  for  money.  Any  attempt  to  evade  this  condition  will 
be  disastrous.  When  an  office  is  crowded  with  more  work  than  can  be 
safely  done  with  its  capital  of  types,  presses,  and  money,  or  when  this 
work  is  too  much  for  the  control  of  the  manager,  it  must  be  doing  its  work 
at  cost  or  at  a  loss.  The  haste,  with  its  consequent  neglect  and  error  and 
waste,  must  be  more  pernicious  than  the  lowest  prices.  It  is  possible  for 
a  printer  of  but  ordinary  ability  to  prosper  on  a  small  business,  while  an 
abler  man  will  fail  in  attempting  to  do  an  amount  of  work  beyond  his  means. 

Directions  about  the  practical  management  of  a  printing  office  do  not 
come  within  the  scope  of  a  book  that  is  intended  to  treat  of  prices  only. 
It  may  not  be  considered  as  overstepping  the  limit,  to  allude  to  one  method 
of  management  which  has  a  direct  bearing  on  prices.  There  is  a  method 
of  management  that  seems  to  be  profitable,  the  end  of  which  is  ruinous. 
To  work  an  office  up  to  its  highest  capacity,  with  an  insufficient  number  of 
workmen  who  are  constantly  spurred  up  to  diligence;  to  neglect  distribu- 
tion of  material,  until  the  office  is  a  chaos  of  pi;  to  refuse  to  purchase  leads, 
<>i  reglet  or  quadrats,  or  labor-saving  material,  or  new  type,  so  long  as  ii  is 
avoidable:  to  slight  work  by  haste  or  neglect:  to  foist  such  work  on  custo- 
mers against  their  protest:  to  disregard  their  requests  for  attention  to  little 
matters — all  these  are  conducive  to  an  increased  performance  of  work. 
One  may  take  work  at  low  prices,  with  such  methods,  and  still  make  bnsi- 
ni-s>  pay — for  one  year — perhaps  for  two  or  three.  But  no  longer.  For  by 
this  time  the  office  is  used  up.  and  the  customers  are  dispersed. 


HINTS    ON    TAKING    ORDERS.  417 

ABOUT   NUMBERS. 

Take  special  pains  to  give  full  numbers  on  all  work.  Be  very  exacting 
with  all  workmen  who  are  neglectful  in  this  matter,  for  they  are  tampering 
with  your  reputation.  Two  or  three  copies  short  on  an  order  for  one 
thousand  copies  is  no  trifle  in  the  damaging  effect  it  is  likely  to  produce. 
Dishonesty  may  not  be  inferred,  but  the  most  lenient  critic  will  say  you  are 
careless,  and  a  reputation  for  carelessness  is  especially  bad  for  a  printer. 
If  a  customer  leaves  you  because  your  prices  are  too  high,  you  may  not 
regret  it.  Yoii  may  be  sure  yon  are  right.  If  he  leaves  you  for  bad  work- 
manship, you  may  excuse  yourself  on  the  ground  that  the  fault  was  an 
accident  or  a  misfortune.  But  if  he  leaves  you  for  a  short  count,  it  is  a 
mortification  for  which  there  is  no  relief.  Never  allow  a  ream  to  be  rated 
as  five  hundred.  Even  when  you  print  work  by  the  ream,  notify  your 
customer  distinctly  that  to  a  certain  amount  the  risk  of  waste  is  his.  Never 
give  a  short  or  a  stationer's  quire,  so  called,  in  making  up  an  order  for  cheap 
blank  books,  without  explaining  the  usage.  In  all  cases  let  the  customer 
know  precisely  what  he  may  expect,  and  see  that  he  gets  it. 

COMMISSIONS. 

A  discount  of  five  to  ten  per  cent,  may  be  allowed  to  any  house  in  business 
that  guarantees  the  responsibility  of,  and  acts  as  broker  for,  a  third  party 
at  a  distance.  Such  commission  is  fairly  earned  when  such  broker  gives 
positive  orders,  attends  to  the  correspondence,  oversees  work,  reads  proof, 
and  pays  bills.  But  no  person,  ignorant  of  the  details  of  the  business,  who 
has  to  go  to  the  printer  to  get  information  as  to  how  the  work  in  hand  can 
be  judiciously  done,  and  who  consumes  more  time,  and  is  more  troublesome 
every  way  in  making  explanations  and  requisitions,  than  would  the  customer 
direct — no  journeyman  printer  out  of  work,  nor  any  other  person  in  any 
kindred  business,  who  does  no  more  than  introduce  a  customer — has  any 
right  to  discount  or  commission.  Such  persons  have  done  nothing  to  earn 
it.  It  is  unjust  for  the  printer  to  pay  it  out  of  his  profits;  it  is  unjust  to 
charge  the  expense  indirectly  to  the  customer.  Nor  is  it  to  the  interest  of 
the  trade  to  aid  in  making  a  class  of  middle-men  who  do  it  a  positive  injury. 

STATIONERS'    WORK. 

When  a  stationer  of  experience  and  intelligence  offers  work  in  proper 
manner  and  in  large  quantities,  relieving  the  printer  from  the  trouble  of 
listening  to  the  tedious  explanation  of  the  customer,  when  he  buys  the 
paper,  has  it  ruled,  when  he  attends  to  many  of  the  petty  details  that  make 
printing  expensive,  he  is  entitled  to  a  reduction  on  these  prices.  The  dis- 
count granted  varies  with  the  style  as  well  as  the  quantity  of  work.  On 
some  work,  but  five  per  cent,  is  allowed;  on  other  kinds,  ten  per  cent. 
Those  who  do  most  work  for  stationers  make  special  prices  therefor. 
The  upiiLre  is  variable.  .Many  large  firms  make  no  exceptions  in  favor  of 
stationers,  but  adhere  inflexibly  to  one  price  for  every  class  oi  custom. 


419 


PRICES    FOE,    LABOR. 


BOOK    COMPOSITION    BY    THE    PIECE. 

Common  Matter,  Made-up. 


Manuscript. 


Beprint. 


Solid. 

Leaded. 

Solid. 

Leaded. 

Works  in  English  

8    53 

>     50 

$  .50 

8     47 

.62 

58 

57 

53 

French,  Italian,  and  Portuguese  

.64 
67 

.60 
63 

.59 
62 

.55 
58 

1  00 

96 

65 

80 

70 

71 

Hebrew,  with  vowel  points  on  separate 
body,  each  to  be  cast  up  according  to 

1  05 

1  00 

1  00 

95 

Hebrew,  kerned,  with  vowel  points  
Hebrew,  kerned,  vowel  points  and  accents. 

1.60 
2.00 

1.55 
1.95 

1.55 
1.95 

1.50 
1.90 

Type  larger  than  Pica  to  be  counted  as  Pica. 

Pearl  and  Diamond,  5  cents  extra  per  1000  ems. 

All  matter  leaded  with  a  thinner  lead  than  eight  to  Pica  shall  rate  as  solid. 

It  shall  be  competent  for  foreign  born  compositors  to  work  at  composition  iu 
their  native  language  at  the  same  rates  as  specified  for  English. 

By  Reprint  is  meant  printed  copy  free  from  alterations  or  interlineations,  save 
remodeling  of  punctuation  or  orthography,  which  shall  be  done,  if  at  all,  before  it 
is  given  out  to  compositors. 

Thin  Fonts,  from  Pica  to  Bourgeois,  the  alphabets  of  which  measure  less  than  12 
eras;  also  all  fonts  smaller  thau  Bourgeois,  which  measure  less  than  12 J$  ems,  shall 
be  paid  for  as  follows:  For  every  three-em  space  below  the  standard,  2  cents  extra 
per  1000  ems  shall  be  charged.  A  four-em  space  to  count  as  a  three-em  space :  less 
than  a  four-em  space  not  to  be  counted. 

Bastard  Fonts  to  be  measured  according  to  the  body;  but  if  the  alphabet  is  less 
than  the  standard,  the  rule  for  thin  fonts  will  apply. 

In  measuring  the  width  of  a  measure,  any  fraction  of  an  em  less  than  an  en  will 
not  be  counted :  an  en  or  greater  fraction  will  be  counted  as  an  em. 

Each  size  of  type  used  in  a  work  to  be  measured  and  charged  according  to  its 
own  body. 

All  Blanks  in  matter  in  which  different  kinds  of  type  are  intermingled,  shall  be 
reckoned  as  of  the  type  of  text. 

Extra  Matter.    5  Cents  Extra  per  1OOO  Ems. 

Dictionary  Matter  without  figured  accents  or  marked  letters. 

Concordances,  or  any  work  in  which  abbreviations,  italics,  figures,  capitals.  <;ti . 
are  profusely  used. 

Reading  Books  with  marked  letters  or  spaced  syllables. 

Works  on  Natural  Sciences,  and  school  books  generally,  when  made  up  by  the 
compositor,  in  which  inset  cuts  are  freely  used,  and  which  also  have  questions  at 
bottom  of  paiii-~. 

Works  in  Old  English  spelling,  contractions,  etc.,  etc. 

Works  with  an  unusual  quantity  of  references,  which  the  compositor  is  requir.-d 
to  change. 

Indexes,  in  which  italics,  figures,  capitals,  and  abbreviations,  art?  freely  used. 

10  Cents  Extra  per  1OOO  Ems. 

Arithmetics,  Geometries,  Surveying  and  similar  Matlicmutii-iil  work-. 
Grammars  and  Spelling  Books. 


420  PRICES    1'OK    LABOR. 

Dictionaries  of  a  complicated  character,  with  accented  letters  and  frequent 
abbreviations. 

5O  Cents  Extra  per  1OOO  Ems. 
Algebra  matter,  vrith  profusion  of  signs  and  formulas  and  algebraic  fractions. 

Greek  and  Hebrew  "Words. 

Greek  Words  shall  be  charged  2  cents  each  if  not  justified,  and  3  cents  each  when 
requiring  justification. 

For  Classical  Works,  Commentaries  and  other  works  in  which  Greek  words  are 
freely  used,  the  following  schedule  shall  govern  the  price  per  1000  ems,  if  the  words 
are  not  justified. 

For  less  than  an  average  of  5  words  per  1000  enis,  the  words  may  be  counted. 

If  the  words  average  from  5  to  7,  10  cents  per  1000  ems  extra ;  from  8  to  12,  15 
cents  per  1000  ems  extra ;  13  to  20,  20  cents  per  1000  ems  extra ;  more  than  20,  the 
words  to  be  counted  at  1  cent  each.  In  no  case  however,  shall  the  price  per  1000 
ems  exceed  §1.00. 

If  the  words  are  justified  they  shall  count  as  1>£  words  each. 

Hebrew  Words  shall  rate  double  Greek  words. 

Side,  Centre,  and  Cut-in  Notes. 

Side  and  Centre  Notes  in  Bibles  and  Testaments  to  be  counted  the  full  length  of 
the  page  (including  the  lead  or  one  rule,  which  shall  count  at  least  one  em),  accord- 
ing to  the  type  in  which  they  are  set,  and  to  be  charged  75  cents  per  1000  ems. 
Cut-in  Notes  in  the  above  works,  to  be  charged  5  cents  extra  each. 

Side  Notes  in  Law,  Historical  and  other  works,  to  be  counted  the  full  length  of 
the  page,  according  to  the  type  in  which  they  are  set,  and  at  the  price  per  1000  of 
the  text.  Side  Folios  in  Law  works  to  be  counted  by  the  maker-up.  Cut-in  Notes 
shall  be  charged  at  the  rate  of  5  cents  per  note.  Seals  5  cents  extra  each. 

Matter  taking  a  greater  price  than  the  work  in  which  it  occurs,  shall  be  measured 
by  itself,  and  have  its  own  extra  over  plain  matter  added  to  the  price  of  such  work. 
For  instance,  French  Grammar  Tables  should  take  the  three  extras  of  French, 
Grammar,  and  English  Tables,  according  to  this  price  list. 

Grammars,  Dictionaries,  or  other  extra  matter  in  Foreign  Languages,  will  take 
the  extra  of  the  language  and  the  kind  of  work :  but  when  English  exercises  or 
reading  lessons  are  introduced  as  a  regular  feature  of  the  work,  such  portions 
shall  take  the  extra  of  the  kind  of  work  only. 

Narrow  Measures— Column  Matter. 

Matter  eighteen  ems  or  less  in  width  shall  be  paid  for  according  to  the  following 
schedule :  Per  1000  ems  extra. 

18  ems let.          14  ems 7  cts.       11  ems 16  cts.      8  ems 30  cts. 

17     »    2  cts.        13          10     <          10  20  7     //    40     . 

16  3  12  13     „          9  25    ,,          6     ,-    50      - 

15     .    5 

Column  matter  (that  is,  matter  made  up  continuously  in  two  or  more  columns, 
not  dependent  upon  each  other  for  their  arrangement,  with  or  without  rules)  shall 
be  paid  for  according  to  width  of  measure. 

Tabular  and  Table  Work. 

This  is  matter  set  up  in  three  or  more  columns  dependent  upon  each  other  for 
arrangement,  and  reading  across  the  page. 

Three  columns  of  figures  or  words,  with  or  without  rules,  one-half  extra. 

Four  or  more  columns  of  figures  or  words,  with  or  without  rules,  double  price. 

When  blank  tables  are  introduced  into  a  work,  they  are  cast  up  as  tables  accord- 
ing to  the  size  of  the  type  in  which  the  body  of  the  work  is  set. 

Short  pages  in  a  series  of  tables  shall  be  charged  as  full  table  pages. 

Small  isolated  tables  occurring  in  works  of  a  narrow  measure,  as  in  double- 
column  octavos,  will  be  paid  for  according  to  the  time  consumed  in  composing 
them,  such  time  however  not  to  exceed  $1  50  per  1000  ems. 


PRICES    FOR    LABOR.  421 

MAKING-HP. 

Iu  putting  work  in  hand,  the  office  shall  decide  whether  it  shall  be  made  up  by 
the  compositors  or  b3'  the  office. 

In  all  cases  where  the  compositors  make  up,  if  they  deem  it  necessary  that  mat- 
ter should  be  made  up  by  one  person,  they  may  appoint  from  among  themselves, 
or  authorize  the  employer  to  appoint  a  person  to  perform  that  duty,  on  terms  to  be 
agreed  upon  between  themselves  and  the  person  employed  to  make  up :  provided, 
however,  that  no  more  than  3  lines  per  page  or  3  cents  per  1000  ems  shall  be  allowed 
for  making-lip,  imposing,  taking  necessary  proofs  and  keeping  the  schedule.  The 
maker-up  to  have  no  privileges  but  such  as  are  enjoyed  by  the  other  compositors 
on  the  work;  copy  to  be  given  out  iu  regular  order,  without  selecting,  and  the 
matter  to  be  charged  in  full  pages,  the  compositors  clearing  away  head-lines, 
blanks,  leads,  etc. 

When  made-up  by  the  office,  the  matter  shall  be  measured  and  paid  for  on  the 
galleys,  deducting  3  cents  per  1000  ems  for  making-up,  provided  the  employer  allows 
the  journeymen  all  cuts,  blanks,  and  leads  properly  belonging  thereto,  except  tail 
pages  and  full  page  cuts,  the  office  clearing  away  head-lines,  blanks,  etc. 

In  all  cases  where  matter  is  not  measured  and  paid  for  by  measurement  on  the 
galley,  the  tail  pages,  and  other  blanks,  belong  to  the  compositor. 

Iu  book-rooms,  the  establishment  has  the  right  of  claiming  full  titles  and  dedica- 
tions; but  in  no  case  shall  piece-paying  establishments  claim  half-titles,  or  any 
other  prefixed  matter,  nor  cull  the  FAT  portions  of  any  work. 

TIME    CHARGES. 

Compositors  employed  by  the  week  shall  receive  not  less  than  $20. 00  per  week, 
not  more  than  ten  hours  to  be  considered  a  day's  work,  and  not  more  than  nine 
hours  on  Saturday. 

Time  occupied  by  alterations  from  copy,  by  casing  or  distributing  letter  not  used 
by  the  compositor,  etc.,  to  be  paid  for  at  the  rate  of  35  cents  per  hour.  When  com- 
positors work  beyond  regular  hours  they  shall  be  paid  at  the  rate  of  50  cents  per 
hour,  or  10  cents  an  hour  in  addition  to  the  matter  set  up,  such  extra  time  to  be 
between  the  hours  of  6  P.  M.  and  7  A.  M.  Sunday  work  will  be  paid  at  the  rate  of 
70  cents  per  hour  for  day,  and  £1 . 00  per  hour  for  night  work.  Composition  by  the 
piece  double  the  charges  for  week  work  days.  Holidays  by  mutual  agreement. 

The  office  must  make  its  corrections  according  to  copy  on  two  proofs,  but  the 
compositor  must  make  these  corrections  on  further  proofs  if  any  are  rendered 
necessary  through  his  neglect.  But  author's  proofs  and  alterations  from  copy 
shall  be  paid  for  at  the  rate  of  35  cents  per  hour. 

Head  or  sub-head  liues,  giving  a  synopsis  of  the  contents  of  each  page,  when 
filled  up  by  the  proof-reader  or  author,  shall  be  considered  as  author's  corrections, 
and  shall  be  paid  for  accordingly. 

When  a  compositor  is  required  to  turn  for  sorts,  or  to  take  out  bad  letters  and 
replace  them,  in  consequence  of  faults  in  the  founder,  miscasts,  or  worn-out  fonts 
he  shall  be  paid  at  the  rate  of  35  cents  per  hour. 

When  a  compositor  (working  by  the  piece)  receives  copy  of  contents,  indexes,  or 
any  other  copy,  where  more  than  the  usual  quantity  of  capitals,  figures,  periods 
and  italics  are  used,  the  establishment  shall  furnish  the  compositor  with  the 
necessary  sorts. 

When  a  compositor  (working  by  the  piece)  is  required  to  make  up  furniture  for 
letter-press,  stereotype,  or  electrotype  forms,  he  shall  charge  for  such  work  at  the 
rate  of  35  cents  per  hour. 

JOB    WORK. 

All  men  employed  by  the  week,  shall  be  paid  not  less  than  §20.00— not  more  than 
ten  hours  to  constitute  a  day's  work — not  more  than  nine  hours  on  Saturday ;  when 
paid  by  the  hour,  the  price  shall  be  35  cents  per  hour.  When  compositors  work 
beyond  the  regular  hours,  they  shall  be  paid  at  the  rate  of  50  cents  per  hour,  Midi 
extra  time  to  be  between  the  hours  of  6  P.  M.  and  7  A.  M.  Sunday  work  will  be 
paid  at  the  rate  of  70  cents  per  hour  tor  day,  and  .*1.00  per  hour  I'm-  niiilit  work. 
Composition  by  the  piece  double  the  charges  for  week  days.  Holidays  liy  niutua: 
agreement.  All  piece  work  done  in  Job  offices  shall  be  governed  by  the  book  scale. 


422  PRICES    FOR    LABOR. 

ALTERING   THE    SCALE. 

This  Scale  shall  not  be  altered  except  by  a  call  for  a  mutual  conference  between 
a  joint  committee  of  Employers  and  Journeymen,  and  no  alterations  shall  take 
effect  except  upon  one  month's  notice  by  either  party  to  the  other,  unless  by 
mutual  consent. 

In  case  of  dispute  as  to  the  meaning  or  intention  of  any  part  of  this  Scale,  it 
shall  be  settled  by  reference,  to  a  joint  Committee  of  Employers  and  Journeymen. 

This  Scale  of  Prices  was  adopted  by  a  joint  Committee  of  Employing  Printers 
and  Journeymen,  New  York,  April  27th,  1869. 

M.  B.  WYNKOOP,  JOHN  WOOD. 

JOHN  F.  TKOW,  WILLIAM  EGAN, 

E.  0.  JENKINS,  WILLIAM  STIRK, 

T.  L.  DE  VINNE,  JOSHUA  E.  WILLIAMS, 

R.  H.  SMITH,  WILLIAM  PIULP, 

Committee  of  Employers.  Committee  of  Journeymen. 


PRICES    FOB   NEWSPAPER    WORK. 

Adopted  by  New  York  Typographical  Union  No.  6,  Tuesday,  October  29,  1867. 

MORNING   NEWSPAPER   WORK. 

1  Compositors  employed  by  the  piece  shall  receive  not  less  than  50  cents  per  1000 
ems  for  common  matter,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  at  least  two  hours'  continuous 
composition  betweeu  1  and  5  o'clock,  P.  M.,  and  at  least  five  hours  continuous  com- 
position between  the  hours  of  6  and  12  P.  M.    When  compositors  are  employed  at 
night  only,  by  the  piece,  they  shall  receive  55  cents  per  1000  ems.    Piece  hands, 
after  3  A.  M.,  shall  be  entitled  to  40  cents  per  hour  and  all  matter  set  after  that 
hour. 

2  Compositors  employed  by  the  week  shall  receive  not  less  than  $24  per  week 
(six  days),  ten  hours  (at  least  two  hours  of  which  shall  be  between  the  hours  of 
1  and  5  P.  M.)  to  constitute  a  day's  work.    When  employed  on  night  situations 
only — eight  hours  to  constitute  a  night's  work — the  hours  of  employment  shall  be 
between  6  P.  M.  and  3  A.  M.,  and  they  shall  be  paid  $22.00  per  week,  and  for  all  time 
after  3  A.  M.  time  shall  be  charged.    This  article  shall  apply  to  compositors  em- 
ployed in  reading  proof. 

3  Compositors  may  be  employed  during  the  day  on  Morning  Newspapers  at  45 
cents  per  1000  ems,  or  $20.00  per  week — ten  hours  to  constitute  a  day's  work. 

4  When  required  to  remain  in  the  office  unemployed,  the  compositor  shall  re- 
ceive not  less  than  40  cents  per  hour  for  such  standing  time.    All  men  employed 
by  the  week  shall  charge  40  cents  per  hour  after  3  o'clock  A.  M.    Time  occupied  in 
distributing  or  casing  letter  not  to  be  used  by  the  person  distributing  or  casing, 
alterations  from  copy,  lifting  forms,  etc.,  to  be  paid  for  at  not  less  than  40  cents 
per  hour. 

5  When  "bogus"  copy  is  given  out  in  lieu  of  standing  time,  it  shall  not  be  of 
such  a  nature  as  to  preclude  the  compositor  from  making  fair  average  wages,  viz. : 
intricate  or  illegible  copy,  or  copy  containing  great  quantities  of  caps,  small  caps, 
italic,  points,  etc.,  or  "running"  on  particular  "  sorts." 

6  When  compositors  are  called  before  10  A.  M.,  in  case  of  the  arrival  of  a  steamer, 
etc.,  they  shall  be  paid  not  less  than  $1  00  each  for  such  call,  and  be  entitled  to  the 
matter  they  set.    This  is  understood  to  apply  to  both  week  and  piece  work. 

7  Tabular  work,  etc.,  containing  three  or  four  columns,  either  of  figures  or 
words,  or  figures  and  words,  without  rules,  shall  he  charged  a  price  and  a  half. 
All  work,  as  above,  with  brass  or  other  rules,  or  where  there  are  five  or  more  col- 
umns of  figures,  or  figures  and  words,  with  or  without  rules,  shall  be  paid  double 
price.     Headings  to  tabular  column  work,  in  smaller  type  than  the  body  of  the 
table,  shall  be  paid  extra,  according  to  their  value. 

8  For  work  done  in  any  language  foreign  to  the  office  an  advance  of  5  cents  per 
1000  ems  shall  be  paid. 


PRICES    FOK    LABOR.  423 

9  Wlieu  a  measure  exceeds  even  ems  in  width,  and  is  less  than  a  three-em  space, 
no  extra  charge  to  be  made ;  if  a  three-em  space,  an  en  to  be  counted ;  it'  an  en.  an 
en  to  be  counted ;  if  over  an  en,  an  em  to  be  counted. 

10  All  letter  cast  on  a  body  larger  than  the  face  (as  Bourgeois  on  Long  Primer) 
to  be  counted  according  to  the  face;  all  letter  cast  oil  a  body  smaller  than  the  face 
(as  Minion  on  Nonpareil)  to  be  counted  according  to  the  body.    All  fonts,  the  alpha- 
bets of  which  measure  less  than  thirteen  ems,  shall  be  counted  according  to  the 
next  smaller  size. 

11  When  intricate  work,  etc.  occurs,  which  the  Newspaper  Scale  cannot  reach, 
the  price  to  be  agreed  upon  between  the  employer  and  the  employed. 

12  In  offices  where  both  week  and  piece  compositors  are  employed,  the  fat  and 
lean  to  be  distributed  equally  among  them. 

13  All  matter  set  for  newspapers  during  the  week,  whether  published  or  not, 
shall  be  placed  in  the  compositors'  bills  and  paid  for  at  the  end  of  the  week,  or  at 
whatever  time  may  be  specified  for  the  closing  of  the  bills. 

EVENING    NEWSPAPER    WORK. 

1  Compositors  employed  by  the  piece  shall  receive  not  less  than  45  cents  per 
1000  ems  for  common  matter. 

2  Compositors  employed  by  the  week  (six  days)  shall  receive  not  less  than  £20.00, 
ten  hours  to  constitute  a  day's  work. 

3  Compositors  employed  by  the  piece  shall  be  entitled  to  at  least  three  hours' 
composition  between  the  hours  of  8  A.  M.  and  12  M.,  and  not  less  than  f&ur  hours' 
composition  between  12  M.  and  5  o'clock,  P.  M.    For  time,  as  laid  down  in  Article  4 
of  Morning  Paper  Scale,  a  charge  of  35  cents  per  hour  shall  be  made. 

Articles  5,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  and  13  of  Morning  Paper  Scale  shall  apply  to  Evening 
Papers. 

WEEKLY,    SEMI-WEEKLY,    AND    TRI-WEEKLY 
NEWSPAPERS. 

1  Compositors  employed  by  the  piece  shall  receive  not  less  than  45  cents  per  1000 
ems  for  common  matter.    When  required  to  work  one  night  per  week,  they  shall 
In-  paid  the  price  as  laid  down  in  Article  3,  following. 

2  Compositors  employed  by  the  -week  (six  days)  shall  receive  not  less  than, 
S20.00,  ten  hours  to  constitute  a  day's  work. 

3  Compositors  employed  by  the  piece  on  Sunday  Papers  shall  receive  not  less 
than  46  cents  per  1000  ems  for  common  matter.    When  employed  by  the  week  (six 
days)  they  shall  receive  not  less  than  §20.00 — ten  hours  to  constitute  a  day's  work, 
with  the  exception  of  Publication  Day,  when  it  is  expected  that  a  week  hand  will 
work  during  the  evening. 

4  For  time  work  during  the  day,  a  charge  of  35  cents  per  hour  shall  be  made. 
For  time  at  night,  a  charge  of  40  cents  per  hour  shall  be  made. 

Articles  5,  7,  8,  9,  10, 11, 12  and  13  of  Morning  Paper  Scale  shall  apply  to  Weekly, 
Semi- Weekly,  Tri-Weekly  and  Sunday  Papers. 


PRINTERS'    WAGES    IN    NEW    YORK    CITY 

The  wages  of  managers,  foremen,  and  superior  workmen  in  responsible  positions 
depend  more  upon  their  performance  than  upon  capacity  or  ability.  In  a  very  large 
office,  where  this  superior  ability  is  kept  in  constant  and  profitable  employment,  it 
is  sometimes  paid  at  higher  rates  than  are  given  on  the  following  page.  There  are 
managers  who  receive  £2,000  to  §4,000  per  year,  but  such  salaries  are  only  paid  by 
wealthy  publishing  houses  that  have  abundance  of  work,  to  men  of  tried  and  ap- 
proved executive  ability.  In  a  smaller  office,  where  such  ability  is  not  in  constant 
exercise,  it  is  sometimes  paid  at  even  lower  prices  than  those  specified  in  the  tables. 


424 


PRICES    FOK    LABOK    IK    NEW    YORK    CITY. 


JOB    COMPOSITORS. 

Manager  of  a  large  office,  of  case 

aDd  press  departments 835  ~a 

Manager  of  a  small  office,  of  case 

and  press  departments 30  ©  35 

Foreman  of  a  large  office,  case.  25 '3-  30 
Foreman  of  a  small  office,  case.  22  ©  25 
Second  or  Assistant  Foreman. . .  22  ®  25 

Proof  Header,  qualified 22  ©  25 

of  first  proofs  only  20 

Job  Compositor,  sup'r  -workman  20  ©  23 

"  "  ordinary  "  20 


Boys  or  Apprentices,  1st  year. . .  S3  n    4 
2d      -  4  ©    5 

3d  .  ...  5  ©  7 
4th  "  .  6  ©  10 
5th  »  .  8  7v  15 

Distributor,  or  Orderly 15  ©  20 

Two-thirders  on  time,  according 

to  experience  and  ability. . .  Wai  15 

Messenger  Boys 3©   4 

Copy  Holders 5  ©   7 

Porter .     9  ©  12 


The  wages  of  boys  are  quite  irregular.  The  prices  aboye  given  are  common,  but 
offices  that  are  particular  in  the  selection  of  intelligent  boys  to  learn  the  trade, 
find  it  judicious  to  give  from  one-third  to  one-half  more  than  the  prices  quoted. 

BOOK    COMPOSITORS. 


Boys  or  Apprentices,  1st  year. . .  .§3  'a/  4 
2d  .  ....  4©  5 
3d  .  . ...  5©  7 

4th  «      ~  ri  in 

Copy  Holders,  according  to  age 

and  ability 55  In 

Messenger  Boys 3 'a    4 

Porter 9  ©  12 

Overrunning 25  cents  per  1000  ems. 

Compositor  (see  previous  pages.) 


Manager  of  a  large  office $30  a 

Foreman  of  a  large  office 25  ©•  30 

•     small     »       22®  25 

Assistant  Foreman 22  a  25 

Proof  Reader,  critical,  first  class  30  ©  35 
superior 22  n  25 

'•  '         ordinary,  1st  proof  20 

Maker-lip  (3  cents  per  1000)  or  .  20  @  22 

Stone-man 20  ©  22 

Distributor  (12  cents  per  1000)  or  15  ©  20         f x K t „ ., 

Indentured  apprentices  are  almost  unknown  in  New  York  city.  Boys  who  learn 
the  trade  commence  as  messengers  or  occasional  copy-holders,  and  are  promoted 
according  to  their  ability.  In  some  offices  they  are  paid  two-thirds  the  piece  rates 
given  to  men ;  in  others,  at  a  fixed  rate  per  week,  which  is  variable. 

Girls  who  undertake  to  learn  the  trade  are  also  unequally  paid.  In  some  offices 
they  receive  nothing  for  the  first  two  weeks,  or,  if  they  are  dull,  nothing  for  the 
first  month.  All  they  earn  is  given  to  the  compositor  who  instructs  them.  At  the 
end  of  the  fortnight  or  mouth  they  are  paid  about  40  cents  per  1000  ems.  In  other 
offices  they  are  paid  §3.00  per  week  for  the  first  six  or  eight  weeks,  and  after  that 
at  the  rate  of  40  cents  per  1000  ems.  When  sufficiently  expert  they  are,  in  some 
offices,  paid  the  same  rate  as  men.  The  more  common  rate  is  45  cents  per  1000  ems. 
For  leaded  reprint,  some  offices  allow  but  40  cents  per  1000  ems. 


BOOK    OR   JOB    PRESSROOM. 

Manager  of  a  large  room - 

Foreman  of  a  large  room 25  ©  35 

Head  Pressman,  or  Assistant ...  25  ©  30 
Cutter  of  Wood-cut  Overlays. . .  15  ©  30 

Superior  Maker-ready 22  ©  24 

Cylinder  Pressman,  superior. ...  22  ©  25 
ordinary  ...  18  ©  20 
inferior.....  14  ©  16 

Adams  Pressman. .  .superior 22  ©  24 

...ordinary 20  a  22 

'••        . .  .inferior.. . . .  15  «  13 
Hand  Pressman    ...ordinary....  18 

...inferior 12 

Gordon  Pressman. . .  superior. ...  14  ©  18 

»        ...inferior 8  ©10 

*  This  pay  of  $9  per  week  is  never  given  to  a  complete  novice.  It  is  supposed 
that  the  boy  learning  has  been  employed  as  feeder  for  at  least  two  years,  and  as 
errand  boy  or  sheet  boy  for  at  least  one  year  before  he  is  put  to  feeding. 

Girl  feeders  on  Adams  presses  give  their  first  two  weeks  of  service  gratuitously. 
When  considered  expert,  they  are  paid  £7  per  week,  which  is  the  uniform  price. 


Feeder,  boy,  first  six  months.. 

fair  workman  5  f:    C 

good       «  7  ©   8 

Feeder  and  Pointer 3  ©  12 

Boy  learning  the  trade,*  1st  year  9 

2d  "  10  ©11 
3d  .  12  a  14 
4th  .  15  a  17 

Errand  Boys,  or  Helpers 4  ®   6 

Sheet  Boys 3.50©   5 

Paper  Cutter  and  Label  Trim'er  15  ©  18 
Sheet  man,  supervising  pressing  15  ©  18 
Plate  man,  caring  for  stereotype 

plates 15  ©  18 

Porter  ...  10  a 13 


PRICES    FOR    LABOR. 


425 


Albany.  N.  Y. 
Morning  papers  (60  hours),  per  wk.620 . 00 

Overtime,  per  hour. .  .50 
Evening  papers  (54  hours),  per  wk.  17.00 
Weekly  Papers:  Time  work,  59  h.,  18.00 

Overtime,  per  hour..       .45 
«   Piece  work,  per  1000  ems.       .47 

Book  and  Job  work,  per  week 18.00 

Overwork,  per  hour 45 

Piece  work,  per  1000  ems 50 

Baltimore,  Md. 

Morning  Papers :  per  week 20.00 

»          per  hour 40 

per  1000  ems 50 

Book  and  Job  work,  per  1000  ems.       .50 
per  week —  18.00 

Boston,  Mass. 

Morning  Papers :  Prices  are  varia- 
ble;  per  1000  ems §.45®      .50 

Standing  time,  per  hour 40 

Evening  papers,  per  1000  ..     .38®      .43 
Weekly        »  »        for  men..       .40 

Job  work,  per  week 15. 00®  20. 00 

Piece  work,  per  1000  ems. . .     .45  ®      .50 

Buffalo   N.  Y. 

Morning  papers,  per  1000  ems 35 

Evening       •/  »          32 

Job  Printers,  per  week 15.00 

«         "  «      extra  hands.  18.00 

Cambridge,  Mass. 

Piece  Work :  Manuscript,  made-up      .47 
Reprint,  /<      ..     .45 

Charleston,  S.  C. 

Newspapers :  Piece  work  per  1000.  .50 

«      Standing  time,  per  hour.  .40 

Book  and  Job:  Time  work,  prwk.  20.00 

Piece  work,  per  1000.  .50 

Chicago,  111. 

Morning  Papers :  Piece  work,  pr  1000    .50 

Evening  Papers :  Piece  work,  pr  1000    . 45 

Time  work,  per  week .  21 . 00 

Book  and  Job :  Time  work,  pr  wk .  21 . 00 

Hour  work,  per  hour.       .45 

Over  work,        //       . .       .60 

"        Piece  work,  per  1000. .       .53 

Cincinnati,  O. 

Morning  Papers,  per  1000  ems 50 

Foreman,  per  week  30.00 

Weekly  Papers :  Foreman  «      «      25.00 

Book  and  Job  Compos,  per  1000  ems     .50 

"        Hour  work,  per  hour.       .35 

"        Foreman  25.00 

Composition  (59  hours)  21  00 

Hamilton,  Canada. 
Time  work  (60  hours),  per  week  . .    9.00 
Overtime  and  odd  hours,  per  hour      .  20 

Piece  work:  Day,  per  1000  ems 25 

Night,         »  ...-.        .27 


Mobile,  Ala. 
Morning  Newspapers. 

Foreman,  per  week $45 . 00  d>  $50 . 00 

Compositor,  per  1000  ems 75 

Evening  Papers. 

Foreman,  per  week 36.00 

Compositors,  per  week 30 . 00 

Book  work,  per  1000  ems 75 

"         "       per  hour 60 

Montreal,  Canada. 
Time  work  (60  hours),  per  week. .     9.00 

Overwork,  per  hour 17 

Piece  work,  per  1000  ems 27 

New  Orleans,  La. 
Morning  Papers. 

Foreman,  per  week 37 . 50 

Compositor,  per  1000  ems 65 

per  hour 60 

Evening  Papers,  Book  and  Job  Work. 

Foreman $30 . 00 

Compositor,  per  week  (60  hours). .  25.00 
overtime,  per  hour  . .       .60 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Morning  Papers :  Piece  work,  pr  1000,  .50 

«         Standing  time,  per  hour      .45 

"         Time  work,  per  week  . .   22.00 

Evening  Papers:  Piece,  per  1000. .       .48 

Weekly  wages 20 . 00 

Weekly  Papers,  per  1000 45 

Time  work,  per  hour.        40 

Weekly  wages 2000 

Book  work :  Reprint,  per  1000  ems.     .48 

Manuscript,  per  1000  ems 50 

Time  work  (59  hours),  per  week. .    18.00 
Overwork,  per  hour. 40 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Compositor,  per  1000  ems 60 

"  per  day 4.00 

St.  Louis.  Mo. 
Morning  and  Evening  Papers. 

Foreman  of  Composing  Room 35.00 

Power  Press  Foreman 30  00 

Morning  Papers. 

Foreman  of  Composing  Room 28 .00 

Compositor 25.00 

Power  Press  Foreman 28 . 00 

Book  and  Job,  etc. 

Foreman  of  Composing  Room 25.00 

Compositor 20.00 

Piece  Work. 

Daily  Papers,  per  1000  ems 50 

Book  work  or  Weekly  papers. 45 

Time  work,  per  hour 45 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Morning  Papers :  Piece  work,  pr  1000   . 60 

//      \Vaitin>jtim<'.perlioui-.      :•<> 

Bonk  and  Job:   Piece  work,  pr  1000.      .60 

Time  work  (8  hours  daily),  per  wk.  24  00 

Overwork.  JUT  hour 50 

"         after  midnight,  per  boat    .75 


426 


PRICES    FOR    LABOR    IN    HEW    YORK    CITY. 


BOOKBINDERS'  WAGES. 
BLANK  WORK. 


Per  Week. 
Manager  of  a  large  Bindery  . . .  .835  a  40 

I-     small  30  a  35 

Foreman  of  Dep't,  large  office. .  25  Ti  30 
Assistant  Foreman,    •          »      . .  22  ®  25 

Forwarder,  superior 21 

ordinary IS 

Finisher,  superior 24 

ordinary. 21 

inferior IS 

Boy  learning  the  trade,  1st  year 3 

2d     »  .     4 


Per  Week. 

Boy  learning  the  trade,  3d  year $5 

4th   «      6 

5th   a       8 

Ruler,  of  first  class 24 

second  *    21 

"  inferior  class 18 

Boy  or  Girl  Feeder %3'a    6 

Book  Sewers,  superior 9 

ordinary 8 

"  a        inferior 7 

Book  Folders,  ordinary 7 


Piece  Rates  for  Pamphlet  "Work. 


Folding,  per  100  sections.  .8vo  .  .3  cents. 
-    ...12ino..5 
.     ...16mo..4^ 
«    ...24mo..8      ,i 
a     a         «    ...32mo..8      -< 

Gathering,  per  100  sections 1      » 


Stitching,  thin  book,  per  100  ...  .6  ceats. 

thick   "  "    8  ®  10     i 

Covering,  thin  book,         "  6     » 

thick  a    8  ®  10     « 

Sewing,  Twine,  per  100  sec .  6  ®  12     » 

Bands,    •       .      12®  30     -/ 


LITHOGRAPHERS  AND  ENGRAVERS. 

Designers  are  paid  by  special  agreement,  according  to  ability.  An  inferior  copyist 
is  paid  from  $15  to  £25  per  week  ;  a  careful  copyist  is  paid  from  825  to  £50  per  week. 
An  original  designer  of  figures  or  pictures,  or  an  artist,  is  paid  from  81  (o  §10  per 
hour,  according  to  his  reputation  and  ability.  The  leading  designers  of  the  litho- 
graphers and  of  the  illustrated  papers,  when  engaged  by  the  year,  are  paid  from 
$100  to  8150  per  week.  Designers  of  letters  for  ordinary  show  cards  are  paid  from 
$20  to  $40  per  week;  for  the  finest  work  of  type-founders,  lithographers,  and  steel- 
plate  printers,  at  much  higher  rates. 

Engraving  on  wood  or  stone  is  rarely  ever  done  at  any  general  price.  The  cost 
of  the  work  may  be  roughly  estimated  at  twice  that  of  the  charge  of  the  draftsman 
or  ordinary  designer. 

Lithographic  Pressmen  are  paid  by  the  piece.  The  rates  of  piece  work  are  grad- 
uated so  that  on  ordinary  work  a  fair  workman  will  earn  820  00,  and  a  superior 
workman,  on  good  work,  from  §25  00®  $30  00  per  week. 

Per  Week. 


Per  Week. 

Engraver  on  Wood,  superior $25  ®  40 

ordinary 20  ®  25 

inferior 15®  20 

Boy  learning  trade,  1st  year  . .  .Nominal 
2d  „  ....  3®  4 
3d  .  ....  4®  6 
4th  a  .  5®  10 


Lithog.  Transferrer,  superior..  .§40  ®  50 

ordinary 25  ®  30 

inferior 20  ®  25 

Steel  or  Copper-pi.  Printer,  sup .  20  ®  30 
"Ordinary.18  ®  20 
«  inferior.  15®  18 

Boy  Helper 8  ®  10 

Girl  Helper 5®    9 


STEREOTYPERS  AND  ELECTROTYPERS. 


Per  Week. 
Foreman,  or  Head  Workman.. .  .-*30  ®  35 

Moulder,  superior 20  Ti  24 

«          ordinary 18  ®  20 

Finisher,  superior '.  24 


Boy  learning  trade,  1st  year. 
2d 
3d 

4th     -   . 


Per  Week. 
..  4  ®  5 
. .  5®  6 
..  6®  8 
.  7®  10 


PRICES    FOR    LITHOGRAPHY.  4^7 

SPECIAL    PRICES    OF    LITHOGRAPHERS. 

For  Statiouers  and  the  Trade  only.    Adopted  November  1st,  1866. 

TRANSFERRING 

Checks,  Notes,  Drafts,  Bills  of  Exchange,  Bills  of  Lading,  Certificates  of  De- 
posit, Policy  Headings,  Receipts  and  Cards $2.50 

Double  Transfer  with  Tinted  Back  Ground,  or  name  in  outline  through  body 

of  Blank 5.00 

Bill,  Letter,  and  Note  Headings,  and  Envelopes 2.00 

Autograph  Circulars 1.50 

Certificates  of  Stock,  to  cap  sheet  14  x  17 4.00 

15xl9,orl6x21 5.00 

Tint  on  face  of  Certificates  to  be  printed  in  another  color 4 . 00 

Lettering  on  face  of  Certificate  to  be  printed  in  another  color 2.50 

Bonds,  one  color 8 . 00 

"       two  colors 11 .00 

»      three  colors 14.00 

The  Transfer  of  a  Bond  to  be  charged  in  every  case,  and  not  to  be  included 
in  the  charge  for  engraving. 

Eight  or  ten  Blanks  to  a  sheet  flat  cap  14  x  17 3.00 

15  X  19,  17  X  22,  19  X  24  paper 4.00 

Checks  with  back  and  front  margin 3.50 

Two  forms  on  same  stone • 3.00 

PRINTING-   PER    100    IMPRESSIONS. 

Bill  Heads,  Cap  sheet,  in  black $1.75 

Checks,  Notes,  Drafts,  etc.,  in  black,  with  margin,  on  cap  sheet,  14  X  17 2.00 

"     in  blue,  green,  brown,  etc 2.25 

*     in  carmine  and  purple 2.50 

«          "     in  gold 3.50 

Eight  or  ten  Checks,  Notes,  Drafts,  etc.,  to  a  sheet  flat  cap,  in  black 2.25 

•   blue,  green, brown,  etc.  2.50 

a  purple  or  carmine 3 . 00 

"         a    n black  on  crown  cap,  15  X  19,  or  16  x  21,  2.50 

"   nblue,  green,  brown,  15  x  19,  or  16  x  21,  2.75 

«   n  purple  and  carmine,  15  x  19,  or  16  X  21,  3.25 

a    n  black,  on  folio  post,  17  X  22 3 .00 

ii   n  blue,  green,  brown,  17  x  22 3.25 

•             n         '/   n  purple  and  carmine,  17  X  22 3.50 

Letter  Headings,  per  100  sheets one  to  a  sheet. .  .65 

n         a         two          i'         ..  90 

Cashier's  Letter  Headings,  occupying  more  room  than  an  ordinary  letter 

heading one  to  a  sheet. .  75 

Cashier's  Letter  Headings,  occupying  more  room  than  an  ordinary  letter 

heading two  to  a  sheet. .  1.25 

Note  Headings,  per  100  sheets one           »         . .  .50 

two          "         ..  .75 

/'     Circulars,        //                   one           «        ..  .65 

two          "         ..  1.00 

Autograph  Note,  or  Letter  Circular,  per  100  sheets 1 . 50 

Engraved  Circulars,  one  to  a  sheet,         «         »        1.00 

two         //                      »          »          1.75 

four  to  folio  sheet,  «         •>         2.50 

Checks,  with  back  margin,  per  100  impressions,  extra 1.00 

Policy  Headings,  per  100  Policies,  cap  sheet 1  00 

"          with  endorsement 2.00 

Certificates  of  Stock,  14  x  17,  in  black 3.00 

15x19—16x21 4.00 

Envelopes,  Nos.  5  and  6.  per  1000  impressions 4.00 

Nos.  10  and  12,  per  1000        •                 ,.  5.00 


428 


PRICES    FOR    LITHOGRAPHY 


PRINTING   PER    100    IMPRESSIONS. 

Bonds,  14  X  17,  in  black $4.00 

14  X  17,  in  two  colors 6.51) 

14  x  17,  in  three  colors 9.00 

16  X  21—19  X  23,  in  black 5.00 

16  X  21—19  X  23,  in  two  colors 8 . 00 

16  X  21—19  X  23,  iu  three  colors 12. 00 

19  X  30,  iu  black 6.00 

19  X  30,  in  two  colors 10  00 

19  X  30,  in  three  colors 15.00 

For  Printing  on  Bond  or  Bank  Note  Paper,  25  cents  per  100  impressions  to  be 

added  to  the  above  prices.    Certificates  of  Stock  and  Bonds  excepted. 

For  Printing  Tinted  Work,  25  cents  per  100  impressions,  to  be  added  to  the  above 

prices. 
When  less  than  100  impressions  is  ordered,  a  full  hundred  to  be  charged.     All 

Proofs  and  Sketches  to  be  paid  for. 


ENGRAVING 

Names  of  Firms  or  Location,  for  Checks,  etc.,  in  Script §  .  7"> 

/'     in  plain  Roman,  or  enclosed  with  a  line,    1.25 

"     in  Roman,  shaded 1 .50 

n     in  plaiu  Old  English 1.25 

"     in  plain  Old  English,  flourished. 1 .50 

»     iu  shaded  and  flourished  Old  English      200 
//  n  "     in  ruled  end — Roman  or  Old  English. .     300 

/.  n  n     in  Old  English  or  Roman,  clouded 3.00 

Bank  Titles,  in  Script 2.25 

n         a        in  Fancy  Script 3 . 50 

a        in  Roman  and  Old  English,  shaded. 3.75 

u        in  Fancy  Roman  and  Old  English §5.00®  7. 50 

Flat  Tints,  name  stopped  out 3.00 

Waved  or  Ruled  Tint,  name  stopped  out 5.00 

Medallion  Tint 7.50 

All  City  of  New  York  Bank  Titles,  except  plain  Script,  Old  English  and  Roman, 
not  on  hand  at  this  date,  to  be  charged  as  above. 

No  Engraving  on  Certificates  of  Stock  to  be  charged  less  than  $15. 00. 
The  Stones  used  in  getting  up  any  kind  of  work,  remain  the  property  of  the 
Lithographer,  and  are  not  to  be  removed  from  the  establishment  where  they  were 
engaged. 
Terms :    Monthly  settlement — net  cash. 


MAVERICK,  STEPHAN  &  Co. 
SNYDER,  BLACK  &.  STURN, 
JULIUS  BIEN, 


HENRY  SIEBERT  &  BROS. 
FERD.  MEYER  &,  Co. 
HATCH  &  Co. 
KOHFF  BROTHERS, 


MAJOR  &.  KXAPP, 
P.  MILLER, 
D.  MCLELLAN. 


PRICES    FOB    STEEL-PLATE    WORK. 


Engraving 

Plate  of  1  Draft $70.00 

2     *       110.00 

4     «       170.00 

Plate  of  1  Certificate  of  Deposit . .  75.00 
2  «  ..120.00 

Certificate  of  Stock §150  3>  200.00 

*  tint  plate    75  ©125. 00 

Bills  of  Exch'ge  (1st,  2d,  3d)  175  ©  250.00 

tint  plate..     75  ©125. 00 

Engraving  Special  Portrait  100  ©200. 00 

Vignette  150  ©300. 00 


Printing-  per  1000  impress. 

Plate  of  1  Draft ' §15.00 

2  «  25.00 

4  .  30.00 

Plate  of  1  Certificate  of  Deposit  . .  15.00 
2  i.  ,i  25.00 

Certificate  of  Stock .*25  ©  30 .00 

.  tint  plate  20  ©25. 00 

Bills  of  Exchange 30.00 

tint  plate 20  00 

Single  Numbering,  per  1000 2  50 

Each  added  Numbering,  per  1000.      1.25 


TYPES. 


429 


Prices  of  Printing  Types,  per  pound. 


Sizes. 

Roman, 
Italic  and 
German. 

Antique, 
Condensed, 
Title, 
Borders,  etc. 

Shaded, 
Ornamented, 

Script,  etc. 

12-line  Pica  

§0  44 

80  50 

$0  56 

11    "       " 

44 

50 

56 

10     "        "      

.44 

.52 

.58 

9     ,,        „             

44 

52 

58 

8    " 

44 

54 

60 

44 

54 

60 

6     "        " 

48 

58 

64 

5     ,,        „          

48 

58 

64 

4     „        „ 

48 

60 

72 

Canon  

48 

60 

72 

Meridian 

50 

60 

78 

Dbl.  Paragon  
"    Great  Primer. 
"     Columbian  .  .  . 
"    English. 

.50 
.50 
.50 
50 

.60 
.62 
.62 
64 

.78 
.82 
.82 
86 

"    Pica  

50 

.64 

.90 

"     Small  Pica  .  .  . 

.50 
52 

.64 

66 

.90 
94 

Great  Primer  

.52 
52 

.66 
66 

1.00 
1  00 

English 

52 

70 

1  12 

Pica 

52 

74 

1  16 

Small  Pica 

54 

78 

1  22 

Long  Primer  
Bourgeois 

.56 
60 

.82 
90 

1.80 

1  44 

64 

1  00 

1  60 

Minion 

68 

1  12 

1  80 

76 

1  28 

2  00 

Agate        

90 

1  60 

2  40 

Pearl 

1  40 

2  00 

2  80 

Diamond  .  . 

1.80 

2.80 

3.20 

Price  of  "Wood  Type,  per  character. 


Size. 

Roman,  Antique,         Fancv 
Gothic  and  Grecian. 

Plain  and    Extended. 
Cond'nad. 

Extra    , 
Condensed 
ete. 

Shaded, 
Ornamented, 
etc. 

2-line  Pica.  .  . 

$   .. 

$.  6 

8  ... 

8..®.. 

3            "... 

6 

..@.. 

4             " 

'e 

6 

"e 

7®.. 

5             «... 

6 

7 

6 

8®.. 

6             «... 

6 

8 

6 

9®16 

7            " 

7 

9 

7 

10®  17 

8            "     '.  '.'. 

8 

10 

7 

11®  18 

9             "... 

9 

11 

8 

12®19 

10             «... 

10 

12 

9 

13®  20 

12            «... 

12 

15 

10 

15-S-22 

14             "... 

14 

18 

11 

17®  24 

16             "... 

16 

22 

13 

19®28 

18            "... 

18            24 

14 

-o  ;>:<i) 

20            "... 

20            26 

15 

•J-.'  '/  :;-J 

22            "... 

22           38 

16 

24®36 

24             "... 

24 

30 

17 

26             "       .  . 

26 

34 

19 

•J-  ,i  i:t 

28            «... 

28 

37 

20 

::n  n  I:, 

on 
OV                  "       ... 

30           40 

21 

:!'J  '«  is 

35             "... 

35            I.'. 

24 

:>*  ,i  .V, 

VI                 "       ... 

40           VI 

26 

I.  <i  i;n 

45      -        «     ... 

45            55 

30 

l<;  „  <;:, 

50     »       »     ... 

50            60 

35 

52®  70 

Superiors,  per  pound. 

Pearl $2.80 

Agate 2.40 

Nonpareil 2.00 

Minion 1.80 

Brevier 1.60 

Bourgeois 1.44 

Long  Primer 1.30 

Small  Pica 1.22 

Pica 1.16 

English 1.12 

Signs,  per  pound. 

Agate 81.60 

Nonpareil 1.28 

Minion 1.12 

Brevier 1.00 

Bourgeois 90 

Long  Primer 82 

Small  Pica 78 

Pica 74 

Metal  Furniture. 

Per  pound 30 

Quotations,  per  Ib. 
Common,  3X4  Pica  ems.  $  .30 

3  x  5  Brevier  ems 42 

4X6        "  »    42 

3  x  5  Nonpareil  ems 40 

4X6          "  "      40 

Leads,  per  pound. 
Six  to  Pica  and  thicker..  .$0.30 

Seven  to  Pica 35 

Eight  to  Pica 40 

Nine  to  Pica 60 

Ten  to  Pica 80 

Miscellaneous,  per  Ib. 

Pearl  Check 1.00 

Slugs 30 

Numbered  Slugs — each  .20 
Circnl.  Quads,  168  pieces.. 15. 00 

Space  Rule,   per  pound. 

Minion,  3  to  tody $1.50 

Brevier,  3  to  body 1 .50 

Bourgeois,  4  to  body 1 .50 

Long  Primer,  4  to  body  . .  1 .50 

small  Pica,  4  to  body 1.50 

Pica,  4  to  body 1 .50 

Piece  Fractions,  per  Ib. 

Brevier  (half-Brev.  body)$5.00 
Bourgeois  (Diamond  »  )  3.20 
Long  Primer  (Pearl  body)  2.80 
Small  Pica  (Agate  body)  .2.40 
Pica  (Nonpareil  body) —  2.00 


430 


Borders  and  Flowers,  per  pound. 


Semi-Minionette — $3.20 

Pearl 

Agate 

Nonpareil 1.28 

Minionette 1.28 

Minion 1.12 

Brevier 1.00 

Bourgeois 90 

Long  Primer 82 

Small  Pica 78 

Pica 

Two-line  Minionette 

English 

Columbian... 


00 

66 

.60 

.28 
.28 

Three-line  Minionet. 
Double  Small  Pica.  . 
Double  Pica  

.66 
.64 
.64 

Eight-1.  Minionette.  .60 
Five-line  Small  Pica  .60 
Five-line  Pica  58 

.12 
.00 
.90 

.82 
.78 
74 

Four-line  Minionet. 
Double  English  
Double  Columbian.. 
Three-line  Sm.  Pica. 
Five-line  Minionette 
Double  Great  Prim 

.64 
.64 
.62 
.62 
.62 
62 

Six-line  Small  Pica.  .58 
Ten-line  Minionette  .58 
Six-line  Pica  58 
Eight-line  Pica  54 
Nine-line  Pica  52 
Ten-line  Pica  52 

.72 
.70 
66 

Double  Paragon  — 
Six-line  Minionette. 
Four-line  Sni.  Pica. 

.60 
.60 
60 

Eleven-line  Pica  50 
Tesselated  Border..  1.00 
Mosaic  Border  1.00 

;  Greek,  Hebrew,  and  Saxon,  per  pound. 


Semi-Nonpareil $3.60 

Diamond 3.20 

Pearl 2.80 

Nonpareil 2.00 


Minion $1.80 

Brevier 1.60 

Bourgeois 1.44 

Long  Primer 1.30 


Small  Pica $1.22 

Pica 1.16 

Two-line  Small  Pica    .90 
Two-line  English  ...     .86 


Card  Fonts  of  Roman. 

Brilliant 2  Ibs.  .$10.00 

Diamond-Brilliant 3  »  ..10.50 

Diamond 3  //  ..    8.40 

Pearl 5  »  ..  10.00 

Agate 5  "  ..    8.00 

Nonpareil 6  «  ..    7.68 

Minion  Old  Style 6  /<  ..    6.72 

Brevier  Old  Style 6  »  ..    6.00 

Bourgeois  Old  Style 6  «  . .    5 .40    I 

Piece  Accents,  per  pound. 

Diamond..  $2. 80    Nonpareil.  .$1.28    Brevier.  .$1.00    Long  Primer  .82    Pica 
Labor-saving-  Rule,  per  Ib Greo.  Brace's  Son  &  Co. 


Long  Primer  Old  Style 6  Ibs.  .$4.92 

Small  Pica  Old  Style 6  «  ..  4.68 

Pica  Old  Style 7  «  ..  5.18 

English  Old  Style 8  •  ..  5.60 

Great  Primer  Old  Style....  15  »  ..9.90 

Italic  7  ••  ..  4.62 

Double  Sni.  Pica  Old  Style.  14  »  ..9.04 

Double  Pica  Old  Style 19  .  . .  12 . 10 


Single,  8  to  Pica $3.75 

Parallel 2.64 

Double 2.40 

Fourth  Series 3.75 


Fifth  Series $3.75    j    Ninth  Series $2.10 

Sixth  Series 2.40       Tenth  Series 2.40 

Seventh  Series 2.10       Eleventh  Series 2.10 

Eighth  Series 2 .40 

Labor-saving-  Leads,  assorted  lengths,  4  to  22  ems  Pica. . 

Four  or  Six  to  Pica perlb.  $  .45      Pica  or  Nonpareil per  IB.  $  .40 

Music,  per  pound. 

Half  Nonpareil... $3. 60    Diamond  .  .§3.20    Agate $2.40    Nonpareil $2.00 

Miscellaneous. 

Combin.  Borders,  per  font. §3.60  ®  15 .25    ;    Brass  Flourishes,  per  set $10.00 

Brass  Braces complete  set  $5.00    j    Brass  Rule per  foot. 12®    .90 

Brass  Circles each  .60  ®  Corners  and  Centres  .  .per  set  .45  ®  6.25 


Brass  Dashes 


.12®    .90 


Metal  Flourishes  .  .per  font. 6. 00  ©  25.60 


Brass  Ovals  .............     /      .90®  1.50    !    Metal  Rule  ...........  per  foot  12®     790 

Old  Material. 
Old  Type,  in  exchange,  per  Ib.  15  cents.        Old  Electro.  Plates.  .  .  .per  Ib.  8}j  cents. 

"       "       cash  sale  —       »        11     »  Brass  Shavings  ........  7 

Old  Stereotype  Plates  9M  .//  Scrap  Brass,  or  Old  Rule  »     12 

Newspaper  type  and  Book  type  weigh  about  40  pounds  to  the  square  foot  ;  but, 
to  allow  for  sorts,  it  requires  60  pounds  to  set  that  amount  up  with  certainty.  If 
much  standing  matter  is  required,  allowance  must  be  made  for  that  also. 


431 


COMPOSITORS'    MATERIALS. 


Type  Cases. 


Regular  Pattern per  pair  §2.50 

Two-thirds  size »  2 .25 

Greek  or  Hebrew 4.00 

Job each  1.75 

Half....  ..   •      1.00 


Triple  Cases each  |1.75 

Music 2.00 

Rule »        1.75 

Labor-saving  Rule •        2.00 

Blank 1.00 


Case  Stands. 

Pine,  Single,  with  Racks  ...........  So.  00        Cast  Iron,  Single  ..................  $10.00 

"      Double,  without  Racks  ......  5.50          »  Double,  without  Racks  15.00 

with  Racks  ..........  6.00  with  Racks.  ...  25.00 

Iron  Bracket  Composing-  Stand  —  Hawks. 
Single  ..........  §8.00.    Double  .......  §12.00.    Boxing  and  Shipping,  per  dozen  $3.00 

Patent  Double  Stand  or  Cabinet  —  B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

\Vith  Galley  Rest  and  Letter  Board,  stained  to  imitate  Walnut  .................  $75 

For  two  lengths  of  Cases  and  Galley  Rest,  stained  to  imitate  Walnut  ............  40 

Imposing-  Stones....  R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Italian  Marble,  with  Table  and  Drawers. 

Single.  Double.  Single.  Double. 

Foolscap  .....  18  X  23.  .§28.  ..  .IS  X  46.  .$43         No.  3  .........  26  X  38.  .$48.  .  .  .26  X  76.  .$78 

Medium  ......  22X28..   32....  22  X56..  52    !     No.  4  .........  27  X  40..   53.  .  .  .27  X  80.  .  84 

Super  Royal.  26  X  31.  .  39.  .  .  .26  X  62.  .   64         No.  5  .........  23  X  42.  .  58  ____  28  X  84.  .  93 

No.  1  .........  24  X33..  39....  24X66..  64         No.  6  .........  29X45..  62....  29  X  90.  .101 

No.  2  .........  25X36..  43....  25  X  72..  71        Mammoth..  .  .38  X  47.  .  86 

Cast  Iron  Imposing-  Beds  —  B.  Hoe  &  Co. 
With  Table  and  Drawers. 


Single.  Double. 

Foolscap  .....  18X23..  828....  18  X  4ii..*4i> 

Medium  ......  22x28..  32.  .  .  .22  X  56.  .  60 

Super  Royal.  26  x  31..  40.  ...26  x  'i-  .  To 

No.  1  .........  24  X  33.  .  40.  .  .  .24  X  66.  .  78 

NO.  2  .........  25X36..   44  ____  25X72..   S7 


Single.  Double. 

No.  3 26  xaS..64.S....2«  X  76.. $96 

No.  4 27  X  40. .  53. ..  .27  X  80.  .104 

No.  5 28  X42..  58....28Xs4..li:i 

No.  6 29X45..  63.... 29X90.  .126 

Mammoth....  38  X  47..  87 38X94.. 172 


Demy  — 17  X22 
Medium.. 19 x  24... 


Letter  Boards. 

Royal 23  x  •:: 

!    Sup.  Royal  24  x  30...  1.50 

Cabinets — Vanderburg-h,  Wells  &  Co. 


Imperial . .  .27  X  36.  .$1.80 
Dbl.  Med'm.28  X  40. .  2.00 


IMPROVED  TWO-THIRD. 

10  Case $17.50      12  Case $21.00 

16  Case 28.00      20Case 32.00 

With  Galley extra  $3.00 

BLACK  WALNUT  TWO-THIRD. 

12  Case $24.00      16  Case $32.00 

20  Case 37.00       Galley  Top..  3.00 

FULL  GALLEY-TOP. 

16  Case sio      -jo  case $50 

20  Case,  B.  W.    55       16  Case,  B.  W.    44 

THREE-QUARTER. 

16  Case $28      20Case $32 

20  Case  B.  W. .  .$37       16  Case  B.  \V     -:;. 

Add  §3  for  Galley  Top. 


EAGLE. 

Containing  20  Three-quarter,  16  or  20 

Full  Cases  of  any  desired  style,  and 

2  Drawers,   with  or  without  Galley 

Top,  40  Cases  in  all,  Blk.  Walnut  $100 

CALIFORNIA. 

( •(.nraiiiinu'  1  i  <>r  n;  Two-third,  and  14  or 
18  Full  rases,  any  style  desired,  with 
or  without  Drawer  and  Bailey  Top, 
34  Cases  in  all,  Black  Walnut $80 

IMPROVED  CA  I.I  ]--i  iKXIA. 

ContaiiiiiiL'  is  Two-third,  and  14  or  18 

Full  ('ast-s  of  any  style  desired,  with 

Drawers  and  witli  or  without  Galley 

Top,  36  Cases  in  all,  Blk.  Walnut    *'.«> 


432 


COMPOSITORS'  MATERIALS. 


Forty-case  Cabinet.... R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Contains  twenty  Three-quarter  Job  Cases,  two  Drawers  lor  copy,  eight  Full  Job 
and  eight  Triple,  with  two  pairs  Cases  on  top,  or  Galley. 

In  Black  Walnut $100.00    Pine,  stained  to  imitate  Black  Walnut. $90. 00 

This  Cabinet  is  also  made  with  fire  pairs,  sis  Job,  and  four  blank  Cases  for  wood 
type,  and  twenty  Three-quarter  Job  Cases,  at  same  prices. 

Twenty-two  Case  Cabinet,  with  Drawer — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Holds  two  pairs,  six  Job  and  four  Triple,  full  size,  and  four  pairs  Two- thirds  size. 

In  Black  Walnut $90.00 

In  Pine,  neatly  stained  and  varnished  to  imitate  Black  Walnut 80.00 

Cabinets  with  Galley  Tops — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Made  of  Cherry  Wood. 

With  10  pairs  Full-size  Cases $.50.00       With  15  Half  Cases §25.00 

-     10      "      Two-third"      40.00  >/     10     »  »     17.50 

8      •  32.00  »        5     »  "      10.00 

6  24.00       Made  of  Walnut,  extra each    5.00 

Improved  Cabinet  for  Newspaper  Offices — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Without  Cases §15.00        With  16  Cases $3-5.00        With  26  Cases $54.00 

Galleys. 

Common 5     x  loin,  inside  6  .37  |    Imperial  ..Slice.. 15  x  2» in.  inside  $4.00 

5%  X 18   "       "            .50  |    Republican,  //    ..18X25  //       «         5.00 

6     x  20                        .60  Proof,  Single  Col.,  Brass  Bottom. ..  2.00 

7     X22   //                     .80  »       Double   "           "             "       ...  2.25 

8     x  24  »                 1.00  a       Single    »     lin'g  screwed  on  2.50 

Octavo,  Slice...  6     x  10                     2.00  *       Double  /-        «          «          «    2.75 

Quarto,     „      . . .  8%  X  13                      2.50  «       Single    »     Patent  Lined.. ..  2.25 

Medium   «      ...10     X 16  2.75  «       Double  <>  <>     2.50 

Royal..    »      ...12     X  IS   •  3.00  Single    -/     all  Brass 3.25 

Sup.  Ro'l  '      ...14     X21  3.50  "       Double   //  3.75 

Patent  Brass-lined  Job  Galleys. 

6     x  10  inches $2.25    -    10  x  16  inches 84.00    I    14  x  20  inches $5.25 

S34X13  3.00        12X18  4.50    I    15X22      «       6.00 

Chases,  "Wrought  Iron,  with  Shifting-  Bars. 


8ize  over  all.         Per  Pair. 

17JJX20     inches...  $13.- 50 
20      X  25  '      ...  16.20 

22?i  X283J         .      ...  18.00 
25?4  X31Ji        »      ...  20.50 


all. 


Per  Pa 


24  H  X  3334  inches. .  .821.00 
27H  X401i        "       ...   24.00 
32^  X44^        .       ...   27.75 
24M  X3334  ...  17.50 

25  ?a  Xa534        '       ...   18.50 


ze  over  all.  Per  Pair. 
263j  X38Js  inches... $19. 30 
27J4  X40JJ  ...  20.25 

28%  X42Ji        »       ...   21.00 
29 Jj  X44Ji        «       ...  22.00 


Size  Inside. 

15  X  21}A  inches 

16  X  23^4 


Half  Chases,  Wrought  Iron. 


Each. 
.$5.50 
.  5.50 


Size  Inside. 

17 At  x  24 inches... 
1838  X25  "  ... 
19,14X26  *  ... 


6.20 
6.20 


Size  Inside.  Each 

20 >4  X  27  inches 67.10 

19      X24       "       4.75 


Size  In 
4X5 
4%  X    6^ 
5X7 

6X8 


6-inch 
8-inch 


ride, 
inches 


Cast  Iron  Chases. 

Each.     :  Size  Inside.  Each. 

.8  .36         8  x  10  inches  .......  $  .72 

.42  9  X  12       "  .84 

48  10X14       "         ........  96 

56  14  X  17  .......   1.24 

Mailing  Blocks. 

Xos.  1,  2  and  3,  per  1000..  82.  50  Xo.  4,  per  1000.  ..  .$3.00          2STos.  5  and  6..  .  .$5.00 

Patent  Composing  Stick  —  Grover. 

$1.50        10-inch  ......  $2.00        14-inch  ......  82.50    i    18-inch  ........  $3.00 

1.75        12-inch  .....  2.25        16-inch  .....  2.75    I    20-inch  ........  3.25 


Size  Inside.  Each 

18  x  24  inches $1.68 

5X16^  "  86 

8  X23H  *  1-26 

Other  sizes  made  to  order. 


COMPOSITORS'    MATERIALS. 


433 


Ordinary  Composing-  Sticks. 
Six  or  eight  inches  long each  $1 . 00       For  every  additional  inch 15 


16  inch $1.50 

20     •      1.75 

24      •  ..  2.00 


Mahogany  Job  Sticks. 

30  inch S2.2.-1 

34     «       2.50 

Furniture. 


36  inch §2.75 

40     »      3.00 


Per  Yard. 

Cherry,  smaller  than  2-line  Pica. . .  .$  .4 

2  to  5-line  Pica 5 

6  to  I24ine  Pica 6 

13  to  16-line  Pica 10 

Sidestick 6 


Per  Yard. 

Pine,  sizes  smaller  than  2-line  Pica.    .2 

"    2-line  to  5-line  Pica 3 

»    6-line  to  12-line  Pica 4 

"  13-line  to  16-line  Pica 6 

"    Bearers .  .  15 


Borders,  etc.,  in  Wood — Vanderburg-h,  "Wells  &  Co. 


Borders,  all  sizes,  per  foot...?  .75®  1.75 

Indexes,  eight-line per  pair  1 .50 

twelve-line. «         2.00 

fifteen-line »         2.25 

twenty-line »         3.00 


Corners,  six-line per  set  $1 .50 

"       twelve-line "      2 . 00 

Wave  Rule per  foot    .50 

Wave  Ornament //  .75 

Wood  Rules per  yard    .15 


Boiler  Proof  Presses. 


9  x  28  inch,  inside,  with  frame. .  .§45. 00 
16X28     »  "  "         "...  58.00 


9  X  28  inch,  inside,  without  frame. |33. 00 
16X28     //  »  »  "     ..  45.00 


Miscellaneous. 


Hickory  Quoins,  per  100 f  .50 

Boxwood      "  "      75 

Shooting  Sticks,  Hickory each    .  6 

Boxwood 15 

Iron 1.00 

Brass 1.25 

Mallets 40®  1.25 

Saw  and  Wooden  Mitre  Box 2.00 

»     Iron  «      6.00 

Shears per  pair  2.00 

Lead  Cutter 3.50 

Imp.  Brass-rule  and  Lead  Cutter..  6.00 

Ditto,  with  Double  Lever 12.00 

Patent  Horizontal  Mitre  Machine  15.00 
»      Upright  »  »         20.00 


Candlesticks per  dozen  $2.00 

Snuffers per  pair      .25 

Steel  Composing  Rule 20 

Planer 40 

»       Mahogany 60 

Proof 60 

Bodkins 12®  .75 

Combination  Knife  and  Bodkin 2.25 

Printers'  Knife 2.25 

Ley  Brushes 1 . 13 

Proof     "         1.50 

Type  Measures 60 

Page  Cord per  ball    .50 

American  Printer,  by  MacKellar. .  1.50 
Bellows ..  1.00 


The  Proof -Sheet  Tables.  .Collins  &  M'Leester:  Table  of  Signatures,  Table  of 
the  Quantity  of  Paper  required  for  any  Job,  Table  of  Combination  Leads 
and  Slugs,  Type  Gauge,  Table  of  the  Quantity  of  Paper  required  for  any 
Book,  Tables  of  Proportions,  Table  showing  the  Weight  of  Leads  required 

for  any  Work per  set    .30 

Mitering  Machine.  .Curtis  &  Mitchell 6.50 

Patent  Galley 8..  Wilson 8  X  12,  $4.00.    10X15,  $5.00.    12  X  18,  6.50 

Paper  and  Card  Scale  for  determining  fractional  sizes.  .Fisk,  Russel  &  Ames    1.00 

Adjustable  Self-locking  Curvatures.  .Morris , per  set  15.00 

Type  Measurer.  .MacKellar,  Smiths  &  Jordan 1.50 

Young's  Printers'  Guide,  or  Copy  Holder 1.00 


434 


PRINTING    PRESSES. 


Double  Cylinder  Printing  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


Bed  28  x  41  inches. 
"      31  X  46 


.§4,600 
.  5,000 


Bed  31  X  50  inches.  .$5,400 
»     34  X  54       "        . .  5,800 


Bed  36  x  57  inches.  .$6,250 
"     40  X  60       »        . .  6,850 


Double  Cylinder  Printing  Press.... A.  B.  Taylor. 

Bed 66  X  44  inches.  .$7,650    [    Bed  54  X  40  inches.  .$ti,575        Bed  46 H  X  31 H  ins.  .$5,000 

..  6,250     !        »     40      X28Jfc     »  ..   4,500 


63X40 


X  36 


»     50  X  31}£    "        . .  5,400    | 

Single  Small  Cylinder  Printing  Machine  —  R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  25     X  33  inch.  .$2,150    |    Bed  31  X  50  inches.  .$3,150        Bed  36  X  57  inches .. 
<<     28%  X  41      «     . .  2,600  «     33  X  52       »       . .  3,300  »     40  X  60 

»      31      X  46      »     . .  2,850  »     36  X  54       »        . .  3,500 

Single  Large  Cylinder  Printing  Machine...  R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

See  advertisement  and  illustration  on  a  following  page. 


Bed  16  x  21  inches  . 
»  19  X  23%  "  . 
"  23X28H  -  . 
"25X33  «  . 


$950 
1,400 
1,800 
2,200 


Bed  28%  x  41  inch.  .$2,500 
"  31  X  46  *  . .  3,000 
"  31  X50  "  ..  3,200 


Bed  34  x  52  inches.  .$3,400 
»     40  X  54  . .  3,650 

"40X57       -        ..  ::,900 


The  above  prices  include  Counter-Shaft,  Hangers,  Driving-Pulley,  two  Cone- 
Pulleys,  two  Roller-Molds,  Blankets,  two  sets  Roller-Stocks,  and  Boxing  and 
shipping,  or  Carting  and  putting-up  in  New  York. 

A  reduction  will  be  made  for  any  of  the  above  articles  not  wanted. 
Inking  apparatus  to  work  four  Rollers,  extra  ....................................  $200 

Fly  -Wheel  and  Stand,  small  size  ....................    $65.        Large  size  ..........    95 

Single  Small  Cylinder  Printing  Press  —  A.  B.  Taylor. 

With  Self-  Flying  Apparatus. 

Bed  60  x  40  inches  .  .  $4,000       Bed  58  X  38  inches  .  .  $3,825    ! 
"56X44       /'        ..  4,000  «     57X36       »        ..  3,750 

"     50  X  32       "        .  .  3,150    I 

Each  Machine  is  furnished  with,  and  the  above  prices  include,  two  sets  of  Roller 

Stocks,  two  Roller  Molds,  Blanket,  Counter  Shaft,  two  Hangers,  Driving  Pulley, 

two  Cone  Pulleys,  Boxing  and  shipping,  or  Carting  and  putting-up  in  New  York. 

Old  Style  of  Single  JLarge  Cylinder  Press  —  A.  B.  Taylor. 

With  Self-Flying  Apparatus. 
Bed  56  X  44  inches..  $4,000        Bed  50  x  31  inches.  .$3,200    |    Bed33  x  25  inches.  .$2,200 


Bed 46  X  31  inches.  .$2,850 
*     41  X  30       "       . .  2,600 


54X40 
52X34 


..  3,650 
..  3,400 


46X31 
41  X29 


. .  3,000 
. .  2,500 


as  x  23 

.14X19 


. .  1,800 
. .  1,400 


Extra  Fountains  from $50  to  $100. 

New  Patent  Drum  Cylinder  Printing  Machine — A.  B.  Taylor. 

Bed  33  X  25  inches.  .$1,828 
»  28  X23  /'  ..  1,565 
»  24  X  19  "  . .  1,182 


Bed  56  X  44  inches 
«     54  X  40       "        . .  3,120 
"     52  X  34       //        . .  2,935 


Bed 50  x  31  inches.  .$2,750 
"     46  X  31  . .  2,570 

«     41  X  29       •        . .  2,320 

Extra  Fountains,  from $50  to  $100. 

Each  machine  is  furnished  with,  and  the  above  prices  include,  two  sets  of  Roller 
Molds,  Blanket,  Counter  Shaft,  two  Hangers,  Driving  Pulley,  two  Cone  Pulleys, 
Boxing  and  shipping,  or  Carting  and  pntting-up  in  New  York. 

First-Class  Drum  Cylinder  Printing  Press — Cottrell  &  Babcock. 


19  X  24  inches $1.275 

19  X  35      /'          1,400 

24  X  30      *          ' 1,700 

25  X  35      «          1,850 

28*4  X  41  "  2,100 

32  X  46      "  2,200 


32  x  46  inches,  extra  heavy  . 

32  X  50      «          

32  X  50      "         extra  heavy  . 

34  X  52      

34  x  52      -        extra  heavy 
41X60      " 


PRINTING    PRESSES.  435 

Napier  Press — A.  Campbell. 
Bed  37  X  51  inches,  four  rollers $4,300 

Extra  Heavy  Presses,..  Cottrell  &  Babcock. 
Four  Rollers  over  a  Full  Form. 

24  X  30  inches $2,200    ;    32  X  46  inches $3,100 

25  X  35       "        2,400    i    33  X  50       »       3,300 

Counter  Shaft,  Hangers,  Cone  Pulleys  and  Drawing  Pulleys,  8-50.    Boxing  and 

shipping  smallest  size,  625:  other  sizes,  850.    Each  Press  furnished  with  Blankets, 
two  Roller  Molds,  "Wrenches,  and  two  sets  Roller  Stocks. 

First-Class  Power  Printing:  Presses — Potter. 

With  Patent  Bunter  Springs. 
20  x  25  inches $1,275       31  x  46  inches,  extra  heavy 82,500 


21  X  27      >•      extra  heavy 1,475 

24  X  30      •       '.  1,700 


32X48       "  2,400 

32X50  extra  heavy 2,700 

34  X  52       i  2,600 


24  x  30  extra  heavy 1,800 

25X35  1,850  34X52      -<         extra  heavy 2,900 

25  X  35      "      extra  heavy 2,000  40  X  54  »      3,200 

31  X  46      "        2,200  40  X  60  "  ••       3,500 

Extra  Heavy  First-Class  Printing-  Presses — Potter. 
Four  Rollers  over  a  Full  Form. 

23X50 82,200         25X35 82,400         31X46 $3,100         32X50 83,300 

Counter  Shaft,  two  Hangers,  two  Cone  Pulleys,  and  [one  Driving  Pulley,  8oO. 
Boxing  and  carting  smallest  size,  825;  other  sizes,  $50.  Each  Press  is  furnished 
with  Rubber  Blankets,  set  of  Wrenches,  Screw  Driver,  two  Roller  Molds,  and 
two  sets  of  Roller  Stocks. 

Combination  Press — A.  Campbell. 

37  X  51  inches,  four  rollers $5,500        28  X  41  inches,  four  rollers 84,500 

31 X  46  «          "       5,000    | 

The  Complete  Press — A.  Campbell.  • 


36  x  52  inches,  two  rollers 02,500 

32  x  50      «  •'      1,900 

32X48  1,800 


26  x  41  inches,  four  rollers fl,800 

25  X  31       "  1,700 

23  X  28      »         two  rollers  (new) . .  1,600 


31  x  46     "  "         "      1,700       20  x  25  three  rollers 1,500 

The  Price  List  of  all  the  above  Machines  include  one  set  of  ]extra  Roller  Stocks  ( 

Roller  Molds,  Cone  Pulleys,  Counter  Shaft,  Blanket,  Tapes,  Boxing  and  shipping, 
or  put-up  in  complete  running  order  in  New  York  City. 

Stop-Cylinder  Wood-Cut,  and  Job  Printing-  Machine. . R.  Hoe  &  Co. 
See  advertisement  and  illustration  on  a  following  page. 

Bed  14  x  17  inches.  .$1,200  Bed  26  X  34  inches.  .$3,300  '  Bed  35  X  51  inches.  .|6,050 
"  19X24  ..2,000  "  29X42  ..4,125  -  38X55  ..7,150 

"  24  X  29  "  ..  2,750  *  32  X  47  -  . .  5,050  »  41 X  58  »  . .  8,250 

Hand  Stop-Cylinder  Printing-  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  31  X  46  inches $1,350.    For  Steam  Power,  extra f75 

"Trip"  Cylinder  Press — A.  Campbell. 

32  X  46  inches,  four  rollers $3,000        i5  x  31  inches,  four  rollers $2,600 


26  X  41       «  «  «       2,800 


23X28      «         Six          "       2,800 


Single  Large  Cylinder  Hand  Printing1  Machine B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  31  x  43  inches $1,500       Bed  35x52  inches f  1,800 

The  above  includes  two  sets  Roller  Stocks,  Roller-Molds,  Blanket,  boxing  and 
shipping,  or  carting  and  putting  up  in  New^York.  Apparatus  for  steam  power,  $75. 


436  PRINTING    PRESSES. 

Railway  Newspaper  Printing-  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Size  of  Bed  31  x  46  inches.    Price $1,350 

The  above  price  includes  Roller-Molds,  Blanket,  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Cart- 
ing and  putting-up  in  New  York. 

Country  Newspaper  Press — Boston  and  Fairhaven  Ironworks. 


Bed  31  x  46  inches  within  bearers. .  .$950 
"     28X40      "  •>  "         ...  825 


Bed  24  x  32  inches  within  bearers. .  .$700 
Boxing  and  carting  from $20  to  25 


Country  Power  Printing-  Presses — Potter. 

Table  and  Cylindrical  Distribution.       |          Rack  and  Screw  Distribution. 
31  x  46  inches,  hand  power $1,200    j    31  x  46  inches,  hand  power 81,450 


32  X  48      "  "  »       1,300 

34  X  52       .  *  a        2,000 


32X48 

34  X  52  ••        2,100 

Apparatus  for  steam  power,  extra  $50.   Boxing  and  Cartage,  §50.   Each  Press  is 
fiiraished  with  Wrenches,  two  Roller  Molds,  and  extra  Roller  Stocks. 

Country  Newspaper,  Book  and  Job  Press — Henry. 

32  x  48  inches  inside  bearers,  hand  power $1,000 

32  x  48  "         steam  power 1,050 

32X48      "  "         hand  and  steam  power 1,100 

Boxing  and  shipping,  $50.      Two  Roller  Molds,  Rubber  Blanket,  extra  Roller 
Stocks,  and  Wrenches  go  with  each  press. 

Improved  Country  Newspaper  Press — A.  B.  Taylor. 

46  X  31  inches §1,340        50  X  32  inches $1,550 

Boxing  and  Shipping  extra.  Apparatus  for  steam,  extra $60 

Improved  Country  Newspaper  Press — A.  &  B.  Newbury. 

Bed  31  x  46  inches $1,000 

This  includes  Blanket,  Roller  Molds,  Tapes,  Wrenches,  Boxing  and  Setting-up 
in  any  State  east  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

The  Country  Press — A.  Campbell. 


36  x  52  inches,  two  rollers §1,900 


32  X  50      i          *         >/        1,400 

32  X  48       »  »          *         1,300 


31  x  46  inches,  two  rollers §1,200 


25  x  41      "        four  rollers 1,200 

20  X  25      "         three  rollers 800 

The  above  prices  include  two  Roller  Molds,  extra  Roller  Stocks,  Steam  Fix- 
tures and  Blanket.  Boxing  and  shipping  §40  extra. 

Patent  Country  News  and  Job  Press. . .  .A.  '.B.  Taylor. 

News  Press,  Bed  46  x  31  inches,  arranged  for  hand  power $1,340 

"  50  X  32  a  "  a  «  1,550 

With  Pulleys  and  arranged  for  steam,  extra $60 

Both  sizes  are  arranged  with  Table  and  Vibrating  Roller  Distribution  combined. 

Each  Machine  is  furnished  with,  and  the  above  prices  include,  two  sets  Roller 
Stocks,  two  Roller  Molds,  Blanket,  Boxing  and  shipping  or  Carting  and  putting-up 
in  New  York. 

Country  Newspaper  and  Job  Presses — Cottrell  &:Babcock. 

Improved  Country  Presses.  .Hand  Power. 


(Table  and  Cylindrical  Distribxition. 

31  x  46  inches  inside  bearers §1,200 

32  x  50      ••  »        1,300 


Table,  Rack  and  Screw  Distribution. 

31  x  46  inches  inside  bearers §1,450 

32  X  50      "  "        Jl.550 


Apparatus  for  steam  power,  extra,  $50.    Boxing  and  Shipping,  $50. 

Country  Newspaper  and  Job  Press.  .Hand  Power. 

31  X  46  inches  inside  bearers,  with  Cylindrical  and  Table  Distribution $1,100 

Boxing  and  shipping,  $50.    All  ..of  the  Country  Presses  are  furnished  with  Fly, 
Blankets,  two  Roller  Molds,  extra  Roller  Stocks,  and  Wrenches. 


PRINTING    PRESSES. 


437 


Bed  and  Platen  Printing:  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


No. 
1.. 
o 

Size  of  Platen. 
..14      X  18  inch. 
19      v  <>3     // 

Rollers. 

..2  Rollers.. 
2         ii 

Price. 

..$1,000 
2  125 

No. 
28.. 
29.. 
30.. 
31 

Size  of  Platen. 
.30     X  40  inch. 
.27     X41     •     . 

Rollers. 

.  .6  Rollers.  . 
.  .2         .       .  . 
..4 
6 

Price. 
..$4,400 
..  3,250 
..  3,750 

4  000 

3 

4         " 

2  375 

4 

19 

X  25 

.  .2         » 

.  .  2,150 

5 

X  "      I-     • 

4         " 

2,400 

32.. 
33.. 

.26J|X43 
.  "       X  "       " 

.  .2 
4 

.  .  3,400 
3  925 

6.. 

7 

..20 

X25     -     . 
X  " 

.  .2         a      .  . 

..  2,300 
2  600 

34 

"       X  "       ii 

6         " 

4  200 

8.. 
9 

X  "      " 

.  .2         ••/      .  . 
4 

.  .  2,550 
.  2,950 

35.. 
36 

.27     X43     a     . 
"       X   a       " 

.  .2        "      .. 
4 

.  .  3,400 
3  9°5 

10 

6               a 

3  195 

37.. 

38.. 
39 

.a      X  "      •'     .  . 
.28%  X  34     .     . 

.  .6        . 
.  .2        -      .  . 

.  .  4,200 
.  .  3,475 

11.. 

..24 

X  29H  •     • 
X  " 

.  .2        a      .. 
4         " 

..  2,575 
2  975 

13 

a 

X  "      ii 

6 

3  205 

40 

6        " 

14.. 
15 

..23 

X  34     .     . 

v  //      /. 

4         » 

.  .  2,900 
3  300 

41.. 
4° 

-30H  X  43     "     . 

.  .2        « 

4         " 

.  .  3,800 

16.. 
17.. 

18.. 

.  .24=3  X  37     » 
.  .  "       X   ••       •      . 
.  .24J$  X  39 
.    //      y  //      a 

..2         .      .. 
..4 

.  .2         » 
4        " 

.  .  2,950 
.  .  3,375 
.  .  3,000 
3  425 

43 

6         " 

44.. 
45. 

.33%  X  43%  "     - 
//       x  "       " 

.  .2        •' 
4 

..  4,250 
4  850 

46 

6         a 

5  100 

90 

X  "      " 

.6        a 

.  3,650 

47.. 

48.. 
49 

.30^  X  45     ,.     . 

.»       X   ••       "     . 

..2        -      .. 
..4 
6 

..  4,000 
..  4,575 

..26 

X40           . 

4        " 

.  .  3,100 
3  575 

°S 

X  "      I' 

6 

.  3,800 

50.. 
51.. 
52.. 
53 

.32     X46     .     . 
.  •       X  "       ••     . 
.34     X  4854  "     • 
"       X   "       " 

.  .2        .      .  . 
..4 
..2        .      .. 
4         a 

.  .  4,400 
..  5,OQO 
..  4,800 
5  500 

24.. 

26.. 
27 

..27 
..30 

X40     a     . 
X  "      '-     . 
X40     »     . 
X   -I       ii     . 

.  .2        » 
.  .4         «      .  . 

..4 

.  .  3,225 
.  .  3,725 
.  .  3,650 
.  .  4.175 

54.. 

X   «       ••     . 

..6 

.  .  5.800 

The  above  prices  include  a  Cone  Fly- Wheel,  Counter  Cone,  Tight  and  Loose 
Pulleys,  Counter-Shaft,  Hangers,  Driving-Pulley  for  Main  Shaft,  two  Friskets, 
six  Roller-Cores,  if  Two-Roller ;  twelve  Roller-Cores,  if  Four-Roller,  and  eighteen 
Roller-Cores,  if  Six-Roller ;  four  Sets  of  Nippers  of  three  each ;  Boxing  and  Ship- 
ping, or  Carting  and  setting-tip.  For  any  articles  in  above  list  not  required,  a 
deduction  will  be  made. 

Liberty  Card  and  Job  Press — Degrener  &  Weiler. 

Card  and  Circular  Press,  7  x  11  inches  inside  chase $250.      Boxing.  .$6.00 

Quarto  Medium,  10  x  15  inches  inside  chase,  with  fountain —  425.  «       ..7.50 

Half  Medium,  13  x  19  inches  inside  chase,  with  fountain 550.  «       .  .10.00 

Steam  Fixtures  for  either  size,  $20.  Fountain  and  Fountain  Fixtures  for  small 
size,  $25.  Three  Chases,  two  sets  of  Roller  Stocks,  one  Roller  Mold,  one  Hand 
Roller,  and  two  Wrenches  go  with  each  press. 

New  Style  Improved  Newbury  Blank  and  Card  Press — Kellog-gr. 

Prints  a  form  6%  x  11%  inches $150 

With  each  press  are  sent  two  Chases  with  Sidesticks,  two  pairs  Roller  Stocks, 
Roller  Molds,  three  Friskets,  Wrenches,  and  Rubber  Blanket :  all  carefully  boxed. 

Universal  Printing-  Machine — Hamilton  &  McNeal. 


Half  Med.,  13  x  19  inside  chase $550 

Boxing 10 

New  Nonpareil  Job  Press. 

7     x  12  inches  inside  chase $250 


9^  X 16      I-  i,          a     450 

15    X 19      a  a  a     550 

15    X  25      «  "  a      650 

With  each  press  is  supplied  one  Roller  Mold,  two  sets  Roller  Cores,  one  Bra3'er 
Roller,  two  to  three  Chases,  and  Wrenches. 


Ink  fountain,  with  five  tanks $25 

strain  fixtures 15 

.Cincinnati  Type  Foundry. 

Boxing  and  Carting $6  ®  $12 

Shafting,  etc.  for  steam  power  8-i>  «    27 

Extra  for  fountain * 50 

A  rrungcment  for  cutting  off  impress.  50 


438  PRIXTIXG    PRESSES. 

Franklin  Job  and  Card  Presses — Gordon. 

Improved  Half  Medium  Franklin,  13  x  19  inches  inside  chase.  .§550.      Boxing.  .§10 
Improved  Quarto     «  10X15      "  ..425.  ..    7 

Enlarg'd  and  Imp.  Eighth  Med.  Franklin,  7  x  11     »  .  .250.          »        . .    6 

Steam  fixtures,  §15  extra.   Fountain,  §25  extra.   One  Roller  Mold,  two  sets  Roller 
Stocks,  and  three  Chases,  are  included  with  each  press. 

Chromatic  Printing-  Presses — Suitterlin,  Claassen  &  Co. 

inches  inside  chase §375    I    13  x  19  %  inches  inside  chase §750 

»  «  »       575    ;    18  X  25          "  "  «       900 

Two  Roller  Molds,  two  sets  of  Roller  Stocks,  three  Chases,  Wrench,  etc.,  are 
included  with  each  press.    Fountains,  Steam  Fixtures,  and  Boxing,  extra. 

Washing-ton  and  Smith  Hand  Printing  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Platen.  Bed.  Price.  Platen.  Bed.  Price. 

14^  X  19*4  inch...  18     X  24    inch §210    '    24     X  37    inch. ..  .27H  X  41%. inch..  .§335 

19~X25        "    ....22^X29^     »     . . . .  250        25     X  39       >•     . . .  .28J£  X  43J&     «    ....350 
22H  X  28        «...  .26      X  32J£     «     .         275 
21     X30        '     ....24^X34^     •     ...     290 


26  X41J&    .     .  ...29J4X46         »    ....365 

27  X43        .     .  ...30H  X47^     "...  425 


22  X  32J£     «    ...  .25^  X  37        «     ....  305        345$  X  43^    •     ...  .38^  X  48        «    ....  500 

23  X35       "    26%x39!s     »    —  320        Extra,  if  with  frame  in  pieces 20 

Above  price  includes  two  pairs  of  Points,  one  Screw  Wrench,  one  Brayer,  one 

Slice,  and  extra  Frisket.    Boxing  and  Carting,  or  setting-up  in  New  York,  §7.50. 

Patent  Railway  Coupon-Ticket  Printing'  and  Numbering'  Machine. 
R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Press  with  three  Numbering  Plates  (see  advertisement  and  illustration) §2,250 

Numbering  Wheels  and  Prickers,  per  set 100 

Boxing  and  Shipping 20 

Railway  Ticket  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 
Price  from §2.500 

Bed  and  Platen  Job  Printing  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

(Adams'  Patent.) 
Size  of  Bed,  8  X  10^  inches  long §320        Size  of  Bed,  11%  x  14  inches  long. .  .§520 

Prices  include  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Carting  and  setting-up  in  New  York. 

Driving-Pulley,  Tight  and  Loose  Pulleys,  Counter-Shaft  and  Hangers  for  steam 
power,  extra,  §40. 

New  Hand  Lever  Printing1  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Platen  7  X  10  ins. . .  .Bed  10  x  13  ins.  .§65   Platen  10  X  14  ins. .  .Bed  14  x  17  ins.  .§80 

Stansbury  Hand  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Platen  12%  x  16}$  inches.    Price §120 

The  above  price  includes  Boxing  and  Carting,  or  setting-up  in  New  York. 

Patent  Numbering-  Card  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Platen,  4^  x  6  inches.    Price §400 

The  above  includes  Boxing  and  Carting,  or  Carting  and  setting-up.  For  printing 
higher  numbers,  extra.  Driving  Pulley,  Fast  and  Loose  Pulleys,  Counter-Shaft, 
Hangers  and  two  Cone-Pulleys  for  steam  power,  extra,  §50. 

Excelsior  Card  and  Job  Press — Wm.  Braidwood. 

Eighth  Medium,  7  x  11  inches  inside  chase,  2  rollers  in  frame §250.    Boxing,  §6 

Quarto        »        10X15      »          "          "       4  »          425.         "  8 

Half  "         13  X 19  »  //        4  "  550.          »          12 

Half  Medium,  double  geared.  .§600.     Fountain.  .§25  extra.    Steam  Fixtures.  .§30 
One  Roller  Mold,  2  sets  Roller  Stocks,  3  Chases,  1  Wrench,  go  withjeach  Press. 


PRINTING    PRESSES,    ETC. 


439 


Patent  Machine  Card  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Size  of  Platen,  5H  X  7  inches.    Price $200 

Including  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Carting  and  setting-up. 

Small  Card  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Platen  4X5  inches.    Price $100 

Including  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Carting  and  setting-up. 

Globe  Printing1  Presses. 

Half  Medium — 13X19%  inside — $550        Fountain $25 

Quarter  Medium  10  x  15        »       —  425        Steam  Fixtures 15 

Eighth  Medium.  ..8X12        />       250        Boxing 6  @  10 

One  Eoller  Mold,  two  sets  of  Roller  Stocks,  and  three  Chases  with  each  press. 

Improved  Proof  Press — plackwell. 

In  Wood 315       In  Iron $25        With  Stand,  Brayer  Distributor,  and 

With  Stand,  etc 35  Receptacles  for  Ink  and  Paper $25 

Ready  Proof  Press  for  Newspaper  Work — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Size  of  Bed,  95$  X  40  inches.    Price ' $85 

Ready  Proof  Press  for  Jobbing — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  16  X  26  in.  inside,  with    Table. .  .$60        Bed  9  X  27  in.  inside,  with   Table. . .  .$50 

•     16  X  28  without   "...  50  //     9  X  27        »  without  »     40 

The  above  includes  Proof-Roller,  Boxing  and  Carting,  or.  Carting  and  setting-up. 

Steam  Inking:  Machine  for  Hand  Press R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Folio  Post $210        So.  2 $300        No.  5 $375 

Medium 230        No.  3 325        No.  6 400 

Super  Royal 250        No.  4 350        No.  7 425 

No.  1 275 

New  Patent  Self-Inking  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

To  Work  by  the  Action  of  the  Press. 

Foolscap $100        Nos.  1  and  2 $130    I    Nos.  5  and  6 $150 

Medium 110        Nos.  3  and  4 140       No.  7 160 

Super  Royal 120 

Improved  Inking  Apparatus — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

With  Vibrating  Cylinder,  Railway  and  Carriage,  to  Work  by  Hand. 

Foolscap with  1  Ink  Roller..  .$35.00        Nos.  1  and  2,  with  2  Ink  Rollers  .  .$45.00 

with  2  Ink  Rollers. .37.50        Nos.  3  and  4,  with  1  Ink  Roller  ...  45.00 

Medium with  1  Ink  Roller. ..  37.50        Nos.  3  and  4,  with  2  Ink  Rollers  . .  47.50 

with  2  Ink  Rollers..  40.00    j    Nos.  5  and  6,  with  1  Ink  Roller  ...  47.50 

Super  Royal,  with  1  Ink  Roller. . .  40.00        Nos.  5  and  6,  with  2  Ink  Rollers  ..  50.00 

with  2  Ink  Rollers. .  42.50        No.  7,  with  1  Ink  RoUer 50.00 

Nos.  1  and  2,  with  1  Ink  Roller. . .  42.50        No.  7,  with  2  Ink  Rollers 55.00 

Distributors, 

With  Stand  and  Frame,  Complete. 

Medium $20.00        Nos.  1  and  2 $25.00        Nos.  5  and  6 $30.00 

Super  Royal 22.50        Nos.  3  and  4 27.50        No.  7 35.00 


Paper  Wetting  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

No.  1  will  wet  paper  36  inches  long $600 

No.  2  //       48  «  .' 700 

No.  3  »       60  "  800 

Prices  include  Counter-Shaft,  Hangers,  and  Pulleys,  Boxing  and  Shipping. 


440 


INKS. 


Printing:  Inks — 

Per  Pound. 

News  Ink,  power  press $  .16  @   .20 

*        «     hand  press 20 

Ex.  News  Ink,  power  press.     .20®   .25 

//        //        »     hand  press 25 

Book  Ink,  No.  3 30 

»      No.  2 '. .     .40 

»       No.  1 50 

Fine 75 

Extra  Fine 1.00 

Pictorial  News  or  Book  Ink  .30  .40    .50 
Job  Ink,  for  dry  and  calendered 

papers,  will  not  set  off 50  .75  1.00 

Extra  Fine  Ink,  for  cards 1.00 

Superfine  Ink,      "  1 .50 

Extra  Superfine  Ink,  for  cards  —  2.00 
Super          "  soft  3.00 

Wood  Cut  Ink  . .  1.00  1.50  2.00  3.00  5.00 

Printers' Varnish 30    .40    .50 

Eed  Ink,  for  paper 50    .75  1.00  1.50 

Scarlet  Bed  Ink 1.50 

DeepBedlnk i.oo    1.50 

Fine  Bed,  for  cards  or  paper.  2.00    2.50 

Extra  Fine  Bed 3.00  5.00  10.00 

"    deep 3.00   5.00 

Lake  Ink 5.00  10.00 

Carmine  Ink 16.00  32.00 

Scarlet  Carmine  Ink 16.00 

Chinese        »          «     32.00 

Ultramarine  Ink,  poster ..  .50    .751.00 

»     fine 1.50  2.00  3.00 

Light  Blue  Ink 50    .751.001.50 

Dark  Blue  Ink 75  1.00  1.50  2.00 

Bronze  Blue  Ink 2.00 

Light  Green  Ink 50    .751.001.50 

Dark  Green  Ink 751.001.502.00 

Deep  Dark  Green  Ink 2.00 

Brown  Ink,  poster 50 


H.  D.  Wade  &  Co. 

Per  Pound. 

Light  Brown  Ink. 75  $1.00  1.50  2.00  3.00 
Dark  Brown  Ink  .75    1.00  1.50  2.00  3.00 

Bismarck  Brown 2.00 

Russet  "      2.00 

Yellow  Ink,  poster 50 

Lemon  Yellow  Ink 75  1.00  1.50 

Orange      »          </     751.001.50 

Deep  Orange  Yellow  .  .75  1.00  1.50  2.00 

White  Ink 50    .751.00 

Brown  Gold  Size 1.00  1.50  2.00 

Yellow     .        .     1.001.502.00 

Orange    »       »    1.502.00 

White  Size,  for  dry  colors 1.50 

Flock      »      1.50 

Varnish 75 

Sienna  Ink 1 .50 

Sepia      "    2.00 

Raw  Sienna  Ink 2.00 

»     Umber    "    1.50 

Olive  Ink 1.50 

Bronze  Ink 2.00 

Tint  Inks,  various  shades. 1.00  1.50  2.00 

Bronze  Powder per  oz.  .50®  1.50 

Silvering  Solution. .  per  bottle  .  75  ©  1 . 50 

ANILINE  INKS. 

Per  Pound. 

Royal  Purple $16.00  24.00 

Bluish 16.0024.00 

Purple  Ink 5.00  10.00 

Magenta 5.00  10.00  16.00  24.00 

Solferino 5.00  10.00  16.00  14.00 

Mauve,  Bluish....  5.00  10.00  16.00  24.00 
«        Reddish..  5.00  10.00  16.00  24.00 

Claret 5.00  10.00  16.00  24.00 

Emerald  Green 5.00 

Aniline  Blue 5.00 


To  the  above  prices  add  Twenty  per  cent,  as  per  annexed  Key. 

fCardPrice 25    30    40    50    75    1.00    1.25    1.50    2.00    2.50    3.00    5.00    10.001 

\  Advance 30    36    48    60    90    1.20    1.50    1.80    2.40    3.00    3.60    6.00    12.00$ 


Lithographic  Inks  and  Varnishes — H.  D.  Wade  &  Co. 


Black  Ink,  No.  1 perlb $3.50 

»          »      No.  2 »      2.50 

»     No.  3 «      2.00 

«     No.  4 •      1.50 

Blue »     3.00 

Green '     3.00 

Lemon  Yellow »     2,50 

Orange      «       »     2.50 

White »     1.25 

Brown «     3.00 

Bed »  ..4.003>6.00 


Lake per  Ib $14.00 

Carmine »     18.0026.00 

Purple »  ....16.0024.00 

Copperplate  Ink —  »  1.001.50    2.00 

Varnish,  No.  1 «     75 

No.  2 »     65 

"          No.  3 »      55 

NO.  4 »      50 

No.  5 «      45 

No.  6 «      40 

Copperplate  »     40 


441 

PRESSMEN'S    MATERIALS. 


Stereotype  Blocks....  R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Rule  Borders.  Rule  Borders. 

4tO..... 4  blocks $12.00 624.00         32mo.. 32  blocks §30.00 .$60.00 

8V0....8  17.00 34.00    !     48HLO..48  36.00 72.00 

12mo..l2      •       18.00 36.00  !    Patent  Sectional  Blocks,  Hooks, 

181110.. 18  22.00 44.00    |       and  Catches 2.00 

24mo..24  26.50 53.00        Metal  Furniture  for  do perlb.      .50 

Roller  Molds. ...R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Of  cast  iron,  for  Hand  Press,  accurately  finished,  finely  polished,  and  furnished 
•with  bungs  and  centres,  as  follows : 

Foolscap  requires  30  inches  long..  615. 00        No.  4  requires  44  inches  long §22.00 

Medium  /        34  ..  17.00    |    No.  5         «        46      /-  23.00 

Super  Royal  36  ..  18.00    ;    No.  6  48       ••          •      24.00 

No.  1  /,        38  ..19.00    |    No.  7          «         49  24.50 

No.  2  "40  ..  20.00        Mammoth         50      «  25.00 

No.  3  42  .  .  21.00 

Roller  Cloth. 

1\  inches  wide  (in  rolls  of  12  yards) per  roll,  6tj .  00 

Ink  Rollers.  Ink  Balls. 

One  Handle.  Balls,  large  size,  made  up  per  pr.  §8.50 

6  and  8  inch  Stock  and  Frame .61.50  "      middle  size,                           .    6.75 

10  inch  Stock  and  Frame 1.75  smaU  size,          «            .    ..    5.68 

12  inch  Stock  and  Frame 2.00        Bal1  skin  antl  Lining 2.60 

Two  Handles.  Buckskin  Rollers. 

14  inch  Stock,  and  Frame *2.50  Complete 

^  300        Medium $31.60 

Foolscap       .  '.'. 3.75        SuperRoyal 34.00 

Medium        -  4.50        Imperial 40.00 

Super  Royal .                                      4.75  Begt  patent  Bubber  Blanket. 

;Xo.  2  5 . 75  2tj  inches  wide per  yard  67 . 25 

No.  3  '•  6.00  32  «      .        »        8.00 

No.  4  6-50  36  -      »  8.50 

No.  5  •  6.75  40  »     .  ..    »  9.00 


No.  6  »  ••          7.00 


44       /-  </      «        «       11.00 


Boiler  Skin  and  .Lmin.ir,  sewed 4.20    ;    T3-nipau  Eubber,  36  inch,  «        *  1.75 

Best  English  Felt  Cloth  Blanket,  per  yard. 

32  inches  wide,  Thick  Cloth .65.50        54  inches  wide,  Thick  Cloth 610.00 

36      '                                        6.25        tin                                          «      11.00 

40      •                                       6.75        :;•;                          Thin        *      3.75 

44       '                                                7.60         40                                                 *       4.15 

46                                                    S.OO        50                                                      5.20 

50                    •            -            -      .1.^1         60       •                                      »       6.20 

Tape,  Best  quality,  in  36-yard  rolls,  per  roll. 

Half-inch ?1.44       TlirL-i--riuarttT-iuch.S2.16       Us  inch £.88 

Miscellaneous. 

Embossing  Imprint  for  Card  and  Letter  Presses.  .Wilson $10.00 

T3-uipau-sheet  Gauge  Pin — Things per  dozt-u  - 1 

I'lalt-n  1'rt-ss  Fred  Guides. .  .Megill 

Printing  Press  Counter,  lor  recording  impressions . .  Hart 


442                                                PRESSMEN'S  MATERIALS. 

Miscellaneous. 

Bank  and  Horse,  from 88.25       Spirits  Turpentine per  gallon  $  .50 

Rounce  Straps per  set  1.88  Sponges,  for  rollers,  coarse. per  Ib    1.75 

Sheepsfoot  Hammer 1.50       Benzine per  gallon  .15®   .22 

Screw  Driver 75        Oil,  Kerosene .40® 

Press  Wrench 1.25  -    Sperm, -winter.      ••           2. 40®  2. 60 

ScrewAVrench 2.00          "    Machine »  .85®!. 00 

Tynipan  «         1 .00  Rags,  for  cleaning  rollers. .  .per  Ib.    .12 

Points,  with  Springs perpair    .50  Potash,  crude,  first  sorts —               .10 

without  Springs...                  .36  »  Babbitt's  Concentrated     •/         .18 

Tympan  Bolt  and  Xnt — per  pair     .45       Ammonia,  Carbonate  of .20 

Ink  Table,  Foolscap 8.50  Spirits .40 

Ink  Block 1.25  Glue,  Cooper's  A,  extra. per  Ib  .44  ® 

Ink  Slice 90    !  Xo.  1 «       .38® 

Ink  Brayer 30  common,  for  binders-        .22® 

TinKettle,  for  Comp.,  per  set  $7.50®  Soda  Ash per  Ib.  .4®   .5 

Copper  Kettle,                                   16.00  Make-ready  Board.,  .per  sheet  .16®  .22 

work  by  steam  75.00       Type  Brushes  each  .75®  1.50 

Roller  Composition. 
Francis  &  Loutrel's,  per  Ib 8  .60       Bingham's,  per  Ib $  .25 


STANDING   PRESSES. 


Hydraulic  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

6-inch  Ram,  25  X  37  inch.,  140  tons.  8850       12-inch  Ram,  32  x  46  inch.,  560tons.82,000 
8     -  26X40      <        250     »  ..1,125        14     <<         "      36X49     •<        765     -  ..  2,600 

10     -  28X44     "       390     •'  ..1,500        Other  sizes  made  to  order. 

Pumps  for  Hydraulic  Presses — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Double  Vertical  Steam  Pump $1,200       Single  Pump f  150 

Double  Horizontal  Steam  Pump . .    750                         -on  separate  Cistern  ...  200 
Double  Pump  on  separate  Cistern.    350        Power  applied,  extra,  about 100 

Hydraulic  Press — A.  B.  Taylor. 

Diameter  of  Ram,  12  inches.  .Platen,  46  x  32  inches,  6  feet  space,  565  tons $1,800 

10  ..         '         44X28        »         6     ><          "        392     »     1,350 

8       "       ..       «        40X26        -        5     "          •<       252     »     1,025 

Single  Pump  on  base  of  Press 150 

Single  Pump,  with  separate  Cistern 200 

Double  Pump,  with  separate  Cistern 350 

Double-Gearing  Iron  Standing:  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Screw.  Platen.  Price.  Screvr.  Platen.  Price. 

Xo.  1.  .5ii  inches,  32  X  43*6  inches. .  .8650        Xo.  2.  .5H  inches,  3'2  x  43Li  in  dies.,.  $700 

Double-Pawl  Iron  Standing  Press  —  R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Screw.  Platen.  Price.     I  Screw.  Platen.  Price. 

Xo.  1.  .3fe  inches,  22>£  x  29  inches. .  .$300    '    No.  3.  .6  inches,  33  X  46  inches. $650 

No.  2.  .4)4        "         22^X29       •        ...   340         Xo.  4.. 7        "         33X46  850 

Iron  Standing-  Press — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Plalen.                   Screw.           Price.  Platen.                Screw.                Price. 

Xo.  1..  7H  X  15  inches,  114  inches.. .  840        Xo.  3.  .21  X  29  inches,  3    inches $200 

Xo.  2..16      X24  -J!c         '       ...   150         Xo.  4.. 26X33       «         3%      •<       225 

Other  sizes  made  to  order. 


STANDING    PRESSES.  443 

Screw  Standing-  Press,  for  Printers  or  Binders — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

With  White  Oak  Bed  and  Head. 

screw.  Platen.  Price  Screw.  Platen.  Price. 


No.  1 .  .2k  inches,  17  X  28  inches $125 

Xo.  2.. 3  18  X30       "      160 

No.  3..3U       *          20X32^    *       190 


No.  4.  .4  inches,  21 J^  x  33  inches  — $225 
No.  6.. 5  "  32  X47^  "  ....  540 
No.  7.. 5  "  36  X54  "  ..600 


Prices  include  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Carting  and  putting-up  in  New  York. 
Iron  Standing  Press,  for  Printers  or  Binders W.  O.  Hickok. 

3k  inch  screw,  6  iron  rods,  Platen  24  x  32>i  inches $160 

3%     "  same  as  above,  with  wheel  and  ratchet 195 

4  gun-metal  box,  platen  28  x  45  J&  inches 225 

4  same  as  above,  with  wheel  and  ratchet 275 

4  Platen  28  x  48  inches 320 

Press  Boards,  for  Dry  Pressing-  Printed  Work Lindemeyrs. 

Usual  sizes,  21X31,  and  24X32  inches.  Usual  weights,  65,  80,  112,  120,  130, 140, 
150  pounds.  Prices,  by  the  gross:  No.  1,  20  cents  per  pound;  No.  2, 18  cents  per 
pound.  Larger  sizes  are  made  to  order,  in  quantities  of  not  less  than  three  gross. 


CUTTING    MACHINES. 


Card  Cutter,  for  Printers — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

6-inch  Shears $13.50    ;    8-inch  Shears $16.00    i    12-inch  Shears $22.50 

7  '        15.00   10  "        20.00  |  14  "    «    27.00 

Patent  Self-feeding  Card  Cutting  Machines — Cowles. 

Foot  Machine §200.00        Hand  Machine $40.00        Boxing $3.00 

Improved  Combined  Strip  and  Card  Cutter.... Cowles. 

Price $60.00.    Boxing $1.50 

Rotary  Card  Cutter — Buggies. 

25-inch 835.00        30-inch $45.00        Boxing,  extra $2.00 

Circular  Millboard  Cutters,  for  Binders — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

No.  1  will  cut  board  24  inches $350        No.  3  will  cut  board  36  inches $450 

No.  2     »       "  30      •        400         No.  4     *      »          "       42       «        500 

Extra  Cutters,  per  pair,  from  $15.    Carrying  Bands,  extra,  $30.   Treadle,  extra,  $30 
Prices  include  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Carting  and  setting-up  in  New  York. 

Shears  and  Iron  Table  for  Millboard — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

The  blades  of  the  Shears  are  29  inches  long.     Price s?i2r>.oo 

Shears  and  Wood  Table  for  Binders'  Millboard — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Cutting-edge  of  Shears,  26  inches.    Price $50.00 

The  Acme  Patent  Paper-cutting  Machine — Montague. 

28-inch  cutter .§425        32-inch  cutter $450        38-inch  cutter $500 

Steam  fixtures,  $25  extra.    Front  gauge  extra. 

American  Paper  Cutter — Boston  and  Fairhaven  Iron  Works. 

lA-njrth  of  knife,  28  inches $125 

Turn  Table  Cutting  Machine.... Hickok. 

Power  Machine $500.    Without  Self-action  Power $280 

Hand          •  ..425.  -  "  Hand 260 


444  CUTTING    MACHINES. 

Patent  Paper  Cutting1  Machines — Biehl. 


No.  1 . .  Cuts  32  inches,  hand $300 

No.  2..    «      33       "     hand,  §400.  Stm  450 


No.  4.  .Cuts  36  ill.  Hand,  $500.  Still.  $550 
No.  5.. Cuts  38   "        "          600.      »         650 


Boxing  and  carting  extra. 

Plough-Knife  Paper  Cutters — Ruggles. 


Wood  Frame,  to  cut  33  inches $60.00 

36       " 


Wood  Frame,  to  cut  28  inches $50.00 

30      -       55.00 

Iron  Frame,       »       30  60.00 

A  square  board  and  extra  knife  furnished  with  each  machine. 

Plough-Knife  Paper  Cutter — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Width  of  Paper  cut,  27  inches With  Iron  Frame,  $80.    With  Wooden  Stand ,  $60 . 00 

Minerva  Paper  Cutter — Curtis  &  Mitchell. 

Cuts  30  inches *-"•"> 

Patent  Iron  Frame  Paper  Cutter — Bigelow. 

To  cut  28  inches $60.00        To  cut  33  inches f 80.00 

40       "       70.00 


90.00 


A  squaring  board  and  extra  knife  furnished  with  each  machine. 


Power  Paper  Cutting  Machine. 

Width  of  paper  cut  24  inches $1,150 

«     30      "        1,300 

•     36      «        1,450 

»     42       «        1,600 

Patent  Franklin  Paper  Cutter. 

30-inch,  iron  frame $70.00 

Patent  Hand  or  Power  Cutting  Machines.... Sanborn. 


New  Paper  Cutter — Hardy. 

Cuts  30  inches s-j  K  i .  1 1>  i 

Fitted  for  steam,  extra 25.00 

Paper  Cutter. -Newbury. 

Plough-Knife,  price A>O.I:O 

Patent  Lever  Cutter.. Sanborn. 


28-inch 

30-inch 475.00 


32-inch |575.00 

34-inch 625.00 


36-inch $700.00        42-inch $900.00 

40-inch 800.00 


Patent  Sliding  Knife  Paper  Cutter — Sheridan. 

With  Wooden  Paper  Table,  cutting  32-inch  paper $600 . 00 

With  Iron  Paper  Table  and  Square  Knife-board 650.00 

Cutting  27  inches , 450.00 

Sliding  Knife  Paper  Cutter — Sanborn. 

Cuts  32-inch  paper §250.00 

Sliding  Knife  Paper  Cutter — Hickok. 

Lever,  hand,  25  inch .  |300     Steam  or  hand,  27  in .  $450     Steam  or  hand,  32  in .  $600 . 00 

Circular  Shears  or  Board  Cutter — "W.  O.  Hickok. 

Circular  Shears,  steam  power,  42  inches $450.00 

Patent  Book  and  Paper  Trimming  Machine — R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Space  occupied  on  floor,  6  feet  x  2  feet  6  inches.     Price $1,000 

Self-acting  Grinding  Machine — Sanborn. 

To  grind  52-inch  knife $175.00        With  patent  Emery  Wheel $210.00 

Improved  Grinding  Machine — Hickok. 

To  grind  knife  4  feet  long $150.00 


445 


ELECTROTYPING    APPARATUS. 


R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


Moulding  Press,  etc. 

Solid  Head. 
Toggle,  takes  Chase  16  X  21  In  . .  .§400.00 

Swinging  Head. 
Toggle,  takes  Chase  21  x  28  in ...  600.00 

Solid  Heads. 
Hydraulic,  takes  Chase  24  x  30. .  .1000.00 

High  Lead  Mould 15.00 

Guard  Line  — 15.00 

Bevel  »       15.00 

Steam  Wax  Kettle,  etc. 

Xo.  1  Iron,  9  in.  diameter 20.00 

Xo.  2     ,'     12  30.00 

Iron  Building  Tool 4.00 

Copper    "  "     5.00 

Gas  Stand  lor  heat'g  bld'g  tool. . .    15.00 

Blackleading  Machines. 

Xo.  1,  lor  Form  14  x  19  in 250.00 

Xo.  2,        "  18X24  in 300.00 

No.  3,         "  24  X  30  in 375.00 

Apparatus  for  Steam  Power,  ex.    35.00 

Bellows 8.00 

Pump  and  Hose 20.00 

Backing  Pans. 
Iron  Open. 

Xo.  1,  for  Form  6  X  9  in 18.00 

Xo.  2,  8X11%  in 22.00 

No.  3,  10X14  in 27.00 

No.  4,  12  X  16JA  in 34.00 

Xo.  5,  14X19  in 41.00 

Xo.  6,  16X21Hin 50.00 

Xo.  7,         "         18X24  in 60.00 

No.  1  Stand  for  Xos.  1  to  4 12.00 

Xo.  2         »  Xos.  5  to  7 16.00 

Overhead  Bar  and  Pulleys 30.00 

Metal  Body  Mould,  with  6  Cores 

for  Casting  type  high 85.00 


Furnaces. 

Iron  Melting,  complete. 

Xo.  1,  with  Pot  12  x  16  and  5  in.  dp.  §70.00 

Xo.  2,                 16X21    »   5  in.    «  130.00 

Xo.  3,        '.        20X26    «   5  in.    »  160.00 

Extra  Top  for  Xo.  2 12.00 

Xo.  3 15.00 

Extra  Pot  for  Xo.  1 8.00 

Xo.  2 12.00 

Xo.  3 15.00 

Extra  Front  and  Door  for  No.  2. .  30.00 

No.  3..  35.00 

Extra  Door  and  Frame  for  Xo.  2 .  18 . 00 

No.  3.  20.00 

Extra  Grate  Bars  for  Xo.  1 2 .50 

No.  2 5.00 

No.  3.......  8.00 

Skimmer  for  Xo.  1  or  2 3.00 

Xo.  3 4.50 

Iron  Ladle 1.50 

Xo.  1  Iron  Crane,  for  Iron  Furn's  60.00 

No.  2         "               "  Brick  »     ..  80.00 

Brass  Moulding:  Cases. 

Xo.  1,  for  Form  6  X  9  in 5.00 

Xo.  2,                    SXll^in 8.00 

Xo.  3,         "         10X14  in 11.00 

Xo.  4,        "        12X!6Hin. 14.00 

Xo.  5,                   14X19  in 18.00 

No.  6,                   16X21^  in 23.00 

Xo.  7,                 18x24in 30.00 

Tables. 
Steam  Heating. 

No.  1  Iron,  for  Xos.  1  to  4  Case. .  70.00 

Xo.  2     "                      5  to  7     '•     . .  90.00 

Case  Filling. 

Xo.  1  Iron,  for  Xos.  1  to  4  Case. .  35.00 

Xo.  2     »                      5  to  7     «     ..  45.00 

ZiF  See  also  Finishing  Department. 


STEREOTYPING   APPARATUS. 


PLASTER   PROCESS.... R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


Moulding-  Stones,  etc. 

Xo.  1,  Mounted,  is  x  30  in 27.50 

No.  2,          «          24X36  in 42.50 

Xo.  3,  32x46in 72.50 

Brnsh  for  Oiling  Form 2. .50 

Cleaning       1.50 

Mould  for  Flasks $20.00 

Thumbscrews  for  Flasks,  per  doz.    6.00 


Casting-  Pan. 

No.  1  Iron,  for  Form  6  X  9  in $20.00 

No.  2  »  8X11)4  in...  25.00 

No.  3  -  10X14  in 30.00 

Xo.  4  «  12  X  H>H  in...  36.00 

No.  5  •  14  X  19  in 43.00 

No.  6  16x2Uiin...  52.00 

No.  7  -  ••         18X24  in 63.00 


446 


ELECTROTYPI NG  AND  STEREOTYPING. 


PLASTER   PROCESS.. Continued. 


Furnaces. 

Iron  Melting,  complete. 
No.  1,  with  Pot  11  X  15  and  10  in.  dp.$75 .00 
No.  2,         //          15X20     //    10     «    ..145.00 
No.  3,         a         19X25     //    10     »   ..180.00 

Extra  Top  for  No.  2 15.00 

'     No.  3 20.00 

Extra  Pot  for  No.  1 10.00 

"     No.  2 15.00 

«     No.  3 20.00 

Extra  Front  and  Door  for  No.  2. .  35.00 

No.  3..  42.00 

Extra  Door  and  Frame  for  No.  2 . .  18 . 00 


Extra  Grate  Bars  for  No.  1 $2.50 

No.  2 5.00 

No.  3 7.00 

Stirrer  for  No.  1 6.00 

No.  2  or  3 9.00 

Skimmer  for  No.  1 3.00 

No.  2  or  3 4.50 

Ladle 1.50 

No.  1  Iron  Crane,  lor  all  Iron 60.00 

No.  2  Brick....  80.00 

Lifting  Tongs 3.50 

Plain          //       3.00 

Pincers 1.50 


CLAY  PROCESS.... R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


Melting1  Furnace,  etc. 
Complete,  all  Iron,  with  Pot. 

12  x  16  in.  and  5  in.  deep $75.00 

Gauge  Wires each..       .50 

Screw  Clamps »    . .    1 .85 

Lilting  Irons 60 

Skimmer 3.00 

Ladle 1.50 

Tongs 3.00 

Pincers 1.50 

Moulding:  Press. 
For  Form  9  x  12  inches $115.00 


Moulding-  Stone,  etc. 

Mounted,  18  X  18  inches $20.00 

Clay peril)..       .10 

Trowel 2.85 

Brush  for  Oiling  Form 2.50 

Cleaning  »    1.25 

Moulding:  Plates. 

Iron,  11  x  15  and  %  in.  thick $9.00 

"  Back,  12  x  15  and  %  in.  thick. .    9.00 
Iron  Spreading  Bar 9.00 


PAPER  PROCESS.... R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


Steam  Drying-  Press. 

No.  1,  for  Form  9  X  12  in $100.00 

No.  2,         ii         12X16  in 175.00 

No.  3,         "         15X20  in 250.00 

No.  4,         «         18X24  in 325.00 

No.5,        «         2!X28in 400.00 

No.  6,        »         24X32  in 475.00 

For  Steam  Platens,  add  20  per  cent. 

Iron  Melting-  Furnaces, 

With  Circular  Pot. 

No.  1, 12  inches  in  diameter $50.00 

No.  2, 16      «                            80.00 

No.  3, 20      «                            120.00 

No.  4, 24       «                              160.00 

No.  5, 28       "                               200.00 

Extra  Pot  for  No.  1  Furnace 5 . 00 

No.  2        »          ....  8.00 

No.  3        «          ....  11.00 

NO.  4        «          ....  15.00 

No.5        «          ....  20.00 

Iron  Ladle,  No.  1 1.75 

No.  2 2.75 

No.  3 4.00 

Copper  Ladle,  No.  1 12.00 

No.  2 16.00 

No.  3 30.00 

No.  4 40.00 

Iron  Skimmer 8.00 


Iron  Tables. 

Imposing,  Zinc  Covered  and  Mounted. 

No.  1,  for  Form  15  X  20  in $50.00 

No.  2,       "             18X24  in 55.00 

No.  3,       »            21  x  28  in 63.00 

No.  4,       "             24  X  32  in 76.00 

Beating,  Mounted. 

No.  1,  for  Form  15  x  20  in 45 .00 

No.  2,       "              18  X  24  ill 50.00 

No.  3,       «             21X28  in 57.00 

No.  4,       "            24X32  in 70.00 

Elevating. 

No.  1,  for  Form  15  x  20  in 140.00 

No.  2,       »             18  X  24  in 150.00 

No.  3,                     21  X  28  in 162.00 

No.  4,       ii              24  X  32  in 175.00 

Oil  Brushes,  Goat's  Hair,  each. .  2.50 

Chalk      «                                  "     ..  2.50 

Beating"       Bristles «     ..  6.00 

Paste      "       Wire  Bound,    •     ..  2.50 
Circular  H'd  Brushes,  for  Sieving    1 . 50 

Matrix  Plates. 

No.  1  Brass,  for  Form  9  x  12  in. ..  $8.00 

No.  2      »            «          12x16  in...  12.50 

No.  3      -                        15X20 in...  18.00 

No.  4                                18X24  in...  25.00 

No.5                   "          21X28  in...  32.00 

No.  6       »              "           24X32 in...  40.00 


ELECTROTTFIXG    AND    ST  E  RE  OT  YPIN  G  .  447 

PAPER   PROCESS.. Continued. 

Matrix  Troughs.  So.  i  Curved,  lor  Form  9  x  12  in.gi55.00 

Cast-iron,  with  Pipe.  Xo-  -                                12  X  16  in.  220.00 

No.  1,  for  Form  15  x  20  in 83.00  >o'  3                                l*  x  20  m'  315  °° 

So.  2,       .             18X24  in 10.00  Xo' 4                                  18  X  24  in.  375.00 

So.  3,                    21X28  In 12.00  *°-  5        "                         21 X  28  in.  440.00 

So.  4        .             24X3°  in                   1500  Xo- 6        "               "          24  X  32  in.  500.00 

Metal  Body  Mold,  -with  Cores,  lor 

Casting-  Molds.  Casting  type  high 85 . 00 

So.  1,  for  Form  9  x  12  in $125.00        Mold  lor  Border  Furniture 20.00 

No.  2,         "          12x16  in 175.00        Shears 2.50 

So.  3,         -          15X20  in 250.00    ;    Mallet 40 

So.  4,  18  X  24  in 300.00        Planer 40 

So.  5,  21X28  in 350.00        Brass  Border  Rule per  loot..      1.50 

So.  6,         «          24X32in 400.00        Wood       •  .     .        ..         .10 


FINISHING  MACHINES.... R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Iron  Saw-Table  and  Saw,  to  work  by  Foot  or  Steam  Power $240.00 

Ditto,  with  Outside  Cutter  and  Sliding-Table 336.00 

Parallel  Gauge  lor  ditto,  extra 40.00 

Sliding  Carriage  lor  ditto,  to  carry  Plates,  extra 40.00 

Hand  Saw 2.50 

So.  1  Power  Planing  and  Sawing  Machine,  12  inch  Stroke,  to  take  on  Plate 

11%  X  20  inches,  with  Outside  Cutter  and  Sliding  Table 700.00 

Ditto,  with  Cutter,  but  without  Saw  Table  and  Saw 600.00 

Ditto,  with  Saw,  but  without  Cutter 600.00 

Ditto,  without  Saw  or  Cutter 500.00 

So.  2  Power  Planing  and  Sawing  Machine,  17  inch  Stroke,  to  take  on  Plate 

17  X  30  inches,  with  Outside  Cutter  and  Sliding  Table 900.00 

Ditto,  with  Saw,  but  without  Cutter 800.00 

Ditto,  with  Cutter,  but  without  Saw 800.00 

Ditto,  without  Saw  or  Cutter 700.00 

So.  1  Hand  Shaving  Machine,  11^  inch  wide 160.00 

Extra  Head  lor  ditto 40.00 

So.  2  Hand  Shaving  Machine,  16H  inch  wide 240.00 

Extra  Head  lor  ditto 56.00 

So.  1  Power  Bevelling  Machine,  lor  Bookwork 300.00 

So.  2        -  Sewswork 375.00 

No.  1  Hand  Bevelling  Table,  lor  Form  9  X  12  inches 150.00 

So.  2       .  »          12X16      "       200.00 

So.  3       -  15X20       «       250.00 

So.  4       <•  18X24  300.00 

So.  5      f  V-  21X28       «       350.00 

So.  6  24  X  32       '        400.00 

Curved  Hand  Bevelling  Tables,  25  per  ceut.  advance  on  above  prices. 

Iron  Shoot  Board,  and  2  Planes 30.00 

Set  ol  2  Hammers  and  6  Chisels,  assorted 10.00 


448 

BOOKBINDERS'    MATERIALS. 


Embossing  and  Gilding-  Press — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 
With  Sliding  Bed,  7X11  inches £300        Fixed  Bed,  5XS  inches $150 

Half-Arch  Embossing-  Press — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 
Head  5X8  inches $150 

Embossing-  Machines        R.  Hoe  &  Co. 


Head  10%  xi.%  inches 8500 

"       14     X18          «       800 


Head  19  x  2-4  inches $1,350 

24  X  30       "       2,250 


Prices  include  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  Carting  and  putting-up  in  Xew  York. 
Embossing- Presses — W.  O.  Hickok. 

With  Hand  Lever §275        Solid  Frame,  Hand  and  St'm  $550  ®    750 

With  Lever  heavier  and  stronger  ..  350       "\Vitlisteampower 550®    850 

Solid  Frame  Heavy  Hand  Press...  400  »     1,100®  1,500 

Smashing-  or  Book-Pressing-  Machine. 
This  machine  is  on  same  plan  as  the  Embossing  Press,  and  prices  are  the  same. 

Table  Standing-  Press — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Size  of  platen  7J*  x  15  inches 840.00.    Boxing  and  carting 81.50 

Piercing-  Machine  for  Pamphlets — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

To  work  by  Treadle $50 

Book  Boiling-  Machine — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 
Width  between  Frames,  14  inches §300 

Buling-  Machine  for  Blank  Books,  etc — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Size  of  paper  ruled,  26  inches.     Price 8225 

Book  Sawing-  Machine — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 
Prices  from $150  to  $300 

Backing-  Machine — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 
From $85  to  §500 

Cherry  Pressing-/  Boards — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Made  of  the  finest  cherry,  thoroughly  seasoned,  and  finished  in  the  best  manner. 

6  x  10*2  inches per  dozen. .  $5.40        16  x  24  inches per  dozen.  .814.40 

8X10          »        »         ..     6.00         17X22       «       •          ..   14.40 

8X12          »        "         ..     6.60         20X24       »        ..   15.60 

10X13  7.20         20X28       »       •          ..19.20 

10X16          »        "          ..     9.60         24X32       »        •          ..   24.00 

11X14          "       "         ..     9.60        24X38      «       .30.00 


12  X  19         "       ........          "        ..  10.20 

13X20          "        ........  ..   10.80 

14X21  "        ........  »         ..    12.00 


26X40       »        ..   37.80 

Brass  Bonnd,  16  X  24  in. ,       »        . .  36 . 00 
Cases  for  Brass  Bound  Boards,  ea.,   5.00 


The  top  and  bottom  Boards  are  flush  on  one  side.    Any  other  size  made  to  order. 

Superior  Planished  Tin  Boards  for  Leather  —  W.  O.  Hickok. 

In  Sets  of  14. 
Xo.  1,  7J$  x  12,  each  board  ..........  81-50       Xo.  3,  13X19J£,  each  board  .........  $3.50 

Xo.  2,  12  X16,     »  ..........  3.00        Case  for  a  set  of  14  boards..  $2.  00®  3.00 

Pennsylvania  Buling:  Machine  —  W.  O.  Hickok. 

Old  Style  .......  $226.    Boxing  ......  $9.  .50        Xew  Style  ......  $246.    Boxing  ......  $9.50 

Boxing  either  for  sea  voyage  ......................................................  12.00 

Furnished  with  6  clamps,  30  x  32  inch  beaverteen  cloth,  and  28  inch  apron. 
Gun  Metal  Boxes  and  Bearings  on  either  of  the  above,  extra  ..................  15.00 

Steel  Journals  to  each  Boiler,  and  Cylinder  on  either,  extra  ...................  16.00 


BOOKBINDERS'  MATERIALS.  449 

Double  Ruling1  Machine — W.  O.  Hickok. 

Double  Killing-  Machine $410.00 

with  three  cloths  to  drop  the  paper  at  further  end  . .  465.00 

Boxing  either  machine 15 .00 

Beaverteen  Cloths,  3-  inches  wide 20.00 

32                         very  heavy  and  superior 22.00 

28                    »     16.00 

Aprons,  27  to  28  inches  wide 10.00 

India  Rubber,  32  inch  cloth,  very  fine 35.00 

Brass  Work  to  attach  the  Beam  to  the  frame,  including  Hand  Rest,  Turn 

Button  and  Weight,  ue'w  style  work,  Patent 16.00 

Weight  for  Beam 1 .00 

Tweezers  for  Pens 25.00 

Patent  Pen  Rest ' 10.00 

Improved  Extension  Penholders — "W.  O.  Hickok. 


Half-inch each.  .25  cents 

Three-quarter-inch «     ..30     " 


Half -inch,  double each.  .50  cents 

Three-quarter-inch,  dbl.     "     ..60     « 


One-inch »     ..35     «         j    One-inch,  double //     ..70     " 

Patent  Striker  for  Down  Ruling: — W.  O.  Hickok. 

To  strike  four  heads  and  attached  to  machine $220.00 

The  same  boxed  and  delivered  on  cars  in  Massachusetts 170.00 

To  strike  six  heads,  extra $10.00.    Boxing 1 .50 

Patent  Beam  Standard — "W.  O.  Hickok. 

Price  without  beam  (but  with  beam  stem) J28.00 

Patent  Fan. ...W.  O.  Hickok. 

Price $15.00.    Boxing f  .75 

Miscellaneous — W.  O.  Hickok. 


Press,  Platen  16  x  24 $42.00 

10X16 25.00 

16X24 45.00 

Iron  Press,  Platen  16  X  24 78 .00 

16X24 80.00 

Standing  Press,  all  iron 118.00 

126.00 

140.00 


Improved  Sawing  Machine  ......  $125.00 

Guage  Table  Shears,  32  inch  .....  85.00. 

Improved  Stabbing  Machine  —     50.00 
Backing  Machine  .................    65.00 

Finishing  Press,  21  inches  long.  .      2.25 

28       "  »     ..      2.50 

Joint  Rods  ..............  per  dozen        .75 

Standing  Press,  with  Lever  .....     30.00 

Countershaft,  Hangers,  etc.,  for  light  machinery  ..............................  15.00 

Cogwheel  and  Pulleys  to  run  by  steam  power  ..................................  15.00 

Embossing  or  Seal  Press,  with  Tables,  for  stamping  Note  paper,  etc  ........  120.  Oo 

Blank  Book  Sewing  Bench  for  Tape  or  Parchment  ............................  7.50 

Sewing  Benches  for  Printed  Work,  24  inches  between  Screws  ................  1-.50 

30       "                               "       ................  2.00 

36       »                              '••       ................  2.50 

Finishing  Stand  to  attach  to  Table,  small  size  ..................................  3.00 

Large  Size  ditto  for  blank  work  .................................................  5.00 

Goff  's  Patent  Supplemental  or  Finisher's  Turn  Table  for  Bookbinders  ......  8.00 

Gold  Cushions,  7  X  13  ........  $3.00.    8X16  .............  $4.00.    9X18  ............  5.00 

Gilding  Presses,  wooden  checks,  wro't  iron  screws,  gun-metal  boxes  $25.00®  30.00 
Cutting  Boards  ......  Price  for  lace  measure  of  end-  wood  2%  cents  per  square  inch. 

Brass-boards,  16  x  24,  for  Muslin  work  ..........................................  $3.00 

Plow  and  Press,  very  superior,  including  boxing  ..............................  12.00 

Beating  Hammer  .................................................................  2.50 

Forming  Iron  .....................................................................  2.00 

Backing  Boards,  entire  face  covered  with  iron,  10  inches  long  ................  1  .'jn 

»12                                 ............  1.44 

14            »   ................  i.ae 

•      Hi    •              «     ................  1.92 


Other  sizes  12  cents  per  inch. 


450  BOOKBINDERS'  MATERIALS. 

Miscellaneous  •  ••  Sanborn. 
Improved  Board  Cnt'r  .$425.00®  475.00    [    Foot  Stabbing  Machine,  all  iron  .875.00 

Embossing  Presses 325. 00®  1000. 00    \    Power    "  «      ...150.00 

Smashing  Machines....  750.00  ®  1000.00    j    Hand      »  ...  25.00 

Sawing  Machine,  hand  or  power  .150.00    j    Stamping  Machines 75.00®  325.00 

Balanced  Table. 225. 00    :    Hand  Beveling  Machine,  12  inch.  35. 00 
Patent  Backing  Machine.400. 00®  445. 00    j    Foot  »  •>  18      «      50.00 

Job  »  75.00®   85.00    i     Power        »  »  225.00 

Saw  Cut  Machine,  for  Books  sewed  on  Raised  Bands 180. 00®  225. 00 

Back  Moulding  Machine,  for  making  backs  for  Blank  Books 175.00 

Improved  Iron  Grindstone  Frame,  by  hand  or  foot — §17.    By  power  or  foot  20.00 

Wood  or  Iron  Gilding  Presses,  with  Iron  Screw  and  Brass  Boxes 60.00 

Stands  for  above each  15.00 

Iron  Bench  Blocks,  for  Rounding  or  Jogging-up  Books $6.00  9.00  15.00 

Miscellaneous E.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Squaring  Shears perinch  $2.00       Screw  for  Plough,  with  Iron  Point 

Finishing  Press 3.25  and  Xut $5.00 


Cutting  Press  and  Plough 15.00 

Knife  for  Plough 75 

Pin  for  Plough 1 .00 

Backing  Hammer 2'.00 


Compasses 1.00 

Plough  and  four  Boards  for  squar- 


Sewing  Bench 2  75 

Polisher,  Cast-Steel 5.00 

Agate  Burnisher 2.50 

Hand  Shears 2.50 


Backing  Boards perinch      .13 

Cutting  Board per  foot      .05 

ing  paper 50.00       Beating  Hammer 3.00 

Inks....W.  O.  Hickok. 

Imperial  Blue,  for  Fancy  Heads,  etc quarts,  per  dozen  $6.00 

Carmine  Ruling  (1  ounce  Carmine  to  1  gallon »        1000 

Concentrated  Ink  (1  ounce  Carmine  to  1  quart) per  quart    2.50 

Dry  Carmine,  Xo.  40 per  ounce    1 .25 

Blue  Ruling  Ink  Powder half-pound  boxes,  each    1 .00 

'        "          «          «         one-pound      »          •        1  75 

Blue  Paste 1,  2  and  3  pound  jars,  per  pound    1 .25 

Patent  Inks — W.  O.  Hickok. 

Scarlet per  quart      .50 

Concentrated  (enough  to  make  12  to  16  quarts) 6.00 

Blue per  quart      .50 

Yellow,  Bismarck, Green,  Violet,  Brown,  Mauve each   «       »  75 

Purple "       "          .60 

Straw  Boards...  Landenmeyrs. 

Steam  Dried,  26  x  38  inches.    No.  50  to  100 per  ton  $80,  890,  $100.00 

Air  Dried,  26  x  38  inches,  No.  20  to  No.  50 ••     »  80,     90.00 

All  put  up  in  bundles  of  50  pounds  each.    Size  29  X  42  inches  may  be  had. 
Binders'  Board — Ldndenmeyrs. 

22  x  27  inches.  .Nos.  18,  20,  25,  30,  35,  40,  50,  60 per  ton  $100.00 

21  X  31  inches.  .Nos.  20,  25,  30,  35,  40,  45,  50,  60 100.00 

Colored  Leather,  per  Dozen. 

Straight  Grained  Skivers,  Blue,  Maroon,  and  Green.  .No.  1,  $11.00 Extra,  $14.00 

Cochiueal '        14.50.... 

Undresssed  Blue,  Maroon,  Russia-red,  and  Cochineal.  11.00....       •       13.50 

Diced  or  Cross  Grained,  Blue,  Maroon,  and  Russia —     *        11.00 —       /        14.00 

Glazed  Blue  and  Maroon  Title <        12.00 —      »        14.50 

Cochineal,  English  Title "  ....       »        16.00 

Paste  Grain,  Morocco  Imitation »        15.00....      «       17.50 

Pebble  •  »        American  and  Foreign     •        13.00 — 

Straight  Grain  Roans,  all  colors •        10.50 —       ••        12.50 

Undressed    - *       10.00 --        12.00 

Russia  Leather per  roll  of  10  skins  57.50 

Cow  Hide,  Imitation  Russia per  foot      .26 


BOOKBINDERS      MATERIALS. 


451 


Moroccos,  per  Dozen. 

American,  all  colors $18.00  ®  30.00 

French,  No.  1 30.00 

"     second  quality 23 . 00 

Thin,  all  colors 14. 00®  17. 00 

Extra  size 19.00 

Imitation  Morocco,  German 14.50 

Bock  Leather.  .No.  1,  $8.00.  .Extra  10.00 
Bark  Leather,  per  Dozen. 

Fleshes,  No.  1 $2.50  ®  $2. 75 

X 4.00®  4.25 

XX 5.75®   6.00 

Law  Sheep 8.00 

"     Extra 11.00®12.00 

Blank    «      9.50 

Bark  Skivers, No.  1 750®  8.00 

No.  2 4. 50® 5. 50 

Extra 8. 50®  10. 00 

XX,  for  Law  Work .  12 . 00 

Patent  Head  Band. 

Per  Piece,  12  yards §1.00 ®  $2.50 

Miscellaneous.  •  • 

First  Class  Tar  Boards,  .per  Ib.  5?4  cts. 

Cutting  Press  and  Plough $12.50 

Sewing  Benches  ..perlb.  ..$.1.75®  2.00 

Indigo  Paste,  in  jars per  Ib.  .75 

Vellum  Scraps per  Ib.  $1.20  ®  1.25 

Egg  Albumen »          2. 50®  3. 00 

Blood       •>          «          1.15®  1.25 

Blue  Ruling  Ink  Powder,  %  Ib.  box  1.25 


Book  Cloth,  Wilson's,  per  piece. 

Common  Colors $7.50 

Extra  Browns 10.00 

Greens  and  Ultra  Blue 10.50 

"       Solferino,  Magenta,  Ruby..  11. 50 

»      Red 12.50 

//       Cochineal 13.00 

Grey,  super 3.25 

Papers,  per  Ream. 
Wave  and  Spot  Marble,  good  Ger.$9.00 
-'     Am..  9.00 

Comb  Marble,  Superior  French  ..  .16.50 
Extra  quality,  Fr  .  .19.00 

«      Common,  German 14.50 

Fancy  Comb  and  Fancy  Curl,  Ger. 19.00 

Agate,  French 10. 00®  14. 00 

English  Marble,  for  extra  work. .  .40.00 
Brown  Lining  Paper 7 .00 

Card  Middles,  for  Back  Liningrs. 

Size  22  X  28  inches per  ream  $15.00 

.H.  Griffin  &  Sons. 

Blue  Ruling  Ink  Powd.,  1  Ib.  box  $2.00 
•     Imperial... per  qt.  .75 

Dry  Carmine,  No.  40 per  oz.  1.50 

Glue  Brushes each  .  44  ®  56 

Paste  Brushes,  Copper  Bound,  .ea.  1.30 
Iron                  .."    1.10 
Sprinkling  Brushes »     1 . 85 


Miscellaneous  —  John  R.  Hoole  &  Son. 


French  Berries per  Ib.  $  .85 

Brazilwood .  .30 

Peach  Wood  Lake "         1 .50 

Prepared  Colors,  2  Ib.  cans.     "  .75 

Binders'  Glue,  best  quality     »  .20 


Glue,  best  qua!.,  by  the  bbl.per  lb.$  .18 
White "  .60 

Best  French  Varnish,  pale  .per  qt.  2.00 

dark  .  1.75 

«  a   per  gal.  8.00 


Threads  and  Twines,  for  Binder's  use. 


Hayes' 
Best. 


Marshall's 
No.  Best. 

12,  per  Ib.  $1.00 $  .90 

16,        »          1.10 95 

18,        "          1.20 1.00 

22,         -          1.30 1.15 


Sampson. 


.95 


Hayes' 
Best. 


Sampson 
...$1.00 


Marshall's 
No.  Best. 

25,  perlb.  $1.40 $1.20 

30,        "          1.50 1.30 

40,        "         2.00 1.45 

Soft  Twine,  all  sizes $  .45 


Sampson's  Thread  at  above  prices,  with  discount  10  per  cent  for  12  Ibs.  or  more. 

Stamping  Press — Lowell  &  Brett. 

For  Stamping  Initials  or  Monograms  on  Note  Paper. 

With  3  Die-holders  aud  :i  Counters $150. 00    With  IDie-holder  and  1  Counter $130. 00 
Twenty-five  small  Steel  Dies  for  Color  Stamping. .  Rustic  *3<>.00     Old  English  30.00 

Old  Paper  Stock,  per  pound. 

Clean  White  Shavings <'>  rents         Mixed  Scrap  Paper 2  cents 

Printed  work,  clean,  good  order. 4      «  Binders'    Cuttings,  etc 1 

Books,  with  covers  on :i 


452 

LITHOGRAPHY    AND    ENGRAVING. 


Patent  Lithographic  Cylinder  Printing-  Machine — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Stone  21  X  26  inch..  $3, 750    ;    Stone  28  X  40  inch.  .$5,850        Stone  36  X  52  inch..  $3,400 

24X32     "      ..  4,750     I         «       32  X  46     "      . .  7,000    i         »       40  X  60     '       ..10,000 

The  above  prices  include  Counter  Shaft,  Hangers,  Driving  Pulleys,  one  extra 

set  of  Boilers,  Blanket,  Boxing  and  Shipping,  or  carting  and  putting  up  in  New 

York.    A  reduction  made  for  any  of  these  articles  not  required. 

New  Style  Lithographic  Press  —  R.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  20  x  26  inches  . .  .$200    '    Bed  28  x  40  inches  . .  .$300       Bed  36  x  52  inches  .   .  i  125 
"     24  X  32  ...  250     I        "     32  X  46  . . .  350    i       >      42  X  60       »         ...  500 

Geared  Copper-plate  Press  —  B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  34  X  60  inches $1,250       Bed  34  X  66  inches .$1,350 

Iron  Coppar-plate  Press — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 

Bed  10  inches  wide $150        Bed  24  inches  wide §325 

»     12       "  ..   175  "26       •  "       ...  370 


11  j 
HO 


"     15       "  «      200 

"     18       "  "       240 

"     21       »  280 

Lithographic  Stones. 

Engraving  Stones,  faced  both  sides,  small  sizes per  Ib  8  cents. 

"      larger    «   12    • 

Transfer  Stones,  ordiua^  sizes per  Ib.  12  'a- 16     - 

"        large  sizes "       10  a  2o 

Best  French  Lithographic  Boilers. 

11  inch.... $i5. 50     12  inch.... $7. 00    13  inch.. .  .$7.50    14  inch. . .  .£3.00     15  inch.... $9. 00 
Blanketingrs,  etc. 

India  Rubber per  Ib  §2.25        Swausdown] per  yard  §1.25 

Best  Machine,  38  inch — per  yard  12.00       Elastic  Bedding — per  square  foot    .45 

Extra  Stout,  60  inch «        •      20.00    ,    Felt  for  Rollers per  Ib.  3.25 

Palette  Knives,  psr  dozen. 
6  inch $5.00       7  inch $6.25       8  inch $8.00 

French  Chalks,  Inks,  etc. 
French  Chalk,  1,  2,  3.  .per  gross.. .  .§5.00        Tracing  Paper,  60  x  40  in. .  per  qr.  $3.33 

French  Writing  Ink per  doz .  12 . 00        Tracing  Cloth per  yard    .75 

Eng.  Plate  Paper,  19  x  24  inches,  Sifted  Graining  Sand per  gall.  2. 0*1 

80  Ibs perlb.     .34        Gum  Arabic per  Ib.     .75 

India  Paper. .  .per  bundle. $10. 00®  14. 00    \ 

Tracing  Paper,  30  x  20  in. .  .per'qr.  1 .65        American  Crayons per  gross  3.50 

Engravers'  "Woods.... Vanderburg-h,  Wells  &  Co. 

Boxwood,  per  square  inch §  .2  a.  .\\        Mahogany,  per  square  inch    $  .0%  ®  .1 

Maple  »  —  lis  2  .2        Pine  Tints,  27 Js  X39ij  inches,  each  1.75 

Miscellaneous. 

SilkDabbers each..f  .82  12-in.  Plain  Emery  Parallel  Rules  81.50 

Etching  Points *     ..     .45  12-in.  Brass-bound        -              •     .4.00 

Etching  Balls,  ground ,    »     ..     .62       Hammers each..  2. 25 

Bordering  Wax ..     .45        Hand  Vises each.  .$2.00  and  2.50 

Eye-Glasses each.  .75c.  to  1.75        Turkey  Oil  Stone each. .  2.66 

Lozenge  Gravers,  assorted,  per  doz.  1.50  •     mounted..    »    ..4.33 

Square         »  1.50        Eye-Glass  Stands »    ..6.50 

Graver  Handles 1.00       2-line  Gauges per  set. .  3.66 

Scrapers each. .1.15        3    <  ..7.00 

Burnishers »    ..     .85        Tracing  Points each..     .45 

T  Squares each.  .$3.30  to  4.30        Rich  Gold  Bronze,  FF per  Ib. .  8.00 

Roulettes each..  1.50  A «    ..4.75 

Sand  Bags each.  .50c.  to  2.75  i    Citron*           •    No.3/oxc.  »    ..8.00 

Dividers each..  2.00    |    Best  Deep  Gold  Leaf perM..  35.00 


SUNDRIES. 


453 


Copper  Plates. 

19  X  17— 15  W.  G per  lb..8l.57         18X14 

Steel  Plates. 

20  x  15 each.. $10. 00        24  x  18 

Zinc  Plates. 

24  x  16,  Grained r .. .each. .$6.25        20  x  16,  Polished each.. $5. 50 

Zinc  Plates,  grained  or  polished,  50  to  60  cents  per  pound. 


per  lb.. $1.57 

each.. |28.00 


1  inch 


.per  foot  $  .10 

.    «       a  .22 

.    "       "  .34 

.    "       //  .46 


Leather  Belting:. 

5  inch per  foot  *    > 

6  "     •  .70 

7  »      "       "         .82 


10  inch per  foot  $1.24 

12      »    ••       »        1.52 

15      a    «       »        1.98 

20      "    •>       -       2.88 


Patent  Bound  Belting-. 

Half-inch  diameter per  foot  $  .10    |    Five-eighths-inch  diam . .  .per  foot  $  .27 


Three-eighths-inch  diam. . 
Half -inch  diameter 


Three-quarter-inch  «    ... 
One-inch  diameter. 


.34 

.50 


Gold  Leaf,  for  Binder's  use. 


Pale per  pack  $7.50 

Lemon  or  usual ...  «         8.00 


Extra  Deep per  pack  $9.00 

Half  Leaf -/          5.00 


Mourning-  Note  Paper  and  Envelopes — French. 


Paper.. per  Beam. 

Narrow  Medium 

Border.  Border. 

Commercial $2.75 $4.00 

Octavo 2.50 3.75 

Billet 2.25 2.50 

Embos'd  Paper  and  Envelopes. 

Paper.          Envelopes. 
Per  Ream.          Per  1000. 

Commercial  Note $4.00 $6.00 

Octavo  Note 3.50 5.00 

Billet  Note 3.00 4.00 

Wedding-  Envelopes. 

Largest  size per  1000  $18. 00®  20. 00 

Smallest  size...          •>          17.00®19.00 


Envelopes,  .per  Thousand. 

"*  Narrow  Broad 

Border.  Border. 

Commercial $3.75 |5.00 

Octavo 3.50 4.75 

Billet 3.25 4.50 

Document  Envelopes. 
Fine  and  very  thick  Manilla  Paper. 
Sizes  8^  to  14. 

Flat per  doz.  $  .35®   .55 

Box  Form,  %  in.  thick  //  .50®   .80 

«      1     •  .65®  1.00 

«       1H"  .75®  1.12 

Elastic  Bing-s  for  Elec'n  Tickets. 

Per  Thousand 75  cents. 


Vertical  Steam  Engine — B.  Hoe  &  Co. 


5  Horse  Power  $2,250. . .  .Boxing. $30. 00 
10       •'  I'         3,500 "          40.00 


15  Horse  Power  $4.500. 
20       "  •>          6,000. 


.Boxing.  $50. 00 
»     ..  60.00 


Patent  Newspaper  Folding  Machine.  .Forsaith $600.00  ®  1050.00 


454 


INDEX. 


Accents  aud.Signs  a  special  rate,  55. 
Account  Book  Headings,  371. 
Algebraic  work,  price  for,  51. 
Allowance,  for  Waste,  323 ;  of  ink,  343,  395. 
Alterations,  52,  59,  64,  99,  143,  201,  207,  209. 

249,  287,  317.  373,  404,  412 ;   of  names  or 

imprints,  65. 

Altering  prices,  410 ;  trade  rules  for,  422. 
Analysis  of  Cost :   of  Job  Composition,  68  ; 

of  Book  Composition,  56  ;  of  Newspaper 

Composition,  47 ;  of  Presswork,  72. 
Aniline  colors,  398. 
Astronomical  work,  51. 

Bad  Work,  410. 

Ball  Tickets,  275. 

Bank  Books,  381.  383 :  Bank  Notices,  197. 

Berth  Lists,  373. 

Bibles,  composition  of,  51. 

Bill  Books,  373,  375. 

Billheads,  81 ;  Memorandum,  97;  for  Socie- 
ties, 97 ;  Freight,  97,  281 ;  for  Transporta- 
tion Companies,  97. 

Bills  of  Fare,  263. 

Bills  of  Lading,  93;  Inland,  2C3. 

Binding:  of  Receipt  Books,  119, 183, 185;  of 
Order  Books,  139;  of  Check  Books,  169; 
of  Note  Books,  177;  of  Certificates  of 
Deposit,  187;  of  Certificates  of  Stock,  191. 

Binding :  of  Pamphlets,  345 :  of  Books,  in 
cloth,  361,  in  flexible  cloth,  361;  half- 
bound  printed,  363 ;  in  law  sheep,  363;  of 
Music  Books,  363 ;  of  Quarto  Bibles,  363 ; 
of  Newspapers,  365;  in  Libraiy  style, 
fair,  365,  fine,  367;  of  Blank  Books,  375, 
385;  without  ruling,  385;  of  Pass  Books. 
385 ;  of  Ticket  Books,  291. 

Black  Ink,  remarks  on,  394. 

Blank  Pages  and  Blanks,  52,  320. 

Blocked  Electrotypes,  335. 

Blocking  of  Electrotypes  necessary,  305. 

Blue  Ink,  remarks  on,  396. 

Bonds  and  Coupons,  209. 

Book  Composition,  48 ;  prices  for,  49. 

Bookbinders'  Materials,  prices  of,  448. 

Book  Edges,  marbling,  377;   gilding,  367. 

Book  Illustrations,  327. 

Book  Presswork,  remarks  on,  355. 

Books,  351. 

Border  Lines  in  Colors,  329,  357. 

Borders  of  Circles  or  Diagonals,  237. 

Borders,  prices  of,  430. 

Brass  Rule,  borders,  55,  66, 123, 131,  205;  cut 
to  waste,  55, 319 ;  work  in,  66 ;  flourishes, 
67;  headings,  373. 

Brass  Rule,  composition  of,  287.  295,  303. 

Brouze  Work,  83,  125,  265,  341,  400. 

Brown  Ink,  remarks  on,  398. 

Business,  excess  of  unprofitable,  416. 


Cards,  Business,  141 ;  Hard  and  Soft  Sur- 
faces, 143;  remarks  on  composition  of. 
143;  Salesmen's,  145;  diagram  of  Regular 
sizes,  160,  of  Wilder1  s  sizes,  161;  Ship- 
ping, 157;  Lithographed,  159;  Copper- 
plate, 159. 267. 277 ;  Notices  Insurance,  201 : 
Enamelled  objectionable,  241 ;  paper  sub- 
stitutes, 247;  for  Festivals,  267;  for  Balls, 
275;  for  Orders  of  Dancing,  269  ;  Tickets 
tor  Transportation,  289:  for  Commuta- 
tion, 297;  for  Free  Passes,  293;  Extra- 
thick,  293. 

Catalogues,  illustrated,  320. 

Certificates  of  Deposit,  187. 

Certificates  of  Stock,  189. 

Charitable  Work,  414. 

Checks,  letter-press  and  lithogr'd,  163-173. 

Circular  Borders,  etc.,  237,  249,  259. 

Circulars,  autograph.  133 ;  etched,  133. 

Classical  Works,  50. 

Clean  Proofs,  52. 

Cloth  Cases,  361,  365. 

Colored  Work,  remarks  on,  78,  83,  99,  105, 
125,  131,  165,  219,  223,  241,  255,  257.  265.  303, 
331,  337,  341,  343,  393-400. 

Color  Work,  cleanliness  necessary,  398. 

Column  Matter,  53. 

Combination  Borders,  65,  123,  131. 

Commentaries.  50. 

Commissions,  417. 

Commutation  Tickets,  297. 

Competition,  410. 

Composition,  Newspaper,  47:  cost  of  work, 
47;  Book,  48;  with  Stereotyping,  49;  or- 
namented faces,  319 ;  cost  of  Book,  56 ; 
of  Job,  60 ;  in  ornamental  types,  62,  123, 
125,  209,  287;  in  script,  62; 'ornamental 
Job  work,  65 ;  is  not  designing,  66 ;  in 
ovals,  circles,  etc.,  67,  237;  remarks  011 
doubling  of  forms  by  re-composition  or 
i-lectrotyping,  83,  97, 101,  117,  123,  163, 195, 
197,  209,  217.  223,  233,  289.  318.  337,  3!!9,  347. 
371,  406;  in  panels,  107;  how  to  direct 
style  of,  403 ;  about  estimates  of.  406. 

Compositors'  Materials,  431;  wages,  419. 
424.  425. 

Concordances,  51. 

Consecutive  Numbering,  289,  381. 

Contents  of  Chapters,  53. 

Control  of  Work,  should  be  full,  414. 

Copper-plate  Free  Passes,  295. 

Copper-plate  Work,  267.  277. 

Copy,  how  to  receive,  402;  how  to  esti- 
mate, 320 ;  remarks  on,  319,  320 ;  should 
be  complete.  63. 

Count,  short,  a  grave  error,  417. 

Coupon  Tickets,  289. 

Covers  for  Pamphlets.  333;  number  of 
copies  to  be  had  out  of  a  sheet,  339. 


455 


Credit,  413. 

Ciy>tal  Printing,  241,  400. 

Curved  Lines,  65,  209,  227. 

Customers,  remarks  on,  411. 

Customers'  Rights,  64,  404. 

Cutting  and  Packing  Work,  99, 195, 201, 219. 

Cutting  Machines,  cost  of,  443. 

Cutting  of  Labels,  257. 

Cutting-up  of  Tickets,  289. 

Dedications,  52. 

Depreciation  of  Material,  56,  71. 

Deposit  Tickets,  193. 

Detention  of  Press,  329. 

Detention  of  Proof,  52. 

Diagram  for  Card  sizes,  160,  161. 

Diagrams,  227. 

Dictionaries,  51. 

Dinner  Tickets,  267. 

Direction  Labels,  157. 

Directions,  always  in  writing,  402 ;  how  to 
obtain  them,  403. 

Displayed  Work,  48,  62;  why  unsatisfac- 
tory, 402, 412. 

Display,  profuse  to  be  avoided,  62. 

Dividing  Form  for  Colors,  241. 

Dotted  Rules,  always  expensive,  93. 

Double  Impressions,  399. 

Drafts,  175. 

Dry-color  Work,  241,  400. 

Dry  Pressing,  311,  359. 

Edition  affects  price  of  presswork,  74,  329, 
331,  357. 

Election  Tickets,  279. 

Electrotypers'  Materials,  cost  of,  445. 

Electrotypes  of  Cuts  rated  as  sorts,  67, 227. 

Electrotypiug,  by  measurement,  367 ;  of 
Wood  Cuts,  369 ;  Blocked,  on  Metal,  369, 
on  Wood,  369;  not  always  economical, 
195;  of  Pamphlets,  320;  of  Covers  for 
Pamphlets,  335. 

Embossed  Note  Paper,  275. 

Enamelled  Cards  troublesome,  241 ;  Papers, 
qualities  of,  affecting  presswork,  401 ; 
affecting  price,  341. 

Engine-sized  Papers,  preferable  for  printed 
work,  121. 

Engraved  Pamphlet  Covers,  343. 

Engravers'  Materials,  452. 

Engraving,  of  Note  Headings,  105;  of  En- 
velopes, 113;  of  Check  tints,  165;  of 
Policy  Headings,  205,  207;  of  Lines  of 
Typr.  etc.,  237;  of  Show  Cards,  243,  245; 
nt  Labels,  255  ;  on  Stone  contrasted  with 
Wood,  259;  of  Wedding  Cards,  277;  on 
Wood  of  a  Ticket  Plate,  293 ;  affecting 
press  work,  327. 

Envelopes,  Business,  109 ;  Wedding,  277. 

Errors  in  Estimating:  Composition,  406; 
Presswork,  407. 


Errors,  in  making  estimates,  11,  323;  in 
taking  work,  404,  412. 

Estimates  in  Detail :  Billheads,  87,  89 ; 
Bills  of  Lading,  95 ;  Memorandum  Bill- 
heads, 99;  Note  Headings,  103,  105;  Let- 
ter Headings,  109 :  Note  Circulars.  127 : 
Letter  Circulars,  131 ;  Prices  Current,  135 : 
Order  Books,  141 ;  Cards,  159 ;  Checks,  169, 
173 ;  Drafts,  etc.,  179;  Money  Receipts  in 
Books,  183-185 ;  Certificates  of  Deposit, 
187-189 ;  Certificates  of  Stock,  193 ;  Bank 
Notices.  197 ;  Insurance  Notices,  199 ; 
Show  Cards,  245;  Labels,  259;  Election 
Tickets,  281 ;  Pamphlets,  347,  349. 

Estimates,  on  Time,  68,  74,  mistakes  in, 
68 ;  usually  favorable  to  customer,  68 ; 
different  methods  of  making,  87,  97; 
how  to  make,  221-223,  295,  307,  320,  329, 
395,  400,  405,  410 ;  record  should  be  kept, 
400,  407 ;  require  time,  405 ;  to  be  made 
with  discretion,  408;  unfair  methods, 
408 ;  of  Colored  work,  394-400. 

Excursion  Tickets,  289. 

Expenses:  of  a  Job  Composing  Room,  60; 
of  a  Job  Press  Room,  69 ;  of  large  and 
small  offices,  58;  contingent,  70;  of 
Presses,  72,  73 ;  analysis  of  presswork,  72. 

Extending  Properties  of  Colors,  331,  394. 

Extension  of  Color,  394-400. 

Extra-priced  Composition:  how  to  com- 
pute its  value,  51. 

Extra  Proofs,  52 ;  Sorts,  55. 
j  Eyeletting,  245. 

Fares  of  Type,  variety  objectionable,  62. 

Fading  Colors,  398. 

Fare  Tariffs,  295. 
1  Feint  Lines,  printing  on,  373. 

Festival  Tickets,  267. 

Flat  Cap,  measurements  of,  314. 

Flat  Papers,  preferable  to  folded,  123-5. 

Flat  Tints,  presswork  of,  241. 

Flock  Printing,  241,  400. 

Folded  Tags,  157. 

Folding  Election  Tickets,  281. 

Folio  Post,  measurements  of,  314. 

Foreign  Languages,  composition  in,  50,  62. 

Forms,  enlargement  of,  317;  extra  size,  359 
of  eccentric  shape,  268 ;  of  many  pages, 
359 ;  of  plates  and  type,  357,  359 ;  prefer- 
able sizes  of,  318 ;  size  and  shape  affect 
prices,  79 ;  size  affects  price  of  binding ; 
I  318 ;  small  forms  and  large  paper  require 
higher  prices,  92,  139,  141;  standing, 
263. 

Fraetional  Sizes  of  Paper,  42-45;  how   to 

use  tables  for,  46 :  utility  of,  87. 
j  Freight  Billheads,  281. 
-  Freight  Tariffs,  295. 

French,  composition  of,  50. 

Furniture,  prices  of,  429,  433. 


456 


Gazetteers,  51. 

German,  composition  in,  50. 

Gilding  Book  Edges,  367. 

Gold  Cord,  inserting,  269. 

Grammars,  51. 

Greek,  composition  in,  50. 

Guard  Books,  382. 

Handbills,  215. 

Hand  Presswork,  329,  359. 

Harmony  of  Faces  desirable,  63. 

Headings,  Account  Book,  371;    Diagonal, 

373 ;  Dr.  and  Cr.,  371 ;  Intricate,  371 ;  for 

Time  Books,  371. 
r  Head  Lines,  52. 
Hebrew,  composition  in,  50. 
Hotel  Registers,  267. 

Hurried  Work,  78,  227,  279 ;  expensive,  415. 
Hydraulic  Presses,  cost  of,  442. 

Illuminated  Covers,  343. 

Illustrated  Catalogues,  320 ;  ink  used,  395. 

Illustration  of  Books,  327,  395. 

Indexes,  375,  383 ;  cutting  of,  379. 

Index  Matter,  52. 

Ink :  a  deceptive  expense,  71 ;  average  ex- 
pense for  Black,  71 ;  common  Black  not 
charged,  79;  for  Woodcuts,  329;  qualities 
affect  prices,  78;  when  common  Black 
may  be  charged,  79  ;  remarks  on,  223,  229, 
231  ,'241,  257,  311,  329,  331,  343;  on  Aniline 
Colors,  398;  Black,  394;  Blue,  396;  Brown. 
398;  Carmine,  397;  Green,  398;  Lake  Red, 
397;  Purple,  398;  Red,  396;  Vermilion, 
396 ;  Yellow,  397. 

Ink  Fountains  for  colored  work,  400. 

Inks :  affected  by  edition,  393 ;  affected  by 
paper,  393;  affected  by  pressmen,  393; 
affected  by  surfaced  inked,  394 ;  affected 
by  temperature,  393 ;  cost  of,  440 ;  esti- 
mated with  difficulty,  393;  of  variable 
body,  393 ;  price  of,  not  a  test  of  service, 
394 ;  unsuitable  for  colored  papers,  341 ; 
use  of  a  matter  of  taste,  393 ;  usually 
included  in  pi-ice,  393. 

Inland  Bills  of  Lading,  283. 

Inserting:  Eyelets,  245;  Gold  Cord,  269, 
277;  Ribbons,  269,  277;  Plates  in  Pam- 
phlets, 345. 

Insurance  Notices,  199. 

Invitations,  275. 

Italian,  composition  in,  50. 

Job  Composition,  cost  of  superintendence, 
58 ;  cost  of  labor,  58 ;  cost  of  alterations, 
59 ;  expenses  of,  57-60 ;  on  time,  68. 

Kilogrammes,  how  to  rate  on  paper,  29,  31. 

Label  Paper,  regular  folds  of,  246. ' 
Labels,  247. 


Labor,  cheapening  unwise,  56,  77;  cost  of, 

58,  69;  Journeymen's  prices  for  in  New 

York  City,  419 ;  in  other  cities,  425. 
Law  Blanks,  301. 
Law  Cases,  301. 
Leads,  prices  of,  429.  430. 
Leaflets,  305. 
Letter  Headings,  105. 
Lettering  Books,  384. 
Letter-press  and  Lithography  contrasted, 

259. 

Lined  Covers  for  Pamphlets,  347. 
Lithographed    Billheads,  85,    87;  Bills    of 

Lading.  95 ;   Bonds    and    Coupons,    211 ; 

Cards,  159 ;  Certificates  of  Deposit,  187 ; 

Certificates  of  Stock,  191 ;  Checks,  171-3; 

Drafts  and  Notes,  179;   Envelopes,   113; 

Labels,  259 ;  Letter  Headings,  109 ;  Note 

Headings,   105;    Passes,  295;  Policies  of 

Insurance,  205 ;  Show  Cards,  245. 
Lithographers'  Trade  Prices,  427;    cost  of 

materials,  452 ;  cost  of  wages,  426. 
Lithography,  observations  on  usages  of- 

85,  87,  95,  171,  173,  211,  245,  247,259;  Trans, 

fer  by,  259. 
Log  Books,  382. 

Making-ready,  311,  327;  a  hindrance,  73; 
for  Electrotypes,  369. 

Making-up  Job  Forms,  extra  price,  95,  165, 
167,  207,  249,  261,  303,  319,  357. 

Makiug-up,  workmen's  rules  about,  421. 

Management  of  Office,  414 ;  a  bad  method 
of,  416 ;  expenses  of,  58. 

Manifests,  285. 

Manufacture  of  Inks,  400. 

Marbling  Book  Edges,  377. 

Marginal  Lines,  303. 

Measurable  Matter,  large  and  small  quan- 
tities, 61. 

Measurements  of  Book  Work,  53;  of  Book 
Papers,  353;  of  Book  Pages,  355;  of 
Covers  of  Pamphlets,  335 ;  of  Job  Work, 
62,  203;  of  Law  Blanks,  303;  of  Law 
Cases,  301;  of  Letter  Circular  Pages, 
129;  of  Note  Circular  Pages,  123;  of 
Pamphlet  Pages,  314;  of  Paper  for  Hand- 
bills, 223;  of  Policies,  203;  of  Sizes  of 
Leaflets,  305;  of  Sizes  of  Pamphlets,  313; 
of  Time  Tables,  287 ;  of  Wood  Cuts  and 
Electrotypes,  47;  remarks  on,  316,  317; 

Medical  Works,  51. 

Medium  paper,  measurements  of,  315. 

Metals  for  Engraving  or  Electrotyping, 
cost  of,  453. 

Methods  of  taking  work,  403. 

Middlemen  objectionable,  417. 

Mitcriiig  Brass  Rule,  67. 

Mixing  of  Colors,  398. 

Money  Receipts  in  Books,  181. 

Monthly  Statements,  89. 


Monogram,  engraving  of,  269;  engraving 

on  copper,  etc..  275. 
Mortises  in  Wood  and  Metal,  369. 
Mortising.  16T.  24!'. 
Mounting  of  Show  Cards,  243 ;  on  Stretch- 

ei>.  245. 
Muslin,  presswork  on,  227. 

Newspaper  Billheads,  97. 

Newspapers.  311. 

Newspaper    Work,     compositors'     rules 

about.  422. 
Night  Work,  78,  135, 
Note  Circulars,  121. 
Note  Headings.  101. 
Notes,  Promissory.  175. 
Notes,  bottom,  centre,  cut-in,  side,  53. 
Notices,  Bank,  197 :  Insurance,  199. 
Numbering  Consecutively,  167,  289,  381. 
Numbers  affect  Prices,  74 ;  should  be  full, 

417. 

Offices,  large  and  small,  contrast  of  ex- 
penses, etc.,  58;  difference  in  expense 
between  Book  and  Job,  58-60;  product 
of.  5P. 

Order  Books,  137. 

Orders,  Blank,  99 ;  of  Dancing,  269. 

Ornamental  Typography,  65;  its  limita- 
tions. 66 ;  expense  of,  66 ;  its  abuses,  66 ; 
Show  Cards,  243. 

Over-estimates  of  Performance,  411. 

Overlays,  expense  of  cutting,  329. 

Overrunning  Matter,  51. 

Overwork,  78. 

Pages,  of  Books,  measurements  of,  355 ;  of 
Pamphlets,  measurements  of,  314-316. 

Paging  Blank  Books,  381. 

Pamphlet  Covers,  333. 

Pamphlet  Work,  piece  rates,  426. 

Pamphlets,  313 ;  ink  required,  394,  395. 

Paper  for  Labels,  regular  folds  of,  246. 
Fractional  Sizes  of,  42-45;  giving  out, 
41 ;  how  to  compute  its  value,  307,  321, 
323.  405,  406;  labor  in  preparing,  39,  103; 
Legal  Sizes  of  French,  18:  may  he  cut 
to  loss,  305 ;  odd  shapes  increase  price, 
223:  odd  sizes  objectionable,  215:  preva- 
lent ignorance  of  value  of,  5;  profit  on, 
39,  46;  proper  quality  for  Labels,  25"; 
qualities  of.  17:  sixes  of  American  Writ- 
ing. 17,  Printing.  18;  sizes  of  English 
Writing,  18.  Printing,  18:  Stationer.-,1 
Quires,  41;  suitable  for  Books,  351,353; 
to  calculate  weight  of.  40:  variable  prices 
needed.  46;  Varieties  of  Printing.  News. 
l':i^.  shavings,  Wood,  Straw,  Specky, 
Fourdrinier,  Cylinder,  Wove.  Laid,  Hand- 
made, 19;  Water-marked.  Si/ed  and  1'n- 
sized,  Calendered,  20.  When  it  may  be 


EX.         .  457 

wasted.  T07.  Book,  qualities  of,  regular 
sues  and  weights.  21,  22.  Cartridge, 
Card  Middles.  Log,  21.  Colored  Printing, 
qualities,  sizes  and  weights,  23.  Copper- 
plate, sizes  and  weights,  22.  Enamelled 
Printing,  24.  Envelope  or  Post-office,  25. 
Map.  qualities  and  prices,  22.  News, 
qualities,  regular  sizes  and  weights,  20, 
21.  Plate,  sizes  and  weights,  22.  Tinted 
or  Toned,  sizes  and  weights,  23.  Tissue, 
sizes  and  prices,  25.  Wrapping.  Manila 
and  Bogus  Manila,  25.  Writing.  Hard. 
Engine-sized.  Plated,  Cold  Pressed,  Plain, 
White.  Perfect.  M,  N,  R,  Casse,  Off-color, 
Ledger,  English,  French,  26,  27.  Folded, 
Antique  Parchment,  31 ;  Bath  and  La- 
dies' Note,  30;  Billet,  Octavo,  qualities 
and  prices,  27;  Commercial,  32,  33,  Eng- 
lish and  French,  28:  Foolscap,  32;  Legal 
Foolscap,  32;  Letter,  30;  Onion-skin,  29, 
30,31;  Packet  Note,  30;  Packet  and  Extra 
Packet  Post,  32 ;  Quadrille  and  Fantaisie. 
29,  31.  Flat,  Small  Flat  Cap,  Legal  Cap. 
Corporation  Cap,  Law  Blank  Cap,  33; 
Check  Folio,  35;  Crown.  34;  Demy,  34; 
Drawing  Cap,  34 ;  Exchange  Cap,  33 ; 
Extra-size  Folio,  35;  Flat  Cap,  33;  Folio 
Post,  34.  Ledger,  35;  Double  Cap,  36; 
Double  Demy  Writing,  36 ;  English  Dbl, 
Large  Post,  36;  English  Double  Small 
Post,  36 ;  French  Double  Couronne,  36 ; 
Imperial  Writing,  36;  Medium  Writing. 
:»:  Royal  Writing.  35;  Super  Royal  Writ- 
ing, 36.  Bond,  37 ;  Parchment  Deed,  37  : 
Parchment,  37.  Blotting,  37.  Carbon, 
38.  Copying,  38.  India,  38.  Oiled,  38. 
Old,  value  of,  451. 

Papers  affecting  Presswork,  394-400,  401 : 
of  objectionable  quality.  261,  341,  401  : 
suitable  for  Books,  351,  353. 

Passage  Tickets,  291. 

Passes,  293. 

Patent  Blocks,  when  an  extra,  311. 

Per  Centages,  use  of  dangerous,  410. 

Performance :  of  Men,  56,  57,  59, 68, 215, 404, 
411;  of  Presses,  73-77,  411;  of  an  office, 
60,74. 

Pine  Blocks,  presswork  on,  231. 

Plates,  badly  blocked,  357;  defects  in,  357. 

Pointing  of  Paper,  311. 

Policies  of  Insurance,  Fire.  203  ;  Life,  207. 

Portuguese,  composition  in,  50. 

Posters,  225;  ink  consumed  on, 395,396,  397. 

Post-office  Addresses,  113. 

Prefaces,  52. 

Preparation  of  Copy,  402. 

Press  Boards,  cost  of,  443. 

Presses,  size  and  value  of.  4:i4;  expenses  of. 
72:  performance  of,  73;  speed  and  cost 
ot  contrasted.  73,74,75:  for  printers,  434  ; 
for  binders,  442 ;  for  electrotypers,  445. 


458 


Pressmen's  Materials,  441 ;  Wages,  424. 

Presswork  :  varieties  of,  and  presses  for, 
69;  expenses  of,  69;  cost  of,  77:  prices 
of,  78 ;  by  the  hour,  hurried  work,  night 
work,  78 ;  affected  by  size  of  forms,  79, 
337;  affected  by  quality  of  ink,  79;  af- 
fected by  shape  of  paper,  79;  affected  by 
nature  of  form,  79 ;  iu  two  or  more  colors, 
125,  145,  165,  257 ;  of  Posters,  remarks  on, 
227,  233,  395-398 ;  on  Handbills,  221,  223 ;  on 
Pamphlets,  323;  on  Books,  355;  on  Show 
Cards,  241,  237;  on  Labels,  257;  on  Flat 
Border  Lines,  331 ;  by  doubled  impres- 
sions, 399 ;  of  Solid  Tints  on  hard  paper, 
167 ;  when  forms  may  be  doubled,  257, 
318,  337 ;  in  colors,  old  prices,  400  ;  when 
it  can  be  economized,  406-7. 

Price  List :  is  needed  for  consistency,  7 ;  i 
needed  as  a  reminder,  7,  8 ;  needed  to  ; 
define  usage,  8 ;  of  New  York  Printers  in 
1863,  8;  abstracts  of  useless,  9;  how  to 
use  this,  13 ;  minuteness  of  unavoidable, 
14 ;  of  use  to  a  master  printer,  14 ;  of 
current  prices  only.   15. 

Prices :   are  not  taught  to  workmen,  5 ;  of ; 
other  trades  needful,  5 ;  ignorance  of  a 
misfortune,  6;    text-book  of  needed,  6; 
cannot  be  based  on  cost,  6;  made  by 
usage,  6 ;  examples  of  errors  in,  6;  com- 
bined prices  impracticable,  9,  13;  as  es- 
tablished in  New  York,  12;  variable  in  . 
New  York,   12 ;  middle  rates  safest,  12, 
15 ;  English  method  of   computing,  56,  ! 
American,  56:  should  be  agreed  on,  408; 
not  to  be  changed  readily,  409;  too  high 
injudicious,  409;   by  per  centages,   410;  ! 
for  labor,  419. 

Printing  on  both  sides,  145,  201,  221,  281. 

Product  of  an  Office,  in  tokens,  76. 

Profit,  when  it  may  be  sacrificed,  67. 

Programmes,  271. 

Promissory  Notes,  175. 

Proof  Reading,  cost  of,  56 ;  Proofs  and,  52.  j 

Proofs,  rights  of  office  and  customers,  63,  i 
64,  404 ;  allowance  of  number,  64. 

Query  of  proof-reader,  64. 

Quire,  as  reckoned  by  stationers,  41,  373. 

Quotations,  53. 

Railroad  Blanks,  295,  297 ;  Tickets,  289. 

Reading  Proof.  52. 

Ream  of  Printed  Paper,  what  it  is,  41,  81. 

Receipts  for  Societies,  97 ;  Shipping,  115 ; 
Loose,  117,  181 ;  for  Money  Paid,  181 ;  for 
Money  Received,  183 ;  Bound,  117 ;  should 
be  taken  for  work,  415. 

Register,  exact,  at  higher  price,  125,  241. 

Registers  for  hotels,  267. 

Regular  Folds  of  Label  Paper,  246. 

Repairs,  probable  allowance  for,  71. 


Responsibility  for  error  in  copy,  64,  402 ; 
for  faulty  work,  64  ;  proper  limits  of.  65 ; 
for  cost  of  material,  67;  for  performance 
of  men,  68;  for  alterations,  404;  for  pay- 
ment, 414. 

Restaurant  Checks,  265. 

Revenue  Stamps,  167,  191. 

Ribbons,  inserting,  269. 

Rollers,  value  and  durability  of,  70,  71 :  for 
colored  inks,  399. 

Ruling  of  Billheads,  83,  390 ;  of  Deposit 
Tickets,  195;  of  Manifests,  285;  of  Law 
Blanks,  303 ;  Miscellaneous  Blanks,  391 ; 
Folded  Papers,  390. 

Satin,  presswork  on,  265. 

Savings'  Bauk  Books,  382. 

Scientific  Works,  51. 

Sewed  Pamphlets,  345;  Work,  363. 

Shapes  of  Books,  remarks  on,  351. 

Shipping  Receipts,  115. 

Show  Cards,  235,  269. 

Sizes  of  Book  pages,  333,  335 ;  of  Pamphlet 
pages,  316. 

Spangled  Work.  241. 

Spanish,  composition  in,  50. 

Special  Branches  profitable,  77,  416. 

Special  Sorts,  responsibility  for  expense, 
67.  287. 

Specimens  of  Work  useful,  403. 

Speed  of  Presses  overrated,  74,  75,  76 ;  ex- 
cessive injurious.  77 ;  affected  by  colors, 
400. 

Spelling  Books,  51. 

Stamping  or  Embossing,  275. 

Stamps.  Revenue,  167,  191. 

Standing  Matter,  48,  67,  135,  263.  287.  295 ; 
impolicy  of  keeping.  67. 

Standing  Presses,  cost  of,  442. 

.Statements,  Monthly,  89. 

Stationers'  Work,  may  be  done  by  a  prin- 
ter, 14;  remarks  on,  417;  special  rates 
for,  177. 

Steam  Power,  cost  of,  70. 

Steel-plate  Certificates  of  Stock.  193. 

Stereotype  Plates,  ownership  of,  415. 

Stereotypers'  Materials,  cost  of,  445. 

Stereotyping,  advantages  of,  48,  335. 

Stitched  Pamphlets,  345. 

Streamers,  233. 

Stretchers,  245. 

Style  of  Composition,  how  to  direct,  403. 

Superintendence,  cost  of,  58. 

Super  Royal,  measurements  of,  315. 

Supervision  of  a  proprietor.  416. 

Suspension  Rings,  insertion  of.  245. 

Table  Work.  53,  123.  135,  295.  320 ;  on  Jobs, 

66. 

Taped  Work  on  books,  363 ; 
Theatre  Bills.  227 :  Programmes,  273. 


Tickets,  Ball,  275;  Commutation,  297 ;  Cou- 
pon, 289;  Deposit,  193;  Dinner  or  Festi- 
val, 267;  Election,  279;  Excursion,  289; 
on  Paper  or  in  Books,  291 ;  Passage,  289 ; 
Railroad,  289. 

Time  lost  in  alterations,  65 ;  unavoidably 
wasted,  60,  74,  76;  Tables,  287. 

Time  Charges,  compositors'  rules  concern- 
ing, 421. 

Time  Work,  on  Newspapers,  48 ;  when  to 
rate  as,  51 ;  overwork,  54 ;  ordinary  Job 
composition,  61,  extra,  61;  on  Pamphlet 
work.  61,  319 ;  hurried,  61 ;  at  night,  61 ; 
on  Jobs,  how  computed,  68 ;  frequently 
underrated,  68,  406  ;  on  Jobs,  135,  209 ;  on 
Presses,  78. 

Tinted  Billheads,  83;  Checks,  165,  167;  En- 
velopes, 113. 

Tint-plate  Show  Cards,  241 ;  engraving  of, 
243  ;  value  of,  243 ;  ink  used  by,  395-397. 

Tints,  color  used  by,  395,  396,  397,  398 ;  how 
mixed,  398. 

Titles  of  Pamphlets,  for  Covers,  335. 

Token,  an  objectionable  measure,  15;  how 
computed,  327,  407;  ink  used  in  press- 
work  of,  395,  397. 

Trade  Prices  of  Lithographers.  427 ;  Steel- 
plate  Printers,  428. 

Transfers  of  Stock,  211. 

Two  or  More  Colors,  work  in,  241,  255,  273. 

Type  new,  appreciates  price,  49,  67,  125, 
'l89.  207,  227, 287,  295, 303 ;  Founders'  Speci- 
mens, 359;  Metal,  best  for  engraving, 
243,  343;  Metal  Tint  Plates,  243;  with 
plates,  makes  extra  work,  359. 


•  EX.  459 

Types,  wood  and  metal,  prices  of,  429 ;  old, 
value  of,  430. 

Ultramarine  Blue,  396. 
Unit  Lines,  ruling  of.  379. 

I  Visiting  Cards,  277. 

'  Wages,  compositors'  prices  of.  419;  in  New 

York,  423,  424 ;  in  various  cities,  425 ;  of 

!     bookbinders,  426 ;  of  electrotypers.  426 ; 

i      ot  engravers,  426 ;  of  lithographers,  426; 

of  stereotypers,  426. 
Washing  Lists,  267. 
I  Washing-up  of  Rollers,  399. 
i  Waste  in  handling  paper,  39,  163 ;  allow- 
ance for,  41,  323;  how  to  compute,  41 ;  of 
I      color,  331,  339 ;  of  paper  in  printing  Pam- 
:     pulets,  317,  Checks,  163,  Drafts,  179. 
Way  Bills,  285. 

Wear  of  Type,  rules  for,  54,  55,  60 ;  saved 
|     by  use  of  proper  paper,  121. 
Wedding  Cards,  277. 
Welsh,  composition  in,  50. 
Whip-stitched  Books,  remarks  on,  163. 
White  Ink,  398. 

Wood  Cuts,  rated  as  special  sorts,  67,  227 ; 

in  Billheads,  83:  in  Letter  Headings,  107; 

i      in  Envelopes,  113 ;  Presswork  of,  265,  327, 

329,  359,  395;  affecting  composition,  320 ; 

affecting   presswork,    329;   washing  ot 

i     329;  electrotyped,  369:  ink  used  by,  395. 

•  Wood  for  Engravers,  cost  of,  452. 
Wrappers,  261. 

Writing  bad,  responsibility  for,  402. 


Oil  (\  10 


of 


MtlM 


rnsed  by 


? 

194  William  Street,  Neiv-York, 


MANUFACTURERS    OF 


PRINTERS'  CARDS. 


Embossed  Orders  of  Dancing, 

FANCY  CARDS  FOR  ^ALLS,  CONCERTS,  &c. 

Jsrtra  Jhitfe  ^olowd  and  jfjhitr,  for  Railroads,  Steamboats,  &c. 

A  LARGE  ASSORTMENT  OF  SATIN,  COLORED  ON  ONE  SIDE, 

BRONZE  AND  STEEL  BLUE,  FOR  SHOW  CARDS. 


Attention  is  called  to   our  Excelsior  L  (light),  and.  Excelsior 

H  (heavy),  Post  Board,  which  are  equal  to  the 

Best  Bristol  Board  in  the  Market. 

BRISTOL  MOURNING  CARDS,  VARIOUS  SIZES. 


SPECIAL  ATTENTION"    IS    CALLED    TO    OUR 


f30          31?        IP          31)  Tl          If        If          30 

ureka  fuislol,  Jrdra  Irureka  Jnristol,  &  1  oubic  fvtra  Jfurckr  fitbtol. 
™  -T         -T  *'  T  -T         *  * 


FOR.     S^VIVE  I3  L.  IE  S. 


Ultramarine  Sheets,  8  cts.  j  Heavy,  10  cts.  j  and  Extra  Heavy,  13  cts. 

TOUGH  BOARDS  WATERPROOF  COLOR,  !OR  TAGS  AND  RAILROAD  CARDS. 

In  all  Thickness,  Qualities  and  Colors 


Constantly  on  hand,  all  kinds  of  Card  Boards  for  Show  Cards 
and  Albums.    Special  Qualities  and  Sizes  manufac- 
tured and  cut  to  order  at  the  shortest  notice. 
For  Scale  of  Sizes,  see  page  160. 


Trier  &  Wolff's  Cash  Prices  of  Cards  per  Thousand-Put  up  in  Packages  of  Five  Hundred. 

a.  x 

^ 

= 

1 

,-= 

is,' 

5  S 

§  .  «   =   S   =   s  •  «   §   s  j  2  :  5  .  g    =    = 

—      X 

®      ~      --?1?'~-      -      ^      ^      ~ 

THII'LK  EXTRA  K  VII.HOAI)  ..)  > 
COI.OHKD  AND  WHITE  .\-'y 

c 

SHEETS,  22x28. 
CHINA  

J 

'U 

=  H 

THIN  BLANKS 

i 

H 
Z 

3 

THICK  SATIN,  C,,l,,)rd  li  M,|,  ,. 
THICK  SATIN,  Wliil.  . 
FINE  BLANKS 
KUHKKA  BIIISTOL 

Z 

•- 

H 

P 

•s. 

EXTRA  EUREKA  BRISTOL 

DOUBLE  EX.  EUREKA  BRISTOL 

EXTRA  BLANKS 

SUPER  KXTRA  KLANKS  . 

EXTRA  PORCELAIN  . 

SUI'ER  WHITE  SATIN  ENAM 
SUPER  TINTED  SATIN  ENAM. 

EXCELSIOR  I,  POST 
SUI'KR  BRISTOL 
KXCELSIOR  H  POST 
SUPER  EXTRA  BRISTOL  . 

i 

-r. 

E- 

•s- 
C 

FOUR  SHEET  BRISTOL 

"5.1' 

ni^ 
5*P*s 

2a  o,a  «a 

15  ^  S5 

-s"s-S 

^gsgsg 

s=  *i  1= 

---    UO    Qc 

FRENCH  ENAMELED. 

COLOKKD  AND  VVIIITK 

O     5 

l-l       -X 

Ivj' 

ri 

pi 

5       ^    cj 
—  '        i-T,'     -r 

id 

§ 

7*' 

O 

§ 

s£>        fsj 

05     7. 

J 

~ 

S      5 

S 

S    ',?    - 

??      -f.      i  - 

S  - 

5 

3 

s 

?! 

?! 

CO 

T   [  CO  1  JO 

" 

•n« 

—      "-7.      — 

•• 

o 
00     —  . 

— 

o 

'? 
— 

Irt 

ts. 

0 

0  ig 

- 

i 

?.      5 

±  ?. 

?' 

7! 

C< 

si 

~ 

co'    eo'  1  co 

— 

CO     *T 

«* 

— 

t»   - 

= 

'-2 

5 

%     E  5 

3 

*  !?i 

o 

7' 

C- 

-   I 

7' 

— 

?! 

<rf 

CO  i  ?< 

?! 

(N  ICO     CO 

CO 

^t      7? 

CO     "^ 

g 

s 

O 

§ 

55 

C7 

~ 

£ 

;; 

— 

2 

O 

g; 

S     C* 

0 

-r 

l2 

s 

i. 

— 

— 

— 

ei 

?< 

?! 

?! 

<?i    o<  I  w  |  p5 

CO 

CO 

—    •-;?? 

-r 

— 

-^    ~ 

2 

f= 

ri 

S 

5 

Q 
C 

8 

v.O      S 

?.    -^ 

t?    § 

o 
5C 

2      § 

^ 

? 

X. 

s 

S 

>O     — 

— 

— 

— 

i-H 

?! 

ot 

?! 

c< 

?! 

?! 

CO 

?! 

CO     -T 

»rf  1  co  1  eo 

—      -7 

"5     -. 

u 

s 

=. 

O 

?, 

i 

S 

o  1  o 

o  j  -a- 

8 

^1  ^ 

5  § 

S 

= 

- 

— 

O 
— 

= 

— 

— 

— 

—1 

•,'i 

— 

iN 

ffi  ,  ?J 

C<  i  <7«  i  ?!     ?i     ?? 

i-? 

?' 

CO 

— 

— 

1     § 

E 

g 

y 

?'• 

S 

5= 

i:   ;2 

£ 

o 
oc 

2 

i 

z 

?~ 

g3 

S 

s 

0 

&, 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5*     C< 

SI 

r: 

— 

•:> 

?! 

CO 

CO 

«   -2 

•c 

r. 

^ 

_• 

.-?    9    =    00 

tg 

o 

•>?  §  ;•: 

Ifl 

5 

— 
— 

s 

e? 

£ 

w 

7*     •?< 

?! 

" 

— 

S7,         'f- 

eo 

s 

= 

-• 

3  •  9  SS 

o 

§ 

3  § 

o 

S 

Si 

O 

2 

s 

~. 

Ss 

CO        ;        f~ 

X 

X 

X 

S 

s  2 

?! 

S 

S   £ 

£ 

i 

si^lais 

— 

i 

C^  1  <N 

?' 

N     " 

S 

^ 

s 

X 

0 

'r. 

^ 

5 

| 

s 

H 

^? 

S 

o 

S 

•  7 

- 
— 

.7 
i  - 

cj    :-. 

- 

THIN  BLANKS  .  .  .  .1  ,r(()  (i() 

PRINTERS  BLANKS  .  .  55  I  (>•> 

s 

S 

'* 

a 

£ 

2 

g 

?, 

.7, 

o    o 

ga 

= 

a 

i 

-• 

THICK  SATIN,  C,,l,,r,',l  Imth  M.I.-. 
'THICK  SA'TIN,  VVI  .  Cc 
I'lN  i;  HI.  VNKS  .  .  .  DO 
Kl  IIKK  V  BRISTOL 

EXTRA  THICK  SATIN  .  .  |l(l 

S 

•  7 
X 

8 

i?. 

s 

= 

§ 

c: 

3 

§ 

- 

s 

S 

£ 

fttlALiITY.  No. 

CHINA  ... 

s.,|,.s  |,,..|  p.uo|";)'NIJ.VS 
NI.IAS  1,1.111  U 

• 

j: 

~ 

as 
> 

EXTRA  BLANKS  .... 
SUPER  EXTR\  III.  VNKS 

EXTRA  PORCELAIN  . 

, 

SI  PER  WHITE  SATIN  ENAM. 
SI  I'KH  TIN  III)  s  MIN  1  N  \M 

l  XCEL8IOI  L.  POST  . 

SI  I'KH  BIIISTOL  .  , 

EXCKI.SIOH  II  POST 
SI  I'KH  KXTRV  BRISTOL 

DOUBLE  EXTRA  BRISTOL 

fc 

ZZ 

THICK  RAILROAD 

COLORED  AMI  Will  1  K 

KXTRA  THICK  RAILROAD  . 
COI.OIIEI)  AND  VV  IIITE 

DOUBLE  EXTRA  H  VILROAD  . 
COI.OI(i:i)  AND  \VII1  IE  . 

TRIPLE  KXTRV  RAILROAD 

COLORED  VSII  VV  Illl  1 

KRFSCH  ENAMELED  .  .| 
C'HI  Kill  h  *NI)  V\  III  IK  .  J_ 

For  Scale  of  Sizes,  see  pape  160 


"«|ATERICK,  STIPHAM  A  Co, 


B.  MAVERICK. 

L.  STEPHAN. 

J.  G.WISSINGER. 


Special  ntterrfioji   green  -fo  orders  for  J3on(ls>  Checks, 
Certi  fie  crtes  of  Stock,  Drfifl.*,  NutEs,,d'C, 


•&&   m  > 

LV.mA  ^ 

fjjJY  *5P  Jlf 

ngrarinj,  fflanulacturinj  &*  lithographic  llo. 
^'.  T  '    J 

Nos.  69,  71  &  73  BROADWAY, 

HIW-YQHK. 

BONDS.  DRAFTS.  CHECKS.  SHOW-CARDS,  INSURANCE  POLICIES,  VIEWS.  DIPLOMAS.  BLANK   BdiKS 
(FIRST-CLASS  STYLE).  BOOK  PRINTING.  PAMPHLETS.  \c. 


SMITH  &  McDOUQAL, 

Electrotypers  and  Stereotypers 

82  BEEKMAK J»TREET,  NEW-YORK. 

Composition  anb  ^latts  in  (Herman,  <0>mk  anir  foreign  ^C 

MUSIC    AND     EDUCATIONAL    WORKS. 

Flat'Metal  Plates,  for  Engraving  or  for  Tints. 


PAPER 

WAREHOUSE, 

No.  15  Beekman  Street,  New  York 

A  LARGE  STOCK  OF  PLAIN  AND  RULED 

WRITING   PAPERS 

Billheads,  Statements,  Note  and  Letter  Heads. 


WHITE  AND  TINTED  BOOK,  XEWS  AND  COLORED] 

PRINTING    PAPERS, 

FOR  POSTERS,  PAMPHLET  COVERS,  &c. 


A      SPECIALTY. 


PLATE,  BOND,  PARCHMENT,  SILK  AND 

LEDGER   PAPERS. 


WHITE  AND  COLORED  TISSUES,  MANILLA.  AND  OTHER 

WRAPPING-  PAPERS 


PARTICULAR  ATTENTION   PAID  TO   SUPPLYING   PRINTERS.       WE   INTEND 
TO   KEEP  EVERY   KIND   OF   PAPER  A   PRINTER  MAY    WANT. 


All  kinds   of  Paper   Made   to  Order   at   Short  Notice. 


BOOK    OF    SPECIMENS, 

A  Work  long  desired  by  Printers,  Amateurs,  Authors,  and  Business  People  generally, 


Tliis  elegant  volume,  resultant  from  the  labors  of  nearly  a  whole  year,  is  at 
length  offered  to  Printers  and  others,  in  the  belief  that  it  will  find  many  friends 
among  them,  in  addition  to  the  large  number  who  subscribed  for  the  work  while 
it  was  in  process  of  production,  and  to  whom  the  publisher  hereby  tenders  his  sin- 
cere thanks  for  their  encouragement  of,  and  generous  faith  in,  the  consummation 
of  his  enterprise. 

The  work  contains  about  seventy  pages  of  concisely  written  text,  intended  to 
convey  valuable  practical  Information,  hints,  and  suggestions,  concerning  the  best 
usages  in  Composition  with  Type  Materials:  Fine  Press  Work:  General  Manage- 
ment of  a  Printing  Business:  and  other  kindred  matters.  In  this  portion  of  the 
work  will  be  found  reliable  Recipes:  Remarks  about  Inks,  Rollers,  and  Roller 
Making:  Overlaying  Cuts,  etc.,  which  are  likely  to  prove  beneficial  to  many  per- 
sons who  are  engaged  in  the  printing  business  as  a  means  of  livelihood,  yet  with- 
out an  adequate  knowledge  of  important  matters  connected  therewith  proper  for 
them  to  know. 

The  ''Specimens"  consist  of  an  extensive,  varied,  and  useful  collection  of  genu- 
ine examples  of  Mercantile,  Social.  Book,  and  other  Letterpress  Printing,  executed 
in  a  creditable  style,  directly  from  the  type  forms  (except  a  few  pages),  and  with 
ample  resources  at  command,  such  as  the  latest  productions  of  the  type-foundries ; 
long  experience  in  tasteful  typographical  design:  able  co-operative  assistance,  etc. 

Harpers  Typograph  amis  further  to  be  a  reliable  Manual  for  Novices  and  for 
only  Partially  Skilled  Workmen,  wherein  they  may  find  much  that  will  assist 
them  to  become  superior  printers. 

In  addition  to  this,  the  book  is  considered  to  be  a  convenient  Basis  or  Demon- 
stration for  Experts  and  Managers,  whereby  they  may  save  themselves  valuable 
time  when  assuming  the  often  onerous  task  of  instruction. 

The  publisher  also  has  reason  to  believe  that  his  work  will  be  found  an  accept- 
able acquisition  to  Persons  of  Cultivated  Taste  and  to  Business  People  generally, 
and  that  it  will  be  considered  worthy  of  preservation  in  Public  and  Private 
Libraries. 

The  main  body  of  the  volume  is  handsomely  printed  in  large  octavo  form,  on 
finely  finished  paper,  and  contains  more  than  three  hundred  pages,  including 
larger  sheets  that  are  folded  in  mapwise,  and  numerous  embellishing  insets.  The 
presswork  ha,-  been  done  in  black  and  various  colors,  etc.,  involving  so  large  an 
outlay  for  labor  ami  materials,  that  the  terms  given  below  will  be  strictly  adhered 
i",  so'  that  the  publisher  may  be  reimbursed  and  receive  a  moderate  profit  beside. 

Terms. — The  general  edition,  bound  in  fine  cloth,  bevelled  covers,  scarlet  or  blue 
edges,  securely  packed  for  mailing  or  expressage,  will  be  .seven  Dollars  per  copy. 
Copies  of  a  small  extra  edition  (i5p  copies),  printed  on  fine  tinted  paper  and  elegantly 
bound  in  fine  Turkey  or  Calf  antique,  Twelve  Dollars  each. 

^P"A11  orders  must  be  invariably  accompanied  with  the  money,  which  will  be  at 
the  publisher's  risk,  if  sent  in  a  Postoffice  Money  Order  or  Draft  parable  to  his 
order  in  Cincinnati  or  New  York.  Orders  for  copies  to  be  sent  by  mail  must  have 
thirty-six  cents  additional  to  prepay  the  postage  on  each  copy. 

Subscriber's  Name  (single  line),  on  side  of  book  in  gold,  fifty  cents  extra. 

J3F°  No  attention  will  be  paid  to  C.  O.  D.  orders  coming  from  parties  unknown  to 
the  publisher,  unless  accompanied  with  sufficient  money  to  guarantee  him  against 
loss  in  case  the  book  is  not  taken.  Collection  charges  will  be  added  to  the  price. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  well-wishers  of  this  publication  will  perceive  the  justice  of 
these  provisions,  especially  as  the  work  will  be  found  exceedingly  cheap  at  the 
prices  placed  upon  it. 

Address,  without  delay, 

OSCAR  H.  HARPEL, 

Typographic  Designer  and  Printer, 

58  'West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati. 


SP  Copies,  in  cloth,  of  this  valuable  and  instructive  work,  may  be  found  on 
sale,  at  publisher's  prices,  at  the  office  of 

FRANCIS  HART  &   CO.,    Eastern  Agents, 

I  63  Cortlandt  Street,  New  York. 


Single  and  Double  Cylinder  and  Type  Revolving 


'  Patent,) 


"Washington  and  Smith  Hand  Presses,  Self-Inkrne  Machines,  &c. 


EVERY     ARTICLE 

rr>NXKt.TKI>  WITH  THE  ARTS  OF 

{ifr       /if        ift        TP  ifi 

letter  fte  J^wr.  glatc  &  lithejrapltic  printing 
Tr  T  '  /T^  ^7  ^^ 

j  A  J  A  J  l 


ELECTROTYPING,  STEREOTYPINa  AND  BOOKBINDING, 


ALWAYS  ON  HAND  OR  FTK.NISHF.D  ON  SHORT  SOTICK. 


Cast  Steel  Saws,  Steam  Engines,  Machinery,  Iron  and  Brass 
Castings,  &c.  &c. 


Nos.  29  and  31  Gold   Street, 

And   on  Brooini,  <  <,lu ml>!n   nit<l    Sin-riff  Streets, 


BOSTON: 
On'  Foundry    Street. 


NEW-YORK. 

i 

13  Salisbury  Square,  Fleet  St. 


£  i  E 

ill 

hit 

I  .=  5  5 
~  =  t  * 
•  ;=  =  r 


3  i  «  S  * 


i  II  ^ 

1 1  5  3  I 

=  «  =  =t  - 

5  fc     I  I    * 

1  I     f  I- 


:   i  .-    H   _i 
•:  I 


7    ^     _      - 
Hill 

l"i  i 

s|| 
3  f  I  f  I 

='  -   =    r  - 

W  - 

=.    2     O    _     K, 

i  I 

111! 

1  -   -.  *  ; 

iiin 
1 1 1  *  j 

?  1 1 1 1 

- 


SINGLE     LARGE     CYLINDER    PRINTING    MACHINE. 


r  This  press  is  adapted  to  fine  \ewspaper  work  anil  to  every  kind  of  Job,  from  colored  posters  to  the 
most  delicate  script,  on  dry  paper.  It  is  provided  with  all  modern  conveniences,  as  registering  appa- 
ratus, taper  bearers,  regulated  by  set  screws,  adjustable  feed  guides,  and  open  fountain,  as  well  as  some 
new  devices  for  taking  up  wear,  so  as  to  render  the  press  both  more  accurate  and  more  durable.  It 
will  print  from  one  thousand  to  twenty-five  hundred  impressions  per  hour,  according  to  the  size  of  the 
press  and  the  quality  of  the  work.  With  each  press  are  sent  two  roller  stocks,  two  roller  moulds,  one 
set  of  blankets,  countershaft,  hangers,  driving  pulley,  and  two  cone  pulleys.  When  it  is  desired  to  run 
by  hand  power,  a  fly  wheel  and  stand  of  suitable  size  will  be  furnished  instead  of  the  countershaft. 

For  Sizes  and  Price?,  see  page  434. 


3  ( c-;  N  i..',  u, 


.  114  Fttlton  Street,  ^Tew=¥or]k. 


|LI_U|VII|^-[-ED  Book  CO\/EF^S,  Sl^ow 

And  all  kinds  of  Engraving  for  'Work  in  Colors,  executed  in  satis- 
factory style.    Accurate  Register  guaranteed. 


HEADINGS    FOR    NEWSPAPERS, 

AND  SINGLE  LINES  DESIGNED  AND  CUT  TO  ORDER. 


LOUIS  DEJONG-E 


MANUFACTURER,.  IMPORTER  AND   DEALER 


IN    EVERY    DESCRIPTION    OF 


LEATHER,  LEATHER  GOODS, 

46  Maiden  Lane  and  37  Liberty  Street, 


NEW-YORK. 


VANDERBURGH,  WELLS  &  CO. 


110  Pulton  and  16  &  18  Dutch  Sts.,  New-York, 

MANUFACTURE 

PRINTERS'  CABINETS, 


EAGLE   CABINET,  $1OO. 


t    tands,  achs  &  all 

T  j 

Also,  Superior  WOOD  TYPE,  Rule  &  Border, 

BOXWOOD,  MAHOGANY,  MAPLE  &    PINE    BLOCKS 
Prepared  for  Engravers  &  Printers  in  the  Best  Manner.    . 

ELECTROTYPES  BLOCKED  WITH  ACCURACY. 

Brass  Rules,  Leads  and  Labor-Saving  Rule,  Type,  PRESSES,  Paper,    Card 
and  Lead  Cutters,  Mitreing  Machines,  and  all  Printing- 
Materials,  at  REDUCED  RATES. 

NEWSPAPER  &  OTHER  HEADS  ENGRAVED  ARTISTICALLY. 


Every  Daily  Newspaper  in  New-York  and  Boston  uses  Copper-faced  Types. 

NEWTON  COPPER-TYPE  CO. 

(KSTABI.ISHKI)    FOK    THK    COPPER-FACING    OF   TYPK    ONLY.) 

No.  14  FRANKFORT  STREET,  NEW-YORK. 

Orchard  &  Co.  2  Wheatsheaf  Yard,  Farringdon  St.  London. 

From  an  inspection  of  the  testimonials,  it  will  be  seen  that  Type,  when  ropier-faced,  is  <1. milled  (and 

for  Stereo, ypiuir.  some  say  trehl.il  i  in  its  durahiliu. 

FONTS  OF  3,000  POUNDS   GUARANTEED  IN  ONE  WEEK. 

PAPERS  PRINTED  FROM  COPPER-FACED  TYPE. 

New-York  Tribune,  Herald,  Times,  Sun,  \V..rl.l.  Express,  Citizen,  I-cader,  Evening  Post,  Commereial, 
Daily  News,  l»ay-linok,  observr,  F.vanp-list,  liispateh,  Inilependent,  Scientific  Amerieim.  Sundav 
Mercury.  Sunday  Alias,  Sunday  Time-,  St;iats  Xeituii^.  Aln-nd  Zeituntr,  Brooklyn  Daily  Katrle.  Daily 
riii.ni,  'l...uisville  Courier.  Boston  Herald,  Traveller.  Advertiser.  Transcript,  Journal,  Post,  Baltimore 
Sun,  Chicago  Times,  Tribune,  Journal,  St.  Louis  Republican.  Dem.. era t.  Cincinnati  Ca/.ette.  (•.iininereial. 
Cleveland  Herald.  Detroit  AdrertiieT and Tribnne, Poet, Rodbeoter  Cnion,  rtiea  Daily  Herald.  Trov  Dail> 
Times.  Providence  EveniiiL'  Tress.  Sprin-.'tield  liepcihlinan.  Worcester  Spy.  Portland  Press.  New  Bedford 
Standard,  Sacramento  I'nion.  San  Francisco  linlletin,  Fla;.-,  New  I  irle.in-  Times.  C.alvestou  Kulletin. 

COPPEH-FACHTG. 

In  estimating  the  cost  of  Copper-facing  at  the  following  prices,  the  (Quadrats  and  Spaces— usually 
one-fifth  of  the  weight— must  be  deducted,  as  the  letter  only  is  Copper-faced,  which  makes  the  averajrc 
cost  of  Coppcr-faciiif.'  not  more  than  18  per  cent,  advance  at  present  prices  on  the  Ty|K-foiinder's  bill. 

N.  B.   Parties  desiring  'heir  Type  Coppered,  are  requested  to  hear  in  mind  that  WK  AKK  NOT  TVI-K 

KorsDKK.s  — THAT    WK    NKITHRK   BUY    NOB   SKI. I.    Tvi'K,   HI'T    ( 'nri-KK  FAC'K  IT  ONLY  at  the  order  of   Prillti-rs 

or  Tvpe-founders.     It  will  IK'  necessarv,  then,  for  them  to  direct  the  Founders  with  whom  tin  v  deal  to 
send" their  Type  to  us  (the  Patentees^  to  be  Copper  faced,  which,  when  finished,  «  ill  be  forwarded   at 
••no-  M  its  destination.     Pavments  can  lie  made  through  the  Founders,  or  directlv  to  this  Company. 
TKRMS.— Three  per  i-ent.  discount  for  Cash,  or  note  at  thr.-e  months.         SAMUEL  UBCHARD,  Sec'y. 

PRICES    FOR    COPPER-FACING    TYPE. 

Cl«.  |*r  Ih.         I  Ctv  perlb. 


Pica,  Small  Pica  and  Brevier 12 


Long  Primer    .    .    1O 


Bourgeois    ....    11  Nonpareil         .    .    16 


Minion 14 


Agate 2O 

Pearl 25 

Diamond      ....    3O 


On  all  Types  not  s]>ecined,  our  charge  is  in  the  same  ratio  to  the  puljlishc.i  prices  of  the  Type-founders. 
PROMINENT    PRINTERS    TJSINO    COPPER-FACED    TYPE. 


JOHN  V.  TROW New- York. 

FRANCIS  HART  &.  Co 

SMITH  t  McDouGAL 

('.   A.   Al.YOKD 

Al.l.KN    \    Co " 


Wl.NKooP  t  H.VI.t.KNBKCK New-York. 

WM.  C.  MARTIN " 

.lolIN    \\'.  <>KK " 

GKO.  C.  RAND  ^  AVKRY Boston. 

BAZIN  &  ('HANIII.KK 

II.  O.  Hor<;iiTo.v Cambricl";*-,  Mass. 

\\"KI.SII,  I'.iiiKi.ow  \-  Co. 

MllOKKIIorSK  i    T.I  Y  1.0  It N>-«    IlilVI'll. 


OK    WHOM    VVK    KKKKR. 


K.  <).  .IKNKINS 

UAKK.R  i;  (ionwi.N 

KltKI).    l(At   rlHTSs 

APPI.KTON  Ac  ( 'o 

63  Cortlandt  Street,  New  York,  .lime  jfltll.  1864. 

For  Ihe  past  ei^rht  years  we  have  had  all  new  fonts  of  type  Coppered  b\  the  Newton  Copper  Company. 
Many  of  these  tout-  lire  -till  in  active  service  and  in  fair  condition.  \\ ,  think  no  job  printer  can  cvl-r 

be  repaid  for  his  outlay   in  the  purchase  of  script   and   til rnaiiiental  ty|>es  unless  he  has  them 

copper  (heed  i  i:  UiCIS  H  \i:i    • 

Tn  the  \nrt,:n  Unpprr  Tt/i>c  Co.:  »-'  I'-'eki i  street.  Neu  1  ork.  May  iS,  18fi4. 

lielltleinen-  We  have  I  km  -iHii/hlti  tc-t.-d  your  improvciiii-nt  (Inn  im,-  had  it  in  u-e  for  r.'-  than  ei^hl 

-.car-         v\c  have  found  it  to  preserve  the  original  -harpncs-  and  form  .if  type  remarkably,  and  for  our 
-tereolvpins.'  and  eleetrotypillfri  we  think  the  Cop|iered  Type  will  do  at  lea-t  thr.,    times  the 
work  of  the  unc.i'ppcrcd.  ^.,ur.  truly,  -Mllll    .\    Mel"Hi.M. 

To  tilt  \rn-t, in  ''„,.;..,    '////.,•  ''.>..  li"7  liroadway,  Now  York.  May  IWI.  luf>S. 

Ceiitlenien-  1  have.  duriiiL'  the  last  three  vear-.  had  several  fonts  of  Upe  Copper  -faced  iiv  v.m,  and 
am  well  pl.-as.-d  with  the  r.  -ult.  I  am  sati.licd  that  it  adds  ir>-atly  to  the  durability  of  the  type,  both 
for  letter  press  and  .lereotvpint;.  For  the  last  vear  and  upwards  I  have  had  all  my  ue\\  fonts  I  ..p|>.  r.  d. 

and  I  intend  t ntinue  to  do  so  v,  ill,  future  pnrrh.i-e-  .11  Ml  N    F.  Till  >U  . 

KiM-rside.  CnmbridLre.  Ma-..,  Sept.    I  I 

lienllemen-  We  are  still  usina-  i r  otlicc  Small  Pica,  Copper  f; ,1  In  yonr  linn  li\e  ye,n- 

notuith-taiidinir   the   tj  pe    has    liccii    in    almost    eou-taul    u-.-      both    |,,r    -t.-reoiypiiig   and    letter  pre  — 
priuriiitr— there  is  no  apparent  diminution  in  its  l,e:mt\  ol  -harpn.  -- 

Very  rcs,,«;cttullv.  II     O.    IKH'i.ll  I"N 


SHELDON  COLLINS, 

MANUFACTURER  OF 

PRINTIM  IN 


EXTRA    BLACK 


&    otoml 


INKS   OF  EVERY  VARIETY. 


NEW-YORK. 


PRINTED    WITH    INK    FROM    SHELDON    COLLINS. 


BRADLEY  R.  HARD  &  CO. 


WHOLESALE   DEALERS   IN 


Jjapcr 


4\ 

Impcr  of 

T 


innufartnrcrs' 


PAMPER  *r»r- 


;ult  to  fflrder. 


No.  34  BEEKMAN   STREET, 


NEW-YORK. 


AMERICAN  NEWSPAPER  REPORTER, 

A  Weekly  Journal, 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OF  PUBLISHERS  AND  PRINTERS. 


It  aims  to  present  all  the  news  and  all  matters  of  interest  relating,  directly  or  indirectly, 
to  the  business  of  Printing  and  Publishing,  and  confines  its  columns  exclusively  to  these 
matters. 

It  gives  them  in  a  convenient  and  attractive  form,  and  in  a  manner  which  causes  the 
journal  to  be  carefully  read  and  preserved. 

In  its  advertising  columns  it  aims  to  present  all  the  new  and  varied  machinery  which 
modern  improvements  have  introduced  into  the  various  departments  of  PRINTING,  BINDING, 
CUTTING.  RULING.  &c.,  and  is  designed  as  a  medium  for  calling  to  the  notice  of  publishers 
everything  in  the  way  of  material  used  in  the  business. 

Publishers  regard  it  as  a  reference  book,  in  the  advertising  columns  of  which  may  be 
found  any  article  they  may  need. 

It  is  also  preserved  as  a  typographical  record,  the  pages  devoted  to  that  department 
being  constantly  varied  and  presenting  the  latest  designs. 

Two  facts  concerning  the  RKPORTER  cannot  be  too  distinctly  borne  in  mind  by  the 
advertiser : 

1 .  That  it  is  sent  to  every  publisher  of  a  newspaper  in  the  United  Stales  and  the  Domin- 
ion of  Canada. 

2.  That  it  is  sent  weekly. 

Neither  of  these  conditions  are  fulfilled  by  any  other  publication  in  America. 
The  WEEKLY  CIRCULATION  of  the  REPORTER  is  6,200. 


ADVERTISING    BATES: 

25  cents  per  Line.        |        $45.0O  per  pagre.        |        1  Page  one  year,  $1,3OO.OO. 
Subscription:  $2.00  per  Annum,  in  advance.    Sample  copies  Free. 

GEO.  F.  ROWELL  &  CO.,  PUBLISHERS, 

No.  41  Park  Row. 


£i   *  1 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


AHVN 


^      ^ 

ONVSOV^ 


BRARY0/< 


3  11 58  01 143  2852 


